As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 3, 1997
                                                    Registration No. 333-

================================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                  ----------

                                   FORM S-4
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                  ----------

                                RADIO ONE, INC.
                           RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC.

            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


                                                               
                   DELAWARE                       4832                   52-1166660
                   DELAWARE                       4832                   52-2037797
(State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary standard industrial    (I.R.S.  employer  
 incorporation  or  organization)   classification  code  number)    identification no.)
---------- 5900 PRINCESS GARDEN PARKWAY, 7TH FLOOR LANHAM, MARYLAND 20706 TELEPHONE: (301) 306-1111 (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES) ---------------- ALFRED C. LIGGINS, III 5900 PRINCESS GARDEN PARKWAY, 7TH FLOOR LANHAM, MARYLAND 20706 TELEPHONE: (301) 306-1111 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE) COPY TO: RICHARD L. PERKAL KIRKLAND & ELLIS 655 FIFTEENTH STREET, N.W., SUITE 1200 WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005 TELEPHONE: (202) 879-5000 ---------------- APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. - If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [x] CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
==================================================================================================================================== TITLE OF EACH PROPOSED MAXIMUM CLASS OF SECURITIES AMOUNT TO BE OFFERING PRICE PROPOSED MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED PER NOTE(1) AGGREGATE OFFERING PRICE(1) REGISTRATION FEE - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 ................................. $85,478,000 $1,000 principal amount $ 85,478,000 $25,903 Guarantees of Series B 12% Senior Subordi- nated Notes due 2004 ..................... $85,478,000 (2) (2) None ====================================================================================================================================
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f). (2) No further fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(n). The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine. ================================================================================ SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 3, 1997 PROSPECTUS RADIO ONE, INC. OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS SERIES B 12% [GRAPHIC OMITTED] SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004 THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON , 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED. Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby offers (the "Exchange Offer"), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Prospectus (the "Prospectus") and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Exchange Notes"), registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part, for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Notes"), of which $85,478,000 principal amount is outstanding. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Notes (which they replace) except that the Exchange Notes will bear a Series B designation and will have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain certain provisions relating to an increase in the interest rate which were included in the terms of the Notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Notes (which they replace) and will be issued under and be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1997 among the Company, Radio One Licenses, Inc. and United States Trust Company of New York (the "Indenture") governing the Notes. See "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of Exchange Notes." The Exchange Notes will be unsecured obligations of the Company and the payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Exchange Notes will be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt (as defined) of the Company. The Exchange Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment with all senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company and senior in right of payment to all other subordinated indebtedness of the Company issued after the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed to the maximum extent permitted by law, jointly and severally, and on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by Radio One Licenses, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and, subject to certain exceptions, all future subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). After giving pro forma effect to the Transactions (as defined) as of March 30, 1997, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors would have had approximately $46,000 of Senior Debt outstanding. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1997, unless extended by the Company in its sole discretion (the "Expiration Date"). Tenders of Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions. The Notes were sold by the Company on May 19, 1997 to the Initial Purchasers (as defined) in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption under the Securities Act. The Initial Purchasers subsequently placed the Notes with qualified institutional buyers in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act and with a limited number of institutional accredited investors that agreed to comply with certain transfer restrictions and other conditions. Accordingly, the Notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise transferred in the United States unless registered under the Securities Act or unless an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. The Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined) entered into by the Company in connection with the offering of the Notes. See "The Exchange Offer." Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") to third parties, the Company believes the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. See "The Exchange Offer-Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer" and "The Exchange Offer-Resale of the Exchange Notes." Each broker-dealer (a "Participating Broker-Dealer") that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." Holders of Notes not tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer will continue to hold such Notes and will be entitled to all the rights and benefits and will be subject to the limitations applicable thereto under the Indenture and with respect to transfer under the Securities Act. The Company will pay all the expenses incurred by it incident to the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer." SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 17 FOR A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN RISKS TO BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS WHO TENDER THEIR NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. The date of this Prospectus is , 1997 [Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.] [PICTURES] 2 There has not previously been any public market for the Notes or the Exchange Notes. The Company does not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation system. There can be no assurance that an active market for the Exchange Notes will develop. See "Risk Factors-Absence of a Public Market." Moreover, to the extent that Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market for untendered and tendered but unaccepted Notes could be adversely affected. The Exchange Notes will be available initially only in book-entry form. The Company expects that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to this Exchange Offer will be issued in the form of a Global Certificate (as defined), which will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company ("DTC" or the "Depositary") and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Certificate representing the Exchange Notes will be shown on, and transfers thereof to qualified institutional buyers will be effected through, records maintained by the Depositary and its participants. After the initial issuance of the Global Certificate, Exchange Notes in certified form will be issued in exchange for the Global Certificate only on the terms set forth in the Indenture. See "Description of Exchange Notes-Book-Entry, Delivery and Form." AVAILABLE INFORMATION The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement," which term shall encompass all amendments, exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) pursuant to the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, covering the Exchange Notes being offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. For further information with respect to the Company and the Exchange Offer, reference is made to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the document or matter involved, and each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference. The Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at the Regional Offices of the Commission at 75 Park Place, New York, New York 10007 and at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Additionally, the Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission, including the Company. As a result of the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission, the Company will become subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the Commission. The obligation of the Company to file periodic reports and other information with the Commission will be suspended if the Exchange Notes are held of record by fewer than 300 holders as of the beginning of any fiscal year of the Company other than the fiscal year in which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective. The Company will nevertheless be required to continue to file reports with the Commission if the Exchange Notes are listed on a national securities exchange. In the event the Company ceases to be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company will be required under the Indenture to continue to file with the Commission the annual reports, information, documents or other reports which would be required pursuant to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the Indenture, the Company shall provide the Trustee and the holders of the Exchange Notes with such reports, information, and documents at the times specified for filing under the Exchange Act. The Company will also furnish such other reports as may be required by law. 3 DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THIS PROSPECTUS INCLUDES "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SECTION 21E OF THE EXCHANGE ACT. ALL STATEMENTS OTHER THAN STATEMENTS OF HISTORICAL FACTS INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, CERTAIN STATEMENTS UNDER THE HEADINGS "PROSPECTUS SUMMARY," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS," "BUSINESS" AND "THE TRANSACTIONS-ACQUISITIONS" AND LOCATED ELSEWHERE HEREIN REGARDING THE COMPANY'S FINANCIAL POSITION AND BUSINESS STRATEGY, MAY CONSTITUTE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. ALTHOUGH THE COMPANY BELIEVES THAT THE EXPECTATIONS REFLECTED IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE REASONABLE, IT CAN GIVE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH EXPECTATIONS WILL PROVE TO HAVE BEEN CORRECT. IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE COMPANY'S EXPECTATIONS ("CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS") ARE DISCLOSED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND UNDER "RISK FACTORS." ALL SUBSEQUENT WRITTEN AND ORAL FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE COMPANY OR PERSONS ACTING ON ITS BEHALF ARE EXPRESSLY QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY THE CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS. 4 PROSPECTUS SUMMARY The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Prospectus to the "Company" and "Radio One" refer to Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Radio One Licenses, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the "License Company"), and their respective predecessors. See "Market and Industry Data" for a description of the sources of information regarding population data and market and industry data included in this Prospectus. THE COMPANY Radio One, founded in 1980, is the largest radio broadcasting company in the United States exclusively targeting African-Americans. The Company is currently negotiating the acquisition of WYCB-AM pursuant to a non-binding amended letter of intent (the "DC Acquisition"). WYCB-AM is currently the top-rated Gospel radio station in Washington, D.C. After giving effect to the DC Acquisition, the Company will own and operate a total of nine radio stations (five FM and four AM) in three of the top-15 African-American markets. The Company seeks to expand within its existing markets and into new, primarily top-30 African-American markets. The Company believes that the African-American community is an attractive target market for radio broadcasters and that the Company has a competitive advantage serving this target market due in part to its African-American ownership and its active involvement in the African-American community. After giving effect to the DC Acquisition, the Company will own and operate four radio stations in Washington, D.C., the third largest African-American market with an MSA (as defined) population of approximately 4.2 million in 1995 (approximately 27.4% of which was African-American), and four radio stations in Baltimore, the eleventh largest African-American market with an MSA population of approximately 2.5 million in 1995 (approximately 26.0% of which was African-American). The Company has recently entered the Philadelphia market pursuant to the acquisition of WPHI-FM (formerly WDRE-FM) (the "Philadelphia Acquisition," and together with the DC Acquisition, the "Acquisitions"), the sixth largest African-American market with an MSA population of approximately 4.9 million in 1995 (approximately 19.9% of which was African-American). On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Acquisitions and the other Transactions (as defined), the Company would have had net broadcast revenues, broadcast cash flow and EBITDA of approximately $28.0 million, $11.3 million, and $9.5 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and approximately $6.2 million, $1.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 30, 1997. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." The Company believes that operating radio stations targeting the African-American population presents significant growth opportunities for the following reasons: o Rapid Population Growth. According to data compiled by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census (the "Census Bureau"), from 1980 to 1995, the African- American population increased from approximately 26.7 million to 33.1 million (a 24.0% increase, compared to a 16.0% increase in the population as a whole). Furthermore, the African-American population is expected to exceed 40 million by 2010 (a more than 20% increase from 1995, compared to an expected increase of 13% for the population as a whole). o Higher Income Growth. According to data compiled by the Census Bureau, from 1980 to 1995, the rate of increase in median household income in 1995 adjusted dollars for African-Americans was approximately 12.3% compared to 3.9% for the population as a whole. 5 o Concentrated Presence in Urban Markets. Approximately 58% of the African-American population is located in the top-30 African-American markets, and the Company believes that the African-American community is usually geographically concentrated in such markets. This con- centration of African-Americans may enable the Company to reach a large portion of its target population with radio stations that may have less powerful signals, thus potentially lowering the Company's acquisition and operating costs. o Fewer Signals Required. The Company believes the current industry trend is for radio broadcasters to acquire the maximum number of radio stations allowed in a market under Federal Communications Commission ("FCC") ownership rules (up to eight radio stations in the largest markets with no more than five being FM or AM), unless restricted by other regulatory authorities. However, relative to radio broadcasters targeting a broader audience, the Company believes it can cover the various segments of its target niche market with fewer programming formats and therefore fewer radio station signals than the maximum allowed. o Strong Audience Listenership and Loyalty. Based upon reports by Arbitron (as defined) the Company believes that as a group, African-Americans generally spend more time listening to radio than non-African-American audiences. For example, during 1996, African-Americans among all persons 12-years-old and older ("12-plus" or the "12-plus market") in the ten largest 12-plus markets listened to radio broadcasts an average of 27.2 hours per week compared to 22.9 hours per week for non-African-Americans in such markets. In addition, the Company believes African-American radio listeners exhibit a greater degree of loyalty to radio stations which target the African-American community because those radio stations become a valuable source of entertainment and information consistent with the community's interests and lifestyles. As a result, the Company believes that its target demographic group provides greater audience ratings stability than that of other demographic groups. o Cost Effective for Advertisers. The Company believes that advertisers can reach the African- American community more cost effectively through radio broadcasting than through newspapers or television because the Company's radio broadcasts specifically target the African-American community while newspapers and television typically target a much more diverse audience. Radio One is led by its Chairperson, Ms. Catherine L. Hughes, who is one of the Company's founders, and her son, Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, III, its Chief Executive Officer and President, who together have over three decades of operating experience in radio broadcasting. Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins, together with a strong management team, have implemented a successful strategy of acquiring and turning around underperforming radio stations in top-30 African-American markets. In both Baltimore and Washington, D.C., the Company has increased audience share at each radio station it has acquired. For all of 1996, the Company's radio stations, on a combined basis, were ranked first in combined audience share of radio stations targeting African-Americans in both Baltimore and Washington, D.C. and were ranked first and second in combined revenue share of radio stations targeting African-Americans in Baltimore and Washington, D.C., respectively. The Company believes that it is well-positioned to apply its successful operating strategy to other radio stations in existing and new markets as attractive acquisition opportunities arise. 6 The following table sets forth certain information with respect to Radio One and its markets:*
PRO FORMA COMPANY DATA MARKET DATA -------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------- NUMBER OF AFRICAN-AMERICAN RANKING BY STATIONS MARKET ENTIRE MARKET SIZE OF ----------- ---------------------- ---------------------- AFRICAN- AUDIENCE REVENUE AUDIENCE REVENUE RADIO AMERICAN MARKET FM AM RANK RANK SHARE SHARE REVENUE POPULATION - ------------------------ ---- ---- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- -------- ----------- Washington, D.C. ...... 2 2 1 2 11.4% 9.2% $187.9 3 Baltimore ............ 2 2 1 1 13.3% 12.5% 86.8 11 Philadelphia ......... 1 - NM NM 1.9% 1.2% 203.8 6
- ---------- * Table assumes the consummation of the DC Acquisition and summarizes more detailed information provided under "Business- General." "NM" means not meaningful. Radio revenue for markets is in millions of dollars. Historically, the financing for the Company's operations and expansion has been provided by certain venture capital firms, several of which have made multiple investments in the Company, including investments in the Company's Senior Preferred Stock (as defined). As a result of warrants received in connection with these investments, these venture capital firms currently have the right to acquire approximately 51.5% of the Company's Common Stock (as defined), subject to FCC approval. Two of the largest investors in the Company, Syncom Capital Corporation ("Syncom") and Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. ("Alta"), an entity controlled by Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co., have significant experience investing in radio broadcasting companies. As of March 15, 1997, Syncom and Alta had the right to collectively acquire approximately 23% of the Company's Common Stock and hold collectively approximately 41% of the Company's Senior Preferred Stock. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock." OPERATING STRATEGY In order to maximize broadcast cash flow at each of its radio stations, the Company strives to create and operate the leading radio station group, in terms of audience share, serving the African-American community and to effectively convert these audience share ratings into advertising revenue while controlling the costs associated with each radio station's operations. The success of the Company's strategy relies on the following: (i) market research, targeted programming and marketing; (ii) significant community involvement; (iii) aggressive sales efforts; (iv) advertising partnerships and special events; (v) strong management and performance-based incentives; and (vi) radio station clustering, programming segmentation and sales bundling. ACQUISITION STRATEGY Radio One's primary acquisition strategy is to acquire and turn around underperforming radio stations in the top-30 African-American markets. The Company considers acquisitions in existing markets where expanded coverage is desirable and considers acquisitions in new markets where the Company believes it is advantageous to establish a presence. In analyzing potential acquisition candidates, the Company generally considers (i) whether the radio station has a signal adequate to reach a large percentage of the African-American community in a market, (ii) whether the Company can reformat or improve the radio station's programming in order to profitably serve the African-American community, (iii) whether the radio station affords the Company the opportunity to segment program formats within a market in which the Company already maintains a presence, (iv) whether the Company can increase broadcast revenues of the radio station through aggressive marketing, sales and promotions, (v) the price and terms of the purchase, (vi) the level of performance that can be expected from the radio station under the Company's management and (vii) the number of competitive radio stations in the market. 7 The Company believes that large segments of the African-American population in its target markets are often concentrated in certain geographic sections of such markets. The Company further believes that this geographic concentration may provide it with an opportunity to acquire less expensive radio stations with less powerful signals without materially diminishing the Company's coverage of the African-American community. As a result, the Company believes it can have a competitive advantage in securing a substantial share of the radio revenue at a potentially lower acquisition cost per listener than radio stations targeting other demographic groups. THE TRANSACTIONS The "Transactions" refer collectively to the offering of the Notes (the "Notes Offering"), the Philadelphia Acquisition, the DC Acquisition, the Existing Notes Exchange (as defined) and the Related Adjustments. See "The Transactions." The "Related Adjustments" consist of (i) the Company's move to the Lanham Offices (as defined) and the net saving related thereto, and (ii) the elimination of certain station expenses which are not expected to recur after the consummation of the Acquisitions. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." THE NOTES OFFERING NOTES..................... The Notes were sold by the Company on May 19, 1997 to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc. (the "Initial Purchasers") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 (the "Purchase Agreement"). The Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to a limited number of institutional accredited investors that agreed to comply with certain transfer restrictions and other conditions. REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT ...... Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company, the License Company and the Initial Purchasers entered into a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), which grants the holder of the Notes certain exchange and registration rights. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy such exchange rights which terminate upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. THE EXCHANGE OFFER SECURITIES OFFERED ...... $85,478,000 aggregate principal amount of Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Exchange Notes"). THE EXCHANGE OFFER...... $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes. As of the date hereof, $85,478,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes are outstanding. The Company will issue the Exchange Notes to holders on or promptly after the Expiration Date. Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by any holder thereof (other than any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within 8 the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securi- ties Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business and that such holder does not intend to participate and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." Any holder who tenders in the Exchange Offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of the Exchange Notes could not rely on the position of the staff of the Commission enunciated in no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Failure to comply with such requirements in such instance may result in such holder incurring liability under the Securities Act for which the holder is not indemnified by the Company. EXPIRATION DATE ......... 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1997 unless the Exchange Offer is extended by the Company in its sole discretion, in which case the term "Expiration Date" means the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended. ACCRUED INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES AND THE NOTES .................. Each Exchange Note will bear interest from its issuance date. Holders of Notes that are accepted for exchange will receive, in cash, accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the issuance date of the Exchange Notes. Such interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the Exchange Notes. Interest on the Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the Exchange Notes. CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER ....... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, which may be waived by the Company. See "The Exchange Offer-Conditions." 9 PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING NOTES .................. Each holder of Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must complete, sign and date the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof or transmit an Agent's Message (as defined) in connection with a book-entry transfer, in accordance with the instructions contained herein and therein, and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or such facsimile or such Agent's Message, together with the Notes and any other required documentation to the Exchange Agent (as defined) at the address set forth herein. By executing the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) or Agent's Message, each holder will represent to the Company that, among other things, the Exchange Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the holder nor any such other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes and that neither the holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate," as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company. See "The Exchange Offer- Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer" and "-Procedures for Tendering." UNTENDERED NOTES......... Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of Notes eligible to participate but who do not tender their Notes will not have any further exchange rights and such Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such Notes could be adversely affected. CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE ............... The Notes that are eligible but not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Notes may be resold only (i) to the Company, (ii) pursuant to Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to some other exemption under the Securities Act, (iii) outside the United States to a foreign person pursuant to the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, or (iv) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. See "The Exchange Offer- Consequences of Failure to Exchange." SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT... If any holder of the Notes (other than any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) is not eligible under applicable securities laws to participate in the Exchange Offer, and such holder has provided information regarding such holder and the distribution of such holder's Notes to the Company for use therein, the Company has agreed to register the Notes on a shelf registration statement (the "Shelf Registration Statement") and use its best efforts to cause it to be declared effective by the Commission as promptly as practical on or after the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Company has agreed to maintain the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement for, under certain circumstances, a maximum of three years, to cover resales of the Notes held by any such holders. 10 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS ....... Any beneficial owner whose Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such owner must, prior to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Notes in such owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time. The Company will keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than twenty days in order to provide for the transfer of registered ownership. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES............... Holders of Notes who wish to tender their Notes and whose Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent (or comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer) prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS ...... Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. ACCEPTANCE OF NOTES AND DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE NOTES.......... The Company will accept for exchange any and all Notes which are properly tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered promptly following the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer- Terms of the Exchange Offer." FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ............ The exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer should not be a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes. See "Certain Federal Tax Consequences." USE OF PROCEEDS......... There will be no cash proceeds to the Company from the exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer. EXCHANGE AGENT............ United States Trust Company of New York. THE EXCHANGE NOTES GENERAL .................. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Notes (which they replace) except that (i) the Exchange Notes bear a Series B designation, (ii) the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof, and (iii) the holders of Exchange Notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, including the provisions providing for an increase in the 11 interest rate on the Notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer, which rights will terminate when the Exchange Offer is consummated. See "The Exchange Offer-Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer." The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. See "Description of Exchange Notes." The Notes and the Exchange Notes are referred to herein collectively as the "Senior Subordinated Notes." SECURITIES OFFERED ...... $85,478,000 aggregate principal amount of Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 of the Company. MATURITY DATE ............ May 15, 2004 INTEREST.................. Cash interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue at a rate of 7% per annum on the principal amount of the Exchange Notes through and including May 15, 2000, and at a rate of 12% per annum on the principal amount of the Exchange Notes after such date. Cash interest will be payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 1997. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION...... The Exchange Notes are redeemable at any time and from time to time at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after May 15, 2001, at the redemption prices set forth herein plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, on or prior to May 15, 2000, the Company may redeem, at its option, up to 25% of the aggregate original principal amount of the Exchange Notes with the net proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings (as defined) at 112% of the Accreted Value (as defined) thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, as long as at least $64,109,000 of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes remains outstanding after each such redemption. See "Description of Exchange Notes-Optional Redemption." CHANGE OF CONTROL ....... Upon a Change of Control (as defined), the Company will be required to offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at 101% of the Accreted Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. See "Risk Factors-Leverage and Debt Service; Refinancing Required" and "Description of Exchange Notes-Certain Covenants-Change of Control." RANKING AND GUARANTEES .. The Exchange Notes will be unsecured obligations of the Company and the payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Exchange Notes will be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt (as defined) of the Company. The Exchange Notes will rank pari passu in right of payment with all senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company and senior in right of payment to all other subordinated indebtedness of the Company issued after this Offering. The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees") to the maximum extent permitted by law, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by the License Company (as defined) and, subject to certain exceptions, all future Restricted Subsidiaries (as de- 12 fined) (collectively, the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). See "Description of Exchange Notes- Guarantees." The Subsidiary Guarantees will be subordinated to all existing and future Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantors, including any guarantees of Senior Debt. After giving pro forma effect to the Transactions as of December 31, 1996, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors would have had approximately $46,000 of Senior Debt outstanding. The indenture governing the Exchange Notes (the "Indenture") will permit the Company to incur additional Senior Debt (subject to certain limitations) but will prohibit the Company from incurring additional Indebtedness (as defined) that is senior to the Exchange Notes and subordinated to any Senior Debt. See "Description of Exchange Notes - Subordination." MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE ......... The Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, may amend the Indenture; provided, however, that consent is required from the holder of each such Senior Subordinated Note affected thereby in instances such as reductions in the amount or changes in the timing of interest payments, or reductions in the principal and changes in the maturity of the Senior Subordinated Notes. See "Description of Exchange Notes - Modification and Waiver." EVENTS OF DEFAULT ...... An Event of Default (as defined) occurs under the Indenture in instances such as the failure to pay principal when due, the failure to pay any interest within 30 days of when such interest is due and payable, the failure to perform or comply with various covenants under the Indenture or the default under the terms of certain other indebtedness of the Company. See "Description of Exchange Notes - Events of Default." RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS... The Indenture contains certain restrictive covenants with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined), including limitations on (a) the sale of assets, including the equity interests of the Company's Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) asset swaps, (c) the payment of Restricted Payments (as defined), (d) the incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (e) the issuance of Equity Interests (as defined) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (f) the payment of dividends on the capital stock of the Company and the purchase, redemption or retirement of the capital stock or subordinated indebtedness of the Company, (g) certain transactions with affiliates, (h) the incurrence of senior subordinated debt (i) certain consolidations and mergers. The Indenture also prohibits certain restrictions on distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. All of these limitations and prohibitions, however, are subject to a number of important qualifications. See "Description of Exchange Notes-Certain Covenants." 13 TRUSTEE .................. United States Trust Company of New York. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes may declare the Accreted Value of and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on all the Exchange Notes to be due and payable. For additional information regarding the Exchange Notes, see "Description of Exchange Notes." RISK FACTORS Holders of the Notes should carefully consider the specific matters set forth under "Risk Factors" as well as the other information and data included in this Prospectus prior to tendering their Notes in the Exchange Offer. 14 SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The following table contains summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information with respect to the Company. The summary historical consolidated financial data has been derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company, including the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 included elsewhere in this Prospectus, which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. The consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The summary pro forma financial information has been derived from the pro forma financial information set forth under "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" and gives pro forma effect to the Transactions, including the Notes Offering, the Philadelphia Acquisition, the DC Acquisition, the Existing Notes Exchange and the Related Adjustments for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and the three months ended March 30, 1997. The summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition," "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The summary pro forma consolidated financial information does not purport to represent what the Company's results of operations or financial condition would actually have been had the Transactions occurred on the dates indicated therein or to project the Company's results of operations or financial condition for any future period or date.
HISTORICAL(a) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED ------------------------------------------------------ --------------------- DEC. 27, DEC. 26, DEC. 25, DEC. 31, DEC. 31, MAR. 31, MAR. 30, 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997(b) ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------------- ---------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) (UNAUDITED) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(b), (c) ......... $ 10,833 $ 11,638 $ 15,541 $ 21,455 $ 23,702 $ 4,670 $ 5,533 Station operating expenses ............ 6,036 6,972 8,506 11,736 13,927 3,275 3,975 Corporate expenses(b), (d) ............ 553 683 1,128 1,995 1,793 346 695 Depreciation and amortization ......... 2,299 1,756 2,027 3,912 4,262 1,183 1,079 -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- --------- --------- Operating income (loss) ............... 1,945 2,227 3,880 3,812 3,720 (134) (216) Interest expense(e) ..................... 1,890 1,983 2,665 5,289 7,252 1,792 1,765 Other (income) expenses, net ............ (72) - (38) (89) 77 - (21) Income tax expense(f) .................. - 92 30 - - - - -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- --------- --------- Net income (loss) before extraordi- nary item ............................. 127 152 1,223 (1,388) (3,609) (1,926) (1,960) Extraordinary loss ..................... - 138 - 468 - - - -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- --------- --------- Net income (loss) ..................... $ 127 $ 14 $ 1,223 $ (1,856) $ (3,609) $ (1,926) $ (1,960) ======== ======== ======== ========= ======== ========= ========= OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow(g) .................. $ 4,797 $ 4,666 $ 7,035 $ 9,719 $ 9,775 $ 1,395 $ 1,558 Broadcast cash flow margin(h) ......... 44.3% 40.1% 45.3% 45.3% 41.2% 29.9% 28.2% EBITDA(i) .............................. $ 4,244 $ 3,983 $ 5,907 $ 7,724 $ 7,982 $ 1,049 $ 863 Cash interest(j) ........................ 1,909 1,946 2,356 5,103 4,815 1,142 695 Capital expenditures(k) ............... 708 212 639 224 251 46 119 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(l) ... 1.1x 1.1x 1.5x - - - - Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(m) ...... Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense . Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest ...... BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END): Cash and cash equivalents ............... $ 1,708 $ 4,254 $ 3,293 Working capital(n) ..................... 6,404 5,370 6,253 Intangible assets, net .................. 39,358 42,426 38,401 Total assets ........................... 51,777 54,849 51,481 Debt, including current portion and de- ferred interest(l) ..................... 64,939 62,503 65,600 Senior Preferred Stock .................. - - - Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ... (15,003) (11,191) (16,963)
PRO FORMA PRO FORMA ------------ ----------- THREE FISCAL YEAR MONTHS ENDED ENDED ----------- ---------- DEC. 31, MAR. 30, 1996 1997 ----------- ----------- STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(b), (c) ......... $ 27,974 $ 6,153 Station operating expenses ............ 16,737 4,481 Corporate expenses(b), (d) ............ 1,793 588 Depreciation and amortization ......... 7,682 1,941 -------- --------- Operating income (loss) ............... 1,762 (857) Interest expense(e) ..................... 9,615 2,397 Other (income) expenses, net ............ (48) (21) Income tax expense(f) .................. - - -------- --------- Net income (loss) before extraordi- nary item ............................. (7,805) (3,233) Extraordinary loss ..................... - - -------- --------- Net income (loss) ..................... $ (7,805) $ (3,233) ======== ========= OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow(g) .................. $ 11,237 $ 1,672 Broadcast cash flow margin(h) ......... 40.2% 27.2% EBITDA(i) .............................. $ 9,444 $ 1,084 Cash interest(j) ........................ 5,983 1,496 Capital expenditures(k) ............... 1,551 1,419 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(l) ... - - Ratio of total debt to EBITDA(m) ...... 7.9x Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense ..... 1.0x Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest ...... 1.6x BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END): Cash and cash equivalents ............... $ 4,396 Working capital(n) ..................... 7,285 Intangible assets, net .................. 64,851 Total assets ........................... 79,470 Debt, including current portion and de- ferred interest(l) ..................... 75,046 Senior Preferred Stock .................. 20,518 Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ... (19,009) 15 (footnotes relate to previous page) - ---------- (a) Year-to-year comparisons are significantly affected by the timing of the Company's acquisition of various radio stations during the periods covered. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition" and note (j) below. Prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's accounting reporting period was based on a fifty-two/fifty-three week period ending on the last Sunday of each calendar year. During 1996, the Company elected to end its fiscal year on December 31 of each year. (b) Includes $107,000 related to the LMA under which the Company began to operate WHPI-FM on February 8, 1997. (c) Net broadcast revenues are gross revenues less agency commissions. Net broadcast revenues include historical broadcast revenues of each radio station acquired (or to be acquired, in the case of pro forma data) from the date of acquisition (or assumed date of acquisition, in the case of pro forma data) and do not reflect the impact of any changes or planned changes to programming formats at such acquired radio stations. (d) Corporate expenses include all expenses incurred which are not associated with or attributable to the operations of any individual radio station, including compensation and benefits paid to senior management, rent of corporate offices, general liability and keyman life insurance, professional fees, and travel and entertainment expenses. (e) Interest expense includes non-cash interest, such as the accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs. The calculation of pro forma interest expense is based on a yield to maturity of 12% per annum (computed on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis), including cash interest payable at 7% per annum on the principal amount during the first three years and cash interest payable at 12% per annum thereafter. (f) Effective January 1, 1996, the Company elected to be treated as an S Corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, therefore, it generally has not been subject to income tax at the corporate level since that date. In connection with the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange, the Company's S Corporation status was terminated. (g) Broadcast cash flow means EBITDA before corporate expenses. Although broadcast cash flow is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), it is widely used in the broadcast industry as a measure of a radio broadcasting company's performance. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. (h) Broadcast cash flow margin is defined as broadcast cash flow divided by net broadcast revenues. (i) EBITDA means operating income (loss) before depreciation and amortization. Although EBITDA is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, it is widely used as a measure of a company's ability to service and/or incur debt. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income (loss), cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. (j) Cash interest is calculated as interest expense less non-cash interest, including the accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs, for the indicated period. The calculation of pro forma cash interest utilizes the interest rates applicable to the Notes: 7% per annum on the aggregate principal amount of the Notes during the period presented, which aggregate principal amount is based on a yield to maturity of 12% per annum (computed on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis), including cash interest payable at 7% per annum on the principal amount during the first three years and cash interest payable at 12% per annum thereafter. (k) Excludes capital expenditures in connection with all radio station acquisitions by the Company which occurred during the periods presented including: (i) WWIN-FM and WWIN-AM acquired in January 1992 for total consideration of approximately $4.7 million, (ii) WERQ-FM and WOLB-AM (previously WERQ-AM) acquired in September 1993 for total consideration of approximately $9.0 million and (iii) WKYS-FM acquired in June 1995 for total consideration of approximately $34.4 million. (l) For purposes of this calculation, earnings consist of net income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary items and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs, and the component of rental expense believed by management to be representative of the interest factor thereon. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 by approximately $1.4 million, $3.6 million, $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the three months ended March 30, 1997 by approximately $7.8 million and $3.2 million, resectively. (m) Debt means long-term indebtedness, including the current portion thereof and deferred interest, net of unamortized discount on such indebtedness. (n) Working capital means current assets less current liabilities, excluding the current portion of long-term debt. 16 RISK FACTORS In addition to the other information and data included in this Prospectus, the following factors should be considered carefully before tendering in the Exchange Offer. LEVERAGE AND DEBT SERVICE; REFINANCING REQUIRED The Company incurred significant debt in connection with the Transactions. As of December 31, 1996, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the Company would have had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $75.0 million, Senior Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation value of $20.5 million and stockholders' deficit of approximately $19.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the three months ended March 30, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the Transactions, the Company's earnings would have been inadequate to cover fixed charges by approximately $7.8 million and $3.2 million, respectively. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" and "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data." The Company's highly leveraged financial position poses substantial risks to holders of the Exchange Notes, including the risks that: (i) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations is required to be dedicated to the payment of interest on the Exchange Notes and the payment of principal and interest under any Senior Debt; (ii) the Company's highly leveraged position may impede its ability to obtain financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes, including acquisitions; and (iii) the Company's highly leveraged financial position may make it more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit its ability to withstand competitive pressures. The Company believes that, based on its current level of operations, it will have sufficient capital to carry on its business and will be able to make the scheduled cash interest payments on the Exchange Notes and meet its other obligations and commitments. However, there can be no assurance that the future cash flow of the Company will be sufficient to make the scheduled cash interest payments of the Exchange Notes and meet the Company's other obligations and commitments. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to make the scheduled cash interest payments on the Exchange Notes and to meet its other obligations and commitments, the Company will be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing or restructuring its indebtedness, selling material assets or operations, or seeking to raise additional debt or equity capital. Furthermore, the Company believes it will be necessary to refinance the Exchange Notes at or prior to the scheduled maturity date in 2004. There can be no assurance that any of these actions could be effected on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms or that these actions would enable the Company to continue to satisfy its capital requirements. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including the Indenture, may prohibit the Company from adopting any of these alternatives. In addition, the Company does not have sufficient funds available to purchase all of the outstanding Exchange Notes were they to be tendered in response to an offer made as a result of a Change of Control, and certain provisions of the agreements which may govern Senior Debt may restrict such purchase. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition-Liquidity and Capital Resources," and "Description of Exchange Notes." SUBORDINATION OF EXCHANGE NOTES The Exchange Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company will be available to pay obligations on the Exchange Notes only after all Senior Debt of the Company has been paid in full, and, as a result, there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on the Exchange Notes. In the event of a payment default with respect to any Senior Debt of the Company, no payments may be made on account of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Exchange Notes until such default has been cured or waived. In addition, under certain circumstances, no payments may be made for a specified period with respect to principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Exchange Notes if certain non-payment defaults exist with respect to certain Senior Debt of the Company. See "Description of Exchange Notes." 17 DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL The Company is dependent on the continued services of its senior management team including, in particular, Ms. Catherine L. Hughes and her son, Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, III. Although the Company believes it can adequately replace key employees in an orderly fashion should the need arise, there can be no assurance that the loss of such key personnel would not have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company maintains key man life insurance for, and anticipates entering into employment contracts with, Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins. See "Management." CONTROLLING STOCKHOLDERS Ms. Catherine L. Hughes and her son, Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, III, collectively hold approximately 99.3% of the outstanding voting power of the Company's capital stock and thus have the voting power to control all matters submitted for a vote to the stockholders of the Company. Such control may have the effect of discouraging certain types of transactions involving an actual or potential change of control of the Company. However, certain investors in the Company hold the Warrants (as defined) which entitle them to acquire approximately 51.5% of the voting power of the Company on a fully-diluted basis, and thus to control matters requiring a majority vote, subject to FCC approval. The exercise by the holders of their Warrants will not, in and of itself, constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture. Additionally, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement (as defined) which the Company entered into with the Trustee (as defined) on behalf of the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and the Bank in connection with the New Credit Facility (as defined), each of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (as defined) and the Warrantholders' Agreement (as defined) will give the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock the right to cause either the sale of the entire business of the Company or to refinance and to repay the New Credit Facility, if entered into by the Company, the Exchange Notes, the Senior Preferred Stock and the Warrants and other equity interests of the Company, upon the breach by the Company of certain of its obligations under the agreements governing the Senior Preferred Stock and the Warrants. RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT The Preferred Stockholders' Agreement contains various covenants which restrict the Company's ability to, among other things, incur indebtedness for borrowed money or liens, sell a material portion of its assets, merge or acquire additional businesses, make loans to or investments in others, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, change its accounting policies, engage in affiliate transactions, declare or pay dividends or sell or issue capital stock. Generally, compliance with the terms of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement may be waived by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock. However, any amendments to the covenants regarding the prohibition on mergers and acquisitions of additional businesses or the distribution, redemption or issuance of capital stock will require the consent of the holders of at least eighty percent of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock. These restrictions severely limit the ability of the Company to take various actions without the consent of the holders of a requisite percentage of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with such covenants, the dividend rate payable by the Company with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock will, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock, increase to 18% per annum (except in certain specified circumstances). Furthermore, if certain material covenants are violated, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock will have the right, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, to cause the Company to enter into a signed agreement for the sale of the Company or the assets thereof or a signed financing commitment letter with an institutional lender providing for funds sufficient to repay, in order of seniority, the New Credit Facility, the Exchange Notes, the Senior Preferred Stock and the value of the Warrants, and close such transaction upon FCC approval. See "Description of Capital Stock-Senior Preferred Stock." RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY; PLEDGE OF ASSETS Assuming the Company enters into the New Credit Facility, the New Credit Facility will contain certain financial and other covenants, including the maintenance of certain financial tests and ratios, limitations on capital expenditures and restrictions on the incurrence of debt or liens, the sale of assets, 18 the payment of dividends and transactions with affiliates. In addition, the New Credit Facility, if entered into by the Company, will provide for various events of default including an event of default upon the occurrence of a change of control. These covenants would limit the operating flexibility of the Company, and a failure to comply with the covenants included in the New Credit Facility would generally result in an event of default thereunder, permitting holders of the indebtedness thereunder to accelerate the maturity and to foreclose upon the collateral securing such indebtedness. Under any such circumstances, there can be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient assets to satisfy all of its obligations, including its obligations on the Exchange Notes. See "Certain Indebtedness-New Credit Facility." The obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under the New Credit Facility, if entered into by the Company, are expected to be secured by a first priority perfected security interest in: (i) all of the Common Stock of the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions), including all Warrants or options and other similar securities to purchase such securities and (ii) substantially all of the assets of the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions) including, without limitation, any and all licenses of the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions) issued by the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC") to the maximum extent permitted by law. See "Certain Indebtedness-New Credit Facility." If the Company becomes insolvent or is liquidated or if the indebtedness, if any, under the New Credit Facility is accelerated, the lenders under the New Credit Facility would be entitled to payment in full prior to any payment to holders of the Exchange Notes. In such event, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which claims of the holders of Exchange Notes could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, such assets might be insufficient to fully satisfy such claims. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST Mr. Liggins, who is the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, is also the President of Radio One of Atlanta, Inc. ("ROA"), which owns and operates one radio station in Atlanta and has a minority interest in Dogwood Communications, Inc. ("Dogwood"). Dogwood holds a construction permit for another radio station in the Atlanta area. Mr. Liggins has voting control of ROA and owns approximately 47.0% of its outstanding capital stock. Mr. Liggins' involvement with ROA may from time to time give rise to conflicts of interest between ROA and the Company and may give rise to conflicting obligations for Mr. Liggins. Such conflicts of interest could arise with respect to business dealings between ROA and the Company, including potential acquisitions of businesses or properties. The Company's board of directors will form an audit committee of the board, two of the members of which will be directors who are not employees of the Company. The audit committee will address certain potential conflicts of interest and conflicting obligations that may arise with respect to Mr. Liggins. In addition to Mr. Liggins' involvement with ROA, the Company's Vice President of Programming is employed by ROA and programs ROA's radio station. The Company also provides certain corporate services to ROA including accounting, financial and strategic planning, other general management services and programming services to ROA pursuant to a management agreement. In exchange for such corporate services, the Company is paid an annual retainer of $100,000 and is reimbursed for all of its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of such corporate services. Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. ("Alta") and Syncom are holders of the approximately 34.5% and 6.5%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock, and are holders of Warrants, which upon exercise entitle them to purchase for nominal consideration approximately 10.3% and 12.7%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock on a fully diluted basis. Alta and Syndicated Communications Venture Partners II, L.P., an affiliate of Syncom ("Syncom Venture"), hold approximately 15.0% and 24.0%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of ROA, are each entitled to elect a director to ROA's board of directors and are also holders of certain indebtedness of ROA. See "Principal Stockholders." The employment of the Company's Vice President of Programming by ROA, the Company's management agreement with ROA and Alta's and Syncom Venture's significant interests in ROA may also give rise to conflicts of interest and conflicting obligations particularly in terms of reducing the amount of time certain resources are available to the Company. Although the Company does not believe any conflicts of interest or conflicting obligations will adversely affect the Company's operations, there can be no assurance that the Compa- 19 ny's operations will not be adversely affected or that any present or future conflicts of interest or conflicting obligations will be resolved in favor of the Company. See "Certain Transactions-Radio One of Atlanta, Inc." In addition, there can be no assurance that Mr. Liggins will not seek, either individually or together with Alta, Syncom, Syncom Venture or other holders of Common Stock, Warrants or Senior Preferred Stock, to acquire additional radio stations in the future through entities other than the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. FAILURE TO CONSUMMATE THE DC ACQUISITION The Company's amended letter of intent with respect to the DC Acquisition is non-binding and the consummation of the DC Acquisition is not a condition to the consummation of the Exchange Offer. Pursuant to the terms of the amended letter of intent, the Company and the seller of WYCB-AM are currently negotiating the form of the total consideration to be paid by the Company, (i.e., cash, notes or a combination thereof). In addition, consummation of the DC Acquisition is subject to certain conditions, including the execution of a definitive acquisition agreement and the receipt of certain approvals from the FCC. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the DC Acquisition will be consummated by the Company or, if it is consummated, whether it will be consummated on the terms outlined herein. In addition, the non-binding letter of intent provides for liquidated damages of $100,000 payable by the Company should the Company materially breach the definitive acquisition agreement when, and if, entered into by the Company. If the DC Acquisition is not consummated, the results of operations and financial condition of the Company would be adversely affected. In addition, in the event the total consideration to be paid by the Company in connection with the consummation of the DC Acquisition includes notes payable by the Company, the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness under the terms of the Indenture or otherwise will be adversely affected. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." EXPANSION THROUGH ACQUISITIONS The Company intends to continue to pursue the acquisition of additional radio stations. Acquisitions of radio stations are subject to FCC approval and the FCC limits the number and location of broadcasting properties that any one person or entity (including its affiliates) may own. The market to purchase radio stations is highly competitive, and many other potential acquirors have greater resources than the Company available to effect such acquisitions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to make future acquisitions at prices acceptable to the Company. In addition, rapidly growing businesses frequently experience unforeseen expenses and delays in completing acquisitions, as well as difficulties and complications in integrating the acquired operations without disruption in the overall operations. As a result, acquisitions could adversely affect the Company's operating results in the short term as a result of several factors, including increased capital requirements. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will have the resources necessary to acquire additional radio stations. See "-Leverage and Debt Service; Refinancing Required." COMPETITION The financial success of each of the Company's radio stations depends, to a significant degree, upon its audience share, its share of the overall radio advertising revenue within a specific market and the economic health of that market. Audience share and advertising revenue of the Company's individual radio stations are subject to change, and any adverse change in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the total revenue and broadcast cash flow of the Company. The Company's radio stations compete for audience share and advertising revenue directly with other FM and AM radio stations and with other media within their respective markets. While the Company already competes with other radio stations with comparable programming formats in each of its markets, if another radio station in the market were to convert its programming format to a format similar to one of the Company's radio stations, if a new radio station were to adopt a competitive format or if an existing competitor were to strengthen its operations, the Company's radio stations could suffer a reduction in audience share and/or advertising revenue and could require increased promotion and other expenses. In addi- 20 tion, certain of the Company's radio stations compete, and in the future other radio stations of the Company may compete, with radio station clusters operated by a single operator. There can be no assurance that the Company's radio stations will be able to maintain or increase their current audience shares and radio advertising revenue. See "Business-Competition." Radio broadcasting is also subject to competition from new media technologies that may be or are being developed or have been introduced, such as the delivery of audio programming through cable television wires or the introduction of digital audio broadcasting ("DAB"). DAB may provide a medium for the delivery by satellite or terrestrial means of multiple audio programming formats to local and national audiences. The Company cannot predict the effect, if any, that any such new technologies may have on the radio broadcasting industry or on the Company. See "Business-Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting." EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN THE RADIO BROADCASTING INDUSTRY The profitability of the Company's radio stations is subject to various factors which influence the radio broadcasting industry as a whole. The Company's radio stations may be affected by changes in audience tastes, priorities of advertisers, new laws and governmental regulations and policies, changes in broadcast technical requirements, proposals to limit the tax deductibility of expenses incurred by advertisers and changes in the willingness of financial institutions and other lenders to finance radio station acquisitions and operations. The Company cannot predict which, if any, of these factors might have a significant impact on the radio broadcasting industry in the future, nor can it predict what impact, if any, the occurrence of these events might have on the Company's operations. GOVERNMENT REGULATION Each of the Company's radio stations operates pursuant to one or more licenses issued by the FCC that have a maximum term of eight years prior to renewal. The Company's radio operating licenses expire at various times from August 1, 1998 to October 1, 2003, except that the license for WOL-AM expired on October 1, 1995. The Company's timely filing of a license renewal application has automatically extended the license term of WOL-AM until the FCC takes action on the Company's renewal application. Although the Company may apply to renew its FCC licenses, third parties may challenge the Company's renewal applications. Except for a complaint filed against WOL-AM, the Company is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would prevent the Company from having its current licenses renewed. Furthermore, the Company believes that the complaint filed against WOL-AM will be resolved satisfactorily and the license of that radio station renewed. However, there can be no assurance that any of the Company's radio station licenses will be renewed. See "Business-Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting." In addition, if the Company or any of its stockholders, officers or directors violates the FCC's rules and regulations or the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the "Communications Act"), or is convicted of a felony, the FCC may in response to a petition from a third party or on its own motion, in its discretion, commence a proceeding to impose sanctions upon the Company which would involve the imposition of monetary penalties, the revocation of the Company's broadcast licenses or other sanctions. If the FCC were to issue an order denying a license renewal application or revoking a license, the Company would be required to cease operating the radio station subject to the license only after the Company had exhausted administrative review without success. The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing regulation. Among other things, the Communications Act and FCC rules and policies limit the number of broadcasting properties that any person or entity may own (directly or by attribution) in any market and require FCC approval for transfers of control of FCC licensees and assignments of FCC licenses. The filing of petitions or complaints against the Company or other FCC licensees could result in the FCC delaying the grant of, or refusing to grant, its consent to the assignment or transfer of licenses to or from an FCC licensee. In certain circumstances, the Communications Act and FCC rules will operate to impose limitations on non-U.S. ownership and voting of the capital stock of the Company. See "Business-Federal Regulation of Radio Broadcasting." 21 Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, an owner or operator of real property may become liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous substances released on its property. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the release of such hazardous substances. The Company believes it is in substantial compliance with all existing laws and regulations and has obtained or applied for the necessary permits to conduct its business. ANTITRUST MATTERS An important element of the Company's growth strategy involves the acquisition of additional radio stations. Following the passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust Division") has become more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations and radio station networks which would otherwise comply with the FCC's ownership limitations, particularly in instances where the proposed acquiror already owns one or more radio stations in a particular market and the acquisition involves another radio station in the same market. Recently, the Antitrust Division has obtained consent decrees requiring an acquiror to dispose of at least one radio station in a particular market where the acquisition (which otherwise complied with the FCC's ownership limitations) would have resulted in a concentration of market share by the acquiror. In that case, it was unclear whether the post-acquisition concentration of combined market share or combined advertising revenues of the acquiror was the factor which caused the Antitrust Division to require divestiture. Additionally, any radio station acquisitions by the Company are potentially subject to review by the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"). There can be no assurance that the Antitrust Division or the FTC will not seek to bar the Company from acquiring additional radio stations in a market where the Company's existing radio stations already have a significant market share. SEASONALITY OF BUSINESS Seasonal revenue fluctuations are common in the radio broadcasting industry and are due primarily to fluctuations in advertising expenditures by local and national advertisers. The Company's first fiscal quarter generally produces the lowest revenue for the year. FRAUDULENT TRANSFER STATUTES The incurrence by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of indebtedness such as the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees to finance the Transactions may be subject to review under relevant state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws if a bankruptcy case or lawsuit is commenced by or on behalf of unpaid creditors of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors. Under these laws, if a court were to find that, after giving effect to the sale of the Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, either (a) the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors incurred such indebtedness with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (b) the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors received less than reasonably equivalent value or consideration for incurring such indebtedness and (i) was insolvent or was rendered insolvent by reason of such transactions, (ii) was engaged in a business or transaction for which the assets remaining with the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they matured, such court may subordinate such indebtedness to presently existing and future indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, avoid the issuance of such indebtedness and direct the repayment of any amounts paid thereunder to the Company's or the Subsidiary Guarantors', as the case may be, creditors or take other action detrimental to the holders of such indebtedness. The measure of insolvency for purposes of determining whether a transfer is avoidable as a fraudulent transfer varies depending upon the law of the jurisdiction which is being applied. Generally, however, a debtor would be considered insolvent if the sum of all of its liabilities, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the value of all of its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of the debtor's assets were less than the amount required to repay its probable liabilities on its debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and matured. 22 There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine solvency. To the extent that proceeds from the sale of the Notes were used to finance the Transactions, a court may find that the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for the incurrence of the indebtedness represented thereby. In addition, if a court were to find that any of the components of the Transactions constituted a fraudulent transfer, to the extent that the proceeds from the sale of the Notes were used to finance such Transactions, a court may find that the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for the incurrence of the indebtedness represented by the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be. Pursuant to the terms of the Guarantees, the liability of each Subsidiary Guarantor is limited to the maximum amount of indebtedness permitted, at the time of the grant of such Guarantee, to be incurred in compliance with fraudulent conveyance or similar laws. Each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors believes that it received or will receive equivalent value at the time the indebtedness under the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees was or is incurred. In addition, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary Guarantors believes that it, after giving effect to the Transactions, (i) was insolvent or rendered insolvent, (ii) was engaged in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. These beliefs are based on the Company's operating history and analysis of internal cash flow projections and estimated values of assets and liabilities of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of the Notes Offering. There can be no assurance, however, that a court passing on these issues would make the same determination. ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has not been any public market for the Notes. The Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and will be subject to restrictions on transferability to the extent that they are not exchanged for Exchange Notes by holders who are entitled to participate in this Exchange Offer. The holders of Notes (other than any such holder that is an affiliate of the company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who are not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer are entitled to certain registration rights, and the Company may be required to file a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes. The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The Company does not intend to list the Exchange Notes on any national securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation system. The Initial Purchasers of the Notes currently make a market in the Notes, but they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue such market making at any time. In addition, such market making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and may be limited during the Exchange Offer and the pendency of the Shelf Registration Statement. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active public or other market will develop for the Exchange Notes or as to the liquidity of the trading market for the Exchange Notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of the Exchange Notes may experience difficulty in reselling the Exchange Notes or may be unable to sell them at all. If a market for the Exchange Notes develops, any such market may be discontinued at any time. If a public trading market develops for the Exchange Notes, future trading prices of such securities will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, the Company's results of operations and the market for similar securities. Depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including the financing condition of the Company, the Exchange Notes may trade at a discount from their principal amount. 23 THE TRANSACTIONS ACQUISITIONS Philadelphia Acquisition In December 1996, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire the assets of WPHI-FM in Philadelphia for a total consideration of $20.0 million, subject to certain closing adjustments, and deposited $1.0 million in escrow to be applied toward the purchase price. On February 4, 1997 and March 27, 1997, the FCC issued approvals for the transfer of the FCC license for WPHI-FM to an entity controlled by the Company. On February 8, 1997, the Company entered into an LMA with the then-owner of WPHI-FM, and the radio station's programming format was converted from Modern Rock to Young Urban Contemporary, targeting 18 to 34-year-old African-Americans. The LMA allowed the Company to program WPHI-FM 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and continued in effect until the consummation of the Philadelphia Acquisition on May 19, 1997. On March 28, 1997, the Company released the $1.0 million deposit from escrow to the then-current owner simultaneously with the execution of closing documents related to the Philadelphia Acquisition by the Company and the then-current owner, which were held in escrow. On April 18,1997, the Company made a non-refundable $600,000 prepayment of the $20.0 million total consideration for the Philadelphia Acquisition. On May 19, 1997 the closing documents for the Philadelphia Acquisition were released and became effective simultaneously with the payment of approximately $18.7 million (the remaining portion of the purchase price and certain payments due under the related LMA). WPHI-FM is licensed as a Class A facility and is permitted to operate at the equivalent of 3,000 watts at 100 meters. The radio station broadcasts from a 1,000 foot tower at a tower farm in north Philadelphia. Although WPHI-FM is a lower powered radio station, the Company believes it adequately reaches at least 90% of the African-Americans in the Philadelphia market. DC Acquisition In March 1997, the Company entered into a binding letter of intent to acquire the stock of the corporation holding WYCB-AM, currently Washington, D.C.'s top-rated Gospel radio station, for a total consideration of $4.0 million, subject to certain closing adjustments, which is approximately 5.1 times proforma broadcast cash flow for the year ended December 31, 1996. This letter of intent expired by its terms. On July 1, 1997, the Company and the seller of WYCB-AM entered into an amendment to this letter of intent pursuant to which the Company and the Seller have agreed, among other things, to negotiate in good faith the form of the total consideration (i.e., cash, notes or a combination thereof), to recast the letter of intent as non-binding, and to terminate the prohibition on solicitation or negotiation by the seller with prospective purchasers other than the Company. For purposes of the pro forma financial data included herein, it has been assumed that the $4.0 million total consideration will be paid in cash. The DC Acquisition, if consummated, would expand the Company's coverage in an existing market and will permit the Company to target another segment of the African-American community in that market. See "Business-Acquisition Strategy." The DC Acquisition is contingent upon an agreement with respect to the form of the total consideration, and certain other matters, including the execution of a definitive acquisition agreement and the receipt of final approval from the FCC for the transfer of the FCC license for WYCB-AM. In addition, such amended letter of intent provides for liquidated damages of $100,000 payable by the Company should the Company materially breach the definitive acquisition agreement when, and if, it is entered into by the Company. The Company anticipates completing the DC Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 1997. There can be no assurance of the consummation of the DC Acquisition. See "Risk Factors-Failure to Consummate the DC Acquisition." EXISTING NOTES EXCHANGE On May 19, 1997, all of the holders of the Company's 15% Subordinated Promissory Notes due 2003 (together with any and all accrued interest thereon, the "Existing Notes") exchanged all of their Existing Notes for shares of Senior Preferred Stock (the "Existing Notes Exchange") pursuant to the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (as defined). See "Description of Capital Stock-Senior Preferred Stock." 24 REFINANCING On May 19, 1997 the Company effected the following additional Transactions: (i) the Notes Offering and (ii) the repayment of all outstanding obligations under the Company's "Existing Credit Facility. The Exchange Offer results in no sources or use of cash to the Company. The sources and uses of cash which occurred in connection with the closing of the Transactions on May 19, 1997 (assuming that the DC Acquisition was consummated for a total cash consideration as of such date) are set forth below (dollars in thousands):
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) ----------------------- Repayment of Existing Credit Facility .............................. $45,121 Philadelphia Acquisition ....................................... 18,686 DC Acquisition(a) ............................................. 4,000 Estimated leasehold improvements and new equipment in respect of the Lanham Offices ............................................. 1,300 General purposes, including working capital ..................... 1,893 Estimated fees and expenses .................................... 4,000 --------- Total ......................................................... $75,000 =========
- ---------- (a) In connection with the DC Acquisition, the Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent, as amended, to acquire WYCB-AM for $4.0 million, subject to certain closing adjustments. The Company anticipates consummating the DC Acquisition in the fourth quarter of 1997. Pursuant to the terms of such letter of intent, the Company and the seller of WYCB-AM are currently negotiating the terms of payment of the $4.0 million consideration. In the event the DC Acquisition is not consummated or in the event all or a portion of the $4.0 million consideration is not paid by the Company in cash, the gross proceeds which are not used for that purpose shall be used for general purposes, including working capital and possible acquisitions. See "The Transactions-Acquisitions." USE OF PROCEEDS The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of the Company's obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer. The gross proceeds of $75.0 million from the issuance of the Notes on May 19, 1997 were used to: (i) repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, among Radio One, NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as agent and lender, and the other lenders named therein, as amended (the "Existing Credit Facility"); (ii) fund the balance of the total consideration in respect of the Philadelphia Acquisition and certain payments due under the related LMA; (iii) pay for the leasehold improvements and new equipment in respect of the Lanham Offices and other amounts associated with moving the Company's Washington, D.C. offices and studios; (iv) provide funding for other general purposes, including working capital; and (v) pay the related fees and expenses in connection with the consummation of the Transactions. See "The Transactions." 25 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of March 30, 1997 on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Transactions. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition" and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
AS OF MARCH 30, 1997 ----------------------------------- (UNAUDITED) PRO ACTUAL FORMA --------------- ----------------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) Cash and cash equivalents ....................................... $ 3,293 $ 4,396 ========== =========== Total debt (including current portion and deferred interest):(a) Existing Credit Facility (b) ................................. $ 45,597 $ - 12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2004 ........................ - 75,000 Existing Notes ................................................ 19,957(e) - Notes payable ................................................ 46 46 ---------- ----------- Total debt ................................................... 65,600 75,046 ---------- ----------- Senior Preferred Stock(c) ....................................... - 20,518 (f) ---------- ----------- Stockholders' equity (deficit): Common A Common Stock ($.01 par value, 1,000 shares autho- rized, 138.45 shares issued and outstanding) ................. - - Common B Common Stock ($.01 par value, 2,000 shares autho- rized, no shares issued and outstanding) ..................... - - Additional paid-in capital(d) ................................. 1,205 1,205 Accumulated earnings (deficit) .............................. (18,168) (20,214)(g) ---------- ----------- Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ........................ (16,963) (19,009) ---------- ----------- Total capitalization ....................................... $ 48,637 $ 76,555 ========== ===========
- ---------- (a) See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for additional information regarding the components and terms of the Existing Credit Facility, the Existing Notes and notes payable. (b) All indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility was repaid concurrently with the consummation of the Notes Offering. See "Use of Proceeds." (c) Consists of: (i) Series A 15% Senior Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 100,000 shares will be authorized and 83,200 shares would have been issued and outstanding, assuming the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange as of March 30, 1997, and (ii) Series B 15% Senior Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 150,000 shares will be authorized and 121,980 shares would have been issued and outstanding, assuming the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange as of March 30, 1997. (d) Includes approximately $690,000 allocable to warrants to purchase the Company's Common Stock which were originally issued in conjunction with the Existing Notes and were amended and restated in connection with the consummation of the Notes Offering. See "Description of Capital Stock-Warrants to Purchase Common Stock." (e) Includes approximately $3.5 million in accrued and unpaid interest. (f) Reflects issuance of shares of Senior Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation value of approximately $20.5 million in exchange for outstanding indebtedness under the Existing Notes consisting of approximately $16.4 million in principal, $3.5 million in accrued and unpaid interest and $561,000 in unamortized debt discount, assuming the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange as of March 30, 1997. (g) Pro forma accumulated earnings (deficit) reflects the recognition of approximately $2.0 million in extraordinary loss resulting from the early repayment of the Existing Credit Facility and the Existing Notes, consisting of the write-off of approximately $1.4 million in deferred financing costs on the Existing Credit Facility and approximately $561,000 in unamortized discounts on the Existing Notes. 26 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements (the "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements") are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus, adjusted to give effect to the Transactions, which include (i) this Exchange Offer, (ii) the Notes Offering, (iii) the Philadelphia Acquisition, (iv) the DC Acquisition, (v) the Existing Notes Exchange and (vi) the Related Adjustments. The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data and Other Data gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred as of January 1, 1996, and the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred as of March 30, 1997. The Transactions are described in the accompanying notes to the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements. The pro forma data are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements do not purport to represent what the Company's results of operations or financial condition would actually have been had the Transactions occurred on such dates or to project the Company's results of operations or financial condition for any future period or date. The Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the historical consolidated financial statements of Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc., the former owner of WPHI-FM, included elsewhere in this Prospectus, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition." The Acquisition will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. After each of the Acquisitions, the total consideration of such acquisition has been or will be allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, if any, based upon their respective estimated fair values. The allocation of the aggregate total consideration included in the Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements is preliminary as the Company believes further refinement is impractical at this time. However, the Company does not expect that the final allocation of such total consideration will materially differ from the preliminary allocations set forth herein. 27 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS AND OTHER DATA
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ POST-NOTES OFFERING, NOTES OFFERING EXISTING NOTES PHILADELPHIA PHILADELPHIA AND EXISTING EXCHANGE AND DC DC RADIO ONE ACQUISITION ACQUISITION NOTES PHILADELPHIA ACQUISITION ACQUISITION HISTORICAL HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS EXCHANGE ACQUISITION HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS ------------ ------------- -------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------ ----------- - (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(a) . $ 23,702 $ 2,856 $ - $ - $ 26,558 $ 1,416 $ - Station operating expenses. 13,927 2,423 (72)(l) (167)(q) 16,111 750 (124)(l) Corporate expenses(b) ...... 1,793 14 (14)(m) - 1,793 94 (94)(m) Depreciation and amortiza- tion ....................... 4,262 270 2,815 (n) 62(q) 7,409 218 55(t) --------- ------- --------- -------- --------- ------- -------- Operating income ............ 3,720 149 (2,729) 105 1,245 354 163 Interest expense(c) ......... 7,252 339 (339)(o) 2,363(r) 9,615 444 (444)(o) Other (income) expenses, net ........................ 77 - - (125)(s) (48) - - Income tax expense (ben- efit)(d) ................... - (98) 98(p) - - - - --------- ------- --------- -------- --------- ------- -------- Net income (loss) ......... $ (3,609) $ (92) $(2,488) $(2,133) $ (8,322) $ (90) $ 607 ========= ======= ========= ======== ========= ======= ======== OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow (e) ......................................................................................................... Broadcast cash flow margin (f)................................................................................................... EBITDA (g) ..................................................................................................................... Cash interest (h)................................................................................................................ Capital expenditures (i) ........................................................................................................ Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (j) .......................................................................................... Ratio of total debt to EBITDA (k) ............................................................................................... Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense ............................................................................................. Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest ...............................................................................................
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DEC. 31, 1996 ------------- PRO FORMA ------------- STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(a) ................ $ 27,974 Station operating expenses................ 16,737 Corporate expenses(b) ................... 1,793 Depreciation and amortiza- tion .................................... 7,682 --------- Operating income ......................... 1,762 Interest expense(c) ...................... 9,615 Other (income) expenses, net ..................................... (48) Income tax expense (ben- efit)(d) ................................ - --------- Net income (loss) ...................... $ (7,805) ========= OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow (e) ....................$ 11,237 Broadcast cash flow margin (f).............. 40.2% EBITDA (g) ................................$ 9,444 Cash interest (h)........................... 5,983 Capital expenditures (i) ................... 1,551 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (j) ..... - Ratio of total debt to EBITDA (k) .......... 7.9x Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense ........ 1.0x Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest .......... 1.6x
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POST-NOTES OFFERING, NOTES OFFERING EXISTING NOTES PHILADELPHIA PHILADELPHIA AND EXISTING EXCHANGE AND DC RADIO ONE ACQUISITION ACQUISITION NOTES PHILADELPHIA ACQUISITION HISTORICAL HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS EXCHANGE ACQUISITION HISTORICAL ------------ -------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------ (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(a) ... $ 5,533 $ 418 $ (107)(u) $ - $ 5,844 $ 309 Station operating expenses... 3,975 387 - (45)(q) 4,317 195 Corporate expenses(b) ...... 695 - - (107)(u) 588 24 Depreciation and amortiza- tion ........................ 1,079 68 703(n) 22(q) 1,872 54 --------- ------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- Operating income ............ (216) (37) (810) 130 (933) 36 Interest expense(c) ......... 1,765 86 (86)(o) 632(r) 2,397 92 Other (income) expenses, net ........................ (21) - - - (21) - Income tax expense (ben- efit)(d) ................... - (49) (49)(p) - - - --------- ------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------- Net income (loss) ......... $ (1,960) $ (74) $ (773) $ (502) $ (3,309) $ (56) ========= ======= ========== ======== ========== ======= OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow (e).................................................................................................. Broadcast cash flow margin (f)........................................................................................... EBITDA (g) .............................................................................................................. Cash interest (h)........................................................................................................ Capital expenditures (i)................................................................................................. Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (j)...................................................................................
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) ---------------------------- DC ACQUISITIONS PRO ADJUSTMENTS FORMA ------------- -------------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(a) ................. $ - $ 6,153 Station operating expenses................. (31)(1) 4,481 Corporate expenses(b) .................... (24)(m) 588 Depreciation and amortiza- tion ...................................... 15(t) 1,941 ------- ---------- Operating income .......................... 40 (857) Interest expense(c) ....................... (92)(o) 2,397 Other (income) expenses, net ...................................... - (21) Income tax expense (ben- efit)(d) ................................. - - ------- ---------- Net income (loss) ....................... $ 132 $ (3,233) ======= ========== OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow (e)................................ 1,672 Broadcast cash flow margin (f)......................... 27.2% EBITDA (g) ............................................ 1,084 Cash interest (h)...................................... 1,496 Capital expenditures (i)............................... 1,419 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (j)................. - 28 - ---------- (a) Net broadcast revenues are gross revenues less agency commissions. Net broadcast revenues include historical broadcast revenues of each radio station acquired or to be acquired pursuant to the Acquisitions as if such acquisition occurred as of January 1, 1996, and do not reflect the impact of the conversion of WPHI-FM's programming format from Modern Rock to Young Urban Contemporary. (b) Corporate expenses include all expenses incurred which are not associated with or attributable to the operations of any individual radio station, including compensation and benefits paid to senior management, rent of corporate offices, general liability and keyman life insurance, professional fees, and travel and entertainment expenses. (c) Interest expense includes non-cash interest, such as accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs. See footnote (r) below. (d) Effective January 1, 1996, the Company elected to be treated as an S Corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, therefore, it generally has not been subject to income tax at the corporate level since that time. In connection with the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange, the Company's S Corporation status was terminated. (e) Broadcast cash flow means EBITDA before corporate expenses. Although broadcast cash flow is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, it is widely used in the broadcast industry as a measure of a radio broadcasting company's performance. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. (f) Broadcast cash flow margin is defined as broadcast cash flow divided by net broadcast revenues. (g) EBITDA means operating income (loss) before depreciation and amortization. Although EBITDA is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, it is widely used as a measure of a company's ability to service and/or incur debt. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. (h) Cash interest is calculated as interest expense less non-cash interest, including the accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs. The calculation utilizes the interest rates applicable to the Notes: 7% per annum on the aggregate principal amount of the Notes during the period presented, which aggregate principal amount is based on a yield to maturity of 12% per annum (computed on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis), including cash interest payable at 7% per annum on the principal amount and amortization of the original issue discount during the first three years and cash interest payable at 12% per annum thereafter. (i) Excludes capital expenditures in connection with the Acquisitions, but includes leasehold improvements made with a portion of the proceeds of the Notes Offering. (j) For purposes of this calculation, earnings consist of net income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary items and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including the amortization of discounts on debt, the amortization of deferred financing costs, and the component of rental expense believed by management to be representative of the interest factor thereon. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges on a pro forma basis for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and for the three months ended March 30, 1997 by approximately $7.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively. (k) Debt means long-term indebtedness, including the current portion thereof and deferred interest, net of unamortized discount on such indebtedness. (l) To eliminate certain station expenses which are not expected to be incurred after consummation of the Philadelphia Acquisition and DC Acquisition for services performed by the Company's existing corporate staff and which can be performed without any increased cost. (m) Because the Company centralizes its corporate functions, corporate expenses of the radio stations acquired pursuant to the Acquisitions have not been carried forward into the pro forma financial statements as these expenses represent the cost of services redundant to those provided (or to be provided) by the Company and compensation paid to owners and certain employees whom the Company plans not to retain. 29 (n) To record adjustments to depreciation and amortization in connection with the Philadelphia Acquisition, calculated as follows:
FOR THE THREE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 MARCH 30, 1997 ------------------- --------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Amortization of FCC license of approximately $15.9 million over 15 years . $ 1,058 $ 264 Amortization of non-compete agreements of $4.0 million over 2 years ...... 2,000 500 Depreciation of property and equipment of $135,000 over 5 years ......... 27 7 Less: Depreciation and amortization previously recorded ............... (270) (68) ------- ----- Total .................................................................. $ 2,815 $ 703 ======= =====
The pro forma adjustments for depreciation and amortization of the total consideration of the Philadelphia Acquisition are based upon estimates by management, which management believes are reasonable. (o) To reflect the elimination of historical interest expense related to indebtedness of the radio stations acquired pursuant to the Philadelphia Acquisition and the DC Acquisition. (p) To reflect the elimination of the historical income tax benefit associated with the operation of the radio station acquired pursuant to the Philadelphia Acquisition. (q) To reflect the net reduction in rent expense and the net increase in depreciation expense of leasehold improvement related to terminating its prior office lease in Washington, D.C. (the "Existing DC Offices") and entering the lease of the Lanham Offices (as defined), calculated as follows:
FISCAL YEAR ENDED FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 MARCH 30, 1997 ----------------------------- ---------------------------- DEPRECIATION DEPRECIATION RENT EXPENSE EXPENSE RENT EXPENSE EXPENSE -------------- -------------- -------------- ------------- (IN THOUSANDS) (IN THOUSANDS) Elimination of expenses associated with the Existing DC Offices . $ (365) $(25) $ (92) $ - Expense associated with leasing the Lanham Offices. ............ 198 87 47 22 ------- ------ ------ ---- Total ......................................................... $ (167) $ 62 $ (45) $22 ======= ====== ====== ====
(r) To reflect interest expense related to the Notes, and the reduction in interest expense related to the repayment of the Existing Credit Facility and the Existing Notes Exchange, including related amortization of original issue discount and amortization of financing costs, calculated as follows:
FISCAL YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 MARCH 30, 1997 ------------------- ------------------- (IN THOUSANDS) (IN THOUSANDS) Interest on the Notes ............................................................ $ 9,090 $ 2,273 Amortization of deferred financing costs related to the Notes of $4.0 million to be amortized using the effective interest method .................................... 525 131 Less: Interest on Existing Credit Facility and the Existing Notes, including amor- tization of discounts on debt .................................................... (6,851) (1,700) Amortization of deferred financing costs for Existing Credit Facility and the Existing Notes .................................................................. (401) (72) -------- -------- Total ............................................................................ $ 2,363 $ 632 ======== ========
Interest expense calculation utilizes the interest rate applicable to the Notes: a yield to maturity of 12% per annum (computed on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis), including cash interest payable at 7% per annum on the principal amount during the first three years and cash interest payable at 12% per annum thereafter. (s) To reflect write-off of leasehold improvements with respect to the Existing DC Offices. 30 (t) To reflect change in depreciation and amortization in connection with the DC Acquisition, calculated as follows:
FISCAL YEAR ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 MARCH 30, 1997 ------------------- ------------------- (IN THOUSANDS) (IN THOUSANDS) Amortization of FCC license of $4.0 million to be amortized over 15 years $ 267 $ 67 Amortization of net liability assumed over 15 years ..................... 6 2 Less: Depreciation previously recorded ................................. (218) (54) ------ ----- Total .................................................................. $ 55 $ 15 ====== =====
The pro forma adjustments for depreciation and amortization of the purchase price of the DC Acquisition are based upon estimates by management, which management believes are reasonable. (u) To adjust for nonrecurring LMA fees with respect to the Philadelphia Acquisition. 31 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF MARCH 30, 1997 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- POST-NOTES OFFERING, EXISTING NOTES NOTES OFFERING EXCHANGE AND RADIO ONE PHILADELPHIA AND EXISTING NOTES PHILADELPHIA DC HISTORICAL(b) ACQUISITION EXCHANGE ACQUISITION ACCQUISITION --------------- ------------------------------------- -------------------------------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) ASSETS: Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents .................. $ 3,293 $ (19,000)(c) $ 24,103 (d) $ 8,396 $ (4,000)(i) Trade accounts receivable, net ............ 5,470 - - 5,470 - Prepaid expenses and other ............... 334 - - 334 - --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- Total current assets ..................... 9,097 (19,000) 24,103 14,200 (4,000) --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- Property and equipment, net ............... 2,957 136 (c) 1,300 (d) 4,393 - Intangible assets, net ..................... 38,401 19,864 (c) 2,515 (e) 60,780 4,071 (j) Other assets .............................. 1,026 (1,000)(c) - 26 - --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- Total assets .............................. $ 51,481 $ - $ 27,918 $ 79,399 $ 71 ========= ============ =========== ========= =========== LIABILITIES: Current liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...... $ 2,844 $ - $ - 2,844 $ 71 (j) Current portion of long-term debt ......... 5,633 - (5,622)(f) 11 - --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- Total current liabilities .................. 8,477 - (5,622) 2,855 71 Long-term debt and deferred interest ...... 59,967 - 15,068 (f) 75,035 - --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- Total liabilities ........................ 68,444 - 9,446 77,890 71 --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK: Senior Preferred Stock(a) .................. - - 20,518 (g) 20,518 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT): Class A Common Stock ($.01 par value per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 138.45 shares issued and outstanding) ............ - - - - - Class B Common Stock ($.01 par value per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 138.45 shares issued and outstanding) ............ - - - - - Additional paid in capital .................. 1,205 - - 1,205 - Accumulated earnings (deficit) ............ (18,168) - (2,046)(h) (20,214) - --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ...... (16,963) - (2,046) (19,009) - --------- ------------ ----------- --------- ----------- Total liabilities and stockholders' eq- uity (deficit) ........................... $ 51,481 $ - $ 27,918 $ 79,399 $ 71 ========= ============ =========== ========= ===========
AS OF MARCH 30, 1997 ---------------------- PRO FORMA --------------- ASSETS: Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents .................. $ 4,396 Trade accounts receivable, net ............ 5,470 Prepaid expenses and other ............... 334 --------- Total current assets ..................... 10,200 --------- Property and equipment, net ............... 4,393 Intangible assets, net ..................... 64,851 Other assets .............................. 26 --------- Total assets .............................. $ 79,470 ========= LIABILITIES: Current liabilities: Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...... 2,915 Current portion of long-term debt ......... 11 --------- Total current liabilities .................. 2,926 Long-term debt and deferred interest ...... 75,035 --------- Total liabilities ........................ 77,961 --------- SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK: Senior Preferred Stock(a) .................. 20,518 STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT): Class A Common Stock ($.01 par value per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 138.45 shares issued and outstanding) ............ - Class B Common Stock ($.01 par value per share, 1,000 shares authorized, 138.45 shares issued and outstanding) ............ - Additional paid in capital .................. 1,205 Accumulated earnings (deficit) ............ (20,214) --------- Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ...... (19,009) --------- Total liabilities and stockholders' eq- uity (deficit) ........................... $ 79,470 ========= 32 - ---------- (a) Consists of: (i) Series A 15% Senior Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 100,000 shares will be authorized and 83,200 shares would have been issued and outstanding, assuming the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange as of March 30, 1997, and (ii) Series B 15% Senior Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 150,000 shares will be authorized and 121,980 shares would have been issued and outstanding, assuming the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange as of March 30, 1997. (b) See the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. (c) To reflect the allocation of the purchase price to be paid in connection with the Philadelphia Acquisition among tangible and intangible assets based upon estimated fair market values as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) Intangible Assets ............................................................ $ 19,864 Property and equipment, net .......................................... 136 Total consideration ................................................ 20,000 Less: Released escrow deposit ....................................... (1,000) --------- Non-refundable acquisition prepayment .............................. (600) --------- Total Consideration, net of escrow deposit and prepayment ............ 18,400 Amount to repay loan used to fund non-refundable acquisition prepay- ment 600 --------- Total payments ............................................................... $ 19,000 =========
(d) To reflect increase in cash and cash equivalents as a result of the issuance of the Notes, calculated as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) Gross proceeds of the Notes ................................................ $ 75,000 Repayment of Existing Credit Facility .............................. (45,597) Estimated leasehold improvements and new equipment in respect of the Lanham Offices ................................................... (1,300) Estimated financing fees and expenses .............................. (4,000) --------- Cash and cash equivalents remaining from this Offering ............ $ 24,103 =========
(e) To reflect the change in deferred financing costs as a result of the Notes Offering, calculated as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) Deferred financing costs associated with the Notes .............................. $ 4,000 Less: Write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the retirement of the Existing Credit Facility and the Existing Notes Exchange .................. (1,485) -------- Total .................................................................. $ 2,515 ========
(f) To reflect the issuance of the Notes, the repayment of indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility and the Existing Notes Exchange, calculated as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) Gross proceeds of the Notes ............................................. $ 75,000 Less: Long-term portion of indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facil- ity (39,975) Existing Notes Exchange, net of unamortized discounts on debt . (19,957) --------- Total long-term debt and deferred interest .............................. 15,068 Less: Current portion of indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility . (5,622) --------- Total .................................................................. $ 9,446 =========
33 (g) To reflect the issuance of the Senior Preferred Stock pursuant to the Existing Notes Exchange. (h) To reflect the increase in accumulated deficit, calculated as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) Loss on early retirement of debt ............................................. $ (561) Write-off of deferred financing costs related to the Existing Credit Facility and the Existing Notes ...................................................... (1,485) ---------- Total ..................................................................... $ (2,046) ==========
(i) To reflect payment of total consideration for the DC Acquisition. (j) To reflect the allocation of the total consideration to be paid in connection with the DC Acquisition among intangible assets and liabilities based upon preliminary estimated fair market values, calculated as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) Intangible assets ........................................................... $ 4,071 Payables assumed ........................................................... (71) ---------- Total consideration ...................................................... $ 4,000 ==========
34 SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The following table contains selected historical consolidated financial information with respect to the Company. The selected historical consolidated financial data has been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, including the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, which have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants. The consolidated financial data for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition" and the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED(a) --------------------------------- DEC. 27, DEC. 26, DEC. 25, 1992 1993 1994 ---------- ----------- ---------- (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(b) .................. $ 10,833 $ 11,638 $ 15,541 Station operating expenses .................. 6,036 6,972 8,506 Corporate expenses(c) ..................... 553 683 1,128 Depreciation and amortization ............... 2,299 1,756 2,027 -------- --------- --------- Operating income (loss) .................. 1,945 2,227 3,880 Interest expense(d) ........................ 1,890 1,983 2,665 Other (income) expenses, net ............... (72) - (38) -------- --------- --------- Net income (loss) before taxes and ex- traordinary item .......................... 127 244 1,253 Income tax expense (benefit)(e) ............ - 92 30 -------- --------- --------- Net income (loss) before extraordinary items .................................... 127 152 1,223 Extraordinary loss ........................ - 138 - -------- --------- --------- Net income (loss) ........................ $ 127 $ 14 $ 1,223 ======== ========= ========= OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow(f) ..................... $ 4,797 $ 4,666 $ 7,035 Broadcast cash flow margin(g) ............... 44.3% 40.1% 45.3% EBITDA(h) ................................. $ 4,244 $ 3,983 $ 5,907 Cash interest(i) ........................... 1,909 1,946 2,356 Capital expenditures(j) ..................... 708 212 639 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(k) ...... 1.1 x 1.1 x 1.5 x Balance Sheet Data (at period end): Cash and cash equivalents .................. $ 2,628 $ 1,110 $ 1,417 Working capital(l) ........................ 4,032 3,052 3,378 Intangible assets, net ..................... 6,921 13,380 11,705 Total assets .............................. 13,551 20,660 20,566 Debt, including current portion and deferred interest(m) .............................. 17,732 24,709 23,049 Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ...... (5,486) (5,498) (4,367) FISCAL YEAR ENDED(a) THREE MONTHS ENDED ------------------------- ------------------------- (UNAUDITED) DEC. 31, DEC. 31, MAR. 31, MAR. 30, 1995 1996 1996 1997 ------------ ------------ ----------- ------------- STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues(b) .................. $ 21,455 $ 23,702 $ 4,670 $ 5,533 Station operating expenses .................. 11,736 13,927 3,275 3,975 Corporate expenses(c) ..................... 1,995 1,793 346 695 Depreciation and amortization ............... 3,912 4,262 1,183 1,079 --------- --------- ---------- ---------- Operating income (loss) .................. 3,812 3,720 (134) (216) Interest expense(d) ........................ 5,289 7,252 1,792 1,765 Other (income) expenses, net ............... (89) 77 - (21) --------- --------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss) before taxes and ex- traordinary item .......................... (1,388) (3,609) (1,926) (1,960) Income tax expense (benefit)(e) ............ - - - - --------- --------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss) before extraordinary items .................................... (1,388) (3,609) (1,926) (1,960) Extraordinary loss ........................ 468 - - - --------- --------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss) ........................ $ (1,856) $ (3,609) $ (1,926) $ (1,960) ========= ========= ========== ========== OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow(f) ..................... $ 9,719 $ 9,775 $ 1,395 $ 1,588 Broadcast cash flow margin(g) ............... 45.3% 41.2% 29.9% 28.2% EBITDA(h) ................................. $ 7,724 $ 7,982 $ 1,049 $ 863 Cash interest(i) ........................... 5,103 4,815 1,142 695 Capital expenditures(j) ..................... 224 251 46 119 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(k) ...... - - - - Balance Sheet Data (at period end): Cash and cash equivalents .................. $ 2,703 $ 1,708 $ 4,254 $ 3,293 Working capital(l) ........................ 5,996 6,404 5,370 6,253 Intangible assets, net ..................... 43,455 39,358 42,426 38,401 Total assets .............................. 55,894 51,777 54,849 51,481 Debt, including current portion and deferred interest(m) .............................. 64,585 64,939 62,503 65,600 Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ...... (11,394) (15,003) (11,191) (16,963)
- ---------- (a) Year-to-year comparisons are significantly affected by the Company's acquisition of various radio stations during the periods covered. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition" and note (j) below. Prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's accounting reporting period was based on a fifty-two/fifty- three week period ending on the last Sunday of the calendar year. During 1996, the Company elected to end its fiscal year on December 31 of each year. (b) Net broadcast revenues are gross revenues less agency commissions. Net broadcast revenues include historical broadcast revenues of each radio station acquired from the date of acquisition and do not reflect the impact of any changes to programming formats at such acquired radio stations. (c) Corporate expenses include all expenses incurred which are not associated with or attributable to the operations of any 35 individual radio station, including compensation and benefits paid to senior management, rent of corporate offices, general liability and keyman life insurance, professional fees, and travel and entertainment expenses. (d) Interest expense includes non-cash interest, such as the accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs. (e) Effective January 1, 1996, the Company elected to be treated as an S Corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, therefore, it generally has not been subject to income tax at the corporate level since that time. In connection with the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange, the Company's S Corporation status was terminated. (f) Broadcast cash flow means EBITDA before corporate expenses. Although broadcast cash flow is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, it is widely used in the broadcast industry as a measure of a radio broadcasting company's performance. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. (g) Broadcast cash flow margin is defined as broadcast cash flow divided by net broadcast revenues. (h) EBITDA means operating income (loss) before depreciation and amortization. Although EBITDA is not calculated in accordance with GAAP, it is widely used as a measure of a company's ability to service and/or incur debt. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. (i) Cash interest is calculated as interest expense less non-cash interest, including the accretion of principal, the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs, for the indicated period. (j) Excludes capital expenditures in connection with all radio station acquisitions by the Company which occurred during the periods presented, including: (i) WWIN-FM and WWIN-AM acquired in January 1992 for total consideration of approximately $4.7 million, (ii) WERQ-FM and WOLB-AM (previously WERQ-AM) acquired in September 1993 for total consideration of approximately $9.0 million and (iii) WKYS-FM acquired in June 1995 for total consideration of approximately $34.4 million. (k) For purposes of this calculation, earnings consist of net income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary items and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including the amortization of discounts on debt and the amortization of deferred financing costs, and the component of rental expense believed by management to be representative of the interest factor thereon. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 by approximately $1.4 million, $3.6 million, $1.8 million and $2.0 million, respectively. (l) Working capital means current assets less current liabilities, excluding current portion of long-term debt. (m) Debt means long-term indebtedness, including the current portion thereof, net of unamortized discounts on such indebtedness. 36 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION GENERAL The primary source of the Company's revenue is the sale of broadcasting time on its radio stations for advertising. The Company's significant broadcast expenses are employee salaries and commissions, programming expenses, advertising and promotion expenses, rental of premises for studios and rental of transmission tower space and music license royalty fees. The Company strives to control these expenses by centralizing certain functions such as finance and accounting, and the overall programming management function as well as using its multiple stations, market presence and purchasing power to negotiate favorable rates with certain vendors and national representative selling agencies. See "Business-Operating Strategy." The Company's revenues are affected primarily by the advertising rates the Company's radio stations are able to charge as well as the overall demand for radio advertising time in a market. Advertising rates are based primarily on (i) a radio station's audience share in the demographic groups targeted by advertisers, as measured principally by quarterly reports (and to a lesser extent, by monthly reports) by Arbitron, (ii) the number of radio stations in the market competing for the same demographic groups and (iii) the supply of and demand for radio advertising time. Advertising rates are generally highest during morning and afternoon commuting hours. Most of the Company's revenues are generated from local advertising, which is sold by each radio station's sales staff. During the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997, approximately 66% and 21% and 64% and 25% of the Company's net broadcast revenues were generated from local and national advertising, respectively. During fiscal year 1996, approximately 66% and 27% of the Company's net broadcast revenues were generated from local and national advertising, respectively. During fiscal year 1995, local and national advertising represented approximately 64% and 30% of the Company's net broadcast revenues, respectively. In the radio broadcasting industry, radio stations often utilize trade (or barter) agreements to generate advertising time sales in exchange for goods or services (such as travel and lodging), instead of cash. Approximately 4%, 4%, 5%, 8% and 4% of net broadcast revenues consisted of barter transactions in the fiscal years ended December 24, 1994, December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997, respectively. Net broadcast revenue also includes revenue from special events (entrance fees for attendees and booth rent to vendors), transmission tower income and the collection of an annual management fee of approximately $100,000 from Radio One of Atlanta, Inc. for various corporate services provided by the Company. See "Certain Transactions." The performance of an individual radio station or group of radio stations in a particular market is customarily measured by its ability to generate net revenues and broadcast cash flow (i.e., EBITDA plus corporate expenses), although broadcast cash flow is not a measure utilized under generally accepted accounting principles. Broadcast cash flow should not be considered in isolation from, nor as a substitute for, operating income, net income, cash flow, or other consolidated income or cash flow statement data computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, nor as a measure of the Company's profitability or liquidity. Despite its limitations, broadcast cash flow is widely used in the broadcasting industry as a measure of a company's operating performance because it provides a meaningful measure of comparative radio station performance, without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization (which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, particularly in the case of acquisitions) and corporate expenses. Radio One's operating results in any period may be affected by advertising and promotion expenses that do not produce commensurate revenues in the period in which such expenses are incurred. The Company generally incurs advertising and promotion expenses in order to increase listenership and Arbitron ratings. Increased advertising revenue may wholly or partially lag behind the incurrence of such advertising and promotion expenses because Arbitron only reports complete ratings information quarterly. Since 1990, the Company has acquired several radio stations. Most recently, the Company acquired a radio station in Philadelphia on May 19, 1997, and, pursuant to an amended non-binding letter of intent, is negotiating the acquisition of a radio station in Washington, D.C. See "The Transactions- 37 Acquisitions." During the most recent three fiscal years, the Company completed one acquisition, which was its acquisition in June 1995 of WKYS-FM, a radio station located in Washington, D.C., for total consideration of approximately $34.4 million. The results of operations for WKYS-FM for the second half of fiscal year 1995 and for fiscal year 1996 are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The discussion below concerning results of operations reflects the operations of radio stations owned and operated by Radio One during the periods presented and therefore does not include the pro forma results related to the Acquisitions. As a result of the acquisition of WKYS-FM in June 1995, the Company's historical financial data prior to such time are not directly comparable to the Company's historical financial data subsequent thereto. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following table summarizes the Company's historical consolidated results of operations:
FISCAL YEARS ENDED THREE MONTHS ENDED ---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------- DEC. 25, DEC. 31, DEC. 31, MAR. 31, MAR. 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997 ---------- ------------- ----------------------- ----------- ------------- (UNAUDITED) (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS: Net broadcast revenues ............ $ 15,541 $ 21,455 $ 23,702 $ 4,670 $ 5,533 Station operating expenses ......... 8,506 11,736 13,927 3,275 3,975 Corporate expenses .................. 1,128 1,995 1,793 346 695 Depreciation and amortization ...... 2,027 3,912 4,262 1,183 1,079 --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating income (loss) ............ 3,880 3,812 3,720 (134) (216) Interest expense .................. 2,665 5,289 7,252 1,792 1,765 Other (income) expenses, net ...... (38) (89) 77 - (21) Income tax expense .................. 30 - - - - --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss) before extraor- dinary item ....................... 1,223 (1,388) (3,609) (1,926) (1,960) Extraordinary loss .................. - 468 - - - --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net income (loss) .................. $ 1,223 $ (1,856) $ (3,609) $ (1,926) $ (1,960) ========= ========== ========== ========== ========== OTHER DATA: Broadcast cash flow ............... $ 7,035 $ 9,719 $ 9,775 $ 1,395 1,588 Broadcast cash flow margin ......... 45.3% 45.3% 41.2% 29.9% 28.2% EBITDA .............................. $ 5,907 $ 7,724 $ 7,982 1,049 863
- ---------- THREE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 30, 1997 COMPARED TO THREE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 Including WPHI-FM Activity The Company realized a net revenue increase of 18.5% to approximately $5.5 million in the first quarter of 1997 compared to the first quarter of 1996 as WPHI-FM contributed marginally to the revenue growth of the Company due to its start-up nature. Station operating expenses increased 21.4% to approximately $4.0 million in the first quarter of 1997 compared to the first quarter of 1996 as the Company built its staffing at WPHI-FM during the first quarter of 1997. Broadcast cash flow increased 4.2% to approximately $1.6 million in the first quarter of 1997 compared to the first quarter of 1996 as the start-up losses for WPHI-FM offset the cash flow growth in the Company's other markets. Corporate expenses increased 100% to approximately $695,000 in the first quarter of 1997 from the first quarter of 1996 as the Company incurred fees under the LMA relating to WPHI-FM for seven weeks in the first quarter of 1997. 38 Operating income declined to approximately ($216,000) in the first quarter of 1997, from approximately ($134,000) in the first quarter of 1996, due to the increase in corporate expenses. Interest expense for the first quarter of 1997 was flat compared to the first quarter of 1996 at approximately $1.8 million as lower balances on the Company's Existing Credit Facility were offset by higher interest accretion on the Company's Existing Notes. Excluding WPHI-FM Activity Net broadcast revenues of the Company, excluding the results of WPHI-FM, for the fiscal quarter ended March 30, 1997 increased 16.3% to approximately $5.4 million from approximately $4.7 million for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996. This increase was primarily attributable to stronger station ratings and higher industry revenues in the Company's Washington, DC and Baltimore, Maryland markets. Station operating expenses in the first quarter of 1997 increased 13.8% to approximately $3.7 million from approximately $3.3 million for the first quarter of 1996 due to higher sales, programming and promotion expenses. Broadcast cash flow increased 22.2% to approximately $1.7 million in the first quarter of 1997 from approximately $1.4 million in the first quarter of 1996 due to increased revenue offset slightly by higher station operating expenses. Corporate expenses increased 70% in the first quarter of 1997 to approximately $588,000 from approximately $346,000 for the first quarter of 1996 as the Company realized increases in various expenses associated with potential acquisitions activity, the Company's Washington, DC headquarters relocation and professional services expenses. Operating income increased to approximately $38,000 in the first quarter of 1997 from approximately ($134,000) in the first quarter of 1996 due to higher broadcast cashflow and slightly lower depreciation and amortization offset by higher corporate expenses. Interest expense for the first quarter of 1997 was flat compared to the first quarter of 1996 at approximately $1.8 million as lower balances on the Company's Existing Credit Facility were offset by higher interest accretion on the Company's Existing Notes. FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 Net broadcast revenues of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 increased by 10.5% to approximately $23.7 million from approximately $21.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. This increase was primarily attributable to gains in both the Company's Washington, D.C. and Baltimore operations. Net broadcast revenue increased by 12.1% in Washington, D.C. to approximately $14.3 million from approximately $12.7 million, due to the impact of a full year of advertising revenue for WKYS-FM which was acquired in June 1995, offset by an 8.2% revenue decline to approximately $8.2 million from approximately $8.9 million for the WMMJ-FM/WOL-AM radio station combination. Subsequent to the acquisition of WKYS-FM in 1995 and for most of 1996, high turnover among the sales staff relating to the integration of the existing and acquired sales staffs and a flat Washington, D.C. radio market led to lower than expected advertising revenues. However, by July 1996, Radio One had hired three highly experienced sales managers who contributed to the improvement in the Company's performance, as reflected in the Company's improving revenues in the fourth quarter of 1996. In Baltimore, net broadcast revenue increased by 6.8% to approximately $9.4 million from approximately $8.8 million. This increase was due primarily to a 4.9% increase to approximately $4.3 million from approximately $4.1 million at the Company's WWIN-FM/WWIN-AM combination and an 11.9% increase to approximately $4.8 million from approximately $4.3 million at the Company's WOLB-AM/WERQ-FM combination, as both radio station combinations benefited from increasing ratings through much of the year. 39 Station operating expenses of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 increased by 18.7% to approximately $13.9 million from approximately $11.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. This increase in radio station operating expenses was due primarily to a 32.8% increase to approximately $7.9 million from approximately $6.0 million in the Company's Washington, D.C. operations due to the acquisition of WKYS-FM, the costs of integrating that radio station into the Company's operations and higher marketing and promotion expenses for all three of the Company's radio stations in the market. Additionally, in conjunction with the reorganization of the Company's Washington, D.C. operations following the acquisition of WKYS-FM, the Company hired three highly experienced sales managers in Washington, D.C. as well as a prominent on-air personality for its morning program on WKYS-FM which positively impacted the Company's revenues and ratings beginning late in the fourth quarter of 1996. In the Company's Baltimore operations, station operating expenses increased by 4.1% to approximately $6.0 million from approximately $5.7 million as a result of the addition of a new high-profile on-air personality for one of the Baltimore radio station's morning shows offset by effective expense management. The relatively smaller increase in station operating expenses in Baltimore helped mitigate the overall impact of higher station operating expenses in Washington, D.C. Broadcast cash flow of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 increased by 0.6% to approximately $9.8 million from approximately $9.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. The broadcast cash flow margin decreased to 41.2% from 45.3% due to the factors noted above. Corporate expenses of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 decreased by 10.1% to approximately $1.8 million from approximately $2.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. This decrease was due to a $778,000 non-cash compensation expense incurred during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 related to the grant of a stock option to Mr. Liggins to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock, 57.45 of which vested in fiscal 1995. This decrease was partially offset by significantly higher legal and professional expenses during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, as well as expenses associated with the potential acquisition of various radio stations. Operating income of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 decreased by 2.4% to approximately $3.7 million from approximately $3.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 as a result of the factors noted above as well as an increase in depreciation and amortization expense associated with the inclusion of WKYS-FM in Company's financial statements for the full year. Interest expense of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 increased by 37.1% to approximately $7.3 million from approximately $5.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, as the higher debt levels associated with the acquisition of WKYS-FM impacted the Company's financial statements for a full year. FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1994 Net broadcast revenues of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 increased 38.1% to approximately $21.5 million from approximately $15.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994. The 38.2% revenue increase in Washington, D.C. to approximately $12.7 million from approximately $9.2 million was due primarily to the acquisition of WKYS-FM in June 1995, while the revenue for the WMMJ-FM/WOL-AM radio station group was flat year-to-year. The approximate 38.4% revenue increase in Baltimore to approximately $8.8 million from approximately $6.4 million was due to increases of approximately 32.0% to approximately $4.1 million from approximately $3.1 million at the Company's WWIN-FM/WWIN-AM combination and a 43.0% increase to approximately $4.3 million from approximately $3.0 million at the Company's WOLB-AM/WERQ-FM combination, as both radio station combinations benefited from increasing ratings throughout much of the year. Station operating expenses of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 increased by 38.0% to approximately $11.7 million from approximately $8.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994. This increase in radio station operating expenses was due primarily to an increase of 38.5% to approximately $6.0 million from approximately $4.3 million in the Company's Washington, D.C. operations due to the acquisition of WKYS-FM, the costs of integrating that radio station into the Company's operations and higher programming and administrative expenses for all three of the Com- 40 pany's radio stations in that market. This increase was matched by a similar increase of 37.4% to approximately $5.7 million from approximately $4.2 million in the Company's Baltimore operations due to higher programming and administrative costs as the Company expanded its operations and presence in the market and increased its revenues. Broadcast cash flow of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 increased by 38.2% to approximately $9.7 million from approximately $7.0 million for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994 due primarily to the acquisition of WKYS-FM. The broadcast cash flow margin was 45.3% for each year. Corporate expenses of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 increased 76.9% to approximately $2.0 million from approximately $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994. This increase was due to a $778,000 non-cash compensation expense during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, related to the grant of a stock option to Mr. Liggins to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock, 57.45 of which vested in fiscal 1995, which was partially offset by effective expense management and the absence of additional corporate staffing requirements. Operating income of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 decreased by 1.8% to approximately $3.8 million from approximately $3.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994, as a result of factors noted above and higher depreciation and amortization associated with the acquisition of WKYS-FM. Interest expense of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 increased by 98.5% to approximately $5.3 million from approximately $2.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994, as the Company incurred additional debt associated with the acquisition of WKYS-FM in June 1995. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES On June 6, 1995, the Company entered into the Existing Credit Facility with NationsBank of Texas, N.A. (the "Bank") as lender and agent for two other commercial banks providing the Company with a revolving line of credit of up to $53.0 million which was used by the Company, among other things, to consummate the acquisition of WKYS-FM and to refinance its then outstanding indebtedness. At the closing of the acquisition of WKYS-FM, the Company borrowed $48.0 million under the Existing Credit Facility. The Existing Credit Facility required the Company to make monthly interest payments and the amount of the commitment steps down quarterly, and thus quarterly principal payments were made to the extent required by the Existing Credit Facility. The Company satisfied all debt service requirements under the Existing Credit Facility and all of its working capital requirements out of operating cash flow since June 6, 1995, although amendments and/or waivers were required under the Existing Credit Facility and the Securities Purchase Agreement at various times during 1996 and 1997 to waive various covenant defaults and/or to amend covenant levels including, in some cases, the violation of leverage ratio covenants and other coverage ratios. Pursuant to an amendment entered into in April 1997, the Company borrowed $850,000 under the Existing Credit Facility to make a non-refundable prepayment of $600,000 of the $20.0 million total consideration for the Philadelphia Acquisition and to fund $250,000 in tenant improvements to the Lanham Offices. All of the indebtedness outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility was repaid from the proceeds of the Notes. Radio One will either (i) pursuant to a commitment letter with NationsBank of Texas, N.A. (the "Bank"), amend and restate the Existing Credit Facility to provide for a revolving credit facility with a maximum borrowing capacity of $7.5 million to be used for working capital, capital expenditures and other corporate purposes (the "New Credit Facility") or (ii) terminate the Existing Credit Facility. If entered into by the Company, the New Credit Facility would terminate on the third anniversary of its closing, at which time any outstanding principal balance together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon would become due and payable. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness-New Credit Facility." Assuming the New Credit Facility is entered into by the Company, the Company expects to repay any future advances under the New Credit Facility out of the operating cash flow. The Company is currently exploring alternative sources of financing in the event the Company elects not to enter into the New Credit Facility. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness-New Credit Facility." 41 Net cash provided by the Company's operating activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 increased by approximately $691,900 to $2.6 million from approximately $1.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. This increase was due to lower cash interest payments for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 as the Company made a cash interest payment on its Existing Notes at the end of fiscal year 1995, and due to an increase in operating income. Net cash provided by the Company's operating activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 decreased by 41.8% to approximately $1.9 million from approximately $3.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994, resulting from higher cash interest payments and an increase in accounts receivable offset by an increase in operating income. Cash used in the Company's investing activities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and December 25, 1994, was approximately $1.3 million, $33.9 million, and $1.2 million, respectively. The significant increase in cash used for investment activities in fiscal 1995 was due to the acquisition of WKYS-FM for $34.4 million in June of that year. Cash provided by (used in) the Company's financing activities for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and December 25, 1994 was approximately $(2.4) million, $33.3 million and $(1.8) million, respectively. The significant increase in cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 resulted primarily from a refinancing completed in conjunction with the acquisition of WKYS-FM, net of the purchase of certain stock warrants for approximately $6.6 million. Capital expenditures of the Company, excluding the acquisition of radio stations, for its fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, December 31, 1995 and December 25, 1994 were approximately $251,000, $225,000 and $636,000, respectively. The Company expects that capital expenditure requirements will be approximately $1.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, which it believes will be sufficient to finance the leasehold improvements and new equipment related to the move to the Lanham Offices for the Company's Washington, D.C. radio stations, new digital studios for the Company's Baltimore radio stations, as well as maintenance capital expenditures of approximately $300,000. The Company continuously reviews, and is currently reviewing, opportunities to acquire additional radio stations, primarily in the top-30 African-American markets. As of the date hereof, except in connection with the DC Acquisition, the Company has no written or oral understandings, letters of intent or contracts to acquire radio stations. The Company anticipates that any future radio station acquisitions would be financed through funds generated from operations, equity financings, permitted debt financings, debt financings through Unrestricted Subsidiaries (as defined) or a combination thereof. However, there can be no assurance that any such financing, if available, will be available on favorable terms. See "Risk Factors-Leverage and Debt Service; Refinancing Required" and "-Expansion through Acquisitions." After giving effect to the termination of the S Corporation status of the Company as if it had occurred on December 31, 1996, the Company would have had an accumulated net operating loss ("NOL") carryforward for U.S. federal income tax purposes of approximately $60,000. This accumulated NOL carryforward was incurred prior to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and excludes the net losses for income tax purposes incurred during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, which were passed through to the stockholders of the Company at the end of such period. The S Corporation status of the Company was terminated in connection with the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange. Generally, a corporation may carry forward for fifteen years (including any years in which the Company was an S corporation) an NOL incurred in any taxable year to offset taxable income in a future year. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to use its accumulated NOLs in future tax years. The Indenture imposes certain restrictions on the Company, including restrictions on its ability to incur indebtedness, pay dividends, make investments, sell assets and engage in certain other activities affecting the Company's liquidity. See "Description of Exchange Notes." In addition, in the event the Company enters into the New Credit Facility, the New Credit Facility will contain numerous restrictions in addition to those set forth in the Indenture. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness-New Credit Facility." 42 Management believes that, based on current levels of operations and anticipated internal growth, cash flow from operations together with other available sources of funds will be adequate for the foreseeable future to make required payments of interest on the Company's indebtedness, to fund anticipated capital expenditures and working capital requirements and to enable the Company to comply with the terms of its debt agreements. The ability of the Company to meet its debt service obligations and reduce its total debt, and the Company's ability to refinance the Exchange Notes at or prior to their scheduled maturity date in 2004, will depend upon the future performance of the Company which, in turn, will be subject to general economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, including factors beyond the Company's control. See "Risk Factors-Leverage and Debt Service; Refinancing Required" and "Description of Exchange Notes." IMPACT OF INFLATION The Company believes that inflation has not had a material impact on its results of operations for each of its fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 or for the three month period ended March 30, 1997. However, there can be no assurance that future inflation would not have an adverse impact on the Company's operating results and financial condition. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." With respect to stock options granted to employees, SFAS No. 123 permits companies to continue using the accounting method promulgated by Accounting Principles Board Opinion ("APB") No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," to measure compensation expense or to adopt the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123. If APB No. 25's method is continued, pro forma disclosures are required as if SFAS No. 123 accounting provisions were followed. Management has elected to continue to measure compensation expenses under APB No. 25. The adoption of SFAS No. 123 had no material impact on the Company's results of operations and did not require pro forma disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 121 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 on January 1, 1996, had no material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. 43 BUSINESS GENERAL Radio One, founded in 1980, is the largest radio broadcasting company in the United States exclusively targeting African-Americans. After giving effect to the DC Acquisition, the Company will own and operate a total of nine radio stations (five FM and four AM) in three of the top-15 African- American markets. The Company seeks to expand within its existing markets and into new, primarily top-30 African-American markets. The Company believes that the African-American community is an attractive target market for radio broadcasters and that the Company has a competitive advantage serving this target market due in part to its African-American ownership and its active involvement in the African-American community. The Company, pursuant to a non-binding amended letter of intent, is negotiating the acquisition of WYCB-AM, currently the top-rated Gospel radio station in Washington, D.C. After giving effect to the DC Acquisition, the Company will own and operate four radio stations in Washington, D.C., the third largest African-American market with an MSA population of approximately 4.2 million in 1995 (approximately 27.4% of which was African-American), and four radio stations in Baltimore, the eleventh largest African-American market with an MSA population of approximately 2.5 million in 1995 (approximately 26.0% of which was African-American). The Company also has recently entered the Philadelphia market, the sixth largest African-American market with an MSA population of approximately 4.9 million in 1995 (approximately 19.9% of which was African-American), and is programming WPHI-FM with a Young Urban Contemporary format. The Company believes that operating radio stations targeting the African-American population presents significant growth opportunities for the following reasons: o Rapid Population Growth. According to data compiled by the Census Bureau, from 1980 to 1995, the African-American population increased from approximately 26.7 million to 33.1 million (a 24% increase, compared to a 16% increase in the population as a whole). Furthermore, the African-American population is expected to exceed 40 million by 2010 (more than a 21% increase from 1995, compared to an expected increase of 13% for the population as a whole). o Higher Income Growth. According to data compiled by the Census Bureau, from 1980 to 1995, the rate of increase in median household income in 1995 adjusted dollars for African-Americans was approximately 12.3%, compared to 3.9% for the population as a whole. o Concentrated Presence in Urban Markets. Approximately 58% of the African-American population is located in the top-30 African-American markets and the Company believes that the African-American community is usually geographically concentrated in such markets. This concentration of African-Americans may enable the Company to reach a large portion of its target population with radio stations that may have less powerful signals, thus potentially lowering the Company's acquisition and operating costs. o Fewer Signals Required. The Company believes the current industry trend is for radio broadcasters to acquire the maximum number of radio stations allowed in a market under FCC ownership rules (up to eight radio stations in the largest markets with no more than five being FM or AM), unless restricted by other regulatory authorities. However, relative to radio broadcasters targeting a broader audience, the Company believes it can cover the various segments of its target niche market with fewer programming formats and therefore fewer radio stations than the maximum allowed. o Strong Audience Listenership and Loyalty. Based upon Arbitron reports, the Company believes, as a group, African-Americans generally spend more time listening to radio than non-African- American audiences. For example, during 1996, African-Americans in the ten largest 12-plus markets listened to radio broadcasts an average of 27.2 hours per week compared to 22.9 hours per week for non-African-Americans in such markets. In addition, the Company believes African-American radio listeners exhibit a greater degree of loyalty to radio stations targeting a 44 segment of the African-American community because those radio stations become a valuable source of entertainment and information consistent with the community's interests and lifestyles. As a result, the Company believes that its target demographic group provides greater audience stability than that of other demographic groups. o Cost Effective for Advertisers. The Company believes that advertisers can reach the African- American community more cost effectively through radio broadcasting than through newspapers or television because the Company's radio broadcasts specifically target the African-American community while newspapers and television typically target a much more diverse audience. TOP-30 AFRICAN-AMERICAN MARKETS IN THE UNITED STATES(a)
AFRICAN- PERCENTAGE OF AFRICAN- AMERICAN AMERICANS POPULATION IN OF OVERALL POPULATION RANK MARKET THE MARKET IN THE MARKET - ------ -------------------------------------- --------------- ----------------------- 1. New York 3,723,000 22.3% 2. Chicago 1,645,000 19.5% 3. WASHINGTON, D.C. 1,149,000 27.4% 4. Los Angeles 1,130,000 9.5% 5. Detroit 1,007,000 22.6% 6. PHILADELPHIA 973,000 19.9% 7. Atlanta 919,000 26.4% 8. Houston/Galveston 781,000 18.6% 9. Miami/Ft. Lauderdale/Hollywood 716,000 20.7% 10. Dallas/Ft. Worth 647,000 14.6% 11. BALTIMORE 645,000 26.0% 12. San Francisco 602,000 9.3% 13. Memphis 481,000 41.5% 14. New Orleans 460,000 36.2% 15. Norfolk/Virginia Beach/Newport News 443,000 29.6% 16. St. Louis 439,000 17.2% 17. Cleveland 399,000 18.8% 18. Boston 283,000 7.4% 19. Richmond 282,000 30.2% 20. Charlotte/Gastonia/Rock Hill 266,000 20.5% 21. Birmingham 261,000 27.4% 22. Raleigh/Durham 244,000 24.2% 23. Milwaukee/Racine 238,000 14.5% 24. Greensboro/Winston Salem/High Point 226,000 20.0% 25. Cincinnati 218,000 11.4% 26. Kansas City 217,000 13.1% 27. Tampa/St. Petersburg/Clearwater 202,000 9.2% 28. Jacksonville 201,000 19.8% 29. Indianapolis 193,000 14.2% 30. Pittsburgh 187,000 7.8%
- ---------- (a) Estimates based upon BIA Marketing Report, 1997 First Edition (as defined). Bold text indicates markets in which the Company owns and operates a radio station. 45 Listed below is selected information relating to the Company's radio stations and markets (including the radio station which is the subject of the DC Acquisition):
AFRICAN-AMERICAN MARKET ----------------------------------------------- RANK BY SIZE OF TARGET AFRICAN- TARGET AUDIENCE MARKET AND STATION PROGRAM TARGET AMERICAN AUDIENCE SHARE REVENUE CALL LETTERS(a) FORMAT(d) AGE GROUP POPULATION(e) SHARE(f) RANK(g) RANK(h) - -------------------- ------------ ----------- ----------------- ---------- --------- -------- WASHINGTON, D.C. 3 30.9% 1 2 WKYS-FM Young UC 18-34 11.6% 4 WMMJ-FM Urban AC 25-54 12.4% 3 WOL-AM Black Talk 35-64 2.8% 8 WYCB-AM(b) Gospel 35-64 4.1% 6 BALTIMORE 11 40.3% 1 1 WERQ-FM Young UC 18-34 22.2% 1 WOLB-AM Black Talk 35-64 3.0% 9 WWIN-FM Urban AC 25-54 10.3% 3 WWIN-AM Gospel 35-64 4.8% 5 PHILADELPHIA 6 NM NM NM WPHI-FM(c) Young UC 18-34
ENTIRE MARKET ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 12-PLUS TARGET MARKET AND STATION 12-PLUS AUDIENCE AGE GROUP AUDIENCE SHARE AUDIENCE SHARE RADIO REVENUE REVENUE CALL LETTERS(a) SHARE(i) RANK(i) RANK(j) REVENUE(k) SHARE(l) RANK(m) - ------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------------- ------------ ---------- -------- WASHINGTON, D.C 11.4% N/A NM $187.9 9.2% N/A WKYS-FM 4.8% 5 2 3.3% 14 WMMJ-FM 4.2% 7 4(t) 3.4% 13 WOL-AM 1.0% 21 24(t) 1.8% 18 WYCB-AM(b) 1.4% 19 17 0.7% N/A BALTIMORE 13.3% N/A NM 86.8 12.5% N/A WERQ-FM 7.7% 1 1 6.7% 8 WOLB-AM 0.9% 23(t) 17(t) (n) (n) WWIN-FM 3.2% 9 8 5.8% 10 WWIN-AM 1.5% 16 15(t) (o) (o) PHILADELPHIA 1.9% N/A NM 203.8 1.2% 18 WPHI-FM(c) 1.9% 18 NA 1.2% 18
- ---------- As used in this table, "N/A" means not applicable or not available, "NM" means not meaningful and "(t)" means tied with one or more radio stations. (a) Actual city license may be different from the metropolitan market serviced. Market names used in this table are Arbitron's MSAs for the markets served by the Company. (b) The Company anticipates this radio station will be acquired in the fourth quarter of 1997. See "The Transactions- Acquisitions." (c) WPHI-FM, acquired on May 19, 1997 pursuant to the Philadelphia Acquisition, had a Modern Rock format prior to February 1997 when the Company entered into an LMA with the then-owner to program the radio station. Therefore, certain information provided is either not meaningful or reflects ratings and other data under the previous format. See "The Transactions- Acquisitions." (d) Programming formats of the Company include: Black Talk, Urban Adult Contemporary ("Urban AC"), Gospel and Young Urban Contemporary ("Young UC"). (e) Based upon the BIA Market Report, 1997 (First Edition). (f) Based upon all 12-plus African-Americans according to the Arbitron Market Report for Fall 1996 (as defined). (g) Rank for each radio station based upon 12-plus African-Americans according to the Arbitron Market Report for Fall 1996. Rank for each market based upon management's estimate after reviewing audience share ratings for 12-plus African- Americans according to the Arbitron Market Report for Fall 1996 and grouping radio stations targeting African-Americans into known radio station clusters. 46 (h) Revenue rank for each market based upon management's estimate after reviewing gross revenues for individual radio stations that are reported in the Hungerford Report (Dec. 1996) (as defined) and grouping radio stations targeting African- Americans into known ownership clusters. (i) Based upon all persons 12-plus according to the Arbitron Market Report for Fall 1996. (j) Based upon each radio station's rank among its African-American target age group according to the Arbitron Market Report for Fall 1996. (k) Gross revenues in millions of dollars. For Washington, D.C. and Baltimore, based upon the Hungerford Report, (Dec. 1996). For Philadelphia, based upon the Miller Kaplan Report, (Dec. 1996) (as defined), which excludes barter transactions from its reported figures. (l) Revenue share for individual radio stations in Washington, D.C. and Baltimore based upon the Hungerford Report (Dec. 1996), except for WYCB-AM which does not report to Hungerford. Revenue share for WYCB-AM represents the radio station's net revenues as a percentage of the market radio revenue reported by the Hungerford Report, (Dec.1996), as adjusted for WYCB-AM's net revenues. Revenue share for the Baltimore market is based upon the Hungerford Report (Dec. 1996). Revenue share for the Washington, D.C. market is based upon the Hungerford Report (Dec. 1996) as adjusted for WYCB-AM's net revenues. Revenue share for WPHI-FM and Philadelphia is based upon the Miller Kaplan Report (Dec. 1996), which excludes barter transactions from its reported figures. (m) For radio stations in Washington, D.C. and Baltimore, based upon the Hungerford Report, (Dec. 1996). For WPHI-FM, based upon the Miller Kaplan Report, (Dec. 1996), which excludes barter transactions from its reported figures. (n) WERQ-FM and WOLB-AM report revenue data to Hungerford on a combined basis. Therefore, only one revenue share and revenue rank is provided for WERQ-FM and WOLB-AM. (o) WWIN-FM and WWIN-AM report revenue data to Hungerford on a combined basis. Therefore, only one revenue share and revenue rank is provided for WWIN-FM and WWIN-AM. OPERATING STRATEGY In order to maximize broadcast cash flow at each of its radio stations, the Company strives to create and operate the leading radio station group, in terms of audience share, serving the African-American community and to effectively convert these audience share ratings to advertising revenue while controlling the costs associated with each radio station's operations. The success of the Company's strategy relies on the following: (i) market research, targeted programming and marketing; (ii) significant community involvement; (iii) aggressive sales efforts; (iv) advertising partnerships and special events; (v) strong management and performance-based incentives; and (vi) radio station clustering, programming segmentation and sales bundling. Market Research, Targeted Programming and Marketing The Company uses market research to tailor the programming, marketing and promotions of its radio stations to maximize audience share. To achieve these goals, the Company uses market research to identify unserved or underserved markets or segments of the African-American community in its current and in new markets and to determine whether to acquire a new radio station or reprogram one of its existing radio stations to target those markets or segments. The Company also seeks to reinforce its targeted programming by creating a distinct and marketable identity for each of its radio stations. To achieve this objective, in addition to its significant community involvement discussed below, the Company employs and promotes distinct, high-profile on-air personalities at many of its radio stations, many of whom have strong ties to the African-American community. Significant Community Involvement The Company believes its active involvement and significant business and political relationships in the African-American community, together with its African-American ownership, provide a competitive advantage in targeting African-American audiences. In this way, the Company believes its proactive involvement in the African-American communities in each of its markets greatly improves the marketability of its radio broadcast time to advertisers who are targeting such communities. Management believes that a radio station's image should reflect the lifestyle and viewpoints of the target demographic group it serves. Due to the Company's fundamental understanding of the African- 47 American community, management believes it is able to identify music and musical styles, as well as political and social trends and issues, early in their evolution. This understanding is then integrated into all aspects of the Company's operations and enables it to create enhanced awareness and name recognition in the marketplace. In addition, the Company believes its multi-level approach to community involvement leads to increased effectiveness in developing and updating its programming formats. Management believes its enhanced awareness and more effective programming formats lead to greater listenership and higher ratings over the long-term. The Company has a history of sponsoring events that showcase its commitment to the African-American community including: o heightening the awareness of certain diseases and holding fundraisers to fund the search for cures for diseases which disproportionately impact African-Americans, such as sickle-cell anemia and leukemia; o developing contests specifically designed to assist African-American single mothers with day care expense; o fundraising for the many African-American churches throughout the country which have been the recent target of arsonists; and o organizing seminars designed to educate African-Americans on personal issues that include buying a home, starting a business and developing a credit history, and providing information regarding financial planning and health care. Aggressive Sales Efforts The Company has assembled an effective, highly-trained sales staff focused on converting the Company's audience share into revenue. The Company employs a dual sales strategy of selling stations individually where appropriate, by targeting a certain demographic segment, or in combination by focusing on the complementary aspects of the Company's multiple stations. Advertising Partnerships and Special Events The Company believes that in order to create advertiser loyalty it must strive to be the recognized expert in marketing to the African-American consumer in its markets. The Company believes that it has achieved this recognition by focusing on serving the African-American consumer and by creating innovative advertising campaigns and promotional tie-ins. The Company sponsors several major entertainment events each year. The Stone Soul Picnic, which was developed by the Company in 1989, is an all-day free outdoor concert which showcases advertisers, local merchants and other organizations desiring exposure to over 100,000 people in each of Washington, D.C. and Baltimore. The People's Expo is another major event the Company sponsors every March in Washington, D.C. and Baltimore. This event provides entertainment, shopping and educational seminars to the Company's listeners and others from the communities that the Company serves. In connection with these events, advertisers buy signage, booth space and broadcast promotions to sell cars, groceries, clothing, financial services and other products and/or services to the African-American consumer. Strong Management and Performance-Based Incentives The Company focuses on hiring highly motivated and talented individuals in each functional area of the organization who can effectively help the Company implement its strategies of growth and value creation. The Company's management team is comprised of a diverse group of individuals who bring strong expertise to their respective functional areas. Furthermore, the Company looks to promote from within and, thus, aims to build a middle management and lower-level employee base comprised of individuals with great potential, the ability to operate with high levels of autonomy and the appropriate team-orientation which will enable them to grow their careers within the organization. To enhance the quality of management in the sales and programming areas of the Company, General Managers, Sales Managers and Program Directors have significant portions of their compensation tied to the achievement of certain performance goals. General Managers' compensation is based partially on achieving cash flow benchmarks which creates an incentive for management to focus not only 48 on sales growth, but also on expense control. Additionally, Sales Managers and sales personnel have incentive packages based on sales goals, and Program Directors and on-air talent have incentive packages focused on maximizing overall ratings as well as ratings in specific target segments. Radio Station Clustering, Programming Segmentation and Sales Bundling The Company strives to build clusters of radio stations in its markets, with each radio station targeting different demographic segments of the African-American population. This clustering and programming segmentation strategy allows the Company to achieve greater penetration into each segment of its target market. The Company is then able to offer advertisers multiple audiences and to bundle the radio stations for advertising sales purposes when advantageous. The Company believes there are several potential benefits that result from operating multiple radio stations within the same market. First, each additional radio station in a market provides the Company with a larger percentage of the prime advertising time available for sale within that market. Second, the more signals programmed by the Company, the greater the market share the Company can achieve in its target demographic groups through the use of segmented programming. Third, the Company is often able to consolidate sales, promotional, technical support and corporate functions to produce substantial cost savings. Finally, the purchase of additional radio stations in an existing market allows the Company to take advantage of its market expertise and existing relationships with advertisers. ACQUISITION STRATEGY Radio One's primary acquisition strategy is to acquire and turn around under performing radio stations in the top-30 African-American markets. The Company considers acquisitions in existing markets where expanded coverage is desirable and considers acquisitions in new markets where the Company believes it is advantageous to establish a presence. In analyzing potential acquisition candidates, the Company generally considers (i) whether the radio station has a signal adequate to reach a large percentage of the African-American community in a market, (ii) whether the Company can reformat or improve the radio station's programming in order to profitably serve the African-American community, (iii) whether the radio station affords the Company the opportunity to segment program formats within a market in which the Company already maintains a presence, (iv) whether the Company can increase broadcast revenues of the radio station through aggressive marketing, sales and promotions, (v) the price and terms of the purchase, (vi) the level of performance that can be expected from the radio station under the Company's management and (vii) the number of competitive radio stations in the market. The Company believes that large segments of the African-American population in its target markets are often concentrated in certain geographic sections of such markets. The Company further believes that this geographic concentration may provide it with an opportunity to acquire less expensive radio stations with less powerful signals without materially diminishing the Company's coverage of the African-American community. As a result, the Company believes it can have a competitive advantage in securing a substantial share of the radio revenue at a potentially lower acquisition cost per listener than radio stations targeting other demographic groups. The Company does not apply a fixed formula to determine the purchase price of radio stations and does not focus solely on multiples of broadcast cash flow. Rather the Company seeks to acquire radio stations consistent with its acquisition and operating strategies. The Company will continue to evaluate potential acquisitions in the top-30 African-American markets. STATION OPERATIONS The following is a general description of each of the Company's markets and its radio stations in each market. As noted, the data provided in the tables below includes information during periods the radio stations listed were not owned or operated by the Company. 49 Washington, D.C. The Washington, D.C. market is estimated to be the eighth largest radio market in terms of population and had 1996 radio advertising revenues totaling an estimated $187.9 million. In 1995, Washington, D.C. had the third largest African-American population in the United States with an MSA population of approximately 4.2 million (approximately 27.4% of which was African-American).The Company believes it owns the strongest franchise (in terms of audience share and number of radio stations) of African-American targeted radio stations in the Washington, D.C. market with two of the four FM radio stations and, after giving effect to the DC Acquisition, two of the three AM radio stations that target African-Americans.
1994(d) 1995(d) 1996(d) FALL 1996(d) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- WKYS-FM(a) Audience share (12-plus) ......... 3.8% 3.8% 4.5% 4.8% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 10 9 (t) 6 (t) 5 Audience share (18-34) ............ 5.6% 5.8% 7.5% 8.8% Audience share rank (18-34) ......... 6 6 2 2 Revenue share ..................... 5.1% 3.8% 3.3% N/A Revenue rank ........................ 8 14 14 N/A WMMJ-FM(b) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 4.3% 3.7% 4.5% 4.2% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 7 11 (t) 6 (t) 7 Audience share (25-54) ............ 5.3% 4.6% 5.4% 5.1% Audience share rank (25-54) ......... 4 (t) 8 3 (t) 4 (t) Revenue share ..................... 3.8% 3.7% 3.4% N/A Revenue rank ........................ 14 15 13 N/A WOL-AM(b) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 1.7% 1.7% 1.0% 1.0% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 18 19 23 (t) 21 (t) Audience share (35-64) ............ 2.3% 2.3% 1.1% 1.0% Audience share rank (35-64) ......... 16 (t) 14 (t) 23 24 (t) Revenue share ..................... 2.1% 2.0% 1.8% N/A Revenue rank ........................ 19 18 18 N/A WOL-AM and WMMJ-FM (combined)(b) Audience share (12-plus) ......... 6.0% 5.4% 5.5% 5.2% Audience share (25-54) ............ 6.9% 6.4% 6.2% 5.8% Revenue share ..................... 5.9% 5.6% 5.3% N/A Revenue rank ........................ 7 7 8 N/A WYCB-AM(c) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 1.2% 1.6% 1.3% 1.4% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 21 20 20 19 Audience share (35-64) ............ 1.3% 1.7% 1.5% 1.6% Audience share rank (35-64) ......... 22 19 18 17 Revenue share ..................... N/A N/A 0.7% N/A Revenue rank ........................ N/A N/A N/A N/A
- ---------- Asused in this table, "N/A" means not applicable or not available and "(t)" means tied with one or more radio stations. (a) WKYS-FM was acquired by the Company on June 6, 1995. (b) WOL-AM and WMMJ-FM advertising time is sold in combination. (c) The Company intends to acquire WYCB-AM in the fourth quarter of 1997. See "The Transactions-Acquisitions." (d) Audience share and audience share rank data is based on Arbitron four book averages for the years indicated and the Arbitron Market Report for Fall 1996. Revenue share and rank data are based upon the Radio Revenue Report of Hungerford for December 1996, 1995 and 1994, except for WYCB-AM which does not report to Hungerford. Revenue share for WYCB-AM represents the radio station's net revenues as a percentage of the market radio revenue reported by the Hungerford Report, (Dec. 1996), as adjusted for WYCB-AM's net revenues. 50 WOL-AM. The Company's first radio station, WOL-AM, was purchased in 1980 for approximately $900,000. WOL-AM was a music station with declining revenue share and audience share that the Company converted to one of the country's first all-talk radio stations targeting African-Americans. The Company's Chairperson, Ms. Catherine L. Hughes, who hosted WOL-AM's daily four-hour morning show from 1983 to 1995, created a valuable niche for the radio station as "The Voice of Washington's Black Community." The Company believes that WOL-AM is a vital communications platform for the community, political and business leaders in its market. WOL-AM's ratings have historically fluctuated between a 1% and 2% audience share in the 12-plus market. WMMJ-FM. The Company's second radio station in Washington, D.C., WMMJ-FM, was purchased in 1987 for approximately $7.5 million. At the time, WMMJ-FM was being programmed in a general market adult contemporary format, which led it to garner a 1.2% audience share of the 12-plus market. However, given its relatively low signal strength (the radio station was a Class A with 3,000 watts of power; it has since been upgraded to 6,000 watts) and low ratings, it was generating minimal revenues and little or no broadcast cash flow. After extensive research by the Company, WMMJ-FM was the first FM radio station on the East Coast to introduce an Urban Adult Contemporary ("Urban AC") programming format. This format focuses on African-Americans in the 25 to 54 age group and provides adult-oriented Urban Contemporary music from the 1960s, 1970s, 1980s and 1990s. The Urban AC format was almost immediately successful, and today WMMJ-FM, with a 4.2% audience share in the 12-plus market, is a consistent top five radio station among all 25 to 54-year-olds in Washington, D.C. with a long-standing and loyal listener base. WKYS-FM. The Company's third radio station in Washington, D.C., WKYS-FM, was purchased in June 1995 for approximately $34.4 million. WKYS-FM is a Class B Young Urban Contemporary radio station targeting 18 to 34-year-old African-American adults. From 1978 to 1989, WKYS-FM was Washington, D.C.'s perennial Urban Contemporary leader and was frequently the market's number one radio station overall. However, in 1987, WPGC-FM (now owned by CBS Corporation("CBS")) changed its format from Adult Contemporary to CHR/Urban and in Spring of 1989, replaced WKYS-FM as the number one urban radio station in terms of audience share. From 1986 to the Fall of 1994, WKYS-FM's overall ratings rank fell from number one to number twelve with a 3.3% audience share of the 12-plus market, while WPGC-FM moved from near the bottom to number one with a 9.0%audience share of the 12-plus market. In 1995, WPGC-FM was the market's number one billing radio station with over $20.0 million in revenues. By 1995, the former owner of WKYS-FM had abandoned the 18 to 34-year- old demographic group and begun to target 25 to 54-year-olds, making it a direct competitor to Radio One's WMMJ-FM instead of CBS's WPGC-FM. When the Company purchased WKYS-FM in June 1995, it repositioned its programming away from WMMJ-FM and back towards 18 to 34-year-olds and WPGC- FM. Since June 1995, the Company has been able to dramatically increase WKYS-FM's overall 12-plus market audience share rank to number five with a 4.8% audience share, and to number two among 18 to 34-year-olds with an 8.8% audience share of that market. During this same period of time, WPGC-FM has remained number one in the 12-plus market and 18 to 34-year-olds ratings, but its audience share has fallen dramatically from a 9.0% to a 6.1% audience share of the 12-plus market and from a 14.4% to a 10.2% audience share among 18 to 34-year-olds. WYCB-AM. The Company is currently negotiating the acquisition of WYCB-AM, Washington D.C.'s top-rated Gospel radio station, pursuant to a non-binding amended letter of intent. See "The Transactions-Acquisitions." The Company believes the acquisition of WYCB-AM, with its Gospel programming format, would provide the Company with access to another segment of the African- American community in Washington, D.C., and complement its existing radio station group. Baltimore, Maryland The Baltimore market is the 19th largest radio market in terms of population and had 1996 radio advertising revenues totaling an estimated $86.8 million. In 1995, Baltimore had the eleventh largest African-American population in the United States with an MSA population of approximately 2.5 million (approximately 26.0% of which was African-American). The Company believes Baltimore is "under radioed" with only 15 viable FM radio stations (according to Duncan's Radio Market Guide (as de 51 fined)), in part because of its close proximity to Washington, D.C., making Baltimore a particularly attractive market. The Company believes it owns the strongest franchise of African-American targeted radio stations in the Baltimore market with two of the three FM radio stations and two of the four AM radio stations which target African-Americans.
1994(c) 1995(c) 1996(c) FALL 1996(c) ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- WERQ-FM(a) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 5.6% 5.2% 6.4% 7.7% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 6 7 4 1 Audience share (18-34) ............ 8.3% 8.6% 10.7% 13.3% Audience share rank (18-34) ......... 3 2 2 1 WOLB-AM(a) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 0.4% 0.9% 0.6% 0.9% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 32(t) 23 (t) 28 (t) 23 (t) Audience share (35-64) ............ 0.6% 1.1% 0.9% 1.6% Audience share rank (35-64) ...... 26 (t) 19 (t) 23 17 (t) WERQ-FM and WOLB-AM (Combined)(a) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 6.0% 6.1% 7.0% 8.6% Audience share (25-54) ............ 4.3% 4.9% 5.7% 7.4% Revenue share ..................... 5.2% 6.7% 6.7% N/A Revenue rank ........................ 8 8 8 N/A WWIN-FM(b) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 3.3% 4.0% 3.6% 3.2% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 11 10 10 9 Audience share (25-54) ............ 4.5% 5.5% 4.9% 4.2% Audience share rank (25-54) ...... 7 5 7 (t) 8 WWIN-AM(b) Audience share (12-plus) ......... 1.0% 1.1% 1.1% 1.5% Audience share rank (12-plus) ...... 21 18 (t) 20 (t) 16 Audience share (35-64) ............ 1.2% 1.1% 1.4% 1.8% Audience share rank (35-64) ...... 19 (t) 19 (t) 18 15(t) WWIN-FM and WWIN-AM (Combined)(b) Audience share (12-plus) ............ 4.3% 5.1% 4.7% 4.7% Audience share (25-54) ............ 5.6% 6.6% 6.0% 5.7% Revenue share ..................... 5.1% 5.7% 5.8% N/A Revenue rank ........................ 9 10 10 N/A
- ---------- As used in this table, "N/A" means not applicable or not available and "(t)" means tied with one or more radio stations. (a) Based upon the Hungerford Report, (Dec. 1996). WERQ-FM and WOLB-FM jointly report revenue data to Hungerford. (b) Based upon the Hungerford Report, (Dec. 1996). WWIN-FM and WWIN-AM jointly report revenue data to Hungerford. (c) Audience share and audience share rank data are based on Arbitron four book averages for the years indicated and the Arbitron Market Report for Fall 1996. Revenue share and rank data are based on the Radio Revenue Report by Hungerford for December 1996, 1995 and 1994. WWIN-FM and WWIN-AM. In January 1992, the Company made its first acquisition outside of the Washington, D.C. market with the purchase of two Baltimore radio stations, WWIN-FM and WWIN- AM, for approximately $4.7 million. At the time, these two radio stations were Black Adult Contemporary and Gospel radio stations, respectively. Combined, the two Baltimore radio stations had approxi- 52 mately $2.5 million in revenue and approximately $400,000 in broadcast cash flow. During Radio One's first full year of ownership, through aggressive selling efforts and expense control, revenues increased to approximately $3.5 million, and broadcast cash flow increased to approximately $1.0 million. Additionally, at the time of the acquisition, WWIN-FM was a weak second to WXYV-FM, the dominant Urban Contemporary radio station in the market, with less than one-third of that radio station's market share. Today, WWIN-FM is a leading urban radio station, second only to the Company's WERQ-FM, among 25 to 54-year-olds in the Baltimore market (in terms of audience share) and has revenues approaching those of WXYV-FM, while WWIN-AM continues to occupy an attractive niche on the AM frequency with its Gospel programming format. WERQ-FM and WOLB-AM. In September 1993, the Company made another acquisition in the Baltimore market with the purchase of WERQ-FM and WERQ-AM for approximately $9.0 million. WERQ-FM, which has a full-powered signal, was, at the time of its acquisition, a CHR/Urban radio station, while WERQ-AM was a satellite-fed, all-news radio station. Combined, these radio stations were losing approximately $600,000 per year. The Company proceeded to convert the format of WERQ-FM to a more focused young Urban Contemporary format targeted at 18 to 34-year-old African-Americans, while WERQ-AM was changed to WOLB-AM and simulcast with the Company's Black Talk radio station in Washington, D.C., WOL-AM. These moves, in conjunction with more aggressive sales efforts and savings from radio station clustering, increased revenues by approximately $1.0 million and eliminated the operating loss in these radio stations' first full year of ownership by Radio One. Over time, WERQ-FM's audience share increased dramatically, and today, it is the number one radio station in the 12-plus market, with over twice the audience share of its primary competition, WXYV-FM. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania The Philadelphia market is the fifth largest radio market in terms of MSA population and had 1996 radio advertising revenues totaling an estimated $203.8 million. In 1995, Philadelphia had the sixth largest African-American population in the United States with an MSA population of approximately 4.9 million (approximately 19.9% of which was African-American). WPHI-FM. On February 8, 1997, the Company entered into an LMA with the then-current owner of WPHI-FM, and the radio station's programming format changed from Modern Rock to young Urban Contemporary targeting 18 to 34-year-old African-Americans like WKYS-FM, one of the Company's radio stations in Washington, D.C., and WERQ-FM, one of the Company's radio stations in Baltimore. On May 19, 1997, the Company acquired WPHI-FM, providing the Company with an opportunity to apply its operating strategy in another top-30 African-American market. Although WPHI-FM is a lower powered radio station, the Company believes it adequately reaches at least 90% of the African- Americans in Philadelphia. The Company believes WPHI-FM fit the Company's acquisition model of finding lower powered and lower priced radio stations that will adequately cover a target African- American population due to the relatively high concentration in certain geographic sections of a market. ADVERTISING REVENUES Substantially all of the Company's revenues are generated from the sale of local and national advertising for broadcast on its radio stations. Additional broadcasting revenue is generated from network compensation payments and other miscellaneous transactions. Local sales are made by the sales staffs located in Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Philadelphia. National sales are made by firms specializing in radio advertising sales on the national level, in exchange for a commission from the Company that is based on a percentage of the Company's gross revenue from the advertising obtained. Approximately 66% and 64% of the Company's net broadcasting revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and for the three months ended March 30, 1997 were generated from the sale of local advertising and 27% and 25%, respectively, from sales to national advertisers. The Company believes that advertisers can reach the African-American community more cost- effectively through radio broadcasting than through newspapers or television. Advertising rates charged by radio stations are based primarily on (i) a radio station's audience share within the demographic 53 groups targeted by the advertisers, (ii) the number of radio stations in the market competing for the same demographic groups and (iii) the supply and demand for radio advertising time. Advertising rates are generally highest during the morning and afternoon commuting hours. A radio station's listenership is reflected in ratings surveys that estimate the number of listeners tuned to a radio station and the time they spend listening to that radio station. Each radio station's ratings are used by its advertisers and advertising representatives to consider advertising with the radio station, and are used by the Company to chart audience growth, set advertising rates and adjust programming. The radio broadcast industry's principal ratings are the Arbitron ratings. Arbitron publishes monthly and quarterly ratings surveys for significant domestic radio markets. These surveys are the Company's primary source of ratings data with respect to its radio stations. See "Market and Industry Data." COMPETITION Radio broadcasting is a highly competitive business. Each of the Company's radio stations competes for audience share and advertising revenue directly with other radio stations, as well as with other media such as billboards, newspapers and television. There are well-capitalized firms competing in the same geographic markets as the Company, many of which have greater financial resources. The financial success of each of the Company's radio stations depends, to a significant degree, upon its audience ratings, its share of the overall radio advertising revenue within a specific market and the economic health of that market. The audience ratings and advertising revenue of the Company's individual radio stations are subject to change, and any adverse change in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the total revenue and broadcast cash flow of the Company. The Company's radio stations compete for audience share and advertising revenue directly with other FM and AM radio stations and with other media within their respective markets. While the Company already competes with other radio stations with comparable programming formats in each of its markets, if another radio station in the market were to convert its programming format to a format similar to one of the Company's radio stations, if a new radio station were to adopt a competitive format or if an existing competitor were to strengthen its operations, the Company's radio stations could suffer a reduction in ratings and/or advertising revenue and could require increased promotion and other expenses. In addition, certain of the Company's radio stations compete, and in the future other radio stations of the Company may compete, with duopolies or other combinations of radio stations operated by a single operator. Radio broadcasting is also increasingly subject to competition from new media technologies that are being developed or introduced, such as the delivery of audio programming by cable television systems or the introduction of digital audio broadcasting ("DAB"). DAB may provide a medium for the delivery by satellite or terrestrial means of multiple audio programming formats to local and national audiences. The Company cannot predict the effect, if any, that any such new technologies may have on the radio broadcasting industry. See "Risk Factors-Competition." An important element of the Company's growth strategy involves the acquisition of additional radio stations. Following the passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice has become more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations and radio station networks which otherwise complied with the FCC's ownership limitations, particularly in instances where the proposed acquiror already owns one or more radio stations in a particular market and the acquisition involves another radio station in the same market. Recently, the Antitrust Division has obtained consent decrees requiring an acquiror to dispose of at least one radio station in a particular market where the acquisition (which would otherwise comply with the FCC's ownership limitations) would have resulted in a concentration of market share by the acquiror. In that case, it is unclear whether the post-acquisition concentration of combined market share or combined advertising revenues of the acquiror was the factor which caused the Antitrust Division to require divestiture. Additionally, any acquisitions are potentially subject to review by the Federal Trade Commission. See "Risk Factors-Antitrust Matters." 54 EMPLOYEES The Company employs approximately 225 people, approximately 60 of whom are part-time employees. The Company's employees are not unionized. The Company has not experienced any work stoppages and believes its relations with its employees are satisfactory. Each radio station has its own on-air personalities and clerical staff. However, in an effort to control broadcast and corporate expenses, Radio One centralizes certain radio station functions by market location. For example, the Company employs one General Manager for each of its markets who is responsible for all of the Company's radio stations located in such markets and the Company's Vice President of Programming oversees programming for all of the Company's radio stations. FEDERAL REGULATION OF RADIO BROADCASTING The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing regulation over, among other things, programming, technical operations and business and employment practices. The Federal Communications Commission regulates radio broadcast stations pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended. The Communications Act permits the operation of radio broadcast stations only in accordance with a license issued by the FCC upon a finding that the grant of a license would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. The Communications Act provides for the FCC to exercise its licensing authority to provide a fair, efficient and equitable distribution of broadcast service throughout the United States. Among other things, the FCC assigns frequency bands for radio broadcasting; determines the particular frequencies, locations and operating power of radio broadcast stations; issues, renews, revokes and modifies radio broadcast station licenses; regulates transmitting equipment used by radio broadcast stations; adopts and implements regulations and policies that directly or indirectly affect the ownership, operation, program content and employment and business practices of radio broadcast stations; and has the power to impose penalties, including monetary forfeitures, for violations of its rules and the Communications Act. The Communications Act prohibits the sale or assignment of an FCC license, or other transfer of control of an FCC licensee, without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant requests for consents to assignments or transfers, and in determining whether to grant or renew a radio broadcast license, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the licensee (and any proposed licensee), including restrictions on foreign ownership, compliance with FCC media ownership rules, licensee "character" and compliance with the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and specific FCC rules and policies. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the text of the Communications Act, the FCC's rules, and the public notices and rulings of the FCC. A potential investor should refer to these FCC rules and policies for further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of radio broadcast stations. A licensee's failure to observe these or other FCC rules and policies may result in the imposition of various sanctions, including admonishment, fines, the grant of "short" (less than the full eight-year) renewal terms, grant of a license with conditions or, for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of FCC license or the denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties. The Congress and the FCC have had under consideration, and may in the future consider and adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation, ownership and profitability of Radio One's radio stations, result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenues for Radio One's radio broadcast stations or affect its ability to acquire additional radio broadcast stations or finance such acquisitions. Such matters may include changes to the license authorization and renewal process; proposals to impose spectrum use or other fees on FCC licensees; auction of new broadcast licenses; changes to the FCC's equal employment opportunity regulations and other matters relating to involvement of minorities and women in the broadcasting industry; proposals to change rules relating to political broadcasting and other changes regarding program content; proposals to restrict or prohibit the advertising of beer, wine and other alcoholic beverages; technical and frequency allocation matters, including those relative to the implementation of digital audio broadcasting on both a satellite and terrestrial basis; changes in broadcast cross-interest, multiple own- 55 ership, foreign ownership, cross-ownership and ownership attribution policies; changes to technical broadcast requirements; proposals to allow telephone companies to deliver audio and video programming to homes in their service areas; and proposals to alter provisions of the tax laws affecting broadcast operations and acquisitions. The Company cannot predict whether or not any such changes might be adopted nor can it predict what other matters might be considered in the future, nor can it judge in advance what impact, if any, the implementation of any of these proposals or changes might have on its business. FCC Licenses. The Communications Act provides that a broadcast station license may be granted to any applicant if the public interest, convenience and necessity will be served thereby, subject to certain limitations. In making licensing determinations, the FCC considers an applicant's legal, technical, financial and other qualifications. The FCC grants radio broadcast station licenses for specific periods of time, and, upon application, may renew them for additional terms. Under the Communications Act, radio broadcast station licenses may be granted for a maximum term of eight years. Generally, the FCC renews radio broadcast licenses without a hearing upon a finding that: (i) the radio station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity, (ii) there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations, and (iii) there have been no other violations of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations which, taken together, indicate a pattern of abuse. After considering these factors, the FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without conditions, including renewal for a lesser term, or hold an evidentiary hearing. In addition, the Communications Act authorizes the filing of petitions to deny a license renewal during specific periods of time after a renewal application has been filed. Interested parties, including members of the public, may use such petitions to raise issues concerning a renewal applicant's qualifications. If a substantial and material question of fact concerning a renewal or other application is raised by the FCC or other interested parties, or if for any reason the FCC cannot determine that grant of the renewal application would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity, the FCC will hold an evidentiary hearing on the application. If as a result of an evidentiary hearing the FCC determines that the licensee has failed to meet the requirements specified above and that no mitigating factors justify the imposition of a lesser sanction, then the FCC may deny a license renewal application. Only after a license renewal application is denied will the FCC accept and consider competing applications for the vacated frequency. Also, during certain periods when a renewal application is pending, the transferability of the applicant's license may be restricted. Historically, the company's management has not experienced any material difficulty in renewing any licenses for radio stations under its control. A license renewal application for radio station WOL-AM, Washington, D.C., remains pending. No petitions to deny the application and no competing applications for the broadcast frequency were filed. However, action on the renewal application has apparently been delayed due to the processing by the FCC of a pending complaint against WOL-AM alleging that programming material broadcast on the radio station was indecent and obscene. It is unlikely that such a complaint would result in a denial of the renewal application. Rather, it is most likely that the renewal application will be granted and that the complaint will be resolved by the FCC with a minor sanction, if any, against WOL-AM. If a sanction is imposed, the Company expects that WOL-AM would receive at most a small fine. The term of the licenses for WOL-AM and associated broadcast auxiliary radio stations was to expire on October 1, 1995. However, pursuant to Section 307 of the Communications Act (i) Radio One's timely filing of a license renewal application for the license for WOL-AM has automatically extended the license term until the FCC takes action on the renewal application; and (ii) the license term for each of the broadcast auxiliary licenses used in conjunction with WOL-AM is concurrent with the license for WOL-AM. If, as the Company expects, the WOL-AM license renewal application is renewed without a sanction greater than a monetary fine, such renewal of the license and broadcast auxiliary licenses would be for a license term ending no earlier than October 1, 2003. There can be no assurance, however, that each of Radio One's licenses will necessarily be renewed or, if renewed, be renewed for a full license term or be renewed without conditions. The FCC classifies each AM and FM radio station. An AM radio station operates on either a clear channel, regional channel or local channel. A clear channel is one on which AM radio stations are assigned to serve wide areas, particularly at night. Clear channel AM radio stations are classified as 56 either: (i) Class A radio stations, which operate unlimited time and are designed to render primary and secondary service over an extended area, or (ii) Class B radio stations, which operate unlimited time and are designed to render service only over a primary service area. Class D radio stations, which operate either daytime, or unlimited time with low nighttime power, may operate on the same frequencies as clear channel radio stations. A regional channel is one on which Class B and Class D AM radio stations may operate and serve primarily a principal center of population and the rural areas contiguous to it. A local channel is one on which AM radio stations operate unlimited time and serve primarily a community and the suburban and rural areas immediately contiguous to it. A Class C AM radio station operates on a local channel and is designed to render service only over a primary service area that may be reduced as a consequence of interference. The minimum and maximum facilities requirements for an FM radio station are determined by its class. Possible FM class designations depend upon the geographic zone in which the transmitter of the FM radio station is located. In general, commercial FM radio stations are classified as follows, in order of increasing power and antenna height: Class A, B1, C3, B, C2, C1 or C radio stations. The following table sets forth with respect to each of the Company's radio stations: (i) the market, (ii) the radio station call letters, (iii) the year of acquisition, (iv) the FCC license classification, (v) the effective radiated power ("ERP"), if an FM radio station, or the power, if an AM radio station, (vi) the antenna height above average terrain ("HAAT"), if an FM radio station, or the above insulator measurement ("AI"), if an AM radio station, (vii) the operating frequency and (viii) the date on which the radio station's FCC license expires.
ERP (FM) HAAT (FM) STATION YEAR OF FCC POWER (AM) AI (AM) EXPIRATION MARKET(a) CALL LETTERS ACQUISITION CLASS IN WATTS(b) IN METERS(c) FREQUENCY DATE OF LICENSE - ------------------ -------------- ------------- ------- ------------- -------------- ----------- ---------------- Washington, D.C. WOL-AM 1980 C 1,000 52.1 1450 kHz 10/1/1995(d) WMMJ-FM 1987 A 2,900(e) 146.0 102.3 MHz 10/1/2003 WKYS-FM 1995 B 24,000(f) 215.0 93.9 MHz 10/1/2003 WYCB-AM (g) C 1,000 50.9 1340 kHz 10/1/2003 Baltimore WWIN-AM 1992 C 1,000 61.0 1400 kHz 10/1/2003 WWIN-FM 1992 A 3,000 91.0 95.9 MHz 10/1/2003 WOLB-AM 1993 D 1,000 85.4 1010 kHz 10/1/2003 WERQ-FM 1993 B 37,000 174.0 92.3 MHz 10/1/2003 Philadelphia WPHI-FM (h) A 340(i) 305.0 103.9 MHz 8/1/1998
- ---------- (a) A broadcast station's market may be different from its community of license. (b) The coverage of an AM radio station is chiefly a function of the power of the radio station's transmitter, less dissipative power losses and any directional antenna adjustments. For FM radio stations, signal coverage area is chiefly a function of the ERP of the radio station's transmitter and the HAAT of the radio station's antenna. (c) The height of an AM radio station's antenna is measured by reference to AI and the height of an FM radio station's antenna is measured by reference to HAAT. (d) The license renewal application for WOL-AM is pending as discussed above. (e) WMMJ-FM uses a directional antenna and it operates at a power equivalent to 6,000 watts at 100 meters. (f) WKYS-FM and WERQ-FM operate at powers equivalent to 50,000 watts at 150 meters. WERQ-FM uses a directional antenna. (g) The Company anticipates that it will acquire this radio station in the fourth quarter of 1997. See "The Transactions-Acquisitions." (h) WPHI-FM operates at a power equivalent to 3,000 watts at 100 meters. Ownership Matters. The Communications Act requires prior approval of the FCC for the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a corporation or other entity holding a license. In determining whether to approve an assignment of a radio broadcast license or a transfer of control of 57 a broadcast licensee, the FCC considers, among other things, the financial and legal qualifications of the prospective assignee or transferee, including compliance with FCC restrictions on non-U.S. citizen or entity ownership and control, compliance with FCC rules limiting the common ownership of certain "attributable" interests in broadcast and newspaper properties, the history of compliance with FCC operating rules, and the "character" qualifications of the transferee or assignee and the individuals or entities holding "attributable" interests in them. Applications to the FCC for assignments and transfers are subject to petitions to deny by interested parties. Under the Communications Act, a broadcast license may not be granted to or held by any corporation that has more than one-fifth of its capital stock owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or entities or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations. Furthermore, the Communications Act provides that no FCC broadcast license may be granted to any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than one-fourth of its capital stock is owned of record or voted by non-U.S. citizens if the FCC finds the public interest will be served by the refusal of such license. These restrictions apply in modified form to other forms of business organizations, including partnerships, and limited liability companies. The FCC generally applies its other broadcast ownership limits to "attributable" interests held by an individual, corporation, partnership or other association or entity, including limited liability companies. In the case of a corporation holding broadcast licenses, the interest of officers, directors and those who, directly or indirectly have the right to vote five percent or more of the stock of a licensee corporation are generally deemed attributable interests, as are positions as an officer or director of a corporate parent of a broadcast licensee. The FCC treats all partnership interests as attributable, except for those limited partnership interests that are "insulated" from "material involvement" in the media- related activities of the partnership under FCC policies. The FCC currently treats limited liability companies like limited partnerships for purposes of attribution. Stock interests held by insurance companies, mutual funds, bank trust departments and certain other passive investors that hold stock for investment purposes only become attributable with the ownership of ten percent or more of the stock of the corporation holding broadcast licenses. To assess whether a voting stock interest in a direct or an indirect parent corporation of a broadcast licensee is attributable, the FCC uses a "multiplier" analysis in which non-controlling voting stock interests are deemed proportionally reduced at each non-controlling link in a multi-corporation ownership chain. For a person or entity with an attributable interest in a radio broadcast station, a time brokerage agreement with another radio station in the same market creates an attributable interest in the brokered radio station as well as for purposes of the FCC's local radio station ownership rules, if the agreement affects more than 15% of the brokered radio station's weekly broadcast hours. See "-Local Marketing Agreements." Debt instruments, non-voting stock, options and warrants for voting stock that have not yet been exercised, insulated limited partnership interests where the limited partner is not "materially involved" in the media-related activities of the partnership, and minority voting stock interests in corporations where there is a single holder of more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock whose vote is sufficient to affirmatively direct the affairs of the corporation, generally do not subject their holders to attribution. The FCC's rules also specify other exceptions to these general principles for attribution. The FCC is currently evaluating whether to: (i) raise the benchmark for voting stock from five to ten percent, (ii) raise the benchmark for passive investors from ten to twenty percent, (iii) continue the single 50% stockholder exception, and/or (iv) attribute non-voting stock or perhaps non-voting stock interests when combined with other rights such as voting shares or contractual relationships. The Communications Act and FCC rules generally restrict ownership operation or control of, or the common holding of attributable interests in, (i) radio broadcast stations above certain limits servicing the same local market, (ii) a radio broadcast station and a television broadcast station servicing the same local market, and (iii) a radio broadcast station and a daily newspaper serving the same local market. These rules include specific signal contour overlap standards to determine compliance. Under these "cross-ownership" rules, the Company, absent waivers, would not be permitted to acquire an attributable interest in any daily newspaper or television broadcast station (other than a low-powered television station) in a local market where it then owned any radio broadcast station, or where its stockholders, 58 officers or directors had an attributable interest. The FCC's rules provide for the liberal grant of a waiver of the rule prohibiting common ownership of radio and television stations in the same geographic market in the top 25 television markets if certain conditions are satisfied, and the FCC will consider waivers in other markets under more restrictive standards. The FCC is reviewing its ban on the common ownership of a radio station and a television station or newspaper including extending the policy of liberal waivers of common ownership of radio and television stations to the top 50 television markets. Although current FCC nationwide radio broadcast ownership rules allow one entity to own, control or hold attributable interests in an unlimited number of FM radio stations and AM radio stations nationwide, the FCC's rules limit the number of radio broadcast stations in local markets in which a single entity may own an attributable interest as follows: o In a radio market with 45 or more commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate, or control up to 8 commercial radio stations, not more than 5 of which are in the same service (AM or FM). o In a radio market with between 30 and 44 (inclusive) commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate, or control up to 7 commercial radio stations, not more than 4 of which are in the same service (AM or FM). o In a radio market with between 15 and 29 (inclusive) commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate, or control up to 6 commercial radio stations, not more than 4 of which are in the same service (AM or FM). o In a radio market with 14 or fewer commercial radio stations, a party may own, operate, or control up to 5 commercial radio stations, not more than 3 of which are in the same service (AM or FM), except that a party may not own, operate, or control more than 50 percent of the radio stations in such market. Because of these multiple and cross-ownership rules, if a stockholder of Radio One holds an "attributable" interest in Radio One, such stockholder, officer or director may violate the FCC's rules if such person or entity also holds or acquires an attributable interest in other television or radio stations, or in daily newspapers, depending on the number and location of those radio stations and the location of those television broadcast stations or daily newspapers. If an attributable stockholder, officer or director of Radio One violates any of these ownership rules, the Company may be unable to obtain from the FCC one or more authorizations needed to conduct its radio station business and may be unable to obtain FCC consents for certain future acquisitions. As long as one person or entity holds more than 50% of the voting power of the Common Stock of the Company where the vote of such person or entity is sufficient to affirmatively direct the affairs of the Company, another stockholder, unless serving as an officer and/or director, generally would not hold an attributable interest in Radio One. As of March 15, 1997, Ms. Hughes owned approximately 54.2% of the total voting power of the Common Stock of the Company. However, if the Warrants are exercised, Ms. Hughes ownership is reduced to approximately 26.3% and no one person or entity would hold sufficient voting power to direct the affairs of the Company. In addition, the FCC has a "cross-interest" policy that under certain circumstances could prohibit a person or entity with an attributable interest in a broadcast station, daily newspaper or cable system from having a "meaningful" non-attributable interest in another broadcast station or daily newspaper in the same local market. "Meaningful" interests could include, among other things, significant equity interests (including non-voting stock, voting stock, limited partnership and limited liability company interests) and key management positions. The FCC has issued a further notice of proposed rulemaking in a long-pending proceeding under which the FCC is considering whether and how to modify this policy. Programming and Operation. The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the "public interest." Since the late 1980's, the FCC gradually has relaxed or eliminated many of the more formalized procedures it developed to promote the broadcast of certain types of programming responsive to the needs of a radio station's community. Nevertheless, a broadcast licensee continues to be required to 59 present programming in response to community problems, needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating its responsiveness. The FCC will consider complaints from listeners about a broadcast station's programming when it evaluates the licensee's renewal application, but listeners' complaints also may be filed and considered at any time. Stations also must follow various FCC rules that regulate, among other things, political advertising, the broadcast of obscene or indecent programming, sponsorship identification, the broadcast of contests and lotteries and technical operation (including limits on human exposure to radio frequency radiation). From time to time, complaints may be filed against the Company's radio stations alleging violations of these or other rules. One complaint is pending against the Company alleging indecent and obscene broadcasts on radio station WOL-AM during 1993. The Company believes that this complaint will not result in either monetary forfeitures of a material nature or any other regulatory action which might have a materially adverse effect on the Company's radio stations or FCC licenses. In addition, licensees must develop and implement programs designed to promote equal employment opportunities and must submit reports to the FCC on these matters annually and in connection with the licensee's renewal application. The FCC rules also prohibit a broadcast licensee from simulcasting more than 25% of its programming on another radio station in the same broadcast service (that is, AM/AM or FM/FM). The simulcasting restriction applies if the licensee owns both radio broadcast stations or owns one and programs the other through a local marketing agreement, provided that the contours of the radio stations overlap in a certain manner. Failure to observe these or other rules and policies can result in the imposition of various sanctions, including fines or conditions, the grant of "short" (less than the maximum eight year) renewal terms or, for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application or the revocation of a license. Local Marketing Agreements. Often radio stations enter into LMAs or time brokerage agreements. These agreements take various forms. Separately owned and licensed radio stations may agree to function cooperatively in programming, advertising sales and other matters, subject to compliance with the antitrust laws and the FCC's rules and policies, including the requirement that the licensee of each radio station maintain independent control over the programming and other operations of its own radio station. One type of time brokerage agreement is a programming agreement between two separately owned radio stations that serve a common service area whereby the licensee of one radio station programs substantial portions of the broadcast day of the other licensee's radio station (subject to ultimate editorial and other controls being exercised by the radio station licensee) and sells advertising time during these program segments. The FCC has held that such agreements do not violate the Communications Act as long as the licensee of the radio broadcast station that is being substantially programmed by another entity (i) remains completely responsible for, and maintains control over, the operation of its radio station, and (ii) otherwise ensures the radio station's compliance with applicable FCC rules and policies. A radio broadcast station that brokers time on another radio broadcast station or engages in a time brokerage agreement with a radio broadcast station in the same market will be considered to have an attributable ownership interest in the brokered radio station for purposes of the FCC's local ownership rules, if the time brokerage arrangement covers more than 15% of the brokered weekly broadcast hours. As a result, a radio broadcast station may not enter into a time brokerage agreement that allows it to program more than 15% of the broadcast time, on a weekly basis, of another local radio broadcast station that it could not own under the FCC's local multiple ownership rules. The FCC is considering whether it should treat as attributable multiple business arrangements among local radio stations such as joint sales accompanied by debt financing. Also, as described above, FCC rules prohibit a radio broadcast licensee from simulcasting more than 25% of its programming on another radio broadcast station in the same broadcast service (that is, AM/AM or FM/FM) where the two radio stations serve substantially the same geographic area, whether the licensee owns both radio stations or owns one radio station and programs the other through a time brokerage agreement. Thus far, the FCC has not considered what relevance, if any, a time brokerage agreement may have upon its evaluation of a licensee's performance at renewal time. On February 8, 1997, the Company entered into an LMA with the then-owner of WPHI-FM in Philadelphia. The LMA allowed the Company to program WPHI-FM 24 hours a day, 60 seven days a week, and continued in effect until the consummation of the Philadelphia Acquisition on May 19, 1997. Radio One may enter into additional LMAs in the future. In 1985, the FCC adopted rules regarding human exposure to levels of radio frequency ("RF") radiation. These rules require applicants for renewal of broadcast licenses or modification of existing licenses to inform the FCC at the time of filing such applications whether an existing broadcast facility would expose people to RF radiation in excess of certain guidelines. The FCC adopted more restrictive radiation limits which are to become effective September 1, 1997. Digital Audio Broadcasting. The FCC recently has allocated spectrum to a new technology, digital audio broadcasting, to deliver satellite-based audio programming to a national or regional audience and issued regulations for a DAB service on March 3, 1997. DAB may provide a medium for the delivery by satellite or terrestrial means of multiple new audio programming formats with compact disc quality sound to local and national audiences. It is not known at this time whether this technology also may be used in the future by existing radio broadcast stations either on existing or alternate broadcasting frequencies. In addition, applicants who applied to the FCC for authority to offer multiple channels of digital, satellite-delivered S-Band aural services that could compete with conventional terrestrial radio broadcasting participated in an auction of the spectrum reserved for DAB held in April 1997. Two licenses were awarded through the auction pursuant to which the licensees will be permitted to sell advertising and lease channels. The FCC's rules require that the service begin by 2001 and be fully operational by 2003. These satellite radio services use technology that may permit higher sound quality than is possible with conventional AM and FM terrestrial radio broadcasting. Recently, the FCC proposed to establish a new Wireless Communications Service ("WCS") in the 2305-2320 and 2345-2360 MHZ bands (the "WCS Spectrum"). The FCC also proposed to award one or more licenses for the WCS Spectrum by competitive bidding using multiple round electronic auction procedures which occurred in April 1997. Licensees would be permitted to provide any fixed, mobile, radio location services, or digital satellite radio service using the WCS Spectrum. Implementation of DAB would provide an additional audio programming service that could compete with the Company's radio stations for listeners, but the effect upon the Company cannot be predicted. SUBSIDIARIES AND RELATED ENTITIES The FCC licenses for each of the radio stations operated by Radio One are held by Radio One Licenses, Inc. a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("License Company"). License Company holds no other material assets. The Company does not have any subsidiaries other than License Company but it may have other subsidiaries in the future. TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS Radio One owns numerous domestic trademark registrations, a few pending trademark applications and a registered copyright related to the business of the Company's radio stations. Radio One does not own any patents or patent applications. The Company's management does not believe that any of Radio One's trademarks, or its copyright, are material to the Company's business or operations. PROPERTIES AND FACILITIES In addition to Radio One's principal executive offices, the types of properties required to support each of the Company's radio stations include offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. The Company owns and leases transmitter and antenna sites in the Baltimore market, and owns and leases transmitter and antenna sites for its radio stations in the Washington, D.C. market and for WPHI-FM. Radio One leases its current principal executive offices which are located in the office building located at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, Lanham, Maryland (the "Lanham Offices"). The Company expects to move the studios for the Company's Washington, D.C. radio stations within such offices later this year. The Lanham Offices are leased from National Life Insurance Company, a Vermont corporation, pursuant to a lease agreement (the "Lanham Lease"). The Lanham Lease has a term of fifteen years with lease payments of approximated $198,000 per annum at lease commencement, increasing to 61 approximately $390,000 per annum by lease expiration, payable in equal monthly installments. It is anticipated the Company will spend an estimated $1.3 million in tenant improvements and new equipment in connection with taking possession of the Lanham Offices in May 1997 in order to adequately equip the space with office and studio amenities to be used by the Company. The Company has an option, which has been exercised, to purchase the office building located at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, Lanham, Maryland (the "Lanham Building") in which the Lanham Offices are located. If the average monthly building rents for the Lanham Building for July and August 1997 equal or exceed a stated minimum gross rent amount, the closing of the Company's purchase of the Lanham Building will occur on September 30, 1997. If the minimum gross rent amount is not met for such period, the Company may waive the minimum gross rent condition and proceed to close the purchase of the Lanham Building or elect to postpone the closing, on a month-to-month basis, until the average monthly building rents for a two-month period equal or exceed the minimum gross rent amount. If the minimum gross rent condition has not been met and therefore the closing has not occurred on or prior to July 31, 1998, or if, prior to receipt of notice that the gross rent condition has been met, the Company delivers written notice that it shall not proceed to closing on or before such date, the Company shall have no further obligation to purchase the Lanham Building and the seller shall pay to the Company an amount, not to exceed $240,000, equal to the Company's expenditures for tenant improvements to the Lanham Building. The Company may assign its right to purchase the Lanham Building to Mr. Liggins or an entity controlled by Mr. Liggins and has agreed to provide to the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock an opportunity to purchase an interest in the Lanham Building in the event the Company or its assignee consummates the purchase of the Lanham Building. See "Certain Transactions-Office Leases." Radio One leases office space and studio facilities for its Baltimore, Maryland radio stations, which are located at 100 St. Paul Street, Baltimore, Maryland (the "Baltimore Lease") from Chalrep Limited Partnership, a Maryland limited partnership controlled by Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins ("Chalrep"). The Baltimore Lease has a term of ten years expiring October 31, 2003, with an option to extend the term an additional five years under certain conditions. The Baltimore Lease provides for lease payments of $96,000 per annum during the first five years and $120,000 per annum during years six through ten. The lease payments under the Baltimore Lease are payable in equal monthly installments. Under the Baltimore Lease, the Company is also responsible for a share of the real estate taxes, operating costs and administrative expenses allocable to the Company pursuant to a formula contained in the Baltimore Lease. See "Certain Transactions-Office Leases." The Company owns substantially all of its other equipment, consisting principally of transmitting antennae, transmitters, studio equipment and office equipment. The towers, antennae and other transmission equipment used by the Company's radio stations are generally in good condition, although opportunities to upgrade facilities are periodically reviewed. The Company believes that its facilities for its radio stations in Washington, D.C., Baltimore, Maryland and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania are suitable and of adequate size for its current and intended purposes. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS There are no legal proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company is a party or to which any of its properties are subject, other than routine litigation incidental to its business which either is covered by insurance or is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company. 62 MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The executive officers and directors of the Company, as well as additional information with respect to those persons, are set forth in the table below. All directors serve for the term for which they are elected or until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until death, retirement, resignation or removal. The Company anticipates entering into employment agreements with each of the executive officers of the Company as described below. The executive officers and directors of Radio One are:
NAME AGE POSITION - --------------------------------- ----- ----------------------------------------------------- Catherine L. Hughes(a) ......... 50 Chairperson of the Board and Director Alfred C. Liggins, III(a) ...... 32 Chief Executive Officer, President and Director Scott R. Royster ............... 32 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Terry L. Jones(b) ............... 50 Director Brian W. McNeill(b) ............ 41 Director P. Richard Zitelman(b) ......... 41 Director
- ---------- (a) Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, III is the son of Ms. Catherine L. Hughes. (b) Member of the Compensation Committee. Ms. Hughes has been Chairperson of the Board, Secretary and a Director of Radio One since 1980, and was Chief Executive Officer of Radio One from 1980 to 1997. She was one of the founders of Radio One's predecessor in 1980. Since 1980, Ms. Hughes has worked in various capacities for the Company including President, General Manager, General Sales Manager and talk show host. She began her career in radio as the General Sales Manager of WHUR-FM, the Howard University-owned, urban-contemporary radio station. Mr. Liggins has been Chief Executive Officer since 1997, and President, Treasurer and a Director of Radio One since 1989. Mr. Liggins joined the Company in 1985 as an Account Manager at WOL-AM. In 1987 he was promoted to General Sales Manager and promoted again in 1988 to General Manager overseeing the Company's Washington, D.C. operations. In 1989, Mr. Liggins became President of Radio One and engineered the Company's expansion into other markets. Mr. Liggins is a 1995 graduate of the Wharton School of Business/Executive M.B.A. Program. Mr. Royster has been Executive Vice President of the Company since 1997 and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since 1996. Prior to joining the Company, he served as an independent consultant to Radio One. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Royster was a principal at TSG Capital Group, LLC, a private equity investment firm located in Stamford, Connecticut, which has been an investor in the Company since 1987. Mr. Royster has also served as an associate and later a principal at Capital Resource Partners from 1992 to 1995, a private capital investment firm in Boston, Massachusetts, and as an analyst at Chemical Banking Corporation (now Chase Banking Corporation) and a Senior Analyst at Chemical Venture Partners (now Chase Venture Partners) from 1987 to 1990. Mr. Royster is a 1987 graduate of Duke University and a 1992 graduate of Harvard Business School. Mr. Jones has been a director of Radio One since 1995. Since 1990, Mr. Jones has been President of Syndicated Communications, Inc. ("Syncom I"), a communications venture capital investment company, and its wholly owned subsidiary, Syncom. He joined Syncom I in 1978 as a Vice President. Mr. Jones serves in various capacities, including director, president, general partner and vice president, for various other entities affiliated with Syncom I. He also serves on the board of directors of the National Association of Investment Companies, Delta Capital Corporation, Sun Delta Capital Access Center and the Southern African Enterprise Development Fund. Mr. Jones earned his B.S. degree from Trinity College, his M.S. from George Washington University and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. McNeill has been a director of Radio One since 1995. Since 1986, Mr. McNeill has been a General Partner of Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co., a major private equity firm which specializes in investments in the communications and technology industries. He has served as a director in many private 63 radio and television broadcasting companies such as Tichenor Media Systems, OmniAmerica Group, Panache Broadcasting and Shockley Communications. From 1979 to 1986, he worked at the Bank of Boston where he started and managed that institution's broadcast lending group. Mr. McNeill is a graduate of Holy Cross College and has earned an M.B.A. from the Amos Tuck School at Dartmouth College. Mr. Zitelman has been a director of Radio One since 1995. Since 1985, Mr. Zitelman has been the President and sole principal of the Zitelman Group, Inc., a consulting firm. Since 1984, Mr. Zitelman has been involved in the ownership and financial oversight of various radio stations. Mr. Zitelman is currently a principal and Chief Financial Officer of Spring Broadcasting, L.L.C. which owns and operates nine radio stations in four markets. From 1985 to 1994, Mr. Zitelman was a principal of Media Capital, Inc., which invested in, operated and later sold various radio stations. Mr. Zitelman is a certified public accountant and earned his B.S. from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS The Company intends to form an Audit Committee of the board of directors of Radio One. At least two of the directors serving on such Audit Committee will be directors who are not employees of the Company. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Compensation of Directors Non-officer directors of the Company are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses related to meetings attended. Non-officer directors receive no additional compensation for their services as directors of the Company, except for Mr. Zitelman, whose consulting firm bills the Company for the time he spends attending board meetings at his standard hourly consulting rate. Mr. Zitelman, through his consulting firm, received a fee for consulting services rendered in connection with the Philadelphia Acquisition. See "Certain Transactions-Other Affiliated Transactions." Officers of the Company who serve as directors do not receive compensation for their services as directors other than the compensation they receive as officers of the Company. Executive Compensation The following information relates to compensation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of its other executive officers (the "Named Executives") during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The following information does not reflect any compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the Named Executives subsequent to December 31, 1996, except as may otherwise be indicated. 64 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
ANNUAL COMPENSATION OTHER NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION - ------------------------------------ ------ --------------- --------- ------------- Catherine L. Hughes ............... 1996 $150,000 $31,447 $18,321 Chairperson of the Board and Secretary Alfred C. Liggins, III ............ 1996 150,000 - 19,486 Chief Executive Officer, President and Treasurer Scott R. Royster .................. 1996 55,577(a) - - Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(a) Mr. Royster provided consulting services for the Company in July 1996 and joined the Company as an employee in August 1996. Disclosed compensation represents consulting fees received by Mr. Royster and the portion of his $125,000 annual salary paid during 1996. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS Ms. Catherine L. Hughes is the Company's Chairperson of the Board. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company paid Ms. Hughes an annual salary of $150,000 and a bonus of $31,447 and reimbursed her in the aggregate amount of $18,321 for various expenses incurred by Ms. Hughes, which represents additional compensation. The Company anticipates entering into an employment agreement with Ms. Hughes which would provide for Ms. Hughes to serve as the Company's Chairperson of the Board with an annual base compensation of $225,000, subject to an annual increase and an annual bonus at the discretion of the Company's board of directors. The Company currently compensates Ms. Hughes in accordance with the terms of such anticipated employment agreement. Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, III is the Company's Chief Executive Officer and President. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company paid Mr. Liggins an annual salary of $150,000 and reimbursed him in the aggregate amount of $19,486 for various expenses incurred by Mr. Liggins, which represents additional compensation. The Company anticipates entering into an employment agreement with Mr. Liggins which would provide for Mr. Liggins to serve as the Company's Chief Executive Officer and President with an annual base compensation of $225,000, subject to an annual increase and an annual bonus at the discretion of the Company's board of directors. The Company currently compensates Mr. Liggins in accordance with the terms of such anticipated employment agreement. The Company and Mr. Liggins are currently negotiating the terms of an equity incentive plan for Mr. Liggins based upon certain performance criteria. Mr. Scott R. Royster is the Company's Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the Company paid Mr. Royster $48,077 of his annual salary of $125,000 and $7,500 in consulting fees. The Company anticipates entering into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Royster pursuant to which Mr. Royster will continue to serve as the Company's Chief Financial Officer and will receive an annual base compensation of $165,000, subject to an annual increase and an annual bonus at the discretion of the Company's board of directors. The Company currently compensates Mr. Royster in accordance with the terms of such anticipated employment agreement. 401(k) PLAN The Company has adopted and maintains a defined contribution plan that is qualified pursuant to Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. All regular employees who have been employed by the Company for at least 90 days are eligible to participate in the plan. For each employee who elects to participate in the plan and makes a contribution thereto, the Company may make a discretionary matching contribution and/or a discretionary profit sharing contribution on an annual basis. 65 PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS The following table sets forth certain information immediately following consummation of the Transactions which occured on May 19 1997 regarding the Company's capital stock, including (a) the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock and the Senior Preferred Stock and (b) the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock and Senior Preferred Stock by (i) each person beneficially owning more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the Senior Preferred Stock, (ii) each of Radio One's directors, (iii) each of the Named Executives in the table under "Management-Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers-Summary Compensation Table," and (iv) all of Radio One's directors and executive officers as a group. See "Description of Capital Stock."
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SHARES OF SENIOR BENEFICIALLY OWNED, PREFERRED WITHOUT SHARES OF COMMON STOCK STOCK BENEFICIALLY OWNED GIVING EFFECT TO EXERCISE BENEFICIALLY OWNED, AFTER THE NOTES OFFERING OF THE GIVING EFFECT TO EXERCISE AND THE WARRANTS(a) OF THE WARRANTS(a) EXISTING NOTES EXCHANGE ------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------ PERCENT OF PERCENT OF PERCENT OF NUMBER OF SHARES NUMBER OF SHARES NUMBER OF SHARES SHARES(b) OUTSTANDING SHARES(b) OUTSTANDING SHARES OUTSTANDING ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------- ----------- ------------ Catherine L. Hughes(c)(d) ............... 75.00 26.3% 75.00 26.3% - - Alfred C. Liggins, III(c)(d) ............ 62.45 21.9% 62.45 21.9% - - Terry L. Jones(e)(f) ..................... - - 36.12 12.7% 13,595.69 6.5% Brian W. McNeill(g)(f) .................. - - 29.52 10.3% 72,139.57 34.5 ALTA Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P(h)(i) .............................. - - 29.52 10.3% 72,139.57 34.5 Alliance Enterprise Corporation(h)(j) ... - - 18.70 6.6% 9,126.55 4.4 BancBoston Investments Inc.(h)(k) ...... - - 20.15 7.1% 49,249.44 23.5 Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc.(h)(l) .............................. - - 15.24 5.3% 37,258.14 17.8 Fulcrum Venture Capital Corpora- tion(h)(m) .............................. - - 15.61 5.5% 9,650.09 4.6 Syncom Capital Corporation(h)(n) ......... - - 36.12 12.7% 13,595.69 6.5 All Directors and Executive Officers of Radio One as a group(o) ............... 137.45 99.3% 137.45 48.1% - -
- ---------- (a) The "Warrants" refer to the amended and restated warrants to purchase 147.04 shares of Common Stock issued by the Company on May 19, 1997. The information as to beneficial ownership is based on statements furnished to Radio One by the beneficial owners. As used in this table, "beneficial ownership" means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting of a security, or the sole or shared investment power with respect to a security (i.e., the power to dispose of, or direct the disposition of, a security). Other than with respect to the Warrants, a person is deemed as of any date to have "beneficial ownership" of any security that such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of such date. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person named above, other than with respect to the Warrants, any security that such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of the calculation is deemed to be outstanding, but is not deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The Company and Mr. Liggins are currently negotiating the terms of an equity incentive plan for Mr. Liggins based upon certain performance criteria. (b) The shares of Common Stock are subject to a voting agreement with respect to the election of Radio One's directors (which is included in the Warrantholders' Agreement). See "Description of Capital Stock." (c) The business address for such persons is c/o Radio One, 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, 7th Floor, Lanham, Maryland 20706. (d) Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of capital stock owned by each other by virtue of the fact that Ms. Hughes is Mr. Liggins' mother. Each of Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins disclaims such beneficial ownership. (e) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to purchase 36.12 shares of Common Stock held by Syncom. Mr. Jones is the President of Syncom and his address is c/o Syncom Capital Corporation, 8401 Colesville Road, Suite 300, Silver Spring, MD 20910. Mr. Jones may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock issuable to Syncom upon exercise of the Warrants by virtue of his affiliation with Syncom. Mr. Jones disclaims beneficial ownership in such shares. (f) Mr. Jones may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of Senior Preferred Stock to be owned of record by Syncom by virtue of his affiliation with Syncom. Mr. Jones disclaims any beneficial ownership of such shares of Senior Preferred Stock. Mr. McNeill may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of Senior Preferred Stock to be owned of record 66 by Alta subsequent to the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange by virtue of his affiliation with Alta. Mr. McNeill disclaims any beneficial ownership of such shares. (g) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to purchase 29.52 shares of Common Stock held by Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. Mr. McNeill is a general partner of Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. and his address is c/o Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P., c/o Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co., One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109. Mr. McNeill may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock issuable to Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. upon exercise of the Warrants by virtue of his affiliation with Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. Mr. McNeill disclaims any beneficial ownership of such shares. (h) The Warrants are subject to the terms of a Standstill Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997 among Radio One, the subsidiaries of Radio One, NationsBank of Texas, N.A., the Trustee, and the other parties named therein (the "Standstill Agreement") which provides, among other things, that for so long as the New Credit Facility, if any, or the Exchange Notes are outstanding, the Warrants are collectively only exercisable for up to (but not including) 50% of the Common Stock. Although the Warrants are currently exercisable, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock must exercise their Warrants if any are to be exercised prior to the eighth anniversary of the Issue Date. (i) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to acquire 29.52 shares of Common Stock. The principal address of Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. is c/o Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co., One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109. (j) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to acquire 18.70 shares of Common Stock. The principal address of Alliance Enterprise Corporation is 12655 N. Central Expressway, Suite 700, Dallas, TX 75243. (k) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to acquire 20.15 shares of Common Stock. The principal address of BancBoston Investments, Inc. is 100 Federal Street, 32nd Floor, Boston, MA 02110. (l) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to acquire 15.24 shares of Common Stock. The principal address of Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc. is 2 Appletree Square, Suite 335-T, Minneapolis, MN 55425. (m) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to acquire 15.61 shares of Common Stock. The principal address of Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation is 300 Corporate Point, Suite 380, Culver City, CA 90230. (n) Represents immediately exercisable Warrants to acquire 36.12 shares of Common Stock. The principal address of Syncom Capital Corporation is 8401 Colesville Road, Suite 300, Silver Spring, MD 20910. (o) The shares of Common Stock set forth on this line do not include any shares of Common Stock or Senior Preferred Stock which Mr. Jones and Mr. McNeill may be deemed to beneficially own. See footnotes (e), (f) and (g), above. 67 CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS RADIO ONE OF ATLANTA, INC. Mr. Liggins, who is the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, is also the President of Radio One of Atlanta, Inc., which owns and operates one radio station in Atlanta and owns a minority interest in Dogwood. Dogwood holds an FCC construction permit to establish another radio station in the Atlanta area. Mr. Liggins has voting control of ROA, subject to certain conditions, and owns approximately 47% of the outstanding capital stock of ROA. See "Risk Factors-Potential Conflicts of Interest." The Company has entered into a management agreement with ROA whereby the Company provides accounting, financial and strategic planning, other general management services and general programming support services to ROA and Dogwood. In exchange for such corporate services, the Company is paid an annual retainer of approximately $100,000 and is reimbursed for all of its out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of such corporate services. The Company believes that the compensation paid to the Company under such management agreement and the other material terms thereof are not materially different than if the agreement were with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, Mr. Liggins received a lump sum fee of $50,000 from ROA in April 1997 as compensation for services he personally provided to ROA. Mr. Liggins has not previously received any compensation from ROA or Dogwood. The Company's Vice President of Programming, Steve Hegwood, is also employed by ROA and is paid a salary for programming ROA's radio station in addition to the salary he receives from the Company. Mr. Hegwood utilized certain resources and the services of certain employees of the Company in performance of his services for ROA. OFFICE LEASES Lanham, Maryland The Company's principal executive offices for its Washington, D.C. radio stations are located in the office building located at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, Lanham, Maryland, and the studios for the Company's Washington, D.C. radio stations will be moved within such offices later this year. The Company leases these offices from National Life Insurance Company, a Vermont corporation (the "Landlord"). The Landlord has granted the Company, and the Company has exercised, an option to purchase the Lanham Building for $3.75 million, less a credit of up to $288,000 (related to the tenant improvements the Company is making to the Lanham Offices, and the rent payments the Company is making for the Lanham Offices) and subject to an increase attributable to the Company's pro rata share of the costs paid by the Landlord in connection with entering into each lease of a portion of the Lanham Building. If the average monthly building rents for the Lanham Building for July and August 1997 equal or exceed a stated minimum gross rent amount, the closing of the Company's purchase of the Lanham Building will occur on September 30, 1997. If the minimum gross rent amount is not met for such period, the Company may waive the minimum gross rent condition and proceed to close the purchase of the Lanham Building or elect to postpone the closing, on a month-to-month basis, until average monthly building rents for a two-month period equal or exceed the minimum gross rent amount. If the minimum gross rent condition has not been met and therefore the closing has not occurred on or prior to July 31, 1998, or if, prior to receipt of notice that the gross rent condition has been met, the Company delivers written notice that it shall not proceed to closing on or before such date, the Company shall have no further obligation to purchase the Lanham Building and the seller shall pay to the Company an amount, not to exceed $240,000, equal to the Company's expenditures for tenant improvements to the Lanham Building. The Company expects to assign its right to purchase the Lanham Building to Mr. Liggins in order to preserve the Company's borrowing capacity. The holders of the Senior Preferred Stock will be provided with an opportunity to purchase an interest in the Lanham Building at the closing, if any, of the purchase of the Lanham Building. Mr. Liggins will be assigned the Lanham Lease by the Landlord at the closing, if any, of the purchase of the Lanham Building and the Company shall continue to make lease payments to Mr. Liggins (or such assignee). In addition, if the closing of the purchase of the Lanham Building occurs, Mr. Liggins (or his assignee) will be required to pay the Company consideration, in 68 some form, in an amount equal to an aggregate of $288,000. Such consideration could take the form of a reduction in the Company's lease payment obligations in respect of the Lanham Offices, the transfer of an interest in the Lanham Building to the Company or some other form. The Company's management believes that the terms of the Lanham Lease are not materially different than if the agreement were with an unaffiliated third party with no option to purchase the underlying property. See "Business-Properties." Baltimore, Maryland Radio One leases office space located at 100 St. Paul Street, Baltimore, Maryland from Chalrep, a limited partnership controlled by Ms. Hughes and Mr. Liggins. The Company's management believes that the terms of this lease are not materially different than if the agreement were with an unaffiliated third party. See "Business-Properties." OTHER AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS The Zitelman Group, Inc. received a fee of $50,000 for consulting services rendered in connection with the Philadelphia Acquisition. The Zitelman Group, Inc. is wholly owned by Mr. Zitelman, who serves as a member of the Company's board of directors and is a member of the Company's Compensation Committee. The Zitelman Group, Inc. also receives consulting fees for the time Mr. Zitelman spends attending the Company's board meetings and providing other consulting services to the Company, at his standard hourly consulting rate. 69 DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES The Exchange Notes offered hereby will be issued as a separate series of Notes pursuant to the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1997, among the Company, Radio One Licenses, Inc. and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Indenture and the Exchange Notes, a copy of which Indenture and the form of Exchange Notes may be obtained from the Company The following summary of certain provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part thereof by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set forth under "-Certain Definitions." GENERAL The Notes are and the Exchange Notes will be, senior subordinated, unsecured obligations of the Company, limited to $85,478,000 aggregate principal amount, and will mature on May 15, 2004. The Senior Subordinated Notes will bear cash interest from May 19, 1997 to and including May 15, 2000 at a rate per annum of 7% on the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and after May 15, 2000 until maturity at a rate per annum of 12% on the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Interest will be payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 1997, to the holders of record at the close of business on the preceding May 1 or November 1, as the case may be. The Senior Subordinated Notes will bear interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest at the rate per annum shown on the front cover of this Prospectus plus 2%. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. The Exchange Notes will be issued only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Exchange Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Exchange Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to May 15, 2001. Thereafter, the Exchange Notes will be subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice mailed to each Holder's registered address. The Exchange Notes will be subject to redemption in amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 15 of each of the years indicated below: YEAR REDEMPTION PRICE ------------ ----------------- 2001 ........................ 106% 2002 ........................ 104% 2003 ........................ 100% In addition, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 25% of the original principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes at any time and from time to time prior to May 15, 2000 at a Redemption Price equal to 112% of the Accreted Value of the Senior Subordinated Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date out of the net proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings; provided, that at least $64,109,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that any such redemption occurs within 180 days following the closing of each such Public Equity Offering. 70 In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Senior Subordinated Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Senior Subordinated Note of $1,000 in original principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Exchange Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Exchange Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Exchange Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Exchange Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Exchange Notes or portions of Exchange Notes called for redemption. GUARANTEES The obligations of the Company pursuant to the Exchange Notes, including the repurchase obligation resulting from a Change of Control, will be unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by the License Subsidiary and each of the other Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantees. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor without rendering the Subsidiary Guarantee, as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. If a Subsidiary Guarantee were to be rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Subsidiary Guarantor's liability on its Subsidiary Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See "Risk Factors-Fraudulent Transfer Statutes." Pursuant to the Indenture, a Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with, merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially all its assets to any other Person to the extent described below under "- Limitation on Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets;" provided, however, that if such other Person is not the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee must be expressly assumed by such other Person. However, upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of a Subsidiary Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case other than to an Affiliate of the Company) permitted by the Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and relieved from all its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. See "-Limitation on Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets." SUBORDINATION The Exchange Notes will, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt. Upon any payment or distribution of assets to creditors upon any liquidation, dissolution, winding up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, marshaling of assets or any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings of the Company, the holders of Senior Debt will first be entitled to receive payment in full of such Senior Debt in cash or Cash Equivalents before the Holders of the Exchange Notes will be entitled to receive any payment in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Exchange Notes. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or the Holder of any Exchange Note receives any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character before all the Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, then such payment or distribution will be required to be paid over or delivered forthwith to the trustee in bankruptcy or other Person making payment or distribution of assets of the Company for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay the Senior Debt in full in cash or Cash Equivalents. In the event that any of the Exchange Notes are declared due and payable prior to their stated maturity, the holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt before the holders of the Exchange Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Exchange Notes or on account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of the Exchange Notes. 71 The Company may not make any payments on account of the Exchange Notes or on account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Exchange Notes following the maturity (on the due date, upon acceleration or otherwise) of any Senior Debt until such Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents. The Company also may not make any payments on the account of the Exchange Notes or on account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Exchange Notes if there shall have occurred and be continuing a default in the payment of Senior Debt (a "Payment Default"). In addition, if any default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt permitting the holders thereof (or a percentage thereof or a trustee on behalf thereof) to accelerate the maturity thereof (a "Nonmonetary Default") has occurred and is continuing and the Company and the Trustee have received written notice thereof from the representatives of holders of such Designated Senior Debt, then the Company may not make any payments (other than payments previously made pursuant to the provisions described under "-Defeasance") on account of the Exchange Notes or on account of the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Exchange Notes for a period (a "blockage period") commencing on the date the Company and the Trustee receive such written notice and ending on the earlier of (x) 179 days after such date and (y) the date, if any, on which the Designated Senior Debt to which such default relates is discharged or such default is waived or otherwise cured. In any event, not more than one blockage period may be commenced during any period of 360 consecutive days and there shall be a period of at least 181 consecutive days in each period of 360 consecutive days when no blockage period is in effect. No Nonmonetary Default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any blockage period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt initiating such blockage period will be, or can be, made the basis for the commencement of a subsequent blockage period, unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less then 180 consecutive days. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes any payment to the Trustee or the Holder of any Exchange Note prohibited by these subordination provisions, then such payment will be required to be paid over and delivered forthwith to the holders of the Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay in full in cash or cash equivalents all the Senior Debt. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor and will be subject to the rights of holders of Designated Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor to initiate blockage periods upon terms substantially comparable to the subordination of the Exchange Notes to all Senior Debt of the Company. Consistent with the subordination of the Subsidiary Guarantees, the Indenture will provide that for purposes of any applicable fraudulent transfer or similar laws, indebtedness under the Credit Agreement will be deemed to have been incurred prior to the incurrence by any Subsidiary Guarantor of its liabilities under its Subsidiary Guarantee. See "Risk Factors-Fraudulent Transfer Statutes." By reason of such subordination, in the event of insolvency, certain creditors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor who are not holders of Senior Debt may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Debt and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Exchange Notes. The subordination provisions described above will cease to be applicable to the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees upon any defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Exchange Notes as described under "-Defeasance". The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors expect to incur additional Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt. The Indenture does not prohibit or limit the incurrence of additional Senior Debt, provided that the incurrence of such Senior Debt is otherwise permitted thereunder including under the limitations described under "Certain Covenants-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock". BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVRY AND FORM The Exchange Notes will initially be issued in the form of one Global Note, except as described below. The Global Note will be deposited promptly after the Expiration Date with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of the Depositary. Except as set forth below, the Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, 72 only to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary. Investors may hold their beneficial interests in the Global Note directly through the Depositary if they have an account with the Depositary or indirectly through organizations which have accounts with the Depositary. The Depositary has advised the Company as follows: The Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). The Depositary was created to hold securities of institutions that have accounts with the Depositary ("participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. The Depositary's participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the Depositary's book-entry system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly. Upon the issuance of the Global Note, the Depositary will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount of the Exchange Notes represented by such Global Note to the accounts of participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Note will be limited to participants or persons that may hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of those ownership interests will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to participants' interests) and such participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note other than participants). The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer or pledge beneficial interests in the Global Note. So long as the Depositary, or its nominee, is the registered holder and owner of the Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole legal owner and holder of the related Exchange Notes for all purposes of such Exchange Notes and the Indenture. Except as set forth below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note will not be entitled to have the Exchange Notes represented by the Global Note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Exchange Notes in definitive form and will not be considered to be the owners of any Exchange Notes under the Global Note. The Company understands that under existing industry practice, in the event an owner of a beneficial interest in the Global Note desires to take any action that the Depositary, as the holder of the Global Note, is to take, the Depositary would authorize the participants to take such action, and that the participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them. Payment of principal of and interest on Exchange Notes represented by the Global Note registered in the name of and held by the Depositary or its nominee will be made to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner and holder of the Global Note. The Company expects that the Depositary or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal of or interest on the Global Note, will credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Note as shown on the records of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company also expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficials interests in the Global Note held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participants. The Company will not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Global Note for any Exchange Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between the Depositary and its participants or the relationship between such participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the Global Note owning through such participants. 73 Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for certificated Exchange Notes in definitive form, the Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary. Although the Depositary has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Note among participants of the Depositary, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the Trustee nor the Company will have any responsibility for the performance by the Depositary or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations. Certificated Securities The Exchange Notes represented by the Global Note are exchangeable for certificated Exchange Notes in definitive form of like tenor as such Exchange Notes ("Certificated Securities") in denominations of U.S. $1,000 and integral multiples thereof if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Company in its discretion at any time determines not to have all of the Exchange Notes evidenced by the Global Note or (iii) a default entitling the holders of the Exchange Notes to accelerate the maturity thereof has occurred and is continuing. Any Exchange Note that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence is exchangeable for Certificated Securities issuable in authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Subject to the foregoing, the Global Note is not exchangeable, except for a Global Note of the same aggregate denomination to be registered in the name of the Depositary or its its nominee. Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay by the Depositary or any participant or indirect participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the Exchange Notes, and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, instructions from the Depositary for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and their respective principal amounts, of the Exchange Notes to be issued). The information in this section concerning the Depositary and the Depositary's book-entry system has been obtained from such sources that the Company believes to be reliable. The Company will have no responsibility for the performance by the Depositary or its participants of their respective obligations as described hereunder or under the rules and procedures governing their respective operations. SAME-DAY PAYMENT The Indenture will require that payments in respect of Exchange Notes (including principal, premium and interest) be made by mailing a check to each holder's registered address; provided, however, that payments shall be made, upon request, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to U.S. dollar accounts in a bank in the United States specified by holders of Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1 million or more and payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds. CERTAIN COVENANTS The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following: Limitation on Certain Asset Sales. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to: (i) sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets (including by way of a saleand-leaseback) other than in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) issue or sell Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, 74 in each case, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person (other than (x) an issuance, sale, lease, conveyance or disposal by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, (y) an Asset Swap permitted by the covenant described under "-Limitation on Asset Swaps" or (z) the sale of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary) (each of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"), unless: (x) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests sold or otherwise disposed of; (y) at least 80% of such consideration is in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents; and (z) if such Asset Sale includes Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, 100% of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary are sold or otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale. Following any Asset Sale, the Company may elect to apply all or a portion of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, within 360 days of such Asset Sale, (a) to permanently reduce or satisfy any Senior Debt (and, in the event that such Senior Debt is extended under a revolving credit or similar facility, to permanently reduce the aggregate commitments thereunder as then in effect) or (b) to acquire Broadcast Assets. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce Senior Debt or invest such Net Proceeds in Permitted Investments or to reduce loans outstanding under any revolving credit facility of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale not applied to the reduction of Senior Debt or to the acquisition of Broadcast Assets as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph, upon expiration of such 360-day period will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." Whenever aggregate Excess Proceeds realized since the Issue Date minus the aggregate purchase price of Notes which have been the subject of any previous Offer to Purchase ("Net Excess Proceeds") exceeds $5.0 million the Company will commence an Offer to Purchase within 30 days after the date on which the Net Excess Proceeds exceeded $5.0 million. Such Offer to Purchase shall be for a principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding having an aggregate purchase price equal to such Net Excess Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with this covenant except to the extent that the aggregate Net Proceeds from all Asset Sales which are not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $1.0 million. For the purpose of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash: (x) the assumption of Senior Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Senior Debt in connection with such Asset Sale (other than customary indemnification provisions relating thereto which do not involve the repayment of funded indebtedness) and (y) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash. Limitation on Asset Swaps. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any Asset Swaps, unless: (i) at the time of entering into the agreement to swap assets and immediately after giving effect to the proposed Asset Swap, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (ii) at the time of entering into the agreement to swap assets and after giving pro forma effect to the proposed Asset Swap as if such Asset Swap had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test described below under "-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; 75 (iii) after giving pro forma effect to the proposed Asset Swap as if such Asset Swap had occurred at the beginning of the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date of the proposed Asset Swap, the ratio of (A) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such four-quarter period to (B) the Consolidated Cash Interest Expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such four-quarter period exceeds 1.2 to 1.0; and (iv) the respective Fair Market Values of the assets being purchased and sold by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are substantially the same at the time of entering into the agreement to swap assets. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a Restricted Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); (2) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, the Company would not be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test described below under "-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock", or (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the sum of: (A) an amount equal to the Company's EBITDA cumulated from April 1, 1997 to the end of the Company's most recently ended full fiscal quarter, taken as a single accounting period, minus 1.4 times the sum of (i) the Company's Consolidated Interest Expense from April 1, 1997 to the end of the Company's most recently ended full fiscal quarter, taken as a single accounting period, plus (ii) all dividends or other distributions paid or made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such period; (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees); (C) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or exchangeable for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any property distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange other than Equity Interests not constituting Disqualified Stock); and (D) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a), the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit: (i) any Restricted Payment made out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, and any acquisition of any Equity Interest of the Company made by exchange for, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of 76 the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees); provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) above; (ii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Debt made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Indebtedness of the Company which is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under "-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; provided, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; (iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant; provided, that (A) at the time of payment of such dividend, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom), and (B) such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments from and after such time; (iv) loans to members of management of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary the proceeds of which are used for a concurrent purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or a capital contribution to the Company (provided that the proceeds from such purchase of Equity Interests or capital contribution shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clause (3)(B) of paragraph (a) above); provided, that such loans shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments from and after such time; (v) any principal payment on, or purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of, any Indebtedness that is subordinated by its terms to the Senior Subordinated Notes out of Excess Proceeds available for general corporate purposes after consummation of all required purchases of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, provided, that the amount of such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments from and after such time; and (vi) repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company from any employee of the Company (other than a Principal Shareholder) whose employment with the Company has ceased; provided, that the aggregate amount of such repurchases shall not exceed $500,000 in any year; provided further, that the amount of such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments from and after such time. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue any preferred stock, except that the Company may: (i) issue preferred stock that is not Disqualified Stock at any time, and (ii) Incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock if the Debt to EBITDA Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance of such Disqualified Stock, after giving pro forma effect thereto, does not exceed 7.0 to 1.0; provided that any such Indebtedness (other than Senior Debt) Incurred by the Company shall, at the time of Incurrence, have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes. The foregoing limitations will not apply to the Incurrence of any of the following: (a) Indebtedness consisting of Senior Bank Debt; provided, that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under this clause (a) does not exceed $10 million; (b) Existing Indebtedness; (c) Indebtedness represented by the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 77 (d) Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, that (1) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness or amount of Disqualified Stock so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of expenses incurred and premiums paid in connection therewith), (2) with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness of any Indebtedness other than Senior Debt or Disqualified Stock, the Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted, defeased or refunded, and (3) with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness of Indebtedness other than Senior Debt or any Disqualified Stock incurred by: (i) the Company, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall rank no more senior, and shall be at least as subordinated, in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes as the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, replaced, renewed, substituted, defeased or refunded; and (ii) a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall rank no more senior, and shall be at least as subordinated, in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor as the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, replaced, renewed, substituted, defeased or refunded; (e) intercompany Indebtedness between the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (f) Hedging Obligations, including interest rate swap obligations, that are incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness which Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding; (g) guarantees by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this covenant; (h) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case incurred in connection with the disposition of any assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in addition to Indebtedness permitted by clauses (b) - (h) of this section) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that, together with any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this section, does not exceed $5 million. Limitation on Restricted Subsidiary Equity Interests. The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Equity Interests, except for (i) Equity Interests issued to and held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) Equity Interests issued by a Person prior to the time (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) such Person merges with or into a Restricted Subsidiary or (C) a Restricted Subsidiary merges with or into such Person; provided that such Equity Interests were not issued or incurred by such Person in anticipation of the type of transaction contemplated by subclause (A), (B) or (C). Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: (i) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (1) on its Equity Interests or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or 78 (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (A) any Existing Indebtedness; (B) applicable law; (C) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), provided that (1) such restriction is not applicable to any other Person or the properties or assets of any other Person, and (2) the consolidated net income (loss) of such acquired Person for any period prior to such acquisition shall not be taken into account in determining whether such acquisition was permitted by the terms of the Indenture; (D) by reason of customary nonassignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; (E) Purchase Money Indebtedness for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that only impose restrictions on the property so acquired; (F) Refinancing Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive in the aggregate than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced immediately prior to such refinancing; (G) the Credit Agreement; (H) agreements relating to the financing of the acquisition of real or tangible personal property acquired after the date of the Indenture, provided, that such encumbrance or restriction relates only to the property which is acquired and, in the case of any encumbrance or restriction that constitutes a Lien, such Lien constitutes a Purchase Money Lien; or (I) any restriction or encumbrance contained in contracts for sale of assets in respect of the assets being sold pursuant to such contract. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless: (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a non-Affiliated Person; (ii) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Company's Board of Directors; and (iii) the Company delivers to the Trustee: (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate payments in excess of $1.0 million, an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clauses (i) and (ii) above; and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction (or series of related transactions) with an aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million, an opinion from a nationally recognized investment bank to the effect that the transaction is fair to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view; provided that none of the following shall constitute an Affiliate Transaction: 79 (A) employment arrangements (including customary benefits thereunder) entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; (B) transactions solely between or among the Company and its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries or solely between or among Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (C) transactions permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under "Limitation on Restricted Payments;" (D) any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) and any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the holders of Senior Subordinated Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; (E) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party on the Issue Date; (F) services provided to any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company for fees approved by the Board of Directors; and (G) the issuance, sale or other disposition of any Equity Interest (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, including any equity-related agreements relating thereto such as registration rights and voting agreements so long as such agreements do not result in such Equity Interests being Disqualified Stock. Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt. The Company will not Incur (i) any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in ranking in right of payment by its terms to any Senior Debt of the Company and senior in right of payment by its terms to the Senior Subordinated Notes or (ii) any Secured Debt that is not Senior Debt unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Senior Subordinated Notes equally and ratably with such Secured Debt for so long as such Secured Debt is secured by a Lien. The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to Incur (i) any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in ranking in right of payment to its Senior Debt and senior in right of payment to its Subsidiary Guarantee or (ii) any Secured Debt that is not Senior Debt unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure its Subsidiary Guarantee equally and ratably with such Secured Debt for so long as such Secured Debt is secured by a Lien. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Noteholders with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and other reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections. Ratings for Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain by June 30, 1998 the publication of ratings for the Senior Subordinated Notes from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and from Standard and Poor's Ratings Group (or any successor to either of them) or, in the event that either of such entities at such time no longer publishes ratings for long-term debt securities, then any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act). Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be required to commence an Offer to Purchase all Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the 80 requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with an Offer to Purchase Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue thereof. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company and the Initial Purchasers. Management has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Company would decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Company's capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the ability of the Company to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "-Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction. Future indebtedness of the Company may contain prohibitions on the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Company to commence an Offer to Purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes could cause a default under such indebtedness, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such Offer to Purchase on the Company. Finally, the Company's ability to pay cash to the holders of Senior Subordinated Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by the Company's then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make an Offer to Purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes. The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Company's obligation to make an Offer to Purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company will (i) cause each Person which, after the Issue Date, becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture and thereby become a Subsidiary Guarantor bound by the Subsidiary Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes in the form set forth in the Indenture (without such Subsidiary Guarantor being required to execute and deliver its Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed on the Senior Subordinated Notes) and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor is a valid and legally binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantors will, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes on an unsecured senior subordinated basis pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantees as described under "Subordination". See "Risk Factors-Fraudulent Transfer Statutes." All Subsidiary Guarantors may be released from their obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees as described under "-Defeasance", and any Subsidiary Guarantor may be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as described under "-Limitation on Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets." LIMITATION ON MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS (a) The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the Surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 81 (i) the Surviving Person is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii) at the time of and immediately after such Disposition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iv) the Surviving Person will, at the time of such Disposition and after giving pro forma effect thereto, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to EBITDA Ratio test described under "-Certain Covenants-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and (v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture. (b) In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor or all of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, then the Surviving Person of any such merger or consolidation, or such Subsidiary Guarantor, if all of its Equity Interests are sold, shall be released and relieved of any and all obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor if: (1) the Person surviving such merger or consolidation or acquiring the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary Guarantor is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (2) the Net Proceeds from such sale are applied as described under "-Certain Covenants-Limitation on Certain Asset Sales"; and (3) such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its guarantees of other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. (c) Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not such Person is Affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor and whether or not the Guarantor is the Surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless: (1) the Surviving Person is the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (2) the Surviving Person is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (3) the Surviving Person (if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and (4) at the time of and immediately after such Disposition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the definition of all other Terms used in the Indenture. "Accreted Value" means, as of any date (the "Specified Date"), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes: 82 (i) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: SEMI-ANNUAL ACCRUAL DATE ACCRETED VALUE -------------------------- --------------- November 15, 1997 ...... $ 894.69 May 15, 1998 ............ 913.37 November 15, 1998 ...... 933.17 May 15, 1999 ............ 954.17 November 15, 1999 ...... 976.42 May 15, 2000 ............ 1,000.00 (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the original issue price for each $1,000 principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes and (b) an amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue price, multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of 12 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed from the Issue Date to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; (iii) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (b) an amount equal to the product of (1) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date multiplied by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of 12 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or (iv) if the Specified Date occurs after the last Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000. "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person merges with or into, or becomes a Subsidiary of, such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person. "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control of" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with") any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person shall be deemed to be control. "Asset Swap" means the execution of a definitive agreement, subject only to FCC approval and other customary closing conditions, that the Company in good faith believes will be satisfied, for a substantially concurrent purchase and sale, or exchange, of Broadcast Assets between the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person or group of Affiliated Persons; provided that any amendment to or waiver of any closing condition which individually or in the aggregate is material to the Asset Swap shall be deemed to be a new Asset Swap. "Broadcast Assets" means assets used or useful in the ownership or operation of an AM or FM radio station. "Broadcast License" means an authorization issued by the FCC for the operation of an AM or FM radio station. "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at any time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 83 "Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of less than one year from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of less than one year from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities of less than one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any lender party to the Credit Agreement or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or better, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) immediately above, (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and in each case maturing within nine months after the date of acquisition and (vi) interests in money market mutual funds which invest solely in assets or securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(v) immediately above. "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than any or all of the Principal Shareholders or their Related Parties); (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (iii) prior to the first Public Equity Offering of the Company, either (x) the Principal Shareholders and their Related Parties cease to be the beneficial owner of at least 35% of the voting power of the voting stock of the Company or (y) any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Warrantholders acquires, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of the voting power of the voting stock of the Company by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise; (iv) following the first Public Equity Offering of the Company, any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than one or more of the Principal Shareholders and their Related Parties) acquires, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of the voting power of the voting stock of the Company by way of merger or consolidation or otherwise; provided that such acquisition will not constitute a "Change of Control" (x) in the case of a Person or group consisting of the Warrantholders, if and for so long as the Principal Shareholders and Related Parties, individually or collectively, own at least 30% of the voting power of the voting stock of the Company and have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the board of directors of the Company, or (y) in the case of any Person or group not including any Warrantholder, unless or until such Person or group owns, directly or indirectly, more of the voting power of the voting stock of the Company than the Principal Shareholders and their Related Parties; or (v) the Continuing Directors cease for any reason (other than as a result and during the continuance of a default under the Warrant Agreement entitling the Warrantholders to appoint directors) to constitute a majority of the directors of the Company then in office. For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an Equity Interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring voting stock of the Company shall be deemed to be a transfer of such portion of such voting stock as corresponds to the portion of the equity of such entity that has been so transferred. "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" means, with respect to any period, the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense for such period to the extent it represents cash disbursements for such purpose by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period. "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, without duplication, with respect to any period, the sum of (a) the interest expense and all capitalized interest of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation, (i) amortization of debt discount, (ii) 84 the net cost under interest rate contracts (including amortization of debt discount), (iii) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (iv) accrued interest, plus (b) the interest component of any Capital Lease Obligation paid or accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued by the Company during such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP provided, however, that any dividends with respect to the Senior Preferred Stock shall not be considered for purposes of this definition. "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) is a member of that Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (ii) was nominated for election by either (a) one or more of the Principal Shareholders (or a Related Party thereof) or (b) the Board of Directors a majority of whom were directors at the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by one or more of the Principal Shareholders or such directors. "Credit Agreement" means the credit agreement to be entered into by the Company as described in this Prospectus, as such agreement may be amended from time to time. "Debt to EBITDA Ratio" means, with respect to any date, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company (excluding Hedging Obligations, including interest rate swap obligations, that are incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness which Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding) and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date on a consolidated basis, plus the aggregate liquidation preference or redemption amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding any such Disqualified Stock held by the Company of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary), to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to each acquisition or disposition of assets made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the beginning of such four-quarter period through such date as if such acquisition or disposition had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. "Default" means any event that is, or after the giving of notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) the Senior Bank Debt and (ii) any Senior Debt of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors permitted under the Indenture, the principal amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) of which is $10 million or more at the time of designation by the Company (or otherwise available under a committed facility) or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, in a written instrument delivered to the Trustee. "Disposition" means, with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person's assets. "Disqualified Stock" means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than upon a Change of Control of the Company in circumstances where the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes would have similar rights), in whole or in part on or prior to one year after the stated maturity of the Senior Subordinated Notes. The amount of Disqualified Stock shall be the greater of the liquidation preference or mandatory or optional redemption price thereof. "EBITDA" of a specified Person means, for any period, the consolidated net income of such specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period: (i) plus (without duplication and to the extent involved in computing such consolidated net income) (a) interest expense, (b) provision for taxes on income or profits and (c) depreciation and amortization and other non-cash items (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles and barter expenses); and 85 (ii) minus (without duplication and to the extent involved in computing such consolidated net income) (a) any gains (or plus losses), together with any related provision for taxes on such gains or losses, realized in connection with any sale of assets (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions), (b) any non-cash or extraordinary gains (or plus losses), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gains or losses, (c) the amount of any cash payments related to non-cash charges that were added back in determining EBITDA in any prior period and (d) barter revenues; provided, however, that: (i) the net income of any other Person that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to such specified Person whose EBITDA is being determined or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof; (ii) the net income of any other Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary) or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to such specified Person whose EBITDA is being determined or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided, that for purposes of the covenant described under "Certain Covenants-Limitation on Restricted Payments" only, any such dividend or distribution shall be excluded to the extent it has already been included under clause (a)(3)(D) thereof; (iii) the net income (loss) of any other Person acquired after the Issue Date in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded (to the extent otherwise included); and (iv) gains or losses from sales of assets other than sales of assets acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded (to the extent otherwise included). All of the foregoing will be determined in accordance with GAAP. "Equity Interests" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity, and including, in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, such partnership. "Existing Indebtedness" means any outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date, including the Senior Subordinated Notes. "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm's-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. All determinations in the covenants of Fair Market Value shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company and shall be evidenced by a resolution of such Board set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (iii) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession and (iv) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. 86 "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the Obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements, and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Persons against fluctuations in interest rates. "Immediate Family Member" means, with respect to any individual, such individual's spouse (past or current), descendants (natural or adoptive, of the whole or half blood) of the parents of such individual, such individual's grandparents and parents (natural or adoptive), and the grandparents, parents and descendants of parents (natural or adoptive, of the whole or half blood) of such individual's spouse (past or current). "Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term "Incurrence" when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall not be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness. "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, whether or not contingent, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (ii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person, (iv) all Hedging Obligations of such Person, (v) all liabilities of the type referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) immediately above which are secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof to the extent of the value of the property subject to such Lien, and (vi) to the extent not otherwise included, any guarantee by such Person of any other Person's indebtedness or other obligations described in clauses (i) through (v) above; provided, however, in no event shall Senior Preferred Stock (including any and all accrued dividends thereon) be considered "Indebtedness." "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary", the definition of "Restricted Payment" and the covenant described under "-Certain Covenants-Limitation on Restricted Payments", (i) "Investment" shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. "Issue Date" means the date of initial issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Indenture. "License Subsidiary" means Radio One Licenses, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the 87 nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in any asset and any filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction). "Net Cash Proceeds," with respect to any issuance or sale of Equity Interests, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. "Net Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale by any Person, the aggregate cash proceeds received by such Person in respect of such Asset Sale, which amount is equal to the excess, if any, of: (i) the cash received by such Person (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or monetization of, a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) in connection with such Asset Sale, over (ii) the sum of (a) the amount of any Indebtedness including any premium thereon and fees and expenses associated therewith which is required to be repaid by such Person in connection with such Asset Sale, plus (b) the out-of-pocket expenses (1) incurred by such Person in connection with such Asset Sale, and (2) if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary, incurred in connection with the transfer of such amount to the parent company or entity of such Person, plus (c) provision for taxes, including income taxes, attributable to the Asset Sale or attributable to required prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Asset Sale, plus (d) a reasonable reserve for the after-tax costs of any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to the seller's indemnities to the purchaser in respect of such Asset Sale undertaken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale. "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. "Offer to Purchase" means a written offer (an "Offer") sent by the Company to each Holder at his address appearing in the Note Register on the date of the Offer offering to purchase in cash up to the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes specified in such Offer at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Accreted Value of the Senior Subordinated Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Offer shall specify an expiration date ("Expiration Date") of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the date of such Offer and a settlement date ("Purchase Date") for purchase of Senior Subordinated Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company's obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be sent by first class mail by the Company or, at the Company's request and expense, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain information concerning the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries which the Company in good faith believes will enable such Holders to make an informed decision with respect to the Offer to Purchase (which at a minimum will include (i) the most recent annual and quarterly financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained in the documents required to be filed with the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture (which requirements may be satisfied by delivery of such documents together with the Offer), (ii) a description of material developments in the Company's business subsequent to the date of the latest of such financial statements referred to in clause (i) (including a description of the events requiring the Company to make the Offer to Purchase), (iii) if applicable, appropriate pro forma financial information concerning the 88 Offer to Purchase and the events requiring the Company to make the Offer to Purchase and (iv) any other information required by applicable law to be included therein. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state: (1) the Section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being made; (2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date; (3) the aggregate Accreted Value of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes offered to be purchased by the Company (the "Purchase Amount") and the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes offered to be purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less than 100% of the principal amount, the manner by which such has been determined pursuant to the Section hereof requiring the Offer to Purchase); (4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company (the "Purchase Price") for each $1,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to the Indenture); (5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Senior Subordinated Notes registered in the name of such Holder and that any portion of a Senior Subordinated Note tendered must be tendered in an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount; (6) the place or places where Senior Subordinated Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase; (7) that interest on any Senior Subordinated Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue; (8) that on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Senior Subordinated Note being accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date; (9) that each Holder electing to tender a Senior Subordinated Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Senior Subordinated Note at the place or places specified in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Senior Subordinated Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing); (10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Senior Subordinated Notes tendered if the Company (or the Paying Agent) receives, not later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Note that the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Senior Subordinated Note that the Holder tendered and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender; (11) that (a) if Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate Accreted Value less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Senior Subordinated Notes and (b) if Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate Accreted Value in excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase Senior Subordinated Notes having an aggregate Accreted Value equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate so that only Senior Subordinated Notes in denominations of $1,000 principal amount or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased); and 89 (12) that in the case of any Holder whose Senior Subordinated Note is purchased only in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Senior Subordinated Note without service charge, a new Senior Subordinated Note or Senior Subordinated Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of the Senior Subordinated Note so tendered. Any Offer to Purchase will be governed by and effected in accordance with the Offer for such Offer to Purchase. "Permitted Investment" means: (i) any Investment in the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; (iii) any Investment in a Person if, as a result of such Investment, (a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person either (1) is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries and the Company or such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the Surviving Person or the Surviving Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (iv) any Investment in accounts and notes receivable acquired in the ordinary course of business; (v) notes from employees issued to the Company representing payment of the exercise price of options to purchase capital stock of the Company; and (vi) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries represented by Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or assets and property acquired in exchange for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company. Any Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be a Permitted Investment unless permitted pursuant to any of clauses (i) through (vi) above. "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. "Principal Shareholders" means Catherine L. Hughes and Alfred C. Liggins, III and their respective estates, executors and heirs. "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten primary public offering of common stock of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection with the purchase of property or assets for the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. "Purchase Money Lien" means any Lien securing solely Purchase Money Indebtedness. "Refinancing Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or given in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, substitute, defease or refund, any other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock permitted by the terms of the Indenture, and (ii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or given in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, substitute, defease or refund, any other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 90 "Related Party" with respect to any Principal Shareholder means (i) any 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary or Immediate Family Member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal Shareholder or (ii) any Person, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of such Principal Shareholder or an Immediate Family Member, or (iii) any Person employed by the Company in a management capacity as of the Issue Date. "Restricted Payment" with respect to any Person means (i) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other distributions of any sort in respect of its Equity Interests (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving such Person) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its Equity Interests (other than distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) and dividends or distributions payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and other than pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation)), (ii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any Person or of any Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary), including the exercise of any option to exchange any Equity Interests (other than its Equity Interests of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock), (iii) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any Subordinated Debt (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Debt purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition) or (iv) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than a Permitted Investment). "Restricted Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Secured Debt" means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien. "Senior Bank Debt" means the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement and any other agreement that replaces the Credit Agreement or otherwise refunds or refinances any or all of the indebtedness thereunder. "Senior Debt" means: (i) with respect to the Company, the principal of and interest (including post-petition interest whether or not allowed as a claim) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company under the terms of the Indenture, including the Credit Agreement, (including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and all other charges, fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Indebtedness), whether presently outstanding or hereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness or pursuant to which such Indebtedness is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes; and (ii) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, the principal of and interest (including post- petition interest whether or not allowed as a claim) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by such Subsidiary Guarantor under the terms of the Indenture, including the Credit Agreement, (including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and all other charges, fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Indebtedness), whether presently outstanding or hereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness or pursuant to which such Indebtedness is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include (A) any Indebtedness consisting of Disqualified Stock, (B) any liability for federal, state, local, or other taxes, (C) any Indebtedness among or between the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their Affiliates, (D) any trade payables 91 and any Indebtedness to trade creditors (other than amounts accrued thereon) incurred for the purchase of goods or materials, or for services obtained, in the ordinary course of business or any Obligations to trade creditors in respect of any such Indebtedness, or (E) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture. "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof. "Subordinated Debt" means any Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor if the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness or pursuant to which such Indebtedness is outstanding expressly provides that such Indebtedness is (i) if incurred by the Company, subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes, or (ii) if incurred by a Subsidiary Guarantor, subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor. "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of all Voting Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees or other governing body thereof is at the time owned or controlled by such Person (regardless of whether such Equity Interests are owned directly or through one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof). "Subsidiary Guarantees" means the guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors. "Subsidiary Guarantors" means License Subsidiary and each other Subsidiary of the Company that executes and delivers the Indenture as contemplated by the covenant described under "-Certain Covenants-Future Subsidiary Guarantors." "Surviving Person" means, with respect to any Person involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided below) and (ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if all of the following conditions apply: (a) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries provides credit support for any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness) other than capital contributions or other Restricted Payments permitted under the covenant "Limitation on Restricted Payments," (b) such Subsidiary is not liable, directly or indirectly, with respect to any Indebtedness other than Unrestricted Subsidiary Indebtedness, (c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding at such time with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company except for transactions with affiliates permitted by the terms of the Indenture unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company (the "Third Party Value") or, in the event such condition is not satisfied, an amount equal to the value of the portion of such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding to such Subsidiary in excess of the Third Party Value shall be deemed a Restricted Payment, and (d) such Unrestricted Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest in or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company that has not theretofore been and is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee of a board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (i) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the restrictions under the "- 92 Certain Covenants-Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covenant and (ii) all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred on the date such Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary. "Unrestricted Subsidiary Indebtedness" of any Unrestricted Subsidiary means Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which is non-recourse to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (i) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is directly or indirectly liable (by virtue of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary being the primary obligor on, guarantor of, or otherwise liable in any respect to, such Indebtedness) and (ii) which, upon the occurrence of a default with respect thereto, does not result in, or permit any holder of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare, a default on such Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity. "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer's option. "Voting Equity Interest" of a Person means all classes of Equity Interest or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. "Warrant Agreement" means the Warrantholders' Agreement dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended from time to time, among the Company, the Principal Shareholders, Jerry Moore and the Warrantholders. "Warrantholders" means the holders of warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement and, in the case of any such holders, shares of Common Stock issued in exchange therefor. "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required scheduled payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness. "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary all of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests (other than directors' qualifying shares) of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or a Surviving Person of any Disposition involving the Company, as the case may be. EVENTS OF DEFAULT The following will be Events of Default under the Indenture: (a) failure to pay (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture) principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Senior Subordinated Note when due; (b) failure to pay (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture) any interest on any Senior Subordinated Note when due, continued for 30 days; (c) failure to redeem or purchase (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture) any Senior Subordinated Note when required pursuant to the Indenture, including in connection with any Offer to Purchase as described under "-Certain Covenants-Change of Control" and "-Limitation on Certain Asset Sales;" (d) failure to comply with the provisions described under "-Limitation on Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets;" (e) failure to perform any other covenant or agreement of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees continued for 30 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding; (f) default under the terms of any instrument evidencing or securing Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an outstanding principal amount of $5.0 million individually or in the aggregate which default results in the acceleration of the payment 93 of such Indebtedness or constitutes the failure to pay such Indebtedness when due at final maturity and such non-payment shall have continued for 30 days; (g) the rendering of a final judgment or judgments (not subject to appeal) against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an amount in excess of $5.0 million which remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days after the later of (A) entry of such final judgment or decree and (B) the date on which the right to appeal has expired; (h) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (i) a Subsidiary Guarantee of a significant Subsidiary of the Company ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiary Guarantee) or a Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligation under its Subsidiary Guarantee. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes may declare the Accreted Value of and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on all the Senior Subordinated Notes to be due and payable (collectively, the "Default Amount"). Upon such a declaration, the Default Amount shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs and is continuing, the Default Amount on all the Senior Subordinated Notes will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and its consequences. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder of a Senior Subordinated Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder of a Senior Subordinated Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each holder of the Senior Subordinated Notes notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal or interest on any Senior Subordinated Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers determines that withholding notice is not opposed to the interest of the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. GOVERNING LAW The Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees are governed by the laws of the State of New York. 94 DEFEASANCE The Company at any time may terminate all its obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Indenture ("legal defeasance"), except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Senior Subordinated Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior Subordinated Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company at any time may terminate its obligations under the covenants described under "-Certain Covenants", the operation of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries, the judgment default provision and the Subsidiary Guarantee provisions described under Events of Default and the limitations contained in clause (a) (iv) and (c) under "Limitation on Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets" above ("covenant defeasance"). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (c), (f), (g), (h) (with respect only to Restricted Subsidiaries) or (i) under "Events of Default" above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (a) (iv) or (c) under "Limitation on Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets" above. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guaranty and the Security Agreements. In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably deposit in trust (the "defeasance trust") with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law). MODIFICATION AND WAIVER Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each Senior Subordinated Note then outstanding affected thereby, (a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Senior Subordinated Note, (b) reduce the principal amount of (or the premium), or interest on, any Senior Subordinated Note, (c) change the place or currency of payment of principal of (or premium), or interest on, any Senior Subordinated Note, (d) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Senior Subordinated Note, (e) reduce the above-stated percentage of Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding necessary to modify or amend the Indenture, (f) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults, (g) modify any provisions of the Indenture relating to the modification and amendment of the Indenture or the waiver of past defaults or covenants, except as otherwise specified, (h) modify any of the provisions of the Indenture relating to the subordination of the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees in a manner materially adverse to the holders, (i) modify any provisions of the Indenture relating to the guarantee by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of the Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries or (j) following the mailing of any Offer to Purchase, modify any Offer to Purchase for the 95 Senior Subordinated Notes required under covenants described under "Certain Covenants-Limitation on Certain Asset Sales" and "-Change of Control" in a manner materially adverse to the holders thereof. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, on behalf of all holders of Senior Subordinated Notes, may waive compliance by the Company with certain restrictive provisions of the Indenture. Subject to certain rights of the Trustee, as provided in the Indenture, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding, on behalf of all holders of Senior Subordinated Notes, may waive any past default under the Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest, a default arising from failure to purchase any Senior Subordinated Note tendered pursuant to an Offer to Purchase or a default in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected. THE TRUSTEE The Indenture will provide that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs. The Indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions with the Company or any Affiliate; provided, that if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the Indenture or in the Trust Indenture Act), it must eliminate such conflict or resign. 96 THE EXCHANGE OFFER PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER The Notes were originally sold by the Company on May 19, 1997 to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Purchasers subsequently resold the Notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to a limited number of institutional accredited investors that agreed to comply with certain transfer restrictions and other conditions. As a condition to the Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into the Registration Rights Agreement with the Initial Purchasers (the "Registration Rights Agreement") pursuant to which the Company has agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes, at the Company's cost, to use its best efforts to (i) file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement within 45 days after the date of the original issue of the Notes with the Commission with respect to the Exchange Offer for the Exchange Notes, and (ii) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 150 days after the date of original issuance of the Notes. Upon the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective, the Company will offer the Exchange Notes in exchange for surrender of the Notes. The Company will keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 calendar days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the holders of the Notes. For each Note surrendered to the Company pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the holder of such Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Note. Interest on each Exchange Note will accrue from the date of its original issue. Under existing interpretations of the staff of the Commission contained in several no-action letters to third parties, the Exchange Notes would in general be freely tradeable after the Exchange Offer without further registration under the Securities Act. However, any purchaser of Notes who is an "affiliate" of the Company or who intends to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (i) will not be able to rely on the interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) will not be able to tender its Notes in the Exchange Offer and (iii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the Notes, unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. Each holder of the Notes (other than certain specified holders) who wishes to exchange the Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent in the Letter of Transmittal that (i) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (ii) the Exchange Notes to be received by it were acquired in the ordinary course of its business and (iii) at the time of commencement of the Exchange Offer, it has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes. In addition, each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such Participating BrokerDealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." The Commission has taken the position that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the Notes) with the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons, if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with the resale of such Exchange Notes. In the event that changes in the law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission do not permit the Company to effect such an Exchange Offer, or if for any other reason the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 180 days after the original issue date of the Notes, or if any holder of the Notes (other than an "affiliate" of the Company or the Initial Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer, or upon the request of the Initial Purchaser under certain circumstances, the Company will, at its cost, (a) as promptly as practicable, file the Shelf Registration Statement covering resales of the Notes, (b) use its best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (c) use its best efforts to keep effective the Shelf Registration 97 Statement until the earlier of three years after its effective date and such time as all of the applicable Notes have been sold thereunder. The Company will, in the event of the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement, provide to each applicable holder of the Notes copies of the prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such holder when the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Notes. A holder of Notes that sells such Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement which are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification obligations). In addition, each holder of the Notes will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement in order to have their Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and to benefit from the provisions set forth in the following paragraph. If (i) by July 3, 1997, neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC; (ii) by November 17, 1997, neither the Exchange Offer is consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective; or (iii) after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection with resales of Notes or Exchange Notes in accordance with and during the periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a "Registration Default"), additional cash interest will accrue on the Notes and the Exchange Notes, in each case at the rate of 0.50% per annum from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Such interest is payable in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with respect to the Notes and the Exchange Notes. The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by, all the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of the Notes who were eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer but who did not tender their Notes will not have any further registration rights and such Notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for such Notes could be adversely affected. TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept any and all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The Company will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding Notes accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However, Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000. The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Notes except that (i) the Exchange Notes bear a Series B designation and a different CUSIP Number from the Notes, (ii) the Exchange Notes have been registered under the Securities Act and hence will not bear legends restricting the transfer thereof and (iii) the holders of the Exchange Notes will not be entitled to certain rights under the Registration Rights Agreement, including the provisions providing for an increase in the interest rate on the Notes in certain circumstances relating to the timing of the Exchange Offer, all of which rights will terminate when the Exchange Offer is terminated. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. As of the date of this Prospectus, $85,478,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes were outstanding. The Company has fixed the close of business on , 1997 as the record date for the 98 Exchange Offer for purposes of determining the persons to whom this Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal will be mailed initially. Holders of Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters' rights under the General Corporation Law of Delaware or the Indenture in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Company intends to conduct the Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The Company shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Notes when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from the Company. If any tendered Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or otherwise, the certificates for any such unaccepted Notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date. Holders who tender Notes in the Exchange Offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and expenses, other than transfer taxes in certain circumstances, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See "-Fees and Expenses." EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS The term "Expiration Date" shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 1997, unless the Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in which case the term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended. In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the registered holders an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to delay accepting any Notes, to extend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the Exchange Offer if any of the conditions set forth below under "-Conditions" shall not have been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the Exchange Agent or (ii) to amend the terms of the Exchange Offer in any manner. Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the registered holders. INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES The Exchange Notes will bear interest from their date of issuance. Holders of Notes that are accepted for exchange will receive, in cash, accrued interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance of the Exchange Notes. Such interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the Exchange Notes on November 15, 1997. Interest on the Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the Exchange Notes. Interest on the Exchange Notes is payable semi-annually on each May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 1997. PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING For a holder of Notes to tender Notes validly pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantee, or (in the case of a book-entry transfer), an Agent's Message in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "Exchange Agent" prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. In addition, 99 prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, either (a) certificates for tendered Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent at such address or (b) such Notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below (and a confirmation of such tender received by the Exchange Agent, including an Agent's Message if the tendering holder has not delivered a Letter of Transmittal). The term "Agent's Message" means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the confirmation of a book-entry transfer, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering Notes which are the subject of such book-entry confirmation, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal and that the Company may enforce such agreement against such participant. In the case of an Agent's Message relating to guaranteed delivery, the term means a message transmitted by DTC and received by the Exchange Agent, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in DTC tendering Notes that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. By tendering Notes pursuant to the procedures set forth above, each holder will make to the Company the representations set forth above in the third paragraph under the heading "- Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer." The tender by a holder and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute agreement between such holder and the Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF NOTES AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE HOLDER. AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO DELIVERY BY MAIL, HOLDERS MAY WISH TO CONSIDER OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. HOLDERS MAY REQUEST THEIR RESPECTIVE BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE TRANSACTIONS FOR SUCH HOLDERS. Any beneficial owner whose Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner's behalf. See "Instruction to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Owner" included with the Letter of Transmittal. Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined below) unless the Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a member firm of the Medallion System (an "Eligible Institution"). If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any Notes listed therein, such Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power, signed by such registered holder as such registered holder's name appears on such Notes with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If the Letter of Transmittal or any Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, offices of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal. 100 The Company understands that the Exchange Agent will make a request promptly after the date of this Prospectus to establish accounts with respect to the Notes at the book-entry transfer facility, The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility"), for the purpose of facilitating the Exchange Offer, and subject to the establishment thereof, any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's system may make book-entry delivery of Notes by causing such Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Notes into the Exchange Agent's account with respect to the Notes in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's procedures for such transfer. Although delivery of the Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, an appropriate Letter of Transmittal properly completed and duly executed with any required signature guarantee, or (in the case of a book-entry transfer) an Agent's Message in lieu of the Letter of Transmittal, and all other required documents must in each case be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth below on or prior to the Expiration Date, or, if the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with, within the time period provided under such procedures. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent and DTC have confirmed that the Exchange Offer is eligible for the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP"). Accordingly, DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the Exchange Offer by causing DTC to transfer Notes to the Exchange Agent in accordance with DTC's ATOP procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an Agent's Message to the Exchange Agent. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance of tendered Notes and withdrawal of tendered Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Notes not properly tendered or any Notes the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right in its sole discretion to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends, to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES Holders who wish to tender their Notes and (i) whose Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent or (iii) who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer, prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if: (a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution; (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of such Notes and the principal amount of Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) together with the certificate(s) representing the Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility), and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and 101 (c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (of facsimile thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility), and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent upon five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above. WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. To withdraw a tender of Notes in the Exchange Offer, a telegram, telex, letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number(s) and principal amount of such Notes, or, in the case of Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect to the Notes register the transfer of such Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (iv) specify the name in which any such Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under "Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date. CONDITIONS Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange Notes for, any Exchange Notes, and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided herein before the acceptance of such Notes, if: (a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer which, in the sole judgment of the Company, might materially impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or any material adverse development has occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or (b) any law, statute, rule, regulation or interpretation by the staff of the Commission is proposed, adopted or enacted, which, in the sole judgment of the Company, might materially impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or materially impair the contemplated benefits of the Exchange Offer to the Company; or (c) any governmental approval has not been obtained, which approval the Company shall, in its sole discretion, deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby. If the Company determines in its sole discretion that any of the conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Notes and return all tendered Notes to the tendering holders, (ii) extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, 102 subject, however, to the rights of holders to withdraw such Notes (see "-Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive such unsatisfied conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Notes which have not been withdrawn. EXCHANGE AGENT United States Trust Company of New York has been appointed as Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed as follows: United States Trust Company of New York 114 West 47th Street New York, New York 10036-1532 Delivery to an address other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery. FEES AND EXPENSES The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by the Company. The principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation may be made by telegraph, telecopy, telephone or in person by officers and regular employees of the Company and its affiliates. The Company has not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will be paid by the Company. Such expenses include fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. ACCOUNTING TREATMENT The Exchange Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Notes, which is face value, as reflected in the Company's accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by the Company. The expenses of the Exchange Offer will be expensed over the term of the Exchange Notes. CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE The Notes that are not exchanged for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such Notes may be resold only (i) to the Company (upon redemption thereof or otherwise), (ii) so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company), (iii) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, or (iv) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. RESALE OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES With respect to resales of Exchange Notes, based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, the Company believes that a holder or other person who receives Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder (other than a person that is an 103 "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who receives Exchange Notes in exchange for Notes in the ordinary course of business and who is not participating, does not intend to participate, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, will be allowed to resell the Exchange Notes to the public without further registration under the Securities Act and without delivering to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes a prospectus that satisfies the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act. However, if any holder acquires Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing or participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, such holder cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission enunciated in such no-action letters or any similar interpretive letters, and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Further, each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. As contemplated by these no-action letters and the Registration Rights Agreement, each holder accepting the Exchange Offer is required to represent to the Company in the Letter of Transmittal that (i) the Exchange Notes are to be acquired by the holder or the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the holder, in the ordinary course of business, (ii) the holder or any such other person (other than a broker-dealer referred to in the next sentence) is not engaging and does not intend to engage, in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the holder or any such other person has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iv) neither the holder nor any such other person is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and (v) the holder or any such other person acknowledges that if such holder or other person participates in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes it must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes and cannot rely on those no-action letters. As indicated above, each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives an Exchange Note for its own account in exchange for Notes must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. For a description of the procedures for such resales by Participating Broker-Dealers, see "Plan of Distribution." 104 DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS NEW CREDIT FACILITY The Company will either (i) amend and restate the Existing Credit Facility pursuant to a commitment letter with the Bank that expires on July 31, 1997, or (ii) terminate the Existing Credit Facility. The Company is currently exploring alternative financing sources from other senior lenders that may be willing to provide the Company with a revolving credit facility on terms more favorable to the Company. If the Company enters into the New Credit Facility, the New Credit Facility would provide a revolving credit facility in a combined amount of $7.5 million consisting of a $5.0 million tranche (the "Tranche A Facility") which would be available until a maturity date three years from the closing under the New Credit Facility and a $2.5 million tranche (the "Tranche B Facility") which would be available at such time the Tranche A Facility has been fully funded and the Company is making an escrow deposit for an acquisition to be made pursuant to an acquisition agreement previously approved by the Bank. The proceeds of the Tranche A Facility and, once funded, the Tranche B Facility may be borrowed, prepaid and reborrowed and letters of credit may be issued thereunder, subject to a limit of $1.0 million with respect to the Tranche A Facility and $2.5 million with respect to the Tranche B Facility, provided that borrowings under the Tranche B Facility must be repaid at such time as the related acquisition is consummated. The New Credit Facility would terminate on the third anniversary of its closing, at which time any outstanding principal balance together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon would become due and payable. All amounts borrowed under the New Credit Facility would be guaranteed by each of the Company's direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries. The New Credit Facility would be secured by a first priority perfected security interest in: (i) all of the Common Stock of the Company and its direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries, including all warrants or options and other similar securities to purchase such securities and (ii) substantially all of the assets of the Company and its direct and indirect Restricted Subsidiaries (except for certain unrestricted subsidiaries) including, without limitation, any and all FCC licenses to the maximum extent permitted by law. Generally, the Company would have the option to select the interest rate and interest payment dates on borrowings under the New Credit Facility as either (i) 1.375% plus the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Rate (to be defined in the new credit agreement governing the New Credit Facility) plus 0.5%, and (b) the prime rate of the Bank, with interest payable on the last day of each calendar quarter, or (ii) subject to legality and availability, the Eurodollar Rate (to be defined in the credit agreement) during interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, with interest payable on the last day of each such interest period and at the end of each 3-month period during each such interest period. Following the occurrence of and during the continuation of an event of default (to be defined in the credit agreement), interest will accrue at the then applicable rates, plus 2% to the end of any then existing interest period, and thereafter at the prime rate of the Bank plus 1.375% plus 2%. The Company will pay the Bank a facility fee equal to approximately $75,000 at the closing of the New Credit Facility and $9,375 will be payable on the date of the initial extension of credit under the Tranche B Facility. Additionally, commencing at the closing, the Company would pay a commitment fee of (i) 1/2% per annum of the unused portion of the Tranche A Facility and (ii) 1/4% per annum of the total amount of the Tranche B Facility until the date borrowings under the Tranche B Facility are available, then 1/2% per annum of the unused portion of the Tranche B Facility. In addition, the Company would pay the Bank a letter of credit fee equal to the greater of $500 and 1% of the face amount of each letter of credit. The outstanding principal balance of the New Credit Facility would automatically be reduced in an amount equal to 100% of the net proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of (i) assets the net proceeds of which exceed $50,000 singularly or in the aggregate in any fiscal year and which are not reinvested in broadcast assets within 270 days of such sale, provided that whenever the aggregate net proceeds realized since the Issue Date equals or exceeds $4,750,000, then all net proceeds from such asset sales thereafter which are not reinvested as aforesaid, shall be used to prepay advances and to permanently reduce the applicable Commitment (as defined in the New Credit Facility), (ii) the public or private issuance of indebtedness (other than indebtedness permitted 105 under the New Credit Facility) after closing, or (iii) the public or private issuance of equity securities after closing except to the extent that such proceeds are used to make permitted investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an event of default under the New Credit Facility exists, all such net proceeds described above will also reduce the applicable Commitment. The New Credit Facility would restrict the incurrence of indebtedness in excess of that permitted by the Senior Subordinated Notes; certain liens; loans, investments and certain transactions with affiliates of the Company; certain restricted payments; dividends, distributions or stock repurchases; redemption of any Senior Preferred Stock; amendments to certain agreements between stockholders; the payment of management fees; mergers and acquisitions; sales of assets; changes in the business of the Company; and changes of control of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the New Credit Facility would not restrict the payment of interest payable on the Senior Subordinated Notes. All of the terms described herein with respect to the New Credit Facility are based on draft documents existing as of the date hereof, and the commitment letter with the Bank. If the Company enters into the New Credit Facility, certain of such terms may change and there can be no assurance that such would not be material or adverse to the Company. DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK The Company's authorized capital stock consists of (i) 2,000 authorized shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), which consist of (a) 1,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the "Class A Common Stock"), of which 138.45 shares are issued and outstanding, and (b) 1,000 shares of Class B Common Stock (the "Class B Common Stock"), of which no shares are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 250,000 authorized shares of Senior Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, which consist of (a) 100,000 shares of Series A 15% Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Series A Senior Preferred Stock"), of which 84,843.03 shares are issued and outstanding, and (b) 150,000 shares of Series B 15% Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "Series B Senior Preferred Stock"), of which 124,467.10 shares are issued and outstanding. There is no established trading market for the Common Stock or the Senior Preferred Stock. COMMON STOCK Dividends. Holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Company's Board of Directors out of funds legally available for such purpose. The payment of dividends is currently restricted by the Indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (as defined) and will be restricted by the New Credit Facility, if it is entered into by the Company. See "Description of Exchange Notes-Certain Covenants- Limitation on Restricted Payments" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness-New Credit Facility." Voting Rights. Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock vote as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders except as otherwise required by law. Except to the extent required by applicable law, holders of shares of Class B Common Stock have no right to vote on any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Under Delaware law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of any class of the Common Stock voting as a separate class is required to approve, among other things, a change in the designations, preferences and limitations of the shares of such class of Common Stock. Certain extraordinary transactions (such as a merger or a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company) require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. Liquidation Rights. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets available for distribution after payment in full of all obligations to creditors of the Company and to the holders of Senior Preferred Stock. Other Provisions. The holders of Common Stock are not entitled to preemptive or subscription rights under the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The shares of Common Stock presently outstanding are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. 106 Conversion. Holders of shares of either Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock have the right at any time to convert all or a portion of the shares of the class of Common Stock so held into the same number of shares of the other class of Common Stock. Ownership Restrictions. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company restricts the ownership, voting and transfer of the Company's capital stock in accordance with the Communications Act and the rules of the FCC, to prohibit ownership of the Company's outstanding capital stock (or the voting rights it represents) by or for the account of aliens or corporations otherwise subject to domination or control by aliens. SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK Dividends. Dividends on the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock will accumulate at the rate of 15% per annum and will compound annually. The Company may, at its option, pay dividends either in cash or by accumulating such dividends. In the event that the Company breaches one of the covenants contained in the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (and fails to cure such breach during the applicable cure period), the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock may elect, by notifying the Company in writing, to have the accrual rate for dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock increased to 18% per annum until such breach has been waived or cured; provided, however, in the event the Company fails to meet certain minimum cash flow, revenue or EBITDA targets relating exclusively to the operations of WPHI-FM, the dividend rate on the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall be retroactively increased to 17% per annum from the date of issuance until such time as such default is cured or waived by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock. The payment of dividends are restricted by the Indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes and will be restricted by the New Credit Facility, if it is entered into by the Company. In addition, the payment of dividends may be restricted by any other agreement governing indebtedness for borrowed money permitted by the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement together with the Indenture and the New Credit Facility,, the "Debt Agreements"). See "Description of Exchange Notes-Certain Covenants-Limitation on Restricted Payments." Voting Rights. The Senior Preferred Stock will be non-voting, except with respect to certain amendments to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and as otherwise required by law. Under Delaware law, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock voting as a separate class is required to approve, among other things, a change in the designations, preferences and limitations of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock. Liquidation Rights. Upon the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Company, holders of the Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive $100 per share, plus accumulated but unpaid dividends thereon, if any, before any payments shall be made to holders of the Common Stock. The Senior Preferred Stock shall rank senior to all other outstanding classes of equity securities. The Company shall not be permitted to authorize any new class of equity security without the approval of at least a majority of the shares of the Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as one class. Redemption Rights. The shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall be redeemed on May 29, 2005 (the "Mandatory Redemption Date"). The redemption of Senior Preferred Stock will be restricted by applicable law and by the terms of the Debt Agreements. See "Description of Exchange Notes-Certain Covenants-Limitation on Restricted Payments." Subject to applicable law and the terms of the Debt Agreements, the Company, at its sole option, may redeem then outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Senior Preferred Stock's liquidation value (plus any accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon) as follows: - - The Company may redeem all or a portion of the outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any holder of Series B Senior Preferred Stock shall have the right to have its shares redeemed as well (such redemptions will take place on a pro rata basis so that the Company will not be required to (although it may elect to) redeem more shares of Senior Preferred Stock than it originally called for redemption from the holders of Series A Senior Preferred Stock). 107 - - So long as the Company has paid in full all accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, the Company may redeem shares of Senior Preferred Stock having an aggregate liquidation value of $2.0 million, which redemption shall be on a pro rata basis among all holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock. - - At any time and from time to time on or after June 6, 1999, the Company may redeem all or a portion of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock (such redemptions to take place on a pro rata basis). Subject to applicable law and the terms of the Debt Agreements, the holders of Senior Preferred Stock may require the Company to redeem the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Senior Preferred Stock's liquidation value (plus any accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon) as follows: - - The holders of shares of Series B Senior Preferred Stock shall have the right to require the Company to redeem their shares of Series B Preferred in the event that the Company exercises its option to redeem shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock (such redemptions will take place on a pro rata basis so that the Company will not be required to (although it may elect to) redeem more shares of Senior Preferred Stock than it originally called for redemption from the holders of Series A Senior Preferred Stock). - - Upon the occurrence of the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock (other than an offering made in connection with a business acquisition or combination or an employee benefit plan), the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall have the right to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock including any and all accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon but only to the extent of the net proceeds to the Company from the public sale of such Common Stock. - - Once all of the Company's outstanding indebtedness for money borrowed has been finally and indefeasibly paid in full in cash (including, without limitation, the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Standstill Agreement)), and any commitment to fund related thereto shall have been terminated, if any covenant under the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement discussed below is then in breach and such breach has not been cured during the applicable cure period, then, following the expiration of such cure period and continuing until such time as the breach is cured, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall have the right to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock (such redemptions to take place on a pro rata basis among all holders of shares of Senior Preferred Stock). Preferred Stockholders' Agreement. The Company is subject to certain restrictions, and the holders of Senior Preferred Stock are entitled to certain rights, under the terms of a Preferred Stockholders' Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 entered into by the Company, Radio One Licenses, Inc., the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock, Alfred C. Liggins, III, Catherine L. Hughes and Jerry A. Moore (the "Preferred Stockholders' Agreement"). Under the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement, for so long as the Senior Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is obligated to satisfy certain financial tests in respect of broadcast cash flow for the Company as a whole, corporate overhead expense and capital expenditures. In addition, for so long as any Senior Preferred Stock or Warrants are outstanding, the Company is required to comply with certain financial statement delivery requirements as well as covenants that restrict the Company's ability to incur indebtedness for borrowed money or liens, sell a material portion of its assets, merge with or acquire additional businesses, make loans to or investments in others, enter into sale-leaseback transactions, amend its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, change its accounting policies, engage in affiliated transactions, or declare or pay dividends or sell or issue capital stock. Generally, compliance with the terms of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement may be waived by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock. However, any amendments to the covenants regarding the prohibition on mergers and acquisitions of additional businesses or the distribution, redemption or issuance of capital stock will require the consent of the holders of at least eighty percent of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock. Additionally, the Company shall be obligated to indemnify the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock against certain tax 108 obligations which may adversely affect such holders as a result of the Existing Notes Exchange. The Company's failure to comply with any covenants or financial tests set forth in the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement shall give rise to the rights set forth below. In addition, the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement provides that at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock the Company will, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement (as defined), within four months of the occurrence of any of the following events, enter into a signed agreement for the sale of the Company or the assets thereof or a signed financing commitment letter with an institutional lender, providing for sufficient funds to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Debt Agreements, the liquidation value of the outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock (including all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) and the value of the Warrants, and close such transaction upon FCC approval but in any event within four months of such signed agreement: (1) the Company fails to redeem any Senior Preferred Stock and such failure continues for five days after such redemption is required; (2) the Company, without the prior written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, breaches and does not cure within the applicable periods, (x) the corporate overhead expense covenant or the distributions, redemptions or issuances of capital stock covenant by more than $250,000, (y) the indebtedness covenant, the lien covenant, the sale of assets covenant or the guaranties covenant, in each case by more than a specified amount, or (z) the no merger or acquisition of additional businesses covenant in any material manner; or (3) the Company fails to meet certain minimum trailing twelve month broadcast cash flow hurdles for two consecutive quarter end dates. In connection with the foregoing, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Senior Preferred Stock have the right to expand the Company's board of directors to nine members, thereby giving them the right to control the board, subject to FCC approval. However, the right to cause a sale or refinancing of the Company pursuant to the foregoing is subject to the Standstill Agreement which was entered into with the Trustee, on behalf of the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and the Bank as of May 19, 1997 (the "Standstill Agreement"). Under the Standstill Agreement, if either the Trustee or, if the Company enters into the New Credit Facility, the Bank, is actively pursuing its rights under the Indenture or the New Credit Facility, as the case may be, the holders of Senior Preferred Stock may not cause the sale or refinancing of the Company. Forced Sale Rights. Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock have the option to cause the sale or refinancing of the entire business of, or all of the equity interests in, the Company upon the first to occur of the following: (1) a breach of the Company's put/call obligations under the Warrantholders' Agreement which has not been cured within 30 days after written notice thereof; (2) a breach by the Company of the forced sale or refinancing covenant contained in the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (see "Description of Capital Stock-General"); or (3) a breach of the Company's demand registration obligations under the Warrantholders' Agreement. In connection with the foregoing, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Senior Preferred Stock have the right to expand the Company's board of directors to nine members, thereby giving them the right to control the board, subject to FCC approval. Prior to or upon the consummation of the sale or refinancing, the Company must repay in full all outstanding indebtedness for money borrowed (including without limitation the Senior Indebtedness). However, the right to cause a sale or refinancing of the Company pursuant to the foregoing is subject to the Standstill Agreement, which provides that if any or all of the holders of Senior Indebtedness are actively pursuing their rights under the Debt Agreements, the holders of Senior Preferred Stock may not cause the sale or refinancing of the Company. WARRANTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK General. The Company has outstanding warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of 147.04 shares (or approximately 51.5%) of the Company's outstanding Common Stock on a fully diluted basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of the amended and restated warrant certificates dated as of May 19, 1997, issued by the Company (the "Warrant Certificates"), subject to FCC approval. Each registered holder of Warrants is referred to herein as a "Warrant Holder." The Warrants were originally issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, among Radio One, the investors named therein and the management stockholders named therein (the "Securities Purchase Agreement") and were amended and restated in connection with the Existing Notes Ex- 109 change. The Warrants are subject to the Warrantholders' Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, among Radio One, the stockholders named therein and the investors named therein, as amended by the First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997 (the "Warrantholders' Agreement") and are entitled to certain benefits under the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement. A copy of each of the Warrant Certificates, the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement and the Warrantholders' Agreement (collectively, the "Warrant Documents") can be obtained, upon request, from the Company. The Securities Purchase Agreement was substantially terminated upon the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange. The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Warrant Documents. Terms of Exercise. Each Warrant entitles the Warrant Holder, subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Warrant Documents, to purchase one share of the Company's Common Stock, or such other number of shares of Common Stock as may be determined in accordance with the adjustment terms of the Warrant Certificate, at a price per share of $100, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Certificate (the "Warrant Price"). Each Warrant is exercisable (i) by Warrant Holders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock or (ii) at any time after the redemption of all of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock, by the Warrant Holder of such Warrant, except that if a Warrant Holder is a Specialized Small Business Investment Company (as defined in the Warrant Certificate), the Warrant held by such Warrant Holder may not be exercised after the sixth anniversary of the redemption in full of all Senior Preferred Stock held by such Warrant Holder. Each Warrant is exercisable upon the completion of certain procedures specified in the Warrant Certificate including surrender to the Company of the underlying Warrant Certificate together with the payment to the Company of (a) cash in an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price or (b) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company having a fair market value (as defined in the Warrant Certificate) equal to the then applicable Warrant Price. In the alternative, the Warrant Holder may exercise each of its Warrants, on a net basis, such that, without the exchange of any funds, the Warrant Holder will receive that number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Warrant less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value (as defined in the Warrant Certificate) at the time of exercise equal to the applicable Warrant Price. Put and Call Rights. Following the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange, the holders of Senior Preferred Stock representing a majority of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock may, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, elect to require the Company to purchase all outstanding Warrants (and other equity securities identified in the Warrantholders' Agreement) held by all of the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock and all of the holders of the Warrants (collectively, the "Put/Call Securities") at any time on or after: (i) the redemption in full of the Senior Preferred Stock, (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company (subject to certain exceptions contained in the Warrantholders' Agreement and the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement), or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company or any subsidiary (subject to certain exceptions contained in the Warrantholders' Agreement and the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement); provided, however, that the Company's obligation to repurchase such Put/Call Securities shall arise only to the extent permitted by the terms of the Debt Agreements and the Standstill Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, each holder of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock may also require the Company to purchase all outstanding Put/Call Securities held by such holder on the Mandatory Redemption Date upon 120 days prior written notice to the Company. At the election of the Company, the Company may repurchase all, but not less than all, of the Put/Call Securities then outstanding at any time after the Mandatory Redemption Date, so long as: (i) there is no outstanding request for demand registration pursuant to the Warrantholders' Agreement, and (ii) all of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock have been redeemed in full (including all accrued but unpaid dividends) on or prior to the closing of such repurchase. The purchase price of the Put/Call Securities to be purchased by the Company (whether at the option of the Company or at the option of one or more holders of the Put/Call Securities) is the Net Equity Value (as defined in the Warrantholders' Agreement) of such purchased Put/Call Securities. 110 Registration Rights. Subject to certain conditions and exceptions, if at any time or times, the Company shall determine to, or be required to, register any shares of its Common Stock for sale under the Securities Act, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Warrantholders' Agreement) that holders of such Registrable Securities request to be registered. Generally, if on any two occasions after the earlier of (a) 180 days after the initial public offering of the Company, and (b) June 6, 1998, holders of at least 66-% of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock notify the Company in writing that they intend to offer or cause to be offered for public sale all or any portion of their Registrable Securities, the Company shall notify all holders of Registrable Securities and either (i) elect to make a primary offering of its Common Stock or (ii) use its best efforts to cause the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities requested to be registered. Rights to Participate in Sales of Securities. Subject to certain conditions and exceptions, the Company can not sell or issue any shares of capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary, or any bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary, or options, warrants or rights carrying any rights to purchase capital stock or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company or any subsidiary or any other equity interests in the Company or any subsidiary, other than in connection with an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock, unless (i) the Company shall have received a bona fide arms' length offer to purchase such securities from a third party and (ii) the Company first submits a written offer to holders of the Senior Preferred Stock and/or the Warrants identifying such third party and the terms of the offer, and the Company offers such holders of the Senior Preferred Stock and/or the Warrants the opportunity to purchase their proportionate share of such securities on terms and conditions not less favorable than those that the Company proposes to sell such securities to such third party. No Rights in Corporate Governance. Warrant Holders are not entitled, by virtue of being Warrant Holders, to receive dividends, vote, receive notice of any meetings of the stockholders of the Company or otherwise have any rights of stockholders of the Company. LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' LIABILITY The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, which specifies that a director of a company adopting such a provision will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for the liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. 111 The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for mandatory indemnification of directors and officers and authorizes indemnification for employees and agents in such manner, under such circumstances and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally authorizes indemnification as to all expenses incurred or imposed as a result of actions, suits or proceedings if the indemnified parties act in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. The Company believes that these provisions are necessary or useful to attract and retain qualified persons as directors. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer as to which indemnification is being sought. CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable Treasury regulations, judicial authority and administrative rulings and practice. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the "Service") will not take a contrary view, and no ruling from the Service has been or will be sought. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements and conditions set forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations may or may not be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to holders. Certain holders (including insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, foreign corporations and persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States) may be subject to special rules not discussed below. The Company recommends that each holder consult such holder's own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of exchanging such holder's Notes for Exchange Notes, including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws. Kirkland & Ellis, special counsel to the Company, has advised the Company that in its opinion, the exchange of the Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not be treated as an "exchange" for federal income tax purposes because the Exchange Notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the Notes. Rather, the Exchange Notes received by a holder will be treated as a continuation of the Notes in the hands of such holder. As a result, there will be no federal income tax consequences to holders exchanging Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION Each Participating Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Participating Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until , 1997, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus. The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sales of the Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers. Exchange Notes received by Participating Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Participating Broker-Dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any Participating Broker-Dealer that resells the Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own 112 account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Participating Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Participating Broker-Dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incidental to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Notes) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. LEGAL MATTERS Certain legal matters in connection with the issuance of the Securities hereby offered will be passed upon for the Company by Kirkland & Ellis, Washington, D.C. EXPERTS The audited financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1996, and 1995 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, included in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as stated in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report. The audited financial statements of the Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc. as of December 31, 1996, and 1995 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, included in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement, have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as stated in their report with respect thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report. The balance sheet of WKYS-FM, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and the statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, included in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement, have been included herein in reliance on the report of Coopers and Lybrand LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing. MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA Audience shares and audience share ranks are as reported by the Arbitron Company ("Arbitron") in its Radio Market Report (the "Arbitron Market Report") for the period indicated. Audience share data is expressed as the "local" average quarter hour share for each indicated radio station, which is derived by comparing the radio station's average quarter hour share to the total average quarter hour share for all radio stations in a particular Metro Survey Area ("MSA") that are reported in the Arbitron Market Report. Average quarter hour share is a percentage of the estimated number of persons who listened to a given radio station for a minimum of five minutes within a quarter hour compared to the total number of persons who listened to radio within such quarter hour. Data relating to the number of hours African-Americans and non-African-Americans spend listening to the radio are derived from the Arbitron Market Report for the period indicated. 113 MSA population, African-American population as a percentage of overall population in a market and market ranking by MSA population are as reported by BIA Publications, Inc. ("BIA") in its Investing in Radio 1997 (First Edition) (the "BIA Market Report, 1997 (First Edition)"), or derived from data contained therein. Unless otherwise indicated herein, data relating to radio advertising revenue by market, revenue shares and revenue ranks for radio stations in the Washington, D.C. and Baltimore markets are as reported by Hungerford, Aldrin, Nichols & Carter, P.C., CPAs and Consultants ("Hungerford") in their Radio Revenue Report (December 1996) (the "Hungerford Report (Dec. 1996)"). All revenue data included in the Hungerford Report (Dec. 1996) is based on gross revenues and limited to a compilation of data with respect to radio stations which report to Hungerford. Radio station WYCB-AM, which the Company intends to acquire pursuant to the DC Acquisition, does not report to Hungerford. Unless otherwise indicated herein, radio advertising revenue by market, revenue shares and revenue ranks for the radio station in the Philadelphia market are as reported by Miller, Kaplan, Arase & Co., Certified Public Accountants ("Miller Kaplan") in their market revenue report for Philadelphia (the "Miller Kaplan Report (Dec. 1996)"). The Miller Kaplan Report (Dec. 1996) reports net revenues and excludes barter transactions from its reported figure. Unless otherwise indicated herein, data regarding household income, population growth rates and population projections are based upon data compiled by the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census (the "Census Bureau"). The calculation of the percentage of the African-American population located in the top-30 African-American markets is based upon the total 1995 African-American population in such markets as compiled from the BIA Market Report, 1997 (First Edition) as a percentage of the total 1995 African-American population according to the Census Bureau. The number of viable radio stations in Baltimore is as reported by Duncan's American Radio, Inc. ("Duncan") in its Duncan's Radio Market Guide (1996 Edition) ("Duncan's Radio Market Guide"). Each of Arbitron, BIA, Hungerford, Miller Kaplan, the Census Bureau and Duncan's compile their audience share, revenue share and other statistical data, as the case may be, under procedures and methodologies which have the limitations provided in their respective reports or guides. All such information provided herein is subject to those limitations. 114 INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE ------ RADIO ONE, INC. Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................................ F-2 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and March 30, 1997 (unau- dited) ................................................................................. F-3 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 25, 1994, December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 (unaudited) ........................................................................... F-4 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended December 25, 1994, December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 30, 1997 (unaudited) ........................................................................... F-5 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 25, 1994, December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 (unaudited) ........................................................................... F-6 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................. F-7 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. Report of Independent Public Accountants ................................................ F-16 Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and March 30, 1997 (unaudited) ......... F-17 Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited) ............................. F-18 Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 30, 1997 (unaudited) ......... F-19 Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 30, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited) ............................. F-20 Notes to Financial Statements ......................................................... F-21 WKYS-FM, INC. Report of Independent Accountants ...................................................... F-25 Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1994 ................................................ F-26 Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 ............... F-27 Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit for years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 F-28 Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 ............... F-29 Notes to Financial Statements ......................................................... F-30 Unaudited Statement of Operations for the five months ended May 31, 1995 ............... F-37 Unaudited Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit for the five months ended May 31, 1995 ................................................................................. F-38 Unaudited Statement of Cash Flows for the five months ended May 31, 1995 ............... F-39 Notes to Unaudited Financial Statements ................................................ F-40
F-1 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Radio One, Inc. and Subsidiary: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Radio One, Inc. (a Delaware corporation during 1996) and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 (as restated-see Note 1) and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 (December 31, 1995, as restated). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Radio One, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Baltimore, Maryland, February 13, 1997 F-2 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND MARCH 30, 1997
DECEMBER MARCH ----------------------------------- ---------------- 1995 1996 1997 ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- (UNAUDITED) ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents .............................. $ 2,702,868 $ 1,708,295 $ 3,293,452 Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $669,400, $765,200 and $865,500, respec- tively .................................................. 5,763,686 6,419,468 5,469,041 Prepaid expenses and other .............................. 230,787 117,025 334,628 ------------- ------------- ------------ Total current assets ................................. 8,697,341 8,244,788 9,097,121 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .............................. 3,627,431 3,007,004 2,957,143 INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net .................................... 43,454,898 39,358,127 38,401,108 OTHER ASSETS ............................................. 113,902 1,166,861 1,026,054 ------------- ------------- ------------ Total assets ....................................... $ 55,893,572 $ 51,776,780 $ 51,481,426 ============= ============= ============ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT CURRENT LIABILITIES: Accounts payable ....................................... $ 1,483,428 $ 388,581 $ 1,006,767 Accrued expenses ....................................... 1,218,393 1,452,444 1,837,003 Current portion of long-term debt ........................ 2,103,264 5,633,286 5,633,286 ------------- ------------- ------------ Total current liabilities ........................... 4,805,085 7,474,311 8,477,056 LONG-TERM DEBT AND DEFERRED INTEREST, net of current portion ....................................... 62,482,000 59,305,225 59,967,173 ------------- ------------- ------------ Total liabilities .................................... 67,287,085 66,779,536 68,444,229 ------------- ------------- ------------ COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT: Preferred stock, $9,490 par value, 100 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding for 1996 ............... - - - Common stock-Class A, $.01 par value, 1,000 shares au- thorized, 138.45 shares issued, and outstanding ......... 1 1 1 Common stock-Class B, $.01 par value, 1,000 shares au- thorized, no shares issued and outstanding .............. - - - Additional paid-in capital .............................. 1,205,189 1,205,189 1,205,189 Accumulated deficit .................................... (12,598,703) (16,207,946) (18,167,993) ------------- ------------- ------------- Total stockholders' deficit ........................ (11,393,513) (15,002,756) (16,962,803) ------------- ------------- ------------- Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit ......... $ 55,893,572 $ 51,776,780 $ 51,481,426 ============= ============= =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets. F-3 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1994, DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996, AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND MARCH 30, 1997
DECEMBER MARCH -------------------------------------------- ----------------------------- 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- (UNAUDITED) REVENUES: Broadcast revenues, including barter revenues of $562,832, $920,914, $1,121,559, $251,392 and $242,637 respectively......... $ 17,856,242 $ 24,625,834 $ 27,026,888 $ 5,274,761 $ 6,298,351 Less: Agency commission .................. 2,314,825 3,171,059 3,325,063 604,802 765,804 ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Net broadcast revenues .................. 15,541,417 21,454,775 23,701,825 4,669,959 5,532,547 ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- OPERATING EXPENSES: Program and technical ..................... 2,773,187 3,642,081 4,157,554 851,069 1,196,211 Selling, general and administrative ...... 5,733,169 8,093,217 9,770,127 2,423,451 2,778,027 Corporate expenses ........................ 1,128,484 1,995,252 1,792,665 345,957 695,113 Depreciation and amortization ............ 2,026,945 3,911,788 4,261,690 1,183,260 1,079,278 ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Total operating expenses .................. 11,661,785 17,642,338 19,982,036 4,803,737 5,748,629 ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Operating income (loss) .................. 3,879,632 3,812,437 3,719,789 (133,778) (216,082) INTEREST EXPENSE, including amortization of deferred financing costs ............... 2,664,873 5,289,054 7,252,377 1,791,834 1,765,328 OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE, NET ............... (38,375) (89,247) 76,655 - (21,363) ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Income (loss) before provision for income taxes and extraordinary item ............ 1,253,134 (1,387,370) (3,609,243) (1,925,612) (1,960,047) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES .................. 30,500 - - - - ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Income (loss) before extraordinary item ... 1,222,634 (1,387,370) (3,609,243) (1,925,612) (1,960,047) EXTRAORDINARY ITEM: Loss on early retirement of debt ......... - 468,233 - - - ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- Net income (loss) ........................ $ 1,222,634 $ (1,855,603) $ (3,609,243) $ (1,925,612) $ (1,960,047) ============ ============= ============= ============= =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. F-4 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1994, DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996, AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1997
COMMON COMMON ADDITIONAL TOTAL PREFERRED STOCK STOCK PAID-IN ACCUMULATED TREASURY STOCKHOLDERS' STOCK CLASS A CLASS B CAPITAL DEFICIT STOCK DEFICIT ----------- --------- --------- ------------ ---------------- ------------ ----------------- BALANCE, as of December 26, 1993 ......... $ 1,100 $ 940 $- $ - $ (5,234,938) $ (264,850) $ (5,497,748) Net income ............... - - - - 1,222,634 - 1,222,634 Purchase of stock warrants - - - - (91,789) - (91,789) -------- ------ --- ----------- ------------- ---------- -------------- BALANCE, as of December 25, 1994 ......... 1,100 940 - - (4,104,093) (264,850) (4,366,903) Net loss .................. - - - - (1,855,603) - (1,855,603) Purchase of stock warrants - - - - (6,639,007) - (6,639,007) Issuance of stock options - - - 778,000 - - 778,000 Allocation of detachable stock warrants ......... - - - 690,000 - - 690,000 Cancellation and issuance of stock ............... (1,100) (939) - (262,811) - 264,850 - -------- ------ --- ----------- ------------- ---------- -------------- BALANCE, as of December 31, 1995 ......... - 1 - 1,205,189 (12,598,703) - (11,393,513) Net loss .................. - - - - (3,609,243) - (3,609,243) -------- ------ --- ----------- ------------- ---------- -------------- BALANCE, as of December 31, 1996 ......... - 1 - $1,205,189 (16,207,946) - (15,002,756) ======== ====== === =========== ============= ========== ============== Net Loss .................. - - - - (1,960,047) - (1,960,047) BALANCE, as of March 30, 1997 (unaudited) ...... $ - $ 1 $- $1,205,189 $ (18,167,993) $ - $ (16,962,803) ======== ====== === =========== ============= ========== ==============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. F-5 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1994, DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996, AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND MARCH 30, 1997
DECEMBER MARCH ---------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997 -------------- ---------------- -------------- -------------- ------------- (UNAUDITED) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIV- ITIES: Net income (loss) .............................. $ 1,222,634 $ (1,855,603) $ (3,609,243) $ (1,925,612)$ (1,960,047) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities: Depreciation and amortization ............... 2,026,945 3,911,788 4,261,690 1,183,260 1,079,278 Amortization of debt financing costs and unamortized discount ........................ - 207,885 366,189 52,339 65,592 Issuance of stock options ..................... - 778,000 - - Loss on disposals ........................... - - 152,468 - Deferred interest ........................... - 235,264 2,639,389 656,709 643,191 Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities- (Increase) decrease in trade accounts re- ceivable ................................... (398,441) (2,064,861) (655,782) 1,455,121 950,427 Increase (decrease) in prepaid expenses and other ................................. (55,334) (84,654) 113,762 7,920 (217,603) Decrease (increase) in other assets ......... 36,739 (23,880) (71,026) 113,902 28 Increase (decrease) in accounts payable ...... 376,623 604,303 (817,671) 272,692 758,965 Increase in accrued expenses ............... 58,635 213,706 234,051 (206,305) 384,559 Decrease in prepaid loan financing fees ...... 35,160 - - - - ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- Net cash flows from operating activities ... 3,302,961 1,921,948 2,613,827 1,610,026 1,704,390 ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVI- TIES: Purchase of property and equipment ............ (636,444) (224,883) (251,469) (58,669) (119,233) Proceeds from disposal of property and equip- ment .......................................... 32,104 61,615 - - - Deposits and payments for station purchases .... (639,881) (33,769,789) (1,000,000) - - ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- Net cash flows from investing activities.... (1,244,221) (33,933,057) (1,251,469) (58,669) (119,233) ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVI- TIES: Repayment of debt .............................. (1,659,817) (23,049,114) (2,407,933) - - Proceeds from new debt ........................ - 65,000,000 51,002 - - Deferred debt financing cost .................. - (2,014,624) - - - Purchase of stock and stock warrants ......... (91,789) (6,639,007) - - - ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- Net cash flows from financing activities ... (1,751,606) 33,297,255 (2,356,931) - - ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS .................................... 307,134 1,286,146 (994,573) 1,551,357 1,585,157 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year ....................................... 1,109,588 1,416,722 2,702,868 2,702,868 1,708,295 ----------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year .......................................... $ 1,416,722 $ 2,702,868 $ 1,708,295 $ 4,254,225 $ 3,293,452 =========== ============= ============ ============ ============= SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid for- Interest .................................... $ 2,356,069 $ 5,103,337 $ 4,815,486 $ 1,142,197 $ 694,769 =========== ============= ============ ============ ============= Income taxes ................................. $ 15,600 $ 34,800 $ 50,000 $ - $ - =========== ============= ============ ============ =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements. F-6 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: Organization and Business Radio One, Inc. (a Delaware Corporation) and its subsidiary, Radio One License LLC (a Delaware limited liability Company) (collectively referred to as the Company) were organized to acquire, operate and maintain radio broadcasting stations. The Company owns and operates three radio stations in Washington, D.C.; WOL-AM, WMMJ-FM and WKYS-FM and four radio stations in Maryland; WWIN-AM, WWIN-FM, WOLB-AM and WERQ-FM. The four Maryland radio stations were formerly owned by Radio One of Maryland, Inc., a former wholly owned subsidiary of Radio One, Inc. Effective January 1, 1996, in connection with Radio One, Inc. converting to an S corporation, Radio One of Maryland, Inc. was dissolved and its operations were merged into Radio One, Inc. In May 1996, Radio One, Inc. formed Radio One License LLC, to hold the stations' FCC licenses. Prior to the reorganization, Radio One, Inc. was a District of Columbia Corporation. In connection with the Company's reorganization, all of the then existing preferred and common stock was canceled, and newly authorized shares were issued. An evaluation of the Company's operations should include consideration of the "Risk Factors" described in the Registration Statement related to the Company's contemplated debt offering, including the Company's highly leveraged financial position, which will require substantial semi-annual interest payments and may impair the Company's ability to obtain additional working capital financing. Interim Financial Statements The consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 are unaudited but in the opinion of management, such financial statements have been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1996 and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations, and cash flows for these periods. Basis of Presentation The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Radio One, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Radio One License LLC. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While actual results could differ from those estimates, management believes that actual results will not be materially different from amounts provided in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Reporting Periods Prior to the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's financial reporting period was based on a fifty-two/fifty-three week period ending on the last Sunday of the calendar year. During 1996, the Company elected to end its year on December 31 of each year the effect of which was not material. For 1996, this included a 52 week financial reporting period. Acquisition of WKYS-FM On June 6, 1995, the Company purchased WKYS-FM for approximately $34,410,000. The Company accounted for the acquisition by allocating the purchase price paid to the assets acquired based upon the appraised value of the assets. The excess purchase price over the appraised value of assets acquired of approximately $3,846,000 was allocated to goodwill. The financial activities of WKYS-FM for the periods prior to June 6, 1995, are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. F-7 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) The unaudited pro forma summary consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 25, 1994, and December 31, 1995, assuming the acquisition of WKYS-FM had occurred in the beginning of each of those fiscal years, is as follows:
1994 1995 -------------- ---------------- Net broadcast revenues .................................... $ 23,089,000 $ 23,926,000 Operating expenses, excluding depreciation and amortiza- tion ................................................... 14,647,000 15,524,000 Depreciation and amortization ........................... 4,418,000 5,107,000 Interest expense ....................................... 5,535,000 6,724,000 Other (income) expense, net ........................... (38,000) (89,000) Provision for income taxes .............................. 30,000 - Extraordinary loss .................................... - 468,000 ------------- ------------- Net (loss) income ....................................... $ (1,503,000) $ (3,808,000) ============= =============
Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market accounts at various commercial banks. All cash equivalents have original maturities of 90 days or less. For cash and cash equivalents, cost approximates market value. Property and Equipment Property and equipment are recorded at original cost and are being depreciated on a straight-line basis over various periods. The components of the Company's property and equipment as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and March 30, 1997 are as follows:
PERIOD OF 1995 1996 1997 DEPRECIATION --------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: Land .............................. $ 117,105 $ 117,105 $ 117,105 - Building and improvements ......... 147,677 147,677 147,677 31 years Transmitter towers .................. 2,100,425 2,141,462 2,141,462 7 or 15 years Equipment ........................... 2,454,632 2,615,179 2,649,789 5 to 7 years Leasehold improvements ............ 815,765 626,408 711,031 Life of Lease ------------ ------------ ------------ 5,635,604 5,647,831 5,767,064 Less-Accumulated depreciation ...... (2,008,173) (2,640,827) (2,809,921) ------------ ------------ ------------ Property and equipment, net ...... $ 3,627,431 $ 3,007,004 $ 2,957,143 ============ ============ ============
Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended December 25, 1994, December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 were $538,135, $741,528, $705,784, $160,380 and $169,094, respectively. Revenue Recognition In accordance with industry practice, revenue for broadcast advertising is recognized when the commercial is broadcast. Barter Arrangements Certain program contracts provide for the exchange of advertising air time in lieu of cash payments for the rights to such programming. These contracts are recorded as the programs are aired at the estimated fair value of the advertising air time given in exchange for the program rights. F-8 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) The Company broadcasts certain customers' advertising in exchange for equipment, merchandise and services. The estimated fair value of the equipment, merchandise or services received is recorded as deferred barter costs and the corresponding obligation to broadcast advertising is recorded as deferred barter revenues. The deferred barter costs are expensed or capitalized as they are used, consumed or received. Deferred barter revenues are recognized as the related advertising is aired. Financial Instruments Financial instruments as of December 31, 1995, and 1996, and March 30, 1997 consist of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and long-term debt, as to all of which the carrying amounts approximate fair value. Stock Warrants During 1995, the Company purchased outstanding stock warrants for $6,639,007. The cost of these warrants purchased increased the accumulated deficit. Also during 1995, the Company issued detachable stock warrants that had an allocated value of $690,000 with certain subordinated notes (see Note 3). New Accounting Standards In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 121 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 on January 1, 1996, had no impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." With respect to stock options granted to employees, SFAS No. 123 permits companies to continue using the accounting method promulgated by the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB No. 25"), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", to measure compensation expense or to adopt the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123. If APB No. 25's method is continued, pro forma disclosures are required as if SFAS No. 123 accounting provisions were followed. Management elected to continue to measure compensation expense under APB No. 25. The adoption of SFAS No. 123 did not require pro forma disclosures as all stock options granted in 1995 were granted at a significant discount below market value and, thus, the Company recorded compensation expense of $778,000 in accordance with ABP No.25. Compensation expense was equal to the difference between the fair value of stock that could be purchased with the options as of the grant date and the exercise price of the options. Additional paid-in capital was increased by the compensation expense recognized. There were no stock options granted to employees during 1996 or for the three months ended March 30, 1997. Reclassifications and 1995 Restatement Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1994 and 1995 consolidated financial statements in order to conform with the 1996 presentation. The 1995 consolidated financial statements have been restated to give effect to the recognized compensation expense for stock options vested and to adjust the value allocated to detachable stock warrants issued during 1995 with certain subordinated notes, as discussed above. F-9 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) 2. INTANGIBLE ASSETS: Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over various periods. The intangible asset balances and periods of amortization as of December 31, 1995, and 1996 and March 30, 1997 are as follows:
PERIOD OF 1995 1996 1997 AMORTIZATION -------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------- FCC broadcast license ............... $ 40,206,783 $ 40,206,783 $ 40,206,783 7-15 Years Goodwill .............................. 7,812,373 7,553,267 7,553,267 15 Years Debt financing ........................ 2,014,624 2,014,624 2,014,624 Life of Debt Favorable transmitter site and other intangibles ........................ 1,922,378 1,922,378 1,922,378 6-17 Years Noncompete agreement .................. 900,000 900,000 900,000 3 Years ------------ ------------- ------------- ---------- Total .............................. 52,856,158 52,597,052 52,597,052 Less: Accumulated amortization ...... (9,401,260) (13,238,925) (14,195,944) ------------ ------------- ------------- Net intangible assets ............... $ 43,454,898 $ 39,358,127 $ 38,401,108 ============ ============= =============
Amortization expense for the fiscal years ended December 25, 1994, December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 was $1,488,810, $3,170,260, $3,555,906, $1,022,880 and $910,184, respectively. The amortization of the deferred financing cost was charged to interest expense. 3. LONG-TERM DEBT: As of December 31, 1995, and 1996, and March 30, 1997, the Company is obligated under a credit agreement and subordinated notes, as follows:
1995 1996 1997 -------------- -------------- --------------- NationsBank Credit Agreement .............................. $ 48,000,000 $ 45,596,736 $ 45,596,736 Subordinated Notes (net of $650,000, $579,211 and $560,454 of unamortized discount allocated to detachable stock warrants, respectively) ................................. 16,350,000 16,420,789 16,439,546 Deferred interest on subordinated notes .................. 235,264 2,874,653 3,517,844 Notes payable ............................................. - 46,333 46,333 ------------- ------------ ------------ Total ................................................... 64,585,264 64,938,511 65,600,459 Less: Current portion .................................... (2,103,264) (5,633,286) (5,633,286) ------------- ------------ ------------ Total ................................................... $ 62,482,000 $ 59,305,225 $ 59,967,173 ============= ============ ============
NationsBank Credit Agreement The purchase of WKYS in June 1995 was financed through a revolving credit agreement (the NationsBank Credit Agreement) with NationsBank of Texas, N.A. and the other lenders who are parties thereto of $53,000,000, which matures on March 31, 2002. The terms require scheduled quarterly step-downs in the amount of the revolving credit commitment and annual principal payments based on a percentage of excess cash flow, as outlined in the NationsBank Credit Agreement, and monthly interest payments. The NationsBank Credit Agreement bears interest at the LIBOR 30-day rate, plus an applicable margin. The margin fluctuates based on the Company's ratio of senior debt to operating cash flow, as specified in the credit agreement. The credit agreement is secured by all property of the Company and interest and proceeds of real estate and Key Man life insurance policies. The proceeds from the NationsBank Credit Agreement were also used to refund certain existing debt. F-10 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) The Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements as a hedge against interest rate risk. These agreements fix the LIBOR rate on the credit agreement at 5.95% for $24,000,000 and 5.75% for $19,000,000 of the outstanding line of credit. The NationsBank Credit Agreement has certain restrictive covenants of which several were violated during 1996 and 1995. The Company violated the leverage and debt service ratios, among other restrictions. The Company received waivers for not meeting the above terms. Subordinated Notes The subordinated notes bear interest at 15%. Outstanding principal and interest is due on the maturity date, December 31, 2003. The Company made an interest payment during fiscal year 1995 of 13% on the outstanding principal balance on all subordinated notes, as permitted by the NationsBank Credit Agreement. All unpaid interest is deferred and compounds annually. These notes are subordinate to the NationsBank credit agreement. The subordinated notes have restrictive covenants of which certain covenants were violated during 1996 and for which the Company received waivers. These subordinated notes include detachable stock warrants to purchase common stock at $100 per share. The following is a schedule of the subordinated notes, the number of common shares issuable with the stock warrants and the principal amount due as of March 30, 1997:
NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES PRINCIPAL LENDER ISSUABLE AMOUNT DUE - ----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- --------------- Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. .................. 29.52 $ 5,859,118 BancBoston Investments, Inc. ................................. 20.15 4,000,000 Grant Wilson ................................................ 1.26 250,000 Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation ........................ 15.61 783,773 Opportunity Capital Corporation .............................. 6.20 395,724 Syncom Capital Corporation ................................. 36.12 1,104,231 Greater Philadelphia Venture Capital Corporation, Inc. ...... .97 191,650 Capital Dimensions .......................................... 15.24 3,026,076 TSG Ventures, Inc. .......................................... 3.27 648,177 Alliance Enterprise Corporation .............................. 18.70 741,251 ------- ------------ 147.04 17,000,000 ======= Less: Unamortized discount allocated to detachable stock warrants ................................................ (560,454) ------------ 16,439,546 Plus: Deferred interest .................................... 3,517,844 ------------ $ 19,957,390 ============
During 1995, the Company retired certain subordinated debt with outstanding detachable warrants. The Company purchased the outstanding detachable warrants, which allowed the subordinated debt holders to acquire 52.46% of the outstanding common stock, for $6,639,007. The Company issued new debt with detachable warrants that allow these same subordinated debt holders to acquire 33.66% of outstanding common stock. The acquisition of the warrants was accounted for by charging the $6,639,007 to accumulated deficit, and valued the new detachable warrants at the same value per share as the old warrants acquired. As part of the subordinated debt acquired in 1995, $10,109,118 was acquired from new lenders which received detachable warrants to acquire 17.84% of the outstanding common stock of F-11 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) the Company. The Company allocated the proceeds between debt and additional paid-in capital, based on the pro-rata value of the debt and detachable warrants issued. As such, $9,419,118 was assigned to debt and $690,000 was assigned to the value of the warrants. The value assigned to the warrants was recorded as an increase in additional paid-in capital. The value assigned to debt was discounted and will be amortized over the life of the related debt using the effective interest method. Notes Payable During 1996, the Company entered into two notes totaling $51,002 with NationsBank to purchase vehicles. These notes bear interest at 8.74% and 8.49%, require monthly principal and interest payments of $789 and $471 and mature on April 30, 2000, and December 2, 2000. Refinancing of Debt During 1995, the Company retired $22,987,807 of outstanding debt with the remaining proceeds from the NationsBank credit agreement and the proceeds from the $17,000,000 in subordinated debt issued in 1995. Associated with the retirement of the debt, the Company incurred certain early repayment penalties and legal fees, and had to write-off certain deferred financing costs associated with the debt retired. These costs amounted to $468,233 and were recorded as an extraordinary item in the accompanying statements of operations. 4. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: Leases The Company entered into an operating lease for Baltimore office space with a partnership in which two of the partners are stockholders of the Company (see Note 7). The lease expires October 2003. The Company leases Washington, D.C. office space, under an operating lease which expires in December 2000. Subsequent to year-end, the Company plans to exit this lease without penalty and enter into a new lease for space to expire in December 2011. The Company leases, under operating lease agreements, a broadcast tower and transmitter facilities in Maryland and Washington, D.C. The lease for the Maryland facility expires in November 1999, with an option to renew for an additional five-year period. The lease for the Washington, D.C., broadcast tower and transmitter facilities expires in November 2001. In addition, the Company leases equipment under various leases, which expire over the next five years. The following is a schedule of the future minimum rental payments required under the operating leases, including the lease entered into subsequent to year-end, that have an initial or remaining noncancelable lease term in excess of one year as of March 30, 1997. FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, TOTAL ------------------- ----- 1997 (remaining) ................ $ 444,971 1998 ............................. 521,491 1999 ............................. 525,468 2000 ............................. 549,718 2001 ............................. 529,338 Thereafter ...................... 3,485,826 ---------- Total ........................... $6,056,812 ========== Total rent expense for the years ended December 25, 1994, December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997, was $326,607, $570,214, $777,075, $191,203 and $229,608, respectively. F-12 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) FCC Broadcast Licenses Each of the Company's radio stations operates pursuant to one or more licenses issued by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) that have a maximum term of eight years prior to renewal. The Company's radio operating licenses expire at various times from August 1, 1998 to October 1, 2003, except that the license for WOL-AM expired on October 1, 1995. The Company's timely filing of a license renewal application has automatically extended the license term of WOL-AM until the FCC takes action on the Company's renewal application. Although the Company may apply to renew its FCC licenses, third parties may challenge the Company's renewal applications. Except for a complaint filed against WOL-AM, the Company is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would prevent the Company from having its current licenses renewed. Furthermore, the Company believes that the complaint filed against WOL-AM will be resolved satisfactorily and the license of that radio station renewed. However, there can be no assurance that the licenses will be renewed. Litigation The Company has been named as a defendant in several legal actions occurring in the ordinary course of business. It is management's opinion, after consultation with its legal counsel, that the outcome of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations. 5. STOCK OPTION PLAN: The Company has an Incentive Stock Option Plan (the Plan) which provides for the issuance of qualified and nonqualified stock options to all full-time key employees. The Plan allows the issuance of up to 25% of the authorized common stock provided certain performance benchmarks are achieved by the Company. Exercise prices range from $1.00 for all nonqualified options to 100% of the fair market value of the common stock for all qualified options. During 1995, options were granted to aquire 63.16 shares of common stock at $1 per share. Of the options granted in 1995, options to acquire 57.45 shares vested and were exercised during 1995. As the options were granted significantly below their market value, the Company recognized compensation expense of $778,000 related to the vested portion of this grant. As of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and March 30, 1997 there were options outstanding to acquire 5.71 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $1 per share, none of which were vested. 6. INCOME TAXES: Effective January 1, 1996, the Company converted from a C Corporation to an S Corporation under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. As an S Corporation, the stockholders separately account for their pro-rata share of the Company's income, deductions, losses and credits. Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company accounted for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between the assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and amounts recognized for tax purposes. Deferred taxes are based on tax laws as currently enacted. As a result of the Company's January 1, 1996, Subchapter S election, the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996, and for the three months ended March 30, 1997, do not include an income tax provision (benefit) for federal and state income taxes. F-13 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) A reconciliation of the statutory federal income taxes to the recorded income tax provision for the years ended December 25, 1994, and December 31, 1995 and 1996, is as follows:
1994 1995 1996 ------------- ------------ ------------- Statutory tax (@ 34% rate) ........................... $ 426,000 $ (630,000) $ (1,227,000) Effect of state income taxes, net of federal ......... 85,000 (111,000) (217,000) Effect of stock option compensation expense ............ - 275,000 - Effect of S corporation loss to its stockholders ...... - - 1,444,000 Change in valuation reserve ........................... (480,500) 466,000 - ---------- ----------- ------------- Provision for income taxes ........................... $ 30,500 $ - $ - ========== =========== =============
The components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 25, 1994 and December 31, 1995, are as follows:
1994 1995 ------------ ---------- Current, includes state provision of $92,000 in 1994 .......................................... $ 517,500 $ - Deferred, includes state provision of $1,200 and $88,000, respectively........................... (6,500) (466,000) Change in valuation reserve ..................... (480,500) 466,000 ---------- ---------- Provision for income taxes ..................... $ 30,500 $ - ========== ==========
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1995, are as follows:
1995 ------------- Deferred tax assets- FCC and other intangibles amortization ...... $ 748,000 Reserve for bad debts ........................ 261,000 Goodwill .................................... 246,000 NOL carryforward ........................... 20,000 Other ....................................... 16,000 ------------ Total deferred tax assets .................. 1,291,000 ------------ Deferred tax liabilities- Depreciation ................................. (214,000) Other ....................................... (10,000) ------------ Total deferred tax liabilities ............ (224,000) ------------ Net deferred tax asset ..................... 1,067,000 Less: Valuation reserve ..................... (1,067,000) ------------ Deferred taxes included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets ............... $ - ============
A 100% valuation reserve has been applied against the net deferred tax asset as its realization was not more likely than not to be realized. Prior to the Company's conversion from a C Corporation as of December 31, 1995, there was approximately $60,000 of available net operating loss carryforwards. F-14 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) 7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS: In September 1990, the Company purchased a building in the name of the majority stockholder for $72,500. All rental income generated from the office building was received and used by the Company. The building was sold during fiscal year 1995. This transaction resulted in no gain or loss to the Company. In addition, the Company leases office space for $8,000 per month from a partnership in which two of the partners are stockholders of the Company (see Note 4). Total rent paid to the stockholders for fiscal year 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 was $134,091, $133,596, $96,000, $24,000 and $24,000, respectively. The Company also has a receivable as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and March 30, 1997 of $47,043, $78,122 and $60,407, respectively, due from Radio One of Atlanta, Inc. (ROA), of which an executive officer and stockholder of the Company holds voting control of the capital stock in ROA. The Company also charges ROA a management fee of approximately $100,000 per year. 8. PROFIT SHARING: The Company has a 401K profit sharing plan for its employees. The Company can contribute to the plan at the discretion of its Board of Directors. The Company made no contribution to the plan during fiscal year 1994, 1995, 1996 or for the three months ended March 30, 1997. 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS: In December 1996, the Company signed an agreement to purchase certain assets of Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc., owner of radio station WDRE-FM, located in Jenkintown, Pennsylvania, for $16,000,000. The purchase agreement also includes two-year noncompete agreements totaling $4,000,000. The Company expects to finalize the purchase in May 1997. The Company has made a $1,000,000 non-refundable deposit in an escrow account to be applied to the purchase price of WDRE-FM. This deposit is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1996. On February 8, 1997, the Company entered into a Local Marketing Agreement (LMA) with Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc. Under the LMA, the Company is allowed to program WPHI-FM 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and continue in effect until the consummation of the acquisition discussed above. For the three months ended March 30, 1997, revenue and expenses recorded by the Company relating to the LMA activity were $107,000 and $240,000, respectively. Subsequent to year end, the Company was negotiating an agreement to purchase all of the outstanding capital stock of Broadcast Holdings, Inc. owner of radio station WYCB-AM, located in Washington, D.C., for approximately $4,000,000. The Company intends to issue bonds in May 1997 to raise approximately $75,000,000 in gross proceeds. A portion of the proceeds will be used to acquire radio stations WPHI-FM and WYCB-AM. The Company also intends to use the proceeds to repay all indebtedness under the NationsBank Credit Agreement. Concurrent with the bond offering, the Company intends to convert its subordinated notes into senior cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock. In connection with the contemplated debt offering, the Company plans to either terminate the NationsBank Credit Agreement with its repayment and enter into a new credit facility with NationsBank or amend and restate the terms of the NationsBank Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms of a new commitment for a revolving credit facility with a maximum borrowing capacity of $7,500,000. F-15 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Radio One, Inc. and Subsidiary: We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc. (a Pennsylvania Corporation) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Baltimore, Maryland, February 24, 1997 F-16 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND MARCH 31, 1997
DECEMBER MARCH -------------------------- 1995 1996 1997 ------------ ------------- ------------ (UNAUDITED) ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash ......................................................... $ 47,927 $ 64,842 $ - Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful ac- counts of $50,442, $48,849 and $20,913, respectively ........ 580,611 533,946 195,434 Prepaid expenses and other ................................. 39,067 18,666 219,522 ----------- ---------- ----------- Total current assets ....................................... 667,605 617,454 414,956 ----------- ---------- ----------- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: Equipment ................................................... 107,678 116,811 118,526 Office furniture and equipment .............................. 77,746 111,562 122,380 ----------- ---------- ----------- 185,424 228,373 240,906 Less: Accumulated depreciation .............................. (67,384) (103,893) (113,452) ----------- ---------- ----------- Property and equipment, net ................................. 118,040 124,480 127,454 ----------- ---------- ----------- INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net ....................................... 2,422,607 2,188,871 2,130,173 ----------- ---------- ----------- Total assets ................................................ $3,208,252 $ 2,930,805 $2,672,583 =========== ========== =========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) CURRENT LIABILITIES: Bank overdraft ............................................. $ - $ - $ 29,452 Accounts payable ............................................. 59,711 142,206 71,078 Accrued expenses ............................................. 261,600 311,623 286,954 Current portion of due to affiliate ........................ 308,640 2,552,320 2,434,169 ----------- ---------- ----------- Total current liabilities ................................. 629,951 3,006,149 2,821,653 DUE TO AFFILIATE ............................................. 2,561,837 - - ----------- ---------- ----------- Total liabilities .......................................... 3,191,788 3,006,149 2,821,653 ----------- ---------- ----------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES STOCKHOLDERS' equity (deficit): Common stock, $1.00 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding .............................. 100 100 100 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ..................... 16,364 (75,444) (149,170) ----------- ---------- ----------- Total stockholders' equity (deficit) ........................ 16,464 (75,344) (149,070) ----------- ---------- ----------- Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .................. $3,208,252 $ 2,930,805 $2,672,583 =========== ========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets. F-17 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1997
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997 ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------- ------------ (UNAUDITED) REVENUES: Broadcast revenues, including barter reve- nues of $334,365, $456,523, $374,291, $106,839 and $171,319, respectively ...... $4,528,743 $4,405,282 $ 3,131,865 $ 489,930 $ 441,637 Less: Agency commissions .................. 480,893 531,714 276,294 31,095 23,630 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- Net broadcast revenues .................. 4,047,850 3,873,568 2,855,571 458,835 418,007 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- OPERATING EXPENSES: Programming and production ............... 278,306 219,142 229,785 69,073 4,889 Selling, general and administrative ...... 1,851,702 1,835,340 2,193,269 470,629 382,127 Parent Company allocations ............... 768,121 926,091 13,500 3,375 - Depreciation and amortization ............ 310,464 264,010 270,245 66,439 68,257 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- Total operating expenses ............... 3,208,593 3,244,583 2,706,799 609,516 455,273 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- Operating income (loss) .................. 839,257 628,985 148,772 (150,681) (37,266) AFFILIATED INTEREST EXPENSE, in- cluding amortization of deferred financing costs .................................... 360,677 422,228 339,176 95,022 85,460 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- Income (loss) before allocation for in- come taxes and extraordinary item 478,580 206,757 (190,404) (245,703) (122,726) ALLOCATION FOR INCOME TAXES ............... 214,829 108,728 (98,596) (123,400) (49,000) ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- Income (loss) before extraordinary item . 263,751 98,029 (91,808) (122,303) (73,726) EXTRAORDINARY ITEM: Loss on early retirement of debt ......... 57,163 - - - - ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- Net income (loss) ........................ $ 206,588 $ 98,029 $ (91,808) $ (122,303) $ (73,726) =========== =========== =========== =========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. F-18 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
RETAINED TOTAL EARNINGS/ STOCKHOLDERS' COMMON (ACCUMULATED EQUITY STOCK DEFICIT) (DEFICIT) -------- -------------- -------------- BALANCE, December 31, 1993 ............... $100 $ (288,253) $ (288,153) Net income .............................. - 206,588 206,588 ----- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, December 31, 1994 ............... 100 (81,665) (81,565) Net income .............................. - 98,029 98,029 ----- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, December 31, 1995 ............... 100 16,364 16,464 Net loss ................................. - (91,808) (91,808) ----- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, December 31, 1996 ............... 100 (75,444) (75,344) ===== =========== =========== Net loss ................................. - (73,726) (73,726) ----- ----------- ----------- BALANCE, March 31, 1997 (unaudited) ...... $100 $ (149,170) $ (149,070) ===== =========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. F-19 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1997
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31, ---------------------------------------- -------------------------- 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997 ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- (UNAUDITED) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income (loss) ................................. $ 206,588 $ 98,029 $ (91,808) $ (122,303) $ (73,726) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities: Depreciation and amortization .................. 310,464 264,010 270,245 66,439 68,257 Effect of change in operating assets and liabilities- (Increase) decrease in trade accounts receivable (309,120) 198,481 25,898 257,501 338,512 Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other ....................................... 25,613 (32,935) 20,401 11,951 (200,856) (Decrease) increase in accounts payable ......... (94,909) (34,250) 82,495 29,178 (71,128) Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses ......... 25,336 (47,522) 50,023 (5,283) (24,669) Net increase (decrease) in due to affiliate, for operating activities ........................ 297,098 (150,759) 1,135 (123,400) 124,289 ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Net cash flows from operating activities ...... 461,070 295,054 358,389 114,083 160,679 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of property and equipment ............... (42,596) (42,799) (32,834) (19,475) (12,533) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Payment of affiliate outstanding indebtedness ... (369,728) (279,840) (308,640) (104,245) (242,440) ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .................. 48,746 (27,585) 16,915 (9,637) (94,294) CASH, beginning of year ........................... 28,766 75,512 47,927 47,927 64,842 ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- CASH, end of year ................................. $ 77,512 $ 47,927 $ 64,842 $ 38,290 $ (29,452) ========== ========= ========== ========== ========== SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid for- Interest paid (including affiliate) ............ $ 360,677 $ 422,228 $ 339,176 $ 95,022 $ 85,460 ========== ========= ========== ========== ========== Income taxes .................................... $ 18,061 $ 112,540 $ 18,000 $ - $ - ========== ========= ========== ========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. F-20 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: Organization and Business Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc. (the Company) was acquired in March 1993 by the Morey Organization (a New York corporation). The Company operates one radio station in Jenkintown, Pennsylvania-WDRE-FM. Interim Financial Statements The consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997 are unaudited but in the opinion of management, such financial statements have been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1996 and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations, and cash flows for these periods. Basis of Presentation The accompanying financial statements are presented on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. While actual results could differ from those estimates, management believes that actual results will not be materially different from amounts provided in the accompanying financial statements. Sale of Station In December 1996, the Company entered into a sale agreement with Radio One, Inc. to sell all tangible and intangible assets for approximately $16,000,000, subject to certain closing adjustments. The purchase agreement also includes two-year noncompete agreements totaling $4,000,000. The sale is expected to be finalized in April 1997, concurrently with the closing of a debt offering by Radio One, Inc. The Company has experienced a significant decline in its revenues, and subsequent to year-end, in connection with the sale to Radio One, Inc., the Company changed its programming format. In 1996, the Company incurred a loss of approximately $92,000 and has an accumulated deficit of approximately $75,000 as of December 31, 1996. In addition, the Company has significant negative net worth and debt due to an affiliate. These factors, along with others could negatively impact future operations of the Company. Programming During 1994 and 1995, the Company's programming was simulcast from the Morey Organization. In 1996, the Company performed its own station programming. On February 8, 1997, the Company entered into a Local Marketing Agreement (LMA) which gives Radio One, Inc. the right to program the station 24 hours a day, seven days a week, and continue in effect until the consummation of the acquisition discussed above. For the three months ended March 30, 1997, the Company recognized LMA fee revenues of $107,000. F-21 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) Property and Equipment Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed under the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives. Broadcast equipment .................. 7 years Automobiles ........................ 5 years Office furniture and equipment ...... 5 years Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, was $22,030, $29,071, $36,509, $7,741 and $9,559, respectively. Revenue Recognition Revenues for advertising is recognized when the commercial is broadcasted. Barter Arrangements Certain program contracts provide for the exchange of advertising air time in lieu of cash payments for the rights to such programming. These contracts are recorded as the programs are aired at the estimated fair value of the advertising air time given in exchange for the program rights. The Company broadcasts certain customers' advertising in exchange for equipment, merchandise and services. The estimated fair value of the equipment, merchandise or services received is recorded as deferred barter costs and the corresponding obligation to broadcast advertising is recorded as deferred barter revenues. The deferred barter costs are expensed or capitalized as they are used, consumed or received. Deferred barter revenues are recognized as the related advertising is aired. Financial Instruments Financial instruments as of December 31, 1995, 1996 and March 31, 1997, consist of cash, trade accounts receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and amounts due to affiliate, all of which the carrying amounts approximate fair value. Income Taxes The Company is included in the consolidated federal tax return of the Morey Organization. The Morey Organization allocates a current and deferred tax provision or benefit to the Company based on the consolidated groups total tax or benefit for the year and the estimate of the Company's share of the total tax liability or benefit, based upon a tax-sharing arrangement. The tax-sharing arrangement utilizes a systematic and rational method that is consistent with the broad principle established by Statement of Accounting Statements No. 109 (SFAS 109), "Accounting for Income Taxes." Employee Benefit Plan The Company participates in the 401(k) profit sharing plan (the Plan) of the Morey Organization. The Plan covers eligible employees of the Company. Employees may make voluntary contributions to the Plan, and the Company may make discretionary matching contributions. For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the three months ended March 31, 1997, there were no Company discretionary contributions. New Accounting Standards In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." SFAS No. 121 requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an entity be F-22 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 121 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. The adoption of SFAS No. 121 on January 1, 1996, had no impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. 2. INTANGIBLE ASSETS: Organizational costs and the FCC broadcast license are being amortized on a straight-line basis over various periods. The deferred financing cost is being amortized over the life of the debt on the effective interest rate method. The intangible asset balances at cost and periods of amortization as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and March 31, 1997, are as follows:
PERIOD OF 1995 1996 1997 AMORTIZATION ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------- FCC broadcast license ............... $ 2,835,000 $ 2,835,000 $ 2,835,000 15 years Debt financing ........................ 136,000 136,000 136,000 5 years Organizational costs .................. 92,982 92,982 92,982 5 years ----------- ----------- ----------- Total .............................. 3,063,982 3,063,982 3,063,982 Less: Accumulated amortization ...... (641,375) (875,111) (933,809) ----------- ----------- ----------- Net Intangible assets ............... $ 2,422,607 $ 2,188,871 2,130,173 =========== =========== ===========
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 was $288,434, $234,939, $233,736, $58,698 and $58,698, respectively. 3. DUE TO AFFILIATE: In connection with the purchase of the Company, the Morey Organization borrowed funds to finance the acquisition. The debt used to finance the acquisition of the Company was recorded by the Company as affiliate borrowing. The affiliate borrowing was at an interest rate of 12%. During 1994, the debt borrowed to purchase the Company was refinanced. In connection with the debt refinancing, the Company wrote off $57,163 of deferred financing costs related to the old debt. The $57,163 writeoff was recorded as an extraordinary item. The portion of the new debt used to refinance the old debt was recorded as an affiliate loan to the Company. The new debt bears interest at rates ranging from prime plus 2% to prime plus 2.25%. Also, associated with the new debt, the Company was allocated $136,000 of deferred financing cost from the Morey Organization. As the affiliate loan will be repaid with the sale to Radio One, the debt has been classified as a current liability as of December 31, 1996. The Company has an arrangement with the Morey Organization whereby the Morey Organization will provide certain management and other services to the Company. The services provided include consultation and direct management assistance with respect to operations and strategic planning. During 1994 and 1995, due to affiliate consisted of allocations from the Morey Organization related to simulcast broadcasting. In 1996, all broadcasting was done out of Pennsylvania. The Company serves as guarantor of all outstanding indebtedness of the Morey Organization. F-23 JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) 4. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: Leases The Company holds operating leases for office space which expire October 1997, a broadcast tower and transmittal facility which expires June 2006 and certain office equipment which expire over the next five years. The following is a schedule of the future minimum rental payments required under the operating leases as of March 31, 1997: FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, ------------------------ 1997 (remaining) ............................. $ 44,770 1998 ......................................... 14,803 1999 ......................................... 14,803 2000 ......................................... 14,803 2001 ......................................... 12,346 Thereafter ................................... 5,300 --------- Total ......................................... $106,825 ========= Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997, was $58,721, $68,954, $60,146, $12,279 and $15,036, respectively. Litigation The Company is a party to various litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. It is management's opinion, after consultation with its legal counsel, that none of the outcomes of these claims, whether individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations. F-24 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of WKYS-FM, Inc. We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of WKYS-FM, Inc. (WKYS) as of December 31, 1994, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994. These financial statements are the responsibility of WKYS' management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WKYS-FM, Inc. as of December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that WKYS will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the financial statements, WKYS has incurred recurring losses, has working capital and net capital deficiencies, and has not met certain debt obligations and covenants. WKYS has entered into an agreement to sell substantially all of its tangible and intangible assets, the proceeds from which would differ from the present carrying values. This agreement is currently pending approval by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). Further, WKYS' lenders have agreed to accept repayment from the proceeds of this sale in amounts which are substantially less than the outstanding debt in full satisfaction of WKYS' obligations. Should the FCC not approve the sale of WKYS' assets, WKYS and its lenders have agreed that a receiver shall be appointed to sell these assets. Management's plans with regard to these matters are more fully described in Notes 1 and 4. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments which might result from these transactions, the outcome of which is currently uncertain. COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P. Washington, D.C. February 3, 1995 F-25 WKYS-FM, INC. BALANCE SHEET DECEMBER 31, 1994
1994 ---------------- ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash .............................................................................. $ 430,652 Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $100,000............ 2,287,444 Prepaids and other ............................................................... 96,630 Assets held for sale ............................................................ 27,440,999 Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $723,208 ............ 241,034 ------------- Total current assets ............................................................ 30,496,759 ------------- OTHER ASSETS ..................................................................... 114,763 ------------- Total assets ..................................................................... $ 30,611,522 ============= LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT CURRENT LIABILITIES: Long-term debt .................................................................. $ 58,432,840 Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............................................. 1,799,552 Accrued interest payable ......................................................... 338,920 Deferred rent ..................................................................... 159,114 ------------- Total current labilities ......................................................... 60,730,426 ------------- REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, $1,000 par value ($1,000 per share liquidation value): Class A, non-voting, 926 shares authorized, issued and outstanding ............... 926,000 ------------- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT: Class B redeemable preferred stock, non-voting, 874 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, $1,000 par value, $1,000 per share liquidation value ............... 874,000 Common stock, $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized: Class A, 630 shares issued and outstanding ....................................... 6 Class B, non-voting, 370 shares issued and outstanding ........................... 4 Additional paid-in capital ...................................................... 199,990 Accumulated deficit ............................................................... (32,118,904) ------------- Total stockholders' deficit ...................................................... (31,044,904) ------------- Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit .................................... $ 30,611,522 =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-26 WKYS-FM, INC. STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994 1993 1994 --------------- --------------- Operating revenue: Broadcasting sales .................. $ 7,699,296 $ 7,080,463 Barter sales ........................ 418,556 379,098 Other sales ........................ 129,536 88,160 -------------- -------------- Total operating revenue ............ 8,247,388 7,547,721 -------------- -------------- Direct expenses: Programming ........................ 1,904,042 1,506,760 Sales .............................. 1,576,250 1,302,716 Technical ........................... 232,846 245,091 General and administrative ......... 1,829,957 1,958,597 Depreciation ........................ 269,437 161,374 Amortization ........................ 923,801 923,801 Management and consulting fees ...... 275,000 275,000 -------------- -------------- Total direct expenses ............... 7,011,333 6,373,339 -------------- -------------- Operating income .................. 1,236,055 1,174,382 -------------- -------------- Other (income) expense: Interest expense ..................... 7,943,481 9,536,071 Interest income ..................... (19,714) (5,502) Other .............................. 530,914 579,396 -------------- -------------- Total other (income) expense ...... 8,454,681 10,109,965 -------------- -------------- Net loss ........................... $ (7,218,626) $ (8,935,583) ============== ============== The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-27 WKYS-FM, INC. STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
CLASS B CLASS A CLASS B ADDITIONAL PREFERRED COMMON COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED STOCK STOCK STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT TOTAL ----------- --------- --------- ----------- --------------- ----------------- Balance as of January 1, 1993 ......... $874,000 $6 $4 $199,990 $ (15,964,695) $ (14,890,695) Net loss ............... - - - - (7,218,626) (7,218,626) --------- --- --- --------- -------------- -------------- Balance as of December 31, 1993 ...... 874,000 6 4 199,990 (23,183,321) (22,109,321) Net loss ............... - - - - (8,935,583) (8,935,583) --------- --- --- --------- -------------- -------------- Balance as of December 31, 1994 ...... $874,000 $6 $4 $199,990 $ (32,118,904) $ (31,044,904) ========= === === ========= ============== ==============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-28 WKYS-FM, INC. STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994
1993 1994 -------------- ------------- Operating activities: Net loss ...................................................... $ (7,218,626) $ (8,935,583) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization ................................. 1,193,238 1,085,175 Deferral of interest on long-term debt ........................ 5,472,220 6,895,784 Management fees accrued ....................................... 275,000 275,000 Decrease in unamortized discount on long-term debt ............ 246,082 365,711 Loss on disposal of equipment ................................. 10,552 2,160 Deferred rent ................................................ 47,809 27,381 Changes in assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable .......................................... 202,946 77,972 Prepaids and other .......................................... (325) (24,588) Non-current assets .......................................... (21,300) (19,068) Accounts payable and accrued expenses ........................ 14,778 280,185 Accrued interest payable .................................... 830,285 (624,460) ------------- ------------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ...... 1,052,659 (594,331) ------------- ------------- Investing activities: Purchases of furniture and equipment ........................ (108,072) (22,310) ------------- ------------- Net cash used in investing activities ..................... (108,072) (22,310) ------------- ------------- Financing activities: Principal payments on long-term debt ........................ (88,119) (37,500) ------------- ------------- Net cash used in financing activities ..................... (88,119) (37,500) ------------- ------------- Net increase (decrease) in cash .............................. 856,468 (654,141) Cash, beginning of year ....................................... 228,325 1,084,793 ------------- ------------- Cash, end of year ............................................. $ 1,084,793 $ 430,652 ============= =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. F-29 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. ORGANIZATION WKYS-FM, Inc. (WKYS) is a privately-held Delaware corporation which operates an FM radio station serving the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. WKYS was purchased by Albimar Properties Limited Partnership ("Albimar Properties") in December 1988. Albimar Properties was subsequently merged with Albimar Communications, Inc. (ACI), and the stock of WKYS is currently owned by ACI and a group of private investors. As reflected in the accompanying financial statements, WKYS has incurred recurring losses, has working capital and net capital deficiencies and has not met certain debt obligations and covenants. Management of WKYS has entered into several forbearance agreements with its lenders in an attempt to restructure WKYS' debt in a manner that would allow WKYS to meet its obligations currently. The most recent of these forbearance agreements expired on June 30, 1994, at which time all of WKYS' debt obligations became payable in full. On August 24, 1994, WKYS executed an Agreement for Judgment and Conditional Forbearance with its senior lender, and Forbearance Agreements with its subordinated lenders (the Agreements). Pursuant to the Agreements, each of the lenders has agreed to forbear from taking action against WKYS in exchange for WKYS' agreement to sell substantially all of its assets under certain terms and conditions. The proceeds from such a sale shall be distributed among the creditors of WKYS and its shareholders in the order of priority set forth in the Agreements (Note 4). If WKYS is unsuccessful in selling its assets within the time allotted by the Agreements, or in accordance with the terms provided therein, WKYS and its lenders have consented to the appointment of a receiver for the purpose of selling the assets of WKYS and distributing the proceeds. The Agreements provide for aggregate minimum repayments of approximately $31,000,000 by WKYS to its lenders in full satisfaction of all debt and related obligations. On October 31, 1994, management of WKYS entered into an asset purchase agreement (the Asset Purchase Agreement) to sell substantially all of the assets of WKYS except cash and accounts receivable. The terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement provide for a cash purchase price of approximately $34,410,000. This sale is currently pending final approval by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). All assets subject to sale, including furniture and equipment ($196,400, net of accumulated depreciation of $1,609,120), the FCC broadcast license ($11,475,185, net of accumulated amortization of $2,058,215) and goodwill ($15,769,414, net of accumulated amortization of $2,828,222) have been classified as assets held for sale at December 31, 1994. Management of WKYS believes that this sale, if consummated, will yield sufficient proceeds to satisfy all of WKYS' obligations. Certain terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement were not consistent with the requirements of the Agreements. At WKYS' request, all of its lenders agreed to amend the terms of the Agreements to coincide with the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement pursuant to amendments dated October 31, 1994, November 2, 1994 and November 4, 1994, respectively. The terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement provide that WKYS shall assign to the buyer, for purposes of collection only, substantially all of its accounts receivable that are outstanding and unpaid on the date of closing. The buyer is required to collect all such receivables and remit payment to WKYS for a period of 180 days, at which time all uncollected amounts become the responsibility of WKYS. The terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement further provide that to the extent that WKYS has cash flow, as defined, during the twelve months ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding the closing of the sale of less than $2,700,000 (the Cash Flow Deficiency), the buyer shall retain payments collected with respect to accounts receivable in an amount equal to the Cash Flow Deficiency. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these transactions. F-30 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Cash concentration As of December 31, 1993 and 1994, WKYS had approximately $884,000 and $317,000, respectively, on deposit at commercial banks in excess of insured amounts. Barter transactions WKYS has entered into barter transactions with advertisers, whereby WKYS agrees to provide commercial air time in exchange for goods or services to be distributed as prizes to its listeners or to be used in the operations of WKYS. The fair value of advertisements broadcast are recognized as income when aired and the fair value of merchandise or services received are charged to expense when received or used. If merchandise or services are received prior to the broadcast of the advertising, a liability is recorded. If the advertising is broadcast prior to the receipt of the goods or services, a receivable is recorded. Furniture and equipment Furniture and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as shown below. ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE ------------ Equipment and vehicles .............................. 3 years Furniture and fixtures .............................. 5 years Antenna, transmitter and production materials ...... 7 years Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the 3-year estimated useful life of such assets. When assets are retired or sold, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; the costs of additions and improvements are capitalized. As of December 31, 1994, all furniture and equipment is included in assets held for sale on the accompanying balance sheet (Note 1). Intangible assets Intangible assets are stated on the basis of the fair market value assigned on the date of acquisition and are amortized by the straight-line method. The costs of WKYS' FCC broadcast license and goodwill are amortized over 40 years. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the life of the associated debt. As of December 31, 1994, all intangible assets subject to the sale are included in assets held for sale on the accompanying balance sheet (Note 1). Revenue In accordance with industry practice, revenue for commercial broadcasting advertisements is recognized when the commercial is broadcast. Other expenses Other expenses represent costs incurred in attempting to restructure WKYS' long-term debt. These amounts have been expensed since recovery is unlikely. F-31 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) Income taxes WKYS has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS 109). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of differences between tax bases of assets and liabilities and financial reporting amounts, as well as the tax effects of certain carryforward items. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. 3. FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT Furniture and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 1993 and 1994:
1993 1994 --------------- --------------- Equipment and vehicles ............................ $ 256,294 $ 275,617 Furniture and fixtures .............................. 748,947 732,841 Antenna, transmitter and production materials ...... 781,049 767,130 Leasehold improvements .............................. 25,463 29,932 ------------ ------------ 1,811,753 1,805,520 Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization (1,474,129) (1,609,120) ------------ ------------ $ 337,624 $ 196,400 ============ ============
4. LONG-TERM DEBT LONG-TERM DEBT CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING AT DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994:
1993 1994 -------------- --------------- Revolving credit facility - Society National Bank. $ 21,165,000 $ 21,127,500 ------------ ------------ Subordinated notes payable - Alta Subordinated Debt Partners II, L.P.: Original face amount ..................... 5,000,000 5,000,000 Deferred interest ........................ 8,860,482 13,777,998 ------------ ------------ 13,860,482 18,777,998 ------------ ------------ Senior subordinated deferred note - NBC: Original face amount ........................ 12,000,000 12,000,000 Unamortized discount ........................ (3,482,826) (3,117,115) Deferred interest ........................... 7,666,189 9,644,457 ------------ ------------ 16,183,363 18,527,342 ------------ ------------ Total long-term debt ........................ $ 51,208,845 $ 58,432,840 ============ ============
The revolving credit facility (the Facility) originally provided for borrowings of up to $24,000,000. Beginning with the quarter ended March 31, 1990, the commitment reduced each quarter through December 31, 1997. WKYS was required to pay to Society National Bank (Society) each quarter the excess of the outstanding balance of the loan over the amount of the commitment. WKYS has not made certain required repayments under the Facility, and is in violation of certain restrictive covenants included in the Facility. WKYS and Society have entered into several forbearance agreements in an attempt to restructure the debt in a manner that would enable WKYS to meet its obligations currently. The most recent of these forbearance agreements expired on June 30, 1994, at which time all amounts owed by WKYS to Society became payable in full. On August 24, 1994, WKYS and Society executed an Agree F-32 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) ment for Judgment and Conditional Forbearance, pursuant to which Society has agreed to forbear from taking action against WKYS in exchange for WKYS' agreement to sell substantially all of its assets under certain terms and conditions. The terms of this Agreement for Judgment and Conditional Forbearance are described more fully below. Interest on the Facility accrues at Society's base lending rate plus 1.75%, which approximated 7.75% and 10.25% at December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. WKYS is required to pay a commitment fee of 1|M/2 of 1 percent on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The borrowing is collateralized by all tangible and intangible property of WKYS, assignment of all leases and a pledge of all capital stock of WKYS. The loan is also guaranteed by ACI. This guarantee would expire upon satisfaction of WKYS' obligation to Society as outlined in the Agreement for Judgment and Conditional Forbearance as described more fully below. The $5,000,000 subordinated notes (the Subordinated Notes) payable to a group of investors led by Alta Subordinated Debt Partners II, L.P. (collectively, the Investors) are due January 2, 1998. Interest of 10 percent is payable in arrears on a quarterly basis. Additional interest of 15 percent is accrued, compounded at 25 percent and capitalized annually. Interest payments are due in arrears on December 22 of each year. WKYS may elect to defer the payment of this interest until maturity. WKYS has not made any payments to the Investors and is in default of certain provisions of the Subordinated Note Agreement. On August 24, 1994, at which time all amounts owed to the Investors approximated $16,300,000, WKYS and the Investors executed a Forbearance Agreement, pursuant to which the Investors have agreed to forbear from taking action against WKYS in exchange for WKYS' agreement to sell substantially all of its assets under certain terms and conditions. The terms of this Forbearance Agreement are described more fully below. The Subordinated Notes are collateralized by the stock and assets of WKYS, second only to the Facility. The Investors also hold WKYS' Class B common stock and Class A redeemable preferred stock (see Note 6). The $12,000,000 senior subordinated deferred note (the Senior Subordinated Note) payable to NBC bears interest at 10 percent per annum and is due December 9, 1998. A market rate of 14.5% percent was imputed on the note, and the related discount is being amortized over the life of the note using the effective interest method. The note required no principal or interest payments through 1993. Commencing January 1, 1994, interest payments of $600,000 are due semi-annually on January 1 and June 30. At maturity, the remaining principal and deferred interest, which is estimated to approximate $24,290,000, is due and payable. WKYS has not made any repayments to NBC and is in default of certain provisions of the Senior Subordinated Note Agreement. On August 24, 1994, at which time all amounts owed to NBC approximated $17,700,000 (net of the unamortized discount), WKYS and NBC executed a Forbearance Agreement, pursuant to which NBC has agreed to forbear from taking action against WKYS in exchange for WKYS' agreement to sell substantially all of its assets under certain terms and conditions. The terms of this Forbearance Agreement are described more fully below. Upon repayment of the Facility and the Subordinated Notes, this borrowing is collateralized by all capital stock of WKYS. The Agreements as defined in Note 1 set forth the terms and conditions under which WKYS has agreed to attempt to sell its assets and distribute the proceeds therefrom. Under the terms of the Agreements, the Lenders have agreed to forbear from taking any action against WKYS until the earlier of: i) The failure of WKYS to perform under any of the terms of the Agreements; ii)A Qualified Agreement of Sale, as defined in the Agreements, entered into not later than October 31, 1994, is terminated; F-33 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) iii) The date on which the FCC denies the assignment of WKYS' FCC license; iv) Twenty (20) days after FCC approval of a sale; or v) June 30, 1995 (as amended-Note 1) Further, certain members of WKYS' management have agreed not to compete during the period prior to a sale of the assets of WKYS. The Agreements provide for the distribution of "Net Proceeds" from a sale of WKYS' assets as follows: i) to Society in an amount equal to all amounts due less $1,000,000; ii) to the Investors in an amount equal to at least $8,000,000 plus certain of the Investors's legal fees; iii) to NBC in the amount of $1,200,000. Net proceeds is defined in the Agreements as the sum of all sale proceeds (exclusive of up to $200,000 which may be paid to certain officers of WKYS in exchange for agreements not-to-compete) less transaction costs and trade payables. Any excess of Net Proceeds over the amounts shown above shall be distributed as follows: i) to the Investors to pay certain additional fees; ii) to WKYS in the amount of $300,000 to pay certain trade payables; iii) to Society up to a maximum of $1,000,000; iv) to ACI, the Investors and WKYS in the percentages of 55.1%, 32.4% and 12.5%, respectively. In the event that WKYS is unsuccessful in selling its assets within the time allotted or on the terms provided by the Agreements, WKYS and its lenders have agreed that WKYS will not seek protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code and that a receiver shall be appointed to sell the assets of WKYS. In such an event, the sale proceeds shall be distributed as follows: i) to repay Society in full; ii) to repay the Investors $8,000,000 plus legal fees; iii) to pay NBC $500,000; and iv) to reimburse the Investors and NBC for certain legal fees. Total cash paid for interest during 1993 and 1994 was approximately $1,400,000 and $2,900,000, respectively. 5. INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENTS WKYS has entered into an interest rate swap agreement to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on the Facility (Note 4). At December 31, 1993, a total principal amount of $10 million of the revolving credit facility was subject to this agreement. The interest rate swap agreement effectively changed WKYS' interest rate on $10 million of the Facility to a fixed 8.9% through April 9, 1994, the date upon which the agreement matured. WKYS was exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other parties to the interest rate swap agreements. However, WKYS did not experience nonperformance by the counterparties. F-34 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) 6. PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK HOLDERS OF CLASS A AND CLASS B PREFERRED STOCK HAVE NO DIVIDEND OR VOTING RIGHTS, EXCEPT AS OTHERwise provided by law or in certain limited circumstances. WKYS may purchase, and the holders shall sell, all or any portion of the Class A preferred stock at a redemption price of $1,000 per share at any time. The Class A redeemable preferred stock will be redeemed at a price of $1,000 per share, on the first to occur of when the holders shall have the right to require the purchase of the preferred stock pursuant to the shareholders agreement dated December 22, 1988, the repayment of all indebtedness issued pursuant to the note and stock purchase agreement dated December 22, 1989, or December 31, 1997. On or after the purchase by WKYS of all the Class A preferred, WKYS may purchase all or any portion of the Class B preferred stock at a price of $1,000 per share. Both Class A and Class B preferred stock have a liquidation price of $1,000 per share. Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock share identical rights and privileges except that Class B common stock may only vote on certain matters specifically identified in the Certificate of Incorporation and Amendment thereto. All common stock dividends shall be made in shares of Class A stock if on Class A stock and in shares of Class B stock if on Class B stock. 7. INCOME TAXES WKYS has unused net operating loss carryforwards for federal and local income tax reporting purposes of approximately $16,000,000 and $24,000,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively. These carryforwards expire in various years through 2009. No federal or local income taxes were paid during 1993 and 1994. As of December 31, 1993 and 1994, WKYS had a deferred tax asset of approximately $6,100,000 and $9,800,000, respectively. This asset, however, has been fully reserved due to the uncertainty regarding its ultimate realization. The Company's deferred tax asset at December 31, 1993 and 1994 is summarized as follows: 1993 1994 ------------- ------------- Net operating loss carryforwards ...... $ 6,100,000 $ 9,600,000 Other ........................... 200,000 200,000 ------------- ------------- 6,300,000 9,800,000 Valuation allowance ............... (6,300,000) (9,800,000) ------------- ------------- Total deferred taxes ......... $ - $ - ============= ============= WKYS also has charitable contributions carryforwards of approximately $98,000 and $115,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively. 8. COMMITMENTS Management and consulting fees WKYS has entered into a long-term management and consulting agreement with Albimar Management, Inc. (AMI), an affiliate of ACI, for a predetermined annual fee. This fee amounted to $275,000 in 1993 and 1994. The Facility (Note 4) imposes certain limitations on payment of fees to AMI, based upon excess cash flow as defined in the Facility. As a result of these limitations, WKYS did not make any payments to AMI during the year ended December 31, 1994. WKYS has accrued a liability relative to this agreement of approximately $550,000 and $937,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1994, respectively, representing the excess of fees accrued over fees paid for all years. F-35 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued) Employment contracts WKYS has entered into certain noncancelable employment contracts. As of December 31, 1994, minimum payments to be made under these contracts are as follows: 1995 ................................................. $ 337,069 1996 ................................................ 119,329 ---------- $ 456,398 ========== The Asset Purchase Agreement provides that certain amounts payable under these contracts shall be paid upon closing of the sale of WKYS' assets. Operating leases WKYS has entered into various operating leases for the rental of certain equipment and facilities. Minimum rental payments under these noncancelable leases at December 31, 1994, are as follows: 1995 ....................................... $ 494,448 1996 ....................................... 483,823 1997 ....................................... 467,712 1998 ....................................... 484,141 1999 ............ .......................... 503,076 Thereafter ................................. 2,397,705 ------------ $ 4,830,905 ============ Rent expense under all operating leases for 1993 and 1994 was approximately $454,000 and $450,000, respectively. All rent expense is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of operations, except for rent relating to WKYS' transmitting tower, which is included in technical expenses. Rent expense recognized relative to certain operating leases differs from actual cash payments due to escalation clauses which are being expensed on a straight-line basis for financial statement purposes. The Asset Purchase Agreement provides that the buyer shall assume all of these operating leases. Other WKYS has entered into an agreement with the Washington Tennis Foundation for the use of a tennis suite during the annual Washington Tennis Foundation tennis tournament in exchange for $80,000, paid in equal amounts over 4 years commencing in 1989. WKYS has the option to retain the right to the use of the suite for a maximum of 24 years provided that it pays a $5,000 annual license fee as specified in the agreement. The unamortized portion of payments made pursuant to this agreement as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 of $63,334 and $60,000, respectively, are included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet. 9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN Effective June 1, 1993, WKYS initiated a defined contribution (401-K) plan (the Plan) covering substantially all employees. Employees may contribute between 2% and 15% of eligible compensation to the Plan. WKYS has the option to make matching contributions to the Plan. No such matching contributions were made during the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994. 10. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS In addition to related party transactions disclosed in Note 7, WKYS incurred approximately $131,000 and $204,000 during 1993 and 1994, respectively, in legal expenses which were paid to a law firm in which one of the partners is also a shareholder of ACI. 11. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED) During 1995, the Asset Purchase Agreement was finalized substantially in accordance with the terms disclosed in Note 1. F-36 WKYS-FM, INC. UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 OPERATING REVENUE: Broadcasting sales, net of agency commissions of $390,199 ...... $ 2,347,105 Barter sales ................................................... 123,477 ------------- Total operating revenue ....................................... 2,470,582 ------------- OPERATING EXPENSES: Programming ................................................... 513,653 Sales ......................................................... 449,345 Technical ...................................................... 87,434 General and administrative .................................... 742,495 Depreciation and amortization ................................. 444,508 Management and consulting fees ................................. 125,000 ------------- Total Operating expenses ....................................... 2,362,435 ------------- Operating income ............................................. 108,147 INTEREST EXPENSE ................................................ 4,830,484 ------------- Net loss ...................................................... $ (4,722,337) =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. F-37 WKYS-FM, INC. UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995
CLASS B CLASS A CLASS B ADDITIONAL PREFERRED COMMON COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED STOCK STOCK STOCK CAPITAL DEFICIT TOTAL ----------- --------- --------- ----------- --------------- ----------------- BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994 ............... $874,000 $6 $4 $199,990 $ (32,118,904) $ (31,044,904) Net loss ............ - - - - (4,722,337) (4,722,337) --------- -- -- --------- -------------- -------------- BALANCE, May 31, 1995 $874,000 $6 $4 $199,990 $ (36,841,241) $ (35,767,241) ========= == == ========= ============== ==============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. F-38 WKYS-FM, INC. \ UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE FIVE MONTHS ENDED MAY 31, 1995 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net loss .................................................................. $ (4,722,337) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: Depreciation and amortization ............................................. 444,508 Management fees accrued ................................................... 125,000 Deferred rent ............................................................ 20,083 Effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities- Accounts receivable, net ................................................ 502,244 Prepaids and other ...................................................... 89,217 Noncurrent assets ......................................................... 27,381 Accounts payable and accrued expenses .................................... (933,346) Accrued interest payable ................................................ 194,101 ------------- Net cash flows used in operating activities .............................. (4,253,149) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of furniture and equipment ....................................... (333,725) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, net ........................ 4,580,291 ------------- DECREASE IN CASH ............................................................ (6,583) CASH, beginning of period ................................................... 430,652 ------------- CASH, end of period ......................................................... $ 424,069 =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. F-39 WKYS-FM, INC. NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS MAY 31, 1995 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION: WKYS-FM, Inc. (WKYS) is a privately held Delaware corporation which operates an FM radio station serving the Washington, D.C., metropolitan area. WKYS was purchased by Albimar Properties Limited Partnership (Albimar Properties) in December 1988. Albimar Properties was subsequently merged with Albimar Communications, Inc. (ACI), and the stock of WKYS is currently owned by ACI and a group of private investors. The accompanying unaudited financial statements present the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the five months ended May 31, 1995. These statements are unaudited and certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the Company's annual financial statements have been omitted, as permitted under the applicable rules and regulations. Readers of these statements should refer to the financial statements and notes thereto as of December 31, 1994, and for the year then ended included elsewhere in this filing. The results of operations presented in the accompanying financial statements are not necessarily representative of operations for an entire year. 2. SUBSEQUENT EVENT: On June 6, 1995, the assets of the radio station WKYS-FM were acquired by Radio One, Inc. for a total consideration of approximately $34.4 million. F-40 [INSIDE BACK COVER] - -------------------------------------- -------------------------------------- No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer in such jurisdiction. [GRAPHIC OMITTED] Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that the information herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof or that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since such date. -------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE ------ - Available Information ........... 3 Prospectus Summary .............. 6 Risk Factors .................... 18 The Transactions .............. 25 Use of Proceeds ................. 26 Offer to Exchange its Capitalization ................. 27 Series B Pro Forma Consolidated 12% Senior Subordinated Notes Financial Data ............... 28 Due 2004 Selected Historical for Consolidated Financial Data .... 36 any and all of its outstanding Management's Discussion and 12% Senior Subordinated Notes Analysis of Results of Due 2004 Operations and Financial Condition ..................... 38 PROSPECTUS Business ....................... 45 Management .................... 64 Principal Stockholders ........ 67 Certain Transactions ........... 69 Description of the Exchange Notes .......................... 71 The Exchange Offer .............. 98 Description of Certain Indebtedness .................. 106 Description of Capital Stock .. 107 Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations .... 113 Plan of Distribution ........... 113 Legal Matters ................. 114 Experts ....................... 114 Market and Industry Data ........ 114 Index to Financial Statements .. F-1 UNTIL , ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, , 1997 MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS. - -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, inter alia, ("Section 145") provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer, director, employee or agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides for the indemnification of directors and officers of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as it currently exists or may hereafter be amended. II-1 ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (a) Exhibits. 3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One, Inc. 3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of Radio One, Inc. 4.1 Indenture dated as of May 15, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc. and United States Trust Company of New York. 4.2 Purchase Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and NationsBanc Capital Mar- kets, Inc. 4.3 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc. 4.4 Standstill Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc., NationsBank of Texas, N.A., United States Trust Company of New York and the other parties thereto. 5.1 Opinion and consent of Kirkland & Ellis. 10.1 Office Lease dated February 3, 1997 between National Life Insurance Company and Radio One, Inc. for premises located at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, Lanham, Mary- land, as amended on February 24, 1997. 10.2 Purchase Option Agreement dated February 3, 1997 between National Life Insurance Company and Radio One, Inc. for the premises located at 5900 Princess Garden Park- way, Lanham, Maryland. 10.3 Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 6, 1996 by and between Jarad Broadcast- ing Company of Pennsylvania, Inc. and Radio One, Inc. 10.4 Office Lease commencing November 1, 1993 between Chalrep Limited Partnership and Radio One, Inc., with respect to the property located at 100 St. Paul Street, Baltimore, Maryland. 10.5 Preferred Stockholders' Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc. and the other parties thereto. 10.6 Warrantholders' Agreement dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended by the First Amendment to Warrantholders' Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997, among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc. and the other parties thereto. 10.7 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Syncom Capital Corporation. 10.8 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Alliance Enterprise Corporation. 10.9 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Greater Philadelphia Venture Capital Corporation, Inc. 10.10 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Opportunity Capital Corporation. 10.11 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc. 10.12 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to TSG Ventures Inc. 10.13 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation. 10.14 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. 10.15 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to BancBoston Investments, Inc. 10.16 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Grant M. Wilson. II-2 10.17 Management Agreement dated as of August 1, 1996 by and between Radio One, Inc. and Radio One of Atlanta, Inc. 10.18 Letter of Intent dated March 12, 1997 by and between Radio One, Inc. and Allied Capital Financial Corporation, as amended by that certain First Amendment dated as of May 6, 1997, that certain Second Amendment dated as of May 30, 1997, that certain Third Amendment dated as of June 5, 1997 and that certain Letter Agreement dated as of July 1, 1997. 12.1 Statement of Computation of Ratios. 21.1 Subsidiaries of Radio One, Inc. 23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen, L.L.P. 23.2 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P. 23.3 Consent of Kirkland & Ellis (included in Exhibit 5.1). 24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in signature page). 25.1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1. 27.1 Financial Data Schedule. 99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal. 99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. 99.3 Form of Tender Instructions. (b) Financial Statement Schedules. Not Applicable. ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement; (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and (4) If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Rule 3-19 of the chapter at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided, that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section II-3 10(a)(3) of the Act or Rule 3-19 of this chapter if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3. (5) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. (6) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. (7) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request. (8) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 20 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. II-4 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Lanham, State of Maryland, on July 3, 1997. RADIO ONE, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins, III ---------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins, III Title: President and Chief Executive Officer POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Alfred C. Liggins, III, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director and/or officer of Radio One, Inc.), to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
SIGNATURE CAPACITY DATE - ----------------------------- --------------------------------------- -------------- /s/ Alfred C. Liggins, III Chief Executive Officer, President and July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Director (principal executive officer) Alfred C. Liggins, III /s/ Scott R. Royster Executive Vice President and Chief July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Financial Officer (principal financial Scott R. Royster officer and accounting officer) /s/ Michael A. Covington Corporate Controller July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Michael A. Covington /s/ Catherine L. Hughes Chairperson and Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Catherine L. Hughes /s/ Terry L. Jones Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Terry L. Jones /s/ Brian W. McNeill Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Brian W. McNeill /s/ P. Richard Zitelman Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- P. Richard Zitelman
SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Lanham, State of Maryland, on July 3, 1997. RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins, III ---------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins, III Title: President and Chief Executive Officer POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Alfred C. Liggins, III, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director and/or officer of Radio One Licenses, Inc.), to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement and power of attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
SIGNATURE CAPACITY DATE - ----------------------------- --------------------------------------- -------------- /s/ Alfred C. Liggins, III Chief Executive Officer, President and July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Director (principal executive officer) Alfred C. Liggins, III /s/ Scott R. Royster Executive Vice President and Chief July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Financial Officer (principal financial Scott R. Royster officer and accounting officer) /s/ Michael A. Covington Corporate Controller July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Michael A. Covington /s/ Catherine L. Hughes Chairperson and Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Catherine L. Hughes /s/ Terry L. Jones Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Terry L. Jones /s/ Brian W. McNeill Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- Brian W. McNeill /s/ P. Richard Zitelman Director July 3, 1997 --------------------------- P. Richard Zitelman
INDEX TO SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULES PAGE ----- Report of Independent Public Accountants ............ S-2 Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ...... S-3 S-1 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Radio One, Inc. and Subsidiary: We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the financial statements of Radio One, Inc. (a Delaware corporation during 1996) and subsidiary included in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement and have issued our report thereon dated February 13, 1997. Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed in the accompanying index are presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are not part of the basic financial statements. These schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Baltimore, Maryland, February 13, 1997 S-2 RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 25, 1994, DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1997
BALANCE AT ADDITIONS BALANCE AT BEGINNING CHARGED TO END OF OF YEAR EXPENSE DEDUCTIONS YEAR ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------- Allowance for doubtful accounts: Year ended December 25, 1994 ............ $ 472,600 $610,200 $ 614,800 $ 468,000 Year ended December 31, 1995 ............ $ 468,000 $298,300 $ 96,900 $ 669,400 Year ended December 31, 1996 ............ $ 669,400 $627,800 $ 532,000 $ 765,200 Three months ended March 30, 1997 ...... $ 765,200 $184,800 $ 84,500 $ 865,500 Tax valuation reserve: Year ended December 25, 1994 ............ $ - $ - $ - $ - Year ended December 31, 1995 ............ $ 739,000 $328,000 $ - $1,067,000 Year ended December 31, 1996 ............ $1,067,000 $ - $1,067,000 $ - Three months ended March 30, 1997 ...... $ - $ - $ - $ -
S-3 EXHIBIT INDEX EXHIBITS. 3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Radio One, Inc. 3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of Radio One, Inc. 4.1 Indenture dated as of May 15, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc. and United States Trust Company of New York. 4.2 Purchase Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc. 4.3 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One licenses, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and Natonsbanc Capital Markets, Inc. 4.4 Standstill Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc., NationsBank of Texas, N.A., United States Trust Company of New York and the other parties thereto. 5.1 Opinion and consent of Kirkland & Ellis. 10.1 Office Lease dated February 3, 1997 between National Life Insurance Company and Radio One, Inc. for premises located at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, Lanham, Maryland, as amended on February 24, 1997. 10.2 Purchase Option Agreement dated February 3, 1997 between National Life Insurance Company and Radio One, Inc. for the premises located at 5900 Princess Garden Parkway, Lanham, Maryland. 10.3 Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 6, 1996 by and between Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc. and Radio One, Inc. 10.4 Office Lease commencing November 1, 1993 between Chalrep Limited Partnership and Radio One, Inc., with respect to the property located at 100 St. Paul Street, Baltimore, Maryland. 10.5 Preferred Stockholders' Agreement dated as of May 14, 1997 among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc .and the other parties thereto. 10.6 Warrantholders' Agreement dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended by the First Amendment to Warrantholders' Agreement dated as of May 19, 1997, among Radio One, Inc., Radio One Licenses, Inc. and the other parties thereto. 10.7 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One., Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Syncom Capital Corporation. 10.8 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Alliance Enterprise Corporation. 10.9 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Greater Philadelphia Venture Capital Corporation, Inc. 10.10 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Opportunity Capital Corporation 10.11 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc. 10.12 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to TGS Venture Inc. 10.13 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation. 10.14 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. 10.15 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to BancBoston Investments, Inc. 10.16 Amended and Restated Warrant of Radio One, Inc. dated as of May 19, 1997, issued to Grant M. Wilson. 10.17 Management Agreement dated as of August 1, 1996 by and between Radio One, Inc. and Radio One of Atlanta, Inc. 12.1 Statement of Computations of Ratios. 21.1 Subsidiaries of Radio One, Inc. 23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen, L.L.P. 23.2 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P. 23.3 consent of Kirkland & Ellis (included in Exhibit 5.1). 24.1 Powers of Attorney (included in signature page). 25.1 Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1. 27.1 Financial Data Schedule. 99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal. 99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. 99.3 Form of Tender Instructions.
                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDED AND

                      RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


                  The  undersigned,  being the duly elected  President and Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Radio  One,  Inc.  (the  "Corporation"),  a  corporation
organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware ("DGCL"), hereby declares and certifies the following:

                  1. That the  Corporation  filed its  original  Certificate  of
Incorporation  with the  Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 15,
1996 (the "Certificate of Incorporation").

                  2. That the present name of the Corporation is Radio One, Inc.

                  3. That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to
Sections  141,  242 and 245 of the DGCL,  adopted  resolutions  authorizing  the
Corporation to amend,  integrate and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of
the  Corporation  in its  entirety  to read as set forth in  Exhibit A  attached
hereto and made a part hereof (the "Amended and Restated Certificate").

                  4.  That the  stockholders  of the  Corporation  approved  and
adopted the Amended and Restated  Certificate  in accordance  with Sections 228,
242 and 245 of the DGCL.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has executed this  certificate in
the name and on behalf of the Corporation as of this 16th day of May, 1997.


                               By:
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Name:    Alfred C. Liggins
                                  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer





                                    EXHIBIT A

                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


                                ARTICLE I - Name

         The name of the corporation is Radio One, Inc. (hereinafter referred to
as the "Corporation").

                         ARTICLE II - Registered Office

         The post office address of the registered  office of the Corporation in
the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, Dover, Kent County,  Delaware
19901.  The name of the registered  agent of the  Corporation at that address is
National Registered Agents, Inc.

                              ARTICLE III - Purpose

         The purpose of the  Corporation  is to acquire,  operate,  and maintain
radio stations and television  stations and to engage in any other lawful act or
activity for which  corporations may be organized under the General  Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL").

                           ARTICLE IV - Capital Stock

         Section 4.1. General. The total number of shares of capital stock which
the  Corporation  has authority to issue is 252,000  shares,  consisting of: (i)
100,000 shares of 15% Series A Cumulative  Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value
$.01 per share (the "Series A  Preferred"),  (ii) 150,000 shares of 15% Series B
Cumulative  Redeemable  Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Series B
Preferred,"  and together with the Series A Preferred,  the "Preferred  Stock"),
(iii) 1,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class
A Common"),  and (iv) 1,000 shares of Class B Common  Stock,  par value $.01 per
share (the "Class B Common," and together  with the Class A Common,  the "Common
Stock").  The  Preferred  Stock  and  Common  Stock  are  hereinafter  sometimes
collectively  referred to as "Capital  Stock."  Certain  capitalized  terms used
herein are defined in Section 4.4(c) of this ARTICLE IV below.

         Section 4.2.  Preferred  Stock.  Except as  otherwise  provided in this
Section 4.2 of this ARTICLE IV or as otherwise  required by applicable  law, all
shares of Series A Preferred  and Series B Preferred  shall be  identical in all
respects and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges
and shall be subject to the same qualifications, limitations and restrictions.







                  (a) Dividends.

                           (i) General Obligation. To the extent permitted under
the DGCL, the Corporation  shall pay  preferential  cumulative  dividends to the
holders of the  Preferred  Stock as provided in this  Section  4.2(a)(i) of this
ARTICLE IV.  Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  dividends on each share of
Preferred Stock (a "Preferred  Share") shall accrue on a daily basis at the rate
of 15% per annum (the "Dividend  Rate") on the sum of (A) the Liquidation  Value
thereof plus (B) all unpaid  accumulated  dividends  thereon,  if any,  from and
including the date of issuance of such Preferred Share to and including the date
on which the  Liquidation  Preference  Amount of such  Preferred  Share is paid.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the  Corporation  does not redeem all of the
issued and  outstanding  Preferred  Shares on the Mandatory  Redemption Date (as
defined in Section  4.2(d)(i) of this ARTICLE IV) or, upon the  occurrence of an
Event of  Noncompliance  (as defined in the Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement)
(such  failure  to  redeem  or  occurrence  of  an  Event  of  Noncompliance,  a
"Noncompliance Event"), the Majority Holders may elect, by written notice to the
Corporation,  to  have  the  Dividend  Rate  increase  to  18%  per  annum  (the
"Noncompliance  Dividend  Rate") and  dividends  shall accrue on each  Preferred
Share on a daily basis at the Noncompliance  Dividend Rate on the sum of (x) the
Liquidation Value thereof plus (y) all unpaid accumulated  dividends thereon, if
any, commencing on the date of the occurrence of such Noncompliance Event (after
the  expiration of all applicable  cure periods) and  continuing  until (I) such
Default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Preferred  Stockholders' Agreement
or  waived by the  Majority  Holders  or (II) the date on which the  Liquidation
Preference Amount of such Preferred Share is paid. Dividends on Preferred Shares
shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are
profits,  surplus or other funds of the  Corporation  legally  available for the
payment of dividends.  The date on which the  Corporation  initially  issues any
Preferred  Share shall be deemed to be its "date of issuance"  regardless of the
number of times  transfer of such  Preferred  Share is made on the stock records
maintained  by  or  for  the   Corporation  and  regardless  of  the  number  of
certificates which may be issued to evidence such Preferred Share.

                           (ii) Special WPHI-FM  Dividend.  Notwithstanding  the
provisions of Section 4.2(a)(i) of this ARTICLE IV, in the event the Corporation
does not meet any  performance  target listed below relating  exclusively to the
operation  of  WPHI-FM,  the  Dividend  Rate for each  Preferred  Share shall be
increased to 17% per annum (the "Retroactive Dividend Rate") and dividends shall
accrue on each Preferred Share on a daily basis at the Retroactive Dividend Rate
on the sum of (A) the Liquidation Value thereof plus (B) all unpaid  accumulated
dividends thereon,  if any, for the period commencing on the date of issuance of
such  Preferred  Share  until (x) such  time as the  Corporation  first  meets a
performance  target at a subsequent date or such  noncompliance is waived by the
Majority Holders or (y) the date on which the Liquidation  Preference  Amount of
such Preferred Share is paid:

                                       2




  AS OF THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD ENDING           BROADCAST CASH FLOW ($)
                12/31/98                                  1,517
                3/31/99                                   1,669
                6/30/99                                   1,878
                9/30/99                                   2,097
                12/31/99                                  2,346
                3/31/00                                   2,446
                6/30/00                                   2,583
                9/30/00                                   2,727
                12/31/00                                  2,891
                3/31/01                                   2,987
                6/30/01                                   3,121
                9/30/01                                   3,261
                12/31/01                                  3,419
                3/31/02                                   3,451
                6/30/02                                   3,494
                9/30/02                                   3,539
                12/31/02                                  3,590
                3/31/03                                   3,623
                6/30/03                                   3,669
                9/30/03                                   3,716
                12/31/03                                  3,770
and in each calendar quarter thereafter
 for the immediately prior twelve-month
period through the Mandatory Redemption


Any right to receive dividends on a Preferred Share at the Retroactive  Dividend
Rate shall transfer with each such Preferred Share.

                           (iii) Dividend Reference Date. To the extent not paid
on  December  31 of each  year,  beginning  December  31,  1997  (the  "Dividend
Reference  Date"),  all  dividends  which have accrued on each  Preferred  Share
issued and  outstanding  during the one-year period (or other period in the case
of the initial Dividend Reference Date) ending upon each such Dividend Reference
Date shall be accumulated and shall remain accumulated dividends with respect to
such Preferred  Share until paid. All dividends paid on a Preferred  Share shall
be applied  first to, and to the extent of, unpaid  dividends  that have accrued
(but  which  have not been  accumulated)  and then  to,  and to the  extent  of,
accumulated dividends, if any.

                           (iv)  Distribution  of  Partial  Dividend   Payments.
Except as otherwise  provided  herein,  if at any time the Corporation pays less
than the total amount of unpaid  dividends  accrued on the Preferred Shares then
outstanding, such payment shall be distributed ratably among

                                       3




the holders  thereof based upon the aggregate  amount of accumulated and accrued
but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Shares held by each such holder.

                  (b)  Liquidation.  Upon any  Liquidation  of the  Corporation,
provided all  indebtedness  for money  borrowed of the  Corporation  (including,
without limitation,  the Senior  Indebtedness) has been finally and indefeasibly
paid in full in cash,  each holder of  Preferred  Shares shall be entitled to be
paid in cash,  before and in  preference to any  distribution  or payment of any
asset, capital, surplus or earnings of the Corporation is made to the holders of
other Capital  Stock,  an amount equal to the aggregate  Liquidation  Preference
Amount of the Preferred Shares held by such holder, and the holders of Preferred
Shares shall not be entitled to any other payment in respect of their  Preferred
Shares.  If upon  any  such  Liquidation  of the  Corporation,  the  funds to be
distributed among the holders of the Preferred Shares are insufficient to permit
payment to such holders of the aggregate Liquidation  Preference Amount for such
Preferred  Shares in cash,  then the entire assets and funds of the  Corporation
legally  available  for  distribution  shall be  distributed  ratably  among the
holders based on the aggregate  Liquidation  Preference  Amount of the Preferred
Shares held by each such holder. The Corporation shall provide written notice of
any such  Liquidation,  not less than 60 days prior to the  payment  date stated
therein, to each record holder of Preferred Shares.

                  (c)  Priority of  Preferred  Stock.  So long as any  Preferred
Share remains  outstanding,  neither the  Corporation  nor any Subsidiary of the
Corporation shall redeem,  purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly,
or set apart funds for the  redemption,  purchase or  acquisition  of, any other
Capital Stock,  nor shall the Corporation  directly or indirectly pay or declare
any dividend or make any distribution upon any other Capital Stock (other than a
dividend   payable   solely   in   Junior   Securities);    provided,   however,
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may purchase Junior Securities in
accordance with the provisions of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (d) Redemptions.

                           (i)  Mandatory  Redemption.  On  May  29,  2005  (the
"Mandatory  Redemption  Date"),  the  Company  will  be  required,   subject  to
applicable law, to redeem all issued and outstanding Preferred Shares,  together
with any and all accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon.

                           (ii)  Redemptions  at the Option of the  Corporation.
The  Corporation  shall have the right (but not the obligation) to redeem issued
and outstanding Preferred Shares, subject to applicable law, as follows:

                                  (A) the  Corporation may at any time, and from
time to time,  redeem all or a portion of the issued and  outstanding  shares of
Series A  Preferred;  provided,  however,  that upon the  timely  delivery  of a
Participation  Notice as set forth in clause  (v) of this  Section  4.2(d),  any
holder of shares of Series B Preferred  shall have the right to  participate  in
such  redemption  and the number of  Preferred  Shares to be redeemed  from each
holder of Series A  Preferred  and each  holder of Series B  Preferred  that has
delivered a timely  Participation Notice shall be the number of Preferred Shares
determined by multiplying  the total number of Preferred  Shares the Corporation
has elected to redeem as specified in the Final Redemption Notice by a fraction,
the

                                        4





numerator  of which  shall be the total  number of shares of Series A  Preferred
held by such  holder  or the  total  number  of  shares  of  Series B  Preferred
specified in such holder's timely delivered  Participation  Notice,  as the case
may be, and the  denominator  of which  shall be the sum of the total  number of
outstanding  shares of Series A  Preferred  and the number of shares of Series B
Preferred that are the subject of timely delivered Participation Notices;

                                  (B) the  Corporation may at any time, and from
time to time, redeem issued and outstanding Preferred Shares having an aggregate
Liquidation  Value of up to $2,000,000,  provided that the  Corporation has paid
all  accumulated  and accrued  but unpaid  dividends  on all of the  outstanding
Preferred Shares in full simultaneously with or prior to such redemption; and

                                  (C) on or after June 6, 1999, the  Corporation
may at any time, and from time to time,  redeem all or any portion of the issued
and outstanding Preferred Shares.

                           (iii)  Redemption  at the  Option of the  Holders  of
Preferred  Shares.  The  Majority  Holders  shall  have the  right  (but not the
obligation) to require the  Corporation  (and if the Majority  Holders  exercise
such right, the Corporation shall be obligated) to redeem issued and outstanding
Preferred Shares, subject to applicable law, as follows:

                                  (A) if  permitted  by the  terms  of the  Debt
Agreements,  upon the consummation of an Initial Public  Offering,  the Majority
Holders  may  require  the Company to apply an amount not to exceed the Net Cash
Proceeds  received by the Corporation from the Initial Public Offering to redeem
the maximum  number of Shares of Preferred  Stock that may be redeemed given the
amount elected by the Majority Holders to be so applied; and

                                  (B) after  all  outstanding  indebtedness  for
money borrowed of the Corporation  (including,  without  limitation,  the Senior
Indebtedness)  has been  finally and  indefeasibly  paid in full in cash and any
commitment to fund related thereto shall have been  terminated,  if a Redemption
Event (as defined in the Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement)  is existing,  the
Majority  Holders  may  require  the Company to redeem all or any portion of the
outstanding Preferred Shares.

                           (iv)  Redemption  Payment.  For each Preferred  Share
which is to be redeemed,  the Corporation shall pay to the holder thereof on the
Redemption  Date (upon surrender by such holder at the  Corporation's  principal
office  of the  certificate  representing  such  Preferred  Share)  an amount in
immediately  available funds equal to the Liquidation  Preference Amount. If the
funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of Preferred Shares on
any  Redemption  Date are  insufficient  to redeem the total number of Preferred
Shares to be  redeemed on such date,  those  funds  which are legally  available
shall be used to redeem the maximum  possible number of Preferred Shares ratably
among  the  holders  of the  Preferred  Shares  to be  redeemed  based  upon the
aggregate  Liquidation  Preference  Amount held by each such holder. At any time
thereafter  when additional  funds of the Corporation are legally  available for
the  redemption of Preferred  Shares,  such funds shall  immediately  be used to
redeem the balance of the  Preferred  Shares  which the  Corporation  has become
obligated to redeem on any Redemption Date but which it has not redeemed.






                           (v) Notice of Redemption on the Mandatory  Redemption
Date.  After  September  1, 2004,  and on or prior to  November  29,  2004,  the
Corporation shall give written notice (a "Mandatory Redemption Notice") by mail,
postage  prepaid,  overnight  courier or  facsimile  to the  holders of the then
outstanding Preferred Shares at the address of each such holder appearing on the
books of the  Corporation  or given by such  holder  to the  Corporation,  which
notice  shall  set  forth  the  Mandatory  Redemption  Date and the  Liquidation
Preference  Amount for each Preferred  Share.  The Mandatory  Redemption  Notice
shall  further  call upon such holders to  surrender  to the  Corporation  on or
before the Mandatory  Redemption Date at the place designated in the notice such
holder's  certificate or certificates  representing  the Preferred  Shares to be
redeemed  on the  Mandatory  Redemption  Date  or an  indemnification  and  loss
certificate therefor. On or before the Mandatory Redemption Date, each holder of
Preferred Shares to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate  evidencing such
shares, or such indemnification and loss certificate, to the Corporation.

                           (vi)  Notice of  Redemption  at the  Election  of the
Corporation. The Corporation shall provide prior written notice (the "Redemption
Notice")  of any  redemption  of  Preferred  Shares  to each  record  holder  of
Preferred  Shares  not more than 60 nor less  than 30 days  prior to the date on
which a  redemption  of  Preferred  Shares is  expected  to be made  pursuant to
Section 4.2(d)(ii), and which shall set forth the series and number of Preferred
Shares to be redeemed,  the date on which such  redemption  is to take place and
the  Liquidation  Preference  Amount for each Preferred Share on such date. Such
Redemption Notice shall be sent by mail,  postage prepaid,  overnight courier or
facsimile  to the  address  of each such  holder  appearing  on the books of the
Corporation  or given by such  holder  to the  Corporation  for the  purpose  of
notice.  The Redemption Notice shall further call upon such holders to surrender
to the  Corporation  or  before  the  applicable  Redemption  Date at the  place
designated in the Redemption  Notice such holder's  certificate or  certificates
representing  the shares to be redeemed on the applicable  Redemption Date or an
indemnification  and loss  certificate  therefor.  On or before  the  applicable
Redemption  Date,  each holder of Preferred  Shares called for redemption  shall
surrender  the   certificate   evidencing   such  Preferred   Shares,   or  such
indemnification  and loss certificate,  to the Corporation.  With respect to any
election  by the  Corporation  to  redeem  all or any  portion  of the  Series A
Preferred pursuant to Section  4.2(d)(ii)(A) of this ARTICLE IV, (A) any holders
of Series B  Preferred  that  intend to  participate  in such  redemption  shall
provide written notice of such intention to the Corporation (the  "Participation
Notice")  within  five  days  of  receipt  of  a  Redemption  Notice,  and  such
Participation  Notice shall set forth the number of shares of Series B Preferred
that such holder  desires to have  redeemed by the  Corporation,  and (B) if the
Corporation receives any timely Participation Notices, the Corporation may elect
either (a) to redeem the number of Preferred Shares  originally set forth in its
Redemption  Notice or (b) to redeem a greater number of Preferred  Shares.  Upon
making such  election,  the  Corporation  shall provide  written  notice to each
holder of Preferred  Shares  setting forth the total number of Preferred  Shares
the  Corporation has so elected to redeem and the Series and number of Preferred
Shares  that shall be redeemed  from each holder of Series A Preferred  and each
holder of Series B Preferred that has delivered a timely Participation Notice no
later  than two  days  prior  to the  applicable  Redemption  Date  (the  "Final
Redemption Notice").

                           (vii)  Notice of  Redemption  at the  Election of the
Holders.  With  respect to any  election  by the  Majority  Holders to cause the
Corporation to redeem all or any portion of the issued and outstanding Preferred
Shares pursuant to Section  4.2(d)(iii) of this ARTICLE IV, the Majority Holders
shall provide  written notice of such election to the  Corporation not more than
60

                                       6





nor less than 30 days prior to the date on which such  redemption  is to be made
and such notice  shall set forth the number of  Preferred  Shares to be redeemed
and the date on which such  redemption is to take place (the "Put Notice").  The
Corporation  shall notify the record holders of Preferred Shares promptly of (A)
the  commencement  of the Initial  Public  Offering  (and the amount of Net Cash
Proceeds  received  therefrom)  and (B) the first date on which all  outstanding
indebtedness  for  money  borrowed  of  the  Corporation   (including,   without
limitation,  the Senior  Indebtedness) has been finally and indefeasibly paid in
full in  cash  and any  commitment  to fund  related  thereto  shall  have  been
terminated.

                           (viii)  Determination  of the Number of Each Holder's
Preferred  Shares to be  Redeemed.  Except in  redemptions  pursuant  to Section
4.2(d)(ii)(A)  of this ARTICLE IV, the number of Preferred Shares to be redeemed
from  each  holder  thereof  in  redemptions  hereunder  shall be the  number of
Preferred Shares  determined by multiplying the total number of Preferred Shares
to be redeemed by a fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the total number
of Preferred  Shares then held by such holder and the denominator of which shall
be the total number of  Preferred  Shares then issued and  outstanding.  In case
fewer than the total number of Preferred  Shares  represented by any certificate
are redeemed, a new certificate  representing the number of unredeemed Preferred
Shares shall be issued to the holder thereof  without cost to such holder within
three business days after surrender of the certificate representing the redeemed
Preferred Shares.

                           (ix) Dividends  After  Redemption  Date. No Preferred
Share is  entitled  to any  dividends  that  accrue  after the date on which the
Liquidation  Preference  Amount of such  Preferred  Share is paid to the  holder
thereof.  On such date all rights of the holder of such  Preferred  Share  shall
cease,  and  such  Preferred  Share  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  issued  and
outstanding.

                           (x) Redeemed or Otherwise  Acquired Preferred Shares.
Any Preferred Shares which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation
shall be canceled and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.

                           (xi) Other  Redemptions or Acquisitions.  Neither the
Corporation nor any Subsidiary  shall redeem or otherwise  acquire any Preferred
Stock,  except as expressly  authorized  herein or pursuant to a purchase  offer
made pro rata to all  holders of  Preferred  Stock on the basis of the number of
Preferred Shares owned by each such holder.

                  (e) Voting  Rights.  Except as provided in ARTICLE VII of this
Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  or as otherwise  required by
applicable  law, the holders of Preferred  Shares shall have no right to vote on
any matters to be voted on by the Corporation's stockholders.

                  (f) Restrictions and Limitations. For so long as any Preferred
Share is outstanding,  without the written consent of the Majority Holders,  the
Corporation  shall not fail to comply with  Sections 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, 6.7 and 6.11
of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement.

         4.3. Section      Common  Stock.   Except  as  otherwise   provided  in
Section 4.3 of this ARTICLE IV or as otherwise  required by applicable  law, all
shares of Class A Common and Class B Common

                                       7





shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holders  thereof to the
same  rights and  privileges  and shall be  subject to the same  qualifications,
limitations and restrictions.

         (a) Voting  Rights.  At every  meeting of the  stockholders,  except as
specifically  otherwise  required by law, the holders of Class A Common shall be
entitled  to one  vote  per  share on all  matters  presented  for a vote of the
stockholders of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided in ARTICLE VII of
this  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or as  required by
applicable law, the holders of Class B Common shall have no right to vote on any
matter presented for a vote of the  stockholders of the Corporation  (including,
without  limitation,  the election or removal of directors of the  Corporation),
and Class B Common  shall not be  included in  determining  the number of shares
voting  or  entitled  to vote on such  matters.  The Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation  shall have  concurrent  power with the holders of Class A Common to
adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. A consolidation or merger,
or the sale, lease, exchange,  mortgage, pledge, or other disposition of all, or
substantially all, of the property or assets of the Corporation,  if not made in
the usual and regular course of its business, shall require a resolution adopted
by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the authorization
of an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Class
A Common.

         (b) Dividends.  As and when dividends are declared or paid with respect
to shares of Common  Stock,  whether  in cash,  property  or  securities  of the
Corporation,  the  holders of Class A Common  and the  holders of Class B Common
shall be entitled to receive such  dividends pro rata at the same rate per share
for each such class of Common Stock; provided that (i) if dividends are declared
or paid in shares of Common Stock, the dividends payable to the holders of Class
A Common shall be payable in shares of Class A Common and the dividends  payable
to the  holders  of Class B Common  shall be payable in shares of Class B Common
and (ii) if the dividends consist of other voting securities of the Corporation,
the Corporation  shall make available to each holder of Class B Common,  at such
holder's  request,  dividends  consisting  of non-voting  securities  (except as
otherwise  required by law) of the Corporation which are otherwise  identical to
the voting  securities and which are convertible into such voting  securities on
the same terms as the Class B Common is convertible into the Class A Common. The
rights of the holders of Common  Stock to receive  dividends  are subject to the
provisions of the Preferred Stock.

         (c)  Reservation.  The Corporation  shall at all times reserve and keep
available  out of its  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Common Stock Class A
Common and Class B Common in a quantity sufficient to provide for the conversion
of all outstanding  shares of the Class A Common and Class B Common into Class B
Common and Class A Common, respectively.

         (d) Conversion of Common Stock.

                  (i) General  Provisions.  Subject to the terms and  conditions
stated  herein,  the  holder of any  shares of either  Class A Common or Class B
Common shall have the right at any time, at such holder's option, to convert all
or a portion  of the  shares of the class of Common  Stock so held into the same
number of shares of the other class of Common  Stock.  Such right of  conversion
shall  be  exercised  (A)  by  giving  written  notice  (the  "Notice")  to  the
Corporation  at least ten (10) days  prior to the  Conversion  Date (as  defined
below)  specified  therein that the holder  elects to convert a stated number of
shares of Class A Common or Class B Common into shares of the

                                       8





other  class of Common  Stock on the date  specified  in such  Notice or on such
later date following any Deferral Period (as defined below) on which  conversion
may occur (the  "Conversion  Date") and (B) by  surrendering  the certificate or
certificates  representing  at least  the  number of shares of Class A Common or
Class B Common to be converted to the Corporation at its principal office at any
time during the usual  business  hours on or before the  Conversion  Date,  duly
endorsed in blank by the owner of the certificate so surrendered,  together with
a statement  of the name or names (with  addresses)  of the Person or Persons in
whose  name or names  the  certificate  or  certificates  for  shares  issued on
conversion  shall be  registered.  Promptly  after  receipt of the  Notice,  the
Corporation shall send written notice of such holder's intent to convert to each
other  registered  holder  of any  shares of Class A Common or Class B Common at
such  other  holder's  address  as shown on the stock  transfer  records  of the
Corporation. The Corporation shall not convert or directly or indirectly redeem,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  share of Class A Common or take any other
action  affecting  the voting  rights of such share if such action will increase
the  percentage  of  outstanding  voting  securities  owned or controlled by any
Regulated Stockholder (other than any Regulated Stockholder which requested that
the  Corporation  take such  action)  and the effect  thereof  would  cause such
Regulated  Stockholder and its Affiliates to hold in the aggregate 5% or more of
the outstanding  shares of Class A Common unless the  Corporation  gives written
notice  (the   "Deferral   Notice")  of  such  action  to  each  such  Regulated
Stockholder. The Corporation will defer making any such conversion,  redemption,
purchase or other acquisition,  or taking any such other action, for a period of
30 days (the  "Deferral  Period")  after giving the Deferral  Notice in order to
allow each such Regulated  Stockholder to determine whether it wishes to convert
or take any other action with  respect to the Common Stock it owns,  controls or
has the power to vote. If any such Regulated  Stockholder then elects to convert
any shares of Class A Common into shares of Class B Common,  it shall notify the
Corporation in writing within 20 days of the issuance of the Deferral Notice, in
which case the  Corporation  shall promptly  notify from time to time each other
Regulated Stockholder holding shares of Common Stock of each proposed conversion
and the  proposed  transaction  and each  Regulated  Stockholder  may notify the
Corporation  in writing of its election to convert shares of Class A Common into
Class B  Common  at any  time  prior  to the  end of the  Deferral  Period.  The
Corporation shall effect the conversions requested by all Regulated Stockholders
in  response  to the  Deferral  Notice and the  notices  issued  pursuant to the
immediately proceeding sentence at the end of the Deferral Period.

                  (ii) Regulated  Stockholders.  No Regulated  Stockholder shall
exercise  its  rights as a holder of  shares of Class B Common to  convert  such
shares into shares of Class A Common,  or  otherwise  acquire  shares of Class A
Common, if, after giving effect to such exercise, such Regulated Stockholder and
its Affiliates would own 5% or more of the outstanding Class A Common; provided,
however,  that the  foregoing  restrictions  shall cease and terminate as to any
shares of Class B Common or any Regulated  Stockholder,  when, in the opinion of
counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to the Corporation,  such  restrictions are no
longer  required  in  order  to  assure  compliance  with  Regulation  Y or when
Regulation  Y  shall  cease  to  be  in  effect.   The  Corporation  shall  rely
conclusively on a certificate of a Regulated  Stockholder as to whether or not a
conversion  of shares of Class B Common into,  or an  acquisition  of, shares of
Class A Common will be in  compliance  with the  provisions  of the  immediately
preceding sentence, and,  notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, to
the extent not  inconsistent  with Regulation Y, such  conversion  rights may be
exercised or shares of Class A Common may be so acquired in the event that:  (A)
the Corporation shall vote to merge or consolidate with or into any other Person
and, after giving effect

                                       9





to such merger or consolidation,  such Regulated  Stockholder and its Affiliates
would not own 5% or more of the outstanding  voting  securities of the surviving
Person; (B) such Regulated  Stockholder desires to sell shares of Class A Common
into which all or part of its shares of Class B Common  are to be  converted  in
connection with any proposed purchase of Class A Common by another Person (other
than a Regulated  Stockholder  or an Affiliate  thereof);  or (C) such Regulated
Stockholder  intends to sell  shares of Class A Common into which all or part of
its  shares of Class B Common are to be  converted  pursuant  to a  registration
statement  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),  which
has been declared effective.

                  (iii)  Surrender  of   Certificates.   Subject  to  the  other
provisions  of this  Section  4.3 of this  ARTICLE  IV and of ARTICLE IX of this
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  promptly  after (A) the
Conversion  Date  and (B) the  surrender  of such  certificate  or  certificates
representing  the  share or  shares  of Class A Common  or Class B Common  to be
converted,  the Corporation  shall issue and deliver,  or cause to be issued and
delivered, to the holder requesting conversion, registered in such name or names
as such holder may  direct,  a  certificate  or  certificates  for the number of
shares of the class of Common Stock  issuable upon the  conversion of such share
or shares, together with a certificate or certificates evidencing any balance of
the  shares of the  class  surrendered  to the  Corporation  but not then  being
converted.  To the extent  permitted by law, such conversion  shall be deemed to
have been  effected as of the close of  business on the later of the  Conversion
Date or the date upon which the Corporation  shall have received the certificate
or certificates  representing  the shares to be converted,  and at such time the
rights of the holder of such share or shares as such holder shall cease, and the
person or person in whose  name or names any  certificate  or  certificates  for
shares shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the
holder or holders of record of such  shares of Class A Common or Class B Common,
as the case may be.

         (e)  Listing.  If the shares of Class A Common  required to be reserved
for  the  purpose  of  conversion  hereunder  require  listing  on any  national
securities  exchange,  before  such  shares  are  issued  upon  conversion,  the
Corporation  will,  at its expense and as  expeditiously  as  possible,  use its
commercially  reasonable  best efforts to cause such shares to be listed or duly
approved for listing on such national securities exchange.

         (f) No Charge. The issuance of certificates  representing  Common Stock
upon  conversion  of Class A Common or Class B Common as  hereinabove  set forth
shall be made without charge or any expense or issuance tax in respect  thereof;
provided,  however,  that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any taxes
which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  involved in the  issuance  and
delivery  of any  certificate  in a name  other  than that of the  holder of the
shares converted.

         (g) No Interference. Except as otherwise provided in ARTICLE IX of this
Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation,  the  Corporation  will not
close its books  against the  transfer of any share of Common Stock or of any of
the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of such shares
of Common Stock in any manner which interferes with the timely conversion of any
of such shares.

                                       10





         (h) Mergers,  Consolidations.  In the case of a merger or consolidation
which  reclassifies or changes the shares of Common Stock, or in the case of the
consolidation or merger of the Corporation  with or into another  corporation or
corporations  or the transfer of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
Corporation to another corporation or corporations, each share of Class B Common
shall  thereafter  be  convertible  into the  number of shares of stock or other
securities  or property to which a holder of shares of Class A Common would have
been  entitled  upon such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation,  merger or
transfer,  and, in any such case,  appropriate adjustment (as determined in good
faith by the Corporation's  Board of Directors) shall be made in the application
of the  provisions  herein  set forth with  respect to the rights and  interests
thereafter  of the holders of the Class B Common to the end that the  provisions
set forth herein shall thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as reasonably may be
practicable,  in relation to any shares of stock or other securities on property
thereafter  deliverable upon the conversion of shares of Class B Common. In case
of any such merger or consolidation,  the resulting or surviving corporation (if
not the  Corporation)  shall  expressly  assume the obligation to deliver,  upon
conversion of the Class B Common,  such stock or other securities or property as
the  holders of the Class B Common  remaining  outstanding  shall be entitled to
receive  pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof,  and to make  provisions  for the
protection  of the  conversion  rights  provided  for in this  ARTICLE  IV.  The
Corporation shall not be party to any merger,  consolidation or recapitalization
pursuant to which any  Regulated  Stockholder  would be required to take (A) any
voting  securities which would cause such holder to violate any law,  regulation
or other  requirement  of any  governmental  body  applicable to such  Regulated
Stockholder,  or (B) any securities  convertible into voting securities which if
such conversion took place would cause such Regulated Stockholder to violate any
law, regulation or other requirement of any governmental body applicable to such
Regulated  Stockholder other than securities which are specifically  provided to
be convertible only in the event that such conversion may occur without any such
violation.

         (i)  Liquidation,  Dissolution or Winding Up. Subject to the provisions
of the Preferred Stock, in the event of any Liquidation of the Corporation,  all
remaining  assets of the  Corporation  shall be  distributed  to  holders of the
Common  Stock pro rata at the same rate per share of each class of Common  Stock
according to their respective holdings of shares of the Common Stock.

     Section 4.4. Miscellaneous. Subject to the provisions of ARTICLE IX of this
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

         (a)  Registration  of  Transfer.  The  Corporation  shall  keep  at its
principal  office a register for the  registration  of Capital  Stock.  Upon the
surrender  of any  certificate  representing  Capital  Stock at such place,  the
Corporation  shall,  at the  request of the record  holder of such  certificate,
execute  and  deliver  (at  the  Corporation's  expense)  a new  certificate  or
certificates  in exchange  therefor  representing in the aggregate the number of
shares  represented by the  surrendered  certificate.  Each such new certificate
shall be registered in such name and shall represent such number of shares as is
requested  by  the  holder  of  the   surrendered   certificate   and  shall  be
substantially  identical in form to the surrendered  certificate,  and dividends
shall accrue on the Capital Stock  represented by such new certificate  from the
date to which  dividends have been fully paid on such Capital Stock  represented
by the surrendered  certificate.  The issuance of new certificates shall be made
without charge to the original holders of the surrendered certificates for

                                       11





any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in
connection with such issuance.

         (b) Replacement.  Upon receipt of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to
the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder shall be satisfactory) of
the ownership and the loss, theft,  destruction or mutilation of any certificate
evidencing  shares of any class or series of Capital  Stock,  and in the case of
any such loss,  theft or  destruction,  upon receipt of an indemnity  reasonably
satisfactory  to the  Corporation  (provided  that if the holder is a  financial
institution  or  other  institutional   investor  its  own  agreement  shall  be
satisfactory),  or, in the case of any such  mutilation  upon  surrender of such
certificate,  the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu
of such  certificate a new certificate of like kind  representing  the number of
shares of such class or series  represented by such lost,  stolen,  destroyed or
mutilated  certificate  and dated the date of such lost,  stolen,  destroyed  or
mutilated  certificate,   and  dividends  shall  accrue  on  the  Capital  Stock
represented by such new  certificate  from the date to which dividends have been
fully paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

         (c) Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

         "Affiliate"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  any  other  Person
directly or indirectly  controlling,  controlled by or under common control with
such Person (it being understood that for purposes of this definition,  the term
"control"   (including  with  correlative   meaning  the  terms   "controlling,"
"controlled  by" and "under common control  with"),  as used with respect to any
Person,  shall mean the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the power to
direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  and policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise).

         "Broadcash  Cash  Flow"  has the  meaning  given  to  such  term in the
Preferred Stockholders' Agreement.

         "Debt Agreements" means,  collectively,  the Indenture, the Senior Loan
Agreement,  and any other agreement governing indebtedness for borrowed money of
the Corporation permitted by the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement.

         "Indenture"  means that  certain  Indenture,  dated as of May 15, 1997,
pursuant to which the Corporation issued 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004.

         "Initial  Public  Offering"  means the first sale by the Corporation of
Common  Stock of the  Corporation  to the public in an  offering  pursuant to an
effective   registration  statement  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission pursuant to the 1933 Act, as then in effect; provided that an Initial
Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with a business
acquisition or combination or an employee benefit plan.

         "Investors" means the New Investors and the Original Investors.

         "Junior  Securities"  means (i) any class or series of Capital Stock of
the Corporation, whether now existing or hereafter authorized, that is junior to
any of the Series A Preferred or the

                                       12





Series B Preferred in priority  with respect to  dividends or  distributions  or
upon  Liquidation,  and (ii)  any  rights,  warrants,  options,  convertible  or
exchangeable  securities,  exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable  into,
directly or indirectly, any class or series of capital stock described in clause
(i) of this  definition,  whether at the time of issuance or upon the passage of
time or the occurrence of some future event.

         "Liquidation"  with respect to the Corporation,  means the liquidation,
dissolution  or winding up of the  Corporation.  Except as  permitted  under the
Preferred   Stockholders'   Agreement,   a  consolidation,   merger  or  capital
reorganization  of the  Corporation  (except  (i)  into or  with a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of the  Corporation  with  requisite  stockholder  approval or (ii) a
merger in which the beneficial owners of the Corporation's  outstanding  Capital
Stock immediately prior to such transaction  (assuming for this purpose that all
outstanding  warrants,  options and other  securities  convertible  into Capital
Stock that are  outstanding  at such time have been  exercised or converted,  as
applicable) hold no less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the
resulting  entity)  or  a  sale,   transfer  or  other  disposition  of  all  or
substantially  all of the  assets  of the  Corporation  shall be  regarded  as a
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the  Corporation,  and
shall constitute a Liquidation.

         "Liquidation  Preference  Amount"  means,  with  respect to a Preferred
Share,  the Liquidation  Value for such Preferred Share plus all accumulated and
accrued but unpaid dividends on such Preferred Share.

         "Liquidation Value" of any Preferred Share shall be equal to $100.00.

         "Majority  Holders" means,  collectively,  the holders of a majority of
the issued and outstanding Preferred Shares as of the date of determination.

         "Management   Investors"  means,   collectively,   Alfred  C.  Liggins,
Catherine L. Hughes, and Jerry A. Moore III.

         "Net Cash Proceeds" means the gross cash proceeds  actually received by
the  Corporation  from an  Initial  Public  Offering,  net of  attorneys'  fees,
accountants'  fees,  all  discounts,   underwriters'   commissions,   brokerage,
consultant or other  customary fees and  commissions,  and all other  reasonable
fees and expenses  actually  incurred by the Corporation in connection with such
Initial Public Offering.

         "New Investors"  means,  collectively,  Alta Subordinated Debt Partners
III, L.P., BancBoston Investments Inc. and Grant Wilson.

         "Original Investors" means,  collectively,  Syncom Capital Corporation,
Alliance   Enterprise   Corporation,   Greater   Philadelphia   Venture  Capital
Corporation,  Inc., Opportunity Capital Corporation,  Capital Dimensions Venture
Fund, Inc., TSG Ventures Inc. and Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation.

                                       13






         "Person"  means  an  individual,  a  partnership,  a joint  venture,  a
corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a limited liability company,
a trust, an unincorporated association and any other entity or organization.

         "Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement"  means  that  certain  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of May 14, 1997, by and among the Corporation,
the Original Investors,  the New Investors and the Management Investors,  as the
same may be amended from time to time.

         "Redemption Date" as to any Preferred Share means the date specified in
any Redemption Notice or Put Notice, as applicable;  provided, that no such date
shall be a Redemption Date unless the Liquidation  Preference Amount is actually
paid in full on such date, and if not so paid in full, the Redemption Date shall
be the date on which such amount is fully paid.

         "Regulated  Stockholder"  means any stockholder  that is subject to the
provisions  of  Regulation  Y and which  holds  shares  of  Common  Stock of the
Corporation,  so long as such stockholder  shall hold, and only with respect to,
such shares of Common Stock or shares issued upon conversion of such shares.

         "Regulation  Y" means  Regulation  Y of the Board of  Governors  of the
Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R. Part 225) or any successor to such regulation.

         "Senior  Indebtness" has the meaning given to such term in that certain
Standstill  Agreement,  effective  as of May  19,  1997,  among  the  Companies,
Liggins,   Hughes,  Moore,  Syncom  Capital  Corporation,   Alliance  Enterprise
Corporation, Greater Philadelphia Venture Capital Corporation, Inc., Opportunity
Capital  Corporation,  Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc., TSG Ventures Inc.,
Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation,  Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P.,
BancBoston  Investments Inc., Grant M. Wilson,  NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., and
United States Trust Company of New York.

         "Senior  Loan  Agreement"  has the  meaning  given to such  term in the
Preferred Stockholders' Agreement.

         "Subsidiary"  means  any  corporation  with  respect  to which  another
specified  corporation  has the power to vote or direct the voting of sufficient
securities to elect directors having a majority of the voting power of the board
of directors of such corporation.

         "Warrantholders'   Agreement"   means  that   certain   Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated  as of  June  6,  1995,  by and  among  the  Corporation,  the
Subsidiaries of the Corporation party thereto,  the Original Investors,  the New
Investors and the  Management  Investors,  as amended by the First  Amendment to
Warrantholders'  Agreement  dated as of May 19, 1997, and as thereafter  amended
from time to time.

                              ARTICLE V - Existence

     The Corporation is to have a perpetual existence.

                                       14





                         ARTICLE VI - General Provisions

     Section 6.1.  Dividends.  The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  shall
have  authority  from  time  to  time  to set  apart  out of any  assets  of the
Corporation  otherwise  available for dividends a reserve or reserves as working
capital or for any other purpose or purposes,  and to abolish or add to any such
reserve  or  reserves  from  time to time as said  Board  may  deem to be in the
interest  of the  Corporation;  and said  Board  shall  likewise  have  power to
determine in its discretion,  except as herein otherwise provided,  what part of
the assets of the Corporation  available for dividends in excess of such reserve
or reserves shall be declared in dividends and paid to the  stockholders  of the
Corporation.

     Section  6.2.  Issuance  of Stock.  The shares of all classes and series of
Capital Stock of the Corporation  may be issued by the Corporation  from time to
time for such  consideration  as from  time to time may be fixed by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation,  provided that shares having a par value shall not
be issued for a  consideration  less than such par value,  as  determined by the
Board.  At any time, or from time to time, the  Corporation  may grant rights or
options to purchase from the  Corporation any shares of its Capital Stock of any
class or series to run for such  period of time,  for such  consideration,  upon
such terms and  conditions,  and in such form as the Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation may determine.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have
authority,   as  provided  by  law,  to  determine  that  only  a  part  of  the
consideration  which shall be received by the  Corporation for the shares of its
Capital Stock having a par value be capital provided that the amount of the part
of such consideration so determined to be capital shall at least be equal to the
aggregate  par value of such  shares.  The excess,  if any, at any time,  of the
total net assets of the Corporation over the amount so determined to be capital,
as aforesaid,  shall be surplus.  All classes and series of Capital Stock of the
Corporation shall be and remain at all times nonassessable.

     The Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby  expressly  authorized,
in its discretion, in connection with the issuance of any obligations or Capital
Stock of the  Corporation  (but  without  intending  hereby to limit its general
power so to do in other cases),  to grant rights or options to purchase  Capital
Stock of the  Corporation of any class or series upon such terms and during such
period as the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  shall  determine,  and to
cause such rights to be evidenced by such  warrants or other  instruments  as it
may deem advisable.

     Section 6.3. Inspection of Books and Records. The Board of Directors of the
Corporation  shall have power from time to time to  determine to what extent and
at what times and places and under what  conditions and regulations the accounts
and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the inspection of
the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account
or book or document of the  Corporation,  except as conferred by the laws of the
State of Delaware,  unless and until  authorized  so to do by  resolution of the
Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation.

     Section 6.4. Location of Meetings,  Books and Records.  Except as otherwise
provided in the Bylaws,  the  stockholders  of the  Corporation and the Board of
Directors  of the  Corporation  may hold  their  meetings  and have an office or
offices outside of the State of Delaware,  and, subject to the provisions of the
laws of said State, may keep the books of the Corporation  outside of said State
at such  places  as may,  from  time to  time,  be  designated  by the  Board of
Directors.

                                       15






     Section 6.5. Board of Directors  Meeting.  The Board of Directors  shall be
comprised of the number of directors specified in the Corporation's  Bylaws, and
such directors shall be elected in the manner contemplated by such Bylaws.

                            ARTICLE VII - Amendments

     The Corporation  reserves the right to amend,  alter,  change or repeal any
provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in
the manner now or hereinafter  prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of
Delaware,  and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject
to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything contained in this
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, no amendment,
modification  or waiver  shall be  binding  or  effective  with  respect  to any
provision of (i) Section 4.2 of ARTICLE IV (or any definitions  used therein) or
clause (i) of this ARTICLE VII without the prior written consent of the Majority
Holders at the time such action is taken, (ii) Section 4.3 of ARTICLE IV (or any
definitions  used  therein) or clause (ii) of this ARTICLE VII without the prior
written consent of the Majority  Holders and holders of a majority of the Common
Stock  outstanding  at the time such action is taken,  or (iii)  ARTICLE VIII or
clause (iii) of this ARTICLE VII without the affirmative  vote of the holders of
at  least  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares  of  Class  A  Common  of the
Corporation  and the prior written  consent of the Majority  Holders;  provided,
that no such action  under clause (iii) of this ARTICLE VII shall change (A) the
redemption,  conversion,  voting  or other  rights  of any  class or  series  of
Preferred  Stock without the prior written  consent of the holders of a majority
of each such  class or series  of  Preferred  Stock  then  outstanding,  (B) the
conversion  or voting  rights of any class of  Common  Stock  without  the prior
written  consent of the holders of a majority of each class of Common Stock then
outstanding,   and  (C)  the  percentage  required  to  approve  any  amendment,
modification or waiver  described  herein,  without the prior written consent of
holders of that percentage of the class or series of Capital Stock then required
to approve such amendment, modification or waiver.

                            ARTICLE VIII - Liability

     Section 8.1. Limitation of Liability.

         (a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment  permits the Corporation to provide broader  indemnification
rights than  permitted as of the date this Amended and Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  is filed with the State of  Delaware),  and  except as  otherwise
provided in the  Corporation's  Bylaws,  no director of the Corporation shall be
liable to the Corporation or its  stockholders for monetary damages arising from
a breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

         (b) Any  repeal  or  modification  of the  foregoing  paragraph  by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall  not  adversely  affect  any  right  or
protection of a director of the Corporation  existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

     Section 8.2. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made party
or is  threatened  to be made a party  to or is  otherwise  involved  (including
involvement as a witness) in

                                       16





any action,  suit or proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,  administrative  or
investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was a director  or  officer of the  Corporation  or,  while a director  or
officer of the Corporation,  is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent  of  another  corporation  or of a
partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  including service with
respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter, an "indemnitee"),  whether the
basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director
or officer or in any other  capacity  while  serving as a director  or  officer,
shall be indemnified  and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent
authorized  by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in
the case of any such amendment,  only to the extent that such amendment  permits
the Corporation to provide for broader  indemnification rights than permitted as
of the date this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with
the State of  Delaware),  against all  expense,  liability  and loss  (including
attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in
settlement)  reasonably  incurred or suffered by such  indemnitee  in connection
therewith and such  indemnification  shall  continue as to an indemnitee who has
ceased to be a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent  and shall  inure to the
benefit of the  indemnitee's  heirs,  executors  and  administrators;  provided,
however,  that  except as  provided  in Section  8.3 of this  ARTICLE  VIII with
respect to  proceedings to enforce rights to  indemnification,  the  Corporation
shall  indemnify any such  indemnitee in connection  with a proceeding  (or part
thereof)  initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof)
was  authorized  by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation.  The right to
indemnification  conferred  in this  Section 8.2 of this ARTICLE VIII shall be a
contract  right and shall include the  obligation of the  Corporation to pay the
expenses  incurred  in  defending  any such  proceeding  in advance of its final
disposition (hereinafter an "advance of expenses");  provided,  however, that if
and to the extent that the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  requires,  an
advance of  expenses  incurred  by an  indemnitee  in his or her  capacity  as a
director or officer  (and not in any other  capacity in which  service was or is
rendered  by such  indemnitee,  including,  without  limitation,  service  to an
employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an
undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"),  by or on behalf of such indemnitee,
to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall  ultimately  be determined by final
judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal  (hereinafter a
"final adjudication") that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for
such  expenses  under this Section 8.2 or  otherwise.  The  Corporation  may, by
action of its Board of  Directors,  provide  indemnification  to  employees  and
agents  of the  Corporation  with the same or  lesser  scope  and  effect as the
foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

     Section  8.3.  Procedure  for  Indemnification.  Any  indemnification  of a
director or officer of the  Corporation or advance of expenses under Section 8.2
of this ARTICLE VIII shall be made promptly,  and in any event within forty-five
days (or, in the case of an advance of  expenses,  twenty days) upon the written
request of the director or officer.  If a determination  by the Corporation that
the director or officer is entitled to indemnification  pursuant to this ARTICLE
VIII is required,  and the  Corporation  fails to respond within sixty days to a
written request for indemnity,  the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved
the request.  If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or
advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such
request is not made  within  forty-five  days (or,  in the case of an advance of
expenses,  twenty days), the right to  indemnification or advances as granted by
this ARTICLE VIII shall be  enforceable  by the director or officer in any court
of  competent  jurisdiction.  Such  person's  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in
connection with successfully  establishing his or her right to  indemnification,
in whole

                                       17





or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.  It
shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a
claim for the advance of expenses  where the  undertaking  required  pursuant to
Section 8.2 of this ARTICLE VIII, if any, has been tendered to the  Corporation)
that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible
under the DGCL for the  Corporation  to  indemnify  the  claimant for the amount
claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the
failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,  independent legal
counsel,  or its  stockholders)  to  have  made  a  determination  prior  to the
commencement  of such action that  indemnification  of the claimant is proper in
the circumstances  because he or she has met the applicable  standard of conduct
set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the
claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,  shall be a defense to
the action or create a presumption  that the claimant has not met the applicable
standard of conduct.  The procedure for  indemnification  of other employees and
agents for whom  indemnification  is  provided  pursuant  to Section 8.2 of this
ARTICLE  VIII  shall be the same  procedure  set forth in this  Section  8.3 for
directors or officers,  unless otherwise set forth in the action of the Board of
Directors of the Corporation  providing for indemnification for such employee or
agent.

     Section 8.4. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance
on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee  or agent of the  Corporation  or was  serving  at the  request  of the
Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of another  Corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  against any  expense,
liability or loss asserted  against him or her and incurred by him or her in any
such capacity,  whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify
such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

     Section 8.5.  Service for  Subsidiaries.  Any person serving as a director,
officer,  employee  or  agent  of  another  Corporation,   partnership,  limited
liability  company,  joint  venture or other  enterprise,  at least 50% of whose
equity  interests are owned by the Corporation  (hereinafter a "subsidiary"  for
this ARTICLE VIII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity
at the request of the Corporation.

     Section 8.6.  Reliance.  Persons who after the date of the adoption of this
provision  become or remain  directors  or officers of the  Corporation  or who,
while a director  or officer of the  Corporation,  become or remain a  director,
officer,  employee or agent of a subsidiary,  shall be conclusively  presumed to
have relied on the rights to  indemnity,  advance of expenses  and other  rights
contained in this ARTICLE VIII in entering into or continuing such service.  The
rights to  indemnification  and to the  advance of  expenses  conferred  in this
ARTICLE  VIII shall apply to claims made  against an  indemnitee  arising out of
acts or  omissions  which  occurred  or occur both prior and  subsequent  to the
adoption hereof.

     Section 8.7.  Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification  and
to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VIII shall not be exclusive
of any other right  which any person may have or  hereafter  acquire  under this
Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute,  Bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

                                       18






     Section 8.8.  Merger or  Consolidation.  For purposes of this ARTICLE VIII,
references  to "the  Corporation"  shall  include  any  constituent  corporation
(including any constituent of a constituent)  absorbed into the Corporation in a
consolidation  or merger which, if its separate  existence had continued,  would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees
or agents,  so that any person who is or was a  director,  officer,  employee or
agent of such  constituent  corporation,  or is or was serving at the request of
such  constituent  corporation  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,
shall stand in the same  position  under this  ARTICLE  VIII with respect to the
resulting or surviving  corporation as he or she would have with respect to such
constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

                      ARTICLE IX - Alien Ownership of Stock

     Section  9.1.  Applicability.  This ARTICLE IX shall be  applicable  to the
Corporation so long as the provisions of Section 310 of the  Communications  Act
of 1934, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Communications Act")
(or any successor,  provisions  thereto) are applicable to the  Corporation.  As
used herein,  the term "alien"  shall have the meaning  ascribed  thereto by the
Federal  Communications  Commission ("FCC") on the date hereof and in the future
as  Congress  or the FCC may  change  such  meaning  form  time to time.  If the
provisions of Section 310 of the Communications Act (or any successor provisions
thereto) are amended,  the  restrictions  in this ARTICLE IX shall be amended in
the same way, and as so amended,  shall apply to the  Corporation.  The Board of
Directors of the  Corporation  may make such rules and  regulations  as it shall
deem necessary or appropriate to enforce the provisions of this ARTICLE IX.

     Section  9.2 Voting.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law,  not more than
twenty  percent  of the  aggregate  number  of shares  of  Capital  Stock of the
Corporation  outstanding  in any class or series  entitled to vote on any matter
before a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall at any time be for the
account  of  aliens or their  representatives  or for the  account  of a foreign
government  or  representative  thereof,  or for the account of any  corporation
organized under the laws of a foreign country.

     Section 9.3. Stock Certificates.  Shares of Capital Stock issued to or held
by or for the account of aliens and their  representatives,  foreign governments
and  representatives  thereof,  and  corporations  organized  under  the laws of
foreign countries shall be represented by Foreign Share Certificates.  All other
shares of Capital Stock shall be represented by Domestic Share Certificates. All
of such  certificates  shall be in such form not inconsistent  with this Amended
and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  as shall be prepared or approved by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     Section 9.4. Limitation on Foreign Ownership.  Except as otherwise provided
by law,  not more  than  twenty  percent  of the  aggregate  number of shares of
Capital  Stock  of the  Corporation  outstanding  shall  at any time be owned of
record by or for the account of aliens or their representatives or by or for the
account of a foreign  government or  representatives  thereof,  or by or for the
account of any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country. Shares
of Capital Stock shall not be  transferable  on the books of the  Corporation to
aliens or their representatives, foreign governments or representatives thereof,
or corporations organized under the laws of foreign

                                       19





countries if, as a result of such  transfer,  the aggregate  number of shares of
Capital  Stock owned by or for the account of aliens and their  representatives,
foreign  governments and  representatives  thereof,  and corporations  organized
under the laws of foreign  countries  shall be more than  twenty  percent of the
number of shares of Capital Stock then outstanding.  If it shall be found by the
Corporation that Capital Stock  represented by a Domestic Share  Certificate is,
in fact, held by or for the account of aliens or their  representative,  foreign
governments or representatives thereof, or corporations organized under the laws
of foreign countries, then such Domestic Share Certificate shall be canceled and
a  new  certificate  representing  such  Capital  Stock  marked  "Foreign  Share
Certificate" shall be issued in lieu thereof,  but only to the extent that after
such  issuance  the  Corporation  shall be in  compliance  with this ARTICLE IX;
provided,  however, that if, and to the extent, such issuance would violate this
ARTICLE  IX,  then,  the holder of such  Capital  Stock shall not be entitled to
vote,  to receive  dividends,  or to have any other  rights  with regard to such
Capital Stock to such extent, except the right to transfer such Capital Stock to
a citizen of the United States.

     Section 9.5.  Transfer of Foreign  Share  Certificates.  Any Capital  Stock
represented by Foreign Share Certificates may be transferred either to aliens or
non-aliens.  In the event that any Capital  Stock  represented  by a certificate
marked "Foreign Share  Certificate" is sold or transferred to a non-alien,  then
such non-alien shall be required to exchange such  certificate for a certificate
marked  "Domestic  Share   Certificate."  If  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the
Corporation  reasonably determines that a Domestic Share Certificate has been or
is to be transferred  to or for the account of aliens or their  representatives,
foreign governments or representatives  thereof, or corporations organized under
the laws of foreign countries, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate for
the shares of Capital Stock transferred to the transferee marked "Foreign Shares
Certificate",  cancel  the  old  Domestic  Share  Certificate,  and  record  the
transaction  upon its books,  but only to the extent that after such transfer is
complete, the Corporation shall be in compliance with this ARTICLE IX.

     Notwithstanding   any  other   provision   of  this  Amended  and  Restated
Certificate of  Incorporation,  the transfer or conversion of the  Corporation's
Capital Stock,  whether  voluntary or involuntary,  shall not be permitted,  and
shall be ineffective, if such transfer or conversion would (i) violate (or would
result in violation of) the Communications Act or any of the rules or regulation
promulgated  thereunder  or (ii) require the prior  approval of the FCC,  unless
such prior approval has been obtained.

                                       20



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                                 RADIO ONE, INC.
                              (AS OF MAY 16, 1997)

                               ARTICLE I - OFFICES

                  Section 1.  Registered  Office.  The registered  office in the
State of Delaware shall be at 9 East  Loockerman  Street,  in the City of Dover,
County of Kent. The name of the  corporation's  registered agent at such address
shall be National  Registered  Agents,  Inc. The registered office or registered
agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board
of directors on the filing of a certificate or certificates as required by law.

                  Section  2.  Other  Offices.  The  corporation  may also  have
offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware,  as
the board of  directors  may from time to time  determine or the business of the
corporation may require.


                      ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

                  Section 1. Place and Time of  Meetings.  An annual  meeting of
the stockholders  shall be held each year,  beginning in the year 1998, prior to
the last day of  April.  At such  meeting,  the  stockholders  shall  elect  the
directors of the  corporation and conduct such other business as may come before
the meeting. The time and place of the annual meeting shall be determined by the
board of directors.  Special  meetings of the stockholders for any other purpose
may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware,  as
shall be stated in the  notice of the  meeting or in a duly  executed  waiver of
notice  thereof.  Special  meetings  of the  stockholders  may be  called by the
president  or the  chairman  of the board for any purpose and shall be called by
the secretary if directed by the board of directors.

                  Section 2.  Notice.  Whenever  stockholders  are  required  or
permitted to take action at a meeting, written or printed notice of every annual
or special meeting of the stockholders,  stating the place,  date, time, and, in
the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be
given to each stockholder  entitled to vote at such meeting not less than l0 nor
more than 60 days  before the date of the  meeting.  All such  notices  shall be
delivered,  either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the board of
directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president
or the  secretary,  and if mailed,  such notice  shall be deemed to be delivered
when  deposited in the United States mail with postage  prepaid and addressed to
the  stockholder  at his or her  address  as it  appears  on the  records of the
corporation.








                  Section 3. Stockholders List. The officer having charge of the
stock  ledger of the  corporation  shall  make,  at least l0 days  before  every
meeting of the stockholders,  a complete list arranged in alphabetical  order of
the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, specifying the address of and
the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall
be open to the  examination of any  stockholder,  for any purpose germane to the
meeting,  during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least l0 days prior
to the  meeting,  either at a place  within the city where the  meeting is to be
held,  which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so
specified,  at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be
produced  and kept at the time and place of the  meeting  during  the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

                  Section  4.   Quorum.   The  holders  of  a  majority  of  the
outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereat, whether present in
person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders,  except as otherwise  provided by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation.  If a quorum is not present, the holders of the shares present in
person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereat shall
have the power,  by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders of a majority of such
shares, to adjourn the meeting to another time or place.  Unless the adjournment
is for  more  than  thirty  days  or  unless  a new  record  date is set for the
adjourned  meeting,  no notice  of the  adjourned  meeting  need be given to any
stockholder,  provided  that the time and place of the  adjourned  meeting  were
announced at the meeting at which the  adjournment  was taken.  At the adjourned
meeting,  the  corporation  may  transact  any  business  which  might have been
transacted at the original meeting.

                  Section  5.  Vote  Required.  When  a  quorum  is  present  or
represented  by proxy at any  meeting,  the vote of the holders of a majority of
the shares of capital  stock  present in person or  represented  by proxy at the
meeting  and  entitled  to vote on the  subject  matter  shall be the act of the
stockholders,  unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an
applicable  statute or of the  certificate of  incorporation a different vote is
required,  in which case such  express  provision  shall  govern and control the
decision of such question.

                  Section 6. Voting Rights.  Except as otherwise provided by the
Delaware  General  Corporation Law or by the certificate of incorporation of the
corporation  or any  amendments  thereto  and subject to Section 3 of ARTICLE VI
hereof,  each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled
to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of  capital  stock held by such
stockholder.

                  Section 7.  Proxies.  Each  stockholder  entitled to vote at a
meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate  action in
writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him
or her by proxy,  but no such proxy  shall be voted or acted  upon  after  three
years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

                  Section 8. Action by Written  Consent.  Any action required to
be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or
any  action  which  may be  taken  at any  annual  or  special  meeting  of such
stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a
vote,  if a consent in  writing,  setting  forth the  action so taken,  shall be
signed by the  holders of  outstanding  stock  having not less than the  minimum
number of votes that would be  necessary  to  authorize or take such action at a
meeting at which all shares of capital stock entitled


                                       2



to  vote  thereon  were  present  and  voted,  and  shall  be  delivered  to the
corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware or the
corporation's  principal  place  of  business  or an  officer  or  agent  of the
corporation  having  custody of the books in which  proceedings  of meetings are
recorded. All consents delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed
to be recorded when so delivered.  No written consent shall be effective to take
the corporate action referred to therein unless,  within 60 days of the earliest
date on which any consent is  delivered to the  corporation  as required by this
section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares
to take such corporate  action are recorded.  Prompt notice of the taking of the
corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous  written consent shall
be given to those  stockholders  who have not  consented in writing.  Any action
taken pursuant to such written consent of the  stockholders  shall have the same
force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.


                             ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

                  Section 1. Number,  Election and Term of Office.  The board of
directors shall be five (5) in number; provided,  however, the number of members
of the board of  directors  shall be  increased  to nine (9) at the  election of
Investors (as defined in the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (the "PSA") dated
as of May __, 1997 among Radio One,  Inc.,  Radio One  Licenses,  Inc.,  and the
other parties thereto and the  Warrantholders'  Agreement (the "WA") dated as of
June 6, 1995 among  Radio One,  Inc.,  Radio One  Licenses,  Inc.  and the other
parties thereto, as amended by the First Amendment to Warrantholders'  Agreement
dated as of May __, 1997, as applicable) in accordance  with, and subject to the
terms and  conditions  of,  Section  10 of the PSA or  Article  VI of the WA, as
applicable  (an  election  to  increase  the size of the board of  directors  is
referred to herein as the "Special Election"). The directors shall be elected at
the annual  meeting of  stockholders,  except as  provided  in Section 3 of this
ARTICLE III, and each  director  elected shall hold office until the next annual
meeting of  stockholders  and until a successor is duly elected and qualified or
until his or her death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

                  Section 2. Removal and Resignation. Any director or the entire
board of directors  may be removed at any time,  with or without  cause,  by the
holders of a majority of the shares of stock of the corporation then entitled to
vote at an election of directors,  except as otherwise provided by statute.  Any
director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

                  Section   3.   Vacancies.    Vacancies   and   newly   created
directorships  resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors
may be filled  only by the  holders of a majority  of the shares of stock of the
corporation  then  entitled to vote at an election of  directors at an annual or
special meeting of  stockholders,  and each director so chosen shall hold office
until the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  and until a  successor  is duly
elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death,  resignation or removal
as hereinafter provided; provided, however, that any vacancy created as a result
of the Special Election shall be filled in the manner provided for in Section 10
of the PSA or Article  VI of the WA, as  applicable,  and a director  so elected
shall  continue  to serve as a  director  until  the date on which  the  Special
Election  is no  longer  in  effect,  at which  time  the  number  of  directors
constituting  the board of directors of the  corporation  shall decrease to such
number  as  constituted   the  whole  board  of  directors  of  the  corporation
immediately prior to the exercise of the Special Election.

                                       3



                  Section 4. Annual  Meetings.  The annual meeting of each newly
elected  board of directors  shall be held without  other notice than this bylaw
immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

                  Section 5. Other Meetings and Notice. Regular meetings,  other
than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at
such  time  and at such  place  as  shall  from  time to time be  determined  by
resolution  of the board.  Special  meetings  of the board of  directors  may be
called by or at the request of the chairman,  the chief executive officer or the
president on at least 24 hours notice to each director,  either  personally,  by
telephone,  by mail,  or by  telegraph;  in like  manner and on like  notice the
secretary  must call a special  meeting on the written  request of a majority of
directors;  in like manner on like  notice,  the  secretary  must call a special
meeting  on  the  written  request  of  Investors  holding  a  majority  of  the
outstanding  Preferred  Shares (as defined in the PSA);  provided  that any such
request  made by such  Investors  must be called in good faith for a  reasonable
business purpose.

                  Section 6. Quorum. A majority of the total number of directors
shall  constitute  a  quorum  for the  transaction  of  business.  The vote of a
majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be
the act of the  board of  directors.  If a quorum  shall not be  present  at any
meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the
meeting  from  time to time,  without  notice  other  than  announcement  at the
meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

                  Section  7.  Committees.   The  board  of  directors  may,  by
resolution  passed by a  majority  of the  whole  board,  designate  one or more
committees.  Each committee shall consist of one or more of the directors of the
corporation,  which, to the extent provided in such resolution and not otherwise
limited  by  statute,  shall  have and may  exercise  the powers of the board of
directors in the management  and affairs of the  corporation  including  without
limitation  the power to declare a dividend  and to  authorize  the  issuance of
stock.  The board of directors may designate one or more  directors as alternate
members of any committee,  who may replace any absent or disqualified  member at
any meeting of the committee.  Such committee or committees shall have such name
or names as may be  determined  from time to time by  resolution  adopted by the
board of directors.  Each committee  shall keep regular  minutes of its meetings
and report the same to the directors when required.

                  Section 8.  Committee  Rules.  Each  committee of the board of
directors  may fix its own rules of  procedure  and shall hold its  meetings  as
provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by the resolution of
the board of directors designating such committee, but in all cases the presence
of at least a majority of the members of such  committee  shall be  necessary to
constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member's alternate,  if
alternates  are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 7 of
this ARTICLE III, of such committee is/are absent or disqualified, the member or
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether
or not such  member or members  constitute  a quorum,  may  unanimously  appoint
another  member of the board of  directors to act at the meeting in place of any
such absent or disqualified member.

                  Section 9. Communications  Equipment.  Members of the board of
directors or any committee  thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of
such board or  committee  through  the use of a  conference  telephone  or other
communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons 


                                       4



participating  in the  meeting  can hear each other,  and  participation  in the
meeting  pursuant to this  section  shall  constitute  presence in person at the
meeting.

                  Section 10. Action by Written Consent.  Any action required or
permitted  to be taken at any  meeting  of the  board  of  directors,  or of any
committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or
committee,  as the case may be, consent  thereto in writing,  and the writing or
writings are filed with the minutes of  proceedings of the board of directors or
committee.


                              ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

                  Section 1. Number.  The officers of the  corporation  shall be
elected by the board of directors  and shall  consist of a chairman of the board
(if the board of directors so deems  advisable  and  elects),  a president  (who
shall  perform the  functions  of the chairman of the board if none be elected),
one or more vice-presidents,  a secretary, a treasurer,  and such other officers
and assistant  officers as may be deemed  necessary or desirable by the board of
directors.  Any  number  of  offices  may be held  by the  same  person.  In its
discretion,  the board of  directors  may  choose not to fill any office for any
period as it may deem advisable, except the offices of president and secretary.

                  Section 2.  Election  and Term of Office.  The officers of the
corporation  shall be elected  annually by the board of directors at the meeting
of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders. If the
election of officers  shall not be held at such meeting,  such election shall be
held as soon thereafter as conveniently  may be.  Vacancies may be filled or new
offices  created  and  filled at any  meeting  of the board of  directors.  Each
officer  shall  hold  office  until  the next  annual  meeting  of the  board of
directors  and until a successor is duly  elected and  qualified or until his or
her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

                  Section 3. Removal.  Any officer or agent elected by the board
of directors  may be removed by the board of directors  whenever in its judgment
the best interest of the corporation  would be served thereby,  but such removal
shall be without  prejudice  to the  contract  rights,  if any, of the person so
removed.

                  Section  4.  Vacancies.  A vacancy  in any  office  because of
death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the
board  of  directors  for the  unexpired  portion  of the  term by the  board of
directors then in office.

                  Section 5. Compensation. Compensation of all officers shall be
fixed  by the  board of  directors,  and no  officer  shall  be  prevented  from
receiving  such  compensation  by  virtue  of the fact  that he or she is also a
director of the corporation.

                  Section 6. Chairman of the Board.  The chairman  shall preside
at all meetings of the board of directors  and all meetings of the  stockholders
and shall have such other  powers and  perform  such  duties as may from time to
time be assigned to him by the board of directors.


                                       5



                  Section 7. The Chief  Executive  Officer.  The chief executive
officer of the corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as are
specified in these bylaws and as may from time to time be assigned to him by the
board of directors.

                  The chief executive  officer shall have overall  management of
the  business of the  corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and shall see that all
orders and  resolutions  of the boards of directors of the  corporation  and its
subsidiaries are carried into effect.  The chief executive officer shall execute
bonds,  mortgages and other  contracts  requiring a seal,  under the seal of the
corporation,  except where  required or permitted by law to be otherwise  signed
and  executed  and except  where the  signing  and  execution  thereof  shall be
expressly  delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of
the  corporation.  The chief  executive  officer  shall have  general  powers of
supervision and shall be the final arbitrator of all differences  among officers
of the  corporation  and its  subsidiaries,  and such  decision as to any matter
affecting the  corporation  and its  subsidiaries  subject only to the boards of
directors.

                  Section 8. The President. The president shall have such powers
and perform such duties as are specified in these bylaws and as may from time to
time be assigned to him by the board of directors.

                  The president shall have general and active  management of the
business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the
board of directors are carried into effect.  The president  shall execute bonds,
mortgages  and  other  contracts  requiring  a  seal,  under  the  seal  of  the
corporation,  except where  required or permitted by law to be otherwise  signed
and  executed  and except  where the  signing  and  execution  thereof  shall be
expressly  delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of
the  corporation.  The president  shall have general powers of  supervision  and
shall  be the  final  arbitrator  of all  differences  between  officers  of the
corporation,  and such  decision  as to any  matter  affecting  the  corporation
subject only to the board of directors.

                  Section 9. Vice Presidents.  The  vice-president,  or if there
shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board
of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president,  perform the
duties and exercise  the powers of the  president  and shall  perform such other
duties and have such other  powers as the board of directors  may,  from time to
time, determine or these bylaws may prescribe.

                  Section  10. The  Secretary  and  Assistant  Secretaries.  The
secretary  shall attend all meetings of the board of directors  and all meetings
of the  stockholders  and  record all the  proceedings  of the  meetings  of the
corporation and the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and
shall  perform  like  duties for the  standing  committees  when  required.  The
secretary  shall  give,  or cause to be  given,  notice of all  meetings  of the
stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors;  perform such other
duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president,  under whose
supervision  he or she shall be; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the
corporation and the secretary,  or an assistant secretary,  shall have authority
to affix the same to any instrument  requiring it and when so affixed, it may be
attested  by  his  or  her  signature  or by the  signature  of  such  assistant
secretary.  The  board of  directors  may give  general  authority  to any other
officer to affix the seal of the  corporation  and to attest the affixing by his
or her  signature.  The assistant  secretary,  or if there be more than one, the
assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors,  shall,
in the absence or disability of the  secretary,  perform the duties and


                                       6



exercise  the powers of the  secretary  and shall  perform such other duties and
have  such  other  powers  as the  board  of  directors  may  from  time to time
prescribe.

                  Section  11.  The  Treasurer  and  Assistant  Treasurer.   The
treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate  funds and  securities;  shall
keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging
to the  corporation;  shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the
name and to the  credit of the  corporation  as may be  ordered  by the board of
directors,  taking proper vouchers for such  disbursements;  and shall render to
the  president and the board of  directors,  at its regular  meeting or when the
board of directors so requires,  an account of the  corporation.  If required by
the board of directors,  the treasurer  shall give the corporation a bond (which
shall be rendered every six years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties
as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful  performance
of the  duties  of the  office  of  treasurer  and  for the  restoration  to the
corporation, in case of death, resignation,  retirement, or removal from office,
of all books,  papers,  vouchers,  money, and other property of whatever kind in
the  possession  or  under  the  control  of  the  treasurer  belonging  to  the
corporation.  The assistant  treasurer,  or if there shall be more than one, the
assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall in
the absence or disability of the treasurer,  perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the  treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other
powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

                  Section 12.  Other  Officers,  Assistant  Officers and Agents.
Officers,  assistant  officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties
are provided for in these  bylaws,  shall have such  authority  and perform such
duties  as may from time to time be  prescribed  by  resolution  of the board of
directors.


          ARTICLE V - INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

                  Section 1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is
made  party  or is  threatened  to be made a party to or is  otherwise  involved
(including involvement as a witness) in any action, suit or proceeding,  whether
civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative  (hereinafter a "proceeding"),
by reason  of the fact that he or she is or was a  director  or  officer  of the
corporation  or,  while a  director  or officer  of the  corporation,  is or was
serving at the request of the  corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent of another corporation or of a partnership,  joint venture, trust or other
enterprise,   including  service  with  respect  to  an  employee  benefit  plan
(hereinafter, an "indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged
action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity
while serving as a director or officer,  shall be indemnified  and held harmless
by the  corporation  to the fullest  extent  authorized by the Delaware  General
Corporation  Law ("DGCL"),  as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but,
in the  case of any such  amendment,  only to the  extent  that  such  amendment
permits  the  corporation  to provide for  broader  indemnification  rights than
permitted as of the date of these  bylaws),  against all expense,  liability and
loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and
amounts paid in settlement)  reasonably  incurred or suffered by such indemnitee
in  connection  therewith  and  such  indemnification  shall  continue  as to an
indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall
inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's  heirs,  executors and  administrators;
provided,  however,  that except as provided in Section 2 of this ARTICLE V with
respect to  proceedings to enforce rights to  indemnification,  the  corporation
shall indemnify any such


                                       7



indemnitee in connection  with a proceeding (or part thereof)  initiated by such
indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board
of directors of the corporation.  The right to indemnification conferred in this
Section 1 of this  ARTICLE V shall be a  contract  right and shall  include  the
obligation of the corporation to pay the expenses incurred in defending any such
proceeding  in advance of its final  disposition  (hereinafter  an  "advance  of
expenses");  provided,  however,  that if and to the  extent  that the  board of
directors of the  corporation  requires,  an advance of expenses  incurred by an
indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other
capacity in which  service was or is  rendered  by such  indemnitee,  including,
without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon
delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by
or on behalf of such  indemnitee,  to repay all  amounts so advanced if it shall
ultimately  be  determined  by final  judicial  decision  from which there is no
further  right  to  appeal  (hereinafter  a  "final   adjudication")  that  such
indemnitee  is not  entitled  to be  indemnified  for such  expenses  under this
Section  1 or  otherwise.  The  corporation  may,  by  action  of its  board  of
directors,  provide  indemnification  to employees and agents of the corporation
with the same or lesser  scope and effect as the  foregoing  indemnification  of
directors and officers.

                  Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification.  Any indemnification
of a director or officer of the corporation or advance of expenses under Section
1 of this ARTICLE V shall be made promptly,  and in any event within  forty-five
days (or, in the case of an advance of  expenses,  twenty days) upon the written
request of the director or officer.  If a determination  by the corporation that
the director or officer is entitled to indemnification  pursuant to this ARTICLE
V is  required,  and the  corporation  fails to respond  within  sixty days to a
written request for indemnity,  the corporation shall be deemed to have approved
the request.  If the corporation denies a written request for indemnification or
advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such
request is not made  within  forty-five  days (or,  in the case of an advance of
expenses,  twenty days), the right to  indemnification or advances as granted by
this ARTICLE V shall be  enforceable  by the director or officer in any court of
competent jurisdiction.  Such person's costs and expenses incurred in connection
with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification,  in whole or
in part, in any such action shall also be  indemnified  by the  corporation.  It
shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a
claim for the advance of expenses  where the  undertaking  required  pursuant to
Section 1 of this ARTICLE V, if any, has been tendered to the corporation)  that
the claimant  has not met the  standards  of conduct  which make it  permissible
under the DGCL for the  corporation  to  indemnify  the  claimant for the amount
claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the
failure of the corporation (including its board of directors,  independent legal
counsel,  or its  stockholders)  to  have  made  a  determination  prior  to the
commencement  of such action that  indemnification  of the claimant is proper in
the circumstances  because he or she has met the applicable  standard of conduct
set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including
its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the
claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct,  shall be a defense to
the action or create a presumption  that the claimant has not met the applicable
standard of conduct.  The procedure for  indemnification  of other employees and
agents  for whom  indemnification  is  provided  pursuant  to  Section 1 of this
ARTICLE V shall be the same  procedure set forth in this Section 2 for directors
or officers,  unless otherwise set forth in the action of the board of directors
of the corporation providing for indemnification for such employee or agent.

                  Section  3.  Insurance.   The  corporation  may  purchase  and
maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a
director,  officer,  employee or agent of the


                                       8



corporation  or was  serving at the  request of the  corporation  as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
trust or other  enterprise  against  any  expense,  liability  or loss  asserted
against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such  capacity,  whether or
not the  corporation  would have the power to indemnify such person against such
expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

                  Section 4. Service for  Subsidiaries.  Any person serving as a
director,  officer,  employee  or agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,
limited liability  company,  joint venture or other enterprise,  at least 50% of
whose equity interests are owned by the corporation  (hereinafter a "subsidiary"
for purposes of this ARTICLE V) shall be conclusively  presumed to be serving in
such capacity at the request of the corporation.

                  Section  5.  Reliance.  Persons  who  after  the  date  of the
adoption  of  these  bylaws  become  or  remain  directors  or  officers  of the
corporation  or who, while a director or officer of the  corporation,  become or
remain  a  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of a  subsidiary,  shall be
conclusively  presumed  to have  relied on the rights to  indemnity,  advance of
expenses  and other  rights  contained  in this  ARTICLE V in  entering  into or
continuing  such service.  The rights to  indemnification  and to the advance of
expenses  conferred  in this  ARTICLE V shall  apply to claims  made  against an
indemnitee  arising out of acts or omissions  which occurred or occur both prior
and subsequent to the adoption hereof.

                  Section  6.   Non-Exclusivity   of   Rights.   The  rights  to
indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE V shall
not be  exclusive  of any other  right  which any person  may have or  hereafter
acquire under these bylaws or the corporation's  certificate of incorporation or
under any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise.

                  Section  7.  Merger or  Consolidation.  For  purposes  of this
ARTICLE  V,  references  to "the  corporation"  shall  include  any  constituent
corporation  (including  any  constituent  of a  constituent)  absorbed into the
corporation in a consolidation  or merger which,  if its separate  existence had
continued,  would  have had power and  authority  to  indemnify  its  directors,
officers,  and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of such constituent corporation as a director,  officer, employee
or agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other
enterprise,  shall stand in the same position  under this ARTICLE V with respect
to the resulting or surviving  corporation  as he or she would have with respect
to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.


                       ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

                  Section 1. Form.  Subject to ARTICLE X of the  certificate  of
incorporation,  every  holder of stock in the  corporation  shall be entitled to
have a  certificate,  signed  by,  or in the  name  of  the  corporation  by the
president or a  vice-president,  and the secretary or an assistant  secretary of
the  corporation,  certifying  the  number of shares  owned by him or her in the
corporation.  Where a  certificate  is  signed  (l) by a  transfer  agent  or an
assistant  transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a
registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any


                                       9



such  president,  vice-president,  secretary,  or  assistant  secretary  may  be
facsimile.  In case  any  officer  or  officers  have  signed a  certificate  or
certificates,  or whose  facsimile  signature  or  signatures  have been used on
certificate or  certificates,  shall cease to be such officer or officers of the
corporation  whether  because of death,  resignation  or  otherwise  before such
certificate  or  certificates  have  been  delivered  by the  corporation,  such
certificate or certificates  may  nevertheless be issued and delivered as though
the person or persons  who signed  such  certificate  or  certificates  or whose
facsimile  signature  or  signatures  have  been  used  on such  certificate  or
certificates  had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the  corporation.
All  certificates  for  shares  shall be  consecutively  numbered  or  otherwise
identified.  The name of the person to whom the shares  represented  thereby are
issued,  with the  number of shares  and date of issue,  shall be entered on the
books of the corporation.  All  certificates  surrendered to the corporation for
transfer  shall  be  cancelled,  and no  new  certificate  shall  be  issued  in
replacement until the former  certificate for a like number of shares shall have
been  surrendered or cancelled,  except as otherwise  provided in Section 2 with
respect to lost, stolen or destroyed certificates.

                  Section  2. Lost  Certificates.  Subject  to  ARTICLE X of the
certificate  of  incorporation,   the  board  of  directors  may  direct  a  new
certificate  or  certificates  to be  issued  in  place  of any  certificate  or
certificates  theretofore  issued by the corporation  alleged to have been lost,
stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person
claiming  the  certificate  of stock  to be lost,  stolen,  or  destroyed.  When
authorizing  such  issue of a new  certificate  or  certificates,  the  board of
directors may, in its  discretion  and as a condition  precedent to the issuance
thereof,  require the owner of such lost,  stolen,  or destroyed  certificate or
certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond
in such sum as it may  direct as  indemnity  against  any claim that may be made
against the  corporation  with respect to the  certificate  alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed.

                  Section 3. Fixing a Record Date.  The board of  directors  may
fix in advance a record date for the  determination of stockholders  entitled to
notice of,  and to vote at, any  meeting  of  stockholders  and any  adjournment
thereof; stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without
a meeting;  stockholders  entitled to receive  payment of any  dividend or other
distribution  or  allotment  of rights or  entitled  to  exercise  any rights in
respect to any change,  conversion or exchange of stock;  or, for the purpose of
any other lawful action, which record date may not precede the date on which the
resolution  fixing such record  date is adopted by the board of  directors.  The
record date for the determination of stockholders  entitled to notice of, and to
vote at, a meeting of stockholders  shall not be more than 60 days nor less than
10 days before the date of such meeting.  The record date for the  determination
of  stockholders  entitled to consent to corporate  action in writing  without a
meeting shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. The record date for
the  determination of stockholders with respect to any other action shall not be
more than 60 days  before the date of such  action.  If no record date is fixed:
the record date for determining  stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote
at, a meeting of stockholders  shall be at the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close
of business on the day next  preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the
record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action
in writing  without a meeting  when no prior action by the board of directors is
required by the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  shall be the first date on
which a signed written  consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be
taken is delivered to the  corporation by delivery to its  registered  office in
the State of Delaware,  its principal


                                       10



place of business,  or an officer or agent of the corporation  having custody of
the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded; and, the
record date for determining  stockholders with respect to any other action shall
be the close of business on the day on which the board of  directors  adopts the
resolution relating thereto.


                        ARTICLE VII - GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  Section 1. Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation,  subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation,  if
any,  may be  declared  by the board of  directors  at any  regular  or  special
meeting,  pursuant to law.  Dividends  may be paid in cash,  in property,  or in
shares of the capital  stock,  subject to the  provisions of the  certificate of
incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any
funds  of the  corporation  available  for  dividends  such  sum or  sums as the
directors  from time to time, in their  absolute  discretion,  think proper as a
reserve  or  reserves  to meet  contingencies,  equalize  dividends,  repair  or
maintain  any property of the  corporation,  or for any other  purpose,  and the
directors  may modify or abolish any such  reserve in the manner in which it was
created.

                  Section 2. Checks,  Drafts or Orders.  All checks,  drafts, or
other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and
other evidences of indebtedness  issued in the name of the corporation  shall be
signed by such officer or officers,  agent or agents of the corporation,  and in
such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a
duly authorized committee thereof.

                  Section 3. Contracts. The board of directors may authorize any
officer or officers,  or any agent or agents,  of the  corporation to enter into
any  contract or to execute and  deliver  any  instrument  in the name of and on
behalf of the  corporation,  and such  authority  may be general or  confined to
specific instances.

                  Section  4.  Loans.  The  corporation  may lend  money  to, or
guarantee any obligation  of, or otherwise  assist any officer or other employee
of the corporation or of its  subsidiary,  including any officer or employee who
is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of
the directors,  such loan,  guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to
benefit the corporation.  The loan,  guaranty or other assistance may be with or
without interest,  and may be unsecured,  or secured in such manner as the board
of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of
stock of the corporation.  Nothing  contained in this section shall be deemed to
deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at
common law or under any statute.

                  Section 5. Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal  year of the  corporation
shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

                  Section  6.  Corporate  Seal.  The  board of  directors  shall
provide a  corporate  seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have
inscribed  thereon the name of the  corporation and the words  "Corporate  Seal,
Delaware."  The seal may be used by  causing  it or a  facsimile  thereof  to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.


                                       11



                  Section 7.  Voting  Securities  Owned by  Corporation.  Voting
securities in any other  corporation  held by the corporation  shall be voted by
the president or the vice president,  unless the board of directors specifically
confers  authority  to vote  with  respect  thereto  upon some  other  person or
officer.  Any  person  authorized  to vote  securities  shall  have the power to
appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

                  Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records. Any stockholder of
record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand upon
oath  stating  the  purpose  thereof,  have the right  during the usual hours of
business to inspect for any proper  purpose the  corporation's  stock ledger,  a
list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or
extracts  therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related
to such person's interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney
or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand
under oath shall be  accompanied  by a power of attorney  or such other  writing
which  authorizes  the  attorney  or  other  agent  to so act on  behalf  of the
stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the  corporation at its
registered  office  in the  State  of  Delaware  or at its  principal  place  of
business.

                  Section 9. Section Headings.  Section headings in these bylaws
are for  convenience  of reference  only and shall not be given any  substantive
effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

                  Section  10.  Inconsistent  Provisions.  In the event that any
provision of these bylaws is or becomes  inconsistent  with any provision of the
certificate of incorporation,  the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other
applicable  law, the  provision of these bylaws shall not be given any effect to
the extent of such  inconsistency  but shall  otherwise  be given full force and
effect.


                            ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENTS

                  These  bylaws  may be  amended,  altered or  repealed  and new
bylaws  adopted at any  meeting of the board of  directors  by a majority  vote,
provided that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of
common stock of the corporation then entitled to vote and of any series or class
of preferred  stock of the  Corporation  then  outstanding  shall be required to
adopt any provision  inconsistent  with, or to amend or repeal any provision of,
Section 1 or 3 of ARTICLE III or this ARTICLE  VIII.  The fact that the power to
adopt,  amend,  alter or repeal the bylaws has been  conferred upon the board of
directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.




================================================================================





                                RADIO ONE, INC.,
                                     Issuer


                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2004



                                  ------------


                                    INDENTURE


                            Dated as of May 15, 1997


                                  ------------


                    UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                                     Trustee





================================================================================





                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

  
  TIA                                                       Indenture
Section                                                      Section
- -------                                                     ---------
310(a)(1)                  ..............................     7.10
   (a)(2)                  ..............................     7.10
   (a)(3)                  ..............................     N.A.
   (a)(4)                  ..............................     N.A.
   (b)                     ..............................     7.08; 7.10
   (c)                     ..............................     N.A.
311(a)                     ..............................     7.11
   (b)                     ..............................     7.11
   (c)                     ..............................     N.A.
312(a)                     ..............................     2.05
   (b)                     ..............................     13.03
   (c)                     ..............................     13.03
313(a)                     ..............................     7.06
   (b)(1)                  ..............................     N.A.
   (b)(2)                  ..............................     7.06
   (c)                     ..............................     13.02
   (d)                     ..............................     7.06
314(a)                     ..............................     4.02;
                                                              4.14; 13.02
   (b)                     ..............................     N.A.
   (c)(1)                  ..............................     13.04
   (c)(2)                  ..............................     13.04
   (c)(3)                  ..............................     N.A.
   (d)                     ..............................     N.A.
   (e)                     ..............................     13.05
   (f)                     ..............................     4.14
315(a)                     ..............................     7.01
   (b)                     ..............................     7.05; 13.02
   (c)                     ..............................     7.01
   (d)                     ..............................     7.01
   (e)                     ..............................     6.11
316(a)(last sentence)      ..............................     13.06
   (a)(1)(A)               ..............................     6.05
   (a)(1)(B)               ..............................     6.04
   (a)(2)                  ..............................     N.A.
   (b)                     ..............................     6.07
317(a)(1)                  ..............................     6.08
   (a)(2)                  ..............................     6.09
   (b)                     ..............................     2.04
318(a)                     ..............................     13.01

                           N.A. means Not Applicable.

- ----------
Note:  This  Cross-Reference  Table shall not, for any purpose,  be deemed to be
part of the Indenture.





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                 ARTICLE 1 Page                       Page
                                                                      ----
                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
                   ------------------------------------------

SECTION 1.01.     Definitions .....................................     1
SECTION 1.02.     Other Definitions ...............................    23
SECTION 1.03.     Incorporation by Reference of Trust
                             Indenture Act ........................    23
SECTION 1.04.     Rules of Construction ...........................    24

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                 The Securities
                                 --------------

SECTION 2.01.     Form and Dating ................................     24
SECTION 2.02.     Execution and Authentication ...................     25
SECTION 2.03.     Registrar and Paying Agent .....................     25
SECTION 2.04.     Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.............     26
SECTION 2.05.     Securityholder Lists ...........................     27
SECTION 2.06.     Transfer and Exchange ..........................     27
SECTION 2.07.     Replacement Securities .........................     28
SECTION 2.08.     Outstanding Securities .........................     28
SECTION 2.09.     Temporary Securities ...........................     29
SECTION 2.10.     Cancellation ...................................     29
SECTION 2.11.     Defaulted Interest .............................     29
SECTION 2.12.     CUSIP Number ...................................     29

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   Redemption
                                   ----------

SECTION 3.01.     Notices to Trustee .............................     30
SECTION 3.02.     Selection of Securities To Be
                             Redeemed ............................     30
SECTION 3.03.     Notice of Redemption ...........................     31
SECTION 3.04.     Effect of Notice of Redemption .................     32
SECTION 3.05.     Deposit of Redemption Price ....................     32
SECTION 3.06.     Securities Redeemed in Part ....................     32




                                                                               2

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                    Covenants
                                    ----------

SECTION 4.01.     Payment of Securities ..........................     32
SECTION 4.02.     SEC Reports ....................................     33
SECTION 4.03.     Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness
                             and Issuance of Preferred Stock .....     33
SECTION 4.04.     Limitation on Senior Subordinated
                             Debt ................................     35
SECTION 4.05.     Limitation on Restricted Payments...............     35
SECTION 4.06.     Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment
                             Restrictions Affecting  Restricted
                             Subsidiaries  .......................     38
SECTION 4.07.     Limitation on Certain Asset Sales ..............     40
SECTION 4.08.     Transactions with Affiliates ...................     41
SECTION 4.09.     Limitation on Restricted Subsidiary Equity
                      Interests  .................................     42
SECTION 4.10.     Change of Control ..............................     43
SECTION 4.11.     Limitation on Asset Swaps ......................     43
SECTION 4.12.     Future Subsidiary Guarantors ...................     44
SECTION 4.13.     Compliance Certificate .........................     44
SECTION 4.14.     Further Instruments and Acts ...................     44
SECTION 4.15.     Ratings for Notes ..............................     44

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                Successor Company
                                -----------------

SECTION 5.01.     When Company May Merge or Transfer
                             Assets ...............................    45

                                    ARTICLE 6

                              Defaults and Remedies
                              ---------------------

SECTION 6.01.     Events of Default ..............................     47
SECTION 6.02.     Acceleration ...................................     49
SECTION 6.03.     Other Remedies .................................     50
SECTION 6.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults ........................     50
SECTION 6.05.     Control by Majority ............................     50
SECTION 6.06.     Limitation on Suits ............................     50
SECTION 6.07.     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment ...........     51
SECTION 6.08.     Collection Suit by Trustee .....................     51
SECTION 6.09.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim ...............     51




                                                                               3

SECTION 6.10.     Priorities .....................................     52
SECTION 6.11.     Undertaking for Costs ..........................     52
SECTION 6.12.     Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws ...............     53

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     Trustee
                                     -------

SECTION 7.01.     Duties of Trustee ..............................     53
SECTION 7.02.     Rights of Trustee ..............................     54
SECTION 7.03.     Individual Rights of Trustee ...................     55
SECTION 7.04.     Trustee's Disclaimer ...........................     56
SECTION 7.05.     Notice of Defaults .............................     56
SECTION 7.06.     Reports by Trustee to Holders ..................     56
SECTION 7.07.     Compensation and Indemnity .....................     56
SECTION 7.08.     Replacement of Trustee .........................     57
SECTION 7.09.     Successor Trustee by Merger ....................     58
SECTION 7.10.     Eligibility; Disqualification ..................     59
SECTION 7.11.     Preferential Collection of Claims
                             Against Company .....................     59

                                    ARTICLE 8

                       Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
                       ----------------------------------

SECTION 8.01.     Discharge of Liability on Securities;
                             Defeasance ..........................     59
SECTION 8.02.     Conditions to Defeasance .......................     61
SECTION 8.03.     Application of Trust Money .....................     62
SECTION 8.04.     Repayment to Company ...........................     62
SECTION 8.05.     Indemnity for Government
                             Obligations .........................     62
SECTION 8.06.     Reinstatement ..................................     62

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                   Amendments
                                   ----------

SECTION 9.01.     Without Consent of Holders .....................     63
SECTION 9.02.     With Consent of Holders ........................     64
SECTION 9.03.     Compliance with Trust Indenture ................     65
SECTION 9.04.     Revocation and Effect of Consents
                             and Waivers .........................     65
SECTION 9.05.     Notation on or Exchange of
                             Securities ..........................     66
SECTION 9.06.     Trustee To Sign Amendments .....................     66



                                                                               4

SECTION 9.07.     Payment for Consent ............................     66

                                   ARTILCE 10

                                  Subordination
                                  -------------

SECTION 10.01.    Agreement to Subordinate .......................     67
SECTION 10.02.    Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy ...........     67
SECTION 10.03.    Default on Senior Indebtedeness ................     67
SECTION 10.04.    Acceleration of Payment of Securites ...........     69
SECTION 10.05.    When Distribution Must Be Paid Over ............     69
SECTION 10.06.    Subrogation ....................................     69
SECTION 10.07.    Relative Rights ................................     70
SECTION 10.08.    Subordination May Not Be Impared By
                              Company ............................     70
SECTION 10.09.    Rights of Trustee and Paying
                              Agent ..............................     70
SECTION 10.10.    Distribution or Notice to
                              Representative .....................     71
SECTION 10.11.    Article 10 Not to Prevent Events
                              of Defaults or Limit Right
                              To Accelerate ......................     71
SECTION 10.12.    Trust Moneys Not Subordinate ...................     71
SECTION 10.13.    Trustee Entitled to Rely .......................     72
SECTION 10.14.    Trustee to Effectuate Subordination ............     72
SECTION 10.15.    Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders
                              of Senior Debt .....................     72
SECTION 10.16.    Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt
                              on Subordination Provisions ........     73

                                   ARTICLE 11

                              Subsidiary Guaranties
                              ---------------------

SECTION 11.01.    Guaranties .....................................     73
SECTION 11.02.    Limitation on Liability ........................     75
SECTION 11.03.    Successors and Assigns .........................     76
SECTION 11.04.    No Waiver ......................................     76
SECTION 11.05.    Modification ...................................     76
SECTION 11.06.    Release of Subsidiary Guarantor ................     76


                                                                               5


                                   ARTICLE 12

                      Subordination of Subsidiary Guranties
                      -------------------------------------

SECTION 12.01.    Agreement to Subordinate .......................     77
SECTION 12.02.    Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy ...........     77
SECTION 12.03.    Default on Senior Debt of
                               Subsidiary Guarantor ..............     78
SECTION 12.04.    Demand for Payment .............................     78
SECTION 12.05.    When Distribution Must Be Paid Over ............     79
SECTION 12.06.    Subrogation ....................................     79
SECTION 12.07.    Relative Rights ................................     79
SECTION 12.08.    Subordination May Not Be Impaired
                               by Company ........................     79
SECTION 12.09.    Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .............     80
SECTION 12.10.    Distribution or Notice to
                               Representation ....................     81
SECTION 12.11.    Article 12 Not To Prevent Defaults
                               Under a Subsidiary Guarantee or
                               Limit Right to Demand Payment .....     81
SECTION 12.12.    Trustee Entitled to Rely .......................     81
SECTION 12.13.    Trustee To Effectuate Subordination ............     82
SECTION 12.14.    Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders
                               of Senior Debt of Subsidiary
                               Guarantor .........................     82
SECTION 12.15.    Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt
                              on Subordination Provisions ........     82

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                  Miscellaneous
                                  -------------

SECTION 13.01.    Trust Indenture Act Controls ...................     82
SECTION 13.02.    Notices ........................................     83
SECTION 13.03.    Communication by Holders with Other
                              Holders ............................     83
SECTION 13.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to
                              Conditions Precedent ...............     83
SECTION 13.05.    Statements Required in Certificate
                              or Opinion .........................     84
SECTION 13.06.    When Securities Disregarded ....................     84
SECTION 13.07.    Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and
                              Registrar ..........................     85
SECTION 13.08.    Legal Holidays .................................     85
SECTION 13.09.    Governing Law ..................................     85
SECTION 13.10.    No Recourse Against Others .....................     85


                                                                               6


SECTION 13.11.    Successors .....................................     85
SECTION 13.12.    Multiple Originals .............................     85
SECTION 13.13.    Table of Contents; Headings ....................     85


Exhibit A - Form of Security
Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix





                                    INDENTURE  dated as of May 15,  1997,  among
                           RADIO  ONE,   INC.,  a  Delaware   corporation   (the
                           "Company"),  RADIO ONE  LICENSES,  INC., as guarantor
                           ("License  Sub"),  and UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
                           NEW YORK, a New York trust company (the "Trustee").


                  Each  party  agrees as  follows  for the  benefit of the other
party and for the equal and ratable  benefit of the Holders of the Company's 12%
Senior  Subordinated Notes Due 2004 (the "Initial  Securities") and, if and when
issued pursuant to a registered exchange for Initial  Securities,  the Company's
12% Senior  Subordinated Notes Due 2004 (the "Exchange  Securities") and, if and
when issued pursuant to a private exchange for Initial Securities, the Company's
12%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes Due 2004 (the  "Private  Exchange  Securities",
together  with  the  Exchange  Securities  and  the  Initial   Securities,   the
"Securities"):


                                   ARTICLE 1
                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
                   SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

                  "Accreted Value" means, as of any date (the "Specified Date"),
the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount of the Securities:

                  (i) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates
         (each, a "Semi-Annual Accrual Date"), the Accreted Value will equal the
         amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date:

         Semi-Annual Accrual Date                           Accreted Value
         ------------------------                           --------------
November 15, 1997                                                $894.69
May 15, 1998                                                      913.37
November 15, 1998                                                 933.17
May 15, 1999                                                      954.17
November 15, 1999                                                 976.42
May 15, 2000                                                    1,000.00

         (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual  Accrual
        Date,  the Accreted  Value will equal the sum of (a) the original  issue
        price for each  $1,000  principal  amount of the  Securities  and (b) an
        amount  equal to the  product  of (1) the  Accreted  Value for the first
        Semi-Annual  Accrual Date less such original issue price,  multiplied by
        (2) a fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the number of days from the
        Issue  Date to the  Specified  Date,  using a 360-day  year of 12 30-day


                                                                               2


        months,  and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsed from
        the Issue Date to the first  Semi-Annual  Accrual Date,  using a 360-day
        year of twelve 30-day months;

         (iii) if the  Specified  Date occurs  between two  Semi-Annual  Accrual
        Dates,  the Accreted  Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value
        for the Semi-Annual  Accrual Date  immediately  preceding such Specified
        Date and (b) an amount  equal to the product of (1) the  Accreted  Value
        for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted
        Value for the immediately  preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date multiplied
        by (2) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the
        immediately  preceding  Semi-Annual  Accrual Date to the Specified Date,
        using a 360-day year of 12 30-day months,  and the  denominator of which
        is 180; or

         (iv) if the Specified  Date occurs after the last  Semi-Annual  Accrual
        Date, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000.

                  "Acquired Debt" means,  with respect to any specified  Person,
Indebtedness  of any other Person  existing at the time such other Person merges
with or into,  or becomes a  Subsidiary  of, such  specified  Person,  including
Indebtedness  incurred in connection  with, or in  contemplation  of, such other
Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person.

                  "Affiliate"  means, with respect to any specified Person,  any
other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct
or indirect  common  control with such  specified  Person.  For purposes of this
definition,  "control  of"  (including,  with  correlative  meanings,  the terms
"controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with") any Person means
the  possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the power to direct or cause the
direction  of the  management  or policies of such Person,  whether  through the
ownership of voting securities,  by agreement or otherwise;  provided,  however,
that  beneficial  ownership of 10% or more of the voting  securities of a Person
shall be deemed to be control.

                  "Agent" means  NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., in its capacity as
agent for the lenders under the Credit Agreement.

                  "Asset Swap" means the  execution  of a definitive  agreement,
subject only to FCC approval and other customary 


                                                                               3


closing  conditions,  that the Company in good faith believes will be satisfied,
for a  substantially  concurrent  purchase and sale,  or exchange,  of Broadcast
Assets  between the Company or any of its Wholly Owned  Restricted  Subsidiaries
and another Person or group of Affiliated  Persons;  provided that any amendment
to or waiver of any closing condition which  individually or in the aggregate is
material to the Asset Swap shall be deemed to be a new Asset Swap.

                  "Broadcast   Assets"  means  assets  used  or  useful  in  the
ownership or operation of an AM or FM radio station.

                  "Broadcast  License" means an authorization  issued by the FCC
for the operation of an AM or FM radio station.

                  "Capital   Lease   Obligation"   means,   at  any   time   any
determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a
capital  lease  that would at such time be  required  to be  capitalized  on the
balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Cash  Equivalents"  means (i)  United  States  dollars,  (ii)
securities  issued or  directly  and fully  guaranteed  or insured by the United
States government or any agency or instrumentality  thereof having maturities of
less than one year from the date of acquisition,  (iii)  certificates of deposit
and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of less than one year from the date
of acquisition,  bankers'  acceptances with maturities of less than one year and
overnight  bank  deposits,  in each case  with any  lender  party to the  Credit
Agreement or with any  domestic  commercial  bank having  capital and surplus in
excess of  $500,000,000  and a Keefe  Bank Watch  Rating of "B" or better,  (iv)
repurchase  obligations  with a term of not more than seven days for  underlying
securities  of the types  described in clauses (ii) and (iii)  entered into with
any financial  institution meeting the qualifications  specified in clause (iii)
immediately above, (v) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable for
Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. or Standard & Poor's Ratings  Services and in
each case  maturing  within nine months after the date of  acquisition  and (vi)
interests  in money  market  mutual  funds  which  invest  solely  in  assets or
securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(v) immediately above.

                  "Change  of  Control"  means  the  occurrence  of  any  of the
following:

         (i)  the  sale,  lease  or  transfer,  in one or a  series  of  related
        transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to any
        Person  or  group  (as


                                                                               4


        such term is used in Section  13(d)(3) of the Exchange  Act) (other than
        any or all of the Principal Shareholders or their Related Parties);

         (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the  liquidation or dissolution
        of the Company;

         (iii) prior to the first Public Equity Offering of the Company,  either
        (x) the Principal Shareholders and their Related Parties cease to be the
        beneficial owner of at least 35% of the voting power of the voting stock
        of the  Company  or (y) any  Person  or group  (as such  term is used in
        Section  13(d)(3)  of the  Exchange  Act) other than the  Warrantholders
        acquires, directly or indirectly, 35% or more of the voting power of the
        voting  stock  of  the  Company  by  way  of  merger,  consolidation  or
        otherwise;

         (iv)  following  the first Public Equity  Offering of the Company,  any
        Person  or  group  (as  such  term is used in  Section  13(d)(3)  of the
        Exchange Act) (other than one or more of the Principal  Shareholders and
        their Related Parties) acquires,  directly or indirectly, 35% or more of
        the voting  power of the voting stock of the Company by way of merger or
        consolidation  or otherwise;  provided,  however,  that such acquisition
        will not constitute a "Change of Control" (x) in the case of a Person or
        group  consisting  of the  Warrantholders,  if and  for so  long  as the
        Principal   Shareholders   and   Related   Parties,    individually   or
        collectively,  own at least 30% of the voting  power of the voting stock
        of the Company and have the right or ability by voting  power,  contract
        or otherwise to elect or designate  for electing a majority of the board
        of directors  of the Company,  or (y) in the case of any Person or group
        not  including any  Warrantholder,  unless or until such Person or group
        owns,  directly or  indirectly,  more of the voting  power of the voting
        stock of the Company than the Principal  Shareholders  and their Related
        Parties; or

         (v) the  Continuing  Directors  cease for any reason  (other  than as a
        result  and  during  the  continuance  of a default  under  the  Warrant
        Agreement   entitling  the   Warrantholders  to  appoint  directors)  to
        constitute a majority of the directors of the Company then in office.

                  For  purposes of this  definition,  any  transfer of an Equity
Interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring  voting stock
of the Company  shall be


                                                                               5


deemed to be a transfer of such portion of such voting stock as  corresponds  to
the portion of the equity of such entity that has been so transferred.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                  "Company"  means  the  party  named as such in this  Indenture
until a successor  replaces it and,  thereafter,  means the  successor  and, for
purposes of any provision  contained  herein and required by the TIA, each other
obligor on the indenture securities.

                  "Consolidated  Cash Interest  Expense" means,  with respect to
any period,  the amount of Consolidated  Interest Expense for such period to the
extent it represents cash  disbursements for such purpose by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries during such period.

                  "Consolidated  Interest Expense" means,  without  duplication,
with  respect  to any  period,  the  sum of (a)  the  interest  expense  and all
capitalized  interest of the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  for such
period, on a consolidated basis, including, without limitation, (i) amortization
of debt discount,  (ii) the net cost under  interest rate  contracts  (including
amortization  of debt  discount),  (iii) the  interest  portion of any  deferred
payment obligation and (iv) accrued interest, plus (b) the interest component of
any Capital Lease  Obligation paid or accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued
by the  Company  during  such  period,  determined  on a  consolidated  basis in
accordance with GAAP; provided,  however, that any dividends with respect to the
Senior Preferred Stock shall not be considered for purposes of this definition.

                  "Continuing  Director"  means  any  member  of  the  Board  of
Directors  of the Company who (i) is a member of that Board of  Directors on the
Issue Date or (ii) was  nominated  for election by either (a) one or more of the
Principal  Shareholders  (or a  Related  Party  thereof)  or (b)  the  Board  of
Directors a majority of whom were  directors at the Issue Date or whose election
or  nomination  for  election  was  previously  approved  by one or  more of the
Principal Shareholders or such directors.

                  "Credit  Agreement"  means the credit  agreement to be entered
into  between the Company and  NationsBank  of Texas,  N.A.  individually,  as a
lender, and as agent for the lenders from time to time party thereto.


                                                                               6


                  "Debt to EBITDA  Ratio" means,  with respect to any date,  the
ratio of (a) the aggregate  principal amount of all outstanding  Indebtedness of
the  Company  (excluding  Hedging  Obligations,  including  interest  rate  swap
obligations,  that are  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of  business  for the
purpose of fixing or hedging  interest  rate risk with  respect to any  floating
rate Indebtedness  which Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of the Indenture
to be  outstanding)  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  as of  such  date  on a
consolidated  basis,  plus the  aggregate  liquidation  preference or redemption
amount of all outstanding  Disqualified  Stock of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of such date (excluding any such Disqualified  Stock held by the
Company of a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary),  to (b) EBITDA of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four most recent
full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date,  determined on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to each  acquisition  or  disposition  of assets
made by the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  from the beginning of such
four-quarter  period through such date as if such acquisition or disposition had
occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

                  "Default"  means  any event  that is,  or after the  giving of
notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

                  "Designated  Senior  Debt"  means (i) the Senior Bank Debt and
(ii) any Senior  Debt of the  Company and the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  permitted
under the  Indenture,  the  principal  amount (or accreted  value in the case of
Indebtedness  issued at a discount)  of which is $10 million or more at the time
of  designation  by the  Company  (or  otherwise  available  under  a  committed
facility) or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, in a written instrument
delivered to the Trustee.

                  "Disposition"  means, with respect to any Person,  any merger,
consolidation  or other business  combination  involving such Person (whether or
not such  Person is the  Surviving  Person) or the sale,  assignment,  transfer,
lease,  conveyance  or other  disposition  of all or  substantially  all of such
Person's assets.

                  "Disqualified  Stock" means any Equity  Interest  that, by its
terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which
it is  exchangeable),  or  upon  the  happening  of  any  event,  matures  or is
mandatorily  redeemable,  pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or
is redeemable at the option of the holder 


                                                                               7


thereof  (other  than upon a Change of Control of the  Company in  circumstances
where the holders of the Securities would have similar  rights),  in whole or in
part on or prior to one year after the stated  maturity of the  Securities.  The
amount of Disqualified Stock shall be the greater of the liquidation  preference
or mandatory or optional redemption price thereof.

                  "EBITDA"  of a specified  Person  means,  for any period,  the
consolidated net income of such specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period:

         (a) plus (without  duplication  and to the extent involved in computing
        such consolidated net income) (i) interest  expense,  (ii) provision for
        taxes on income or profits and (iii)  depreciation  and amortization and
        other  non-cash  items  (including  amortization  of goodwill  and other
        intangibles and barter expenses); and

         (b) minus (without  duplication and to the extent involved in computing
        such  consolidated net income) (i) any gains (or plus losses),  together
        with any related provision for taxes on such gains (or losses), realized
        in connection with any sale of assets  (including,  without  limitation,
        dispositions  pursuant  to sale and  leaseback  transactions),  (ii) any
        non-cash or  extraordinary  gains (or plus  losses),  together  with any
        related  provision  for taxes on such  extraordinary  gains (or losses),
        (iii) the amount of any cash payments  related to non-cash  charges that
        were  added  back in  determining  EBITDA in any prior  period  and (iv)
        barter revenues,

         provided, however, that

         (1) the net income of any other  Person  that is  accounted  for by the
        equity method of accounting  shall be included only to the extent of the
        amount of  dividends  or  distributions  paid in cash to such  specified
        Person whose  EBITDA is being  determined  or a Wholly Owned  Restricted
        Subsidiary thereof;

         (2) the net income of any other Person that is a Restricted  Subsidiary
        (other than a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary) or is an Unrestricted
        Subsidiary  shall  be  included  only to the  extent  of the  amount  of
        dividends or  distributions  paid in cash to such specified Person whose
        EBITDA  is being  determined  or a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary
        thereof;  provided  that for  purposes  of Section  4.05 only,  any such


                                                                               8


        dividend or distribution  shall be excluded to the extent it has already
        been included under clause (a)(3)(D) thereof;

         (3) the net income (loss) of any other Person  acquired after the Issue
        Date in a pooling of interests  transaction  for any period prior to the
        date of such  acquisition  shall be  excluded  (to the extent  otherwise
        included); and

         (4) gains or losses  from  sales of assets  other  than sales of assets
        acquired and held for resale in the ordinary course of business shall be
        excluded (to the extent otherwise included).

All of the foregoing will determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Equity  Interests"  of any Person  means any and all  shares,
interests,  rights  to  purchase,  warrants,  options,  participations  or other
equivalents  of or  interests  in (however  designated)  equity of such  Person,
including any Preferred  Stock,  but excluding any debt  securities  convertible
into such  equity,  and  including,  in the case of a  partnership,  partnership
interests  (whether  general or limited) and any other interest or participation
that  confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, such partnership.

                  "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "Existing Indebtedness" means any outstanding  Indebtedness of
the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date, including the
Securities.

                  "Fair  Market  Value"  means,  with  respect  to any  asset or
property,  the sale value that would be obtained in an arm's-length  transaction
between an  informed  and  willing  seller  under no  compulsion  to sell and an
informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy. All determinations in the
covenants  of Fair Market  Value shall be made by the Board of  Directors of the
Company and shall be  evidenced  by a  resolution  of such Board set forth in an
Officers'  Certificate  delivered  to the  Trustee,  upon which the  Trustee may
conclusively rely.

                  "FCC"  means the  Federal  Communications  Commission  and any
successor agency.


                                                                               9


                  "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles in the
United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date,  including those set
forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board
of the American Institute of Certified Public  Accountants,  (ii) statements and
pronouncements  of the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board,  (iii) such other
statements  by such other  entity as  approved by a  significant  segment of the
accounting  profession  and (iv) the rules and  regulations of the SEC governing
the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements)
in periodic  reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange
Act,  including  opinions and  pronouncements in staff accounting  bulletins and
similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

                  "Hedging  Obligations"  means, with respect to any Person, the
Obligations  of such Person under (i) interest  rate swap  agreements,  interest
rate cap  agreements  and  interest  rate  collar  agreements,  and  (ii)  other
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Persons against fluctuations
in interest rates.

                  "Holder" or "Securityholder"  means the Person in whose name a
Security is registered on the Registrar's books.

                  "Immediate   Family  Member"   means,   with  respect  to  any
individual, such individual's spouse (past or current),  descendants (natural or
adoptive,  of the whole or half blood) of the parents of such  individual,  such
individual's   grandparents   and  parents   (natural  or  adoptive),   and  the
grandparents,  parents and descendants of parents  (natural or adoptive,  of the
whole or half blood) of such individual's spouse (past or current).

                  "Incur"  means issue,  assume,  Guarantee,  incur or otherwise
become liable for; provided,  however, that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests
of a Person  existing at the time such Person  becomes a Subsidiary  (whether by
merger, consolidation,  acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be incurred
by such  Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.  The term  "Incurrence"
when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal
of a  non-interest  bearing or other  discount  security shall not be deemed the
Incurrence of Indebtedness.

                  "Indebtedness"  means, with respect to any Person,  whether or
not  contingent,  (i) all  indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for
the deferred  purchase  price of property or services  (other than current trade


                                                                              10


liabilities  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  and  payable  in
accordance  with  customary  practices)  or which is evidenced by a note,  bond,
debenture or similar  instrument,  (ii) all Capital  Lease  Obligations  of such
Person,  (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or
bankers'  acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person, (iv) all
Hedging  Obligations of such Person, (v) all liabilities of the type referred to
in clause (i), (ii) or (iii)  immediately above which are secured by any Lien on
any  property  owned by such  Person  even if such  Person  has not  assumed  or
otherwise  become  liable for the payment  thereof to the extent of the value of
the  property  subject  to such  Lien,  and  (vi) to the  extent  not  otherwise
included,  any guarantee by such Person of any other  Person's  indebtedness  or
other obligations described in clauses (i) through (v) above; provided, however,
in no  event  shall  Senior  Preferred  Stock  (including  any and  all  accrued
dividends thereon) be considered "Indebtedness."

                  "Indenture"  means this  Indenture as amended or  supplemented
from time to time.

                  "Investment"  in any  Person  means  any  direct  or  indirect
advance,  loan  (other than  advances to  customers  in the  ordinary  course of
business  that are recorded as accounts  receivable  on the balance sheet of the
lender) or other  extension of credit  (including by way of Guarantee or similar
arrangement)  or capital  contribution  to (by means of any  transfer of cash or
other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account
or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness
or  other  similar  instruments  issued  by such  Person.  For  purposes  of the
definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary",  the definition of "Restricted Payment"
and Section 4.05, (i) "Investment"  shall include the portion  (proportionate to
the Company's  equity  interest in such  Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary
is  designated  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary;  provided,  however,  that  upon a
redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted  Subsidiary,  the Company shall
be  deemed to  continue  to have a  permanent  "Investment"  in an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  equal  to an  amount  (if  positive)  equal  to  (x)  the  Company's
"Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such  redesignation  less (y) the
portion  (proportionate  to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of
the fair market value of the net assets of such  Subsidiary  at the time of such
redesignation;  and (ii) any  property  transferred  to or from an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  shall  be  valued  at its  fair  market  value  at the 


                                                                              11


time of such transfer,  in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors.

                  "Issue  Date"  means  the date on  which  the  Securities  are
originally issued.

                  "License  Subsidiary"  means  Radio  One  Licenses,   Inc.,  a
Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

                  "Lien" means,  with respect to any asset, any mortgage,  lien,
pledge, charge,  security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
asset,  whether or not filed,  recorded or otherwise  perfected under applicable
law (including any  conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement,  any
lease in the nature  thereof,  any option or other  agreement  to sell or give a
security  interest  in any asset and any filing of, or  agreement  to give,  any
financing  statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent  statutes)
of any jurisdiction).

                  "Net Cash  Proceeds",  with respect to any issuance or sale of
Equity  Interests,  means  the cash  proceeds  of such  issuance  or sale net of
attorneys' fees,  accountants'  fees,  underwriters' or placement  agents' fees,
discounts or  commissions  and  brokerage,  consultant  and other fees  actually
incurred  in  connection  with such  issuance  or sale and net of taxes  paid or
payable as a result thereof.

                  "Net  Proceeds"  means,  with respect to any Asset Sale by any
Person,  the aggregate cash proceeds  received by such Person in respect of such
Asset Sale, which amount is equal to the excess, if any, of:

         (i) the cash  received  by such  Person  (including  any cash  payments
        received by way of deferred  payment  pursuant to, or monetization of, a
        note or  installment  receivable  or  otherwise,  but  only as and  when
        received) in connection with such Asset Sale, over

         (ii) the sum of

                  (a) the  amount  of any  Indebtedness  including  any  premium
                 thereon and fees and  expenses  associated  therewith  which is
                 required  to be repaid by such Person in  connection  with such
                 Asset Sale, plus

                  (b) the out-of-pocket  expenses (1) incurred by such Person in
                 connection  with such Asset  Sale,  and (2) if such Person is a
                 Restricted Subsidiary,


                                                                              12


                 incurred in connection  with the transfer of such amount to the
                 parent company or entity of such Person, plus

                  (c) provision for taxes, including income taxes,  attributable
                 to the Asset Sale or  attributable  to required  prepayments or
                 repayments  of  Indebtedness  with the  proceeds  of such Asset
                 Sale, plus

                  (d) a  reasonable  reserve  for  the  after-tax  costs  of any
                 indemnification  payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to
                 the seller's  indemnities  to the  purchaser in respect of such
                 Asset Sale  undertaken by the Company or any of its  Restricted
                 Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale.

                  "Obligations" means any principal,  interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages and other liabilities  payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

                  "Offer to Purchase" means a written offer (an "Offer") sent by
the Company to each Holder at his address  appearing in the Note Register on the
date of the Offer offering to purchase in cash up to the principal amount of the
Securities  specified  in such  Offer at a purchase  price  equal to 101% of the
Accreted  Value of the  Securities  plus  accrued and unpaid  interest,  if any.
Unless  otherwise  required  by  applicable  law,  the Offer  shall  specify  an
expiration  date  ("Expiration  Date") of the Offer to Purchase  which shall be,
subject to any contrary  requirements  of applicable  law, not less than 30 days
nor  more  than 60 days  after  the date of such  Offer  and a  settlement  date
("Purchase Date") for purchase of Securities within five Business Days after the
Expiration  Date. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 Business Days
(or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of
the Offer of the  Company's  obligation  to make an Offer to  Purchase,  and the
Offer  shall be sent by first  class mail by the  Company  or, at the  Company's
request  and  expense,  by the  Trustee  in the name and at the  expense  of the
Company.  The Offer shall  contain  information  concerning  the business of the
Company  and its  Subsidiaries  which the  Company in good faith  believes  will
enable such  Holders to make an informed  decision  with respect to the Offer to
Purchase  (which  at a minimum  will  include  (i) the most  recent  annual  and
quarterly  financial  statements  and  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations"  contained  in the  documents


                                                                              13


required  to  be  filed  with  the  Trustee  pursuant  to  Section  4.02  (which
requirements  may be satisfied by delivery of such  documents  together with the
Offer),  (ii) a description of material  developments in the Company's  business
subsequent to the date of the latest of such financial statements referred to in
clause (i) (including a description of the events  requiring the Company to make
the Offer to Purchase),  (iii) if applicable,  appropriate  pro forma  financial
information  concerning  the Offer to  Purchase  and the  events  requiring  the
Company to make the Offer to Purchase and (iv) any other information required by
applicable law to be included therein.  The Offer shall contain all instructions
and materials  necessary to enable such Holders to tender Securities pursuant to
the Offer to Purchase. The Offer shall also state:

         (1) the  Section  of the  Indenture  pursuant  to  which  the  Offer to
        Purchase is being made;

         (2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date;

         (3) the aggregate Accreted Value of the outstanding  Securities offered
        to be purchased by the Company (the "Purchase Amount") and the aggregate
        principal amount of the outstanding  Securities  offered to be purchased
        by the Company  pursuant to the Offer to  Purchase  (including,  if less
        than 100% of the  principal  amount,  the  manner by which such has been
        determined  pursuant  to the  Section  hereof  requiring  the  Offer  to
        Purchase);

         (4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company (the "Purchase Price")
        for each $1,000 aggregate  principal  amount of Securities  accepted for
        payment (as specified pursuant to the Indenture);

         (5) that the Holder may  tender  all or any  portion of the  Securities
        registered  in the name of such  Holder  and that any  portion of a Note
        tendered  must be tendered in an integral  multiple of $1,000  principal
        amount;

         (6) the place or places  where  Securities  are to be  surrendered  for
        tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase;

         (7) that  interest on any  Security  not  tendered or tendered  but not
        purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue
        to accrue;


                                                                              14


         (8) that on the Purchase  Date the  Purchase  Price will become due and
        payable upon each Security  being  accepted for payment  pursuant to the
        Offer to Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and
        after the Purchase Date;

         (9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to
        Purchase  will be required to  surrender  such  Security at the place or
        places  specified  in the Offer  prior to the close of  business  on the
        Expiration  Date (such Security  being, if the Company or the Trustee so
        requires,  duly endorsed by, or accompanied  by a written  instrument of
        transfer  in form  satisfactory  to the  Company  and the  Trustee  duly
        executed  by, the Holder  thereof or his  attorney  duly  authorized  in
        writing);

         (10) that  Holders  will be entitled to withdraw  all or any portion of
        Securities  tendered if the Company (or the Paying Agent) receives,  not
        later than the close of business  on the  Expiration  Date,  a telegram,
        telex,  facsimile  transmission  or letter setting forth the name of the
        Holder,  the principal  amount of the Security that the Holder tendered,
        the  certificate  number of the Security that the Holder  tendered and a
        statement  that such  Holder  is  withdrawing  all or a  portion  of his
        tender;

         (11) that (a) if Securities in an aggregate Accreted Value less than or
        equal  to the  Purchase  Amount  are  duly  tendered  and not  withdrawn
        pursuant to the Offer to Purchase,  the Company shall  purchase all such
        Securities  and (b) if  Securities  in an  aggregate  Accreted  Value in
        excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to
        the Offer to Purchase,  the Company shall purchase  Securities having an
        aggregate  Accreted  Value  equal to the  Purchase  Amount on a pro rata
        basis (with such  adjustments as may be deemed  appropriate so that only
        Securities  in  denominations  of $1,000  principal  amount or  integral
        multiples thereof shall be purchased); and

         (12) that in the case of any Holder whose Security is purchased only in
        part, the Company shall execute,  and the Trustee shall authenticate and
        deliver to the Holder of such Security  without  service  charge,  a new
        Security or Securities,  of any authorized  denomination as requested by
        such Holder,  in an aggregate  principal amount equal to and in exchange
        for the unpurchased portion of the Security so tendered.


                                                                              15


                  Any Offer to  Purchase  will be  governed  by and  effected in
accordance with the Offer for such Offer to Purchase.

                  "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President,  any
Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.

                  "Officers'  Certificate"  means a  certificate  signed  by two
Officers,  one of whom shall be the principal  executive financial or accounting
officer of the Company.

                  "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means a  written  opinion  from  legal
counsel who is acceptable  to the Trustee.  The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

                  "Permitted Investment" means:

         (i) any  Investment  in the  Company  or any  Wholly  Owned  Restricted
        Subsidiary:

         (ii) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;

         (iii) any  Investment  in a Person if, as a result of such  Investment,
        (a) such Person  becomes a Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the
        Company,  or (b) such  Person  either  (1) is  merged,  consolidated  or
        amalgamated  with  or  into  the  Company  or one of  its  Wholly  Owned
        Restricted  Subsidiaries and the Company or such Wholly Owned Restricted
        Subsidiary is the Surviving  Person or the  Surviving  Person  becomes a
        Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary,  or (2) transfers or conveys all or
        substantially  all of its assets to, or is liquidated  into, the Company
        or one of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;

         (iv) any  Investment in accounts and notes  receivable  acquired in the
        ordinary course of business;

         (v) notes from employees issued to the Company  representing payment of
        the exercise price of options to purchase  capital stock of the Company;
        and

         (vi)  Investments in  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  represented by Equity
        Interests  (other  than  Disqualified  Stock)  or  assets  and  property
        acquired  in exchange  for Equity  Interests  (other  than  Disqualified
        Stock) of the Company.


                                                                              16


                  Any Investment in an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  shall not be a
Permitted  Investment  unless  permitted  pursuant to any of clauses (i) through
(vi) above.

                  "Person"  means  any  individual,  corporation,   partnership,
limited liability  company,  joint venture,  association,  joint-stock  company,
trust,  unincorporated  organization,  government  or any  agency  or  political
subdivision thereof or any other entity.

                  "Preferred  Stock",  as applied to the Equity Interests of any
Person, means Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that
is  preferred  as to the payment of  dividends  or  distributions,  or as to the
distribution  of  assets  upon  any  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation  or
dissolution  of such  Person,  over Equity  Interests of any other class of such
Person.

                  "principal"  of a Security means the principal of the Security
plus the premium,  if any, payable on the Security which is due or overdue or is
to become due at the relevant time.

                  "Principal  Shareholders" means Catherine L. Hughes and Alfred
C. Liggins, III and their respective estates, executors and heirs.

                  "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten  primary public
offering of common stock of the Company  pursuant to an  effective  registration
statement under the Securities Act.

                  "Purchase  Money   Indebtedness"  means  Indebtedness  of  the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in connection with the purchase
of  property  or assets  for the  business  of the  Company  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries.

                  "Purchase  Money Lien" means any Lien securing solely Purchase
Money Indebtedness.

                  "Refinancing  Indebtedness"  means  (i)  Indebtedness  of  the
Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  incurred or given in exchange for, or the
proceeds of which are used to extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  substitute,
defease or refund,  any other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock incurred by the
Company in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and (ii) Indebtedness of
any Restricted  Subsidiary incurred or given in exchange for, or the proceeds of
which are used to extend,  refinance,  renew,  replace,  substitute,  defease or
refund,  any other  Indebtedness  or  Disqualified  Stock of the  Company or any


                                                                              17


Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

                  "Registration  Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement  dated May 14, 1997,  among the Company,  License  Subsidiary,  Credit
Suisse First Boston and NationsBank Capital Markets, Inc.

                  "Related  Party"  with  respect to any  Principal  Shareholder
means (i) any 80% (or more) owned  Subsidiary or Immediate Family Member (in the
case of an  individual) of such  Principal  Shareholder or (ii) any Person,  the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an
80% or more controlling interest of which consist of such Principal  Shareholder
or an Immediate Family Member,  or (iii) any Person employed by the Company in a
management capacity as of the Issue Date.

                  "Representative" means any Vice President or other more senior
officer of the Agent in respect of the Senior Bank Debt,  or any trustee,  agent
or  representative  (if any) for any other issue of Senior  Indebtedness  of the
Company.

                  "Restricted  Payment" with respect to any Person means (i) the
declaration or payment of any dividends or any other  distributions  of any sort
in respect of its Equity Interests (including any payment in connection with any
merger or consolidation  involving such Person) or similar payment to the direct
or indirect holders of its Equity Interests  (other than  distributions  payable
solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified  Stock) and dividends or
distributions  payable  solely to the Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  and
other than pro rata dividends or other  distributions  made by a Subsidiary that
is not a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners
of an  equivalent  interest in the case of a Subsidiary  that is an entity other
than a  corporation)),  (ii) the purchase,  redemption or other  acquisition  or
retirement  for value of any Equity  Interests of the Company held by any Person
or of any Equity  Interests of a Restricted  Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of
the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary),  including the exercise of any
option to exchange any Equity  Interests (other than its Equity Interests of the
Company  that  is not  Disqualified  Stock),  (iii)  the  purchase,  repurchase,
redemption,  defeasance or other  acquisition or retirement for value,  prior to
scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any
Subordinated  Debt (other than the purchase,  repurchase or other acquisition of
Subordinated  Debt  purchased  in  anticipation  of  satisfying  a sinking  fund
obligation, principal installment or final


                                                                              18


maturity,  in each case due within one year of the date acquisition) or (iv) the
making of any Investment in any Person (other than a Permitted Investment).

                  "Restricted  Subsidiary"  means any  Subsidiary of the Company
that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

                  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  "Secured Debt" means any  Indebtedness  of the Company secured
by a Lien.

                  "Securities" means the Securities issued under this Indenture.

                  "Senior Bank Debt" means the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
the Credit  Agreement and any other agreement that replaces the Credit Agreement
or otherwise refunds or refinances any or all of the indebtedness thereunder.

                  "Senior Debt":

         (i)  with  respect  to the  Company,  the  principal  of  and  interest
        (including post-petition interest whether or not allowed as a claim) on,
        and all other amounts owing in respect of  Indebtedness  permitted to be
        incurred by the Company under the terms of this Indenture, including the
        Credit  Agreement,  (including  but not limited to  reasonable  fees and
        expenses of counsel and all other charges, fees and expenses incurred in
        connection with such  Indebtedness),  whether  presently  outstanding or
        hereafter created,  incurred or assumed,  unless the instrument creating
        or evidencing such  Indebtedness or pursuant to which such  Indebtedness
        is outstanding  expressly provides that such Indebtedness is on a parity
        with or subordinated in right of payment to the Securities; and

         (ii) with respect to any  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  the  principal of and
        interest  (including  postpetition  interest whether or not allowed as a
        claim)  on,  and all other  amounts  owing in  respect  of  Indebtedness
        permitted to be incurred by such Subsidiary Guarantor under the terms of
        this  Indenture,  including  the Credit  Agreement,  (including  but not
        limited  to  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of  counsel  and all  other
        charges,   fees  and   expenses   incurred  in   connection   with  such
        Indebtedness),  whether  presently  outstanding  or  hereafter  created,
        incurred or assumed,  unless the instrument  created or evidencing  such
        Indebtedness  or 


                                                                              19


        pursuant to which such  Indebtedness is outstanding  expressly  provides
        that such  Indebtedness  is on a parity with or subordinated in right of
        payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

                  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Senior Debt shall not include
(A) any  Indebtedness  consisting of Disqualified  Stock,  (B) any liability for
federal, state, local, or other taxes, (C) any Indebtedness among or between the
Company,  any Restricted  Subsidiary or any of their  Affiliates,  (D) any trade
payables and any  Indebtedness  to trade  creditors  (other than amounts accrued
thereon)  incurred  for the  purchase  of goods or  materials,  or for  services
obtained,  in the  ordinary  course  of  business  or any  Obligations  to trade
creditors in respect of any such  Indebtedness,  or (E) any Indebtedness that is
incurred in violation of this Indenture.

                  "Senior  Preferred  Stock"  means the  Company's  Series A 15%
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock issued on the Issue Date.

                  "Senior  Subordinated  Indebtedness" means (i) with respect to
the  Company,  the  Securities  and any other  Indebtedness  of the Company that
specifically  provides  that such  Indebtedness  is to rank pari  passu with the
Securities in right of payment and is not  subordinated by its terms in right of
payment to any  Indebtedness  or other  obligation  of the Company  which is not
Senior Debt of the Company and (ii) with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor,  its
Guarantee  of the  Securities  and any  other  Indebtedness  of such  Subsidiary
Guarantor  that  specifically  provides that such  Indebtedness  is to rank pari
passu with such  Guarantee  in right of payment and is not  subordinated  by its
terms in right of  payment  to any  Indebtedness  or other  obligations  of such
Subsidiary Guarantor which is not Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

                  "Significant  Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that
would be a  "Significant  Subsidiary"  of the Company within the meaning of Rule
1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

                  "Subordinated Debt" means any Indebtedness of the Company or a
Subsidiary  Guarantor if the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness
or pursuant to which such  Indebtedness is outstanding  expressly  provides that
such  Indebtedness  is (i) if incurred by the Company,  subordinated in right of
payment  to the  Securities,  or (ii) if  incurred  by a  Subsidiary  Guarantor,
subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary  Guarantee of such Subsidiary
Guarantor.


                                                                              20


                  "Subsidiary"   means,   with   respect  to  any  Person,   any
corporation,  association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of all Voting Equity  Interests  entitled  (without regard to
the  occurrence  of any  contingency)  to vote  in the  election  of  directors,
managers  or trustees or other  governing  body  thereof is at the time owned or
controlled by such Person (regardless of whether such Equity Interests are owned
directly  or  through  one or  more  other  Subsidiaries  of  such  Person  or a
combination thereof).

                  "Subsidiary  Guarantee"  means the  guarantee  by a Subsidiary
Guarantor of the Company's  obligations with respect to the Securities contained
in Article 11 hereof.

                  "Subsidiary  Guarantors"  means  License  Subsidiary  and each
other Subsidiary of the Company that,  pursuant to the terms hereof,  executes a
supplemental  indenture  in a form  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Trustee and
thereby becomes bound under Article 11 hereof.

                  "Surviving  Person" means, with respect to any Person involved
in or that  makes  any  Disposition,  the  Person  formed by or  surviving  such
Disposition or the Person to which such Disposition is made.

                  "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.  ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb)  as in effect on the date of this  Indenture,  except as otherwise
provided in Section 9.03.

                  "Trustee"  means  the  party  named as such in this  Indenture
until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

                  "Trust Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President
or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee
to administer  its  corporate  trust matters and with respect to the Senior Bank
Debt as notified to the Agent in writing from time to time by the Trustee.

                  "Uniform   Commercial   Code"  means  the  New  York   Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

                  "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"  means  (i) any  Subsidiary  of the
Company that at the time of  determination  shall be an Unrestricted  Subsidiary
(as designated by the Board of Directors of the Company,  as provided below) and
(ii) any direct or indirect Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board
of  Directors  of the  Company  may  designate  any  Subsidiary  of the  Company
(including any newly acquired or


                                                                              21


newly  formed  Subsidiary)  to be an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  if  all  of  the
following  conditions  apply:  (a) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries  provides  credit support for any  Indebtedness  of such Subsidiary
(including   any   undertaking,   agreement  or   instrument   evidencing   such
Indebtedness)  other than capital  contributions  or other  Restricted  Payments
permitted  under Section 4.05,  (b) such  Subsidiary is not liable,  directly or
indirectly,  with respect to any Indebtedness other than Unrestricted Subsidiary
Indebtedness,  (c) such Unrestricted Subsidiary is not a party to any agreement,
contract,  arrangement  or  understanding  at such time with the  Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company except for  transactions  with  affiliates
permitted by the terms of this Indenture unless the terms of any such agreement,
contract,  arrangement or understanding  are no less favorable to the Company or
such  Restricted  Subsidiary  than those that might be obtained at the time from
Persons who are not  Affiliates  of the Company (the "Third Party Value") or, in
the event such condition is not  satisfied,  an amount equal to the value of the
portion  of such  agreement,  contract,  arrangement  or  understanding  to such
Subsidiary  in excess  of the Third  Party  Value  shall be deemed a  Restricted
Payment,  and (d) such Unrestricted  Subsidiary does not own any Equity Interest
in or  Indebtedness  of any  Subsidiary of the Company that has not  theretofore
been and is not simultaneously being designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  Any
such  designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to
the Trustee by filing with the Trustee of a board  resolution  giving  effect to
such designation and an Officers'  Certificate  certifying that such designation
complies  with the foregoing  conditions.  The Board of Directors of the Company
may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary;  provided,
however,  that (i)  immediately  after giving  effect to such  designation,  the
Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a)
and (ii) all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted  Subsidiary shall be deemed to be
incurred on the date such Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary.

                  "Unrestricted  Subsidiary  Indebtedness"  of any  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  means  Indebtedness of such  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  (other than a
guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  which is
non-recourse  to the Company and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries)  (i) as to which
neither the  Company nor any  Restricted  Subsidiary  is directly or  indirectly
liable (by virtue of the  Company or any such  Restricted  Subsidiary  being the
primary  obligor on,  guarantor of, or otherwise  liable in any respect to, such
Indebtedness)  and (ii) which, 


                                                                              22


upon the  occurrence of a default with respect  thereto,  does not result in, or
permit  any  holder  of any  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  to  declare,  a default on such  Indebtedness  of the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable
prior to its stated maturity.

                  "U.S.  Government  Obligations"  means direct  obligations (or
certificates  representing  an ownership  interest in such  obligations)  of the
United States of America (including any agency or  instrumentality  thereof) for
the  payment of which the full faith and credit of the United  States of America
is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer's option.

                  "Voting  Equity  Interest"  of a Person  means all  classes of
Equity Interest or other  interests  (including  partnership  interests) of such
Person then outstanding and normally  entitled (without regard to the occurrence
of any  contingency) to vote in the election of directors,  managers or trustees
thereof.

                  "Warrant Agreement" means the Warrantholders'  Agreement dated
as of June 6,  1995,  as  amended  from  time to time,  among the  Company,  the
Principal Shareholders, Jerry Moore and the Warrantholders.

                  "Warrantholders" means the holders of warrants issued pursuant
to the Warrant Agreement and, in the case of any such holders,  shares of Common
Stock issued in exchange therefor.

                  "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness  at any date,  the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products  obtained by  multiplying  (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment,  sinking fund, serial maturity or other required  scheduled payment
of principal,  including payment at final maturity,  in respect thereof,  by (b)
the number of years  (calculated  to the nearest  one-twelfth)  that will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment,  by (ii) the then  outstanding
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness.

                  "Wholly  Owned  Restricted  Subsidiary"  means any  Restricted
Subsidiary all of the outstanding Voting Equity Interests (other than directors'
qualifying shares) of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or
a Surviving Person of any Disposition involving the Company, as the case may be.


                                                                              23


                        SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.


                                                      Defined in
                  Term                                 Section
                  ----                                 -------

         "Affiliate Transaction"........................ 4.08
         "Asset Sale"....................................4.07
         "Bankruptcy Law"............................... 6.01
         "Blockage Notice"............................. 10.03
         "covenant defeasance option".................8.01(b)
         "Custodian".................................... 6.01
         "Event of Default"............................. 6.01
         "legal defeasance option"....................8.01(b)
         "Legal Holiday"............................... 13.08
         "pay the Securities".......................... 10.03
         "Paying Agent"................................. 2.03
         "Payment Blockage Period"..................... 10.03
         "Registrar".................................... 2.03
         "Successor Company"............................ 5.01


                  SECTION 1.03.  Incorporation  by Reference of Trust  Indenture
Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory  provisions of the TIA which are
incorporated  by reference in and made a part of this  Indenture.  The following
TIA terms have the following meanings:

                  "Commission" means the SEC;

                  "indenture securities" means the Securities;

                  "indenture security holder" means a Securityholder;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture  trustee"  or  "institutional  trustee"  means  the
Trustee; and

                  "obligor" on the  indenture  securities  means the Company and
any other obligor on the indenture securities.

                  All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by
the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have
the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.


                                                                              24


                  SECTION  1.04.  Rules  of  Construction.  Unless  the  context
otherwise requires:

                  (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (2) an accounting  term not otherwise  defined has the meaning
         assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                  (3) "or" is not exclusive;

                  (4) "including" means including without limitation;

                  (5) words in the singular  include the plural and words in the
         plural include the singular;

                  (6)  unsecured   Indebtedness   shall  not  be  deemed  to  be
         subordinate or junior to Secured Debt merely by virtue of its nature as
         unsecured Indebtedness;

                  (7) the principal  amount of any noninterest  bearing or other
         discount  security at any date shall be the  principal  amount  thereof
         that would be shown on a balance  sheet of the  issuer  dated such date
         prepared in accordance with GAAP;

                  (8) the principal  amount of any Preferred  Stock shall be (i)
         the  maximum  liquidation  value  of such  Preferred  Stock or (ii) the
         maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect
         to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and

                  (9) all references to the date the Securities  were originally
         issued shall refer to the date the Initial  Securities  were originally
         issued.


                                   ARTICLE 2

                                 The Securities
                                 --------------

                  SECTION  2.01.  Form and  Dating.  Provisions  relating to the
Initial Securities,  the Private Exchange Securities and the Exchange Securities
are set  forth in the Rule  144A/Regulation  S  Appendix  attached  hereto  (the
"Appendix")  which is hereby  incorporated  in and  expressly  made part of this
Indenture.   The  Initial   Securities   and  the   Trustee's   certificate   of
authentication  shall be  substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The
Exchange   Securities,   the  Private  Exchange 


                                                                              25


Securities   and  the  Trustee's   certificate   of   authentication   shall  be
substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A,  which is hereby  incorporated  in and
expressly made a part of this  Indenture.  The  Securities  may have  notations,
legends or  endorsements  required by law, stock  exchange  rule,  agreements to
which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation,
legend or  endorsement  is in a form  acceptable to the Company).  Each Security
shall be dated the date of its  authentication.  The terms of the Securities set
forth in the Appendix and Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture.

                  SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall
sign the  Securities  for the  Company  by manual or  facsimile  signature.  The
Company's  seal shall be  impressed,  affixed,  imprinted or  reproduced  on the
Securities and may be in facsimile form.

                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee  authenticates  the  Security,  the Security
shall be valid nevertheless.

                  A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee  manually signs the certificate of  authentication  on the Security.
The  signature  shall  be  conclusive   evidence  that  the  Security  has  been
authenticated under this Indenture.

                  The Trustee  shall  authenticate  and deliver  Securities  for
original issue in an aggregate  principal amount of $85,478,000,  upon a written
order of the  Company  signed by two  Officers  or by an  Officer  and either an
Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company.  Such order shall
specify the amount of the Securities to be  authenticated  and the date on which
the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated.

                  The  Trustee may appoint an  authenticating  agent  reasonably
acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities.  Unless limited by the
terms of such appointment,  an authenticating agent may authenticate  Securities
whenever  the  Trustee  may  do  so.  Each   reference  in  this   Indenture  to
authentication  by  the  Trustee  includes  authentication  by  such  agent.  An
authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent
for service of notices and demands.

                  SECTION 2.03.  Registrar  and Paying Agent.  The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where  Securities may be presented for registration
of transfer or for


                                                                              26


exchange  (the  "Registrar")  and an office or agency  where  Securities  may be
presented for payment (the "Paying Agent").  The Registrar shall keep a register
of the Securities  and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may have one
or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Paying
Agent" includes any additional paying agent.

                  The Company shall enter into an appropriate  agency  agreement
with any Registrar,  Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture,
which shall  incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify
the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent.  If the Company  fails to
maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be
entitled to  appropriate  compensation  therefor  pursuant to Section 7.07.  The
Company or any of its domestically  incorporated  Wholly Owned  Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.

                  The Company  initially  appoints the Trustee as Registrar  and
Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.

                  SECTION  2.04.  Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.  Prior to
each due date of the principal  and interest on any Security,  the Company shall
deposit  with  the  Paying  Agent a sum  sufficient  to pay such  principal  and
interest  when so becoming  due.  The Company  shall  require  each Paying Agent
(other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the  benefit of  Securityholders  or the Trustee all money held by the
Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the  Securities  and
shall  notify  the  Trustee  of any  default  by the  Company in making any such
payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate  trust fund.  The
Company  at any time may  require a Paying  Agent to pay all money held by it to
the Trustee and to account for any funds  disbursed  by the Paying  Agent.  Upon
complying  with this Section,  the Paying Agent shall have no further  liability
for the money delivered to the Trustee.

                  Any money deposited with any Paying Agent, or then held by the
Company or a Subsidiary in trust for the payment of principal or interest on any
Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and interest
has become due and payable  shall be paid to the Company at its request,  or, if
then held by the Company or a Subsidiary,  shall be discharged  from such trust;
and the


                                                                              27


Securityholders shall thereafter,  as unsecured general creditors,  look only to
the Company for payment  thereof,  and all  liability  of the Paying  Agent with
respect to such money,  and all  liability of the Company or such  Subsidiary as
trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

                  SECTION 2.05. Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve
in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available
to it of the names and addresses of  Securityholders.  If the Trustee is not the
Registrar,  the Company shall  furnish to the Trustee,  in writing at least five
Business Days before each  interest  payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may  request in writing,  a list in such form and as of such date as the
Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.

                  SECTION 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.  The Securities shall be
issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a
Security  for  registration  of  transfer.  When a Security is  presented to the
Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar
shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of Section 8-401(1)
of the Uniform  Commercial  Code are met. When  Securities  are presented to the
Registrar  or a  co-registrar  with a  request  to  exchange  them  for an equal
principal amount of Securities of other denominations,  the Registrar shall make
the  exchange  as  requested  if  the  same  requirements  are  met.  To  permit
registration  of transfers  and  exchanges,  the Company  shall  execute and the
Trustee shall  authenticate  Securities  at the  Registrar's  or  co-registrar's
request.  The Company may require  payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes,
assessments  or other  governmental  charges in connection  with any transfer or
exchange pursuant to this Section. The Company shall not be required to make and
the Registrar  need not register  transfers or exchanges of Securities  selected
for  redemption  (except,  in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the
portion  thereof not to be redeemed) or any  Securities  for a period of 15 days
before a selection  of  Securities  to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest
payment date.

                  Prior to the due  presentation for registration of transfer of
any Security,  the Company,  the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any
co-registrar  may  deem  and  treat  the  person  in whose  name a  Security  is
registered  as the absolute  owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes
whatsoever,  whether or not such  Security is overdue,  and none of the Company,
the


                                                                              28


Trustee,  the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar  shall be affected
by notice to the contrary.

                  All Securities  issued upon any transfer or exchange  pursuant
to the terms of this  Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled
to the same benefits  under this Indenture as the  Securities  surrendered  upon
such transfer or exchange.

                  SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities.  If a mutilated Security
is surrendered  to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security  claims that the
Security has been lost,  destroyed or wrongfully  taken, the Company shall issue
and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of
Section 8-405 of the Uniform  Commercial  Code are met and the Holder  satisfies
any other reasonable  requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or
the Company,  such Holder  shall  furnish an indemnity  bond  sufficient  in the
judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the
Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them
may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the
Holder  for  their  expenses  in  replacing  a  Security.  In the event any such
mutilated,  lost,  destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about
to become due and payable,  the Company in its  discretion may pay such Security
instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.

                  Every replacement Security is an additional  obligation of the
Company.

                  SECTION 2.08. Outstanding  Securities.  Securities outstanding
at any time are all  Securities  authenticated  by the Trustee  except for those
canceled by it, those  delivered to it for  cancelation  and those  described in
this Section as not  outstanding.  A Security  does not cease to be  outstanding
because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

                  If a Security is replaced  pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases
to be outstanding  unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory
to them that the replaced  Security is held by a bona fide purchaser;  provided,
however,  that the rights of the  Company  under  Section  8-405 of the  Uniform
Commercial Code shall not be diminished in any way.

                  If  the  Paying  Agent  segregates  and  holds  in  trust,  in
accordance  with this  Indenture,  on a redemption  date or maturity  date money
sufficient to pay all  principal and


                                                                              29


interest  payable  on that date with  respect  to the  Securities  (or  portions
thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is
not  prohibited  from  paying  such  money to the  Securityholders  on that date
pursuant  to the  terms of this  Indenture,  then on and  after  that  date such
Securities (or portions  thereof)  cease to be outstanding  and interest on them
ceases to accrue.

                  SECTION   2.09.   Temporary   Securities.   Until   definitive
Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall
authenticate  temporary Securities.  Temporary Securities shall be substantially
in the form of definitive  Securities but may have  variations  that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Securities.  Without unreasonable delay, the
Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate  definitive  Securities
and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities.

                  SECTION 2.10 Cancelation.  The Company at any time may deliver
Securities  to the Trustee for  cancelation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent
shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration
of transfer,  exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and
destroy (subject to the record  retention  requirements of the Exchange Act) all
Securities  surrendered  for  registration  of  transfer,  exchange,  payment or
cancelation and deliver a certificate of such  destruction to the Company unless
the Company directs the Trustee to deliver  canceled  Securities to the Company.
The Company may not issue new Securities to replace  Securities it has redeemed,
paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancelation.

                  SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a
payment of interest on the Securities,  the Company shall pay defaulted interest
(plus  interest on such  defaulted  interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful
manner.  The  Company  may pay the  defaulted  interest  to the  persons who are
Securityholders  on a subsequent  special  record date. The Company shall fix or
cause  to be  fixed  any  such  special  record  date  and  payment  date to the
reasonable  satisfaction  of  the  Trustee  and  shall  promptly  mail  to  each
Securityholder  a notice that states the special  record date,  the payment date
and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

                  SECTION  2.12.  CUSIP  Numbers.  The  Company in  issuing  the
Securities  may use "CUSIP"  numbers (if then  generally in use) and, if so, the
Trustee shall use "CUSIP"  numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience  to
Holders;   provided,   however,   that  any  such   notice  may  state


                                                                              30


that no  representation  is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other  identification  numbers printed on the
Securities,  and any such  redemption  shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                   Redemption
                                   ----------

                  SECTION  3.01.  Notices to Trustee.  If the Company  elects to
redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Securities to
be redeemed and the paragraph of the Securities pursuant to which the redemption
will occur.

                  The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for
in this Section at least 60 days before the  redemption  date unless the Trustee
consents to a shorter  period.  Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers'
Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  from the Company to the effect that such
redemption will comply with the conditions herein.

                  If  fewer  than all the  Securities  are to be  redeemed,  the
record  date  relating to such  redemption  shall be selected by the Company and
given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not less than 15 days after the
date of notice to the Trustee  (unless a shorter  period shall be  acceptable to
the  Trustee).  Any such  notice  may be  canceled  by notice in  writing to the
Trustee  at any time  prior to notice  of such  redemption  being  mailed to any
Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

                  SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities To Be Redeemed. If fewer
than all the  Securities  are to be  redeemed,  the  Trustee  shall  select  the
Securities  to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that  complies with
applicable  legal and  securities  exchange  requirements,  if any, and that the
Trustee  in its sole  discretion  shall deem to be fair and  appropriate  and in
accordance  with methods  generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries
in similar circumstances.  The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding
Securities  not  previously  called for  redemption.  The Trustee may select for
redemption  portions of the  principal  of  Securities  that have  denominations
larger than $1,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be
in amounts of 


                                                                              31


$1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for
redemption.  The Trustee shall notify the Company  promptly of the Securities or
portions of Securities to be redeemed.

                  SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption.  At least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Securities,  the Company shall
mail, or cause to be mailed,  a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each
Holder of Securities to be redeemed at such Holder's registered address.

                  The notice shall  identify the  Securities  to be redeemed and
shall state:

                  (1) the redemption date;

                  (2) the redemption price;

                  (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                  (4) that Securities  called for redemption must be surrendered
         to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

                  (5) if fewer  than all the  outstanding  Securities  are to be
         redeemed,  the  identification  and principal amounts of the particular
         Securities to be redeemed;

                  (6)  that,   unless  the  Company   defaults  in  making  such
         redemption  payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited  from making such
         payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities
         (or  portion  thereof)  called for  redemption  ceases to accrue on and
         after the redemption date;

                  (7) the CUSIP number,  if any, printed on the Securities being
         redeemed;  provided,  however, that no representation is made as to the
         correctness  or accuracy of the CUSIP  number,  if any,  listed in such
         notice or printed on the Securities; and

                  (8) that if a Security  is to be  redeemed  in part,  only the
         portion  of the  principal  amount  (equal  to  $1,000  or an  integral
         multiple  thereof) of such  Security  is to be redeemed  and that a new
         Security in the  aggregate  principal  amount  equal to the  unredeemed
         portion thereof will be issued without charge to the holder.


                                                                              32


                  At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's  name and at the Company's  expense.  In such event,
the Company  shall  provide the Trustee  with the  information  required by this
Section.

                  SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.  Once notice of
redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on
the  redemption  date and at the  redemption  price  stated in the notice.  Upon
surrender to the Paying Agent,  such Securities  shall be paid at the redemption
price  stated in the  notice,  plus  accrued  interest  to the  redemption  date
(subject  to the  right of  Holders  of record on the  relevant  record  date to
receive interest due on the related interest payment date that is on or prior to
the redemption date).  Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any
Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

                  SECTION  3.05.  Deposit  of  Redemption  Price.  Prior  to the
redemption  date,  the Company  shall  deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the
Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent,  shall segregate and hold in trust)
money  sufficient  to pay the  redemption  price of and accrued  interest on all
Securities  to be  redeemed  on that date other than  Securities  or portions of
Securities called for redemption which have been delivered by the Company to the
Trustee for cancelation.

                  SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a
Security  that is redeemed in part,  the Company  shall  execute and the Trustee
shall  authenticate  for the Holder (at the  Company's  expense) a new  Security
equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                   Covenants
                                   ---------

                  SECTION  4.01.  Payment  of  Securities.   The  Company  shall
promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and in
the manner  provided in the  Securities  and in this  Indenture.  Principal  and
interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or
the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay
all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent,  as the
case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the  Securityholders on
that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.


                                                                              33


                  The Company  shall pay  interest on overdue  principal  at the
rate specified therefor in the Securities,  and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

                  SECTION 4.02.  SEC Reports.  Notwithstanding  that the Company
may not be subject to the reporting  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange  Act,  commencing  the first fiscal  quarter  ended June 30, 1997,  the
Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Securityholders with
such annual  reports and such  information,  documents  and other reports as are
specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and  applicable to a U.S.
corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and reports to
be so  filed  and  provided  at the  times  specified  for  the  filing  of such
information,  documents and reports under such Sections.  The Company also shall
comply with the other provisions of TIA ss. 314(a).

                  SECTION 4.03.  Limitation on  Incurrence of  Indebtedness  and
Issuance of Preferred Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Restricted  Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness  (including  Acquired
Debt) or issue  any  Preferred  Stock,  except  that the  Company  may (i) issue
Preferred  Stock  that is not  Disqualified  Stock at any  time  and (ii)  Incur
Indebtedness  or issue  Disqualified  Stock if the Debt to  EBITDA  Ratio of the
Company  and its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  at the  time of  Incurrence  of such
Indebtedness  or issuance of such  Disqualified  Stock,  after  giving pro forma
effect thereto,  does not exceed 7.0 to 1.0;  provided,  however,  that any such
Indebtedness (other than Senior Debt) Incurred by the Company shall, at the time
of Incurrence, have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than
the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Securities.

                  (b) The limitations set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not
apply to the Incurrence of any of the following:

                  (i)  Indebtedness  consisting  of Senior Bank Debt;  provided,
         however,  that the aggregate  principal amount  outstanding at any time
         under this clause (i) does not exceed $10,000,000;

                  (ii) Existing Indebtedness;

                  (iii)  Indebtedness  represented  by the  Securities  and  the
         Subsidiary Guarantees;


                                                                              34


                  (iv) Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that

                           (A)  the   principal   amount  of  such   Refinancing
                  Indebtedness   does  not  exceed  the   principal   amount  of
                  Indebtedness or the amount of Disqualified  Stock so extended,
                  refinanced,  renewed,  replaced,   substituted,   defeased  or
                  refunded  (plus the amount of expenses  incurred  and premiums
                  paid in connection therewith),

                           (B) with respect to Refinancing  Indebtedness  of any
                  Indebtedness other than Senior Debt or Disqualified Stock, the
                  Refinancing  Indebtedness  has  a  Weighted  Average  Life  to
                  Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to
                  Maturity  of  the  Indebtedness  being  extended,  refinanced,
                  renewed, replaced, substituted, defeased or refunded, and

                           (C) with respect to Refinancing  Indebtedness  of any
                  Indebtedness  other than  Senior  Debt or  Disqualified  Stock
                  incurred by (1) the  Company,  such  Refinancing  Indebtedness
                  ranks no more senior,  and at least as subordinated,  in right
                  of  payment  to  the  Securities  as  the  Indebtedness  being
                  extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted, defeased
                  or refunded and (2) a Subsidiary  Guarantor,  such Refinancing
                  Indebtedness   ranks   no  more   senior,   and  at  least  as
                  subordinated,  in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee
                  of  such  Subsidiary   Guarantor  as  the  Indebtedness  being
                  extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted, defeased
                  or refunded;

                  (v) intercompany  Indebtedness  between the Company and any of
         its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;

                  (vi)  Hedging   Obligations,   including  interest  rate  swap
         obligations,  that are incurred in the ordinary  course of business for
         the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any
         floating  rate  Indebtedness  that is  permitted  by the  terms of this
         Indenture to be outstanding;

                  (vii) guarantees by the Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors
         of  any  Indebtedness  of the  Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary
         permitted under this Section 4.03;


                                                                              35


                  (viii)   Indebtedness   of  the  Company  or  any   Restricted
         Subsidiary consisting of indemnification,  adjustment of purchase price
         or similar  obligations,  in each case incurred in connection  with the
         disposition of any assets of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary;
         and

                  (ix)  Indebtedness  of the  Company  or any of its  Restricted
         Subsidiaries  (in  addition to  Indebtedness  permitted by clauses (ii)
         through (viii) of this Section) in an aggregate principal amount at any
         time outstanding that, together with any Indebtedness incurred pursuant
         to clause (i) of this Section, does not exceed $5,000,000.

                  (c) For purposes of determining  compliance  with this Section
4.03, (i) in the event that an item of  Indebtedness  meets the criteria of more
than one of the types of Indebtedness described herein, the Company, in its sole
discretion,  will  classify  such item of  Indebtedness  and only be required to
include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses and
(ii) an item of  Indebtedness  may be divided and classified in more than one of
the types of Indebtedness described herein.

                  SECTION 4.04.  Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt. (a) The
Company shall not Incur (i) any  Indebtedness  that is  subordinate or junior in
ranking in right of payment by its terms to any Senior  Debt of the  Company and
senior in right of payment by its terms to the  Securities  or (ii) any  Secured
Debt  that is not  Senior  Debt  unless  contemporaneously  therewith  effective
provision is made to secure the Securities equally and ratably with such Secured
Debt for so long as such Secured Debt is secured by a Lien.

                  (b) The Company shall not permit any  Subsidiary  Guarantor to
Incur (i) any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in ranking in right of
payment  by its terms to any  Senior  Debt and senior in right of payment to its
Subsidiary  Guarantee  or (ii) any  Secured  Debt that is not Senior Debt unless
contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure its Subsidiary
Guarantee equally and ratably with such Secured Debt for so long as such Secured
Debt is secured by a Lien.

                  SECTION  4.05.  Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments.  (a) The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary,  directly or
indirectly,  to make a 


                                                                              36


Restricted  Payment  if at the time the  Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary
makes such Restricted Payment:

                  (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing  (or would
         result therefrom);

                  (2) at the time of such  Restricted  Payment and after  giving
         pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at
         the beginning of the applicable  four-quarter period, the Company would
         not be  permitted  to Incur at least $1.00 of  additional  Indebtedness
         under Section 4.03(a); or

                  (3) the aggregate  amount of such  Restricted  Payment and all
         other Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the sum of:

                           (A) an amount equal to the Company's EBITDA cumulated
                  from April 1, 1997, to the end of the Company's  most recently
                  ended  full  fiscal  quarter,  taken  as a  single  accounting
                  period,   minus  1.4  times  the  sum  of  (i)  the  Company's
                  Consolidated  Interest  Expense from April 1, 1997, to the end
                  of the  Company's  most  recently  ended full fiscal  quarter,
                  taken as a single accounting  period,  plus (ii) all dividends
                  or  other  distributions  paid or made by the  Company  or any
                  Restricted Subsidiary on any Disqualified Stock of the Company
                  or any of its Subsidiaries during such period;

                           (B) the aggregate  Net Cash Proceeds  received by the
                  Company  from the  issuance  or sale of its  Equity  Interests
                  (other than  Disqualified  Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date
                  (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company
                  and  other  than an  issuance  or sale  to an  employee  stock
                  ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any
                  of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees);

                           (C) the amount by which  Indebtedness  of the Company
                  is reduced on the Company's  balance sheet upon the conversion
                  or  exchange  (other  than  by a  Subsidiary  of the  Company)
                  subsequent  to  the  Issue  Date  of any  Indebtedness  of the
                  Company  convertible  or  exchangeable  for  Equity  Interests
                  (other  than  Disqualified  Stock)  of the  Company  (less the
                  amount of any cash,  or the fair value of any other  property,
                  distributed  by the Company upon such  conversion  or exchange
                  other than  Equity 


                                                                              37


                  Interests not constituting Disqualified Stock); and

                           (D) an  amount  equal  to the  sum  of  (i)  the  net
                  reduction  in   Investments   in   Unrestricted   Subsidiaries
                  resulting from  dividends,  repayments of loans or advances or
                  other transfers of assets,  in each case to the Company or any
                  Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (ii)
                  the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in
                  such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of
                  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  at the  time  such  Unrestricted
                  Subsidiary  is designated a Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided,
                  however,  that the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case
                  of any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  the  amount of  Investments
                  previously  made (and treated as a Restricted  Payment) by the
                  Company  or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  in such  Unrestricted
                  Subsidiary.

                  (b)  The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:

                  (i) any  Restricted  Payment  made out of the  proceeds of the
         substantially  concurrent  sale of, and any  acquisition  of any Equity
         Interest of the Company made by exchange for,  Equity  Interests of the
         Company (other than Disqualified Stock and Capital Stock issued or sold
         to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee  stock  ownership plan
         or a trust  established by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  for
         the  benefit  of their  employees);  provided,  however,  that (A) such
         Restricted  Payment shall be excluded in the  calculation of the amount
         of  Restricted  Payments and (B) the Net Cash  Proceeds  from such sale
         shall be excluded from the  calculation  of amounts under clause (3)(B)
         of paragraph (a) above;

                  (ii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
         acquisition  or  retirement  for  value of  Subordinated  Debt  made by
         exchange  for, or out of the proceeds of the  substantially  concurrent
         sale of,  Indebtedness  of the Company that is permitted to be Incurred
         pursuant  to  Section  4.03;  provided,  however,  that such  purchase,
         repurchase,  redemption,  defeasance or other acquisition or retirement
         for  value  shall be  excluded  in the  calculation  of the  amount  of
         Restricted Payments;


                                                                              38


                  (iii)  dividends  paid  within  60  days  after  the  date  of
         declaration  thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would
         have complied with paragraph (a) above; provided,  however, that (A) at
         the time of payment of such  dividend,  no Default  shall have occurred
         and be continuing (or result  therefrom) and (B) such dividend shall be
         included in the  calculation of the amount of Restricted  Payments from
         and after such time;

                  (iv)  loans to  members of  management  of the  Company or any
         Restricted  Subsidiary  the proceeds of which are used for a concurrent
         purchase of Equity  Interests of the Company or a capital  contribution
         to the Company (provided that the proceeds from such purchase of Equity
         Interests  or  capital   contribution   shall  be  excluded   from  the
         calculation  of amounts  under clause  (3)(B) of paragraph  (a) above);
         provided, however, that such loans shall be included in the calculation
         of the amount of Restricted Payments from and after such time;

                  (v)  any  principal  payment  on,  or  purchase,   redemption,
         defeasance  or other  acquisition  or  retirement  for  value  of,  any
         Indebtedness that is subordinated by its terms to the Securities out of
         Excess  Proceeds  available for general  corporate  purposes  after the
         purchase of all Securities  properly  tendered  pursuant to an Offer to
         Purchase required by Section 4.07; provided,  however,  that the amount
         of such payments shall be excluded in the  calculation of the amount of
         Restricted Payments; and

                  (vi)  repurchases of Equity  Interests of the Company from any
         employee of the Company  (other  than a  Principal  Shareholder)  whose
         employment  with the Company has ceased;  provided,  however,  that the
         aggregate amount of such  repurchases  shall not exceed $500,000 in any
         year; provided further, however, that the amount of such payments shall
         be included in the  calculation  of the amount of  Restricted  Payments
         from and after such time.

                  SECTION  4.06.   Limitation  on  Dividend  and  Other  Payment
Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  directly or  indirectly,  create or
otherwise  cause or suffer  to exist or  become  effective  any  encumbrance  or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) (i) pay dividends
or  make  any  other  distributions  to  the  Company  or any  other  Restricted
Subsidiary (A) on its


                                                                              39


Equity Interests or (B) with respect to any other interest or participation  in,
or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness  owed to the Company or
any other Restricted  Subsidiary,  (b) make any loans or advances to the Company
or any other Restricted Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its property or assets
to the Company or any other  Restricted  Subsidiary,  except any  encumbrance or
restriction existing under or by reason of:

                  (i) any Existing Indebtedness;

                  (ii) applicable law;

                  (iii)  any  instrument   governing   Indebtedness   or  Equity
         Interests  of a  Person  acquired  by the  Company  or  any  Restricted
         Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition  (except to the
         extent  such  Indebtedness  was  incurred  in  connection  with  or  in
         contemplation of such acquisition);  provided,  however,  that (A) such
         restriction  is not applicable to any other Person or the properties or
         assets of any other Person,  and (B) the consolidated net income (loss)
         of such acquired Person for any period prior to such acquisition  shall
         not be taken into account in determining  whether such  acquisition was
         permitted by the terms of the Indenture;

                  (iv) by reason of customary nonassignment provisions in leases
         entered into in the ordinary  course of business  and  consistent  with
         past practices;

                  (v) Purchase Money  Indebtedness for property  acquired in the
         ordinary  course of  business  that  only  impose  restrictions  on the
         property so acquired;

                  (vi)  Refinancing  Indebtedness  permitted under Section 4.03;
         provided,  however,  that the restrictions  contained in the agreements
         governing such Refinancing  Indebtedness are no more restrictive in the
         aggregate  than  those  contained  in  the  agreements   governing  the
         Indebtedness being refinanced immediately prior to such refinancing;

                  (vii) the Credit Agreement;

                  (viii) agreements relating to the financing of the acquisition
         of real or tangible  personal  property  acquired after the date of the
         Indenture,  provided that such encumbrance or restriction  relates only
         to the property that is acquired and, in the case of any 


                                                                              40


         encumbrance  or  restriction   that   constitutes  a  Lien,  such  Lien
         constitutes a Purchase Money Lien; or

                  (ix) any restriction or encumbrance contained in contracts for
         sale of assets in  respect of the assets  being sold  pursuant  to such
         contract.

                  SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Certain Asset Sales.  The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to:

                  (i) sell,  lease,  convey or  otherwise  dispose of any assets
         (including by way of a  sale-and-leaseback)  other than in the ordinary
         course of business, or

                  (ii) issue or sell Equity  Interests of any of its  Restricted
         Subsidiaries,

in  each  case,  whether  in  a  single  transaction  or  a  series  of  related
transactions, to any Person (other than (x) an issuance, sale, lease, conveyance
or disposal by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or one of its Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries,  (y) an Asset Swap permitted by Section 4.11 or (z) the
sale of the stock of any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary)  (each of the foregoing,  an
"Asset Sale"),  unless:  (x) the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the
case may be,  receives  consideration  at the time of such  Asset  Sale at least
equal to the Fair  Market  Value  of the  assets  or  Equity  Interests  sold or
otherwise  disposed of, (y) at least 80% of such consideration is in the form of
cash or Cash Equivalents and (z) if such Asset Sale includes Equity Interests of
any  Restricted  Subsidiary,  100% of the Equity  Interests  of such  Restricted
Subsidiary owned by the Company or any other  Restricted  Subsidiary are sold or
otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale.  Following any Asset Sale, the Company
may at its option apply all or any portion of the Net  Proceeds  from such Asset
Sale,  within 360 days of such Asset Sale, (A) to permanently  reduce or satisfy
any Senior Debt (and,  in the event that such  Senior  Debt is extended  under a
revolving  credit or similar  facility,  to  permanently  reduce or satisfy  the
aggregate commitments  thereunder as then in effect) or (B) to acquire Broadcast
Assets.  Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may
temporarily  reduce  Senior  Debt or  invest  such  Net  Proceeds  in  Permitted
Investments or to reduce loans  outstanding  under any revolving credit facility
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale
not applied to the payment of Senior Debt or the acquisition of Broadcast Assets
as provided in the immediately preceding sentence,  upon expiration such 360-day
period,  will be


                                                                              41


deemed to constitute  "Excess  Proceeds".  Whenever  aggregate  Excess  Proceeds
realized  since  the  Issue  Date  minus  the  aggregate  purchase  price of the
Securities  that have been the subject of any previous  Offer to Purchase  ("Net
Excess  Proceeds")  exceeds  $5,000,000,  the Company will  commence an Offer to
Purchase within 30 days after the date on which the Net Excess Proceeds exceeded
$5,000,000. Such Offer to Purchase shall be for a principal amount of Notes then
outstanding  having  an  aggregate  purchase  price  equal  to such  Net  Excess
Proceeds.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this Section 4.07,  the
Company and the Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall not be required to apply any Net
Proceeds  in  accordance  with this  Section  4.07 except to the extent that the
aggregate  Net Proceeds from all Asset Sales which are not applied in accordance
with this Section 4.07 exceeds $1,000,000.

                  For the  purposes of this  Section  4.07,  the  following  are
deemed to be cash:  (x) the  assumption  of Senior  Debt of the  Company  or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  and  the  release  of the  Company  or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary  from all liability on such Senior Debt in connection with such Asset
Sale (other than customary  indemnification  provisions relating thereto that do
not involve the repayment of funded indebtedness) and (y) securities received by
the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  from the transferee that are promptly
converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.

                  SECTION 4.08.  Transactions  with Affiliates.  (a) The Company
shall not,  and shall not permit  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  directly  or
indirectly,  sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties
or assets  to, or  purchase  any  property  or assets  from,  or enter  into any
contract, agreement,  understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the
benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  (each of
the  foregoing,   an  "Affiliate   Transaction"),   unless  (i)  such  Affiliate
Transaction  is on  terms  that  are no less  favorable  to the  Company  or the
relevant  Restricted  Subsidiary  than those that would have been  obtained in a
comparable  transaction  by the  Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary  with a
non-Affiliated Person, (ii) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority
of the  disinterested  members of the Company's Board of Directors and (iii) the
Company  delivers to the Trustee (A) with respect to any  Affiliate  Transaction
involving aggregate payments in excess of $1,000,000,  an Officers'  Certificate
certifying  that such Affiliate  Transaction  complies with clauses (i) and (ii)
above and (B) with respect to any  Affiliate  Transaction  (or series of related
transactions) with an aggregate value in


                                                                              42


excess of $5,000,000, an opinion from a nationally recognized investment bank to
the  effect  that  the  transaction  is fair to the  Company  or the  Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

                  (b)  The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:

                  (i)  employment  arrangements  (including  customary  benefits
         thereunder)  entered  into  by the  Company  or  any of its  Restricted
         Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the
         past practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

                  (ii) transactions  solely between or among the Company and its
         Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiaries or solely between or among wholly
         Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;

                  (iii) transactions permitted under Section 4.05;

                  (iv) any  agreement  as in  effect  on the  Issue  Date or any
         amendment thereto or any transaction  contemplated  thereby  (including
         pursuant  to any  amendment  thereto)  and  any  replacement  agreement
         thereto so long as any such amendment or  replacement  agreement is not
         more  disadvantageous  to the holders of the Securities in any material
         respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

                  (v) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any
         of its Restricted  Subsidiaries of its obligations  under the terms of,
         any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement
         or purchase  agreement  related  thereto) to which it is a party on the
         Issue Date;

                  (vi) services  provided to any Unrestricted  Subsidiary of the
         Company for fees approved by the Board of Directors; and

                  (vii) the issuance,  sale or other  disposition  of any Equity
         Interest (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company,  including any
         equity-related  agreements relating thereto such as registration rights
         and voting  agreements so long as such agreements do not result in such
         Equity Interests being Disqualified Stock.

                  SECTION  4.09.  Limitation  on  Restricted  Subsidiary  Equity
Interests.  The Company shall not permit any


                                                                              43


Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Equity Interests, except (a) Equity Interests
issued to and held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted  Subsidiary,  and
(b)  Equity  Interests  issued  by a Person  prior  to the time (i) such  Person
becomes  a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (ii)  such  Person  merges  with  or into a
Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) a Restricted Subsidiary mergers with or into such
Person;  provided,  however,  that  such  Equity  Interests  were not  issued or
incurred by such Person in anticipation of the type of transaction  contemplated
by subclause (i), (ii) or (iii).

                  SECTION  4.10.  Change of Control.  Upon the  occurrence  of a
Change of Control,  the  Company  shall  commence  an Offer to Purchase  all the
outstanding Securities. The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with
the  requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other  securities
laws or  regulations  in connection  with an Offer to Purchase Notes pursuant to
this  Section  4.10.  To the extent the  provisions  of any  securities  laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company shall
comply with the  applicable  securities  laws and  regulations  and shall not be
deemed to have  breached  its  obligations  under  this  Section  4.10 by virtue
thereof.

                  SECTION  4.11.  Limitation  on Asset Swaps.  The Company shall
not,  and shall not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,  engage in any Asset
Swaps, unless:

                  (i) at the time of entering into the agreement relating to the
         proposed Asset Swap and  immediately  after such Asset Swap, no Default
         or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                  (ii) at the time of entering  into the  agreement  relating to
         the proposed Asset Swap and after giving pro forma effect to such Asset
         Swap  as  if it  had  occurred  at  the  beginning  of  the  applicable
         four-quarter  period,  the Company would be permitted to incur at least
         $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a);

                  (iii) after giving pro forma effect to the proposed Asset Swap
         as if such Asset Swap had  occurred at the  beginning  of the four most
         recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to the date of the
         proposed  Asset  Swap,  the ratio of (A) EBITDA of the  Company and its
         Restricted  Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for such four-quarter
         period to (B) the Consolidated Cash Interest Expense of the Company and
         its Restricted


                                                                              44


         Subsidiaries for such four-quarter period exceeds 1.2 to 1.0; and

                  (iv) the  respective  Fair Market  Values of the assets  being
         purchased and sold by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
         are substantially the same at the time of entering into such agreement.

                  SECTION 4.12. Future Subsidiary Guarantors.  The Company shall
(a)  cause  each  Person  that,  after the Issue  Date,  becomes a Wholly  Owned
Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company to execute  and  deliver a  supplemental
indenture  and thereby  become a Subsidiary  Guarantor  bound by the  Subsidiary
Guarantee  of the  Securities  set  forth in  Article  11 hereof  (without  such
Subsidiary  Guarantor  being  required to execute  and  deliver  its  Subsidiary
Guarantee  endorsed on the Securities) and (b) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel, in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to the Trustee,  that
the  Subsidiary  Guarantee of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor is a valid and legally
binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

                  SECTION  4.13.  Compliance  Certificate.   The  Company  shall
deliver to the  Trustee  within 120 days  after the end of each  fiscal  year an
Officers'  Certificate  stating  that in the  course of the  performance  by the
signers of their  duties as  Officers of the Company  they would  normally  have
knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that
occurred during such fiscal year. If they do, the certificate shall describe the
Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with  respect  thereto.  The Company also shall comply with TIA
ss. 314(a)(4).

                  SECTION 4.14.  Further  Instruments  and Acts. Upon request of
the Trustee,  the Company will execute and deliver such further  instruments and
do such further acts as may be reasonably  necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

                  SECTION 4.15. Ratings for Notes. Following the filing with the
SEC of the Company's  first Annual Report on Form 10-K after the Issue Date, the
Company shall use its reasonable  best efforts to obtain,  by June 30, 1998, the
publication of ratings for the Securities from Moody's Investors  Service,  Inc.
and from Standard and Poor's  Ratings Group (or any successor to either of them)
or, in the event that either of such  entities at such time no longer  publishes
ratings for long-term  debt  securities,  then any other  nationally  recognized
statistical  rating  organization  (as defined in Rule 436 under the  Securities
Act).


                                                                              45


                                   ARTICLE 5

                               Successor Company
                               -----------------

                  SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer  Assets.  (a)
The  Company  shall not  consolidate  or merge with or into  (whether or not the
Company is the Surviving Person),  or sell, assign,  transfer,  lease, convey or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one
or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

                  (i) the Surviving  Person shall be a corporation  organized or
         existing under the laws of the United States,  any state thereof or the
         District of Columbia;

                  (ii) the  Surviving  Person (if other than the Company)  shall
         expressly   assume  all  the  obligations  of  the  Company  under  the
         Securities and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a
         form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

                  (iii) at the time of and immediately  after such  Disposition,
         no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                  (iv)  the  Surviving   Person  shall,  at  the  time  of  such
         Disposition and after giving pro forma effect thereto,  be permitted to
         incur at least  $1.00 of  additional  Indebtedness  pursuant to Section
         4.03(a); and

                  (v)  the  Company  shall  have  delivered  to the  Trustee  an
         Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
         consolidation,  merger or transfer and such supplemental  indenture (if
         any) comply with this Indenture.

                  The Surviving  Person (if other than the Company) shall be the
successor to the Company and shall succeed to, and be  substituted  for, and may
exercise  every right and power of, the Company  under this  Indenture,  but the
predecessor  Company  in the  case of a sale,  assignment,  transfer,  lease  or
conveyance shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and
interest on the Securities.

                  (b) In the event of a sale of all or substantially  all of the
assets  of any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  or all of  the  Equity  Interests  of any
Subsidiary  Guarantor,  by way of


                                                                              46


merger, consolidation or otherwise, then the Surviving Person of any such merger
or consolidation,  or such Subsidiary Guarantor,  if all of its Equity Interests
are sold,  shall be released and relieved of any and all  obligations  under the
Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor if:

                  (i) the  Person  surviving  such  merger or  consolidation  or
         acquiring  the Equity  Interest of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor is not a
         Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

                  (ii) the Net Proceeds  from such sale are applied as described
         under Section 4.07; and

                  (iii)  such   Subsidiary   Guarantor  is  released   from  its
         guarantees  of other  Indebtedness  of the  Company  or any  Restricted
         Subsidiary.

                  (c) Except as provided in clause (b), no Subsidiary  Guarantor
may  consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not such Person is Affiliated
with such Subsidiary Guarantor and whether or not the Guarantor is the Surviving
Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets in one or more related transactions,  to another
Person, unless:

                  (i) the  Surviving  Person  shall be the Company or one of its
         Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;

                  (ii) the Surviving Person shall be a corporation  organized or
         existing under the laws of the United States,  any state thereof or the
         District of Columbia;

                  (iii)  the  Surviving  Person  (if other  than the  Subsidiary
         Guarantor) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Subsidiary
         Guarantor  under  the  Securities  and  this  Indenture  pursuant  to a
         supplemental  indenture  in  a  form  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the
         Trustee; and

                  (iv) at the time of and immediately after such Disposition, no
         Default shall have occurred an be continuing.


                                                                              47


                                   ARTICLE 6

                             Defaults and Remedies
                             ---------------------

                  SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.  An "Event of Default" occurs
if:

                  (1) the Company  defaults in any payment of  principal  of (or
         premium if any, on) any Security when the same becomes due and payable,
         whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10;

                  (2) the  Company  defaults  in any  payment of interest on any
         Security  when the same  becomes due and  payable,  whether or not such
         payment shall be  prohibited by Article 10, and such default  continues
         for a period of 30 days;

                  (3) the Company  fails to redeem or purchase any Security when
         required  pursuant to this Indenture or the Securities,  including,  in
         connection with an Offer to Purchase, whether or not such redemption or
         purchase shall be prohibited by Article 10;

                  (4) the Company fails to comply with Sections 4.15 or 5.01;

                  (5) the Company or any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  fails to comply
         with any of  their  respective  agreements  in the  Securities  or this
         Indenture  (other than those referred to in clause (1), (2), (3) or (4)
         above)  and  such  failure  continues  for 30  days  after  the  notice
         specified below;

                  (6) the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  fails to comply
         with terms of any instrument  evidencing or securing  Indebtedness  for
         money  borrowed by the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  having an
         outstanding  principal  amount  of  $5,000,000  individually  or in the
         aggregate,  which failure results in the acceleration of the payment of
         such  Indebtedness or constitutes the failure to pay such  Indebtedness
         when due at final maturity, and such non-payment continues for a period
         of 30 days;


                                                                              48


                  (7) the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  pursuant to or
         within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

                           (A) commences a voluntary case;

                           (B)  consents  to the  entry of an order  for  relief
                  against it in an involuntary case;

                           (C) consents to the  appointment of a Custodian of it
                  or for any substantial part of its property; or

                           (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
                  creditors;

         or takes any  comparable  action  under any  foreign  laws  relating to
         insolvency;

                  (8) a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  enters  an  order or
         decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                           (A)  is  for  relief   against  the  Company  or  any
                  Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

                           (B)  appoints  a  Custodian  of  the  Company  or any
                  Restricted  Subsidiary  or for  any  substantial  part  of its
                  property; or

                           (C)  orders  the  winding  up or  liquidation  of the
                  Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

         or any similar  relief is granted  under any foreign laws and the order
         or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

                  (9) any final  judgment  or decree for the payment of money in
         excess of  $5,000,000  (not  subject to appeal) is entered  against the
         Company  or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  and  remains  undischarged  or
         unstayed  for a period of 60 days  after the later of (A) entry of such
         final  judgment or decree and (B) the date on which the right to appeal
         has expired; or

                  (10) a Subsidiary Guarantee of a significant Subsidiary ceases
         to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms
         of such  Subsidiary  Guarantee)  or a  Subsidiary  Guarantor  denies or
         disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.


                                                                              49


                  The foregoing will constitute  Events of Default  whatever the
reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or  involuntary
or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,  decree or order
of any  court  or any  order,  rule  or  regulation  of  any  administrative  or
governmental body.

                  The term  "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code,
or any  similar  Federal  or  state  law for the  relief  of  debtors.  The term
"Custodian"  means any receiver,  trustee,  assignee,  liquidator,  custodian or
similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

                  A Default  under  clause (5) is not an Event of Default  until
the  Trustee  or  the  holders  of at  least  25%  in  principal  amount  of the
outstanding  Securities  notify the Company of the Default and the Company  does
not cure such Default  within the time  specified  after receipt of such notice.
Such notice must specify the Default,  demand that it be remedied and state that
such notice is a "Notice of Default".

                  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after
the occurrence thereof,  written notice in the form of an Officers'  Certificate
of any Event of Default  under  clause (6), (9) or (10) and any event which with
the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under
clause (5), its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto.

                  SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than
an Event of  Default  specified  in Section  6.01(7) or (8) with  respect to the
Company) occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal  amount of the  Securities by notice to the
Company  and the  Trustee,  may declare  the  Accreted  Value of and accrued but
unpaid  interest  on all the  Securities  (the  "Default  Amount") to be due and
payable.  Upon such a  declaration,  the Default Amount shall be due and payable
immediately.  If an Event of Default  specified  in Section  6.01(7) or (8) with
respect to the Company occurs, the Default Amount shall ipso facto become and be
immediately  due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the  Trustee or any  Securityholders.  The  Holders of a majority  in  principal
amount of the  Securities  by notice to the Trustee may rescind an  acceleration
and its  consequences if the rescission  would not conflict with any judgment or
decree and if all existing  Events of Default  have been cured or waived  except
nonpayment  of  principal  or  interest  that has become  due solely  because of
acceleration.  No such


                                                                              50


rescission  shall affect any subsequent  Default or impair any right  consequent
thereto.

                  SECTION 6.03.  Other  Remedies.  If an Event of Default occurs
and is  continuing,  the Trustee may pursue any available  remedy to collect the
payment  of  principal  of or  interest  on the  Securities  or to  enforce  the
performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

                  The  Trustee  may  maintain a  proceeding  even if it does not
possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right
or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy
or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

                  SECTION  6.04.  Waiver  of Past  Defaults.  The  Holders  of a
majority  in  principal  amount of the  Securities  by notice to the Trustee may
waive an  existing  Default  and its  consequences  except  (i) a Default in the
payment of the  principal  of, or premium or  interest  on, a  Security,  (ii) a
Default  arising  from the  failure to  repurchase  any  Security  tendered  for
repurchase in connection with an Offer to Purchase or (iii) a Default in respect
of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended  without the consent of
each Securityholder  affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but
no such waiver shall  extend to any  subsequent  or other  Default or impair any
consequent right.

                  SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority.  The Holders of a majority
in principal  amount of the Securities may direct the time,  method and place of
conducting  any  proceeding  for  any  remedy  available  to the  Trustee  or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction  that  conflicts  with law or this  Indenture or,
subject to Section 7.01,  that the Trustee  determines is unduly  prejudicial to
the rights of other  Securityholders  or would  involve  the Trustee in personal
liability;  provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed
proper by the Trustee that is not  inconsistent  with such  direction.  Prior to
taking any action  hereunder,  the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the
Securityholders  indemnification  or  security  satisfactory  to it in its  sole
discretion  against all losses and expenses  caused by taking or not taking such
action.

                  SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right
to receive  payment of  principal,  premium  (if any) or  interest  when due, no
Securityholder  may pursue 


                                                                              51


any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:

                  (1) the Holder  gives to the Trustee  written  notice  stating
         that an Event of Default is continuing;

                  (2) the  Holders  of at least 25% in  principal  amount of the
         Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

                  (3) such  Holder or Holders  offer to the  Trustee  reasonable
         security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

                  (4) the Trustee  does not comply  with the  request  within 60
         days  after  receipt  of the  request  and the  offer  of  security  or
         indemnity; and

                  (5) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of
         the  Securities do not give the Trustee a direction  inconsistent  with
         the request during such 60-day period.

                  A  Securityholder  may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another  Securityholder  or to obtain a  preference  or priority  over
another Securityholder.

                  SECTION   6.07.   Rights  of  Holders   to  Receive   Payment.
Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Indenture,  the right of any Holder
to receive  payment of principal of and interest on the Securities  held by such
Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities,  or to
bring suit for the  enforcement of any such payment on or after such  respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

                  SECTION  6.08.  Collection  Suit by  Trustee.  If an  Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(1),  (2) or (3) occurs and is continuing,  the
Trustee may recover  judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against  the  Company for the whole  amount  then due and owing  (together  with
interest on any unpaid  interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts  provided
for in Section 7.07.

                  SECTION  6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee
may file such proofs of claim and other  papers or documents as may be necessary
or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the  Securityholders
allowed in any judicial  proceedings  relative to the Company,  its creditors or
its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable  regulations,  may vote
on behalf of the  Holders


                                                                              52


in any election of a trustee in  bankruptcy or other Person  performing  similar
functions,  and  any  Custodian  in  any  such  judicial  proceeding  is  hereby
authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that
the  Trustee  shall  consent  to the  making of such  payments  directly  to the
Holders,   to  pay  to  the  Trustee  any  amount  due  it  for  the  reasonable
compensation,  expenses,  disbursements and advances of the Trustee,  its agents
and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

                  Nothing  herein  shall be deemed to  empower  the  Trustee  to
authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder, any
plan of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment or composition  affecting the
Securities or the rights of any  Securityholder,  or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

                  SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or
property  pursuant to this  Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in
the following order:

                  FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

                  SECOND:  to holders of Senior  Indebtedness  of the Company to
         the extent required by Article 10;

                  THIRD:  to  Securityholders  for amounts due and unpaid on the
         Securities for principal and interest,  ratably,  without preference or
         priority of any kind,  according  to the amounts due and payable on the
         Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

                  FOURTH:  to the Company.

                  The Trustee  may fix a record  date and  payment  date for any
payment to  Securityholders  pursuant to this  Section.  At least 15 days before
such record date, the Company shall mail to each  Securityholder and the Trustee
a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

                  SECTION  6.11.  Undertaking  for  Costs.  In any  suit for the
enforcement  of any right or remedy under this  Indenture or in any suit against
the  Trustee for any action  taken or omitted by it as  Trustee,  a court in its
discretion  may  require  the  filing  by any party  litigant  in the suit of an
undertaking  to pay the costs of the suit,  and the court in its  discretion may
assess reasonable costs, including reasonable


                                                                              53


attorneys'  fees,  against any party litigant in the suit,  having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party  litigant.
This  Section  does  not  apply  to a suit by the  Trustee,  a suit by a  Holder
pursuant  to Section  6.07 or a suit by  Holders  of more than 10% in  principal
amount of the Securities.

                  SECTION 6.12.  Waiver of Stay or Extension  Laws.  The Company
(to the extent it may  lawfully  do so) shall not at any time  insist  upon,  or
plead,  or in any manner  whatsoever  claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension  law  wherever  enacted,  now or at any time  hereafter in
force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture;  and
the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby  expressly  waives
all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder,  delay or impede
the execution of any power herein  granted to the Trustee,  but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                                    Trustee
                                    -------

                  SECTION  7.01.  Duties of Trustee.  (a) If an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers
vested  in it by this  Indenture  and use the same  degree  of care and skill in
their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such Person's own affairs.

                  (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (1) the  Trustee  undertakes  to perform  such duties and only
         such  duties as are  specifically  set forth in this  Indenture  and no
         implied  covenants  or  obligations  shall be read into this  Indenture
         against the Trustee; and

                  (2) in the  absence of bad faith on its part,  the Trustee may
         conclusively   rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
         correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this  Indenture.  However,  in the  case  of any  such  certificate  or
         opinions which, by any provision  hereof,  are required to be furnished
         to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions


                                                                              54


         to determine  whether or not they conform to the  requirements  of this
         Indenture.

                  (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct,
except that:

                  (1) this  paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b)
         of this Section;

                  (2) the Trustee  shall not be liable for any error of judgment
         made in good  faith by a Trust  Officer  unless it is  proved  that the
         Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                  (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
         it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance  with a direction
         received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

                  (d) Every  provision of this Indenture that in any way relates
to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

                  (e) The Trustee  shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.


                  (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be  segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law.

                  (g) No provision of this  Indenture  shall require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise  incur  financial  liability in the
performance  of any of its duties  hereunder  or in the  exercise  of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable  grounds to believe that repayment
of such  funds or  adequate  indemnity  against  such risk or  liability  is not
reasonably assured to it.

                  (h) Every provision of this Indenture  relating to the conduct
or affecting  the  liability of or affording  protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

                  SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.  (a) The Trustee may rely on
any  document  believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document.


                                                                              55


                  (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains  from  acting,  it may
require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in  reliance on
the Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

                  (c) The  Trustee  may act  through  agents  and  shall  not be
responsible  for the  misconduct or negligence of any agent  appointed  with due
care.

                  (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith  which it believes  to be  authorized  or within its
rights  or  powers;  provided,  however,  that the  Trustee's  conduct  does not
constitute wilful misconduct or negligence.

                  (e) The Trustee may consult  with  counsel,  and the advice or
opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters  relating to this Indenture and
the Securities  shall be full and complete  authorization  and  protection  from
liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in
good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

                  (f) The Trustee  shall be under no  obligation to exercise any
of the  rights or powers  created  in it by this  Indenture  at the  request  or
direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture,  unless such Holders
shall have offered to the Trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity against the
costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with
such request or direction.

                  (g) The Trustee  shall not be bound to make any  investigation
into the  facts or  matters  stated in any  document,  but the  Trustee,  in its
discretion,  may make such further inquiry or  investigation  into such facts or
matters as it may see fit.

                  (h) The Trustee  may enter into and  perform  its  obligations
under the  Standstill  Agreement  dated May 19,  1997,  among the  Company,  the
Subsidiary Guarantors, the Investors and Management Stockholders (as those terms
are defined in the Standstill Agreement), and the Agent and the Trustee.

                  SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its
individual  or any other  capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities
and may otherwise deal with the Company or its  Affiliates  with the same rights
it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar,  co-registrar
or co-paying agent may do the same


                                                                              56


with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

                  SECTION 7.04. Trustee's  Disclaimer.  The Trustee shall not be
responsible  for and makes no  representation  as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture or the Securities,  it shall not be accountable for the Company's
use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any
statement  of  the  Company  in  the  Indenture  or in any  document  issued  in
connection  with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities  other than the
Trustee's certificate of authentication.

                  SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.  If a Default occurs and is
continuing  and if it is known to the  Trustee,  the Trustee  shall mail to each
Securityholder  notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in
the case of a Default in payment of  principal  of or interest on any  Security,
the Trustee may  withhold  the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust
Officers  in  good  faith  determines  that  withholding  the  notice  is in the
interests of Securityholders.

                  SECTION  7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.  As promptly as
practicable  after each May 15  beginning  with May 15,  1998,  and in any event
prior to June 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each  Securityholder  a
brief  report  dated as of such  date that  complies  with TIA ss.  313(a).  The
Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b).

                  A  copy  of  each  report  at  the  time  of  its  mailing  to
Securityholders  shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on
which the  Securities  are listed.  The Company  agrees to notify  promptly  the
Trustee  whenever the Securities  become listed on any stock exchange and of any
delisting thereof.

                  SECTION 7.07.  Compensation  and Indemnity.  The Company shall
pay  to  the  Trustee  promptly  upon  request  from  time  to  time  reasonable
compensation for its services.  The Trustee's  compensation shall not be limited
by any law on compensation  of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall
reimburse  the Trustee  promptly upon request for all  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses  incurred or made by it, including costs of collection,  in addition to
the  compensation  for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation and expenses,  disbursements  and advances of the Trustee's agents,
counsel,  accountants  and  experts.  The Company  shall  indemnify  the Trustee
against  any and all loss,  liability  or expense  (including  attorneys'  fees)
incurred  by it in  connection  with  the  administration 


                                                                              57


of this trust,  the enforcement of this Indenture  (including this Section 7.07)
against the Company and the performance of its duties  hereunder,  including the
costs and expenses of defending  itself against any claim  (whether  asserted by
any  Securityholder  or any other  Person) or liability in  connection  with the
acceptance,  exercise or performance  of any of its powers or duties  hereunder.
The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity. Failure by the Trustee so to notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the
Trustee  may  have  separate  counsel  and the  Company  shall  pay the fees and
expenses  of such  counsel.  The  Company  need not  reimburse  any  expense  or
indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through
the Trustee's own wilful  misconduct,  negligence or bad faith. The Company need
not pay for any settlement  made by the Trustee  without the Company's  consent,
such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

                  To secure the Company's  payment  obligations in this Section,
the Trustee  shall have a lien prior to the  Securities on all money or property
held or collected by the Trustee  other than money or property  held in trust to
pay principal of and interest on particular  Securities.  The Trustee's right to
receive  payment  of any  amounts  due  under  this  Section  7.07  shall not be
subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company.

                  The  Company's  payment  obligations  pursuant to this Section
shall survive the discharge of this Indenture.  When the Trustee incurs expenses
or render  services  after the  occurrence  of a Default  specified  in  Section
6.01(7) or (8) with  respect to the Company,  the expenses and the  compensation
for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are
intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

                  SECTION 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign
at any time by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the  Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and
may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

                  (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

                  (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;


                                                                              58


                  (3) a receiver or other  public  officer  takes  charge of the
         Trustee or its property; or

                  (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

                  If the  Trustee  resigns,  is removed by the Company or by the
Holders of a majority in principal  amount of the Securities and such Holders do
not reasonably  promptly appoint a successor Trustee,  or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason (the  Trustee in such event being  referred
to herein  as the  retiring  Trustee),  the  Company  shall  promptly  appoint a
successor Trustee.

                  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written  acceptance of its
appointment  to  the  retiring  Trustee  and  to  the  Company.   Thereupon  the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become  effective,  and the
successor  Trustee  shall have all the rights,  powers and duties of the Trustee
under  this  Indenture.  The  successor  Trustee  shall  mail  a  notice  of its
succession to Securityholders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property  held by it as  Trustee to the  successor  Trustee,  provided  that the
amounts  owing to the Trustee  hereunder  have been paid and subject to the lien
provided for in Section 7.07.

                  If a successor  Trustee  does not take  office  within 60 days
after the retiring  Trustee resigns or is removed,  the retiring  Trustee or the
Holders of 10% in aggregate  principal amount of the Securities may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  If  the  Trustee  fails  to  comply  with  Section  7.10,  any
Securityholder may petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  Notwithstanding  the  replacement  of the Trustee  pursuant to
this Section,  the Company's  obligations  under Section 7.07 shall continue for
the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

                  SECTION  7.09.  Successor  Trustee by Merger.  If the  Trustee
consolidates  with,  merges or converts into, or transfers all or  substantially
all its corporate  trust business or assets to,  another  corporation or banking
association,  the  resulting,  surviving or transferee  corporation  without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee.


                                                                              59


                  In case at the time such  successor or  successors  by merger,
conversion or  consolidation  to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by this Indenture any of the Securities  shall have been  authenticated  but not
delivered,  any such  successor  to the  Trustee  may adopt the  certificate  of
authentication  of any  predecessor  trustee,  and deliver  such  Securities  so
authenticated;  and in case at that  time any of the  Securities  shall not have
been  authenticated,   any  successor  to  the  Trustee  may  authenticate  such
Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture  provided
that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

                  SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall
at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA ss. 310(a).  The Trustee shall have
a combined capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000 as set forth in its most
recent published  annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall comply with TIA
ss. 310(b);  provided,  however, that there shall be excluded from the operation
of TIA ss. 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or
certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are
outstanding  if the  requirements  for  such  exclusion  set  forth  in TIA  ss.
310(b)(1) are met.

                  SECTION  7.11.   Preferential  Collection  of  Claims  Against
Company.  The Trustee shall comply with TIA ss.  311(a),  excluding any creditor
relationship  listed in TIA ss.  311(b).  A  Trustee  who has  resigned  or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                                   ARTICLE 8

                       Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
                       ----------------------------------

                  SECTION   8.01.   Discharge  of   Liability   on   Securities;
Defeasance.  (a) When (i) the Company  delivers  to the Trustee all  outstanding
Securities  (other  than  Securities  replaced  pursuant  to  Section  2.07) for
cancelation  or (ii) all  outstanding  Securities  have become due and  payable,
whether at  maturity  or as a result of the  mailing  of a notice of  redemption
pursuant  to  Article 3 hereof and the  Company  irrevocably  deposits  with the
Trustee funds  sufficient to pay at maturity or upon  redemption all outstanding
Securities,  including  interest  thereon to  maturity or such  redemption  date
(other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07), and if in either case
the Company  pays all


                                                                              60


other sums payable hereunder by the Company,  then this Indenture shall, subject
to Section 8.01(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge
satisfaction   and  discharge  of  this  Indenture  on  demand  of  the  Company
accompanied  by an  Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel and at the
cost and expense of the Company.

                  (b) Subject to Sections  8.01(c) and 8.02,  the Company at any
time  may  terminate  (i) all its  obligations  under  the  Securities  and this
Indenture  ("legal  defeasance  option") or (ii) its obligations  under Sections
4.02,  4.03,  4.04,  4.05,  4.06,  4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.12 and the
operation of Sections 6.01(6),  6.01(7),  6.01(8), 6.01(9) and 6.01(10) (but, in
the  case  of  Sections  6.01(7)  and  (8),  with  respect  only  to  Restricted
Subsidiaries) and the limitations  contained in Sections 5.01(a)(iv) and 5.01(c)
("covenant  defeasance  option").  The Company may exercise its legal defeasance
option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

                  If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option,  payment
of the  Securities  may not be  accelerated  because of an Event of Default with
respect  thereto.  If the Company  exercises  its  covenant  defeasance  option,
payment of the Securities may not be accelerated  because of an Event of Default
specified  in  Sections  6.01(3),   6.01(6),   6.01(7),   6.01(8),  6.01(9)  and
6.01(10)(but,  in the case of Sections  6.01(7) and (8),  with  respect  only to
Restricted Subsidiaries which constitute Significant Subsidiaries) or because of
the failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(iv) or 5.01(c). If the
Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option,
each  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  if any, shall be released from all its obligations
with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee.

                  Upon  satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon
request of the Company,  the Trustee shall  acknowledge in writing the discharge
of those obligations that the Company terminates.

                  (c)  Notwithstanding  clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company's
obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07 and 7.08 and in
this  Article  8 shall  survive  until  the  Securities  have been paid in full.
Thereafter,  the Company's  obligations  in Sections  7.07,  8.04 and 8.05 shall
survive.


                                                                              61


                  SECTION  8.02.  Conditions  to  Defeasance.  The  Company  may
exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

                  (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee
         money or U.S.  Government  Obligations  for the payment of principal of
         and interest on the Securities to maturity or  redemption,  as the case
         may be;

                  (2) the Company  delivers to the Trustee a certificate  from a
         nationally recognized firm of independent  accountants expressing their
         opinion  that the  payments  of  principal  and  interest  when due and
         without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government  Obligations plus
         any deposited money without  investment will provide cash at such times
         and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest
         when due on all the Securities to maturity or  redemption,  as the case
         may be;

                  (3) 123 days pass  after the  deposit  is made and  during the
         123-day  period no Default  specified  in Sections  6.01(7) or (8) with
         respect to the Company  occurs  which is  continuing  at the end of the
         period;

                  (4) the deposit does not  constitute a default under any other
         agreement binding on the Company and is not prohibited by Article 10;

                  (5) the Company  delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
         to the  effect  that the  trust  resulting  from the  deposit  does not
         constitute,  or is qualified as, a regulated  investment  company under
         the Investment Company Act of 1940;

                  (6) in the case of the legal  defeasance  option,  the Company
         shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel  stating that
         (i) the Company has received  from, or there has been published by, the
         Internal  Revenue  Service  a  ruling,  or (ii)  since the date of this
         Indenture there has been a change in the applicable  Federal income tax
         law, in either case to the effect that,  and based thereon such Opinion
         of Counsel shall confirm that, the  Securityholders  will not recognize
         income,  gain or loss for  Federal  income tax  purposes as a result of
         such  defeasance  and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
         amounts,  in the same  manner  and at the same times as would have been
         the case if such defeasance had not occurred;


                                                                              62


                  (7) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company
         shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
         that the  Securityholders  will not recognize income,  gain or loss for
         Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and
         will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts,  in the same
         manner  and at the  same  times  as  would  have  been the case if such
         covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

                  (8)  the  Company   delivers  to  the  Trustee  an   Officers'
         Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
         precedent  to  the  defeasance  and  discharge  of  the  Securities  as
         contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.

                  Before or after a deposit,  the Company may make  arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date in
accordance with Article 3.

                  SECTION 8.03.  Application  of Trust Money.  The Trustee shall
hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to
this  Article  8. It shall  apply the  deposited  money and the money  from U.S.
Government  Obligations  through the Paying  Agent and in  accordance  with this
Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the  Securities.  Money
and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 10.

                  SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying
Agent shall  promptly  turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or
securities held by them at any time.

                  Subject to any applicable  abandoned property law, the Trustee
and the Paying  Agent  shall pay to the Company  upon  request any money held by
them for the payment of principal or interest  that  remains  unclaimed  for two
years, and, thereafter,  Securityholders  entitled to the money must look to the
Company for payment as general creditors.

                  SECTION  8.05.  Indemnity  for  Government  Obligations.   The
Company shall pay and shall  indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S.  Government  Obligations or
the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

                  SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is
unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this
Article  8 by  reason  of


                                                                              63


any legal  proceeding  or by reason  of any  order or  judgment  of any court or
governmental  authority  enjoining,  restraining or otherwise  prohibiting  such
application,  the Company's  obligations under this Indenture and the Securities
shall be revived and  reinstated  as though no deposit had occurred  pursuant to
this  Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying  Agent is  permitted to
apply all such money or U.S.  Government  Obligations  in  accordance  with this
Article 8;  provided,  however,  that,  if the  Company  has made any payment of
interest on or principal of any Securities  because of the  reinstatement of its
obligations,  the Company  shall be  subrogated  to the rights of the Holders of
such  Securities  to  receive  such  payment  from the money or U.S.  Government
Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                   ARTICLE 9

                                   Amendments
                                   ----------

                  SECTION 9.01.  Without  Consent of Holders.  The Company,  the
Subsidiary  Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities
without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:

                  (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

                  (2) to comply with Article 5;

                  (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or
         in  place  of  certificated  Securities;  provided,  however,  that the
         uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of
         Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the  uncertificated
         Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

                  (4) to make any  change in Article 10 or Article 12 that would
         limit or  terminate  the  benefits  available  to any  holder of Senior
         Indebtedness (or Representatives  therefor) under Article 10 or Article
         12, respectively;

                  (5) to add  guarantees  with respect to the  Securities  or to
         release  Guarantors when permitted by the terms hereof or to secure the
         Securities;

                  (6) to add to the  covenants of the Company for the benefit of
         the Holders or to surrender  any right or power herein  conferred  upon
         the Company;


                                                                              64


                  (7) to comply with any  requirements  of the SEC in connection
         with qualifying,  or maintaining the  qualification  of, this Indenture
         under the TIA; or

                  (8) to make any  change  that does not  adversely  affect  the
         rights of any Securityholder.

                  An  amendment  under this Section may not make any change that
adversely  affects  the rights  under  Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder of
Senior  Debt then  outstanding  unless the  holders of such  Senior Debt (or any
group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent in writing
to such change.

                  After an amendment under this Section becomes  effective,  the
Company  shall  mail  to   Securityholders  a  notice  briefly  describing  such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect
therein,  shall not impair or affect the  validity  of an  amendment  under this
Section.

                  SECTION  9.02.  With  Consent of  Holders.  The  Company,  the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities
without notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Securities  then
outstanding.  However,  without  the  consent  of each  Securityholder  affected
thereby, an amendment may not:

                  (1) change the Stated  Maturity  of the  principal  of, or any
         installment of interest on, any Security;

                  (2) reduce the principal amount of, or the premium or interest
         on, any Security;

                  (3) change the place or currency of payment of  principal  of,
         or premium or interest on, any Security;

                  (4) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent
         to an amendment or modification of this Indenture;

                  (5) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent
         to any waiver of compliance with the provisions of this Indenture;

                  (6) modify Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second sentence of this
         Section;


                                                                              65


                  (7) modify any of the  provisions  of Article 10 or Article 12
         in a manner materially adverse to the Securityholders;

                  (8) modify any  provisions  of the  Indenture  relating to the
         guarantee   by  the  Company  or  any   Subsidiary   Guarantor  of  the
         Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries; or

                  (9)  following  the mailing of any Offer to  Purchase,  modify
         such Offer to Purchase  required under Section 4.07 and Section 4.10 in
         a manner materially adverse to the Securityholders.

                  It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under
this Section to approve the particular  form of any proposed  amendment,  but it
shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

                  An  amendment  under this Section may not make any change that
adversely  affects  the rights  under  Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder of
Senior  Debt then  outstanding  unless the  holders of such  Senior Debt (or any
group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent in writing
to such change.

                  After an amendment under this Section becomes  effective,  the
Company  shall  mail  to   Securityholders  a  notice  briefly  describing  such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect
therein,  shall not impair or affect the  validity  of an  amendment  under this
Section.

                  SECTION  9.03.  Compliance  with Trust  Indenture  Act.  Every
amendment to this Indenture or the Securities  shall comply with the TIA as then
in effect.

                  SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A
consent to an  amendment  or a waiver by a Holder of a  Security  shall bind the
Holder and every  subsequent  Holder of that Security or portion of the Security
that  evidences  the same  debt as the  consenting  Holder's  Security,  even if
notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such
Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder's
Security  or portion  of the  Security  if the  Trustee  receives  the notice of
revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes  effective.  After an
amendment or waiver becomes effective,  it shall bind every  Securityholder.  An
amendment or waiver  becomes  effective  upon the execution of such amendment or
waiver by the Trustee.


                                                                              66


                  The Company may,  but shall not be obligated  to, fix a record
date for the purpose of determining the  Securityholders  entitled to give their
consent or take any other action  described above or required or permitted to be
taken   pursuant  to  this   Indenture.   If  a  record  date  is  fixed,   then
notwithstanding  the  immediately  preceding  paragraph,  those Persons who were
Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only
those  Persons,  shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent
previously  given or to take  any  such  action,  whether  or not  such  Persons
continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or
effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

                  SECTION  9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of  Securities.  If an
amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of
the Security to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee may place an appropriate
notation  on the  Security  regarding  the  changed  terms and  return it to the
Holder. Alternatively,  if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company
in exchange for the Security  shall issue and the Trustee shall  authenticate  a
new Security that reflects the changed  terms.  Failure to make the  appropriate
notation  or to issue a new  Security  shall not  affect  the  validity  of such
amendment.

                  SECTION 9.06.  Trustee To Sign  Amendments.  The Trustee shall
sign any amendment  authorized  pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does
not  adversely  affect the rights,  duties,  liabilities  or  immunities  of the
Trustee.  If it does,  the  Trustee  may but need not sign it. In  signing  such
amendment  the  Trustee  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  indemnity  reasonably
satisfactory to it and to receive,  and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully
protected in relying  upon, an Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

                  SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any
Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly,  pay or cause to be paid
any consideration,  whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise,  to any Holder
for or as an inducement to any consent,  waiver or amendment of any of the terms
or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities  unless such  consideration is
offered to be paid to all Holders  that so  consent,  waive or agree to amend in
the time frame set forth in  solicitation  documents  relating to such  consent,
waiver or agreement.


                                                                              67


                                   ARTICLE 10

                                 Subordination
                                 -------------

                  SECTION 10.01.  Agreement To Subordinate.  The Company agrees,
and each  Securityholder  by accepting a Security agrees,  that the Indebtedness
evidenced by the Securities is subordinated  in right of payment,  to the extent
and in the manner  provided in this Article 10, to the prior  payment in full in
cash or  Cash  Equivalents  of all  Senior  Debt of the  Company  and  that  the
subordination  is for the  benefit  of and  enforceable  by the  holders of such
Senior Debt. The  Securities  shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all
other Senior  Subordinated  Indebtedness of the Company and only Indebtedness of
the  Company  that is  Senior  Debt  shall  rank  senior  to the  Securities  in
accordance with the provisions set forth herein.  All provisions of this Article
10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.

                  SECTION 10.02. Liquidation,  Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any
payment or  distribution  of the assets of the  Company  to  creditors  upon any
liquidation, dissolution, winding up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit
of  creditors,  marshaling  of assets or any  bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar
proceeding relating to the Company or its property:

                  (1) holders of Senior Debt of the Company shall be entitled to
         receive payment in full of such Senior Debt in cash or Cash Equivalents
         before  Securityholders  shall be  entitled  to receive  any payment of
         principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Securities; and

                  (2) until the  Senior  Debt of the  Company is paid in full in
         cash  or  Cash  Equivalents,  any  payment  or  distribution  to  which
         Securityholders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be made
         to holders of such Senior Debt as their  interests  may appear,  except
         that   Securityholders  may  receive  shares  of  stock  and  any  debt
         securities  that are  subordinated  to such Senior Debt to at least the
         same extent as the Securities.

                  SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness. The Company may
not pay the  principal  of or  interest  on the  Securities  or make any deposit
pursuant to Section 8.01 and may not repurchase,  redeem or otherwise retire any
Securities  (collectively,  "pay the  Securities") if (i) any Senior Debt is not
paid in full in cash or Cash  Equivalents 


                                                                              68


following the maturity (on the due date, upon acceleration or otherwise) of such
Senior Debt or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing a default in the
payment  of  Senior  Debt  unless,  in either  case,  (x) the  default  has been
expressly  cured or waived or (y) such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash
or Cash Equivalents;  provided, however, that the Company may pay the Securities
without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee  receive  written
notice  approving  such  payment  from the  Representative  of such Senior Debt.
During the continuance of any default (other than a default  described in clause
(i) or (ii) of the preceding  sentence)  with respect to any  Designated  Senior
Debt that  permits  one or more  holders  thereof (or a trustee on behalf of the
holders thereof) to accelerate the maturity thereof, the Company may not pay the
Securities  for a period  (a  "Payment  Blockage  Period")  commencing  upon the
receipt by the Company and the Trustee of written  notice (a "Blockage  Notice")
of  such  default  from  the  Representative  of  such  Designated  Senior  Debt
specifying  an  election to effect a Payment  Blockage  Period and ending on the
earlier  of (x) 179 days  thereafter  and (y) the date on which  the  Designated
Senior  Debt  to  which  such  default  relates  is paid in full in cash or Cash
Equivalents   or  such   default  is  expressly   waived  or  otherwise   cured.
Notwithstanding the provisions  described in the immediately  preceding sentence
(but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section),
unless the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the  Representative of such
holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated  Senior Debt, the
Company may resume payments on the Securities after  termination of such Payment
Blockage Period, subject to the provisions of the Senior Debt. Not more than one
Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period,  irrespective of
the number of  defaults  with  respect to  Designated  Senior  Debt  during such
period,  and there  shall be a period of at least 181  consecutive  days in each
period of 360  consecutive  days during which no Payment  Blockage  Period is in
effect. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of default (other than
a  default  described  in  clause  (i) or (ii)  of the  first  sentence  of this
paragraph) that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any
Payment  Blockage  Period with respect to the Designated  Senior Debt initiating
such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement
of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated
Senior Debt, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such
default or event of  default  shall  have been  expressly  cured or waived for a
period of not less than 180 consecutive days.


                                                                              69


                  SECTION  10.04.  Acceleration  of  Payment of  Securities.  If
payment of the  Securities is  accelerated  because of an Event of Default,  the
holders of Senior Debt shall be  entitled to receive  payment in full in cash or
Cash  Equivalents of all Senior Debt before the holders of the Securities  shall
be entitled to receive any payment on account of the  principal  of (or premium,
if  any)  or  interest  on the  Securities  or on  account  of the  purchase  or
redemption or other acquisition of the Securities.

                  If an Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be continuing
(other than an Event of Default  pursuant to Section  6.01(7) or  6.01(8)),  the
Trustee or the Holders of the  Securities  electing to accelerate the Securities
pursuant to Section  6.02 shall give the holders of all  Designated  Senior Debt
(or their  Representatives)  five  Business  Days' prior  written  notice before
accelerating  the  Securities,  which notice shall state that it is a "Notice of
Intent to Accelerate";  provided,  however, that the Trustee shall have received
prior written notice from the Company specifying the names and addresses of such
holders of Designated Senior Debt; provided further,  however,  that the Trustee
or such holders may so accelerate the Securities immediately without such notice
if at  such  time  payment  of  any  Designated  Senior  Debt  shall  have  been
accelerated.  If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of
Default,  the Company or the Trustee  shall  promptly  notify the holders of the
Designated Senior Debt (or their Representatives) of the acceleration.

                  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in  this  Section
10.04, the Trustee's  obligations  under this Section 10.04 shall only extend to
those holders of Designated  Senior Debt whose  identity or addresses  have been
accurately  disclosed  in writing by the  Company  to the  Trustee  prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default.

                  SECTION  10.05.  When  Distribution  Must Be Paid  Over.  If a
payment or other distribution is made to the Trustee or any Securityholders that
because of this  Article 10 should  not have been made to them,  the  Trustee or
Securityholders,  as  the  case  may  be,  who  receive  the  payment  or  other
distribution  shall hold it in trust for  holders of Senior  Debt of the Company
and pay it over to them as their interests may appear,  to the extent  necessary
to pay in full in cash or Cash Equivalents all the Senior Debt.

                  SECTION  10.06.  Subrogation.  After  all  Senior  Debt of the
Company is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents and until the Securities are
paid in full,  Securityholders  shall be  subrogated to the rights of holders 


                                                                              70


of such Senior Debt to receive  distributions  applicable to such Senior Debt. A
distribution  made under this  Article 10 to holders of such  Senior  Debt which
otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between the Company
and Securityholders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Debt.

                  SECTION 10.07.  Relative  Rights.  This Article 10 defines the
relative  rights of  Securityholders  and holders of Senior Debt of the Company.
Nothing in this Indenture shall:

                  (1) impair,  as between the Company and  Securityholders,  the
         obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,  to pay
         principal of and interest on the  Securities in  accordance  with their
         terms; or

                  (2) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder  from exercising
         its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders
         of  Senior  Debt  of  the  Company  to  receive   payments   and  other
         distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders.

                  SECTION 10.08.  Subordination  May Not Be Impaired by Company.
No  right  of  any  holder  of  Senior  Debt  of  the  Company  to  enforce  the
subordination of the Indebtedness  evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired
by any act or failure to act by the  Company  or by its  failure to comply  with
this Indenture.  The holders of Senior Debt may extend,  renew,  modify,  amend,
compromise,  supplement  or waive the terms of the Senior  Debt or any  security
therefor and release,  sell or exchange such and otherwise  deal freely with the
Company, all without affecting the liabilities and obligations of the parties to
the Indenture or the  Securityholders.  Each Securityholder by its acceptance of
the Securities,  waives any and all notice of renewal, extension,  modification,
amendment or  compromise,  supplement  or waiver  (including  granting  right of
accrual)  of the  Designated  Senior  Debt,  present or  future,  and agrees and
consents to the foregoing.

                  SECTION   10.09.   Rights  of  Trustee   and   Paying   Agent.
Notwithstanding  Section 10.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make
payments  on the  Securities  and shall not be  charged  with  knowledge  of the
existence of facts that would  prohibit the making of any such payments  unless,
prior  to  such  payment,  a  Trust  Officer  of  the  Trustee  receives  notice
satisfactory  to it that  payments  may  not be  made  under  this  Article  10;
provided,  however,  that if on a date not less than two Business  Days prior to
the


                                                                              71


date on which by the terms of this  Indenture  moneys  deposited  by the Company
with the Trustee for the payment of the Securities shall have become payable for
any  purpose,  the  Trustee or the Paying  Agent  shall not have  received  with
respect to such  moneys the notice  provided  for in this  Article  10, then the
Trustee or such  Payment  Agent will have full power and  authority to apply the
same to the  purpose  for  which  they were  received.  Nothing  herein  will be
construed  to relieve  any  Securityholder  from  duties  imposed  upon it under
Section 10.05 with respect to moneys  received in violation of the provisions of
this Article.  The Company,  the Registrar or co-registrar,  the Paying Agent, a
Representative  or a holder  of  Senior  Debt may  give  the  notice;  provided,
however,  that, if an issue of Senior Debt of the Company has a  Representative,
only the Representative may give the notice.

                  The Trustee in its  individual or any other  capacity may hold
Senior  Debt of the  Company  with the same  rights it would have if it were not
Trustee.  The  Registrar and  co-registrar  and the Paying Agent may do the same
with like rights.  The Trustee  shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in
this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Company  which may at any
time be held by it, to the same extent as any other  holder of such Senior Debt;
and nothing in Article 7 shall  deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such
holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.

                  SECTION  10.10.  Distribution  or  Notice  to  Representative.
Whenever  a  distribution  is to be made or a notice  given to holders of Senior
Debt of the Company,  the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative (if any).

                  SECTION 10.11.  Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or
Limit  Right To  Accelerate.  The  failure  to make a  payment  pursuant  to the
Securities  by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed
as preventing the occurrence of a Default.  Except as  specifically  provided in
Section 10.04,  nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of
the Securityholders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Securities.

                  SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.  Notwithstanding
anything  contained herein to the contrary,  payments from money or the proceeds
of U.S. Government  Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for
the  payment  of  principal  of and  interest  on the  Securities  shall  not be
subordinated  to the  prior  payment  of  any  Senior 


                                                                              72


Debt or subject to the  restrictions  set forth in this  Article 10, and none of
the  Securityholders  shall be  obligated  to pay over  any such  amount  to the
Company or any holder of Senior Debt of the Company or any other creditor of the
Company.

                  SECTION 10.13.  Trustee  Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or
distribution  pursuant to this  Article 10, the Trustee and the  Securityholders
shall be entitled  to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of  competent
jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02
are pending,  (ii) upon a  certificate  of the  liquidating  trustee or agent or
other  Person  making  such  payment or  distribution  to the  Trustee or to the
Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt
of the  Company  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  Persons  entitled  to
participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Debt and
other  Indebtedness of the Company,  the amount thereof or payable thereon,  the
amount or amounts  paid or  distributed  thereon and all other  facts  pertinent
thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good
faith,  that  evidence is required  with respect to the right of any Person as a
holder  of  Senior  Debt  of  the  Company  to  participate  in any  payment  or
distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee may request such Person to
furnish evidence to the reasonable  satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount
of such  Senior  Debt held by such  Person,  the extent to which such  Person is
entitled  to  participate  in such  payment  or  distribution  and  other  facts
pertinent  to the rights of such  Person  under this  Article  10,  and, if such
evidence  is not  furnished,  the  Trustee  may defer any payment to such Person
pending  judicial  determination  as to the right of such Person to receive such
payment.  The  provisions  of Sections  7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all
actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10.

                  SECTION  10.14.  Trustee  To  Effectuate  Subordination.  Each
Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his
behalf to take such action as may be necessary or  appropriate to acknowledge or
effectuate  the  subordination  between the  Securityholders  and the holders of
Senior  Debt of the  Company as provided  in this  Article 10 and  appoints  the
Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

                  SECTION  10.15.  Trustee Not  Fiduciary  for Holders of Senior
Debt.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary  duty to the holders
of  Senior  Debt  and  shall  not be  liable  to any  such  holders  if it shall
mistakenly pay


                                                                              73


over or distribute to Securityholders or the Company or any other Person,  money
or assets to which any holders of Senior  Debt of the Company  shall be entitled
by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.

                  SECTION   10.16.   Reliance  by  Holders  of  Senior  Debt  on
Subordination   Provisions.   Each   Securityholder   by  accepting  a  Security
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be, an inducement and a  consideration  to each holder of any Senior
Debt of the Company,  whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or
after the issuance of the  Securities,  to acquire and  continue to hold,  or to
continue to hold,  such Senior Debt and such holder of such Senior Debt shall be
deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring
and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.


                                   ARTICLE 11

                              Subsidiary Guaranties
                              ---------------------

                  SECTION 11.01.  Guaranties.  Each Subsidiary  Guarantor hereby
unconditionally  and  irrevocably  guarantees,  jointly and  severally,  to each
Holder  and to the  Trustee  and its  successors  and  assigns  (a) the full and
punctual  payment of  principal  of and  interest  on the  Securities  when due,
whether at maturity, by acceleration,  by redemption or otherwise, and all other
monetary  obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities and
(b) the full and punctual  performance  within  applicable  grace periods of all
other  obligations of the Company under this  Indenture and the Securities  (all
the foregoing being hereinafter  collectively  called the  "Obligations").  Each
Subsidiary  Guarantor  further  agrees that the  Obligations  may be extended or
renewed,  in whole or in part,  without  notice  or  further  assent  from  such
Subsidiary  Guarantor and that such Subsidiary Guarantor will remain bound under
this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.

                  Each Subsidiary  Guarantor waives  presentation to, demand of,
payment  from and  protest  to the  Company of any of the  Obligations  and also
waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice
of any default under the Securities or the Obligations.  The obligations of each
Subsidiary  Guarantor  hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any
Holder or the  Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce  any right or
remedy  against  the  Company  or any other  Person  under this  Indenture,  the
Securities or any other agreement or


                                                                              74


otherwise;  (b) any  extension  or renewal of any thereof;  (c) any  rescission,
waiver,  amendment or  modification  of any of the terms or  provisions  of this
Indenture,  the  Securities  or any  other  agreement;  (d) the  release  of any
security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the  Obligations  or any of them;
(e) the  failure of any Holder or the  Trustee to  exercise  any right or remedy
against  any  other  guarantor  of the  Obligations;  or (f) any  change  in the
ownership of such Subsidiary Guarantor.

                  Each Subsidiary  Guarantor  further agrees that its Subsidiary
Guaranty herein  constitutes a guarantee of payment,  performance and compliance
when due (and not a  guarantee  of  collection)  and waives any right to require
that any resort be had by any Holder or the  Trustee  to any  security  held for
payment of the Obligations.

                  Each Subsidiary  Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner
set forth in Article  12,  subordinated  and  subject in right of payment to the
prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantor giving such
Subsidiary  Guarantee  and each  Subsidiary  Guarantee  is made  subject to such
provisions of this Indenture.

                  Except as expressly set forth in Sections  8.01(b),  11.02 and
11.06,  the  obligations of each  Subsidiary  Guarantor  hereunder  shall not be
subject to any reduction, limitation,  impairment or termination for any reason,
including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and
shall not be subject  to any  defense of  setoff,  counterclaim,  recoupment  or
termination   whatsoever  or  by  reason  of  the   invalidity,   illegality  or
unenforceability   of  the  Obligations  or  otherwise.   Without  limiting  the
generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein
shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise  affected by the failure of any
Holder or the  Trustee to assert  any claim or demand or to  enforce  any remedy
under this Indenture,  the Securities or any other  agreement,  by any waiver or
modification  of any  thereof,  by any  default,  failure  or delay,  willful or
otherwise,  in the performance of the obligations,  or by any other act or thing
or  omission  or delay to do any  other  act or thing  which may or might in any
manner or to any  extent  vary the risk of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor  or would
otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law
or equity.

                  Each Subsidiary  Guarantor  further agrees that its Subsidiary
Guarantee  shall continue to be effective or be reinstated,  as the case may be,
if at any time payment,  or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any




                                                                              75


Obligation  is  rescinded  or must  otherwise  be  restored by any Holder or the
Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

                  In  furtherance  of the foregoing and not in limitation of any
other right that any Holder or the  Trustee has at law or in equity  against any
Subsidiary  Guarantor by virtue  hereof,  upon the failure of the Company to pay
the principal of or interest on any Obligation when and as the same shall become
due,  whether at maturity,  by acceleration,  by redemption or otherwise,  or to
perform or comply with any other Obligation, each Subsidiary Guarantor,  subject
to the  provisions of Article 12, hereby  promises to and will,  upon receipt of
written  demand by the Trustee,  forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to
the Holders or the Trustee an amount  equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid  amount
of such  Obligations,  (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations (but
only to the  extent  not  prohibited  by  law)  and  (iii)  all  other  monetary
Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee.

                  Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled
to any right of  subrogation  in respect of any  Obligations  guaranteed  hereby
until  payment  in full of all  Obligations  and all  obligations  to which  the
Obligations  are  subordinated  as  provided  in  Article  12.  Each  Subsidiary
Guarantor  further  agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the  Trustee,  on the  other  hand,  (x)  the  maturity  of the  Obligations
Guaranteed  hereby may be  accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes
of such Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee herein,  notwithstanding any
stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of
the Obligations  guaranteed  hereby,  and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration  of such  obligations  as provided  in Article 6, such  Obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith  become due and payable by such
Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Section, subject to the provisions
of Article 12.

                  Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs
and expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or
any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.

                  SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability.  Any term or provision
of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum, aggregate amount
of the Obligations  guaranteed  hereunder by any Subsidiary  Guarantor shall not
exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby  guaranteed  without rendering this
Indenture, as it relates




                                                                              76


to  such  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  voidable  under  applicable  law  relating  to
fraudulent  conveyance  or  fraudulent  transfer or similar laws  affecting  the
rights of  creditors  generally.  In addition,  for  purposes of any  applicable
fraudulent transfer or similar laws,  Indebtedness under the Senior Debt will be
deemed to have been incurred prior to the incurrence by any Subsidiary Guarantor
of its liabilities under this Article.

                  SECTION 11.03.  Successors and Assigns.  This Article 11 shall
be binding upon each  Subsidiary  Guarantor and its  successors  and assigns and
shall enure to the benefit of the  successors and assigns of the Trustee and the
Holders and, in the event of any transfer or  assignment of rights by any Holder
or the  Trustee,  the rights and  privileges  conferred  upon that party in this
Indenture and in the Securities shall  automatically  extend to and be vested in
such  transferee  or assignee,  all subject to the terms and  conditions of this
Indenture.

                  SECTION 11.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the
part of either the  Trustee or the  Holders in  exercising  any right,  power or
privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall a
single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any
right, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and
the Holders herein  expressly  specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any
other rights,  remedies or benefits  which either may have under this Article 11
at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

                  SECTION 11.05.  Modification.  No  modification,  amendment or
waiver of any  provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by
any Subsidiary Guarantor  therefrom,  shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be in  writing  and signed by the  Trustee,  and then such  waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which  given.  No notice to or demand on any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  in any case
shall entitle such Subsidiary Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand
in the same, similar or other circumstances.

                  SECTION  11.06.  Release of  Subsidiary  Guarantor.  Under the
circumstances  provided for in Section 5.01(b), a Subsidiary  Guarantor shall be
deemed released from all  obligations  under this Article 11 without any further
action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  At the request of the
Company,  the  Trustee  shall  execute  and  deliver an  appropriate  instrument
evidencing such release.


                                                                              77


                                   ARTICLE 12

                     Subordination of Subsidiary Guaranties
                     --------------------------------------

                  SECTION  12.01.  Agreement  To  Subordinate.  Each  Subsidiary
Guarantor agrees, and each  Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees,  that
the  Obligations  of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor  are  subordinated  in right of
payment,  to the extent and in the manner  provided  in this  Article 12, to the
prior  payment  of all Senior  Debt of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor  and that the
subordination  is for the  benefit  of and  enforceable  by the  holders of such
Senior Debt. The Obligations of a Subsidiary  Guarantor shall rank pari passu in
right of  payment  with  all  other  Senior  Subordinated  Indebtedness  of such
Subsidiary   Guarantor  and  only  Senior  Debt  of  such  Subsidiary  Guarantor
(including such Subsidiary  Guarantor's Guarantee of Senior Debt of the Company)
shall rank senior to the Obligations of such Subsidiary  Guarantor in accordance
with the provisions set forth herein.

                  SECTION 12.02. Liquidation,  Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any
payment or distribution  of the assets of any Subsidiary  Guarantor to creditors
upon any liquidation,  dissolution,  winding up, reorganization,  assignment for
the benefit of creditors, marshaling of assets or any bankruptcy,  insolvency or
similar proceeding relating to such Subsidiary Guarantor or its property:

                  (1) holders of Senior Debt of such Subsidiary  Guarantor shall
         be entitled  to receive  payment in full of such Senior Debt in cash or
         Cash Equivalents  before  Securityholders  shall be entitled to receive
         any payment  pursuant to any Obligations of such Subsidiary  Guarantor;
         and

                  (2) until the Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor is paid
         in full in cash or Cash  Equivalents,  any payment or  distribution  to
         which  Securityholders  would be entitled but for this Article 12 shall
         be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their  interests  may appear,
         except that  Securityholders  may receive  shares of stock and any debt
         securities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are subordinated to Senior
         Debt, and to any debt securities received by holders of Senior Debt, of
         such  Subsidiary   Guarantor  to  at  least  the  same  extent  as  the
         Obligations of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor are  subordinated  to Senior
         Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor.


                                                                              78


                  SECTION 12.03. Default on Senior Debt of Subsidiary Guarantor.
No Subsidiary  Guarantor may make any payment pursuant to any of its Obligations
or  repurchase,  redeem or otherwise  retire or defease any  Securities or other
Obligations (collectively, "pay its Subsidiary Guaranty") if (i) any Senior Debt
of the  Company is not paid in full in cash or Cash  Equivalents  following  the
maturity (on the due date,  upon  acceleration or otherwise) of such Senior Debt
or (ii) there shall have  occurred and be continuing a default in the payment of
Senior  Debt of the Company  unless,  in either  case,  (x) the default has been
expressly  cured or waived or (y) such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash
or Cash Equivalents;  provided,  however,  that any Subsidiary Guarantor may pay
its  Subsidiary  Guarantee  without  regard to the foregoing if such  Subsidiary
Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the
Representatives  of the  Senior  Debt.  No  Subsidiary  Guarantor  may  pay  its
Subsidiary Guarantee during the continuance of any Payment Blockage Period after
receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a Blockage Notice under Section 10.03.
Notwithstanding the provisions  described in the immediately  preceding sentence
(but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section),
unless the holders of Designated  Senior Debt giving such Blockage Notice or the
Representative  of such  holders  shall have  accelerated  the  maturity of such
Designated Senior Debt, any Subsidiary Guarantor may resume payments pursuant to
its Subsidiary  Guarantee  after  termination of such Payment  Blockage  Period,
subject to the provisions of any Senior Debt.

                  SECTION 12.04.  Demand for Payment. If a demand for payment is
made on a  Subsidiary  Guarantor  pursuant  to Article  11,  the  Trustee or the
Holders of the  Securities  electing to demand such payment from the  Subsidiary
Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 shall give the holders of the Designated Senior
Debt (or their  Representatives) five Business Days' prior written notice before
making such  demand,  which notice shall state that it is a "Notice of Intent to
Demand for  Payment";  provided,  however,  that the Trustee shall have received
prior written notice from the Company specifying the names and addresses of such
holders of Designated Senior Debt; provided further,  however,  that the Trustee
or such Holders may make such demand immediately  without such notice if at such
time payment of any Designated Senior Debt shall have been demanded.  If payment
of the Securities is demanded because of an Event of Default, the Company or the
Trustee  shall  promptly  notify the holders of the  Designated  Senior Debt (or
their Representatives) of such demand.


                                                                              79


                  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  in  this  Section
12.04, the Trustee's  obligations  under this Section 12.04 shall only extend to
those holders of Designated  Senior Debt whose  identity or addresses  have been
accurately  disclosed  in writing by the  Company  to the  Trustee  prior to the
occurrence of an Event of Default.

                  SECTION  12.05.  When  Distribution  Must Be Paid  Over.  If a
payment or other distribution is made to the Trustee or any Securityholders that
because of this  Article 12 should  not have been made to them,  the  Trustee or
Securityholders  who receive the payment or other  distribution shall hold it in
trust for holders of the  relevant  Senior Debt and pay it over to them or their
Representatives  as their interests may appear to the extent necessary to pay in
full in  cash  or  Cash  Equivalents  all  the  Senior  Debt of such  Subsidiary
Guarantor.

                  SECTION  12.06.  Subrogation.  After  all  Senior  Debt  of  a
Subsidiary  Guarantor is paid in full in cash or Cash  Equivalents and until the
Securities are paid in full,  Securityholders  shall be subrogated to the rights
of holders of such Senior  Debt to receive  distributions  applicable  to Senior
Debt. A  distribution  made under this Article 12 to holders of such Senior Debt
which otherwise would have been made to  Securityholders  is not, as between the
relevant Subsidiary Guarantor and Securityholders,  a payment by such Subsidiary
Guarantor on such Senior Debt.

                  SECTION 12.07.  Relative  Rights.  This Article 12 defines the
relative  rights of  Securityholders  and holders of Senior Debt of a Subsidiary
Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

                  (1)   impair,   as   between  a   Subsidiary   Guarantor   and
         Securityholders,  the obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, which is
         absolute and  unconditional,  to pay the  Obligations to the extent set
         forth in Article 11 or the relevant Subsidiary Guaranty; or

                  (2) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder  from exercising
         its  available  remedies  upon a default by such  Subsidiary  Guarantor
         under the Obligations,  subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt
         of  such   Subsidiary   Guarantor   to  receive   payments   and  other
         distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders.

                  SECTION 12.08.  Subordination  May Not Be Impaired by Company.
No right of any holder of Senior Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor to enforce the
subordination of the Obligations of such Subsidiary  Guarantor shall be impaired


                                                                              80


by any act or failure to act by such  Subsidiary  Guarantor or by its failure to
comply  with this  Indenture.  The  holders of Senior  Debt may  extend,  renew,
modify, amend,  compromise,  supplement or waive the terms of the Senior Debt or
any security  therefor and release,  sell or exchange  such and  otherwise  deal
freely with the Company,  all without  affecting the liabilities and obligations
of the parties to the Indenture or the  Securityholders.  Each Securityholder by
its  acceptance  of the  Securities,  waives  any and  all  notice  of  renewal,
extension,   modification,   amendment  or  compromise,   supplement  or  waiver
(including  granting right of accrual) of the Designated Senior Debt, present or
future, and agrees and consents to the foregoing.

                  SECTION   12.09.   Rights  of  Trustee   and   Paying   Agent.
Notwithstanding  Section 12.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make
payments  on the  Securities  and shall not be  charged  with  knowledge  of the
existence of facts that would  prohibit the making of any such payments  unless,
prior to such payment,  a Trust Officer of the Trustee  receives  written notice
satisfactory  to it that  payments  may  not be  made  under  this  Article  12;
provided,  however,  that if on a date not less than two Business  Days prior to
the date on which by the terms of this Indenture moneys deposited by the Company
with the Trustee for the payment of the Securities shall have become payable for
any  purpose,  the  Trustee or the Paying  Agent  shall not have  received  with
respect to such  moneys the notice  provided  for in this  Article  12, then the
Trustee or such  Payment  Agent will have full power and  authority to apply the
same to the  purpose  for  which  they were  received.  Nothing  herein  will be
construed  to relieve  any  Securityholder  from  duties  imposed  upon it under
Section 12.05 with respect to moneys  received in violation of the provisions of
this Article. The Company, the relevant Subsidiary  Guarantor,  the Registrar or
co-registrar,  the Paying Agent, a Representative  or a holder of Senior Debt of
any Subsidiary  Guarantor may give the notice;  provided,  however,  that, if an
issue of Senior Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor has a Representative,  only the
Representative may give the notice.

                  The Trustee in its  individual or any other  capacity may hold
Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not the  Trustee.  The
Registrar  and  co-registrar  and the  Paying  Agent  may do the same  with like
rights.  The  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to all the  rights  set forth in this
Article 12 with respect to any Senior Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor which may
at any time be held by it,  to the same  extent  as any  other  holder of Senior
Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as
such  holder.  Nothing in this  Article 12 shall




                                                                              81


apply to claims of, or  payments  to, the  Trustee  under or pursuant to Section
7.07.

                  SECTION  12.10.  Distribution  or  Notice  to  Representative.
Whenever  a  distribution  is to be made or a notice  given to holders of Senior
Debt of any Subsidiary  Guarantor,  the  distribution may be made and the notice
given to their Representative (if any).

                  SECTION  12.11.  Article  12 Not To Prevent  Defaults  Under a
Subsidiary  Guarantee  or Limit Right To Demand  Payment.  The failure to make a
payment  pursuant to a Subsidiary  Guarantee by reason of any  provision in this
Article 12 shall not be  construed as  preventing  the  occurrence  of a default
under such Subsidiary Guaranty. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect
on the right of the  Securityholders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment
on any Subsidiary  Guarantor  pursuant to Article 11 or the relevant  Subsidiary
Guaranty.

                  SECTION 12.12.  Trustee  Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or
distribution  pursuant to this  Article 12, the Trustee and the  Securityholders
shall be entitled  to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of  competent
jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02
are pending,  (ii) upon a  certificate  of the  liquidating  trustee or agent or
other  Person  making  such  payment or  distribution  to the  Trustee or to the
Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt
of any Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled
to participate in such payment or distribution,  the holders of such Senior Debt
and other  indebtedness  of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  the amount  thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts  pertinent  thereto or to this  Article  12. In the event that the Trustee
determines,  in good faith,  that evidence is required with respect to the right
of any  Person  as a  holder  of  Senior  Debt of any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  to
participate  in any payment or  distribution  pursuant  to this  Article 12, the
Trustee  may  request  such  Person  to  furnish   evidence  to  the  reasonable
satisfaction  of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt of such  Subsidiary
Guarantor  held by such  Person,  the extent to which such Person is entitled to
participate  in such payment or  distribution  and other facts  pertinent to the
rights of such  Person  under this  Article  12,  and,  if such  evidence is not
furnished,  the Trustee may defer any  payment to such Person  pending  judicial
determination  as to the  right of such  Person to  receive  such  payment.  The
provisions  of  Sections  7.01 and 7.02 shall be 


                                                                              82


applicable  to all actions or  omissions  of actions by the Trustee  pursuant to
this Article 12.

                  SECTION  12.13.  Trustee  To  Effectuate  Subordination.  Each
Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his
behalf to take such action as may be necessary or  appropriate to acknowledge or
effectuate  the  subordination  between the  Securityholders  and the holders of
Senior Debt of any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  as  provided  in this  Article 12 and
appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

                  SECTION  12.14.  Trustee Not  Fiduciary  for Holders of Senior
Debt of  Subsidiary  Guarantor.  The  Trustee  shall  not be  deemed  to owe any
fiduciary  duty to the holders of Senior Debt of any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  and
shall not be  liable  to any such  holders  if it shall  mistakenly  pay over or
distribute  to  Securityholders  or the  Company or any other  Person,  money or
assets to which any  holders of such  Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of
this Article 12 or otherwise.

                  SECTION   12.15.   Reliance  by  Holders  of  Senior  Debt  on
Subordination   Provisions.   Each   Securityholder   by  accepting  a  Security
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be, an inducement and a  consideration  to each holder of any Senior
Debt of any  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  whether  such  Senior  Debt was  created or
acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue
to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt
shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination  provisions in
acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.


                                   ARTICLE 13

                                 Miscellaneous
                                 -------------

                  SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.  If any provision
of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is
required to be included in this  Indenture by the TIA,  the  required  provision
shall control.


                                                                              83


                  SECTION 13.02.  Notices.  Any notice or communication shall be
in writing and delivered in person or mailed by  first-class  mail  addressed as
follows:

                   if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:


                           Radio One, Inc.
                           5900 Princess Garden Parkway
                           Lanham, MD  20706

                           Attention of:  Alfred C. Liggins, III
                                          Chief Executive Officer


                                 if to the Trustee:

                           United States Trust Company of New York
                           114 West 47th Street, 25th floor
                           New York, NY 10036

                           Attention of :  Corporate Trust Division

                  The  Company  or  the  Trustee  by  notice  to the  other  may
designate   additional  or  different   addresses  for  subsequent   notices  or
communications.

                  Any notice or communication  mailed to a Securityholder  shall
be mailed to the Securityholder at the Securityholder's address as it appears on
the  registration  books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently  given if so
mailed within the time prescribed.

                  Failure to mail a notice or  communication to a Securityholder
or any  defect in it shall not  affect  its  sufficiency  with  respect to other
Securityholders.  If a notice or  communication is mailed in the manner provided
above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

                  SECTION  13.03.  Communication  by Holders with Other Holders.
Securityholders   may  communicate   pursuant  to  TIA  ss.  312(b)  with  other
Securityholders  with  respect  to their  rights  under  this  Indenture  or the
Securities.  The Company,  the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

                  SECTION  13.04.  Certificate  and  Opinion  as  to  Conditions
Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
or refrain  from  taking


                                                                              84


any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

                  (1) an Officers'  Certificate in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory  to  the  Trustee  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of the
         signers,  all  conditions  precedent,  if  any,  provided  for in  this
         Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

                  (2) an Opinion of  Counsel  in form and  substance  reasonably
         satisfactory  to the  Trustee  stating  that,  in the  opinion  of such
         counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

                  SECTION 13.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each  certificate  or opinion  with  respect to  compliance  with a covenant  or
condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

                  (1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or
         opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                  (2) a  brief  statement  as to the  nature  and  scope  of the
         examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements  or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (3) a statement  that, in the opinion of such  individual,  he
         has made such  examination or  investigation  as is necessary to enable
         him to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not such  covenant
         or condition has been complied with; and

                  (4) a  statement  as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
         individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

                  SECTION 13.06.  When  Securities  Disregarded.  In determining
whether  the  Holders  of the  required  principal  amount  of  Securities  have
concurred in any direction,  waiver or consent,  Securities owned by the Company
or by any Person  directly or indirectly  controlling  or controlled by or under
direct or indirect  common  control with the Company  shall be  disregarded  and
deemed not to be  outstanding,  except  that,  for the  purpose  of  determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction,  waiver
or consent,  only  Securities  which the Trustee  knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded.  Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the
time shall be considered in any such determination.


                                                                              85


                  SECTION 13.07.  Rules by Trustee,  Paying Agent and Registrar.
The  Trustee  may  make  reasonable   rules  for  action  by  or  a  meeting  of
Securityholders.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make  reasonable  rules
for their functions.

                  SECTION  13.08.  Legal  Holidays.   A  "Legal  Holiday"  is  a
Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be
open in the State of New York.  If a payment  date is a Legal  Holiday,  payment
shall be made on the next  succeeding  day that is not a Legal  Holiday,  and no
interest shall accrue for the intervening  period. If a regular record date is a
Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

                  SECTION   13.09.   Governing   Law.  This  Indenture  and  the
Securities  shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the laws of
the State of New York but without  giving  effect to  applicable  principles  of
conflicts  of law to the  extent  that the  application  of the laws of  another
jurisdiction would be required thereby.

                  SECTION  13.10.  No  Recourse   Against  Others.  A  director,
officer,  employee or  stockholder,  as such,  of the Company shall not have any
liability  for any  obligations  of the  Company  under the  Securities  or this
Indenture  or for any  claim  based  on,  in  respect  of or by  reason  of such
obligations  or their  creation.  By accepting a Security,  each  Securityholder
shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part
of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

                  SECTION  13.11.  Successors.  All agreements of the Company in
this Indenture and the Securities  shall bind its successors.  All agreements of
the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

                  SECTION 13.12.  Multiple  Originals.  The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original,  but
all of them together represent the same agreement.  One signed copy is enough to
prove this Indenture.

                  SECTION  13.13.  Table of  Contents;  Headings.  The  table of
contents,  cross-reference  sheet and  headings of the  Articles and Sections of
this  Indenture have been inserted for  convenience  of reference  only, are not
intended to be  considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of
the terms or provisions hereof.





                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have caused this Indenture to
be duly executed as of the date first written above.


                                         RADIO ONE, INC.,

                                           by  /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                                  ------------------------
                                                  Name: Alfred Liggins
                                                  Title: President


                                         RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC., as
                                         Guarantor,

                                           by  /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                                  ------------------------
                                                  Name: Alfred Liggins
                                                  Title: President


                                         UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
                                         OF NEW YORK, as Trustee,

                                           by  /s/ Patricia Stermer
                                                  ------------------------
                                                  Name: Patricia Stermer
                                                  Title: Assitant Vice President





                                                                       EXHIBIT A
        [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITY]

*/
**/

No.                                                                           $

                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2004

                  RADIO ONE, INC., a Delaware corporation,  promises to pay to ,
or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on May 15, 2004.

                  Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15.

                  Record Dates: May 1 and November 1.

                  Additional  provisions  of this  Security are set forth on the
other side of this Security.

Dated:

                                              RADIO ONE INC.,

                                              by
                                                     -----------------------
                                                     President

                                                     -----------------------
                                                     Secretary

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK,

  as Trustee, certifies
  that this is one of              [Seal]
  the Securities referred
  to in the Indenture.

  by
    -----------------------------
   Authorized Signatory



                                                                               2




- ----------
*/ If the  Security  is to be issued in global  form add the  Global  Securities
Legend  from  Exhibit 1 to  Appendix A and the  attachment  from such  Exhibit 1
captioned  "[TO BE  ATTACHED TO GLOBAL  SECURITIES]  SCHEDULE  OF  INCREASES  OR
DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY".

**/ If the Security is a Private Exchange  Security issued in a Private Exchange
to an Initial Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment,  add
the  Restricted  Securities  Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and replace the
Assignment  Form included in this Exhibit A with the Assignment Form included in
such Exhibit 1.



                                                                               3




    [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITY]


                      12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2004


1.  Interest

                  Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and
its  successors and assigns under the Indenture  hereinafter  referred to, being
herein called the "Company"),  promises to pay interest on the principal  amount
of this Security from May 19, 1997 to and including May 15, 2000 at a rate of 7%
per annum and after May 15,  2000  until  maturity  at a rate of 12% per  annum;
provided,   however,   that  if  a  Registration  Default  (as  defined  in  the
Registration  Rights Agreement) occurs,  additional interest will accrue on this
Security at a rate of 0.50% per annum from and  including  the date on which any
such  Registration  Default  shall occur to but  excluding the date on which all
Registration   Defaults   have  been  cured.   The  Company  will  pay  interest
semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year,  commencing on November 15,
1997.  Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest  has been paid or, if no  interest  has been paid,  from May 19,  1997.
Interest  will be  computed  on the  basis of a 360-day  year of  twelve  30-day
months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by
the  Securities  plus  2% per  annum,  and it  shall  pay  interest  on  overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

2.  Method of Payment

                  The  Company  will  pay  interest  on the  Securities  (except
defaulted  interest) to the Persons who are registered  holders of Securities at
the close of business on May 1 or November 1 next preceding the interest payment
date even if Securities  are canceled after the record date and on or before the
interest  payment date.  Holders must surrender  Securities to a Paying Agent to
collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money
of the United  States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public  and  private  debts.   Payments  in  respect  of  Securities  (including
principal,  premium and interest)  will be made by wire transfer of  immediately


                                                                               4


available funds to the accounts  specified by the holders thereof or, if no U.S.
dollar  account  maintained  by the payee  with a bank in the  United  States is
designated  by any holder to the  Trustee  or the Paying  Agent at least 30 days
prior to the  relevant  due date for  payment (or such other date as the Trustee
may accept in its discretion),  by mailing a check to the registered  address of
such holder.

3.  Paying Agent and Registrar

                  Initially, United States Trust Company of New York, a New York
trust company ("Trustee"),  will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company
may appoint  and change any Paying  Agent,  Registrar  or  co-registrar  without
notice.  The  Company  or any  of its  domestically  incorporated  Wholly  Owned
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4.  Indenture

                  The Company issued the Securities  under an Indenture dated as
of May 15, 1997 (the "Indenture"),  among the Company, Radio One Licenses, Inc.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor,  and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include
those stated in the  Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss.  77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect
on the date of the Indenture (the "Act"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not
defined  herein  have  the  meanings  ascribed  thereto  in the  Indenture.  The
Securities are subject to all such terms,  and  Securityholders  are referred to
the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

                  The  Securities  are  general  unsecured  obligations  of  the
Company limited to $85,478,000  aggregate  principal  amount (subject to Section
2.07 of the Indenture).  The Indenture  contains certain  restrictive  covenants
with  respect  to  the  Company  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  including
limitations  on (a) the sale of assets,  including the equity  interests of such
subsidiaries,  (b) asset  swaps,  (c) the  payment of  Restricted  Payments  (as
defined),  (d) the incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock by
the  Company or such  subsidiaries,  (e) the  issuance of Equity  Interests  (as
defined) by such subsidiaries, (f) certain transactions with affiliates, (g) the
incurrence  of  senior  subordinated  debt and (h)  certain  consolidations  and
mergers.  The Indenture also will prohibit certain


                                                                               5


restrictions on distributions from such  subsidiaries.  All of these limitations
and prohibitions, however, are subject to a number of important qualifications.

5. Optional Redemption

                  Except as set forth in the next paragraph,  the Securities may
not be redeemed  prior to May 15, 2001. On and after that date,  the Company may
redeem the  Securities  in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the
following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus
accrued  interest  to the  redemption  date  (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the  relevant  record  date to  receive  interest  due on the  related
interest  payment date) if redeemed during the 12-month period  beginning on May
15 of each of the years indicated below.

             Period                                Percentage
              2001                                  106.000%
              2002                                  104.000%
              2003                                  100.000%

                  In addition,  at any time prior to May 15,  2000,  the Company
may redeem up to 25% of the original principal amount of the Securities with the
net proceeds of a Public Equity Offering, at any time or from time to time, at a
redemption  price  (expressed as a percentage of Accreted  Value) of 112%,  plus
accrued  interest to redemption  date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the  relevant  record date to receive  interest  due on the related  interest
payment date);  provided,  however, that (a) such redemptions shall occur within
180 days  following  the closing of such Public  Equity  Offering  and (b) after
giving effect to such redemption,  at least $64,109,000 aggregate Accreted Value
of the Securities shall remain outstanding.

6.  Notice of Redemption

                  Notice of  redemption  will be mailed at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before the redemption  date to each Holder of Securities to be
redeemed at his  registered  address.  Securities in  denominations  larger than
$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole  multiples of $1,000.  If money
sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities
(or portions  thereof) to be redeemed on the  redemption  date is deposited with
the


                                                                               6


Paying Agent on or before the redemption  date and certain other  conditions are
satisfied,  on and after such date interest  ceases to accrue on such Securities
(or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

7.  Offers to Purchase

                  The Company  shall be  required  (a) upon a Change of Control,
subject  to  certain  conditions,  to  commence  an  Offer to  Purchase  all the
Securities and (b) upon the  realization of Excess Proceeds in an amount greater
than  $5,000,000,  to commence an Offer to  Purchase  Securities  in a principal
amount equal to such Excess  Proceeds,  in each case at a repurchase price equal
to 101% of the Accreted Value of the  Securities to be repurchased  plus accrued
interest to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment
date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

8.  Subordination

                  The Securities are  subordinated to Senior Debt, as defined in
the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid
before the Securities may be paid. The Company agrees,  and each  Securityholder
by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the
Indenture and  authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee
as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.


9.  Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

                  The  Securities  are in  registered  form  without  coupons in
denominations  of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or
exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require
a Holder,  among other things, to furnish  appropriate  endorsements or transfer
documents  and to pay any taxes and fees  required  by law or  permitted  by the
Indenture.  The  Registrar  need not  register  the  transfer of or exchange any
Securities  selected  for  redemption  (except,  in the case of a Security to be
redeemed  in part,  the  portion  of the  Security  not to be  redeemed)  or any
Securities  for a period  of 15 days  before a  selection  of  Securities  to be
redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.


                                                                               7


10. Persons Deemed Owners

                  The  registered  Holder of this Security may be treated as the
owner of it for all purposes.

11.  Unclaimed Money

                  If money for the  payment of  principal  or  interest  remains
unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to
the Company at its request unless an abandoned  property law designates  another
Person. After any such payment,  Holders entitled to the money must look only to
the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

12.  Discharge and Defeasance

                  Subject to  certain  conditions,  the  Company at any time may
terminate some or all of its obligations  under the Securities and the Indenture
if the Company  deposits with the Trustee money or U.S.  Government  Obligations
for the payment of principal  and interest on the  Securities  to  redemption or
maturity, as the case may be.

13.  Amendment, Waiver

                  Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture,  (i)
the Indenture or the Securities  may be amended with the written  consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate  principal amount outstanding of the
Securities  and (ii) any  default or  noncompliance  with any  provision  may be
waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount
outstanding of the  Securities.  Subject to certain  exceptions set forth in the
Indenture,  without  the  consent of any  Securityholder,  the  Company  and the
Trustee  may  amend  the  Indenture  or the  Securities  to cure any  ambiguity,
omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture,
or to  provide  for  uncertificated  Securities  in  addition  to or in place of
certificated Securities,  or to add guarantees with respect to the Securities or
to secure the Securities, or to add additional covenants or surrender rights and
powers  conferred  on the  Company,  or to comply with any request of the SEC in
connection  with  qualifying  the  Indenture  under the Act, or to make  certain
changes in the  subordination  provisions,  or to make any change  that does not
adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.


                                                                               8


14.  Defaults and Remedies

                  Under the Indenture,  Events of Default include (i) default in
payment of principal  on the  Securities  when due;  (ii) default for 30 days in
payment of interest on the Securities;  (iii) failure to purchase the Securities
required to be purchased pursuant to paragraph 7; (iv) failure by the Company to
comply with other  agreements  in the  Indenture or the  Securities,  in certain
cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (v) certain accelerations  (including
failure to pay within 30 days after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary if the amount  accelerated  (or so unpaid)
exceeds $5,000,000; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect
to the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary;  and (vii)  certain  judgments or
decrees for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000. If an Event of Default
occurs  and is  continuing,  the  Trustee  or the  Holders  of at  least  25% in
aggregate  principal  amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to
be due and payable  immediately.  Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are
Events of Default  which will  result in the  Securities  being due and  payable
immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

                  Securityholders   may  not  enforce  the   Indenture   or  the
Securities  except as  provided  in the  Indenture.  The  Trustee  may refuse to
enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable  indemnity
or security. Subject to certain limitations,  Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the  Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power.  The Trustee may withhold from  Securityholders  notice of any continuing
Default  (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines
that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders.

15.  Trustee Dealings with the Company

                  Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee
under the  Indenture,  in its individual or any other  capacity,  may become the
owner  or  pledgee  of  Securities  and may  otherwise  deal  with  and  collect
obligations  owed to it by the Company or its  Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were
not Trustee.


                                                                               9


16.  No Recourse Against Others

                  A director,  officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the
Company or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any  obligations  of the
Company  under the  Securities  or the  Indenture  or for any claim based on, in
respect of or by reason of such  obligations or their  creation.  By accepting a
Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

17.  Authentication

                  This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory
of the Trustee (or an  authenticating  agent)  manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Security.

18.  Abbreviations

                  Customary   abbreviations  may  be  used  in  the  name  of  a
Securityholder  or an assignee,  such as TEN COM  (=tenants in common),  TEN ENT
(=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian),  and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act).

19.  CUSIP Numbers

                  Pursuant to a  recommendation  promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification  Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers
to be  printed  on the  Securities  and has  directed  the  Trustee to use CUSIP
numbers  in  notices of  redemption  as a  convenience  to  Securityholders.  No
representation  is made as to the accuracy of such numbers  either as printed on
the  Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption  and reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

20.  Holders' Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement.

                  Each Holder of a Security, by acceptance hereof,  acknowledges
and agrees to the provisions of the Registration  Rights  Agreement,  including,
without limitation, the obligations of the Holders with respect to a


                                                                              10


registration  and the  indemnification  of the  Company to the  extent  provided
therein.

21.  Governing Law.

                  THIS   SECURITY   SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
APPLICABLE  PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF
THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

                  THE COMPANY  WILL FURNISH TO ANY  SECURITYHOLDER  UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE  SECURITYHOLDER  A COPY OF THE INDENTURE WHICH
HAS IN IT THE TEXT OF THIS SECURITY IN LARGER TYPE.
REQUESTS MAY BE MADE TO:



                  ATTENTION OF




                                                                              11



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to


         (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

         (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)


and irrevocably appoint                   agent to transfer this Security on the
books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.


________________________________________________________________________________
______________

Date: ________________ Your Signature: _____________________


________________________________________________________________________________
______________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.



                                                                              12



                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

                  IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE THIS  SECURITY  PURCHASED  BY THE
COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.07 OR 4.10 OF THE INDENTURE, CHECK THE BOX: / /

                  IF YOU  WANT TO  ELECT  TO  HAVE  ONLY  PART OF THIS  SECURITY
PURCHASED  BY THE  COMPANY  PURSUANT TO SECTION  4.07 OR 4.10 OF THE  INDENTURE,
STATE THE AMOUNT: $


DATE: __________________ YOUR SIGNATURE: __________________
                                            (SIGN  EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME  APPEARS
                                            ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SECURITY)


SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:_______________________________________
                                    (SIGNATURE MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A
                                    MEMBER FIRM OF THE NEW YORK STOCK
                                    EXCHANGE OR A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST
                                    COMPANY)





                                                 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX



          [FOR OFFERINGS TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS PURSUANT TO
           RULE 144A, INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTORS" (AS DEFINED
           IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7)) AND TO CERTAIN PERSONS
             IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S.]

                   PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES,
                           PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITIES
                             AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES

         1. Definitions

         1.1  Definitions

         For the purposes of this  Appendix the  following  terms shall have the
meanings indicated below:

                  "Definitive  Security" means a certificated  Initial  Security
bearing the restricted  securities  legend set forth in Section 2.3(d) and which
is held by an IAI in accordance with Section 2.1(c).

                  "Depository" means The Depository Trust Company,  its nominees
and their respective successors.

                  "Exchange  Securities" means the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2004 to be issued pursuant to this Indenture in connection with a Registered
Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "IAI"  means  an   institutional   "accredited   investor"  as
described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

                  "Initial   Purchasers"   means  Credit   Suisse  First  Boston
Corporation and Nationsbanc Capital Markets, Inc.

                  "Initial  Securities" means the 12% Senior  Subordinated Notes
Due 2004, issued under this Indenture on or about the date hereof.

                  "Private Exchange" means the offer by the Company, pursuant to
the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  to the  Initial  Purchasers  to issue and
deliver to each Initial  Purchaser,  in exchange for the Initial Securities held
by such Initial Purchaser as part of its initial distribution,  a like aggregate
principal amount of Private Exchange Securities.

                  "Purchase  Agreement"  means the Purchase  Agreement dated May
14, 1997, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers.


                                                                               2


                  "QIB" means a  "qualified  institutional  buyer" as defined in
Rule 144A.

                  "Registered  Exchange  Offer"  means the offer by the Company,
pursuant to the  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  to certain Holders of Initial
Securities,  to issue and deliver to such  Holders,  in exchange for the Initial
Securities,  a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities registered
under the Securities Act.

                  "Registration  Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement dated May 14, 1997, among the Company and the Initial Purchasers.

                  "Securities"  means  the  Initial  Securities,   the  Exchange
Securities and the Private Exchange Securities, treated as a single class.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933.

                  "Securities  Custodian"  means the custodian with respect to a
Global  Security  (as  appointed by the  Depository),  or any  successor  person
thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

                  "Shelf   Registration   Statement"   means  the   registration
statement  issued  by the  Company,  in  connection  with the  offer and sale of
Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities,  pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement.

                  "Transfer Restricted  Securities" means Definitive  Securities
and Securities that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in Section
2.3(d)hereto.


         1.2  Other Definitions

                                                   Defined in
                  Term                             Section:

"Agent Members"     .............................  2.1(b)
"Global Security"   .............................  2.1(a)
"Regulation S"      .............................  2.1(a)
"Rule 144A"         .............................  2.1(a)


                                                                               3


         2.       The Securities.

         2.1  Form and Dating.

                  The  Initial  Securities  are  being  offered  and sold by the
Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

                  (a) Global Securities.  Initial Securities offered and sold to
a QIB in  reliance  on Rule 144A under the  Securities  Act ("Rule  144A") or in
reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Regulation S"), in each case
as provided in the Purchase Agreement,  shall be issued initially in the form of
one or more permanent  global  Securities in definitive,  fully  registered form
without  interest  coupons  with the global  securities  legend  and  restricted
securities  legend set forth in  Exhibit 1 hereto  (each,  a Global  Security"),
which shall be deposited on behalf of the  purchasers of the Initial  Securities
represented  thereby with the Trustee,  at its New York office, as custodian for
the Depository (or with such other custodian as the Depository may direct),  and
registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of the Depository, duly executed
by the Company and  authenticated  by the Trustee as hereinafter  provided.  The
aggregate  principal  amount of the Global  Securities  may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the
Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.

                  (b)  Book-Entry  Provisions.  This Section  2.1(b) shall apply
only to a Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

                  The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance
with this Section 2.1(b),  authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global
Securities  that (a) shall be registered in the name of the  Depository for such
Global  Security or Global  Securities or the nominee of such Depository and (b)
shall be  delivered  by the  Trustee  to such  Depository  or  pursuant  to such
Depository's   instructions  or  held  by  the  Trustee  as  custodian  for  the
Depository.

                  Members  of,  or  participants  in,  the  Depository   ("Agent
Members")  shall have no rights under this  Indenture with respect to any Global
Security  held on  their  behalf  by the  Depository  or by the  Trustee  as the
custodian of the  Depository or under such Global  Security,  and the Depository
may be treated by the  Company,  the Trustee and any agent of


                                                                               4


the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all
purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent
the Company,  the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification,  proxy or other authorization  furnished by
the Depository or impair,  as between the Depository and its Agent Members,  the
operation of customary  practices of such  Depository  governing the exercise of
the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

                  (c)  Certificated  Securities.  Except  as  provided  in  this
Section  2.1 or Section 2.3 or 2.4,  owners of  beneficial  interests  in Global
Securities  will not be entitled to receive  physical  delivery of  certificated
Securities.  Purchasers of Initial Securities who are IAI's and are not QIBs and
did not  purchase  Initial  Securities  sold in  reliance on  Regulation  S will
receive Definitive  Securities;  provided,  however,  that upon transfer of such
Definitive  Securities to a QIB, such  Definitive  Securities  will,  unless the
Global Security has previously been exchanged, be exchanged for an interest in a
Global Security pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.3.

         2.2  Authentication.  The Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver:  (1)
Initial  Securities  for  original  issue in an  aggregate  principal  amount of
$85,478,000 and (2) Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities for issue
only  in a  Registered  Exchange  Offer  or a  Private  Exchange,  respectively,
pursuant to the Registration  Rights  Agreement,  for a like principal amount of
Initial  Securities,  in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by
two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant  Treasurer or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company.  Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities
to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to
be  authenticated  and  whether  the  Securities  are to be Initial  Securities,
Exchange  Securities or Private  Exchange  Securities.  The aggregate  principal
amount of Securities  outstanding at any time may not exceed  $85,478,000 except
as provided in Section 2.07 of this Indenture.

         2.3 Transfer  and  Exchange.  (a)  Transfer and Exchange of  Definitive
Securities.  When  Definitive  Securities  are  presented to the  Registrar or a
co-registrar with a request:

                  (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Securities; or


                                                                               5


                  (y) to  exchange  such  Definitive  Securities  for  an  equal
         principal   amount  of  Definitive   Securities  of  other   authorized
         denominations,

the Registrar or  co-registrar  shall register the transfer or make the exchange
as  requested  if its  reasonable  requirements  for such  transaction  are met;
provided,  however, that the Definitive  Securities  surrendered for transfer or
exchange:

                  (i)  shall  be  duly  endorsed  or  accompanied  by a  written
         instrument of transfer in form  reasonably  satisfactory to the Company
         and the Registrar or co-registrar,  duly executed by the Holder thereof
         or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

                  (ii)  are  being  transferred  or  exchanged  pursuant  to  an
         effective  registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to
         Section  2.3(b) or pursuant to clause  (A),  (B) or (C) below,  and are
         accompanied by the following additional  information and documents,  as
         applicable:

                           (A) if such Definitive Securities are being delivered
                  to the Registrar by a Holder for  registration  in the name of
                  such  Holder,  without  transfer,  a  certification  from such
                  Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of
                  the Security); or

                           (B)  if  such   Definitive   Securities   are   being
                  transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in
                  the form set forth on the reverse of the Security); or

                           (C)  if  such   Definitive   Securities   are   being
                  transferred (w) pursuant to an exemption from  registration in
                  accordance  with  Rule  144;  or (x) in  reliance  on  another
                  exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
                  Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth
                  on the  reverse of the  Security)  and (ii) if the  Company or
                  Registrar so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence
                  reasonably  satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the
                  restrictions  set forth in the  legend  set  forth in  Section
                  2.3(d)(i).


                                                                               6


                  (b)  Restrictions  on Transfer of a Definitive  Security for a
Beneficial  Interest in a Global  Security.  A  Definitive  Security  may not be
exchanged  for  a  beneficial   interest  in  a  Global   Security  except  upon
satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of
a Definitive Security,  duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate  instruments
of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:

                  (i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the
         Security,  that such Definitive  Security is being transferred (A) to a
         QIB in  accordance  with Rule 144A, or (B) outside the United States in
         an  offshore  transaction  within the  meaning of  Regulation  S and in
         compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; and

             (ii)  written  instructions  directing  the Trustee to make,  or to
         direct the Securities Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and
         records with respect to such Global  Security to reflect an increase in
         the aggregate  principal  amount of the  Securities  represented by the
         Global Security, such instructions to contain information regarding the
         Depositary account to be credited with such increase,

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive  Security and cause, or direct the
Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing  instructions and
procedures  existing  between the Depository and the Securities  Custodian,  the
aggregate  principal amount of Securities  represented by the Global Security to
be increased by the aggregate  principal amount of the Definitive Security to be
exchanged  and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person
specified  in such  instructions  a beneficial  interest in the Global  Security
equal to the  principal  amount of the  Definitive  Security so canceled.  If no
Global Securities are then outstanding,  the Company shall issue and the Trustee
shall  authenticate,  upon  written  order  of the  Company  in the  form  of an
Officers'  Certificate,  a new  Global  Security  in the  appropriate  principal
amount.

                  (c)  Transfer  and  Exchange  of  Global  Securities.  (i) The
transfer and exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein shall
be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including
applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any)


                                                                               7


and the  procedures  of the  Depository  therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial
interest in a Global  Security  shall  deliver to the  Registrar a written order
given in accordance  with the  Depositary's  procedures  containing  information
regarding  the  participant  account  of  the  Depositary  to  credited  with  a
beneficial  interest in the Global Security.  The Registrar shall, in accordance
with such  instructions  instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the
Person  specified  in such  instructions  a  beneficial  interest  in the Global
Security  and to debit  the  account  of the  Person  making  the  transfer  the
beneficial interest in the Global Security being transferred.

                  (ii)  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  of this Appendix
         (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Security
         may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee
         of the  Depository or by a nominee of the  Depository to the Depository
         or another  nominee of the  Depository or by the Depository or any such
         nominee  to a  successor  Depository  or a  nominee  of such  successor
         Depository.

                  (iii) In the event that a Global  Security  is  exchanged  for
         Securities  in  definitive  registered  form pursuant to Section 2.4 or
         Section  2.09  of  the  Indenture,  prior  to  the  consummation  of  a
         Registered  Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration
         Statement  with  respect to such  Securities,  such  Securities  may be
         exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are  substantially
         consistent  with the  provisions  of this  Section 2.3  (including  the
         certification  requirements  set forth on the  reverse  of the  Initial
         Securities intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A
         or Regulation  S, as the case may be) and such other  procedures as may
         from time to time be adopted by the Company.


                  (d)  Legend.

                  (i) Except as  permitted  by the  following  paragraphs  (ii),
         (iii)  and  (iv),  each  Security  certificate  evidencing  the  Global
         Securities and the Definitive  Securities (and all Securities issued in
         exchange  therefor or in  substitution  thereof) shall bear a legend in
         substantially the following form:


                                                                               8


                  "THIS NOTE (OR ITS  PREDECESSOR)  WAS  ORIGINALLY  ISSUED IN A
                  TRANSACTION  EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION  UNDER THE UNITED STATES
                  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND
                  THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
                  THE ABSENCE OF SUCH  REGISTRATION  OR AN APPLICABLE  EXEMPTION
                  THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT
                  THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE  EXEMPTION  FROM
                  THE  PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
                  RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

                  "THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY
                  THAT  (A)  THIS  NOTE  MAY  BE  OFFERED,  RESOLD,  PLEDGED  OR
                  OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED,  ONLY (I) TO A PERSON  WHOM THE SELLER
                  REASONABLY  BELIEVES  IS A QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER (AS
                  DEFINED  IN  RULE  144A  UNDER  THE   SECURITIES   ACT)  IN  A
                  TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  RULE  144A,  (II)
                  OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE  WITH
                  RULE 904  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  (III)  PURSUANT  TO AN
                  EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED
                  BY RULE 144  THEREUNDER  (IF  AVAILABLE),  (IV) PURSUANT TO AN
                  EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
                  (V) TO THE  COMPANY,  IN  EACH OF  CASES  (I)  THROUGH  (V) IN
                  ACCORDANCE WITHIN ANY APPLICABLE  SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
                  OF THE  UNITED  STATES,  AND (B) THE  HOLDER  WILL,  AND  EACH
                  SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS
                  NOTE FROM IT OF THE  RESALE  RESTRICTIONS  REFERRED  TO IN (A)
                  ABOVE.  "THIS  LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED  UPON THE REQUEST OF THE
                  HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE."

                  Each   Definitive   Security  will  also  bear  the  following
additional legend:

                  "IN CONNECTION  WITH ANY TRANSFER,  THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO
                  THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH  CERTIFICATES  AND OTHER
                  INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER  AGENT MAY REASONABLY  REQUIRE TO
                  CONFIRM  THAT  THE  TRANSFER   COMPLIES   WITH  THE  FOREGOING
                  RESTRICTIONS."

                  (ii)  Upon  any  sale or  transfer  of a  Transfer  Restricted
         Security (including any Transfer  Restricted


                                                                               9


         Security  represented by a Global Security)  pursuant to Rule 144 under
         the Securities Act:

                           (A) in the case of any Transfer  Restricted  Security
                  that is a Definitive Security,  the Registrar shall permit the
                  Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer  Restricted  Security
                  for a certificated  Security that does not bear the legend set
                  forth  above and rescind any  restriction  on the  transfer of
                  such Transfer Restricted Security; and

                           (B) in the case of any Transfer  Restricted  Security
                  that is represented by a Global Security,  the Registrar shall
                  permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted
                  Security for a  certificated  Security  that does not bear the
                  legend set forth  above and  rescind  any  restriction  on the
                  transfer of such Transfer Restricted  Security,  if the Holder
                  certifies  in writing to the  Registrar  that its  request for
                  such   exchange  was  made  in  reliance  on  Rule  144  (such
                  certification  to be in the form set forth on the  reverse  of
                  the Security).

                  (iii) After a transfer of any  Initial  Securities  or Private
         Exchange  Securities  during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf
         Registration  Statement  with  respect to such  Initial  Securities  or
         Private  Exchange  Securities,  as the  case may be,  all  requirements
         pertaining to legends on such Initial Security or such Private Exchange
         Security  will  cease to apply,  the  requirements  requiring  any such
         Initial  Security or such Private  Exchange  Security issued to certain
         Holders  be  issued  in  global  form  will  cease  to  apply,   and  a
         certificated  Initial  Security or Private  Exchange  Security  without
         legends  will be  available  to the  transferee  of the  Holder of such
         Initial Securities or Private Exchange Securities upon exchange of such
         transferring Holder's certificated Initial Security or Private Exchange
         Security or directions to transfer such Holder's interest in the Global
         Security, as applicable.

                  (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with
         respect to the Initial  Securities  pursuant  to which  Holders of such
         Initial  Securities  are offered  Exchange  Securities  in exchange for
         their Initial Securities,  all requirements  pertaining to such Initial
         Securities that Initial  Securities issued to certain


                                                                              10


         Holders be issued in global  form will cease to apply and  certificated
         Initial  Securities with the restricted  securities legend set forth in
         Exhibit  1  hereto  will  be  available  to  Holders  of  such  Initial
         Securities that do not exchange their Initial Securities,  and Exchange
         Securities in  certificated or global form will be available to Holders
         that  exchange  such Initial  Securities  in such  Registered  Exchange
         Offer.

                  (v) Upon the  consummation of a Private  Exchange with respect
         to the Initial  Securities  pursuant to which  Holders of such  Initial
         Securities  are offered  Private  Exchange  Securities  in exchange for
         their Initial Securities,  all requirements  pertaining to such Initial
         Securities that Initial  Securities issued to certain Holders be issued
         in global form will still apply,  and Private  Exchange  Securities  in
         global form with the Restricted  Securities Legend set forth in Exhibit
         1 hereto  will be  available  to Holders  that  exchange  such  Initial
         Securities in such Private Exchange.

                  (e) Cancelation or Adjustment of Global Security. At such time
as all beneficial  interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for
certificated or Definitive Securities,  redeemed,  repurchased or canceled, such
Global  Security shall be returned to the Depository for cancelation or retained
and  canceled  by the  Trustee.  At any time prior to such  cancelation,  if any
beneficial  interest  in a Global  Security is  exchanged  for  certificated  or
Definitive Securities,  redeemed,  repurchased or canceled, the principal amount
of  Securities  represented  by such  Global  Security  shall be reduced  and an
adjustment  shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then
the Securities  Custodian for such Global  Security) with respect to such Global
Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

                  (f)  Obligations  with Respect to Transfers  and  Exchanges of
Securities.

                  (i) To permit  registrations  of transfers and exchanges,  the
         Company shall execute and the Trustee shall  authenticate  certificated
         Securities,   Definitive   Securities  and  Global  Securities  at  the
         Registrar's or co-registrar's request.


                                                                              11


                  (ii) No service charge shall be made for any  registration  of
         transfer or  exchange,  but the  Company  may require  payment of a sum
         sufficient  to  cover  any  transfer  tax,   assessments,   or  similar
         governmental  charge  payable in connection  therewith  (other than any
         such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable
         upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10 and 9.05.

                  (iii) The Registrar or  co-registrar  shall not be required to
         register  the  transfer  of or  exchange  of (a)  any  certificated  or
         Definitive  Security  selected  for  redemption  in  whole  or in  part
         pursuant to Article 3 of this Indenture,  except the unredeemed portion
         of any  certificated or Definitive  Security being redeemed in part, or
         (b) any  Security for a period  beginning  15 Business  Days before the
         mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase  or redeem  Securities or
         15 Business Days before an interest payment date.

                  (iv)  Prior  to  the  due  presentation  for  registration  of
         transfer of any Security,  the Company,  the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
         the  Registrar  or any  co-registrar  may deem and treat the  person in
         whose name a  Security  is  registered  as the  absolute  owner of such
         Security  for the  purpose of  receiving  payment of  principal  of and
         interest  on  such  Security  and for all  other  purposes  whatsoever,
         whether or not such Security is overdue,  and none of the Company,  the
         Trustee,  the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar  shall be
         affected by notice to the contrary.

                  (v) All  Securities  issued  upon  any  transfer  or  exchange
         pursuant to the terms of this  Indenture  shall  evidence the same debt
         and shall be entitled to the same benefits  under this Indenture as the
         Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

                  (g)  No Obligation of the Trustee.

                  (i) The Trustee shall have no  responsibility or obligation to
         any  beneficial  owner  of  a  Global  Security,  a  member  of,  or  a
         participant  in the  Depository  or other  Person  with  respect to the
         accuracy  of the  records of the  Depository  or its  nominee or of any
         participant or member thereof,  with respect to any ownership  interest
         in the  Securities or with respect to the delivery to any 


                                                                              12


         participant,  member,  beneficial owner or other Person (other than the
         Depository)  of any notice  (including any notice of redemption) or the
         payment of any amount,  under or with respect to such  Securities.  All
         notices and  communications to be given to the Holders and all payments
         to be made to Holders under the Securities  shall be given or made only
         to or upon the  order of the  registered  Holders  (which  shall be the
         Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights
         of beneficial  owners in any Global  Security  shall be exercised  only
         through the Depository  subject to the applicable  rules and procedures
         of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in
         relying upon  information  furnished by the Depository  with respect to
         its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

                  (ii) The Trustee  shall have no obligation or duty to monitor,
         determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
         imposed under this  Indenture or under  applicable  law with respect to
         any transfer of any interest in any Security  (including  any transfers
         between or among Depository participants,  members or beneficial owners
         in any  Global  Security)  other  than  to  require  delivery  of  such
         certificates  and other  documentation  or  evidence  as are  expressly
         required by, and to do so if and when expressly  required by, the terms
         of this  Indenture,  and to examine the same to  determine  substantial
         compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

         2.4  Certificated Securities.

                  (a) A Global  Security  deposited  with the Depository or with
the Trustee as  custodian  for the  Depository  pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred  to the  beneficial  owners  thereof  in the  form  of  certificated
Securities in an aggregate  principal  amount equal to the  principal  amount of
such  Global  Security,  in  exchange  for such  Global  Security,  only if such
transfer  complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depository  notifies the Company
that it is  unwilling  or unable  to  continue  as  Depository  for such  Global
Security  or if at any time such  Depository  ceases to be a  "clearing  agency"
registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by
the  Company  within 90 days of such  notice,  or (ii) an Event of  Default  has
occurred  and is  continuing  or (iii)  the  Company,  in its  sole  discretion,
notifies  the 


                                                                              13


Trustee  in  writing  that it  elects  to cause  the  issuance  of  certificated
Securities under this Indenture.

                  (b) Any Global Security that is transferable to the beneficial
owners  thereof  pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by the Depository
to the Trustee located in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York, to be
so transferred,  in whole or from time to time in part,  without charge, and the
Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver,  upon such transfer of each portion of
such  Global  Security,  an equal  aggregate  principal  amount of  certificated
Initial Securities of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Security
transferred  pursuant  to this  Section  shall be  executed,  authenticated  and
delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral  multiple thereof and
registered  in such  names as the  Depository  shall  direct.  Any  certificated
Initial  Security  delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global  Security
shall,  except as  otherwise  provided by Section  2.3(d),  bear the  restricted
securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

                  (c)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of  Section   2.4(b),   the
registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any Person,  including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through
Agent Members,  to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this
Indenture or the Securities.

                  (d) In the event of the  occurrence  of  either of the  events
specified in Section  2.4(a),  the Company will promptly  make  available to the
Trustee a reasonable  supply of  certificated  Securities in  definitive,  fully
registered form without interest coupons.





                                                                       EXHIBIT 1
                                                                              to
                                                 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX



                       [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

                           [Global Securities Legend]

                  UNLESS  THIS   CERTIFICATE   IS  PRESENTED  BY  AN  AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION  ("DTC"),
NEW YORK,  NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR  REGISTRATION  OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,  AND ANY  CERTIFICATE  ISSUED IS  REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC  (AND ANY  PAYMENT  IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.,  OR TO SUCH  OTHER  ENTITY  AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED  REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER
USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR  OTHERWISE  BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL  INASMUCH AS
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

                  TRANSFERS  OF  THIS  GLOBAL   SECURITY  SHALL  BE  LIMITED  TO
TRANSFERS  IN  WHOLE,  BUT NOT IN PART,  TO  NOMINEES  OF DTC OR TO A  SUCCESSOR
THEREOF OR SUCH  SUCCESSOR'S  NOMINEE AND  TRANSFERS  OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL
SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE  RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.


                         [Restricted Securities Legend]

THIS NOTE (OR ITS  PREDECESSOR)  WAS ORIGINALLY  ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION  EXEMPT
FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER THE UNITED STATES  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR  OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED  IN THE  ABSENCE OF SUCH  REGISTRATION  OR AN  APPLICABLE  EXEMPTION
THEREFROM.  EACH  PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY  NOTIFIED  THAT THE SELLER OF
THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE  EXEMPTION  FROM THE  PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE
MAY BE OFFERED,  RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED,  ONLY (i) TO A PERSON
WHOM THE SELLER  REASONABLY  BELIEVES  IS A  QUALIFIED  INSTITUTIONAL  BUYER (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT) IN A  TRANSACTION  MEETING  THE
REQUIREMENTS  OF RULE 144A,  (ii) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH  RULE 904  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  (iii)  PURSUANT  TO AN
EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT  PROVIDED  BY RULE 144
THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE),  (iv) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION


                                                                               2


STATEMENT  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (v) TO THE COMPANY,  IN EACH OF CASES (i)
THROUGH (v) IN ACCORDANCE  WITH ANY APPLICABLE  SECURITIES  LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
THE  UNITED  STATES,  AND (B) THE HOLDER  WILL,  AND EACH  SUBSEQUENT  HOLDER IS
REQUIRED  TO,  NOTIFY  ANY  PURCHASER  OF  THIS  NOTE  FROM  IT  OF  THE  RESALE
RESTRICTIONS  REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.  THIS  LEGEND  WILL BE REMOVED  UPON THE
REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[IN CONNECTION  WITH ANY TRANSFER,  THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH  CERTIFICATES  AND OTHER  INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT
MAY REASONABLY  REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.]1


- --------
1. Include if a Definitive  Security to be held by an institutional  "accredited
investor"  (as defined in Rule  501(a),(1),(2),(3)  or (7) under the  Securities
Act).


                                                                               3





No.                                                $

                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2004


                  RADIO ONE, INC., a Delaware corporation,  promises to pay to ,
or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on May 15, 2004.

                  Interest Payment Dates:  May 15 and November 15.

                  Record Dates:  May 1 and November 1.

                  Additional  provisions  of this  Security are set forth on the
other side of this Security.


Dated:

                                                   RADIO ONE, INC.,

                                                   by

                                                     -----------------------
                                                     President



                                                     -----------------------
                                                     Secretary


TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
         AUTHENTICATION

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
OF NEW YORK,
  as Trustee, certifies
           that this is one of
           the Securities referred  [Seal]
       to in the Indenture.
  by
    -----------------------------
            Authorized Signatory



                                                                               4



                   [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY]


12% Senior Subordinated Note Due 2004


1.  Interest

                  Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and
its  successors and assigns under the Indenture  hereinafter  referred to, being
herein called the "Company"),  promises to pay interest on the principal  amount
of this Security from May 19, 1997 to and including May 15, 2000 at a rate of 7%
per annum and after May 15,  2000  until  maturity  at a rate of 12% per  annum;
provided,   however,   that  if  a  Registration  Default  (as  defined  in  the
Registration  Rights Agreement) occurs,  additional interest will accrue on this
Security at a rate of 0.50% per annum from and  including  the date on which any
such  Registration  Default  shall occur to but  excluding the date on which all
Registration   Defaults   have  been  cured.   The  Company  will  pay  interest
semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year,  commencing on November 15,
1997.  Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest  has been paid or, if no  interest  has been paid,  from May 19,  1997.
Interest  will be  computed  on the  basis of a 360-day  year of  twelve  30-day
months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by
the  Securities  plus  2% per  annum,  and it  shall  pay  interest  on  overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.


2.  Method of Payment

                  The  Company  will  pay  interest  on the  Securities  (except
defaulted  interest) to the Persons who are registered  holders of Securities at
the close of business on May 1 or November 1 next preceding the interest payment
date even if Securities  are canceled after the record date and on or before the
interest  payment date.  Holders must surrender  Securities to a Paying Agent to
collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money
of the United  States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a
Global Security (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire
transfer  of  immediately  available  funds  to the  accounts


                                                                               5


specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company will make all payments in
respect of a certificated Security (including  principal,  premium and interest)
by mailing a check to the registered  address of each Holder thereof;  provided,
however,  that  payments on a  certificated  Security in an aggregate  principal
amount of  $1,000,000  or more will be made by wire  transfer  to a U.S.  dollar
account  maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder
elects  payment by wire transfer by giving  written notice to the Trustee or the
Paying  Agent to such  effect  designating  such  account  no later than 30 days
immediately  preceding  the relevant due date for payment (or such later date as
the Trustee may accept in its discretion).


3.  Paying Agent and Registrar

                  Initially, United States Trust Company of New York, a New York
trust company ("Trustee"),  will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company
may appoint  and change any Paying  Agent,  Registrar  or  co-registrar  without
notice.  The  Company  or any  of its  domestically  incorporated  Wholly  Owned
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.


4.  Indenture

                  The Company issued the Securities  under an Indenture dated as
of May 15, 1997 (the "Indenture"),  among the Company, Radio One Licenses, Inc.,
as a Subsidiary Guarantor,  and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include
those stated in the  Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference
to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss.  77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect
on the date of the Indenture (the "Act"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not
defined  herein  have  the  meanings  ascribed  thereto  in the  Indenture.  The
Securities are subject to all such terms,  and  Securityholders  are referred to
the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

                  The  Securities  are  general  unsecured  obligations  of  the
Company limited to $85,478,000  aggregate  principal  amount (subject to Section
2.07 of the Indenture).  The Indenture  contains certain  restrictive  covenants
with  respect  to  the  Company  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries,  including
limitations  on (a) the sale of assets,  including the equity  interests of such
subsidiaries,  (b) asset  swaps,  (c) the  payment of  Restricted  Payments  (as
defined),  (d) the incurrence of indebtedness and issuance of preferred stock by
the  Company or such  subsidiaries,  (e) the  issuance of


                                                                               6


Equity  Interests (as defined) by such  subsidiaries,  (f) certain  transactions
with affiliates,  (g) the incurrence of senior subordinated debt and (h) certain
consolidations   and  mergers.   The  Indenture   also  will  prohibit   certain
restrictions on distributions from such  subsidiaries.  All of these limitations
and prohibitions, however, are subject to a number of important qualifications.


5. Optional Redemption

                  Except as set forth in the next paragraph,  the Securities may
not be redeemed  prior to May 15, 2001. On and after that date,  the Company may
redeem the  Securities  in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the
following  redemption prices (expressed in percentages of Accreted Value),  plus
accrued  interest  to the  redemption  date  (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the  relevant  record  date to  receive  interest  due on the  related
interest  payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May
15 of each of the years indicated below:

         Period                                  Percentage

         2001    ..............................   106.000%
         2002    ..............................   104.000%
         2003    ..............................   100.000%

                  In addition,  at any time prior to May 15,  2000,  the Company
may redeem up to 25% of the original principal amount of the Securities with the
net proceeds of a Public Equity Offering, at any time or from time to time, at a
redemption  price  (expressed as a percentage of Accreted  Value) of 112%,  plus
accrued  interest to redemption  date (subject to the right of Holders of record
on the  relevant  record date to receive  interest  due on the related  interest
payment date);  provided,  however,  that (a) such redemption shall occur within
180 days  following  the closing of such Public  Equity  Offering  and (b) after
giving effect to such redemption,  at least $64,109,000 aggregate Accreted Value
of the Securities shall remain outstanding.


6.  Notice of Redemption

                  Notice of  redemption  will be mailed at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before the redemption  date to each Holder of Securities to be
redeemed at his  registered  address.  Securities in  denominations  larger than
$1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole  multiples of $1,000.


                                                                               7


If money  sufficient to pay the redemption  price of and accrued interest on all
Securities  (or  portions  thereof)  to be redeemed  on the  redemption  date is
deposited  with the Paying  Agent on or before the  redemption  date and certain
other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue
on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.


7.  Offers to Purchase

                  The Company  shall be  required  (a) upon a Change of Control,
subject  to  certain  conditions,  to  commence  an  Offer to  Purchase  all the
Securities and (b) upon the  realization of Excess Proceeds in an amount greater
than  $5,000,00,  to  commence an Offer to  Purchase  Securities  in a principal
amount equal to such Excess  Proceeds,  in each case at a repurchase price equal
to 101% of the Accreted Value of the  Securities to be repurchased  plus accrued
interest to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment
date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.


8.  Subordination

                  The Securities are  subordinated to Senior Debt, as defined in
the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid
before the Securities may be paid. The Company agrees,  and each  Securityholder
by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the
Indenture and  authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee
as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.


9.  Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

                  The  Securities  are in  registered  form  without  coupons in
denominations  of  $1,000  (or in the  case  of  Definitive  Securities  sold to
institutional  accredited investors as described in Rule 501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or
(7) under the  Securities  Act,  minimum  denominations  of $200,000)  and whole
multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange  Securities in accordance
with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder,  among other things, to
furnish appropriate  endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and
fees  required by law or  permitted by the  Indenture.  The  Registrar  need not
register  the  transfer of or exchange any  Securities  selected for  redemption


                                                                               8


(except,  in the case of a Security to be  redeemed in part,  the portion of the
Security not to be redeemed) or any  Securities for a period of 15 days before a
selection  of  Securities  to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest  payment
date.


10.  Persons Deemed Owners

                  The  registered  Holder of this Security may be treated as the
owner of it for all purposes.


11.  Unclaimed Money

                  If money for the  payment of  principal  or  interest  remains
unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to
the Company at its request unless an abandoned  property law designates  another
Person. After any such payment,  Holders entitled to the money must look only to
the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.


12.  Discharge and Defeasance

                  Subject to  certain  conditions,  the  Company at any time may
terminate some or all of its obligations  under the Securities and the Indenture
if the Company  deposits with the Trustee money or U.S.  Government  Obligations
for the payment of principal  and interest on the  Securities  to  redemption or
maturity, as the case may be.


13.  Amendment, Waiver

                  Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture,  (i)
the Indenture or the Securities  may be amended with the written  consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate  principal amount outstanding of the
Securities  and (ii) any  default or  noncompliance  with any  provision  may be
waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount
outstanding of the  Securities.  Subject to certain  exceptions set forth in the
Indenture,  without  the  consent of any  Securityholder,  the  Company  and the
Trustee  may  amend  the  Indenture  or the  Securities  to cure any  ambiguity,
omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture,
or to  provide  for  uncertificated  Securities  in  addition  to or in place of
certificated Securities,  or to add guarantees with respect to the Securities or
to secure the Securities, or to add additional covenants or surrender rights and


                                                                               9


powers  conferred  on the  Company,  or to comply with any request of the SEC in
connection  with  qualifying  the  Indenture  under the Act, or to make  certain
changes in the  subordination  provisions,  or to make any change  that does not
adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.


14.  Defaults and Remedies

                  Under the Indenture,  Events of Default include (i) default in
payment of principal  on the  Securities  when due;  (ii) default for 30 days in
payment of interest on the Securities;  (iii) failure to purchase the Securities
required to be purchased pursuant to paragraph 7; (iv) failure by the Company to
comply with other  agreements  in the  Indenture or the  Securities,  in certain
cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (v) certain accelerations  (including
failure  to  pay  within  any  grace  period  after  final  maturity)  of  other
Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary  if  the  amount
accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $5,000,000; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy
or  insolvency  with respect to the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary;  and
(vii)  certain  judgments  or  decrees  for the  payment  of money in  excess of
$5,000,000. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Securities  may
declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately.  Certain events of
bankruptcy  or  insolvency  are  Events  of  Default  which  will  result in the
Securities being due and payable  immediately upon the occurrence of such Events
of Default.

                  Securityholders   may  not  enforce  the   Indenture   or  the
Securities  except as  provided  in the  Indenture.  The  Trustee  may refuse to
enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable  indemnity
or security. Subject to certain limitations,  Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the  Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power.  The Trustee may withhold from  Securityholders  notice of any continuing
Default  (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines
that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders.


15.  Trustee Dealings with the Company

                  Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee
under the  Indenture,  in its individual or any other  capacity,  may become the
owner  or  pledgee  of  Securities  and may  otherwise  deal  with  and  collect
obligations


                                                                              10


owed to it by the  Company or its  Affiliates  and may  otherwise  deal with the
Company  or its  Affiliates  with the same  rights it would  have if it were not
Trustee.


16.  No Recourse Against Others

                  A director,  officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the
Company or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any  obligations  of the
Company  under the  Securities  or the  Indenture  or for any claim based on, in
respect of or by reason of such  obligations or their  creation.  By accepting a
Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.


17.  Authentication

                  This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory
of the Trustee (or an  authenticating  agent)  manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Security.


18.  Abbreviations

                  Customary   abbreviations  may  be  used  in  the  name  of  a
Securityholder  or an assignee,  such as TEN COM  (=tenants in common),  TEN ENT
(=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian),  and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act).

19.  CUSIP Numbers

                  Pursuant to a  recommendation  promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification  Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers
to be  printed  on the  Securities  and has  directed  the  Trustee to use CUSIP
numbers  in  notices of  redemption  as a  convenience  to  Securityholders.  No
representation  is made as to the accuracy of such numbers  either as printed on
the  Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption  and reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

20.  Holders' Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement.

                  Each Holder of a Security, by acceptance hereof,  acknowledges
and agrees to the provisions of the


                                                                              11


Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations of
the  Holders  with  respect to a  registration  and the  indemnification  of the
Company to the extent provided therein.

21.  Governing Law.

                  THIS   SECURITY   SHALL  BE  GOVERNED  BY,  AND  CONSTRUED  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
APPLICABLE  PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF
THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

                  THE COMPANY  WILL FURNISH TO ANY  SECURITYHOLDER  UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE  SECURITYHOLDER  A COPY OF THE INDENTURE WHICH
HAS IN IT THE TEXT OF THIS SECURITY IN LARGER TYPE.
REQUESTS MAY BE MADE TO:



                           ATTENTION OF

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to


         (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

         (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)


and irrevocably appoint                   agent to transfer this Security on the
books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date: ________________ Your Signature: _____________________


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.


                                                                              12


In  connection  with any  transfer of any of the  Securities  evidenced  by this
certificate  occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule
144(k) under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance
of such  Securities  and the last date,  if any, on which such  Securities  were
owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company,  the undersigned  confirms
that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

                  (1)    [ ]        to the Company; or

                  (2)    [ ]        pursuant   to  an   effective   registration
                                    statement  under the Securities Act of 1933;
                                    or

                  (3)    [ ]        inside  the  United  States to a  "qualified
                                    institutional  buyer"  (as  defined  in Rule
                                    144A under the  Securities Act of 1933) that
                                    purchases  for  its own  account  or for the
                                    account of a qualified  institutional  buyer
                                    to whom  notice is given that such  transfer
                                    is being made in reliance  on Rule 144A,  in
                                    each case pursuant to and in compliance with
                                    Rule 144A under the  Securities Act of 1933;
                                    or

                  (4)    [ ]        outside  the  United  States in an  offshore
                                    transaction within the meaning of Regulation
                                    S under  the  Securities  Act in  compliance
                                    with Rule 904 under  the  Securities  Act of
                                    1933; or

                  (5)    [ ]        pursuant to another available exemption from
                                    registration  provided by Rule 144 under the
                                    Securities Act of 1933.

                  Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to
                  register any of the Securities  evidenced by this  certificate
                  in the name of any  person  other than the  registered  holder
                  thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked,
                  the  Trustee  may  require,  prior  to  registering  any  such
                  transfer   of   the    Securities,    such   legal   opinions,
                  certifications  and  other  information  as  the  Company  has
                  reasonably  requested to confirm  that such  transfer is being
                  made pursuant to an exemption  from,  or in a transaction  not


                                                                              13


                  subject to, the  registration  requirements  of the Securities
                  Act of 1933, such as the exemption  provided by Rule 144 under
                  such Act.




                                                     ------------------------
                                                       Signature

Signature Guarantee:

- ---------------------               --------------------------
Signature must be guaranteed                Signature

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


              TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

                  The undersigned  represents and warrants that it is purchasing
this  Security  for its own  account  or an  account  with  respect  to which it
exercises  sole  investment  discretion  and that it and any such  account  is a
"qualified  institutional  buyer"  within  the  meaning  of Rule 144A  under the
Securities  Act of  1933,  and is aware  that  the  sale to it is being  made in
reliance on Rule 144A and  acknowledges  that it has received  such  information
regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested  pursuant to Rule 144A or
has  determined  not to request such  information  and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing  representations in order
to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.


Dated: ________________             ______________________________
                                    NOTICE:  To be executed by
                                             an executive officer




                                                                              14



                      [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

              SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

                  The following  increases or decreases in this Global  Security
have been made:

Date of Amount of decrease Amount of increase Principal amount of Signature of Exchange in Principal Amount in Principal Amount this Global Security authorized officer of this Global of this Global following such of Trustee or Security Security decrease or increase) Securities Custodian
15 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.10 of the Indenture, check the box: [ ] If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.07 or 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $ Date: _______________ Your Signature: ______________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.) Signature Guarantee: _______________________________________ (Signature must be guaranteed)
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                                   $85,478,000
                                 RADIO ONE, INC.
                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2004


                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                                                    May 14, 1997



Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
c/o Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
  Eleven Madison Avenue
    New York, NY 10010



Dear Sirs:

                  1. Introductory.  Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Issuer"), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue
and sell to the  several  initial  purchasers  named in  Schedule A hereto  (the
"Initial  Purchasers")  U.S.$85,478,000  principal amount at maturity of its 12%
Senior   Subordinated   Notes  due  2004  (the  "Offered   Securities")   to  be
unconditionally  guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis (the "Guarantees") by
Radio One Licenses,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary
of the Issuer, and all future Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture
referred to below) (collectively, the "Guarantors"). The Offered Securities will
be issued under an indenture dated as of May 15, 1997 (the  "Indenture"),  among
the Issuer,  the Guarantors named therein and United States Trust Company of New
York, as Trustee.

                  This  Agreement,   the  Indenture,   the  Registration  Rights
Agreement   referred  to  below  and  each  Guarantee  are  referred  to  herein
collectively as the "Operative  Documents".  The Issuer, each Guarantor and each
other  subsidiary  of the  Issuer  are  referred  to  herein  individually  as a
"Relevant Party" and collectively as the "Relevant Parties".





                                                                               2


                  The Issuer and the  Guarantors  hereby  agree with the several
Initial Purchasers as follows:

                  2.  Representations  and Warranties of the Issuer.  The Issuer
and the Guarantors represent and warrant to, and agree with, the several Initial
Purchasers that:

                  (a) A confidential  preliminary  offering circular dated March
26, 1997 (the  "Preliminary  Offering  Circular")  and a  confidential  offering
circular  dated May 14, 1997 (the  "Final  Offering  Circular")  relating to the
Offered  Securities have been prepared by the Issuer.  The Preliminary  Offering
Circular and the Final Offering Circular are hereinafter  collectively  referred
to as the "Offering  Document".  The Preliminary Offering Circular and the Final
Offering  Circular,  as of their  respective  dates,  do not  include any untrue
statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact  necessary in
order to make the statements  therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading.  The preceding  sentence does not apply to
statements  in or  omissions  from the  Offering  Document  based  upon  written
information  furnished  to the Issuer by any Initial  Purchaser  through  Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation ("CSFBC") specifically for use therein, it being
understood  and agreed that the only such  information is that described as such
in Section 7(b). The information (the "Additional Issuer Information")  required
to be delivered to holders and prospective  purchasers of the Offered Securities
pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Indenture and in accordance with Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  does not
include any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material
fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading.

                  (b) The Issuer has been duly  incorporated  and is an existing
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power
and  authority  (corporate  and other) to own its  properties  and  conduct  its
business as described in the Offering Document; and the Issuer is duly qualified
to  do  business  as a  foreign  corporation  in  good  standing  in  all  other
jurisdictions  in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its
business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify and
be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse
effect on the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of
operations  of the  Relevant  Parties  taken  as a whole  (a  "Material  Adverse
Effect").


                                                                               3



                  (c) The Issuer has an authorized  capitalization  as set forth
in the  Offering  Document  and all the issued  shares of  capital  stock of the
Issuer  have been duly  authorized  and  validly  issued  and are fully paid and
non-assessable.  The  capital  stock  of the  Issuer  conforms  in all  material
respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Document.

                  (d) Each  subsidiary of the Issuer has been duly organized and
is validly  existing in good standing under the laws of the  jurisdiction of its
organization,  with  power  and  authority  (corporate  and  other)  to own  its
properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering  Document;  and
each  subsidiary of the Issuer is duly qualified to do business in good standing
in all other  jurisdictions  in which its  ownership or lease of property or the
conduct of its business requires such qualification  except where the failure to
so qualify and be in good  standing  could not  reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each
subsidiary  of the Issuer that is a  corporation  has been duly  authorized  and
validly  issued and is fully paid and  nonassessable;  and the capital  stock or
equity  interests of each  subsidiary  owned by the Issuer,  directly or through
subsidiaries,  is owned free from liens,  encumbrances  and  defects,  except as
otherwise described in the Offering Document.

                  (e) The Indenture  has been duly  authorized by the Issuer and
the Guarantors;  the Offered Securities have been duly authorized by the Issuer;
each Guarantee has been duly  authorized by each Guarantor party to it; and when
the Offered  Securities are delivered and paid for pursuant to this Agreement on
the Closing Date (as defined below),  the Indenture will have been duly executed
and delivered by the Issuer and the  Guarantors,  such Offered  Securities  will
have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered and will conform to
the description thereof contained in the Offering Document,  each Guarantee will
have been duly executed and delivered by each Guarantor  party thereto,  and the
Indenture,  each Guarantee and such Offered Securities will constitute valid and
legally  binding  obligations of the Issuer and the  Guarantors,  enforceable in
accordance  with their  terms,  subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  fraudulent
transfer,  reorganization,  moratorium and similar laws of general applicability
relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles.

                  (f) The Registration  Rights Agreement dated May 14, 1997 (the
"Registration  Rights  Agreement"),  among the Issuer,  the  Guarantors  and the
Initial Purchasers, has


                                                                               4


been duly  authorized,  executed  and  delivered  by each of the  Issuer and the
Guarantors  and conforms in all  material  respects to the  description  thereof
contained  in  the  Offering   Document.   The  Registration   Rights  Agreement
constitutes  a valid and  legally  binding  obligation  of the  Issuer  and each
Guarantor and is enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                  (g) This  Agreement  has been duly  authorized,  executed  and
delivered by the Issuer and the Guarantors.

                  (h)  There  are no  contracts,  agreements  or  understandings
between the Issuer and any person that would give rise to a valid claim  against
the Issuer or any Initial Purchaser for a brokerage commission,  finder's fee or
other like  payment in  connection  with the  issuance  and sale of the  Offered
Securities other than the Initial Purchasers.

                  (i) No  consent,  approval,  authorization,  or order  of,  or
filing with,  any  governmental  agency or body or any court is required for the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated by the Operative  Documents or in
connection  with the issuance and sale of the Offered  Securities by the Issuer,
except  such as have  been  obtained  or made or as may be  required  under  the
Securities Act and the rules and  regulations of the Commission  thereunder with
respect to the Registration  Rights Agreement and the transactions  contemplated
thereunder  and such as may be  required by  securities  or blue sky laws of the
various states of the United States.

                  (j) The  execution,  delivery and  performance  by each of the
Issuer and the Guarantors of the Operative  Documents to which it is a party and
the issuance and sale of the Offered  Securities and  compliance  with the terms
and provisions of the Operative Documents and the Offered  Securities,  will not
result  in a breach or  violation  of any of the  terms  and  provisions  of, or
constitute a default under,  any statute,  any rule,  regulation or order of any
governmental  agency  or  body  or  any  court,  domestic  or  foreign,   having
jurisdiction over any Relevant Party or any of their respective  properties,  or
any agreement or  instrument to which any Relevant  Party is a party or by which
any Relevant  Party is bound or to which any of the  properties  of any Relevant
Party is subject except for any breaches or violations that could not reasonably
be  expected,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  to have a  Material  Adverse
Effect,  or the charter or by-laws of any  Relevant  Party.  The Issuer and each
Guarantor has full power and authority to authorize,  issue and sell the Offered


                                                                               5


Securities and the Guarantees, respectively, as contemplated by this Agreement.

                  (k) The Preferred  Stockholders' Agreement dated as of May 14,
1997 (the "Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement") has been executed and delivered
by the Issuer,  each Guarantor and each holder of the Issuer's  outstanding  15%
Subordinated  Promissory  Notes due 2003  (together  with all  accrued  interest
thereon, the "Existing Notes").

                  (l) No  consent,  approval,  authorization,  or order  of,  or
filing  with,  any  governmental  agency or any court is required  under  United
States federal or state laws for the consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange
(as defined below) or the Philadelphia Acquisition (as defined below).

                  (m) Except as disclosed in the Offering Document, the Relevant
Parties have good and marketable  title to all material real properties and good
and valid title to all other  material  properties  and assets owned by them, in
each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects that would materially affect
the  value  thereof  or  materially  interfere  with  the use made or to be made
thereof by them;  and the  Relevant  Parties  hold any leased  real or  personal
property  under  valid and  enforceable  leases  with no  exceptions  that would
materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them.

                  (n)  The  Relevant  Parties  possess  adequate   certificates,
authorities or permits issued by  appropriate  governmental  agencies or bodies,
other than the Federal  Communications  Commission  (the  "FCC"),  necessary  to
conduct the  business  now  operated by them and have not received any notice of
proceedings  relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate,
authority or permit that, if determined  adversely to any Relevant Party,  would
individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (o) Schedule B hereto contains a true and complete list of all
the licenses,  permits and authorizations (the "Licenses") obtained from the FCC
which the Issuer directly,  or indirectly  through its subsidiaries,  holds with
respect to the radio stations (the "Stations")  owned or operated by the Issuer,
directly  or  indirectly  through  its  subsidiaries.  The  Issuer,  directly or
indirectly  through its  subsidiaries,  is the  authorized  legal  holder of the
Licenses  listed in Schedule B, none of which is subject to any  restrictions or
conditions other than on the face of the Licenses or those generally  applicable
to the  operations of the Stations that would limit in any


                                                                               6


material respect the full operation of the Stations as currently operated. There
are no applications, complaints, or proceedings pending or, to the Issuer's best
knowledge,  threatened as of the date hereof and the Closing Date before the FCC
relating to the business or operations  of the Stations,  except as disclosed in
Schedule C hereto.  No  proceedings,  other than those  affecting  the broadcast
industry generally,  are pending or, to the Issuer's best knowledge,  threatened
which may result in the revocation,  modification,  non-renewal or suspension of
any of the Licenses listed in Schedule B, the denial of any pending application,
the issuance of any cease and desist order, the imposition of any administrative
action by the FCC or any other governmental or regulatory authority with respect
to the  Licenses  listed in Schedule B, except as  disclosed  in Schedule C. The
Issuer has no reason to believe that the Licenses  listed in Schedule B will not
be  renewed  in their  ordinary  course,  and all  material  reports,  forms and
statements  required to be filed with the FCC with respect to the Stations since
the grant of the last renewal of the Stations'  Licenses  issued by the FCC have
been filed and were  complete and accurate in all material  respects when filed.
The Licenses  listed in Schedule B, or  extensions or renewals  thereof,  are in
full  force  and  effect  and are  unimpaired  by any acts or  omissions  of any
Relevant Party.

                  (p) As of the date hereof and the Closing  Date,  the Stations
are operating in material compliance with all applicable requirements of the FCC
and the Stations are not under any special or temporary  authority  with respect
to their operations.

                  (q) Each  Relevant  Party is in material  compliance  with the
Communications Act of 1934 as amended (the "Communications Act") and all written
rules,  regulations  and  policies of the FCC  applicable  to the conduct of the
business and  operations of the Stations.  As of the date hereof and the Closing
Date, the use of the assets of the Stations does not violate the  Communications
Act and any written rules, regulations or policies of the FCC, except where such
violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (r) As of the  date  hereof  and the  Closing  Date,  no labor
dispute with the employees of any Relevant  Party exists or, to the knowledge of
any Relevant Party, is imminent that might have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (s) The  Relevant  Parties  own,  possess  or can  acquire  on
reasonable  terms  adequate   trademarks,   trade  names  and  other  rights  to
inventions, know-how, patents,


                                                                               7


copyrights,   confidential   information   and   other   intellectual   property
(collectively, "intellectual property rights") necessary to conduct the business
now operated by them, or presently  employed by them,  and have not received any
notice of  infringement  of or  conflict  with  asserted  rights of others  with
respect to any intellectual property rights that, if determined adversely to any
Relevant Party,  would  individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse
Effect.

                  (t) No Relevant  Party is in  violation  of any  statute,  any
rule,  regulation,  decision or order of any governmental  agency or body or any
court,  domestic  or  foreign,  relating  to the use,  disposal  or  release  of
hazardous or toxic  substances or relating to the  protection or  restoration of
the   environment   or  human   exposure  to  hazardous   or  toxic   substances
(collectively,  "environmental  laws"),  owns  or  operates  any  real  property
contaminated  with any substance that is subject to any  environmental  laws, is
liable for any off-site disposal or contamination  pursuant to any environmental
laws,  or is subject to any claim  relating  to any  environmental  laws,  which
violation,  contamination,  liability  or  claim  would  individually  or in the
aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;  and no Relevant Party is aware of any
pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.

                  (u) There are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against
or affecting any Relevant Party or any of their  respective  properties that, if
determined  adversely  to  any  Relevant  Party,  would  individually  or in the
aggregate  have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  or would  materially and adversely
affect the ability of any Relevant  Party to perform its  obligations  under any
Operative  Document to which it is a party,  or which are otherwise  material in
the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and no such actions, suits or
proceedings are threatened or contemplated.

                  (v) The financial statements included in the Offering Document
present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Issuer and
its consolidated  subsidiaries  and, to the best knowledge of the Issuer,  Jarad
Broadcasting  Company of Pennsylvania  Inc.  ("Jarad") as of the dates shown and
their  results of  operations  and cash flows for the  periods  shown,  and such
financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with the  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  in the United  States  applied on a consistent
basis; and the assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial  statements
included in the Offering  Document provide a reasonable basis for presenting the


                                                                               8


significant  effects  directly   attributable  to  the  transactions  or  events
described therein,  the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to
those  assumptions  and  the  pro  forma  columns  therein  reflect  the  proper
application  of those  adjustments  to the  corresponding  historical  financial
statement  amounts.  To the best  knowledge  of the  Issuer,  the  Statement  of
Operations relating to WYCB-AM included in the Offering Document presents fairly
in all material respects the information contained therein.

                  (w) Since the date of the latest audited financial  statements
included in the Offering Document there has been no material adverse change, nor
any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of
the Relevant  Parties taken as a whole,  or Jarad and there has been no dividend
or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Issuer on any class of
its capital stock.

                  (x) The Issuer is not an  open-end  investment  company,  unit
investment trust or face-amount certificate company that is or is required to be
registered under Section 8 of the United States  Investment  Company Act of 1940
(the  "Investment  Company  Act"),  nor is it a  closed-end  investment  company
required to be registered, but not registered, thereunder; and the Issuer is not
and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered  Securities and
the application of the proceeds  thereof as described in the Offering  Document,
will not be an "investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act.

                  (y) No  securities  of the same class  (within  the meaning of
Rule 144A(d)(3)  under the Securities Act) as the Offered  Securities are listed
on any national  securities  exchange  registered  under Section 6 of the United
States Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") or quoted in a U.S.
automated inter-dealer quotation system.

                  (z) Assuming that the representations and warranties set forth
in  Section 4 hereof  are true and  correct,  the offer and sale of the  Offered
Securities in the manner  contemplated by this Agreement will be exempt from the
registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act by  reason of  Section  4(2)
thereof and  Regulation  S  thereunder;  and it is not  necessary  to qualify an
indenture  in respect of the Offered  Securities  under the United  States Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act").


                                                                               9


                  (aa)  Assuming that the  representations  and  warranties  set
forth in Section 4 hereof are true and correct,  neither the Issuer,  nor any of
its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf (i) has, within the
six-month period prior to the date hereof,  offered or sold in the United States
or to any U.S.  person (as such  terms are  defined  in  Regulation  S under the
Securities  Act) the  Offered  Securities  or any  security of the same class or
series as the Offered  Securities  or (ii) has offered or will offer or sell the
Offered  Securities  (A) in the  United  States by means of any form of  general
solicitation or general  advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the
Securities  Act or (B) with respect to any such  securities  sold in reliance on
Rule 903 of Regulation S ("Regulation  S") under the Securities Act, by means of
any directed  selling efforts within the meaning of Rule 902(b) of Regulation S.
Assuming that the  representations  and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof
are true and correct, the Issuer, its affiliates and any person acting on its or
their  behalf  have  complied  and will comply  with the  offering  restrictions
requirement  of Regulation S. The Issuer has not entered and will not enter into
any  contractual  arrangement  with respect to the  distribution  of the Offered
Securities except for this Agreement.

                  3. Purchase,  Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities.  On the
basis of the  representations,  warranties and agreements herein contained,  but
subject to the terms and conditions  herein set forth, the Issuer agrees to sell
to the Initial Purchasers,  and the Initial Purchasers agree,  severally and not
jointly,  to purchase from the Issuer,  at a purchase  price of 97% of the gross
proceeds  thereof plus accrued  interest and any increase in accreted value from
May 19,  1997 to the  Closing  Date (as  hereinafter  defined),  the  respective
principal  amounts at maturity of the Offered  Securities set forth opposite the
names of the several  Initial  Purchasers in Schedule A hereto.  The Issuer will
deliver against payment of the purchase price the Offered Securities in the form
of one or more  permanent  global  securities  in  definitive  form (the "Global
Securities")  deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The  Depository  Trust
Company  ("DTC") and  registered  in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC,
and such other  securities in definitive,  fully  registered form as CSFBC shall
request  for  delivery  to   institutional   "accredited   investors"  (the  "AI
Securities").  Interests in any permanent Global Securities will be held only in
book-entry  form through DTC, except in the limited  circumstances  described in
the Offering  Document.  Payment for the Offered Securities shall be made by the
Initial Purchasers in Federal (same-day) funds by


                                                                               9


wire  transfer to an account in New York  previously  designated to CSFBC by the
Issuer at a bank acceptable to CSFBC at the office of Kirkland & Ellis, Citicorp
Center, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m. (New York time),
on May 19, 1997,  or at such other time not later than seven full  business days
thereafter as CSFBC and the Issuer determine, such time being herein referred to
as the "Closing Date",  against  delivery to the Trustee as custodian for DTC of
the Global  Securities  and delivery to CSFBC of the AI  Securities.  The Global
Securities  and AI Securities  will be made  available for checking at the above
office at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Date.

                  4.  Representations by Initial  Purchasers;  Resale by Initial
Purchasers.  (a) Each Initial Purchaser severally represents and warrants to the
Issuer that it is an  "accredited  investor"  within the meaning of Regulation D
under the Securities Act.

                  (b) Each Initial  Purchaser  severally  acknowledges  that the
Offered Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless
so registered, may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for
the account or benefit of, U.S.  persons except in accordance  with Regulation S
or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act. Each Initial Purchaser severally  represents and agrees that it has offered
and sold the Offered Securities,  and will offer and sell the Offered Securities
only in accordance  with Rule 903 or Rule 144A under the  Securities  Act ("Rule
144A"). Accordingly,  neither such Initial Purchaser nor its affiliates, nor any
persons  acting  on its or their  behalf,  have  engaged  or will  engage in any
directed  selling  efforts  with  respect to the  Offered  Securities,  and such
Initial Purchaser,  its affiliates and all persons acting on its or their behalf
have  complied and will comply with the  offering  restrictions  requirement  of
Regulation S. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms used in this subsection (b)
have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

                  (c)  Each  Initial   Purchaser  may  offer  and  sell  Offered
Securities  in  definitive,  fully  registered  form  to  a  limited  number  of
institutions,  each of which is reasonably believed by such Initial Purchaser to
be an "accredited  investor"  within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1),  (2), (3) or
(7) under the  Securities Act or an entity in which all of the equity owners are
accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
the Securities Act (each, an  "Institutional  Accredited  Investor");  provided,
however, that each such Institutional  Accredited Investor executes and delivers
to the Initial


                                                                              11


Purchasers  and the Company,  prior to the  consummation  of any sale of Offered
Securities to such Institutional  Accredited Investor,  an Accredited Investor's
Letter in substantially the form attached as Annex A to the Offering Document.

                  (d) Each Initial  Purchaser  severally agrees that it and each
of its  affiliates  has not  entered  and will not  enter  into any  contractual
arrangement  with respect to the distribution of the Offered  Securities  except
for any such arrangements with the other Initial Purchasers or affiliates of the
other Initial Purchasers or with the prior written consent of the Issuer.

                  (e) Each Initial  Purchaser  severally agrees that it and each
of its affiliates will not offer or sell the Offered Securities purchased hereby
in the  United  States by means of any form of general  solicitation  or general
advertising  within  the  meaning  of Rule  502(c)  under  the  Securities  Act,
including,  but not limited to (i) any advertisement,  article,  notice or other
communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast
over  television  or radio or (ii) any seminar or meeting whose  attendees  have
been invited by any general  solicitation or general  advertising.  Each Initial
Purchaser  severally  agrees,  with  respect to resales made in reliance on Rule
144A of any of the Offered  Securities,  to deliver either with the confirmation
of such resale or otherwise  prior to  settlement of such resale a notice to the
effect that the resale of such Offered Securities has been made in reliance upon
the exemption from the registration  requirements of the Securities Act provided
by Rule 144A.

                  (f) Each Initial  Purchaser  severally  represents  and agrees
that (i) it has not  offered or sold and prior to the date six months  after the
date of issue of the  Offered  Securities  will  not  offer or sell any  Offered
Securities to persons in the United  Kingdom  except to persons  whose  ordinary
activities  involve  them  in  acquiring,  holding,  managing  or  disposing  of
investments  (as  principal  or agent) for the purposes of their  businesses  or
otherwise  in  circumstances  which have not  resulted and will not result in an
offer to the  public in the  United  Kingdom  within  the  meaning of the Public
Offers of Securities Regulations 1995, (ii) it has complied and will comply with
all  applicable  provisions of the  Financial  Services Act 1986 with respect to
anything done by it in relation to the Offered  Securities in, from or otherwise
involving the United  Kingdom and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will
only issue or pass on in the  United  Kingdom  any  document  received  by it in
connection with the issue of the Offered Securities to a person who is of a kind
described  in  Article  11(3) of the


                                                                              12


Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1996
or is a person to whom the document may  otherwise  lawfully be issued or passed
on.

                  (g) Each Initial  Purchaser  severally  represents  and agrees
that (i) it has not solicited,  and will not solicit,  offers to purchase any of
the Offered Securities from, (ii) it has not sold, and will not sell, any of the
Offered  Securities  to,  and  (iii)  it  has  not  distributed,  and  will  not
distribute,  the Offering  Document to, any person or entity in any jurisdiction
outside of the United States except, in each case, in compliance in all material
respects with all applicable  laws. For the purpose of this  Agreement,  "United
States" means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and
other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

                  5. Certain  Agreements  of the Issuer.  The Issuer agrees with
the several Initial Purchasers that:

                  (a) The Issuer will advise  CSFBC  promptly of any proposal to
amend or supplement the Offering  Document and will not effect such amendment or
supplementation without CSFBC's consent. If, at any time prior to the completion
of the resale of the Offered  Securities  by the Initial  Purchasers,  any event
occurs  as  a  result  of  which  the  Offering  Document  as  then  amended  or
supplemented  would  include an untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to
state any material fact  necessary in order to make the statements  therein,  in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if
it is necessary at any such time to amend or supplement the Offering Document to
comply with any  applicable  law, the Issuer  promptly will notify CSFBC of such
event and promptly will prepare,  at its own expense, an amendment or supplement
that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.  Neither
CSFBC's  consent  to,  nor the  Initial  Purchasers'  delivery  to  offerees  or
investors of, any such amendment or supplement  shall constitute a waiver of any
of the conditions set forth in Section 6.

                  (b) The Issuer will furnish to CSFBC copies of any preliminary
offering  circular,  the Offering Document and all amendments and supplements to
such  documents,  in each case as soon as available  and in such  quantities  as
CSFBC  reasonably  requests,  and the Issuer  will  furnish to CSFBC on the date
hereof three copies of the Offering Document signed by a duly authorized officer
of the Issuer,  one of which will include the independent  accountants'  reports
therein  manually signed by such independent  accountants.  At any time when the
Issuer is not  subject to Section 13 or 15(d)


                                                                              13


of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will  promptly  furnish or cause to be furnished
to CSFBC (and, upon request,  to each of the other Initial Purchasers) and, upon
request of holders and prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities, to such
holders and purchasers,  copies of the  information  required to be delivered to
holders and prospective  purchasers of the Offered  Securities  pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4)  under the  Securities  Act (or any successor  provision  thereto) in
order to permit  compliance  with Rule 144A in  connection  with resales by such
holders of the Offered Securities.  The Issuer will pay the expenses of printing
and distributing to the Initial Purchasers all such documents.

                  (c) The  Issuer  will  arrange  for the  qualification  of the
Offered  Securities for sale under the laws of such  jurisdictions in the United
States  and  Canada  as  CSFBC  reasonably  designates  and will  continue  such
qualifications  in  effect so long as  required  for the  resale of the  Offered
Securities by the Initial Purchasers;  provided,  however,  that the Issuer will
not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation,  subject itself to taxation
or to file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction.

                  (d) For so long as any Offered Securities remain  outstanding,
the Issuer  will  furnish  to CSFBC  and,  upon  request,  to the other  Initial
Purchaser,  as soon as practicable  after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of
its annual report to stockholders  for such year; and the Issuer will furnish to
CSFBC  and,  upon  request,  to the  other  Initial  Purchaser  (i) as  soon  as
available,  a copy of each  report,  notice or  communication  sent to  security
holders or, if applicable, filed with any securities exchange and (ii) from time
to time,  such other  information  concerning the Issuer as CSFBC may reasonably
request.

                  (e) During the period of two years after the Closing Date, the
Issuer will, upon request,  furnish to CSFBC and the other Initial Purchaser and
any  holder  of  Offered  Securities  a copy  of the  restrictions  on  transfer
applicable to the Offered Securities.

                  (f) During the period of two years after the Closing Date, the
Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its  affiliates  (as defined in Rule
144 under the Securities Act) to, resell any of the Offered Securities that have
been reacquired by them.

                  (g) During the period of two years after the Closing Date, the
Issuer will not be or become an open-end  investment  company,  unit  investment
trust or face-amount


                                                                              14


certificate  company that is or is required to be registered  under Section 8 of
the Investment  Company Act and is not, and will not be or become,  a closed-end
investment  company  required to be registered,  but not  registered,  under the
Investment Company Act.

                  (h)  The  Issuer  will  pay  all  expenses  incidental  to the
performance of the Issuer's and each  Guarantor's  obligations  (as  applicable)
under  the  Operative  Documents,  including  (i) the fees and  expenses  of the
Trustee and its professional advisers;  (ii) all expenses in connection with the
execution, issue, authentication,  packaging and initial delivery of the Offered
Securities,  the preparation and printing of this  Agreement,  the  Registration
Rights Agreement,  the Offered Securities,  the Indenture,  the Guarantees,  the
Offering Document and amendments and supplements thereto, and any other document
relating to the issuance,  offer,  sale and delivery of the Offered  Securities;
(iii) the cost of qualifying  the Offered  Securities for trading in the Private
Offerings, Resale and Trading through Automated Linkages (PORTAL) market and any
expenses  incidental thereto;  and (iv) the cost of any advertising  approved by
the Issuer in connection  with the issue of the Offered  Securities.  The Issuer
will also pay or reimburse  the Initial  Purchasers  (to the extent  incurred by
them) for any expenses (including  reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel)
incurred in connection  with  qualification  of the Offered  Securities for sale
under the laws of such  jurisdictions  in the United  States and Canada as CSFBC
reasonably  designates and the printing of memoranda  relating thereto,  for any
fees  charged  by  investment  rating  agencies  for the  rating of the  Offered
Securities,  for all travel expenses of the Issuer's  officers and employees and
any other  expenses  of the  Issuer in  connection  with  attending  or  hosting
meetings with prospective  purchasers of the Offered Securities from the Initial
Purchasers  and for  expenses  incurred  in  distributing  preliminary  offering
circulars and the Offering  Document  (including any amendments and  supplements
thereto) to the Initial Purchasers.

                  (i) For a period of 90 days after the date hereof, neither the
Issuer nor any of its affiliates  has or will,  either alone or with one or more
other  persons,  bid for or  purchase  for any account in which it or any of its
affiliates has a beneficial interest any Offered Securities or attempt to induce
any person to  purchase  any Offered  Securities;  and neither it nor any of its
affiliates  will make bids or purchases for the purpose of creating  actual,  or
apparent, active trading in, or of raising the price of, the Offered Securities.


                                                                              15


                  (j) For a period of 180 days after the date hereof, the Issuer
will not offer,  sell,  contract  to sell,  pledge or  otherwise  dispose of any
United States  dollar-denominated  debt  securities  issued or guaranteed by the
Issuer (other than any  commercial  loans or other debt incurred in the ordinary
course of the  Issuer's  business)  and having a maturity  of more than one year
from the date of issue without the prior written consent of CSFBC, which consent
shall not be reasonably  withheld.  The Issuer will not at any time offer, sell,
contract to sell,  pledge or otherwise  dispose of, directly or indirectly,  any
securities  under  circumstances  where such offer,  sale,  pledge,  contract or
disposition would cause the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act or the safe harbor of  Regulation S thereunder  to cease to be applicable to
the offer and sale of the Offered Securities.

                  6.  Conditions of the  Obligations of the Initial  Purchasers.
The  obligations of the several  Initial  Purchasers to purchase and pay for the
Offered  Securities will be subject to the accuracy of the  representations  and
warranties on the part of the Issuer and the Guarantors  herein, to the accuracy
of the  statements  of officers of the Issuer  made  pursuant to the  provisions
hereof, to the performance by the Issuer of its obligations hereunder and to the
following additional conditions precedent:

                           (a) The  Purchasers  shall  have  received  a letter,
                  dated the date of this  Agreement,  of Arthur  Andersen LLP in
                  form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Initial  Purchasers
                  concerning  the  financial  information  with  respect  to the
                  Issuer and its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  Jarad and WYCB-AM
                  set forth in the Offering  Document and the Additional  Issuer
                  Information.

                           (b)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
                  Agreement,  there shall not have occurred (i) a change in U.S.
                  or international  financial,  political or economic conditions
                  or currency  exchange rates or exchange  controls as would, in
                  the judgment of CSFBC,  be likely to prejudice  materially the
                  success of the proposed  issue,  sale or  distribution  of the
                  Offered  Securities,  whether  in  the  primary  market  or in
                  respect of dealings in the  secondary  market,  or (ii)(A) any
                  change,  or any  development or event  involving a prospective
                  change,  in the  condition  (financial  or  other),  business,
                  properties  or  results  of  operations  of the  Issuer or its
                  subsidiaries  which, in the judgment of a majority in interest
                  of the Initial  Purchasers  including  CSFBC,  is material and
                  adverse and


                                                                              16


                  makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion
                  of the  offering  or the sale of and  payment  for the Offered
                  Securities;  (B) any  downgrading  in the  rating  of any debt
                  securities  of  the  Issuer  by  any  "nationally   recognized
                  statistical  rating  organization" (as defined for purposes of
                  Rule  436(g)  under  the   Securities   Act),  or  any  public
                  announcement that any such organization has under surveillance
                  or review  its  rating of any debt  securities  of the  Issuer
                  (other than an  announcement  with positive  implications of a
                  possible   upgrading,   and  no   implication  of  a  possible
                  downgrading, of such rating); (C) any suspension or limitation
                  of  trading  in  securities  generally  on the New York  Stock
                  Exchange, or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such
                  exchange,  or any  suspension of trading of any  securities of
                  the Issuer on any exchange or in the over-the-counter  market;
                  (D) any banking  moratorium  declared  by U.S.  Federal or New
                  York  authorities;  or (E) any outbreak or escalation of major
                  hostilities  in which  the  United  States  is  involved,  any
                  declaration  of  war by  Congress  or  any  other  substantial
                  national or  international  calamity or  emergency  if, in the
                  judgment of a majority  in interest of the Initial  Purchasers
                  including CSFBC, the effect of any such outbreak,  escalation,
                  declaration,  calamity or emergency  makes it  impractical  or
                  inadvisable to proceed with completion of the offering or sale
                  of and payment for the Offered Securities.

                           (c) The Initial  Purchasers  shall have received such
                  opinion or  opinions,  dated the Closing  Date,  of Kirkland &
                  Ellis, counsel for the Issuer to the effect that:

                                    (i) Each of the Relevant  Parties is validly
                           existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
                           jurisdiction  of its  incorporation,  with  corporate
                           power and authority to own its properties and conduct
                           its business as  described in the Offering  Document;
                           and each of the Relevant Parties is duly qualified to
                           do business as a foreign corporation in good standing
                           in all the  jurisdictions  set  forth in  Schedule  A
                           thereto;

                                    (ii) Each  Operative  Document has been duly
                           authorized,  executed and  delivered by each Relevant
                           Party thereto;  the Offered Securities have been duly
                           authorized,  executed,   authenticated,   issued  and
                           delivered  and  conform  as to legal  matters  in all
                           material   respects   to  the   description   thereof
                           contained   in  the  Offering  


                                                                              17


                           Document; and each Operative Document and the Offered
                           Securities   constitute  valid  and  legally  binding
                           obligations  of the  Relevant  Party  thereto and the
                           Issuer,  enforceable in accordance  with their terms,
                           subject   to   bankruptcy,   insolvency,   fraudulent
                           transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws
                           of general  applicability  relating  to or  affecting
                           creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

                                    (iii) No Relevant Party is and, after giving
                           effect  to the  offering  and  sale  of  the  Offered
                           Securities  and  the   application  of  the  proceeds
                           thereof as described in the Offering  Document,  will
                           be  an   "investment   company"  as  defined  in  the
                           Investment Company Act;

                                    (iv) To the best  knowledge of such counsel,
                           no consent,  approval,  authorization or order of, or
                           filing with, any  governmental  agency or body or any
                           court  is  required  for  the   consummation  of  the
                           transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents,
                           or in  connection  with the  issuance  or sale of the
                           Offered Securities by the Issuer, except such as have
                           been obtained or made or as may be required under the
                           Securities  Act and the rules and  regulations of the
                           Commission    thereunder    with   respect   to   the
                           Registration  Rights  Agreement and the  transactions
                           contemplated  thereunder  and such as may be required
                           by securities or blue sky laws of the various  states
                           of the United States;

                                    (v) The execution,  delivery and performance
                           of the Operative Documents, and the issuance and sale
                           of the Offered  Securities  and  compliance  with the
                           terms and  provisions  thereof,  will not result in a
                           breach  or  violation  of (A)  any of the  terms  and
                           provisions  of, or  constitute a default  under,  any
                           United  States  Federal or State of New York statute,
                           rule or  regulation  which,  in the  opinion  of such
                           counsel  is  normally   applicable  to   transactions
                           similar to the transactions  contemplated hereby, (B)
                           any order of any governmental agency or body or court
                           having  jurisdiction  over the  Relevant  Parties and
                           which  order  is  known  to  such  counsel,  (C)  any
                           agreement or instrument identified to such counsel by
                           any Relevant  Party as being a material  agreement or
                           instrument,   which  are  set  forth  in  Schedule  B
                           thereto, to which any Relevant Party is a party or by
                           which any Relevant  Party is bound or to which


                                                                              18


                           any  of  the  properties  of any  Relevant  Party  is
                           subject or (D) the charter or by-laws of any Relevant
                           Party,  and the Issuer and the  Guarantors  have full
                           corporate   power  and  authority  to  authorize  the
                           Offered Securities and the Guarantees,  respectively,
                           and to issue and sell the Offered Securities, in each
                           case, as contemplated by this Agreement;

                                    (vi)  The   descriptions   in  the  Offering
                           Document of contracts and other  documents  under the
                           captions "Risk  Factors--Restrictions  Imposed by the
                           Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement;   --Restrictions
                           Imposed  by  the  New  Credit  Facility;   Pledge  of
                           Assets",  "Description of the Notes", "Description of
                           Certain   Indebtedness",   "Description   of  Capital
                           Stock",  and "Plan of Distribution"  (with respect to
                           this Agreement) are accurate in all material respects
                           and fairly  present  the  information  called for; it
                           being  understood  that such  counsel need express no
                           opinion  as to  the  financial  statements  or  other
                           financial data contained in the Offering Document;

                                    (vii) Assuming that the  representations and
                           warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof are true and
                           correct,  it is not necessary in connection  with (A)
                           the  offer,   sale  and   delivery   of  the  Offered
                           Securities  or the  Guarantees by the Issuer and each
                           of  the  Guarantors,  respectively,  to  the  several
                           Initial Purchasers  pursuant to this Agreement or (B)
                           the resales of the Offered  Securities by the several
                           Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this
                           Agreement,  to register the Offered  Securities under
                           the  Securities  Act or to  qualify an  indenture  in
                           respect thereof under the Trust Indenture Act; and

                                    (viii)   To  the  best  of  such   counsel's
                           knowledge, no consent,  approval,  authorization,  or
                           order of, or filing with, any governmental  agency or
                           body  (other  than the FCC) or any court is  required
                           under  United  States  Federal  or state laws for the
                           consummation of the Existing Notes Exchange.

                           At the time the foregoing opinion is delivered,  such
                  counsel shall  additionally  state that it has participated in
                  conferences  with  officers and other  representatives  of the
                  Relevant Parties,  representatives  of the independent  public
                  accountants for the Relevant 


                                                                              19


                  Parties, representatives of the Initial Purchasers and counsel
                  for the Initial Purchasers,  at which conferences the contents
                  of the Offering  Document and related  matters were discussed,
                  and,  although it has not  independently  verified  and is not
                  passing upon and assumes no  responsibility  for the accuracy,
                  completeness  or fairness of the  statements  contained in the
                  Offering  Document  (except to the extent  specified in clause
                  (ii) under Section 6(c)),  no facts have come to its attention
                  which lead it to believe  that the  Offering  Document  on the
                  date  thereof  or at the  Closing  Date,  contained  an untrue
                  statement  of a  material  fact or omitted to state a material
                  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
                  statements   contained   therein,   in   the   light   of  the
                  circumstances  under which they were made,  not misleading (it
                  being  understood  that such  counsel  need express no opinion
                  with respect to the  financial  statements  and related  notes
                  thereto and the other  financial,  statistical  and accounting
                  data included in the Offering Document).

                           (d) The  Initial  Purchasers  shall have  received an
                  opinion,  dated the  Closing  Date of Roberts & Eckard,  P.C.,
                  counsel to the Issuer on certain regulatory matters, that:

                                    (i)  Schedule  B hereto  contains a true and
                           complete  list of all the Licenses  obtained from the
                           FCC which the Issuer directly,  or indirectly through
                           its subsidiaries,  holds with respect to the Stations
                           owned  or  operated   by  the  Issuer,   directly  or
                           indirectly  through  its  subsidiaries.  The  Issuer,
                           directly or indirectly  through its subsidiaries,  is
                           the authorized legal holder of the Licenses listed in
                           Schedule   B,  none  of  which  is   subject  to  any
                           restrictions or conditions  other than on the face of
                           the  Licenses or those  generally  applicable  to the
                           operations  of the  Stations  that would limit in any
                           material  respect the full  operation of the Stations
                           as  currently  operated.  There are no  applications,
                           complaints, or proceedings pending or, to the best of
                           such   counsel's   knowledge  and  belief  after  due
                           inquiry,  threatened  as of the date  hereof  and the
                           Closing  Date before the FCC relating to the business
                           or operations of the Stations, except as disclosed in
                           Schedule C hereto.  No proceedings,  other than those
                           affecting  the  broadcast  industry  generally,   are
                           pending or, to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge
                           and belief  after due inquiry,  threatened  which may
                           result in the revocation,  modification,


                                                                              20


                           non-renewal  or  suspension  of any  of the  Licenses
                           listed  in  Schedule  B, the  denial  of any  pending
                           applications,  the  issuance  of any cease and desist
                           order, the imposition of any  administrative  actions
                           by the FCC with  respect  to the  Licenses  listed in
                           Schedule B, except as  disclosed  in Schedule C. Such
                           counsel  has no reason to believe  that the  Licenses
                           listed in  Schedule  B will not be  renewed  in their
                           ordinary course, and all material reports,  forms and
                           statements  required  to be  filed  with the FCC with
                           respect to the  Stations  since the grant of the last
                           renewal of the Stations'  Licenses  issued by the FCC
                           have been  filed and,  to the best of such  counsel's
                           knowledge, were complete and accurate in all material
                           respects when filed.  The Licenses listed in Schedule
                           B, or  extensions  or renewals  thereof,  are in full
                           force and  effect and are  unimpaired  by any acts or
                           omissions of any Relevant Party;

                                    (ii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge
                           based  upon  a  certificate   from  the   responsible
                           officers  of the  Relevant  Parties,  as of the  date
                           hereof  and  the  Closing  Date,   the  Stations  are
                           operating in material  compliance with all applicable
                           requirements  of the  FCC and  the  Stations  are not
                           under any special or temporary authority with respect
                           to their operations;

                                    (iii)   To  the   best  of  such   counsel's
                           knowledge   based   upon  a   certificate   from  the
                           responsible  officers of the Relevant  Parties,  each
                           Relevant  Party is in  material  compliance  with the
                           Communications Act and all written rules, regulations
                           and policies of the FCC  applicable to the conduct of
                           the business and  operations of the Stations.  To the
                           best  of such  counsel's  knowledge,  as of the  date
                           hereof and the Closing Date, the use of the assets of
                           the Stations does not violate the  Communications Act
                           or any written rules,  regulations or policies of the
                           FCC;

                                    (iv) No license, permit, consent,  approval,
                           order or authorization of, or filing with, the FCC is
                           required  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of the
                           Offered Securities, the Philadelphia Acquisition, the
                           Existing Notes Exchange and the  consummation  of the
                           transactions contemplated by that certain Amended and
                           Restated  Credit  Agreement to be entered into by the
                           Issuer,  NationsBank  of Texas,  N.A., as Agent and a
                           Lender,  and the other  Lenders  to be


                                                                              21


                           named therein (the "Credit  Agreement")  described in
                           the  Offering  Document,  except  such as  have  been
                           obtained  and  except  that  the  filing  of  certain
                           documents  with  the FCC may be  required  after  the
                           issuance   of   the   Offered   Securities   or   the
                           consummation  of the  Philadelphia  Acquisition,  the
                           Existing   Notes   Exchange   or   the   transactions
                           contemplated by the Credit Agreement;

                                    (v)  Neither  the  issuance  and sale of the
                           Offered  Securities nor the performance by the Issuer
                           and the  Guarantors of their  respective  obligations
                           under Operative  Documents will result in a violation
                           of  the   Communications   Act,  or  any   applicable
                           policies,  rules or regulations promulgated under the
                           Communications  Act  binding  on the Issuer or any of
                           its  subsidiaries  or, to the best of such  counsel's
                           knowledge  and belief after due  inquiry,  any order,
                           writ,  judgment,  injunction,  decree or award of the
                           FCC binding on the Issuer or any of its  subsidiaries
                           except that in pursuing any remedies that the Trustee
                           may have upon a default by the Issuer pursuant to the
                           Operative   Documents  and  applicable  law,  if  the
                           exercise of such remedies would result in a change of
                           control of any Relevant  Party,  or an  assignment of
                           the  Licenses,  then such exercise will be subject to
                           prior FCC approval; and

                                    (vi) To the extent they constitute a summary
                           of  the  legal  matters,   documents  or  proceedings
                           referred to therein,  the  statements in the Offering
                           Document    under   the   captions    "Risk   Factors
                           --Government   Regulation;    --Antitrust   Matters",
                           "Business--Competition; --Federal Regulation of Radio
                           Broadcasting"    and    "The    Transactions--Pending
                           Acquisitions"  fairly present the information  called
                           for with respect to such legal matters, documents and
                           proceedings and fairly summarize the matters referred
                           to  therein  in  all  material  respects;   it  being
                           understood   that,   except   with   respect  to  the
                           statements in the Offering Document under the caption
                           "The   Transactions--Pending    Acquisitions",   such
                           counsel's  opinion  with regard to the  foregoing  is
                           limited to its  knowledge of the  Communications  Act
                           and the written rules, regulations or policies of the
                           FCC.

                           (e) The Initial  Purchasers  shall have received from
                  Cravath,  Swaine & Moore,  counsel for the Initial Purchasers,
                  such opinion or opinions,  dated the Closing


                                                                              22


                  Date with  respect to the  incorporation  of the  Issuer,  the
                  validity of the Offered Securities, the Offering Document, the
                  exemption  from  registration  for the  offer  and sale of the
                  Offered  Securities  by  the  Issuer  to the  several  Initial
                  Purchasers and the resales by the several  Initial  Purchasers
                  as contemplated  hereby and other related matters as CSFBC may
                  require,  and the Issuer shall have  furnished to such counsel
                  such  documents  as they  request  for the purpose of enabling
                  them to pass upon such matters.

                           (f) The  Initial  Purchasers  shall  have  received a
                  certificate,  dated the Closing  Date, of the President or any
                  Vice President and a principal financial or accounting officer
                  of:

                                    (i) the  Issuer in which such  officers,  to
                           the  best  of  their   knowledge   after   reasonable
                           investigation,  shall state that the  representations
                           and  warranties  of the Issuer in this  Agreement are
                           true and correct,  that the Issuer has complied  with
                           all  agreements  and satisfied all  conditions on its
                           part to be  performed  or  satisfied  hereunder at or
                           prior to the Closing Date and that, subsequent to the
                           respective   dates  of  the  most  recent   financial
                           statements in the Offering Document there has been no
                           material adverse change, nor any development or event
                           involving a prospective  material adverse change,  in
                           the  condition   (financial   or  other),   business,
                           properties  or results of  operations of the Relevant
                           Parties taken as a whole,  Jarad and WYCB-AM,  except
                           as described in such certificate; and

                                    (ii) each  Guarantor in which such officers,
                           to the  best  of  their  knowledge  after  reasonable
                           investigation,  shall state that the  representations
                           and  warranties of such  Guarantor in this  Agreement
                           are true and  correct  and that  such  Guarantor  has
                           complied  with  all   agreements  and  satisfied  all
                           conditions  on its part to be  performed or satisfied
                           hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date.

                           (g) The  Initial  Purchasers  shall  have  received a
                  letter,  dated the Closing Date,  of Arthur  Andersen LLP that
                  meets  the  requirements  of  subsection  (a) of this  Section
                  except that the specified date referred to in such  subsection
                  will be a date not more than three  business days prior to the
                  Closing Date for the purposes of this subsection.


                                                                              23


                           (h)  Concurrently  with or prior to the  issuance and
                  sale of the  Offered  Securities  by the  Issuer,  (i) all the
                  Existing Notes shall have been exchanged (the "Existing  Notes
                  Exchange")  for shares of the Issuer's  15% Senior  Cumulative
                  Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, pursuant
                  to the terms of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement and (ii)
                  the Initial  Purchasers  shall have  received true and correct
                  copies of the Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement and evidence
                  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Initial  Purchasers  of the
                  consummation thereof.

                           (i)  Concurrently  with or prior to the  issuance and
                  sale of the Offered  Securities by the Issuer,  (i) the Issuer
                  shall have  acquired  substantially  all the assets of WPHI-FM
                  (the "Philadelphia  Acquisition") pursuant to the terms of the
                  Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 6, 1996, between
                  Jarad  and the  Issuer,  as  amended  by the  First  Amendment
                  thereto dated as of March 21, 1997,  and the Second  Amendment
                  thereto  dated  as of April  16,  1997,  and (ii) the  Initial
                  Purchasers   shall   have   received    evidence    reasonably
                  satisfactory  to the Initial  Purchasers  of the  consummation
                  thereof.

                           (j)  Concurrently  with or prior to the  issuance and
                  sale of the Offered Securities by the Issuer, (i) that certain
                  First Amendment to be entered into by the Issuer and the other
                  parties thereto, to the Warrantholders'  Agreement dated as of
                  June 6, 1995,  and that  certain  Standstill  Agreement  to be
                  entered  into by the Issuer,  and the other  parties  thereto,
                  each of which  including such terms as those  described in the
                  Offering Document, shall have been duly executed and delivered
                  by  the  respective  parties  thereto  and  (ii)  the  Initial
                  Purchasers   shall  have  received  true  and  correct  copies
                  thereof.

                           (k) On the  Closing  Date and  concurrently  with the
                  issuance  and  sale  of  the  Offered   Securities,   (i)  the
                  provisions  of the  Letter of  Intent  dated  March 12,  1997,
                  between the Issuer and Allied  Capital  Financial  Corporation
                  relating to the  acquisition  by the Issuer of WYCB-AM,  shall
                  constitute  valid  and  legally  binding  obligations  of  the
                  parties  thereto  and (ii) the Initial  Purchasers  shall have
                  received  evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Initial
                  Purchasers of the foregoing.

                  The Issuer  will  furnish  the  Initial  Purchasers  with such
conformed  copies of such opinions,  certificates,  letters and documents as the
Initial Purchasers reasonably request. CSFBC may in its sole discretion waive on
behalf  of  the 


                                                                              24


Initial  Purchasers  compliance  with any  conditions to the  obligations of the
Initial Purchasers hereunder.

                  7.  Indemnification and Contribution.  (a) The Issuer and each
Guarantor will, jointly and severally,  indemnify and hold harmless each Initial
Purchaser against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,  joint or several,
to which such Initial Purchaser may become subject,  under the Securities Act or
the  Exchange  Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such  losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of any material fact contained in
the Offering Document,  or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  or any related
preliminary offering circular, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements  therein,  in the light of the  circumstances  under  which they were
made, not misleading, and will reimburse each Initial Purchaser for any legal or
other expenses  reasonably incurred by such Initial Purchaser in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,  liability or action as
such  expenses  are  incurred;  provided,  however,  that  the  Issuer  and  the
Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss,
claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged  untrue  statement in or omission or alleged  omission  from any of such
documents in reliance upon and in conformity with written information  furnished
to the  Issuer by any  Initial  Purchaser  through  CSFBC  specifically  for use
therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information  consists
of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

                  (b) Each  Initial  Purchaser  will  severally  and not jointly
indemnify  and hold harmless the Issuer and the  Guarantors  against any losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities to which the Issuer or the Guarantors may become
subject,  under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or otherwise,  insofar as
such losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement
of any material  fact  contained in the Offering  Document,  or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or any related preliminary  offering circular,  or arise out
of or are based upon the  omission  or the alleged  omission to state  therein a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of
the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading,  in each case to
the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement  or omission  or alleged  omission  was made in  reliance  upon and in
conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the Issuer


                                                                              25


by such Initial Purchaser through CSFBC  specifically for use therein,  and will
reimburse any legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Issuer or the
Guarantors in connection with  investigating or defending any such loss,  claim,
damage,  liability or action as such expenses are incurred,  it being understood
and agreed that the only such  information  furnished  by any Initial  Purchaser
consists of the  following  information  in the Offering  Document  furnished on
behalf of each Initial Purchaser:  the last paragraph at the bottom of the cover
page concerning the terms of the offering by the Initial Purchasers,  the legend
concerning   over-allotments,    stabilizing   transactions,    short   covering
transactions  and  penalty  bids on the bottom of page 4 and,  under the caption
"Plan  of  Distribution",  (i)  the  third  sentence  of  the  second  paragraph
thereunder,  (ii) the fourth paragraph  thereunder,  (iii) the third sentence in
the sixth paragraph thereunder and (iv) the eighth paragraph thereunder.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
Section of notice of the  commencement  of any action,  such  indemnified  party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
under  subsection  (a)  or (b)  above,  notify  the  indemnifying  party  of the
commencement  thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will
not  relieve it from any  liability  that it may have to any  indemnified  party
otherwise  than under  subsection  (a) or (b) above.  In case any such action is
brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying  party of
the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate
therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying
party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to such  indemnified  party (who shall not, except with the consent
of the  indemnified  party,  be counsel to the  indemnifying  party),  and after
notice from the indemnifying  party to such indemnified party of its election so
to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified   party  under  this  Section  for  any  legal  or  other   expenses
subsequently  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable  costs of  investigation.  No  indemnifying  party
shall,  without the prior written consent of the indemnified  party,  effect any
settlement  of any  pending  or  threatened  action  in  respect  of  which  any
indemnified  party is or could have been a party and  indemnity  could have been
sought  hereunder by such indemnified  party unless such settlement  includes an
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims
that are the subject matter of such action.


                                                                              26


                  (d) If the  indemnification  provided  for in this  Section is
unavailable  or  insufficient  to  hold  harmless  an  indemnified  party  under
subsection (a) or (b) above,  then each  indemnifying  party shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified  party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative  benefits  received by
the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial  Purchasers on the
other from the  offering of the  Offered  Securities  or (ii) if the  allocation
provided  by clause  (i)  above is not  permitted  by  applicable  law,  in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative  benefits referred
to in  clause  (i)  above  but also the  relative  fault of the  Issuer  and the
Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection
with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,  claims,  damages
or  liabilities  as well as any other  relevant  equitable  considerations.  The
relative  benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and
the Initial Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received
by the Issuer and the  Guarantors  bear to the total  discounts and  commissions
received by the Initial  Purchasers  under this  Agreement.  The relative  fault
shall be determined  by reference to, among other things,  whether the untrue or
alleged untrue  statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material  fact relates to  information  supplied by the Issuer or the
Initial  Purchasers  and the  parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,  access to
information  and  opportunity  to correct or prevent  such untrue  statement  or
omission.  The amount  paid by an  indemnified  party as a result of the losses,
claims,  damages  or  liabilities  referred  to in the  first  sentence  of this
subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending
any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (d).  Notwithstanding
the provisions of this subsection (d), no Initial Purchaser shall be required to
contribute  any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which
the Offered  Securities  purchased  by it were resold  exceeds the amount of any
damages that such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason
of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  The
Initial Purchasers' obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several
in proportion to their respective purchase obligations and not joint.

                  (e) The  obligations  of the Issuer and the  Guarantors  under
this  Section  shall be in  addition  to any 


                                                                              27


liability  which the Issuer may otherwise  have and shall extend,  upon the same
terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser
within  the  meaning  of the  Securities  Act  or  the  Exchange  Act;  and  the
obligations of the Initial Purchasers under this Section shall be in addition to
any liability  that the  respective  Initial  Purchasers  may otherwise have and
shall extend,  upon the same terms and conditions,  to each person,  if any, who
controls  the Issuer  within the meaning of the  Securities  Act or the Exchange
Act.

                  8. Default of Purchasers.  If any Initial Purchaser or Initial
Purchasers default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder
and the aggregate  principal  amount of Offered  Securities that such defaulting
Initial Purchaser agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total
principal amount of Offered Securities, CSFBC may make arrangements satisfactory
to the Issuer for the  purchase of such  Offered  Securities  by other  persons,
including any of the other Initial  Purchasers,  but if no such arrangements are
made by the  Closing  Date,  the  non-defaulting  Initial  Purchasers  shall  be
obligated severally,  in proportion to the respective commitments hereunder,  to
purchase the Offered  Securities that such defaulting  Initial Purchasers agreed
but failed to  purchase.  If any  Initial  Purchaser  or Initial  Purchasers  so
default and the aggregate principal amount of Offered Securities with respect to
which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total  principal  amount
of Offered Securities and arrangements  satisfactory to CSFBC and the Issuer for
the purchase of such Offered  Securities by other persons are not made within 36
hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the
part of any non-defaulting  Initial Purchaser or the Issuer,  except as provided
in Section 9. As used in this Agreement,  the term "Initial  Purchaser" includes
any person  substituted  for an Initial  Purchaser  under this Section.  Nothing
herein will  relieve a  defaulting  Initial  Purchaser  from  liability  for its
default.

                  9. Survival of Certain  Representations  and Obligations.  The
respective  indemnities,  agreements,  representations,   warranties  and  other
statements of the Issuer or its officers and of the several  Initial  Purchasers
set forth in or made  pursuant to this  Agreement  will remain in full force and
effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof,
made by or on  behalf  of any  Initial  Purchaser,  the  Issuer  or any of their
respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and
will  survive  delivery  of and  payment  for the  Offered  Securities.  If this
Agreement is terminated  pursuant to Section 8 or if for any reason the purchase
of the Offered  Securities  by the Initial  Purchasers is not  consummated,  the


                                                                              28


Issuer shall remain  responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by it
pursuant  to  Section 5 and the  respective  obligations  of the  Issuer and the
Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 7 shall remain in effect. If the purchase
of the Offered  Securities by the Initial  Purchasers is not consummated for any
reason other than solely because of the  termination of this Agreement  pursuant
to Section 8 or the occurrence of any event  specified in clause (C), (D) or (E)
of Section  6(b)(ii),  the Issuer will reimburse the Initial  Purchasers for all
out-of-pocket  expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably
incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities.

                  10. Notices.  All communications  hereunder will be in writing
and, if sent to the Initial Purchasers, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed
and  confirmed  to  the  Initial  Purchasers  c/o  Credit  Suisse  First  Boston
Corporation,  Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010,  Attention:  Investment
Banking Department--Transactions Advisory Group, or, if sent to the Issuer, will
be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at Radio One, Inc., 5900
Princess  Garden  Parkway,  Lanham,  MD,  Attention:  Alfred  C.  Liggins,  III;
provided, however, that any notice to an Initial Purchaser pursuant to Section 7
will  be  mailed,  delivered  or  telegraphed  and  confirmed  to  such  Initial
Purchaser.

                  11.  Successors.  This  Agreement will inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their  respective  successors and the
controlling  persons referred to in Section 7, and no other person will have any
right or obligation  hereunder,  except that holders of Offered Securities shall
be entitled to enforce the agreements for their benefit  contained in the second
and third sentences of Section 5(b) hereof against the Issuer as if such holders
were parties thereto.

                  12. Representation of Initial Purchasers. You will act for the
several  Initial  Purchasers in connection  with this  purchase,  and any action
under this  Agreement  taken by you jointly or by CSFBC will be binding upon all
the Initial Purchasers.

                  13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original,  but all such
counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.


                                                                              29


                  14.  APPLICABLE  LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD
TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

                  The Issuer,  the Guarantors and the Initial  Purchasers hereby
submit to the non-exclusive  jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the
Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or  proceeding  arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.




                                                                              30


                  If the foregoing is in accordance with the Initial Purchasers'
understanding  of  our  agreement,  kindly  sign  and  return  to us  one of the
counterparts  hereof,  whereupon  it will become a binding  agreement  among the
Issuer, the Guarantors and the several Initial Purchasers in accordance with its
terms.

                                                Very truly yours,

                                                RADIO ONE, INC., as the Issuer

                                                  by /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                                     --------------------------
                                                      Name: Alfred Liggins
                                                      Title: President


                                                RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC., as a
                                                Guarantor

                                                  by /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                                     --------------------------
                                                      Name: Alfred Liggins
                                                      Title: President


The foregoing Purchase
Agreement   is  hereby
confirmed and accepted
as of the  date  first
above written.

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

Acting  on  behalf  of
themselves  and as the
representatives of the
several        Initial
Purchasers

  by CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION

  by /s/ Wiliam Ettelson
    ---------------------------
    Name: William Ettelson
    Title: Associate






                                                                      SCHEDULE A





                                                             
                                                             Principal Amount at
                                                             Maturity of Offered
Initial Purchasers                                              Securities      
- ------------------
Credit Suisse First Boston                                   
  Corporation                                                   $43,594,000

NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.                               $41,884,000
                                                              ------------------

                     Total                                      $85,478,000
                                                              ==================






                                                                      SCHEDULE B



                                  FCC Licenses



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.  FCC LICENSES
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
Call Sign         City of License     File Number              Expiration Date
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WKYS-FM           Washington, DC      BALH-941103GE
                                      BALH-950427GG
                                      BRH-950601YR             October 1, 2003
                                      BLH-900130KB             October 1, 2003
                                      BMLH-920l30KC            October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WOL(AM)           Washington, DC      BAL-950427GE
                                      BR-950601B3              October 1, 1995*
                                      BZ-921119AA              October 1, 1995*
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WMMJ(FM)          Bethesda, MD        BALH-950427GF
                                      BR-950601ZG              October 1, 2003
                                      BLH-910830KA             October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WOLB(AM)          Baltimore, MD       BAL-930401GG
                                      BAL-950427GH
                                      BR-950601VG              October 1, 2003
                                      BL-860207AJ              October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WERQ-FM           Baltimore, MD       BALH-950427GJ
                                      BAL-930401GH
                                      BRH-950601ZF             October 1, 2003
                                      BLH-891228KA             October 1, 2003
                                      BLH-891228KB             October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WWIN(AM)          Baltimore, MD       BAL-910828HN
                                      BAL-950427GI
                                      BR-950601VE              October 1, 2003
                                      BZ-900430AH              October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WWIN-FM           Glen Burnie, MD     BALH-910828HO
                                      BALH-950427GK
                                      BRH-95060IVF             October 1, 2003
                                      BMLH-920325KC            October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WPHI-FM           Jenkintown, PA      BRH-910319YG             August 1, 1998
                                      BLH-870408KA             August 1, 1998
                                      BALH-961213GK
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------


* Radio One's timely filing of a license renewal application for the license for
WOL(AM) has automatically extended the license term for the main station license
and the associated  auxiliary licenses until the FCC takes action on the renewal
application.







- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.  BROADCAST AUXILIARY FACILITIES
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
Primary Sation     Auxiliary Call
                        Signs          File Number              Expiration Date
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WKYS-FM           KPH-709             BPLRE-860822MG           October 1, 2003
                  KPJ-713             BPLRE-880421MB           October 1, 2003
                  WHM-976             BMLST-830307MC           October 1, 2003
                  KPH-735             BPLRE-860823MY           October 1, 2003
                  KGL-356             BALRE-880406MF           October 1, 2003
                  KGL-357             BALRE-880406ME           October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WOL(AM)           WLP-796             BLST-900202ME            October 1, 1995*
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WMMJ(FM)          WLP-729             BPLST-900126MH           October 1, 2003
                  WLP-724             BLST-851009MK            October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WERQ-FM           WLE-939             BPLST-900220MA           October 1, 2003
                  KPK-392             BPLRE-900220ME           October 1, 2003
                  KPK-262             BPLRE-900313MG           October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WWIN(AM)          WLP-458             BPLST-890321MD           October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WWIN-FM           WHS-275             BPLST-890321MC           October 1, 2003
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------
WPHI-FM           WLJ-410             BMLST-861125MH           August 1, 1998
                  KB-97399            BMLRE-871016MB           August 1, 1998
- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------ -----------------


* Radio One's timely filing of a license renewal application for the license for
WOL(AM) has automatically extended the license term for the main station license
and the associated  auxiliary licenses until the FCC takes action on the renewal
application.








                                                                      SCHEDULE C
                                   Complaints


1.       EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION COMPLAINTS:

         Charge #120950174: Stewart E. Broady v. Radio One of Maryland, Inc. Mr.
                            ------------------------------------------------
Broady was terminated from part-time employment as an on-air personality, due to
poor  ratings  performance  and in an effort  to  control  costs by  eliminating
excessive staffing levels. He claims he was fired on age discrimination grounds.

         John  Leva-Day  v.  Radio  One,  Inc.  Race  Discrimination,   Wrongful
         ------------------------------------
Termination for Race.

         Robert  Paris  v.  Radio  One,  Inc.  Race   Discrimination,   Wrongful
         ------------------------------------
Termination for Race.

2.       FCC LICENSE RENEWAL APPLICATIONS:

         A license renewal  application  for Station  WOL(AM),  Washington,  DC,
remains  pending.  On June 1,  1995,  Radio  One,  Inc.,  filed  with the FCC an
application  for  renewal  of the  license  for  Station  WOL(AM)  (FCC File No.
BR950601B3).  The  application  was accepted for filing by the FCC pursuant to a
Public Notice dated June 19, 1995. No petitions to deny the  applications and no
competing  applications for the broadcast frequency were filed. However,  action
on the renewal  application has apparently been delayed due to the processing by
the  FCC of a  pending  complaint  against  WOL(AM)  alleging  that  programming
material broadcast on the station was indecent and obscene.

3.       LISTENER COMPLAINTS:

         Other  unresolved  complaints have been filed against Station  WOL(AM),
all of which,  except for two, were filed prior to the expiration of the October
1, 1995, license term. The complaints are as follows:

         June 20, 1996, from Tanya Chutkan,  Counsel for Loretta Smith, alleging
that WOL(AM)  violated Section 73.1206 of the FCC's rules which requires consent
before recording a telephone  conversation for broadcast and a D.C. statute that
prohibits  disclosure  of the names of  juveniles in criminal  proceedings.  The
messages allegedly  broadcast were left on a telephone  answering machine.  This
may involve the same facts as a complaint filed by Loretta Smith on May 1, 1993,
alleging that WOL(AM) broadcast messages left on a telephone  answering machine.
That complaint was resolved in favor of WOL(AM) by a letter dated  September 30,
1993,  from Roger Holberg,  Acting Chief of the  Complaints  and  Investigations
Branch of the FCC.


                                                                               2


         October 3, 1995,  from Mrs. P. Buckland,  alleging that broadcasts have
contained slurs directed at her.

         March 27, 1994,  from Stephen  Johnson,  alleging that racial slurs and
indecent language have been broadcast.

         March 14, 1994, from Pamela and Joseph Buckland, alleging that they are
experiencing the effects of high voltage.

         February 23, 1994,  from Robin D. Grove,  alleging that racially biased
comments have been  broadcast.  Note that this complaint  alleges that WMMJ also
broadcast such comments.

         October 26, 1993,  from Faith Dane,  alleging that her First  Amendment
rights were violated and that she was escorted from the studio against her will.

         In addition to the  complaints  described  above filed against  Station
WOL(AM),  a  complaint  was filed  against  Station  WERQ-FM on March 20,  1997,
alleging that lyrics of a song played on the radio contained profanity.



                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                                   $85,478,000


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.

                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2004

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                                                                    May 14, 1997

Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
c/o Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
11 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10010

Dear Sirs:

         Radio One, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Issuer"),  proposes to
issue and sell to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and NationsBanc Capital
Markets, Inc. (collectively, the "Initial Purchasers"), upon the terms set forth
in a  purchase  agreement  of even date  herewith  (the  "Purchase  Agreement"),
$85,478,000  aggregate principal amount of its 12% Senior Subordinated Notes Due
2004  (the   "Securities")  to  be   unconditionally   guaranteed  on  a  senior
subordinated  basis (the  "Guarantees") by Radio One Licenses,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  and a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Issuer,  and  all  future
Subsidiary   Guarantors   (as  defined  in  the   Indenture   described   below)
(collectively,  the "Guarantors").  The Securities will be issued pursuant to an
Indenture,  dated as of May 15, 1997, (the  "Indenture")  among the Issuer,  the
Guarantors  named  therein  and  United  States  Trust  Company of New York (the
"Trustee").  As an  inducement  to the  Initial  Purchasers,  the Issuer and the
Guarantors agree with the Initial Purchasers,  for the benefit of the holders of
the Securities  (including,  without limitation,  the Initial  Purchasers),  the
Exchange  Securities (as defined below) and the Private Exchange  Securities (as
defined below) (collectively, the "Holders"), as follows:

         1. Registered  Exchange Offer.  The Issuer shall, at its cost,  prepare
and, not later than 45 days after (or if the 45th day is not a business day, the
first business day thereafter) the date of original issue of the Securities (the
"Issue  Date"),   file  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission   (the
"Commission")  a  registration   statement  (the  "Exchange  Offer  Registration
Statement") on an appropriate  form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the  "Securities  Act"),  with  respect  to a proposed  offer (the  "Registered
Exchange Offer") to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in
Section 6 hereof), who are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission
from  participating  in the Registered  Exchange  Offer, to issue and deliver to
such Holders, in exchange for the Securities,  a like aggregate principal amount
of debt  securities  (the "Exchange  Securities") of the Issuer issued under the
Indenture and identical in all material  respects to the Securities  (except for
the transfer  restrictions  relating to the Securities) that would be registered
under the  Securities  Act.  The Issuer shall use its best efforts to cause such
Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement to become effective under the Securities
Act  within  150 days (or if the  150th  day is not a  business  day,  the first
business day  thereafter)  after the Issue Date of the Securities and shall keep
the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement  effective for not less than 30 days
(or  longer,  if  required  by  applicable  law)  after  the date  notice of the
Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the
"Exchange Offer Registration Period").

         If the Issuer effects the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuer will be
entitled to close the Registered  Exchange Offer 30 days after the  commencement
thereof  provided  that the Issuer has accepted all the  Securities  theretofore
validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Registered Exchange Offer.

         Following the  declaration of the  effectiveness  of the Exchange Offer
Registration  Statement,  the Issuer  shall  promptly  commence  the  Registered
Exchange  Offer,  it being the objective of such  Registered  Exchange  Offer to
enable each Holder of Transfer  Restricted  Securities  (as defined in Section 6
hereof)  electing to exchange the Securities for Exchange  Securities  (assuming
that such  Holder is not an  affiliate  of the Issuer  within the meaning of the
Securities Act, acquires the Exchange  Securities in the ordinary course of such
Holder's  business and has no arrangements with any person to participate in the
distribution  of the Exchange  Securities  and is not  prohibited  by any law or
policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to
trade  such  Exchange  Securities  from and  after  their  receipt  without  any
limitations  or  restrictions  under the  Securities  Act and  without  material
restrictions  under the  securities  laws of the  several  states of the  United
States.


                                                                               2


         The Issuer  acknowledges that,  pursuant to current  interpretations by
the Commission's  staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an
applicable  exemption  therefrom,  (i)  each  Holder  which  is a  broker-dealer
electing to  exchange  Securities,  acquired  for its own account as a result of
market-making  activities or other trading  activities,  for Exchange Securities
(an  "Exchanging  Dealer"),  is required to deliver a prospectus  containing the
information  set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover,  in Annex B hereto in the
"Exchange  Offer  Procedures"  section and the "Purpose of the  Exchange  Offer"
section,  and in Annex C hereto in the "Plan of  Distribution"  section  of such
prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by
such  Exchanging  Dealer  pursuant to the Registered  Exchange Offer and (ii) an
Initial Purchaser that elects to sell Exchange  Securities  acquired in exchange
for Securities  constituting  any portion of an unsold  allotment is required to
deliver a prospectus  containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of
Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable,  in connection with such
sale.

         The  Issuer  shall  use its best  efforts  to keep the  Exchange  Offer
Registration  Statement  effective and to amend and  supplement  the  prospectus
contained  therein,  in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully delivered
by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act for such period of time as such persons  must comply with such  requirements
in order to resell the Exchange  Securities;  provided,  however,  that (i) such
period  shall be the  lesser  of 180 days and the date on which  all  Exchanging
Dealers and the Initial  Purchasers  have sold all Exchange  Securities  held by
them  (unless  such period is extended  pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii)
the Issuer shall make such  prospectus and any amendment or supplement  thereto,
available  to any  broker-dealer  for use in  connection  with any resale of any
Exchange Securities for a period not less than 90 days after the consummation of
the Registered Exchange Offer.

         If, upon  consummation of the Registered  Exchange  Offer,  any Initial
Purchaser holds Securities  acquired by it as part of its initial  distribution,
the Issuer, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities pursuant
to the  Registered  Exchange  Offer,  shall  issue and  deliver to such  Initial
Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial  Purchaser,  in exchange (the
"Private  Exchange") for the Securities held by such Initial  Purchaser,  a like
principal amount of debt securities of the Issuer issued under the Indenture and
identical in all material  respects  (including the existence of restrictions on
transfer under the Securities Act and the securities  laws of the several states
of the United States) to the Securities (the "Private Exchange Securities"). The
Securities,  the Exchange  Securities  and the Private  Exchange  Securities are
herein collectively called the "Securities".

         In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall:

         (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the  prospectus  forming  part of the
Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement,  together with an appropriate letter of
transmittal and related documents;

         (b) keep the  Registered  Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days
(or  longer,  if required by  applicable  law) after the date notice  thereof is
mailed to the Holders;

         (c) utilize the services of a depositary  for the  Registered  Exchange
Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York,  which
may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;

         (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to
the close of  business,  New York time,  on the last  business  day on which the
Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

         (e) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

         As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer
or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Issuer shall:

         (x) accept for exchange  all the  Securities  validly  tendered and not
withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;

         (y)  deliver to the  Trustee  for  cancelation  all the  Securities  so
accepted for exchange; and

         (z) cause the  Trustee to  authenticate  and  deliver  promptly to each
Holder of the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as
the case may be, equal in principal  amount to the  Securities of such Holder so
accepted for exchange.

         The  Indenture  will provide that the Exchange  Securities  will not be
subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the
Securities  will vote and consent  together on all matters as one class and 


                                                                               3


that none of the  Securities  will have the right to vote or  consent as a class
separate from one another on any matter.

         Interest  on each  Exchange  Note  and  Private  Exchange  Note  issued
pursuant  to the  Registered  Exchange  Offer and in the Private  Exchange  will
accrue from the last  interest  payment  date on which  interest was paid on the
Securities  surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on
the Securities, from the date of original issue of the Securities.

         Each Holder  participating  in the  Registered  Exchange Offer shall be
required to represent to the Issuer that at the time of the  consummation of the
Registered  Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange  Securities  received by such Holder
will be acquired in the ordinary course of business,  (ii) such Holder will have
no  arrangements  or  understanding  with  any  person  to  participate  in  the
distribution of the Securities or the Exchange  Securities within the meaning of
the Securities  Act, (iii) such Holder is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities  Act, of the Issuer or if it is an affiliate,  such Holder
will comply with the  registration and prospectus  delivery  requirements of the
Securities  Act  to  the  extent  applicable,  (iv)  if  such  Holder  is  not a
broker-dealer,  that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the
distribution   of  the  Exchange   Securities  and  (v)  if  such  Holder  is  a
broker-dealer,  that it will receive Exchange  Securities for its own account in
exchange  for  Securities  that  were  acquired  as a  result  of  market-making
activities  or  other  trading  activities  and  that  it will  be  required  to
acknowledge  that it will deliver a prospectus in connection  with any resale of
such Exchange Securities.

         Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  hereof,  the Issuer will ensure
that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and
any prospectus  forming part thereof and any supplement  thereto complies in all
material  respects  with  the  Securities  Act and  the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder,  (ii) any Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement and any amendment
thereto does not, when it becomes  effective,  contain an untrue  statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus
forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to
such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary in order to
make the statements  therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading.

         2.  Shelf  Registration.  If,  (i)  because  of any change in law or in
applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Issuer is
not permitted to effect a Registered  Exchange Offer, as contemplated by Section
1 hereof,  (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 180 days
of the  Issue  Date or (iii)  any  Holder  notifies  the  Issuer  that (A) it is
prohibited  by law or Commission  policy from  participating  in the  Registered
Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange  Securities acquired by it in
the Registered  Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and
the  prospectus  contained in the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement is not
appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is an Exchanging  Dealer and
owns  Securities  acquired  directly  from the Issuer or an  "affiliate"  of the
Issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the  Securities  Act, the Issuer shall take the
following actions:

         (a) The Issuer shall,  at its cost, as promptly as practicable  (but in
no event more than 30 days  after so  required  or  requested  pursuant  to this
Section 2) file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its best efforts to
cause to be declared effective a registration statement (the "Shelf Registration
Statement"  and,  together with the Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement,  a
"Registration  Statement")  on an  appropriate  form  under the  Securities  Act
relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined
in Section 6 hereof) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with
the methods of distribution  set forth in the Shelf  Registration  Statement and
Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act  (hereinafter,  the  "Shelf  Registration");
provided,  however,  that no Holder (other than an Initial  Purchaser)  shall be
entitled to have the  Securities  held by it covered by such Shelf  Registration
Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all the provisions
of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

         (b)  The  Issuer   shall  use  its  best  efforts  to  keep  the  Shelf
Registration  Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus
included  therein  to be  lawfully  delivered  by the  Holders  of the  relevant
Securities, until the earlier of (i) the time when the Securities covered by the
Shelf Registration  Statement can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities
Act without any  limitations  under clauses (c), (e), (f) or (h) of Rule 144 and
(ii) three years (or such longer  period if  extended  pursuant to Section  3(j)
below) from the Issue Date or such shorter  period that will  terminate when all
the  Securities  covered  by the  Shelf  Registration  Statement  have been sold
pursuant  thereto.  The Issuer shall be deemed not to have used its best efforts
to keep the Shelf Registration  Statement  effective during the requisite period
if it  voluntarily  takes any action that would result in Holders of  Securities
covered  thereby  not being able to offer and sell such  Securities  during that
period,  unless such action is required by applicable  law;  provided,  however,
that the Issuer shall not be deemed to have



                                                                               4



voluntarily taken any such action if it enters, in good faith, into negotiations
concerning,  or executes and delivers any agreement or other  document  relating
to, any business  combination,  acquisition or  disposition;  provided  further,
however, that the Shelf Registration  Statement shall not remain ineffective for
more than 30  consecutive  days,  twice in any calendar year, as a result of the
entry into of such negotiations concerning, or the execution and delivery of any
agreement or other document relating to, any business  combination,  acquisition
or disposition.

         (c)  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  of this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  the  Issuer  shall  cause the Shelf  Registration  Statement  and the
related prospectus and any amendment or supplement  thereto, as of the effective
date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, (i) to comply
in all material respects with the applicable  requirements of the Securities Act
and the rules and  regulations  of the  Commission  and (ii) not to contain  any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

         3. Registration  Procedures.  In connection with any Shelf Registration
contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent  applicable,  any Registered
Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following  provisions shall
apply:

         (a) The Issuer  shall (i) furnish to each Initial  Purchaser,  prior to
the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and
each amendment thereof and each supplement,  if any, to the prospectus  included
therein and, in the event that an Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion
of an unsold  allotment  from the  original  offering) is  participating  in the
Registered  Exchange Offer or the Shelf  Registration  Statement,  shall use its
best  efforts  to  reflect  in each  such  document,  when  so  filed  with  the
Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably may propose; (ii)
include  the  information  set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover,  in Annex B
hereto in the  "Exchange  Offer  Procedures"  section  and the  "Purpose  of the
Exchange  Offer"  section  and in Annex C hereto in the  "Plan of  Distribution"
section of the  prospectus  forming a part of the  Exchange  Offer  Registration
Statement and include the  information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter
of Transmittal  delivered  pursuant to the Registered  Exchange Offer;  (iii) if
requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507
or 508 of  Regulation  S-K under  the  Securities  Act,  as  applicable,  in the
prospectus  forming a part of the Exchange Offer  Registration  Statement;  (iv)
include  within the  prospectus  contained  in the Exchange  Offer  Registration
Statement a section entitled "Plan of  Distribution,"  reasonably  acceptable to
the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a summary statement of the positions
taken or  policies  made by the  staff of the  Commission  with  respect  to the
potential "underwriter" status of any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act")) of Exchange  Securities  received by such broker-dealer in
the Registered  Exchange Offer (a "Participating  Broker-Dealer"),  whether such
positions  or  policies  have  been  publicly  disseminated  by the staff of the
Commission  or such  positions or policies,  in the  reasonable  judgment of the
Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which may be in-house counsel),
represent the prevailing  views of the staff of the  Commission;  and (v) in the
case of a Shelf Registration  Statement,  include the names of the Holders,  who
propose to sell  Securities  pursuant to the Shelf  Registration  Statement,  as
selling securityholders.

         (b) The Issuer shall give written notice to the Initial Purchasers, the
Holders of the  Securities  and any  Participating  Broker-Dealer  from whom the
Issuer  has  received  prior  written  notice  that it  will be a  Participating
Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses
(ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the
prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

         (i) when the Registration  Statement or any amendment  thereto has been
filed  with  the  Commission  and  when  the   Registration   Statement  or  any
post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

         (ii) of any request by the  Commission for amendments or supplements to
the Registration  Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional
information;

         (iii) of the issuance by the  Commission  of any stop order  suspending
the  effectiveness  of  the  Registration  Statement  or the  initiation  of any
proceedings for that purpose;

         (iv)  of  the  receipt  by  the  Issuer  or its  legal  counsel  of any
notification  with  respect  to  the  suspension  of  the  qualification  of the
Securities for sale in any  jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any
proceeding for such purpose; and

         (v) of the  happening  of any event  that  requires  the Issuer to make
changes  in the  Registration  Statement  or the  prospectus  in order  that the
Registration Statement or the prospectus do not contain an untrue statement



                                                                               5


of a  material  fact nor omit to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to make  the  statements  therein  (in  the  case of the
prospectus,  in light of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made) not
misleading.

         (c) The  Issuer  shall  make  every  reasonable  effort to  obtain  the
withdrawal  at  the  earliest   possible  time,  of  any  order  suspending  the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

         (d) The Issuer  shall  furnish to each  Holder of  Securities  included
within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy
of the Shelf Registration  Statement and any  post-effective  amendment thereto,
including financial statements and schedules,  and, if the Holder so requests in
writing,  all  exhibits  thereto  (including  those,  if  any,  incorporated  by
reference).

         (e) The Issuer shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each Initial
Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one
copy  of the  Exchange  Offer  Registration  Statement  and  any  post-effective
amendment thereto,  including  financial  statements and schedules,  and, if any
Initial Purchaser or any such Holder requests,  all exhibits thereto  (including
those incorporated by reference).

         (f) The Issuer shall, during the Shelf Registration Period,  deliver to
each  Holder  of   Securities   included   within  the  coverage  of  the  Shelf
Registration,  without charge, as many copies of the prospectus  (including each
preliminary  prospectus)  included in the Shelf  Registration  Statement and any
amendment  or  supplement  thereto as such person may  reasonably  request.  The
Issuer consents,  subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the
prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders
of the  Securities  in connection  with the offering and sale of the  Securities
covered by the prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement thereto,  included in
the Shelf Registration Statement.

         (g) The Issuer shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser,  any Exchanging
Dealer,  any  Participating  Broker-Dealer  and such other  persons  required to
deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as
many copies of the final prospectus  included in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably
request.  The Issuer consents,  subject to the provisions of this Agreement,  to
the use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto by any Initial
Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating  Broker-Dealer and such other persons
required to deliver a prospectus  following  the  Registered  Exchange  Offer in
connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange  Securities covered by the
prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement  thereto,  included in such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement.

         (h) Prior to any public  offering  of the  Securities,  pursuant to any
Registration  Statement,  the Issuer shall register or qualify or cooperate with
the Holders of the Securities  included therein and their respective  counsel in
connection with the  registration or  qualification  of the Securities for offer
and sale under the  securities  or "blue sky" laws of such  states of the United
States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any
and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale
in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration  Statement;
provided,  however,  that  the  Issuer  shall  not be  required  to (i)  qualify
generally to do business in any  jurisdiction  where it is not then so qualified
or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general  service of process or
to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

         (i) The Issuer shall  cooperate  with the Holders of the  Securities to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates  representing the
Securities  to be  sold  pursuant  to any  Registration  Statement  free  of any
restrictive  legends and in such  denominations  and registered in such names as
the  Holders  may  request a  reasonable  period  of time  prior to sales of the
Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

         (j) Upon the occurrence of any event  contemplated  by paragraphs  (ii)
through  (v) of  Section  3(b)  above  during the period for which the Issuer is
required to maintain  an  effective  Registration  Statement,  the Issuer  shall
promptly  prepare  and  file a  post-effective  amendment  to  the  Registration
Statement  or a  supplement  to the related  prospectus  and any other  required
document  so that,  as  thereafter  delivered  to Holders of the  Securities  or
purchasers of Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of
a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which  they were  made,  not  misleading.  If the Issuer  notifies  the  Initial
Purchasers,   the  Holders  of  the  Securities  and  any  known   Participating
Broker-Dealer  in accordance  with  paragraphs  (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b)
above to suspend the use of the  prospectus  until the requisite  changes to the
prospectus  have been made,  then the  Initial  Purchasers,  the  Holders of the
Securities and any such Participating  Broker-Dealers  shall suspend use of such
prospectus,  and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement
provided for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
provided  for in Section 1 above  shall each be  extended  by the number of days
from and  including the date of the giving of such notice to and including 


                                                                               6


the date when the  Initial  Purchasers,  the Holders of the  Securities  and any
known   Participating   Broker-Dealer   shall  have  received  such  amended  or
supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j).

         (k) Not later than the effective  date of the  applicable  Registration
Statement,  the  Issuer  will  provide a CUSIP  number for the  Securities,  the
Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities,  as the case may be, and
provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Securities, the
Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a
form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

         (l) The Issuer will comply in all material  respects with all rules and
regulations  of the  Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable
to the  Registered  Exchange  Offer or the  Shelf  Registration  and  will  make
generally  available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance
with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings  statement  satisfying the
provisions of Section 11(a) of the  Securities  Act, no later than 45 days after
the end of a  12-month  period  (or 90 days,  if such  period is a fiscal  year)
beginning with the first month of the Issuer's  first fiscal quarter  commencing
after the effective date of the  Registration  Statement,  which statement shall
cover such 12-month period.

         (m) The Issuer  shall cause the  Indenture  to be  qualified  under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"), in a timely
manner and  containing  such  changes,  if any, as shall be  necessary  for such
qualification.   In  the  event  that  such  qualification   would  require  the
appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Issuer shall appoint a new
trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

         (n) The  Issuer  may  require  each  Holder  of  Securities  to be sold
pursuant  to the Shelf  Registration  Statement  to furnish  to the Issuer  such
information  regarding the Holder and the  distribution of the Securities as the
Issuer  may from time to time  reasonably  require  for  inclusion  in the Shelf
Registration  Statement,  and the Issuer may exclude from such  registration the
Securities  of any Holder that  unreasonably  fails to furnish such  information
within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

         (o) The  Issuer and the  Guarantors  shall  enter  into such  customary
agreements (including if requested an underwriting  agreement in customary form)
and take all such other action,  if any, as any Holder of the  Securities  shall
reasonably  request in order to facilitate  the  disposition  of the  Securities
pursuant to any Shelf Registration.

         (p)  In the  case  of any  Shelf  Registration,  the  Issuer  and  each
Guarantor shall (i) make  reasonably  available for inspection by the Holders of
the Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the
Shelf  Registration  Statement  and any  attorney,  accountant  or  other  agent
retained  by the Holders of the  Securities  or any such  underwriter  all their
respective  relevant financial and other records,  pertinent corporate documents
and  properties  and (ii) cause the  Issuer's  officers,  directors,  employees,
accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested
by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter,  attorney,  accountant
or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration  Statement,  in each case, as
shall be reasonably  necessary to enable such  persons,  to conduct a reasonable
investigation  within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided,
however,  that the  foregoing  inspection  and  information  gathering  shall be
coordinated  on behalf  of the  Initial  Purchasers  by you and on behalf of the
other parties,  by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties
as described in Section 4 hereof.

         (q)  In  the  case  of any  Shelf  Registration,  the  Issuer  and  the
Guarantors,  if requested by any Holder of  Securities  covered  thereby,  shall
cause (i) their  counsel to deliver an opinion and updates  thereof  relating to
the  Securities  and the  Guarantees in customary form addressed to such Holders
and the managing  underwriters,  if any,  thereof and dated,  in the case of the
initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration  Statement;  (ii)
their officers to execute and deliver all customary  documents and  certificates
and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the applicable  Securities;
and (iii)  their  independent  public  accountants  and the  independent  public
accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial  information is
provided in the Shelf  Registration  Statement to provide to the selling Holders
of the applicable  Securities and any  underwriter  therefor a comfort letter in
customary form and covering matters of the type  customarily  covered in comfort
letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of
appropriate  documentation as contemplated,  and only if permitted, by Statement
of Auditing Standards No. 72.

         (r) In the case of the Registered  Exchange  Offer, if requested by any
Initial  Purchaser or any known  Participating  Broker-Dealer,  the Issuer shall
cause (i) its counsel to deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating
Broker-Dealer  a  signed  opinion  in the form set  forth in  Schedule  A of the
Purchase  Agreement  with such changes as are customary in  connection  with the
preparation  of  a  Registration  Statement  and  (ii)  its  independent  public
accountants and the  independent  public  accountants  with respect to any other
entity for which



                                                                               7


financial  information is provided in the  Registration  Statement to deliver to
such Initial Purchaser or such Participating  Broker-Dealer a comfort letter, in
customary  form,  meeting the  requirements  as to the substance  thereof as set
forth in Section 6(a) and (b) of the Purchase  Agreement,  with appropriate date
changes.

         (s) If a  Registered  Exchange  Offer or a  Private  Exchange  is to be
consummated,  upon  delivery of the  Securities  by Holders to the Issuer (or to
such other  Person as  directed  by the  Issuer) in  exchange  for the  Exchange
Securities or the Private  Exchange  Securities,  as the case may be, the Issuer
shall mark, or caused to be marked,  on the  Securities  so exchanged  that such
Securities  are being  canceled in exchange for the Exchange  Securities  or the
Private  Exchange  Securities,  as the  case  may  be;  in no  event  shall  the
Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

         (t) The Issuer will use its best efforts to (a) if the Securities  have
been rated prior to the initial  sale of such  Securities,  confirm such ratings
will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration  Statement, or (b) if the
Securities  were  not  previously  rated,  cause  the  Securities  covered  by a
Registration  Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies,  if so
requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate  principal  amount of Securities
covered by such Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any.

         (u) In the event that any  broker-dealer  registered under the Exchange
Act  shall   underwrite  any  Securities  or  participate  as  a  member  of  an
underwriting  syndicate or selling group or "assist in the distribution" (within
the meaning of the  Conduct  Rules of the  National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an
underwriter,  a  placement  or sales  agent or a broker  or  dealer  in  respect
thereof,  or otherwise,  the Issuer shall cooperate with such  broker-dealer  in
complying  with the  requirements  of such  Conduct  Rules,  including,  without
limitation, by (i) if Rule 2720 of such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging
a "qualified  independent  underwriter" (as defined in Rule 2720 of such Conduct
Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Registration  Statement relating
to such  Securities,  to exercise  usual  standards of due  diligence in respect
thereto and, if any portion of the offering  contemplated  by such  Registration
Statement  is an  underwritten  offering or is made through a placement or sales
agent, to recommend the yield of such  Securities,  (ii)  indemnifying  any such
qualified  independent  underwriter  to the  extent  of the  indemnification  of
underwriters  provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such  information
to such  broker-dealer  as may be  required in order for such  broker-dealer  to
comply with the requirements of such Conduct Rules.

         (v) The  Issuer  shall use its best  efforts  to take all  other  steps
necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration
Statement contemplated hereby.

         4. Registration  Expenses.  The Issuer shall bear all fees and expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations  under Sections 1
through  3 hereof  (including  the  reasonable  fees and  expenses,  if any,  of
Cravath,  Swaine  & Moore,  counsel  for the  Initial  Purchasers,  incurred  in
connection with the Registered  Exchange  Offer),  whether or not the Registered
Exchange Offer or a Shelf  Registration is filed or becomes  effective,  and, in
the event of a Shelf  Registration,  shall bear or reimburse  the Holders of the
Securities covered thereby for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm
of counsel  designated  by the Holders of a majority in principal  amount of the
Securities  covered  thereby to act as counsel for the Holders of the Securities
in connection therewith provided such fees and expenses do not exceed $25,000.

         5. Indemnification. (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor will, jointly and
severally,  indemnify  and hold  harmless  each  Holder of the  Securities,  any
Participating Broker-Dealer and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or
such Participating Broker-Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act (each Holder, any Participating  Broker-Dealer and such controlling
persons are referred to  collectively  as the  "Indemnified  Parties")  from and
against any losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities,  joint or several,  or any
actions in respect thereof (including,  but not limited to, any losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities  or  actions  relating  to  purchases  and  sales  of  the
Securities)  to which  each  Indemnified  Party  may  become  subject  under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,
damages,  liabilities  or  actions  arise  out of or are based  upon any  untrue
statement  or  alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  contained  in a
Registration  Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement  thereto
or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration,  or arise out
of, or are based  upon,  the  omission or alleged  omission  to state  therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not  misleading,  and shall  reimburse,  as  incurred,  the  Indemnified
Parties  for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by  them in
connection  with  investigating  or  defending  any such  loss,  claim,  damage,
liability or action in respect thereof;  provided,  however, that (i) the Issuer
and the Guarantors  shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such
loss,  claim,  damage or  liability  arises  out of or is based  upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged omission made in a
Registration  Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement  thereto
or in any preliminary  prospectus  relating to a Shelf  Registration in reliance
upon and in



                                                                               8


conformity with written  information  pertaining to such Holder and furnished to
the Issuer by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein and
(ii) with  respect  to any  untrue  statement  or  omission  or  alleged  untrue
statement or omission  made in any  preliminary  prospectus  relating to a Shelf
Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a)
shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from
whom the person  asserting  any such  losses,  claims,  damages  or  liabilities
purchased the Securities concerned,  to the extent that a prospectus relating to
such  Securities  was required to be  delivered by such Holder or  Participating
Broker-Dealer  under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any
such  loss,  claim,   damage  or  liability  of  such  Holder  or  Participating
Broker-Dealer  results  from the fact  that  there was not sent or given to such
person,  at or prior to the written  confirmation of the sale of such Securities
to such  person,  a copy of the final  prospectus  if the Issuer had  previously
furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer; provided
further,  however,  that this  indemnity  agreement  will be in  addition to any
liability  which  the  Issuer  or any  Guarantor  may  otherwise  have  to  such
Indemnified  Party.  The Issuer  and each  Guarantor  shall  also,  jointly  and
severally, indemnify underwriters,  their officers and directors and each person
who controls such  underwriters  within the meaning of the Securities Act or the
Exchange  Act  to  the  same  extent  as  provided  above  with  respect  to the
indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.

         (b) Each Holder of the  Securities,  severally  and not  jointly,  will
indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer,  each Guarantor and each person, if any,
who controls the Issuer or such  Guarantor  within the meaning of the Securities
Act or the  Exchange  Act  from and  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities  or any  actions  in  respect  thereof,  to which the  Issuer,  such
Guarantor or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities
Act, the Exchange Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  or actions  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or
alleged  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  contained  in  a  Registration
Statement or  prospectus  or in any  amendment or  supplement  thereto or in any
preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration,  or arise out of or are
based upon the  omission or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact
necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading,  but in each case only
to the extent that the untrue  statement or omission or alleged untrue statement
or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
pertaining  to such Holder and  furnished  to the Issuer by or on behalf of such
Holder  specifically for inclusion  therein;  and, subject to the limitation set
forth  immediately  preceding this clause,  shall  reimburse,  as incurred,  the
Issuer for any legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Issuer, such
Guarantor or any such  controlling  person in connection with  investigating  or
defending any loss, claim, damage,  liability or action in respect thereof. This
indemnity  agreement will be in addition to any liability  which such Holder may
otherwise have to the Issuer, such Guarantor or any of its controlling persons.

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5
of  notice  of the  commencement  of  any  action  or  proceeding  (including  a
governmental investigation),  such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made  against  the  indemnifying  party  under this  Section 5,
notify the indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof;  but the omission so
to  notify  the  indemnifying  party  will  not,  in  any  event,   relieve  the
indemnifying  party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the
indemnification  obligation  provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. In case any
such  action is brought  against any  indemnified  party,  and it  notifies  the
indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof,  the indemnifying party will be
entitled to  participate  therein  and, to the extent that it may wish,  jointly
with any other  indemnifying  party  similarly  notified,  to assume the defense
thereof,  with counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to such indemnified  party (who
shall not, except with the consent of the  indemnified  party, be counsel to the
indemnifying  party),  and  after  notice  from the  indemnifying  party to such
indemnified  party  of  its  election  so to  assume  the  defense  thereof  the
indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such  indemnified  party  under  this
Section  5 for any  legal or other  expenses,  other  than  reasonable  costs of
investigation,  subsequently  incurred by such  indemnified  party in connection
with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written
consent of the  indemnified  party,  effect  any  settlement  of any  pending or
threatened  action in  respect of which any  indemnified  party is or could have
been a party and indemnity could have been sought  hereunder by such indemnified
party  unless  such  settlement  includes  an  unconditional   release  of  such
indemnified  party from all liability on any claims that are the subject  matter
of such action.

         (d)  If  the  indemnification   provided  for  in  this  Section  5  is
unavailable  or  insufficient  to  hold  harmless  an  indemnified  party  under
subsections (a) or (b) above, then each  indemnifying  party shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified  party as a result of the losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof)  referred to in
subsection (a) or (b) above (i) in such  proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits  received by the indemnifying  party or parties on the one
hand and the indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities,
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by
the foregoing  clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion
as is  appropriate  to reflect  not only the  relative  benefits  referred to in
clause  (i)  above  but also the  relative  fault of the  indemnifying  party or
parties  on the one hand and the  indemnified  party on the other in  connection
with the

                                                                               9


statements  or  omissions  that  resulted  in such  losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities  (or  actions  in  respect  thereof)  as well as any other  relevant
equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the parties shall be determined
by  reference  to,  among other  things,  whether  the untrue or alleged  untrue
statement  of a material  fact or the  omission  or alleged  omission to state a
material fact relates to  information  supplied by the Issuer on the one hand or
such Holder or such other  indemnified  party, as the case may be, on the other,
and  the  parties'  relative  intent,  knowledge,   access  to  information  and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by
an indemnified party as a result of the losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities
referred  to in the first  sentence  of this  subsection  (d) shall be deemed to
include any legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is
the subject of this subsection (d).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities  shall not be required to contribute
any amount in excess of the amount by which the net  proceeds  received  by such
Holders from the sale of the  Securities  pursuant to a  Registration  Statement
exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to
pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged
omission. No person guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to  contribution  from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes
of this paragraph (d), each person,  if any, who controls such indemnified party
within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same
rights to contribution as such  indemnified  party and each person,  if any, who
controls the Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or
the  Exchange  Act shall have the same rights to  contribution  as the Issuer or
such Guarantor.

         (e) The  agreements  contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale
of the Securities pursuant to a Registration  Statement and shall remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancelation of this Agreement
or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

         6.  Additional  Interest  Under Certain  Circumstances.  (a) Additional
interest (the  "Additional  Interest")  with respect to the Securities  shall be
assessed  as follows if any of the  following  events  occur (each such event in
clauses (i) through (iii) below a "Registration Default"):

         (i) If by 45 days after the closing  date  neither the  Exchange  Offer
Registration  Statement nor a Shelf  Registration  Statement has been filed with
the Commission;

         (ii) If by 180 days  after the  closing  date  neither  the  Registered
Exchange  Offer is  consummated  nor,  if required  in lieu  thereof,  the Shelf
Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission; or

         (iii) If after either the Exchange Offer Registration  Statement or the
Shelf  Registration  Statement  is  declared  effective  (A)  such  Registration
Statement thereafter ceases to be effective;  or (B) such Registration Statement
or the related  prospectus ceases to be usable (except as permitted in paragraph
(b)) in connection  with resales of Transfer  Restricted  Securities  during the
periods  specified  herein  because  either (1) any event  occurs as a result of
which the related prospectus  forming part of such Registration  Statement would
include any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material
fact necessary to make the statements  therein in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made not misleading, or (2) it shall be necessary to amend
such Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with
the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder.

Additional  Interest shall accrue on the Securities  over and above the interest
set forth in the title of the  Securities  from and  including the date on which
any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all
such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.50% per annum.

         (b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(iii)(B) shall be
deemed  not  to  have  occurred  and  be  continuing  in  relation  to  a  Shelf
Registration  Statement  or the  related  prospectus  if (i)  such  Registration
Default has  occurred  solely as a result of (x) the filing of a  post-effective
amendment to such Shelf  Registration  Statement to  incorporate  annual audited
financial  information  with  respect  to the Issuer  where such  post-effective
amendment  is not yet  effective  and needs to be declared  effective  to permit
Holders to use the related  prospectus or (y) the  occurrence of other  material
events with  respect to the Issuer that would need to be described in such Shelf
Registration  Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause
(y), the Issuer is proceeding  promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement
such Shelf  Registration  Statement  and related  prospectus  to  describe  such
events; provided,  however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs
for a  continuous  period  in excess of 30 days,  Additional  Interest  shall be
payable in accordance  with the above  paragraph from the day such  Registration
Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.

         (c) Any amounts of Additional  Interest due pursuant to clause  (a)(i),
(a)(ii) or  (a)(iii)  of Section 6 above


                                                                              10

will be payable in cash on the regular  interest  payment  dates with respect to
the  Securities.  The  amount  of  Additional  Interest  will be  determined  by
multiplying the applicable  Additional  Interest rate by the principal amount of
the Securities,  multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which is the number
of days  such  Additional  Interest  rate  was  applicable  during  such  period
(determined on the basis of a 360-day year  comprised of twelve 30-day  months),
and the denominator of which is 360.

         (d) "Transfer Restricted  Securities" means each Security until (i) the
date on  which  such  Security  has been  exchanged  by a  person  other  than a
broker-dealer  for a freely  transferrable  Exchange  Security in the Registered
Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered
Exchange Offer of such Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such
Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on
or prior  to the date of such  sale a copy of the  prospectus  contained  in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Security has
been  effectively  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  and  disposed  of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration  Statement or (iv) the date on which such
Security is distributed to the public  pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

         7. Rules 144 and 144A.  The Issuer  shall use its best  efforts to file
the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange
Act in a timely  manner and,  if at any time the Issuer is not  required to file
such  reports,  it will,  upon the request of any Holder of Transfer  Restricted
Securities,  make publicly  available other  information so long as necessary to
permit  sales of their  securities  pursuant  to Rules 144 and 144A.  The Issuer
covenants  that it will  take such  further  action  as any  Holder of  Transfer
Restricted  Securities may reasonably  request,  all to the extent required from
time to time to  enable  such  Holder  to sell  Transfer  Restricted  Securities
without  registration  under the  Securities  Act within the  limitation  of the
exemptions  provided by Rules 144 and 144A  (including the  requirements of Rule
144A(d)(4)).  The Issuer will provide a copy of this  Agreement  to  prospective
purchasers of Securities identified to the Issuer by the Initial Purchasers upon
request. Upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted  Securities,  the
Issuer  shall  deliver to such Holder a written  statement  as to whether it has
complied in all material respects with such  requirements.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  nothing in this  Section 7 shall be deemed to require  the Issuer to
register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

         8.  Underwritten  Registrations.  If  any of  the  Transfer  Restricted
Securities  covered by any Shelf  Registration are to be sold in an underwritten
offering,  the investment  banker or investment  bankers and manager or managers
that will administer the offering ("Managing  Underwriters") will be selected by
the  Holders  of a  majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount of such  Transfer
Restricted Securities to be included in such offering.

         No person may participate in any  underwritten  registration  hereunder
unless  such  person  (i)  agrees  to sell  such  person's  Transfer  Restricted
Securities on the basis  reasonably  provided in any  underwriting  arrangements
approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii)
completes  and executes  all  questionnaires,  powers of attorney,  indemnities,
underwriting  agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms
of such underwriting arrangements.

         9.  Miscellaneous.

         (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be
amended,  modified or  supplemented,  and waivers or consents to departures from
the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Issuer, each Guarantor and
the  written  consent of the Holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the
Securities  affected  by such  amendment,  modification,  supplement,  waiver or
consents.

         (b)  Notices.  All notices  and other  communications  provided  for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail,
facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:

         (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given
by such Holder to the Issuer in accordance  with the  provisions of this Section
9(b).

         (2)  if to the Initial Purchasers, at the following address:

                           Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
                           11 Madison Avenue
                           New York, NY 10010
                           Fax No.:  (212) 318-0532
                           Attention:  Transactions Advisory Group

                                                                              11

         with a copy to:


                           Cravath, Swaine & Moore
                           Worldwide Plaza
                           825 Eighth Avenue
                           New York, NY  10019-7475
                           Attention:  Kris F. Heinzelman

         (3) if to the  Issuer or any  Guarantor,  at the  Issuer's  address  as
follows:


                           Radio One, Inc.
                           5900 Princess Garden Parkway
                           Lanham, Maryland
                           Attention:  Alfred C. Liggins, III

         with a copy to:

                           Kirkland & Ellis
                           655 Fifteenth Street, Suite 1200
                           Washington, DC  20005
                           Attention:  Richard L. Perkal

         All such notices and  communications  shall be deemed to have been duly
given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally  delivered;  three business
days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
is acknowledged by recipient's  facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile
transmission;  and on the  day  delivered,  if  sent by  overnight  air  courier
guaranteeing next day delivery.

         (c) No Inconsistent  Agreements.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors
has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date
hereof,  enter  into,  any  agreement  with  respect to its  securities  that is
inconsistent  with  the  rights  granted  to the  Holders  herein  or  otherwise
conflicts with the provisions hereof.

         (d)  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon the
Issuer and each Guarantor, and their respective successors and assigns.

         (e)  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which
when so  executed  shall be  deemed  to be an  original  and all of which  taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         (f) Headings.  The headings in this  Agreement are for  convenience  of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

         (g) Governing Law. THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE  LAWS OF THE  STATE  OF NEW YORK  WITHOUT  REGARD  TO
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

         (h)  Severability.  If any  one or  more  of the  provisions  contained
herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal
or  unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality  and  enforceability  of  any  such
provision  in every other  respect  and of the  remaining  provisions  contained
herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

         (i) Securities Held by the Issuer.  Whenever the consent or approval of
Holders of a specified  percentage of principal amount of Securities is required
hereunder,  Securities  held  by  the  Issuer  or  its  affiliates  (other  than
subsequent  Holders of  Securities if such  subsequent  Holders are deemed to be
affiliates  solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities)  shall not be
counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders
of such required percentage.


                                                                              12


         If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with  your  understanding  of our
agreement,  please sign and return to the Issuer a counterpart hereof, whereupon
this instrument,  along with all  counterparts,  will become a binding agreement
among  the  several  Initial  Purchasers,  the  Issuer  and  the  Guarantors  in
accordance with its terms.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        RADIO ONE, INC., as the Issuer


                                        By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                          ------------------------------
                                          Name: Alfred Liggins
                                          Title: President



                                        RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC., as a Guarantor


                                        By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                          ------------------------------
                                          Name: Alfred Liggins
                                          Title: President


The foregoing  Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

by:  CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION



         By: /s/ William Ettelson
            -----------------------------
            Name: William Ettelson
            Title: Associate










                                                                         ANNEX A




         Each  broker-dealer  that  receives  Exchange  Securities  for  its own
account  pursuant to the Exchange Offer must  acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter
of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning  of the  Securities  Act.  This  Prospectus,  as it may  be  amended  or
supplemented  from time to time,  may be used by a  broker-dealer  in connection
with resales of Exchange  Securities  received in exchange for Securities  where
such Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Issuer has agreed that, for a period
of 180 days after the  Expiration  Date (as defined  herein),  it will make this
Prospectus  available to any  broker-dealer  for use in connection with any such
resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
                                       





                                      A-1






                                                                         ANNEX B



         Each  broker-dealer  that  receives  Exchange  Securities  for  its own
account in exchange for Securities,  where such Securities were acquired by such
broker-dealer  as  a  result  of  market-making   activities  or  other  trading
activities,  must  acknowledge  that it will deliver a prospectus  in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See "Plan of Distribution."














                                       B-1












                                                                         ANNEX C




PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Each  broker-dealer  that  receives  Exchange  Securities  for  its own
account  pursuant to the Exchange Offer must  acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus  in  connection  with any resale of such  Exchange  Securities.  This
Prospectus,  as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in
exchange for Existing Securities where such Existing Securities were acquired as
a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuer has
agreed that,  for a period of 180 days after the  Expiration  Date, it will make
this prospectus, as amended or supplemented,  available to any broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale.  In addition,  until , 199 , all dealers
effecting  transactions in the Exchange  Securities may be required to deliver a
prospectus.1/

         The Issuer  will not  receive  any  proceeds  from any sale of Exchange
Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for
their own account  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer may be sold from time to time
in one or  more  transactions  in the  over-the-counter  market,  in  negotiated
transactions,  through the writing of options on the  Exchange  Securities  or a
combination of such methods of resale,  at market prices  prevailing at the time
of resale,  at prices  related to such  prevailing  market  prices or negotiated
prices.  Any such  resale may be made  directly to  purchasers  or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive  compensation  in the form of  commissions or
concessions  from any such  broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange
Securities.  Any  broker-dealer  that  resells  Exchange  Securities  that  were
received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be
deemed to be an  "underwriter"  within the meaning of the Securities Act and any
profit  on any  such  resale  of  Exchange  Securities  and  any  commission  or
concessions  received  by any such  persons  may be  deemed  to be  underwriting
compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by
acknowledging   that  it  will  deliver  and  by  delivering  a  prospectus,   a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the  Securities  Act.  For a period of 180 days after the  Expiration
Date the Issuer will promptly send additional  copies of this Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement to this  Prospectus to any  broker-dealer  that requests
such  documents in the Letter of  Transmittal.  The Issuer has agreed to pay all
expenses incidental to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel
for the Holders of the Securities)  other than  commissions or of the Securities
(including  any   broker-dealers)   against   certain   liabilities,   including
liabilities under the Securities Act.



















- --------

1/In addition,  the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K will appear
on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.
















                                                                         ANNEX D





[ ]      CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

                  Name:  ____________________________________________

                  Address: __________________________________________
                           __________________________________________

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is
not  engaged  in, and does not intend to engage in, a  distribution  of Exchange
Securities.  If the  undersigned is a broker-dealer  that will receive  Exchange
Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities  that were acquired as
a  result  of  market-making   activities  or  other  trading   activities,   it
acknowledges  that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such  Exchange  Securities;  however,  by so  acknowledging  and by delivering a
prospectus,  the  undersigned  will  not  be  deemed  to  admit  that  it  is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. 






                                      D-1
                                                                       

                              STANDSTILL AGREEMENT


                  STANDSTILL  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement")  effective as of May
19, 1997, by and among Radio One,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  ("Radio One");
the  subsidiaries  of  Radio  One from  time to time  party  hereto  and who are
guarantors of the Senior  Indebtedness (as defined below) (herein referred to as
the "Subsidiaries" and collectively,  with Radio One hereinafter  referred to as
the  "Companies,"  and  individually  as a "Company");  ALTA  Subordinated  Debt
Partners  III,  L.P.,  BancBoston  Investments,  Inc.,  Grant M. Wilson,  Syncom
Capital  Corporation,  Alliance  Enterprise  Corporation,  Greater  Philadelphia
Venture Capital  Corporation,  Inc.,  Opportunity Capital  Corporation,  Capital
Dimensions  Venture Fund,  Inc., TSG Ventures Inc. and Fulcrum  Venture  Capital
Corporation  (together with their  respective  successors  and assigns,  each an
"Investor" and collectively the  "Investors");  Alfred C. Liggins,  Catherine L.
Hughes  and  Jerry  A.  Moore,   III  (each,  a  "Management   Stockholder"  and
collectively, the "Management Stockholders"); and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as
Agent ("Agent") for itself and the other Senior Lenders  (hereinafter  defined),
and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the  "Trustee") for the
holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes under the Indenture (as those terms are
hereinafter defined).

                                   WITNESSETH:

                  WHEREAS,  Radio One, the Investors,  certain  Subsidiaries  of
Radio  One  then  existing,  and  the  Management  Stockholders  entered  into a
Securities  Purchase  Agreement,  dated June 6, 1995 (the  "Securities  Purchase
Agreement"),  pursuant to which: (i) Radio One sold and the Investors  purchased
from  Radio  One  subordinated  promissory  notes  due in the  year  2003 in the
aggregate principal amount of $17,000,000 (the "Subordinated  Notes");  and (ii)
Radio One sold and the Series B Preferred Investors (as defined below) purchased
from Radio One warrants (the "New Warrants") for an aggregate of 50.93 shares of
the Common Equity of Radio One on a fully-diluted basis;

                  WHEREAS,  simultaneously  with the execution of the Securities
Purchase  Agreement,  Radio One and the Series A Preferred Investors (as defined
below) entered into an Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement") dated as of
June 6, 1995,  pursuant to which the Series A Preferred  Investors exchanged all
of their then  existing  warrants for  $6,251,094  in cash and new warrants (the
"Exchange Warrants", together with the New Warrants, the "Warrants") to purchase
an aggregate of 96.11 shares of the common stock of Radio One on a fully-diluted
basis;

                  WHEREAS,  simultaneously  with the execution of the Securities
Purchase Agreement, Radio One, the Investors,  certain subsidiaries of Radio One
then existing,  and the Management  Stockholders  entered into a Warrantholders'
Agreement dated as of June 6, 1995 (referred to herein as the "Existing  Warrant
Agreement"), to govern the rights of each under the Warrants;

                                      - 1 -





                  WHEREAS,  Radio One has heretofore  entered into: (i) an asset
purchase agreement with Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania,  Inc., dated
December 6, 1996, as amended (the WPHI-FM Purchase  Agreement"),  which provides
for the  purchase  of certain  assets used or held for use in the  operation  of
Radio Station WPHI-FM,  licensed to Jenkintown,  Pennsylvania  ("WPHI-FM"),  and
(ii) a binding letter of intent (the "WYCB-AM  Letter of Intent") to acquire the
stock  of the  corporation  holding  Radio  Station  WYCB-AM,  Washington,  D.C.
("WYCB-AM," and together with WPHI-FM, the "New Stations");

                  WHEREAS,  simultaneously with the execution hereof,  Radio One
will issue its 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Senior  Subordinated
Notes") to certain investors (the "Senior Subordinated Noteholders") pursuant to
an offering  under Rule 144A of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  with
respect to which Radio One shall  receive  gross  proceeds in an amount equal to
$75,000,000 (the "Senior  Subordinated  Debt Financing") for the purpose of: (i)
funding  the  balance  of  the  purchase   price  for  WPHI-FM   (the   "WPHI-FM
Acquisition")  and WYCB-AM (the  "WYCB-AM  Acquisition,"  and together  with the
WPHI-FM Acquisition,  the "Acquisitions"),  (ii) repaying all of the outstanding
indebtedness due under the Amended and Restated Senior Credit Agreement dated as
of June 6,  1995,  among  Radio  One,  certain  Subsidiaries  of Radio  One then
existing,  NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as agent and lender, and the other Senior
Lenders named  therein (as amended,  the  "Existing  Senior Credit  Agreement");
(iii) paying for the  leasehold  improvements,  new  equipment and other amounts
associated with moving Radio One's  Washington,  D.C. offices and studios in the
second quarter of 1997 to an office building located in Lanham,  Maryland;  (iv)
providing funding for other general purposes, including working capital; and (v)
paying the related fees and expenses of the offering of the Senior  Subordinated
Notes,  the exchange of Preferred Stock (as defined herein) for the Subordinated
Notes and the Acquisitions;

                  WHEREAS,  Radio  One,  Radio One  Licenses,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation (the  "Subsidiary"),  and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.  (together with
any other lender thereunder, and its successors and assigns, a "Senior Lender"),
intend to enter into that certain Amended and Restated  Senior Credit  Agreement
with Radio One,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  amending and  restating the Existing
Senior Credit Agreement (as amended, modified, restated, supplemented,  renewed,
extended,  increased,  rearranged or substituted  from time to time, the "Senior
Credit  Agreement"),  pursuant  to  which  the  Senior  Lender  will  loan up to
$7,500,000  of secured  senior debt to Radio One in the form of a line of credit
for working capital needs and general corporate purposes, and including a letter
of credit  facility for good faith escrow  deposits in connection with Permitted
Acquisitions and to secure certain Capital Lease Obligations; and

                  WHEREAS,  pursuant to the terms of a  Preferred  Stockholders'
Agreement,  dated  as of May 14,  1997 by and  among  the  Investors,  including
without  limitation  the  Investors  listed as Series A Preferred  Investors  on
Schedule A thereto (the "Series A Investors") and the Investors listed as Series
B Preferred  Investors on Schedule A thereto (the "Series B  Investors"),  Radio
One,  the   Subsidiary,   and  each  Management   Stockholder   (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'   Agreement"),   and  as  a  necessary  condition  to  the  Senior
Subordinated Debt Financing,  (i) the Series A Preferred Investors will exchange
all of their Subordinated Notes (including all accrued

                                      - 2 -






but  unpaid  interest  thereon)  for the number of shares of Series A 15% Senior
Cumulative  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock of Radio One (the  "Series A  Preferred
Stock") listed on Schedule A to the Preferred Stockholders'  Agreement, and (ii)
the Series B Preferred  Investors will exchange all of their  Subordinated Notes
(including all accrued but unpaid interest  thereon) for the number of shares of
Series B 15%  Senior  Cumulative  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock of Radio One (the
"Series B Preferred  Stock," and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the
"Preferred  Stock")  listed  on  Schedule  A  of  the  Preferred   Stockholders'
Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  on or about the date hereof,  the  Companies,  the Management
Shareholders and the Investors will enter into a First Amendment to the Existing
Warrant Agreement (as so amended,  the "Warrant  Agreement"),  pursuant to which
replacement  certificates  (entitled  "Amended and Restated  Warrants")  will be
issued in replacement of the outstanding warrant certificates reflecting changes
in Radio One's debt and capital  structure.  The term  "Warrants" as used herein
shall include such replacement certificates.

                  In  order to  induce  the  Senior  Lenders  to make  financial
accommodations  to the Companies and to enter into the Senior Credit  Agreement,
and to induce  the  Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders  to  purchase  the  Senior
Subordinated Notes, and for other good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt
and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged,  the Companies, the Investors and
the Management  Stockholders hereby agree with the Agent on behalf of the Senior
Lenders, and the Trustee, on behalf of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders that,
so long as any Senior  Indebtedness  (as hereinafter  defined) is outstanding or
committed to be advanced, each such party will comply with such of the following
provisions as are applicable to it:

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good  and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties hereto
agree as follows:



                  1. Certain Definitions.

                     1.1 Capitalized Terms.  Except as otherwise defined herein,
all capitalized  terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings  specified
for such terms in Appendix A.

                     1.2 Senior  Indebtedness.  The term  "Senior  Indebtedness"
shall  mean any and all  loans,  advances,  extensions  of credit  and any other
indebtedness, obligations and/or liabilities, now existing or hereafter arising,
direct or indirect,  absolute or contingent, of the Companies, or any of them to
(i) the Senior Lenders  outstanding  from time to time,  whether pursuant to the
Senior Credit Agreement,  any guaranty or guaranties  thereof,  the notes issued
pursuant  thereto any  security  agreement  or any other  agreement  or document
entered into by any of the Companies in connection therewith (collectively,  the
"Loan Documents")  (including,  without limitation,  any and all indebtedness to
the  Senior  Lenders  in respect  of any and all  future  loans or  advances  or
extensions  of  credit  made to the  Companies,  or any of them,  by the  Senior
Lenders  prior  to,  during  or  following  any  proceeding  in  respect  of any
"Reorganization",  as defined in Section  3.2  hereof,  together  with  interest
thereon and all fees,  expenses and other amounts (including costs of collection
and reasonable attorneys' fees) at any time owing to the Senior Lenders, whether
arising  in  connection 

                                      - 3 -




with the Senior Credit  Agreement,  or any other Loan  Documents,  or such other
indebtedness (all of the foregoing  sometimes referred to herein as the "Primary
Senior Indebtedness"), and (ii) the Senior Subordinated Noteholders from time to
time,  pursuant to that  certain  Indenture,  by and between the Company and the
Trustee,  dated May 15,  1997 (as  amended,  modified,  restated,  supplemented,
renewed, extended,  increased,  rearranged or substituted from time to time, the
"Indenture"),  the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  issued  pursuant  thereto,  the
guaranties  of  the  Subsidiaries   with  respect  thereto  (the   "Subordinated
Guaranties"),  or  otherwise,  together  with  interest  thereon  and all  fees,
expenses  and  other  amounts  (including  costs of  collection  and  reasonable
attorneys'  fees) at any  time  owing to the  Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders,
whether arising in connection with the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes,
the  Subordinated  Guaranties  or any  other  document  executed  in  connection
therewith,  (regardless of the extent to which the Senior Credit  Agreement,  or
any other Loan  Document,  or such other  indebtedness,  or the  Indenture,  the
Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated  Guaranties is enforceable against
the Companies and  regardless of the extent to which such amounts are allowed as
claims against the Companies in any  Reorganization,  and including any interest
thereon  accruing after the  commencement  of any  Reorganization  and any other
interest  that would  have  accrued  thereon  but for the  commencement  of such
Reorganization); provided, that without the prior consent of Investors holding a
majority  in interest  of the  Preferred  Stock,  the Senior  Lenders  shall not
increase the greater of (i) the aggregate  committed  amount of $7,500,000 under
the Senior  Credit  Agreement  or (ii) the  principal  amount of loans under the
Senior Credit  Agreement  permitted to be outstanding  to the  Companies,  by an
amount in excess of $2,500,000, and the Senior Subordinated Noteholders will not
increase the principal amount outstanding under the Senior  Subordinated  Notes.
All holders of Senior  Indebtedness  shall be  entitled to the  benefits of this
Agreement without notice thereof being given to the Investors.

                     1.3  Subordinated   Obligations.   The  term  "Subordinated
Obligations"  shall mean any and all existing and hereafter arising  obligations
and/or  liabilities  whatsoever  of the  Companies,  or any of them,  to (i) the
Investors in  connection  with the  Preferred  Stock,  whether  payments made in
respect of Liquidation Value or dividends of the Preferred Stock, indemnities or
otherwise  in respect  of such  Preferred  Stock,  whether  direct or  indirect,
absolute or contingent,  and all claims, rights, causes of action, judgments and
decrees  in  respect  of  the  foregoing,  including,  without  limitation:  all
indebtedness,  obligations  and/or  liabilities  arising under,  resulting from,
relating to or in connection with such Preferred  Stock,  and further  including
without  limitation  any amounts paid at any time to the  Investors  under or in
connection  with  provisions of the Securities  Purchase  Agreement and (ii) the
Investors in connection with or under the, the Warrant Agreement,  the Warrants,
any and all proxies granted in connection therewith,  and (iii) any indebtedness
of the  Company or any  Subsidiary  issued to the  Investors,  if any and at any
time, in any transaction related to or in connection with the Preferred Stock or
the Warrants,  and in each case any and all agreements or  instruments  securing
any of the obligations,  indebtedness  and/or liabilities  evidenced by, arising
under,  resulting  from or  related  to the  foregoing  (all  of the  foregoing,
together with any other agreement,  document,  instrument,  certificate or proxy
evidencing or relating to any of the foregoing,  the  transactions  contemplated
therein or the Subordinated  Obligations being hereinafter collectively referred
to as the "Subordinated Agreements").

                                      - 4 -



 2. Representations and Warranties.

(a) The Company and each Management  Shareholder  hereby represents and warrants
to the Agent,  the Senior  Lenders,  the Trustee  and each  Senior  Subordinated
Noteholder that:

         (i) At the date  hereof (i) the total  number of shares of 15% Series A
Preferred  Stock  authorized  by Radio One,  held by the Series A Investors,  is
100,000 shares,  par value $.01 per share;  with an aggregate  Liquidation Value
for all such Series A Preferred  Stock equal to  $8,484,303;  and (ii) the total
number of shares of 15% Series B Preferred Stock authorized by the Company, held
by the Series B Investors,  is 150,000 shares, par value $.01 per share, with an
aggregate  Liquidation  Value for all such  Series B  Preferred  Stock  equal to
$12,446,710. At the date hereof, no dividends have been declared or have accrued
with respect to the  Preferred  Stock.  All of the  Investors  holding  Series A
Preferred  Stock are listed on Exhibit A, under the caption  "Series A Preferred
Investors";  all of the Investors holding Series B Preferred Stock are listed on
Exhibit  A,  under  the  caption  "Series  B  Preferred  Investors".  All of the
Investors   holding  warrants  are  listed  on  Exhibit  A,  under  the  caption
"Warrantholders".

         (ii) True, accurate and complete copies of the Subordinated  Agreements
are attached hereto as Exhibit B; and


(b) Each  Investor  hereby  represents  and  warrants  to the Agent,  the Senior
Lenders, the Trustee and each Senior Subordinated Noteholder that:

         (i) Each Investor is the holder of the Preferred  Stock held by it, and
in the case of Investors  owning Warrants,  the Warrants,  free and clear of all
liens,  claims  and  encumbrances,  and  such  Investor  is not  subject  to any
contractual  limitation or restriction which would impair in any way its ability
to execute or perform its obligations under this Agreement.

         (ii) Each  Investor  hereby  consents to the  Companies  incurring  the
Senior  Indebtedness,  including,  without  limitation,  all  future  loans  and
extensions  of  credit  by  the  Senior  Lenders  and  the  Senior  Subordinated
Noteholders  to the Companies  (to the extent  permitted  hereunder),  or any of
them,  for all  purposes  for  which  such  consent  may be  required  under the
Subordinated Agreements or otherwise;

         (iii) Such  Investor has no liens on,  security  interests in, or other
rights to any of the assets of the Companies.

                                      - 5 -



                  3. Terms of Subordination.

                     3.1 No Transfer.  The Investors  will not sell or otherwise
dispose of any of the Subordinated Obligations,  including,  without limitation,
the  Preferred  Stock or the  Warrants,  except  with the  consent of the Senior
Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld);  provided,  however,
that the Investors  may sell or transfer the Preferred  Stock or the Warrants to
an Affiliate,  or any partner of any Investor  existing on the date hereof or as
required  by law or  regulation.  In all  cases,  prior to any  transfer  of the
Preferred  Stock or the Warrants,  or any other  Subordinated  Obligation,  each
transferee  thereof  must (a)  agree  in  advance  in  writing,  pursuant  to an
agreement in form acceptable to the Senior Lenders, to become a party hereto and
(b)  pledge to Agent  and the  Senior  Lenders,  in  advance,  any  Warrants  so
transferred pursuant to a pledge agreement in form acceptable to Senior Lenders.
The  Investors  shall give the Senior  Lenders at least  thirty  (30) days prior
written  notice  of any such  proposed  transfer  stating  the  identity  of the
transferee  and providing  such other  information  as the Senior  Lenders shall
reasonably require.

                     3.2 Payment Subordinated.  (a) Anything in the Subordinated
Agreements to the contrary  notwithstanding,  each Investor hereby  subordinates
and defers the payment of the  Subordinated  Obligations,  and the  Subordinated
Obligations  are and shall be hereby made  expressly  subordinate  and junior in
right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Senior
Indebtedness  and termination of the Senior Credit  Agreement and the Indenture,
and the Subordinated  Obligations are hereby subordinated as a claim against the
Companies and the Management  Stockholders (relating to the Senior Indebtedness)
or any of the assets of, or ownership  interests in, the Companies  whether such
claim be (i) in the event of any  distribution  of the assets of a Company  upon
any  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,   winding-up,   total  or  partial
liquidation or reorganization, or bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or other
statutory or common law proceedings or  arrangements  involving a Company or the
readjustment  of the  liabilities of a Company or any assignment for the benefit
of creditors or any marshaling of the assets or liabilities of a Company (any of
the foregoing  being  hereinafter  referred to as a  "Reorganization"),  (ii) in
connection with a sale of the Companies pursuant to the Subordinated  Agreements
or otherwise or (iii) other than in connection  with any  Reorganization  or any
such  sale,  to the prior  indefeasible  payment  in full in cash of the  Senior
Indebtedness  and termination of the Senior Credit  Agreement and the Indenture.
In furtherance of the foregoing,  except as provided in Section 3.6 hereof,  the
Companies will not make, and no holder of Subordinated  Obligations  will accept
or  receive,  any  payment  of  Subordinated  Obligations  until all the  Senior
Indebtedness  has been  indefeasibly  paid in full in cash and the Senior Credit
Agreement and the Indenture have been terminated.

                     (b) Further,  so long as any Claim (as defined in Section 5
hereof)  of Agent or any of the  Senior  Lenders  or the  Trustee  or any Senior
Subordinated   Noteholder   against  any  of  the   Companies,   the  Management
Stockholders  (relating to the Senior Indebtedness) or any portion of the Senior
Indebtedness  remains  outstanding or  unsatisfied,  and until the Senior Credit
Agreement and the Indenture have been  terminated,  each Investor agrees that it
shall not (i) exercise any of its rights under the Warrants or any other option,
warrant,  call or other  Right  (other  than,  subject to Section 8 hereof,  the
Investors' rights under Section 10 of the Preferred  Stockholders' Agreement and
Articles VI and VIII of the Warrant  Agreement and under any  irrevocable  proxy
granted to

                                      - 6 -



effectuate  the  Investors'  rights  under  Articles  VI and VIII of the Warrant
Agreement)  it may now have or hereafter  acquire with respect to any portion of
the  capital  stock of any of the  Companies  (collectively,  "Equity  Rights"),
whether acquired pursuant to the Subordinated Agreements or otherwise (A) unless
after the exercise of such Warrants or other Equity  Rights,  the Investors will
not own,  directly or indirectly,  65% or more of Radio One or any other Company
nor be entitled to elect or  designate  for  election a majority of the Board of
Directors of any Company, (B) if as a result of such exercise of the Warrants or
other Equity  Rights,  Hughes and Liggins  shall not continue to directly own of
record  and  beneficially  and to  control  35% or  more  of  Radio  One and the
Companies or would not be entitled to elect or designate for election a majority
of the Board of Directors of any Company and (C) unless such Investor shall have
first (x) notified the Senior  Lenders and the Trustee of its desire to exercise
its Warrant,  (y) instructed and notified Radio One that any capital stock to be
issued in connection  with the exercise of any Warrant of any Investor  shall be
delivered directly to Agent as security for the Primary Senior  Indebtedness and
(z) such Investor  shall  simultaneously  pledge such capital stock to the Agent
for the benefit of the Senior Lenders pursuant to a pledge agreement in form and
substance  satisfactory  to the Senior Lenders and deliver to Agent stock powers
(executed in blank) covering such capital stock, (ii) exercise any rights it now
has or hereafter acquires to require a Company to repurchase any of the Warrants
pursuant to the Subordinated  Agreements or otherwise,  or (iii) accept any sums
in consideration of repurchase of any of the Warrants.

                     3.3  Distributions in  Reorganization.  (a) In the event of
any  Reorganization  relative to a Company or property of a Company,  all of the
Senior  Indebtedness shall first have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and
the Senior Credit Agreement and the Indenture shall have been terminated  before
any  payment  whatsoever  is  made  upon  or  in  respect  of  the  Subordinated
Obligations  (including  but not limited to  payments on account of  redemption,
liquidation,  dividends, or principal,  premium, interest or otherwise),  and in
any such  proceedings  any  payment  or  distribution  of any kind or  character
whatsoever,  whether in cash or property or  securities  which may be payable or
deliverable  in  respect  of the  Subordinated  Obligations  shall  be  paid  or
delivered  directly to the (i) Agent for the  benefit of the Senior  Lenders for
application in payment of the Primary Senior Indebtedness,  unless and until the
Investors  shall have  received  notice in writing  from the Agent that all such
Primary Senior  Indebtedness  shall have been indefeasibly paid and satisfied in
full in cash and the Senior Credit  Agreement  shall have been  terminated,  and
(ii)  thereafter  to the  Trustee,  for the  benefit of the Senior  Subordinated
Noteholders, for application in payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes and all
monetary  obligations of any Company under the  Indenture,  unless and until the
Investors  shall have received  notice in writing from the Trustee that all such
Senior  Subordinated  Notes and all monetary  obligations under the Indenture of
any Company shall have been  indefeasibly paid and satisfied in full in cash and
the Indenture shall have been terminated. In the event that, notwithstanding the
foregoing,  upon any such Reorganization,  any payment or distribution of assets
of a Company of any kind or character  whatsoever,  whether in cash, property or
securities,  shall be  received  by any holder of the  Subordinated  Obligations
before all of the Senior  Indebtedness is indefeasibly  paid in full in cash and
the  Senior  Credit  Agreement  and the  Indenture  have  been  terminated,  the
Investors  agree  hereby  to cause all such  payments  and  distributions  to be
immediately  paid  over,  first,  to the Agent  for the  benefit  of the  Senior
Lenders,  for  application  to the  payment of all Primary  Senior  Indebtedness
remaining  unpaid

                                      - 7 -



until the Investors  shall have  received  notice in writing from the Agent that
all such Primary Senior  Indebtedness  shall have been indefeasibly paid in full
in cash and the Senior Credit Agreement has been terminated,  and second, to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated Noteholders,  for application
to the  payment  of  all  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  and  all  other  monetary
obligations of any Company under the Indenture,  until the Investors  shall have
received  notice in writing from the Trustee  that all such Senior  Subordinated
Notes and such other monetary  obligations  shall have been indefeasibly paid in
full in cash and the Indenture has been terminated.

                     (b) Until  such time as the  Senior  Indebtedness  has been
indefeasibly  paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Senior Credit Agreement
and the Indenture shall have been terminated,  each of the Investors irrevocably
authorizes and empowers the Agent, on behalf of the Senior Lenders,  and at such
time as the Primary Senior  Indebtedness  shall have been  indefeasibly  paid in
full,  the Trustee,  on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders,  in any
proceedings under any  Reorganization  (i) to file a proof of claim on behalf of
any or all of the Investors with respect to the Subordinated  Obligations if any
such  Investor  fails to file  proof of its claims  prior to 30 days  before the
expiration of the time period  during which such claims must be submitted,  (ii)
to accept  and  receive  any  payment  or  distribution  which may be payable or
deliverable  at any time upon or in  respect of such  Subordinated  Obligations,
provided that at such time as the Primary  Senior  Indebtedness  shall have been
indefeasibly  paid in full,  amounts  received  thereafter by the Agent, if any,
shall be  delivered  by the Agent to the  Trustee  for the benefit of the Senior
Subordinated Noteholders, (iii) to prove any and all claims, or seek enforcement
thereof,  of each of the Investors in any Reorganization  proceeding and (iv) to
take such other action as may be reasonably  necessary to effectuate  any of the
foregoing.  Upon the Agent's or the Trustee's reasonable request,  each Investor
agrees  severally  and not jointly to provide to the Agent and the Trustee,  all
information  and documents  necessary to present  claims or prove claims or seek
enforcement thereof as aforesaid. The Investors shall retain the exclusive right
to vote their claims in any Reorganization;  provided, that no Investor shall be
entitled  to take any  action or vote in any way and each such  Investor  hereby
agrees  severally  and not jointly to not take any action or vote in any way, so
as to contest  (i) the  validity  or the  enforceability  of the  Senior  Credit
Agreement,  any of the other  Loan  Documents  or any of the  liens or  security
interests  which  secure  the  payment  or  performance  of the  Primary  Senior
Indebtedness,  (ii) the validity or the  enforceability  of the  Indenture,  the
Senior  Subordinated  Notes, the  Subordinated  Guaranties or any other document
executed in connection  therewith,  or (iii) the validity or  enforceability  of
this  Agreement  or any  agreement or  instrument  to the extent  evidencing  or
relating to the Senior  Indebtedness.  Neither the Agent and the Senior Lenders,
nor the Trustee and the Senior Subordinated  Noteholders,  shall in any event be
liable for any  failure to prove the  Subordinated  Obligations;  for failure to
exercise  any rights with  respect  thereto;  or for failure to collect any sums
payable  thereon or for  failure to take any  affirmative  action in  connection
therewith.

                     3.4  Effect  of  Provisions.  The  provisions  hereof as to
subordination  are solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the
holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness  on the  one  hand,  and  the  holders  of the
Subordinated  Obligations on the other hand, and, except as otherwise  expressly
provided herein,  none of such provisions shall impair, as between the Companies
and  the  holders  of  the  Subordinated  Obligations,  the  obligations  of the
Companies,  which are  unconditional  and

                                      - 8 -



absolute  to  pay  to  such  holders  all of  the  Subordinated  Obligations  in
accordance with the terms thereof.

                     3.5  Subrogation,  etc.  The  holders  of the  Subordinated
Obligations  shall not be  subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness in respect of payments or  distributions of assets of, or ownership
interests in, the  Companies  made on the Senior  Indebtedness,  if at all under
applicable law, until the Senior  Indebtedness shall have been indefeasibly paid
in full in cash and the Senior  Credit  Agreement  and the  Indenture  have been
terminated.

                     3.6 Permitted Payments of Subordinated  Obligations.  Radio
One  may,  from  time  to  time,  pay or  cause  to be  paid  to any  holder  of
Subordinated Obligations, and any such holder may accept and retain, payments or
other  distributions,  including without limitation in respect of any redemption
or other payment in respect of the Preferred Stock, to the extent, and solely to
the extent,  permitted  (i) under the Senior  Credit  Agreement,  so long as any
Primary  Senior  Indebtedness  thereunder  remains  unpaid and the Senior Credit
Agreement has not been terminated,  and (ii) under the Indenture, so long as the
Senior Subordinated Notes, and all monetary obligations in connection therewith,
remain unpaid, and the Indenture has not been terminated.

                  4. Agreement to Hold in Trust.  If any holder of  Subordinated
Obligations   shall  receive  any  payment  with  respect  to  the  Subordinated
Obligations  in any  form and from any  source  whatsoever  (including,  without
limitation,  any payment or distribution of collateral security,  if any, or the
proceeds of any collateral  security) in violation of this  Agreement,  it shall
hold such  payment in trust  first,  for the benefit of the Senior  Lenders and,
promptly upon  discovery or notice of such  violation,  pay it over to Agent for
the  benefit of the Senior  Lenders  for  application  to payment of the Primary
Senior Indebtedness;  and upon receipt of notice from the Agent that the Primary
Senior  Indebtedness  has been paid in full and the Senior Credit  Agreement has
been terminated, shall thereafter, pay it over to the Trustee for the benefit of
the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders  for  application in payment of the Senior
Subordinated Notes and other monetary obligations under the Indenture; provided,
however,  that if any holder of Subordinated  Obligations receives the Permitted
Prepayment or any interest payment permitted to be made under Section 8.6 of the
Senior Credit Agreement or the Indenture, and such holder is not aware that such
payment was made in violation of the Senior Credit  Agreement or the  Indenture,
or that a default or event of default  exists under the Senior Credit  Agreement
or the other Loan Documents or the Indenture or the Subordinated Guaranties, and
the Agent or the Trustee does not notify such holder of Subordinated Obligations
that such payment was made in violation  of the Senior  Credit  Agreement or the
Indenture,  as the case may be,  within 90 days of the date of payment  thereof,
then the  Investors  shall be  entitled  to retain  such  interest  payments  or
Permitted Prepayment.

                  5. Amendments to Subordinated  Agreements/Additional  Liens on
Collateral.  Each Investor  covenants and agrees that, unless the Senior Lenders
otherwise consent thereto in writing,  it will not amend or modify any provision
of any of the (a) Warrant Agreement, (b) the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company, or the Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement, or (c)
the other  Subordinated  Agreements,  in each such case, so as to effect (i) any
obligation  to pay any fees or any increase in the rate of interest or dividends
charged,  declared or

                                      - 9 -



accrued  thereunder,  (ii) any increase in the principal  amount or  liquidation
value of the Subordinated  Obligations or any installment due thereunder,  or to
create  any  obligation  to make a  principal  payment  or payment in respect of
redemption,   (iii)  any   additional   payment  or   prepayment  or  redemption
requirements, or requirements in respect of dividends or voting rights, (iv) any
acceleration  of the maturity  date of any payment for  principal,  redemptions,
dividends or interest,  (v) amendment of the form or method of payment, (vi) the
granting or obtaining of any  collateral  security or obtaining  any lien on any
collateral,   (vii)  providing  for  any  additional   covenants  (financial  or
otherwise)  or  events  of  default  (however  defined),  Redemption  Events  or
remedies, or making more restrictive any existing covenants or events of default
or provisions  governing the Preferred  Stock or Warrants,  (viii) any rights to
control  the board of  directors  of any of the  Companies,  (ix) any changes to
Section 10 of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement or Articles VI or VIII of
the Warrant  Agreement or (x) any other amendment which would result in a breach
or  violation  of the Senior  Credit  Agreement  or which  could have an adverse
effect on the  operations of the Companies,  the Agent's or the Senior  Lenders'
security  interest  in the  Collateral  or the  Agent's or the  Senior  Lenders'
Claims. As used herein, the term "Claims" shall mean the Senior Indebtedness and
any and all now existing and future  indebtedness,  obligations or  liabilities,
including  without  limitation any post petition  interest,  of the Companies to
Agent  and the  Senior  Lenders,  or the  Trustee  and the  Senior  Subordinated
Noteholders,  whether  direct or indirect,  absolute or  contingent,  secured or
unsecured,  arising under the Senior Credit  Agreement,  the Notes, or any other
Loan  Documents,  or the  Indenture  or the Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  or the
Subordinated  Guaranties,  as now  written or as  amended,  modified,  restated,
supplemented,  renewed, extended, increased, rearranged or substituted hereafter
or by operation of law or otherwise,  including any and all expenses  (including
reasonable  attorneys'  fees) incurred in connection  therewith and any interest
thereon.  Claims shall also  include all such Claims  arising as a result of any
refinancing of the Claims by another Person in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement or (c) obtain any liens on or security  interests in any of the assets
or Property of the  Companies as security for the  Subordinated  Obligations  or
otherwise.

                6. Requirement of Notice. (a)The Investors agree to notify Agent
and the Senior  Lenders and the  Trustee,  on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated
Noteholders immediately upon the happening of any of the following:

                              (i) the  Investors  declare  an event of  default,
         elect to exercise rights of any mandatory  redemption or put in respect
         of the Preferred  Stock, or elect to exercise any rights to convert the
         Preferred  Stock or Warrants into common stock or  indebtedness  of the
         Company or any Subsidiary, under any of the Subordinated Agreements;

                              (ii) the waiver by the  Investors  of any material
         default or redemption event under any of the Subordinated Agreements;

                              (iii) the  acceleration or occurrence of any event
         requiring  redemption of the Subordinated  Obligations,  or event which
         provides increased voting rights to the Investors,  or creates an event
         of default  under the Senior  Credit  Agreement  or the  Indenture as a
         result of any change of control provision therein;

                                     - 10 -



                              (iv)  actual  knowledge  of  the  occurrence  of a
         breach by the Company or any  Subsidiary  of any event under Section 10
         of the Preferred  Stockholders Agreement or under the Warrant Agreement
         which  permits the  Investors  to require the Company to seek a sale of
         the Company or its assets,  or a refinancing  of its  indebtedness  and
         obligations in respect of the Preferred Stock, in each case, subject to
         the terms hereof; or

                              (v) actual  knowledge of any breach by an Investor
         under this  Agreement,  or any Loan  Document to which an Investor is a
         party executed in connection with the Senior Credit  Agreement,  or the
         Indenture.

                     (b) Prior to the  commencement  of any  foreclosure  action
against a Company or  acceleration  of the Senior  Indebtedness  by reason of an
event of default under the Senior Credit  Agreement,  or acceleration  under the
Indenture,  each of the  Agent  and the  Trustee,  as the case may be,  agree to
notify the Investors of such event of default (although the failure to give such
notice  shall not  affect  the  validity  of such  acceleration  or  foreclosure
action).

                  7. Legend. The Companies and each Investor, for itself and its
successors and assigns as holders of Subordinated Obligations, covenant to cause
each agreement and instrument representing or evidencing any of the Subordinated
Obligations  issued or executed by the  Companies and either of them and held by
the Investors or any agreement securing the Subordinated  Obligations including,
without limitation,  the Preferred  Stockholders  Agreement,  the Warrants,  the
Warrant  Agreement,  the Preferred  Stock and any other documents or instruments
evidencing  Subordinated  Obligations or Liens or security interests in favor of
the Investor in connection with the Subordinated  Obligations from time to time,
if any, to have affixed upon it a legend which reads substantially as follows:

         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of May 19, 1997 among RADIO ONE,  INC.,  the  Subsidiaries  of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."

                  8. Limit on Right of Action. Each Investor, for itself and its
successors  and  assigns,  agrees for the  benefit of the  holders of the Senior
Indebtedness  that  until  indefeasible  payment  in full in cash of the  Senior
Indebtedness  and termination of the Senior Credit  Agreement and the Indenture,
such  Investor  will not take any action to  accelerate  or demand  payment by a
Company of the Subordinated Obligations,  or exercise a right of redemption or a
put (to the Company) in respect of the Subordinated Obligations, or exercise any
of its  remedies in respect of the  Subordinated  Obligations,  to initiate  any
Reorganization  of,  or  litigation  against,  a  Company,  or to 

                                     - 11 -



foreclose or otherwise  realize on any Lien,  if any,  given by a Company or any
other Person to secure the Subordinated Obligations; provided, however, that the
Investors may  accelerate or exercise a right of redemption of the  Subordinated
Obligations  upon the  earlier to occur of (i) a  Reorganization  of the Company
(provided  that the  Investors  agree to rescind any  acceleration  or notice of
mandatory  redemption  resulting from a  Reorganization  which is an involuntary
proceeding   dismissed  or  discharged   within  60  days  thereof),   (ii)  the
acceleration of the Primary Senior  Indebtedness by the holders  thereof,  (iii)
the date  which is 180 days after the date the  Investors  notify the Agent that
one of the  events  under  subsections  (a),  (b)  or (c) of  Section  10 of the
Preferred  Stockholders  Agreement  has  occurred  so  long  as  such  event  is
continuing at the time of acceleration or exercise of the right of redemption or
a put (to the Company); provided further, however, after prior written notice to
Agent, the Investors may also initiate  litigation against the Companies and the
Management  Stockholders  after  either  one  of the  events  set  forth  in the
foregoing subsections (i) or (ii) have occurred.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the  Investors may (x) sue for specific  performance  of any of the covenants in
the Subordinated  Agreements pursuant to their Rights thereunder so long as such
action is not in conflict with this Agreement,  does not involve an acceleration
or an exercise of the right of mandatory redemption or a put (to the Company) of
the  Subordinated  Obligations,  the  creation of any liens,  the payment of, or
determination  of, any  obligation  for money damages or the payment of any sums
whatsoever to the Investors, and (y) take the actions contemplated by Section 10
of the  Preferred  Stockholders  Agreement and Article VI or Article VIII of the
Warrant  Agreement  pursuant to their rights thereunder as in effect on the date
hereof;  provided,  however,  that at such time as the Agent  and/or  the Senior
Lenders have commenced to actively pursue the exercise of their Rights under the
Loan Documents to conduct a sale of the  Collateral  securing the Primary Senior
Indebtedness,  either  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  foreclosure  Rights,  an
agreed-upon-sale,  or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure,  or otherwise, or the Trustee
on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders  has  commenced  to  actively
pursue the exercise of their Rights under the Senior  Subordinated  Notes or the
Indenture,  then the Investors shall no longer have the right to take any of the
actions   permitted  to  be  taken  by  the  Investors   hereunder  (other  than
acceleration  or exercise of a right to require the Company to redeem any or all
shares of  Preferred  Stock  under  Section  8.1 of the  Preferred  Stockholders
Agreement,  as applicable,  the actions  permitted under Section 3.3 hereof,  or
actions to perfect the  Investors'  rights to payment  from any excess  proceeds
arising from the Pledged Shares after payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness
and the termination of the Senior Credit Agreement and the Indenture) until such
date as the Agent and/or the Senior  Lenders and/or the Trustee on behalf of the
Senior Subordinated Noteholders cease such efforts. If at any ti8. me the Agent,
the  Senior  Lenders  or the  Trustee,  on  behalf  of the  Senior  Subordinated
Noteholder  should  begin or resume to  actively  pursue the  exercise  of their
Rights under the Loan Documents or the Indenture or the Subordinated Guaranties,
including the  conducting of a sale of any of the Collateral by the Agent or any
Senior Lender, then the Investors shall again cease taking any actions permitted
hereunder. In the event of a dispute with respect to this provision, it shall be
the  Investors'  burden of proof  that the Agent or the  Senior  Lenders  or the
Trustee on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders have failed or ceased
to actively pursue the exercise of the Rights as described herein.

                                     - 12 -



                  9. Intentionally Deleted.

                  10. Intentionally Deleted.

                  11.  Additional  Rights  of  Senior  Lenders  and  the  Senior
Subordinated Noteholders. If any Investor, in violation of this Agreement, shall
commence,  prosecute or participate in any suit, action or proceeding  against a
Management  Stockholder or a Company, a Management  Stockholder (relating to the
Senior  Indebtedness) or a Company may interpose as a defense or plea the making
of this  Agreement,  the Agent may intervene on behalf of the Senior Lenders and
interpose a defense or plea in the Agent's name and/or the Senior Lenders' names
or in the name of a  Management  Stockholder  or a Company,  and the Trustee may
intervene  on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders  and  interpose  a
defense  or  plea  in  the  Trustee's   name  and/or  the  Senior   Subordinated
Noteholders' names or in the name of a Management  Stockholder or a Company.  If
any  Investor  shall  attempt to enforce  any  security  agreement,  real estate
mortgage, deed of trust or any lien instrument or other encumbrance in violation
of the terms of this  Agreement,  the Agent  and/or  the Senior  Lenders  may by
virtue of this Agreement  restrain the  enforcement  thereof in their name or in
the  name of the  Management  Stockholders  or the  Companies.  If any  Investor
obtains  any  assets of a Company  as a result of any  administrative,  legal or
equitable  action,  or otherwise,  each such Investor  agrees  forthwith to pay,
deliver and assign to the Agent for the  benefit of the Senior  Lenders any such
assets for application to the Senior Indebtedness.

                  12. Companies' Additional Agreement.  Each Company agrees with
Agent, the Senior Lenders,  the Trustee and the Senior Subordinated  Noteholders
that it will not,  without  the prior  written  consent  of Agent and the Senior
Lenders',  and the  Trustee  on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders,
execute or deliver any  negotiable  instrument  as evidence of the  Subordinated
Obligations  or  any  part  thereof,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  by  this
Agreement.

                  13.  Rights to Amend Loan  Documents  and  Discontinue  Senior
Indebtedness.  Agent and the Senior Lenders  hereby reserve the right,  in their
sole  discretion,  to modify,  amend,  waive or release  any of the terms of the
Senior Credit Agreement,  the Note, or any of its other Loan Documents,  and the
Trustee on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders  hereby  reserves the
right, in its sole  discretion,  to modify,  amend,  waive or release any of the
terms of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  or the Indenture or the  Subordinated
Guaranties, in each case, at any time executed by the Management Stockholders or
the Companies or any other Person in connection with the Senior  Indebtedness or
of  any  other  document  relative  thereto  and to  exercise  or  refrain  from
exercising  any  powers  or  rights  which  the  Senior  Lenders  or the  Senior
Subordinated Noteholders may have thereunder, and such modification,  amendment,
waiver,  release,  exercise  or  failure  to  exercise  shall not  affect any of
Agent's,   the  Senior  Lenders'  the  Trustee's  or  any  Senior   Subordinated
Noteholder's rights under this Agreement. Each Investor hereby agrees that Agent
and the Senior Lenders,  and the Trustee,  on behalf of the Senior  Subordinated
Noteholders,  may  from  time to time,  in  their  sole  discretion,  amend  the
instrument and agreements  evidencing the Senior Indebtedness,  grant extensions
of time of payment or performance and make compromises and grant waivers or make
settlements  with  the  Companies  and each of them or  other  creditors  of the
Companies,  without

                                     - 13 -



affecting the agreements of the Investors,  the Management  Stockholders  or the
Companies  hereunder.  If at any time  hereafter,  Agent and the Senior  Lenders
shall,  in their own judgment,  determine to discontinue the extension of credit
to the Companies,  they may do so. This  Agreement  shall continue in full force
and effect until the Senior  Indebtedness  shall have been  indefeasibly paid in
full in cash  and the  Senior  Credit  Agreement  and the  Indenture  have  been
terminated.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Agent and the Senior Lenders agree
that they shall not modify any of its Loan  Documents  (a) to increase the rates
of interest payable thereunder above the Default Rate; provided that this clause
shall not  restrict or prohibit the Agent or the Senior  Lenders  from  charging
fees in connection  with such Loan  Documents,  amendments  or waivers  relating
thereto and/or in connection with any over-advance facility that may be extended
from time to time in the  Senior  Lenders'  discretion,  (b) amend or modify the
Senior Credit  Agreement so as to further  restrict  Radio One's ability to make
interest or dividend payments on the Subordinated  Obligations,  (c) to increase
the Senior  Indebtedness  in  violation  of Section 1.2 hereof or (d) extend the
maturity date past the maturity date of the Subordinated Obligations.

         14.  Compensation and Indemnity.  Radio One shall reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made
by it, in  connection  with this  Agreement.  Such  expenses  shall  include the
reasonable  compensation  and  expenses,   disbursements  and  advances  of  the
Trustee's agents,  counsel,  accountants and experts.  Radio One shall indemnify
the Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including attorneys'
fees) incurred by it in connection with the performance of its duties hereunder,
including  the costs and  expenses  of  defending  itself  against  any claim or
liability in connection with the  acceptance,  exercise or performance of any of
its powers or duties  hereunder.  The Trustee shall notify Radio One promptly of
any claim for which it may seek  indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee so to notify
Radio One shall not relieve Radio One of its  obligations  hereunder.  Radio One
shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have  separate  counsel and Radio One
shall pay the fees and expenses of such  counsel.  Radio One need not  reimburse
any expense or indemnify against any loss,  liability or expense incurred by the
Trustee through the Trustee's own wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

         15.  Further  Assurances.  Each  Company,  Management  Stockholder  and
Investor,  for itself and its successors and assigns as holders of  Subordinated
Obligations,  covenant to execute and deliver to Agent,  the Senior  Lenders and
the Trustee for the benefit of the Senior Subordinated  Noteholders such further
instruments  and documents and take such further  actions as Agent, on behalf of
the  Senior  Lenders  and the  Trustee,  on  behalf of the  Senior  Subordinated
Noteholders  may from time to time  reasonably  request.  Without  limiting  the
foregoing, in the event that all or part of the Senior Indebtedness is hereafter
refinanced,  refunded  or  replaced  through  the  Senior  Lenders,  the  Senior
Subordinated  Noteholders  and/or any other  lender(s) in  accordance  with this
Agreement, the Investors agree to enter into one or more new agreements with the
Senior Lenders, the Senior Subordinated Noteholders and/or such lender providing
for the  subordination  of the  Subordinated  Obligations  to at least  the same
extent, and upon substantially similar terms, as provided in this Agreement.

                                     - 14 -



         16. Notices.  All notices,  requests,  demands and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, telecopy or by any
form of delivery  (including  but not  limited to United  States  Registered  or
Certified Mail or Federal Express or other overnight delivery service) requiring
or providing  for a signed  receipt,  and  addressed as set forth on Schedule 15
hereto,  or to such other address or addresses as the party to whom such notices
directed may have  designated  in writing to the other parties  hereto.  Notices
shall be deemed  given upon the  earlier  to occur of (i)  actual  receipt by or
delivery to the addressee,  or (ii) the third day following deposit thereof with
the U.S. Postal Service for delivery via certified or registered  mail,  postage
prepaid.

         17. Successors; Continuing Effect, Etc. This Agreement is being entered
into  for  the  benefit  of the  holders  of the  Senior  Indebtedness  and  the
Subordinated  Obligations,  and their  respective  successors and assigns.  This
Agreement  shall be a continuing  agreement and shall be  irrevocable  and shall
remain in full  force and effect so long as there are both  Senior  Indebtedness
and  Subordinated  Obligations  outstanding  or committed  to be  advanced.  The
liability of the Investors  hereunder  shall be reinstated and revived,  and the
rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness shall continue, with respect to
any amount at any time paid on account of the Senior  Indebtedness  which  shall
thereafter  be  required to be restored or returned by the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness in any Reorganization (including without limitation,  any repayment
made  pursuant to any  provision of Chapter 5 of Title 11,  United States Code),
all as though such amount had not been paid.

         18. Entire Agreement;  Amendment. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement  of the parties  with  respect to the subject  matter  hereof,  and no
modification  or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be
effective  unless the same shall be in writing signed by Agent, on behalf of the
Senior Lenders,  the Trustee, on behalf of the Senior Subordinated  Noteholders,
and the  Investors  (unless  such  amendment  or  modification  shall impose any
additional  obligations  upon the  Companies,  in which case such  amendment  or
modification shall also require execution by the Companies).

         19.      Applicable Law; Jurisdiction and Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.

                  (a)  APPLICABLE  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH AND  GOVERNED BY THE LAWS AND  DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
FOR PURPOSES OF THIS  SUBSECTION  18(a),  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
PERFORMED AND MADE IN THE STATE OF TEXAS.

                  (b)  JURISDICTION  AND VENUE.  EACH OF THE  COMPANIES AND EACH
INVESTOR HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS  INITIATED BY SUCH PERSON
AND ARISING  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT  SHALL BE LITIGATED IN
DALLAS  COUNTY,  TEXAS OR THE  UNITED  STATES  DISTRICT  COURT FOR THE  NORTHERN
DISTRICT OF TEXAS OR, IF THE AGENT OR THE SENIOR  LENDERS  INITIATE SUCH ACTION,
IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING COURTS,  ANY COURT IN WHICH THE AGENT OR THE SENIOR
LENDERS,  THE  TRUSTEE ON BEHALF OF THE SENIOR  SUBORDINATED  NOTEHOLDERS  SHALL
INITIATE  SUCH ACTION,  TO

                                     - 15 -



THE EXTENT SUCH COURT HAS JURISDICTION.  EACH OF THE COMPANIES AND EACH INVESTOR
HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH  JURISDICTION  IN ANY
ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  COMMENCED  BY THE  AGENT OR THE  SENIOR  LENDERS,  OR THE
TRUSTEE ON BEHALF OF THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED  NOTEHOLDERS IN ANY OF SUCH COURTS,
AND HEREBY AGREES THAT PERSONAL  SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT,  OR OTHER
PROCESS  OR PAPERS  ISSUED  THEREIN  MAY BE SERVED IN THE  MANNER  PROVIDED  FOR
NOTICES  HEREIN,  AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS AND COMPLAINT OR OTHER
PROCESS OR PAPERS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED  MAIL ADDRESSED TO SUCH
PERSON AT THE ADDRESS TO WHICH  NOTICES  ARE TO BE SENT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 15.
EACH OF THE  COMPANIES AND THE  INVESTORS  WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT DALLAS  COUNTY,
TEXAS OR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS IS AN INCONVENIENT  FORUM OR AN IMPROPER
FORUM BASED ON LACK OF VENUE.  TO THE EXTENT  PROVIDED BY LAW, SHOULD ANY OF THE
COMPANIES OR ANY  INVESTOR,  AFTER BEING SO SERVED,  FAIL TO APPEAR OR ANSWER TO
ANY SUMMONS,  COMPLAINT,  PROCESS OR PAPERS SO SERVED  WITHIN THE NUMBER OF DAYS
PRESCRIBED  BY LAW AFTER THE MAILING  THEREOF,  SUCH  PERSON  SHALL BE DEEMED IN
DEFAULT AND AN ORDER AND/OR  JUDGMENT  MAY BE ENTERED BY THE COURT  AGAINST SUCH
PERSON AS DEMANDED OR PRAYED FOR IN SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT,  PROCESS OR PAPERS.
THE  EXCLUSIVE  CHOICE OF FORUM FOR EACH OF THE  COMPANIES AND EACH INVESTOR SET
FORTH IN THIS SUBSECTION  18(B) SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT,
BY AGENT  AND/OR  THE  SENIOR  LENDERS  OR THE  TRUSTEE  ON BEHALF OF THE SENIOR
SUBORDINATED  NOTEHOLDERS  OF ANY  JUDGMENT  OBTAINED  IN ANY OTHER FORUM OR THE
TAKING,  BY THE AGENT AND/OR THE SENIOR  LENDERS OR THE TRUSTEE ON BEHALF OF THE
SENIOR  SUBORDINATED  NOTEHOLDERS OF ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE THE SAME IN ANY OTHER
APPROPRIATE  JURISDICTION,  AND EACH OF THE COMPANIES  AND THE INVESTORS  HEREBY
WAIVES THE RIGHT TO COLLATERALLY ATTACK ANY SUCH JUDGMENT OR ACTION.

                  (c) WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL.  EACH OF AGENT,  THE SENIOR
LENDERS,  THE  TRUSTEE ON BEHALF OF THE  SENIOR  SUBORDINATED  NOTEHOLDERS,  THE
COMPANIES AND EACH INVESTOR  ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY  WHICH
MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED
THEREBY WOULD BE BASED UPON  DIFFICULT AND COMPLEX  ISSUES AND,  THEREFORE,  THE
PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY LAWSUIT ARISING OUT OF ANY SUCH CONTROVERSY WILL BE TRIED
IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

         20.  Miscellaneous.  This  Agreement  may be  signed  in any  number of
counterparts  which,  when taken  together,  shall  constitute  one and the same
document.  The headings in this Agreement are for  convenience of reference only
and shall not alter or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.  In the event of any
conflict  between the  provisions of the Agreement and the  provisions of any of
the 

                                     - 16 -



Loan Documents,  the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Indenture,  the Subordinated
Guaranties,  or any of the  Subordinated  Agreements,  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement shall control. The Companies shall reimburse the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness  upon  demand  for all  reasonable  costs and  expenses  (including
reasonable attorney's fees and disbursements) paid or incurred by the holders of
the Senior  Indebtedness in connection with any enforcement of this Agreement in
favor of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.

         21.  FINAL  AGREEMENT.  THIS  WRITTEN  AGREEMENT  REPRESENTS  THE FINAL
AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR SUBSEQUENT  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO
UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

         22. No Personal Liability of Management  Stockholders.  Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, neither Jerry A. Moore, III, Alfred C. Liggins,
nor Catherine L. Hughes shall have personal liability under this Agreement.


            [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                     - 17 -



                            NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A., as
                            Agent



                            By: /s/ Whitney Busse
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Whitney Busse
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: Vice President
                                   -----------------------

                            /s/ Alfred Liggins
                            --------------------------------
                            Alfred C. Liggins, individually


                            /s/ Catherine L Hughes
                            --------------------------------
                            Catherine L. Hughes, individually


                            /s/ Jerry A Moore
                            --------------------------------
                            Jerry A. Moore, III, individually


                            UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee


                            By: /s/ Patricia Stermer
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Patricia Stermer
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: Assistant Vice President
                                   -----------------------










                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  undersigned has caused this
Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the day and
year first above written.

                            RADIO ONE, INC., a Delaware corporation



                            By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                               --------------------------------
                                     Alfred C. Liggins
                                     President



                            RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC., a Delaware
                            corporation



                            By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                               --------------------------------
                                     Alfred C. Liggins
                                     President




                            ALTA SUBORDINATED DEBT
                            PARTNERS III, L.P.

                            By:      Alta Subordinated Debt Management III,
                                     L.P., its General Partner



                            By: /s/ Brian W. McNeill
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Brian W. McNeill
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: General Partner
                                   -----------------------



                            BANCBOSTON INVESTMENTS, INC.



                            By: /s/ Lars A Swanson
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Lars A Swanson
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: Vice President
                                   -----------------------

                            /s/ Grant Wilson
                            -------------------------------
                            Grant M. Wilson


                            SYNCOM CAPITAL CORPORATION


                            By: /s/ Terry L Jones
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Terry L Jones
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: President
                                   -----------------------


                            ALLIANCE ENTERPRISE
                            CORPORATION


                            By: /s/ Divakar Kamath
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Divakar Kamath
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: Executive Vice President
                                   ------------------------

                            GREATER PHILADELPHIA VENTURE
                            CAPITAL CORPORATION, INC.


                            By: /s/ Fred G. Choate
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Fred G. Choate
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: Manager
                                   -----------------------







                            OPPORTUNITY CAPITAL
                            CORPORATION


                            By: /s/ J.P. Thompson
                                --------------------------
                            Name: J. Peter Thompson
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: President
                                   -----------------------


                            CAPITAL DIMENSIONS VENTURE
                            FUND, INC.


                            By: /s/ Dean Pickerell
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Dean Pickerell
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: Vice President
                                   -----------------------


                            TSG VENTURES INC.


                            By: /s/ Duane E. Hill
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Duane E. Hill
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: Principal
                                   -----------------------


                            FULCRUM VENTURE CAPITAL
                            CORPORATION


                            By: /s/ Brian Argrett
                                --------------------------
                            Name: Brian Argrett
                                  ------------------------
                            Title: President
                                   -----------------------








                                    EXHIBIT A

I.       Series A Preferred Stock


- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
            Investor              Principal Amount (or Liquidation Value) of 
                                  Preferred Stock
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
                                  $_______________
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
                                  $_______________
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------

II.      Series B Preferred Stock


- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
            Investor              Principal Amount (or Liquidation Value) of 
                                  Preferred Stock
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
                                  $_______________
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
                                  $_______________
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------

III.     Warrantholders


- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
         Name of Holder           Number of Warrants Held
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
                                  _______________
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------
                                  _______________
- --------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------








                                   Schedule 15


Notice Addresses

         if to the Companies, to the following address:

                  c/o Radio One, Inc.
                  5900 Princess Garden Parkway
                  Lanham, Maryland  20706
                  Attention: Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, President

         if to the Senior Lenders, to the following address:

                  NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
                  901 Main Street, 64th Floor
                  Dallas, Texas  75202
                  Attention:  Ms. Whitney L. Busse

                  and to:

                  Baker & Botts, L.L.P.
                  2001 Ross Avenue
                  800 Trammell Crow Center
                  Dallas, Texas  75201
                  Attention:  Alison C. Courtwright, Esq.

         If to the Senior Subordinated Noteholders, to the following address:

                  United States Trust Company of New York
                  114 West 47th Street
                  New York, New York 10036
                  Attention: Corporate Trust Division

         and to:

                  Willkie Farr & Gallagher
                  One Citicorp Center
                  153 East 53rd Street
                  New York, New York 10022
                  Attention: Jeffrey R. Poss, Esq.



         if to the Investors, to the following addresses:

                  Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P.
                  c/o Alta Subordinated Debt Management III, L.P.
                  Attention:  Brian W. McNeill
                  Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co.
                  One Post Office Square
                  Boston, Massachusetts  02109

                  BancBoston Investments, Inc.
                  Attention:  Sanford Anstey
                  100 Federal Street, 32nd Floor
                  Boston, Massachusetts  02110

                  Grant M. Wilson
                  201 Concord Street
                  Carlisle, Massachusetts  01741

                  Syncom Capital Corporation
                  Attention: Terry L. Jones, President
                  8401 Colesville Road
                  Suite 300
                  Silver Spring, Maryland  20910

                  Alliance Enterprise Corporation
                  Attention:  Tom Gerron
                  12655 North Central Expressway
                  Dallas, Texas  75243

                  Greater Philadelphia Venture Capital Corporation, Inc.
                  Attention:  Fred Choate, General Manager
                  351 East Conestoga Road
                  Wayne, Pennsylvania  19087

                  Opportunity Capital Corporation
                  Attention:  J. Peter Thompson, President
                  2201 Walnut Avenue, Suite 210
                  Freemont, California  94538

                  Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc.
                  Attention:  Dean Pickerell, President
                  Two Applegate Square
                  Suite 335-T
                  Minneapolis, Minnesota  55425-1637



                  TSG Ventures Inc. (formerly Equico Capital Corporation)
                  Attention: Duane Hill
                  1055 Washington Boulevard, 10th Floor
                  Stamford, Connecticut  06901

                  Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation
                  Attention:  Brian E. Argrette
                  300 Corporate Point, Suite 380
                  Culver City, California  90230



                                   APPENDIX A
                                   ----------



"Affiliate"  means,  with  respect to any  specified  Person,  any other  Person
directly or indirectly  controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common  control with such  specified  Person.  For purposes of this  definition,
"control of" (including,  with correlative  meanings,  the terms  "controlling,"
"controlled   by"  and  "under  common  control  with")  any  Person  means  the
possession,  directly  or  indirectly,  of the  power to  direct  or  cause  the
direction  of the  management  or policies of such Person,  whether  through the
ownership  of voting  securities,  by  agreement  or  otherwise;  provided  that
beneficial  ownership of 10% or more of the voting  securities of a Person shall
be deemed to be control.

"Collateral"  means all assets of Radio One and the Restricted  Subsidiaries and
all Equity  Interests of Radio One and of each of the  Restricted  Subsidiaries,
whether now owned or hereinafter acquired.

"Lien"  means  any  mortgage,   pledge,   hypothecation,   assignment,   deposit
arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien (statutory or other),  charge or other security
interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

"Liquidation  Value"  has the  meaning  specified  for such term in Radio  One's
Certificate of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

"Permitted  Acquisitions"  means acquisitions by Radio One and/or the Restricted
Subsidiaries  made  with  the  consent  of the  Lenders  and  made  pursuant  to
acquisition agreements previously approved in writing by the Lenders.

"Person"  means  an  individual,  partnership,  corporation,  limited  liability
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association,
joint venture, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.

"Redemption Events" meaning of which is specified in the Preferred  Stockholders
Agreement.

"Rights" means rights, remedies, powers and privileges.



                                       i





                        [LETTERHEAD OF KIRKLAND & ELLIS]

To Call Writer Direct:
 202 879-5000



                                     [DATE]


Radio One, Inc.
5900 Princess Garden Parkway
Lanham, Maryland  20706

         Re:      Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We are  acting as  special  counsel  to Radio  One,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the proposed registration by the
Company of up to  $85,478,000  in aggregate  principal  amount of the  Company's
Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Exchange Notes"), pursuant
to a  Registration  Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  (the  "Commission")  on June [__],  1997 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (such Registration Statement, as amended
or supplemented,  is hereinafter  referred to as the "Registration  Statement"),
for the purpose of effecting an exchange  offer (the  "Exchange  Offer") for the
Company's 12% Senior  Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Old Notes"). We are also
acting  as  special  counsel  to  Radio  One  Licenses,  Inc.  (the  "Subsidiary
Guarantor") as issuer of a guarantee (the "Guarantee") of the obligations of the
Company under the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes and the Guarantee are to be
issued  pursuant to the Indenture (the  "Indenture"),  dated as of May 15, 1997,
among the Company,  the Subsidiary  Guarantor and United States Trust Company of
New York,  as  Trustee,  in exchange  for and in  replacement  of the  Company's
outstanding Old Notes,  of which  $85,478,000 in aggregate  principal  amount is
outstanding.

         In that connection,  we have examined originals, or copies certified or
otherwise identified to our satisfaction,  of such documents,  corporate records
and other  instruments  as we have  deemed  necessary  for the  purposes of this
opinion, including (i) the corporate and organizational documents of the Company
and  the  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  (ii)  minutes  and  records  of the  corporate
proceedings  of the Company and the  Subsidiary  Guarantor  with  respect to the
issuance  of the  Exchange  Notes  and the  Guarantee,  respectively,  (iii) the
Registration  Statement and exhibits  thereto and (iv) the  Registration  Rights
Agreement,  dated as of May 14,  1997,  among the Company,  Credit  Suisse First
Boston Corporation and NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.

         For purposes of this opinion,  we have assumed the  authenticity of all
documents  submitted to us as originals,  the conformity to the originals of all
documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all
documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the genuineness of the
signatures  of persons  signing  all  documents  in  connection  with which this



Radio One, Inc.
[DATE]
Page 2


opinion is rendered,  the  authority  of such  persons  signing on behalf of the
parties thereto other than the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantor, and the due
authorization,  execution and delivery of all  documents by the parties  thereto
other than the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantor. As to any facts material to
the opinions  expressed  herein which we have not  independently  established or
verified,  we have relied upon  statements and  representations  of officers and
other representatives of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantor and others.

         Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and
limitations  and the further  limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion
that:

         (1) Each of the Company and the  Subsidiary  Guarantor is a corporation
existing and in good standing under the General  Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

         (2) The  sale and  issuance  of the  Exchange  Notes  has been  validly
authorized  by the Company and the  issuance of the  Guarantee  has been validly
authorized by the Subsidiary Guarantor.

         (3) When, as and if (i) the  Registration  Statement  shall have become
effective  pursuant to the provisions of the Securities  Act, (ii) the Indenture
shall have been qualified  pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended, (iii) the Old Notes shall have been validly tendered to the
Company (iv) the Exchange Notes shall have been duly executed and  authenticated
in accordance  with the  provisions  of the Indenture and duly  delivered to the
purchasers thereof in exchange for the Old Notes, (v) the Board of Directors and
the appropriate  officers of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantor have taken
all necessary  action to fix and approve the terms of the Exchange Notes and the
Guarantee,  respectively,  and (vi) any legally  required  consents,  approvals,
authorizations  or  other  order  of  the  Commission  or any  other  regulatory
authorities  have been obtained,  the Exchange Notes when issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer will be legally  issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  and will
constitute  valid and binding  obligations of the Company and the Guarantee will
constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Subsidiary Guarantor.

                  Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications
that we express  no opinion as to the  applicability  of,  compliance  with,  or
effect of (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  fraudulent transfer,
fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar law affecting the enforcement
of creditors' rights generally, (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of
whether  enforcement  is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law),  (iii)
public  policy  considerations  which may limit the  rights of parties to obtain
certain  remedies and (iv) any laws except the laws of the State of New York and
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  We advise you that issues
addressed by this letter may be governed in whole or in part by other laws,  but
we express no opinion as to whether any relevant  difference  exists between the
laws upon which our  opinions



Radio One, Inc.
[DATE]
Page 3


are based and any other laws which may  actually  govern.  For  purposes  of the
opinion in  paragraph  1, we have relied  exclusively  upon recent  certificates
issued by the  Delaware  Secretary  of State and such opinion is not intended to
provide any conclusion or assurance  beyond that conveyed by such  certificates.
We have assumed without  investigation that there has been no relevant change or
development  between the respective  dates of such  certificates and the date of
this letter.

                  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1
to the  Registration  Statement.  We also  consent to the  reference to our firm
under the heading "Legal Matters" in the Registration  Statement. In giving this
consent,  we do not thereby  admit that we are in the category of persons  whose
consent  is  required  under  Section 7 of the  Securities  Act of the rules and
regulations of the Commission.

                  We do not find it necessary  for the purposes of this opinion,
and  accordingly  we do not  purport to cover  herein,  the  application  of the
securities  or "Blue  Sky" laws of the  various  states to the  issuance  of the
Exchange Notes.

                  This  opinion  is  limited to the  specific  issues  addressed
herein,  and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly  stated
herein.  We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should the
present  laws of the States of  Delaware  or New York be changed by  legislative
action, judicial decision or otherwise.

                  This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing
of the  Registration  Statement,  and is not to be used,  circulated,  quoted or
otherwise relied upon for any other purposes.

                                                     Yours very truly,


                                                     KIRKLAND & ELLIS
                              STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

1.       BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS ("BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS")

         1.1      PARTIES:  This Lease,  dated,  for  reference  purposes  only,
                  February 3, 1997, is between National Life Insurance  Company,
                  a Vermont  corporation  ("Landlord"),  and Radio One,  Inc., a
                  Delaware corporation ("Tenant"), doing business under the same
                  name ("Tenant").

         1.2      PREMISES:  Suite  Number(s)  Suite  100,  720 and 800,  on the
                  first,  seventh  and  eighth  floors,   consisting  of  17,175
                  rentable  square  feet,  more or less,  as shown on  Exhibit A
                  hereto (the "Premises").

         1.3      BUILDING:  The  building  is located at 5930  Princess  Garden
                  Parkway  in the City of  Lanham,  County of  Prince  George's,
                  State of Maryland, as defined in paragraph 2.

         1.4      USE:  Radio  broadcasting  and  general  office,   subject  to
                  paragraph 6.

         1.5      TERM:   The  Term  shall   commence   on   February   3,  1997
                  ("Commencement Date") and end on December 31, 2011.

         1.6      BASE  RENT:  Annual  base  rent is  payable  in  twelve  equal
                  installments on the 1st day of each month,  per paragraph 4.1,
                  but subject to  increase  upon the  following  dates after the
                  Rent  Commencement Date (as defined in Section 3.3), and shall
                  be  calculated  by  multiplying  the  number  of  square  feet
                  comprising the Premises by the following numbers:


                    Year l:
                             Months 1 through 6     $11.00 per square foot
                             Months 7 through 12    $12.00 per square foot
                    Year 2:                         $13.50 per square foot
                    Years 3 through 15:             4% annual increases on 
                                                    January 1, 1999 and on
                                                    each January 1st thereafter.


         1.7      ADDITIONAL  RENT:  All  monetary   obligations  of  Tenant  to
                  Landlord  under the  terms of this  Lease,  including  but not
                  limited to any expenses payable by Tenant hereunder,  shall be
                  deemed to be rent.

         1.8      BASE  YEAR:  For  purposes  of  calculating  real  estate  tax
                  escalations  the base year  represents the period July 1, 1997
                  to June 30, 1998.

         1.9      BASE RENT PAID UPON EXECUTION:  Fifteen thousand Seven Hundred
                  Forty  Three and  75/100  dollars  ($15,743.75)  for the first
                  month of rent.

         1.10     SECURITY  DEPOSIT:  Fifteen thousand Seven Hundred Forty Three
                  and 75/100 dollars ($15,743.75).

         1.11     TENANT'S SHARE OF REAL ESTATE TAX ESCALATION: 22.2% as defined
                  in paragraph 4.2.

         1.12     PARKING:   Tenant   shall  be  entitled  to  parking  for  3.5
                  automobiles per 1,000 square feet leased, subject to paragraph
                  2.2.

         1.13     PROCURING BROKER: None

         1.14:    COOPERATING BROKER: None. A "cooperating broker" is defined as
                  any broker other than the Listing  Broker  entitled to a share
                  of any commission arising under this Lease.

         1.15     LANDLORD ALTERATIONS, IMPROVEMENTS OR ADDITIONS: Landlord will
                  not be making any  alterations,  improvements  or additions to
                  the Premises in conjunction with this Lease.

         1.16     STORAGE  SPACE  LICENSE.   Landlord  shall  provide  Tenant  a
                  revocable  license to use storage space in the Building,  in a
                  location  to  be   determined   by  Landlord  and   reasonably
                  acceptable  to  Tenant,   and  subject  to  availability,   of
                  approximately  500  square  feet of  space,  and at a  storage
                  rental  rate equal to $0.00 per square  foot.  Landlord  shall
                  have the unilateral right to terminate Tenant's license to use
                  such  storage  space,  at any  time,  or from  time to time by
                  providing Tenant with fifteen (15) days' prior written notice.

2.       PREMISES, PARKING AND COMMON AREAS.

         2.1  PREMISES:  The  Premises  are a portion of the  Building,  as more
particularly  identified  in paragraph  1.2 of the Basic Lease  Provisions  (the
"Premises").  The  Premises,  the  Building,  the  Common  Areas,  as defined in
paragraph  2.3, the land upon which the same are  located,  along with all other
non-tenanted, non-occupied buildings and improvements thereon or thereunder, are
herein  collectively  referred to as the  "Office  Building  Project".  Landlord
hereby  leases  the  Premises  to Tenant and Tenant  leases  the  Premises  from
Landlord for the term, at the rental,  and upon all of the  conditions set forth
herein, including non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas as herein specified.

Standard Office Lease between                                Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and               Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 1                                                       53181002.441       
                                                            




         2.2 VEHICLE PARKING.  So long as Tenant is not in default,  and subject
to the rules and  regulations  attached  hereto,  and as established by Landlord
from time to time.  Tenant shall be entitled to (1) ten (10) reserved  spaces in
the front of the Building,  substantially as set forth in exhibit B hereto,  (2)
ten (10) reserved spaces in the rear of the Building, substantially as set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, and (3) additional non-exclusive, unreserved parking in the
Office Building Project, on a first-come,  first served basis, provided that the
number of unreserved parking spaces, when added to the number of reserved spaces
provided  herein,  do not exceed in the aggregate  the number of parking  spaces
permitted by the parking  ratio  specified in paragraph  1.12 of the Basic Lease
Provisions at the monthly rate  applicable  from time to time,  consistent  with
market parameters, for monthly parking as set by Landlord and or its licensee.

                  2.2.1  If  Tenant  commits,  permits  or  allows  any  of  the
prohibited  activities  described in the Lease or the rules then in effect, then
Landlord shall have the right,  without notice, in addition to such other rights
and remedies  that it may have,  to remove or tow away the vehicle  involved and
charge the cost to Tenant,  which cost shall be immediately  payable upon demand
by Landlord.

         2.3 COMMON AREAS -  DEFINITION.  The term "Common  areas" is defined as
all areas and facilities  outside the Premises and within the exterior  boundary
line of the Office  Building  Project that are provided  and  designated  by the
Landlord from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Landlord, Tenant
its permitted  subtenants and other lessees of the Office  Building  Project and
their invitees.  As used in this Lease, the term "invitees" means the employees,
visitors,  suppliers,  shippers  and  customers  of  Landlord,  Tenant and other
lessees of the Office Building  Project.  The Common Areas include,  but are not
limited to, common  entrances,  lobbies,  corridors,  stairways and  stairwells,
public  rest  rooms,  elevators,  escalators,  parking  areas to the  extent not
otherwise  prohibited by this Lease,  loading and unloading areas,  trash areas,
roadways, sidewalks, parkways, ramps, driveways, landscaped areas and decorative
walls.

         2.4 COMMON AREAS - RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant agrees to abide by and
conform to the rules and  regulations  attached hereto as Exhibit C with respect
to the  Office  Building  Project,  and to cause  its  invitees  to so abide and
conform. Landlord or such other person(s) as Landlord may appoint shall have the
exclusive  control and  management of the Common Areas and shall have the right,
from time to time,  to modify,  amend and  enforce  said rules and  regulations.
Landlord  shall not be  responsible  to Tenant for the  noncompliance  with said
rules and regulations by other lessees of the Office  Building  Project or their
invitees.  Landlord shall not discriminate against the Tenant in the enforcement
of the rules and  regulations.  In the event of any  inconsistency  between  the
Lease and the rules, the Lease shall govern.

         2.5  COMMON  AREAS  -  CHANGES.  Landlord  shall  have  the  right,  in
Landlord's  sole  discretion,  from  time to time:  

                  (a) To make changes to the Building  interior and exterior and
the Common areas, including, without limitation,  changes in the location, size,
shape, number, and appearance thereof, including but not limited to the lobbies,
windows,  stairways, air shafts, elevators,  escalators,  restrooms,  driveways,
entrances,  parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress,
egress,  direction of traffic,  decorative walls, landscaped areas and walkways;
provided,  however,  Landlord shall at all times provide the parking  facilities
required by  applicable  law, and so long as such changes  cause no material and
permanent adverse effect on access or amenities; provided, however, Tenant shall
be provide reasonable access to the Premises at all times.

                  (b)  To  close   temporarily  any  of  the  Common  Areas  for
maintenance  purposes  so long as  reasonable  access  to the  Premises  remains
available;

                  (c) To  designate  other  land and  improvements  outside  the
present or future  boundaries of the Office Building Project to be a part of the
Common Areas,  provided that such other land and improvements  have a reasonable
and functional relationship to the Office Building Project;

                  (d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common
areas, subject to the provisions of paragraph 40.2 of this Lease;

                  (e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional
improvements,  repairs  or  alterations  to the Office  Building  Project or any
portion thereof;

                  (f) To do and  perform  such  other  acts and make such  other
changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and the other portions of the
Office  Building  Project as  Landlord  may, in the  exercise of sound  business
judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3.       TERM.
            

         3.1 TERM. The Term and the Commencement  Date of this Lease shall be as
specified in paragraph 1.5 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

         3.2  POSSESSION  TENDERED;  DELAY  IN  POSSESSION.  Possession  of  the
Premises  (other  than Suite 110) shall be  tendered to Tenant by Landlord on or
before  February 1, 1997 ("Tender of  Possession");  and possession of Suite 110
shall be tendered  on or before  March 20,  1997.  After  Tender of  Possession,
Tenant shall perform, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, all tenant improvements
to the Premises,  subject to the  provisions of Paragraph  7.3.  Notwithstanding
said tender of possession,  if for any reason Landlord connot deliver possession
of the Premises to Tenant on said dates and subject to paragraph  3.3.  Landlord
shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor

Standard Office Lease between                                Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and               Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 2                                                       53181002.441       
                                                           

shall such  failure  affect the  validity  of this Lease or the  obligations  of
Tenant hereunder or extend the term hereof. There shall be no abatement of Rent,
to the  extent of any delays  caused by acts or  omissions  of Tenant,  Tenant's
agents, employees and contractors.

         3.3 RENT  COMMENCEMENT  DATE - DEFINED.  Tenant  shall be  obligated to
commence payment of Rent to Landlord, without abatement, offset or deduction, on
the date which is ten (10) days  after the date of  Substantial  Completion  (as
hereafter  defined),  which date of Substantial  Completion  shall be separately
calculated (as provided below) for (a) suites 720 and 800,  consisting of 13,124
rentable  square feet (the "Office  Suite"),  and (b) suite 100,  consisting  of
4,051 rentable square feet (the "Broadcast Suite").  "Substantial Completion" of
the Office  Suite  shall be defined as the date the  improvements  to the Office
Suite are  substantially  complete and are  available  for  occupancy by Tenant;
provided, however,  if Tenant  occupies  the  Office  Suite for the  conduct  of
Tenant's business prior to substantial  completion,  then  notwithstanding  such
partial  completion  the Office  Suite shall be deemed  substantially  complete,
provided further,  that in no event shall the date of Substantial  Completion of
the  Office  Suite be later  than the  earlier of May 1, 1997 plus the number of
days  that  work on the  Office  Suite  was  stopped  as a result  of an  action
described  in the  second  sentence  of  Paragraph  19 hereof  or July 1,  1997.
"Substantial Completion" of the Broadcast Suite shall be defined as the date the
improvements  to  the  Broadcast  Suite  are  substantially  complete,  and  are
available for occupancy by Tenant;  provided,  however,  if Tenant  occupies the
Broadcast  Suite for the  conduct  of  Tenant's  business  prior to  substantial
completion,  then  notwithstanding  such partial  completion the Broadcast Suite
shall be deemed substantially complete.  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the
contrary,  if Tenant has not achieved  Substantial  Completion  of the Broadcast
Suite not later than July 31,  1997,  Substantial  Completion  of the  Broadcast
Suite shall be deemed to have occurred on July 31, 1997. The "Rent  Commencement
Date" shall be deemed for the purposes of this Lease,  and the increases in Rent
provided  in  Paragraph  1.6  to be the  first  day of  the  first  month  after
Substantial  Completion of the Office Suite or the Broadcast Suite, whichever is
first to occur, but in no event later than August 1, 1997.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, the termination date will not be amended and will remain December 31,
2011.



4.       RENT.
         

         4.1  BASE  RENT.  Subject  to  the  future  increases  contemplated  in
Paragraph 4.3, and except as may be otherwise  expressly provided in this Lease,
Tenant shall pay Landlord the Base Rent set forth in Paragraph  1.6 of the Basic
lease  Provision,  without  abatement,  offset or  deduction.  Tenant  shall pay
Landlord  upon  execution  of this  Lease the  advance  Base Rent  described  in
Paragraph 1.9 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Rent for any period during the term
which is for less than one month shall be prorated  based upon the actual number
of days of the calendar month involved. Rent shall be payable in lawful money of
the United  States to  Landlord at the  address  stated  herein or to such other
persons or/at such other places as Landlord may designate in writing.

         4.2      REAL ESTATE TAX ESCALATION.

         (a)      For the purposes of this Lease.

                  (i) The term "real estate  taxes"  means all taxes,  rates and
assessments,  general and special  levied or imposed  with  respect to the land,
Building and improvements  constructed thereon of which the Premises are a part,
including  all taxes,  rates and  assessments,  general  and  special  levied or
imposed for school,  public betterment,  general or local improvements and taxes
imposed in connection  with any special taxing  district.  If the system of real
estate  taxation  shall be  altered  or varied  and any new tax or levy shall be
levied or imposed on said land,  Building and improvements,  and/or on Landlord,
in substitution  for real estate taxes presently levied or imposed on immovables
in the jurisdiction where the property is located, then any such new tax or levy
shall be included within the term "real estate taxes".

                  (ii) The term  "base real  estate  taxes"  means the  assessed
value of the land,  Building and  improvements,  multiplied  by the then current
rate, for the tax year commencing July 1, 1997. The current real estate tax year
is for the twelve (12) month period from July 1, 1997 to June 30, 1998.

                  (iii) The term "real  estate tax year"  means each  successive
twelve-month (12) period following and corresponding to the period for which the
base real estate taxes are  established,  irrespective  of the period or periods
which may from time to time in the future be established by competent  authority
for the purposes of levying or imposing real estate taxes.

         (b) Each year Tenant shall pay to Landlord  with thirty (30) days after
demand in writing therefor  (accompanied by a statement  showing  computation of
Tenant's share of such increase),  as additional rent,  Tenant's pro rata share,
of any  increase in real estate  taxes for the then current real estate tax year
over the base real  estate  taxes (all as defined  above).  Tenant's  share,  as
aforesaid, shall be as defined in Section 1.11.

         (c) Real estate  taxes  which are being  contested  by  Landlord  shall
nevertheless  be included for purposes of the  computation  of the  liability of
Tenant  under this  Section,  provided,  however,  that in the event that Tenant
shall  have paid any amount of  increased  rent  pursuant  to this  Section  and
Landlord  obtains a refund,  then Landlord  shall pay to Tenant the  appropriate
portion of such refund. Landlord's obligation to refund shall survive expiration
of the term of this Lease. Landlord shall have no obligation to contest,  object
or litigate the levying or  imposition  of any real estate taxes and may settle,
compromise, consent to, waiver or otherwise determine in its discretion any real
estate taxes without  consent  approval of Tenant.  Real estate taxes shall also
include  all costs,  including  attorney's  fees,  incurred  in a  challenge  or
application for reassessment.


Standard Office Lease between                                Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and               Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 3                                                       53181002.441       
                                                                 





         (d) Nothing  contained in thsi Section  shall be construed at any tinme
to reduce the monthly  installments of rent payable  hereunder below the amounts
stipulated in Section 4.1 of this Lease.

         (e) If the  termination  date of the Lease shall not coincide  with the
end of a real estate tax year,  then in computing the amount  payable under this
Section for the period between the  commencement  of the applicable  real estate
tax year in  question  and the  termination  date of this  Lease,  the base real
estate  taxes shall be deducted  from the real estate  taxes for the  applicable
real  estate  tax year and,  if there  shall be a  difference,  such  difference
prorated on a monthly basis shall be payable by Tenant.  Tenant's  obligation to
pay  increased  real estate taxes under this Section for the final period of the
Lease shall survive the expiration of the term of this Lease.

         4.3 DEFINITION OF RENT. The  capitalized  term "Rent",  as used in this
Lease,  shall mean the Base Rent (as the same shall be increased  in  accordance
with this Lease,  including the increases  contemplated  in Paragraph  1.6) plus
Tenant's Share of Real Estate Tax Escalation.

         4.4 RENT TAX. If any  governmental  agency  imposes any tax measured by
the amount of rent paid, Tenant will pay such tax at the time of each payment of
Fixed Minimum Rent or Additional Rent.

5. SECURITY  DEPOSIT.  Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon execution hereof,
to be held in an interest bearing account with interest to thereafter accrue and
become  a part of the  security  deposit,  the  security  deposit  set  forth in
paragraph 1.10 of the Basic Lease  Provisions as security for Tenant's  faithful
performance of Tenant's  obligations  hereunder.  If Tenant fails to pay Rent or
other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision
of this Lease,  which default continues beyond any applicable notice or right to
cure provided  herein,  Landlord may use,  apply or retain all or any portion of
said  deposit  for the  payment of any Rent or other  charge in default  for the
payment of any other sum to which  Landlord  may become  obligated  by reason of
Tenant's  default,  or to  compensate  Landlord  for any  loss or  damage  which
Landlord may suffer  thereby.  If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion
of said deposit,  Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand deposit
cash with  Landlord in an amount  sufficient to restore said deposit to the full
amount  then  required  of Tenant.  Landlord  shall not be required to keep said
security deposit separate from its general accounts.  Tenant will be required to
return all keys to  Premises  and  provide  Landlord  with  Tenant's  forwarding
address. If Tenant performs all of Tenant's obligations hereunder, said deposit,
or so much  thereof as had not been  applied  by  Landlord,  shall be  returned,
without  payment of interest or other  increment  for its use, to Tenant (or, at
Landlord's option, to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant's interest hereunder)
within thirty (30) days after the term expires and Tenant  vacates the Premises.
No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect
to said Security Deposit.

6.       USE.
         

         6.1 USE. The Premises  shall be used and occupied  only for the purpose
set  forth in  paragraph  1.4 of the  Basic  Lease  Provisions  and for no other
purpose.

         6.2 COMPLIANCE WITH LEGAL AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.  Tenant shall, at
Tenant's  expense,  promptly  comply with all applicable  statutes,  ordinances,
rules,  regulations,  orders,  existing  covenants and  restrictions  of record,
including   requirements  of  the  American   Disabilities  Act  and  reasonable
requirements of any insurance  underwriters or rating bureaus,  now in effect or
which may  hereafter  come into effect,  whether or not they reflect a change in
policy from that now  existing,  during the term or any part of the term hereof,
relating in any manner to the Premises and the  occupation  and use by Tenant of
the Premises. Tenant shall conduct its business in a lawful manner and shall not
cause waste or a nuisance or disturb  other  occupants of the  Building.  Tenant
shall not be required to  construct  alterations  outside of the  Premises,  and
Landlord shall remain  responsible to ensure  compliance with the Act outside of
the Premises and outside of other tenant spaces.

         6.3      CONDITION OF PREMISES.

                  (a) Upon delivery of  possession to Tenant the Premises  shall
be clean and the plumbing, lighting, air conditioning, and heating system in the
Premises shall be in a good operating  condition.  Tenant shall promptly  notify
Landlord in writing of any claimed violation of the foregoing warranty,  setting
forth with  specificity  the nature of the violation.  If it is determined  that
there has been a violation, Landlord shall promptly after receipt of such notice
from Tenant, at Landlord's sole cost, rectify such violation.

                  (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease,  Tenant hereby
accepts the Premises and the Office Building  Project in their "as is" condition
as of the date of delivery of possession  of the Premises to Tenant,  subject to
all applicable  municipal,  county and state laws,  ordinances  and  regulations
governing and regulating the use of the Premises,  and any easements,  covenants
or restrictions of record (so long as same do not adversely impact the permitted
use, which analysis shall be determined by Tenant prior to the date hereof), and
accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters  disclosed  thereby and by
any exhibits attached hereto.  Tenant  acknowledges that it has satisfied itself
by its own  independent  investigation  that the  Premises  are suitable for its
intended  use, and that neither  Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any
representation  or  warranty  as to the  present  or future  suitability  of the
Premises,  Common Areas, or Office Building  Project for the conduct of Tenant's
business.

7.       MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.
         

         7.1  MAINTENANCE  AND REPAIR - LANDLORD'S  OBLIGATIONS.  Landlord shall
maintain  the Common  Areas of the Office  Building  Project  and the  plumbing,
heating,   ventilating,  air  conditioning,   elevator,   electrical  and  other
mechanical systems of the Building in good

Standard Office Lease between                                Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and               Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 4                                                       53181002.441       
                                                               






working  order.  Except as provided in paragraph  9.5 or paragraph  11.5,  there
shall be no  abatement of Rent or liability of Landlord on account of any injury
or  interference  with  Tenant's  business  with  respect  to any  improvements,
alterations  or repairs made by Landlord to the Office  Building  Project or any
part thereof.

         7.2 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR - TENANT'S  OBLIGATIONS.  During the term of
this Lease, Tenant shall take good care of the Premises and fixtures therein and
maintain them in good order,  condition  and repair equal to the original  work,
ordinary and  reasonable  wear excepted.  During the term of this Lease,  Tenant
shall  maintain at its own expense any plumbing  facilities  located  within the
Premises serving only the Premises, except the rest rooms located in the core of
the Building, in good order, condition and repair to the reasonable satisfaction
of Landlord.  Upon  surrender of the Premises to Landlord,  Tenant shall deliver
the Premises to Landlord, broom clean, in as good order, condition and repair as
they were upon delivery of possession to Tenant,  ordinary and  reasonable  wear
excepted.  Without limiting the foregoing,  Landlord may require after a default
by Tenant of its  obligations  under this Section 7.2 and the  expiration of any
applicable  notice and cure, that any such  maintenance and repairs be performed
by Landord at Tenant's expense.

         7.3      ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS.

                  (a) Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior written consent
(not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), make any alterations,
improvements  or  additions  in, on or about the Premises or that portion of the
Office  Building  Project  for which a license is  granted  under  Paragraph  38
hereof.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that for purposes of determining whether
Landlord  unreasonably  withheld its consent,  Landlord may apply more stringent
criteria, such as the requirement that Tenant procure, at Tenant's sole cost and
expense,  engineering  certifications from engineers acceptable to Landlord,  if
the  alteration,  improvement  or addition  affects the  structure of the Office
Building Project,  or any part thereof.  At the expiration of the Term, Landlord
may require the removal of any or all alterations (other than walls,  partitions
and doors) which are non-general office space alterations,  at Tenant's expense,
and Tenant shall in all events leave the Premises in a clean and safe  condition
at the  expiration  of the  term.  Should  Landlord  permit  Tenant  to make any
alterations,  improvements  or  additions,  Tenant  shall  use only  contractors
reasonably  approved  by  Landlord.   Such  contractors  shall  carry  liability
insurance of a type and in such reasonable  amounts as Landlord shall reasonably
require,  naming Landlord and Tenant as additional  insureds,  Before commencing
the work, such contractors shall furnish Landlord with certificates of insurance
evidencing such coverage.  Tenant shall also maintain a policy of Builder's Risk
for such work.  Should Tenant make any  alterations,  improvements  or additions
without the prior  approval  of  Landlord,  or use a  contractor  not  expressly
approved by Landlord,  Landlord  may, at any time during the term of this Lease,
require that Tenant remove any part or all of such work.

                  (b)  Tenant  shall  present  any  alteration,  improvement  or
addition in or about the  Premises or the Office  Building  Project  that Tenant
desires to make to Landlord in written form,  with proposed  detailed  plans. If
landlord consents to such alteration, improvement or addition, the consent shall
be deemed  conditioned upon Tenant, at its expense,  acquiring a permit to do so
from the applicable  government  agencies (at Tenant's sole cost),  furnishing a
copy thereof to Landlord prior to the commencement of the work and compliance by
Tenant with all  conditions of said permit in a prompt and  expeditious  manner.
Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant in obtaining such permits.

                  (c)  Tenant  shall  pay,  when due,  all  claims  for labor or
materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Tenant at or for
use in the  Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any  mechanic's  or
materialmen's  lien against the  Premises,  the Building or the Office  Building
Project, or any interest therein.

                  (d) Tenant  shall give  Landlord  not less than ten (10) days'
notice prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises by Tenant. Landlord
shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises
or the Building.  If Tenant,  in good faith,  contests the validity of any lien,
claim or demand  regarding  the work,  then Tenant  shall,  at its sole expense,
defend itself and Landlord and Landlord's  agents against the same and shall pay
and  satisfy  any  adverse  judgment  that may be  rendered  thereon  before the
enforcement thereof against Landlord or Landlord's agents or the Premises or the
Building or the Office  Building  Project,  upon the condition  that if Landlord
shall require,  Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a surety bond  satisfactory  to
Landlord in an amount equal to such contested lien claim or demand  indemnifying
Landlord and Landlord's  agents  against  liability for the same and holding the
Premises,  the Building and Office Building Project free from the effect of such
lien or claim. If such lien is not bonded by a creditworthy  company to the full
amount of such claim,  Landlord may require Tenant to pay Landlord's  reasonable
attorneys' fees and costs in participating in such action if Landlord decides it
is in  Landlord's  best  interest  to  participate.  Such  expenses  incurred by
Landlord shall be considered Additional Rent.

                  (e) All alterations, improvements and additions made by Tenant
shall be done in a good,  workmanlike,  manner with good quality  materials  and
shall become (upon Lease expiration or termination) the property of Landlord and
remain upon and be surrendered  with the Premises at the expiration of the Lease
term, unless Landlord  requires their removal pursuant to paragraph 7.3(a).  Any
trade fixtures  installed and paid for by Tenant may be removed by Tenant during
the term of this  Lease and  shall  upon  demand by  Landlord  be  removed  upon
expiration of the term.  Tenant shall in all events  promptly  repair any damage
caused by removal of trade fixtures.

                  (f) Tenant shall  provide  Landlord  with  as-built  plans and
specifications  for any alterations,  improvements or additions,  for Landlord's
prior written approval.

         7.4 UTILITY  ADDITIONS.  Landlord  reserves the right to install new or
additional  utility  facilities  throughout the Office Building  Project for the
benefit of  Landlord  or  Tenant,  or any other  lessee of the  Office  Building
Project, including, but not by way of limitation,


Standard Office Lease between                                Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and               Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 5                                                       53181002.441       
                                                              





such utilities as plumbing, electrical systems,  communication systems, and fire
protection  and  detection  systems,  so  long  as  such  installations  do  not
unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises.

         7.5 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. Tenant  acknowledges that Landlord
will not be making any  alterations,  improvements  or additions to the Premises
under this Lease.  In  establishing  the Rent under this Lease the  Landlord has
relied on the  agreement  between  Tenant and Landlord that Landlord will not be
required to make any  alterations,  improvements  or additions to the  Premises.
Landlord has made no  representation  to Tenant that the Premises comply with or
will comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "Act").  Tenant agrees
to and shall be responsible for all cost and expense incurred in connection with
any alterations,  improvements and changes  necessary to ensure  compliance with
the Act. It is the intent of this paragraph that any  alterations,  improvements
or additions required by the Act with regard to the Premises,  whether resulting
from  amendments  to the Act or otherwise  shall be the sole  responsibility  of
Tenant.  Tenant  covenants and agrees to and does hereby  indemnify,  defend and
hold  Landlord  harmless  from and against  all  liability  (including,  without
limitation,  attorney's fees and court costs) that Landlord may actually sustain
by reason of Tenant's  breach of its obligations  under this  paragraph.  In the
event that Tenant fails to comply with its obligations  under this paragraph for
a  period  of ten (10)  days  after  written  notice  from  Landlord  to  Tenant
specifying the action required to be taken,  Landlord shall have the right,  but
not the obligation, to enter into the Premises and perform such action on behalf
of Tenant.  In such event,  Landlord  shall not be liable for and Tenant  hereby
waives any and all claims against  Landlord  arising out of any damage or injury
to the Premises or any  property  situated  therein and  Landlord  shall have no
liability to Tenantt for any interruption of Tenant's operations conducted in or
about the  Premises.  Any and all costs and  expenses  incurred  by  Landlord in
performing  such  action on behalf of Tenant  shall be  reimbursed  by Tenant to
Landlord  upon  demand  and the  failure  to do so shall,  at the  option of the
Landlord, constitute an event of default under this Lease.

         7.6 TENANT  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  IMPROVEMENTS.  Tenant  shall  furnish to
Landlord its completed space plan drawings no later than ten (10) days after the
full  execution  of this  Lease.  The space plan shall be  attached as Exhibit D
hereto. At least ten (10) days prior to the start of construction,  Tenant shall
furnish to Landlord completed  construction drawings and/or a scope of work (and
a final  price for such  construction)  reflecting  the  details as shown in the
space plan. Prior to the start of construction,  Tenant shall obtain and furnish
to Landlord copies of all permits required to complete the work.  Landlord shall
have ten (10) days to approve construction  drawings and/or scope of work, which
when approved shall be attached as Exhibit E hereto.  Such approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld. Upon completion of construction, the Tenant shall provide
certified  As-Built  drawings and the original  certificate  of occupancy to the
Landlord.


8.       INSURANCE; INDEMNITY.
         
         8.1 LIABILITY  INSURANCE - TENANT.  Tenant shall obtain  General Public
Liability  Insurance  covering the  Premises  and  Tenant's use thereof  against
claims for personal  injury of death and property  damage  occurring upon, in or
about the Premises, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of not less
than  $2,000,000  arising out any one  occurrence,  and any  property  damage to
afford  protection to the limit of not less than  $2,000,000;  or such insurance
may be for a combined single limit of $2,000,000 per  occurrence.  The insurance
coverage  required  under this  Section 8.1 shall,  in  addition,  extend to any
liability of Tenant arising out of Tenant's  indemnities provided in this Lease,
as well as  Independent  Contractors'  Liability,  Product/Completed  Operations
Liability, Personal Injury Liability and Contractual Liability.

         8.2 LIABILITY  INSURANCE - LANDLORD.  Landlord shall obtain and keep in
force  during the term of this Lease a policy of  Commercial  General  Liability
Insurance,  plus coverage  against such other risks as Landlord  deems  dvisable
from time to time,  in such  amounts as Landlord  deems  advisable  from time to
time,  insuring Landlord,  but not Tenant,  against liability arising out of the
ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Office Building Project.

         8.3 PROPERTY  INSURANCE - TENANT.  Tenant shall,  at Tenant's  expense,
obtain  and keep in force  during  the term of this  Lease  for the  benefit  of
Tenant,  fire and extended  coverage  insurance,  with  vandalism  and malicious
mischief, sprinkler leakage and earthquake sprinkler leakage endorsements, in an
amount sufficient to cover the full replacement cost, as the same may exist from
time to time,  of all of Tenant's  personal  property,  fixture,  equipment  and
tenant  improvements.  Any policy proceeds from such insurance,  so long as this
Lease  shall  remain in  effect,  shall be held in trust by  Tenant's  insurance
company first for the repair, reconstruction,  restoration or replacement of the
property  damaged or destroyed.  This provision shall survive the termination of
this Lease.

         8.4 PROPERTY  INSURANCE - LANDLORD.  Landlord  shall obtain and keep in
force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies of "all risk"  coverage
insurance  covering loss or damage to the Office Building Project  improvements,
on a  replacement  cost basis  (excluding  foundations  and  footings),  but not
Tenant's personal property, fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements,  in such
amounts as Landlord deems  appropriate  from time to time  providing  protection
against  all  perils  included  within  the  classification  of  fire,  extended
coverage,  vandalism,  malicious mischief, plate glass, and such other perils as
Landlord deems advisable from time to time or may be required by a lender having
a lien on the Office Building. Such insurance may include earthquake,  flood and
boiler and  machinery  insurance.  In addition,  Landlord may obtain and keep in
force, during the term of this Lease, rental value insurance,  with loss payable
to Landlord, which insurance may also cover Operating expenses.  Tenant will not
be named in any such policies carried by Landlord and shall have no right to any
proceeds  therefrom.  The  policies  required  by  paragraphs  8.2 and 8.4 shall
contain such deductibles as Landlord or the aforesaid  lender may determine.  In
the event that the Premises shall suffer an Insured Loss as defined in paragraph
9.1(e), the deductible amounts under the applicable  insurance policies shall be
deemed an Operating  Expense.  Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything
which shall invalidate the insurance policies carried by Landlord.  Tenant shall
pay the  entirety of any  increase  in the  property  insurance  premium for the
Office Building  Project over what it was immediately  prior to the commencement
of the term of this


Standard Office Lease between                                Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and               Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 6                                                       53181002.441       
                                                            






Lease if the  increase is  specified by  Landlord's  insurance  carrier as being
caused by the nature of Tenant's occupancy or any act or omission of Tenant.

         8.5 INSURANCE POLICIES.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of the
insurance  policies  required  under  paragraphs 8.1 and 8.3 or, if permitted by
Landlord,  certificates  evidencing  the existence and amounts of such insurance
within seven (7) days after the Commencement Date of this Lease. The policies or
certificates  must  include  a copy of the  endorsement  naming  the  additional
insureds  required  under Section 8.1.  Tenant shall,  at least thirty (30) days
prior to the  expiration  of each policy,  furnish  Landlord  with a copy of the
policy or a certificate  evidencing the renewal  thereof.  If Tenant  provides a
certificate  Landlord  may at any time  thereafter  require  Tenant  to  provide
Landlord  with a copy of the policy.  The  policies  shall be issued by insurers
having a rating of A-10 or better in Best's Key Rating  Guide,  who are admitted
carriers in the state  where the Office  Building  Project is  located.  No such
policy  shall be  cancelable  or  subject  to  reduction  of  coverage  or other
modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord.

         8.6 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.  Tenant and Landlord each hereby release and
relieve the other and their agents and employees (and  Landlord's  asset manager
and property manager) and waive their entire right of recovery against the other
(and Landlord's asset manager and property manager), for direct or consequential
loss or damage  arising  out of or  incident  to the perils  covered by property
insurance   carried  (without  regard  to  any  deductible;   i.e.,  deemed  "no
deductible")  or  required  to be  carried  by such  party,  whether  due to the
negligence  of Landlord or Tenant or their  agents,  employees,  contractors  or
invitees.  All property  insurance  policies  required under this Lease shall be
endorsed to so provide.

         8.7 INDEMNITY. Except for personal injury or death caused solely by the
gross negligence or willful  misconduct of Landlord,  Tenant shall indemnify and
hold harmless  Landlord and its agents,  master or ground  lessor,  partners and
lenders, if any, from and against any and all claims for damage to the person or
property  of  anyone or any  entity  arising  from  Tenant's  use of the  Office
Building Project, or from the conduct of Tenant's business or from any activity,
work or things done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or
elsewhere  and shall  further  indemnify  and hold  harmless  Landlord  from and
against  any and all  claims,  costs and  expenses  arising  from any  breach or
default in the  performance  of any  obligation on Tenant's part to be performed
under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any act or omission of Tenant, or
any of  Tenant's  agents,  contractors,  employees,  or  invitees,  and from and
against  all costs,  attorneys'  fees,  expenses  and  liabilities  incurred  by
Landlord as the result of any such use,  conduct,  activity,  work, things done,
permitted or suffered,  breach, default or negligence, and in dealing reasonably
therewith,  including  but not limited to the defense or pursuit of any claim or
any action or proceeding involved therein; and in case any action or proceedings
be brought  against  Landlord by reason of any such  matter,  Tenant upon notice
from Landlord  shall defend the same at Tenant's  expense by counsel  reasonably
satisfactory  to  Landlord  and  Landlord  shall  cooperate  with Tenant in such
defense.  Landlord  need not have  first  paid any such  claim in order to be so
indemnified. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord, hereby
assumes all risk of damage to property of Tenant or injury to persons,  in, upon
or about the Office  Building  Project  arising from any cause and Tenant hereby
waives all claims in respect  thereof against  Landlord.  The provisions of this
paragraph 8.7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

         8.8  EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD  FROM  LIABILITY.  Tenant hereby agrees that
Landlord  shall not be liable for  injury to  Tenant's  business  or any loss of
income  therefrom or for loss of or damage to the goods,  wares,  merchandise or
other property of Tenant, Tenant's employees,  invitees, customers, or any other
person  in or about the  Premises  or the  Office  Building  Project,  nor shall
Landlord  be liable  for injury to the  person of  Tenant,  Tenant's  employees,
agents or  contractors,  whether  such  damage or injury is caused by or results
from theft, fire, steam, electricity,  gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage,  obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers,  wires, appliances,
plumbing,  air  conditioning  or  lighting  fixtures,  or from any other  cause,
whether said damage or injury results from conditions  arising upon the Premises
or upon other portions of the Office Building  Project,  or from other source or
place, or from hew construction or the repair,  alteration or improvement of any
part  of  the  Office  Building  Project,  or  of  the  equipment,  fixtures  or
appurtenances  applicable  thereto,  and regardless of whether the cause of such
damage or injury or the means of repairing  the same is  inaccessible.  Landlord
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
tenant, occupant or user of the Office Building Project, nor from the failure of
Landlord to enforce the provisions of any other lease of any other tenant of the
Office Building Project.

         8.9  NO  REPRESENTATION  OF  ADEQUATE   COVERAGE.   Landlord  makes  no
representation  that the limits or forms of coverage of  insurance  specified in
this  paragraph 8 are adequate to cover Tenant's  property or obligations  under
this Lease.

9.       DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.
         

         9.1      DEFINITIONS.

                  (a) "Premises  Damage" shall mean damage or destruction of the
Premises to any extent.

                  (b) "Premises  Building  Partial  Damage" shall mean damage or
destruction  of the Building of which the Premises are a part to the extent that
the cost to repair is less than fifty percent (50%) of the then Replacement Cost
of the Building.

                  (c) "Premises Building Total Destruction" shall mean damage or
destruction  of the Building of which the Premises are a part to the extent that
the cost to repair is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then  Replacement  Cost
of the Building.

                  (d) "Office  Building  Project Total  Destruction"  shall mean
damage or  destruction  of the buildings in the Office  Building  Project to the
extent  that  the cost of  repair  is  fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the then
Replacement Cost of all of the buildings in the Office Building Project.



Standard Office Lease between                               Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and              Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 7                                                      53181002.441        
                                                                 


         (e) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction  caused by an event
required to be covered by the insurance  described in paragraph 8. The fact that
an insured  Loss has a  deductible  amount  shall not make the loss an uninsured
loss.

         (f)  "Replacement  Cost" shall mean the amount of money necessary to be
spent to repair or  rebuild  the  damaged  area to the  condition  that  existed
immediately  prior to the damage  occurring,  excluding all improvements made by
tenants of the Office Building Project.

9.2      PREMISES DAMAGE; PREMISES BUILDING PARTIAL DAMAGE.

         (a) Insured Loss:  Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5,
if at any time  during  the term of this Lease  there is  Insured  Loss and that
falls into the  classification  of either Premises  Damage or Premises  Building
Partial  Damage  and that  does not fall  into the  classification  of  Premises
Building Total  Destruction or Office Building  Project Total  Destruction  then
Landlord  shall,  as soon as reasonably  possible and to the extent the required
materials and labor are readily available through usual commercial channels,  at
Landlord's expense, repair such damage (but not Tenant's fixtures,  equipment or
tenant improvements  originally paid for by Tenant) to its condition existing at
the time of the damage, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

         (b) Uninsured  Loss:  Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.5, if at
any time  during the term of this Lease  there is damage  that is not an Insured
Loss and that falls  into the  classification  of  Premises  Damage or  Premises
Building  Partial  Damage,  and that  does not fall into the  classification  of
Premises   Building  Total   Destruction  or  Office   Building   Project  Total
Destruction,  which damage  prevents  Tenant from making  substantial use of the
Premises,  Landlord may at  Landlord's  option  either (i) repair such damage as
soon as  reasonably  possible at Landlord's  expense,  in which event this Lease
shall  continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) give written notice to Tenant
within  thirty  (30) days  after the date of the  occurrence  of such  damage of
Landlord's  intention to cancel and  terminate  this Lease as of the date of the
occurrence of such damage,  in which event this Lease shall  terminate as of the
date of the occurrence of such damage.

9.3      PREMISES  BUILDING TOTAL  DESTRUCTION:  OFFICE  BUILDING  PROJECT TOTAL
DESTRUCTION.  Subject to the  provisions of paragraph 9.5, if at any time during
the term of Lease there is damage , whether or not it is an Insured  Loss,  that
falls into the classification of either (i) Premises Building Total Destruction,
or  (ii)  Office  Building  Project  Total  Destruction,  then  Landlord  may at
Landlord's  option  either  (a) repair  such  damage or  destruction  as soon as
reasonably  possible at Landlord's expense (to the extent the required materials
are readily  available  through  usual  commercial  channels)  to its  condition
existing at the time of the damage,  but not  Tenant's  fixtures,  equipment  or
tenant improvements,  and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or
(b) give  written  notice to Tenant  within  thirty  (30) days after the date of
occurrence of such damage of Landlord's  intention to cancel and terminate  this
Lease, in which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of the occurrence
of such damage.

9.4      INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

9.5      ABATEMENT OF RENT; TENANT'S REMEDIES.

         (a) In the event Landlord  repairs or restores the Building or Premises
pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 9, and any part of the Premises are
not usable  (including loss of use due to loss of access or essential services),
the Rent  payable  hereunder  (including  Tenant's  Share of  Operating  Expense
Increase)  for the  period  during  which  such  damage,  repair or  restoration
continues shall be abated,  on a PRO RATA basis upon the extent Tenant is unable
to use the Premises,  provided,  however,  if the  Broadcast  Suite is not fully
operable Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement for the entire Broadcast Suite
and if at least  fifty  percent  (50%) of any Office  Suite floor is not usable.
Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of such entire  floor,  as  applicable,
until the repair or  restoration is completed or Tenant  recommences  use of the
Premises,  whichever occurs first, provided the damage was not the result of the
negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant. Except for aid abatement of Rent, if
any,  Tenant shall have no claim  against  Landlord  for any damage  suffered by
reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration.

         (b) If Landlord shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises or
the Building  under the  provisions  of this  paragraph 9 and shall not commence
such repair or restoration within ninety (90) days after such occurrence,  or if
Landlord  shall not complete the  restoration  and repair  within six (6) months
after such  occurrence,  Tenant may at Tenant's option cancel and terminate this
Lease by giving  Landlord  written  notice of Tenant's  election to do so at any
time prior to the  commencement or completion,  respectively,  of such repair or
restoration.  In such event this Lease  shall  terminate  as of the date of such
notice.

         (c) Tenant agrees to cooperate  with  Landlord in  connection  with any
such  restoration  and  repair,  including  but not  limited to the  approval or
execution of plans and specifications if required.

         (d) If any time during the term of this Lease there is damage,  whether
or not it is an Insured Loss, that falls into the  classification  of either (i)
Premises Damage, or (ii) Office Building Project Total Destruction, and Landlord
elects to repair such damage, and only in the event that after the expiration of
a twelve (12) month period from the date of such loss Landlord has not completed
such restoration,  then Tenant shall thereafter have the right to terminate this
Lease by giving  written  notice to Landlord at any time prior to  completion of
such improvements,  of Tenant's intention to cancel and terminate this Lease, in
which case this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such notice.

9.6      TERMINATION - ADVANCE PAYMENTS. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant
to this paragraph 9, an equitable  adjustment  shall be made concerning  advance
Rent and any advance  payments made by Tenant to Landlord.  Landlord  shall,  in
addition,  return to  Tenant so much of  Tenant's  security  deposit  as has not
theretofore been applied by Landlord.

Standard Office Lease between                                Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and               Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc. Tenant                                                          
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 8                                                       53181002.441       
                                                            


9.7      WAIVER.  Landlord  and  Tenant  waive  the  provisions  of any  statute
relating to  termination  of leases when leased  property is destroyed and agree
that such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10.      REAL PROPERTY TAXES.

         10.1 PAYMENT OF TAXES.  Landlord  shall pay the real  property  tax, as
defined in paragraph 4.2,  applicable to the Office Building  Project subject to
reimbursement  by Tenant of  Tenant's  Share of the  amount by which  such taxes
exceed base real estate taxes in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 4.2
except as otherwise provided in paragraph 10.2.

         10.2  ADDITIONAL  IMPROVEMENTS.  Tenant  shall not be  responsible  for
paying any increase in real property tax specified in the tax assessor's records
and work  sheets as being  caused by  additional  improvements  placed  upon the
Office  Building  Project by other  lessees  or by  Landlord  for the  exclusive
enjoyment of any other  lessee.  Tenant shall,  however,  pay to Landlord at the
time that Operating Expenses are payable under paragraph 4.2 the entirety of any
increase  in real  property  tax if  assessed  solely by  reason  of  additional
improvements placed upon the Premises by Tenant or at Tenant's request.

         10.3 JOINT ASSESSMENT.  If the improvements or property,  the taxes for
which  are to be  paid  separately  by  Tenant  under  paragraph  10.2  are  not
separately assessed,  Tenant's portion of that tax shall be equitably determined
by Landlord  from the  respective  valuations  assigned in the  assessor's  work
sheets or such other information (which may include the cost of construction) as
may be reasonably  available.  Landlord's reasonable  determination  thereof, in
good faith, shall be conclusive.

11.      UTILITIES.

         11.1 SERVICES  PROVIDED BY LANDLORD.  Landlord  shall provide  heating,
ventilation,  air conditioning,  and janitorial service as reasonably  required,
elevator  service,  electricity  for reasonable  and normal  lighting and office
machines, water for reasonable and normal drinking and lavatory use, replacement
light  bulbs  and/or  fluorescent  tubes  and  ballasts  for  standard  overhead
fixtures,  but the specifications for the HVAC and janitorial  services shall at
all times be substantially in accordance with the specifications attached hereto
as Exhibit F.

         11.2  SERVICES  EXCLUSIVE  TO  TENANT.  Tenant  shall be  obligated  to
separately  meter the  Broadcast  Suite and the antennas  located on the roof by
Tenant  pursuant to the license  granted to Tenant in Paragraph 38 of the Lease.
Tenant shall be responsible for all  electricity  costs related to the Broadcast
Suite and the rooftop  antennas in excess of $25,000 per year.  Tenant shall pay
for all water,  gas,  heat,  light,  power,  telephone  and other  utilities and
services  specially  or  exclusively  supplied  or  metered  exclusively  to the
Premises.  If any such  exclusive  services  are not  separately  metered to the
Premises. Tenant shall pay a reasonable proportion determined by Landlord of all
charges jointly metered with other areas in the Office Building Project.

         11.3 HOURS OF  SERVICE.  The  services  and  utilities  provided to the
common areas shall be provided during generally accepted business days and hours
8:00 a.m. - 7:00 p.m. Monday - Friday, 9:00 a.m. - 1:00 p.m. Saturday; provided,
electricity  and HVAC shall be provided  twenty-four  (24 hours a day, seven (7)
days a week to the  Premises.  Utilities  and  services  required at other times
shall be subject to advance request and  reimbursement  by Tenant to Landlord of
the cost  thereof.  Tenant  shall have access to the Premises  twenty-four  (24)
hours a day, seven (7) days a week.

         11.4 EXCESS USAGE BY TENANT.  Tenant shall not make  connection  to the
utilities  except by or through  existing  outlets  and shall not install or use
machinery  or  equipment in or about the  Premises  that uses  abnormal  amounts
(assuming  general office use) of water,  lighting or power, or suffer or permit
any act that causes an abnormal burden upon the utilities or services, including
but not  limited to  security  services,  standard  office  usage for the Office
Building Project. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such abnormal expenses
or costs that may arise out of a breach of this paragraph 11.4 Tenant.  Landlord
may, in its sole discretion,  install at Tenant's expense supplemental equipment
and/or  separate  metering  applicable to Tenant's  excess usage or loading.  If
Tenant  consistently  uses in excess of objective  specifications.  Landlord may
separately meter, at Tenant's sole cost and expense.]

         11.5  INTERRUPTIONS.  There shall be no  abatement of Rent and Landlord
shall not be liable in any  respect  whatsoever  for the  inadequacy,  stoppage,
interruption or  discontinuance  of any utility or service due to riot,  strike,
labor  dispute,  breakdown,  accident,  repair or other cause beyond  Landlord's
reasonable   control  or  due  to  cooperation  with  governmental   request  or
directions; provided, however, solely in the event of an interruption of service
which is within  Landlord's  reasonable  control to fix,  and such  interruption
continues for more than three (3) business days, then Tenant shall thereafter be
entitled to a rental  abatement,  on a PRO RATA basis,  for portions of Tenant's
Premises wich are not reasonably usable as a result of such interruption,  until
such interruption ceases.  Nothing herein shall in any way limit Tenant's rights
and remedies at law or in equity.

12.      ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

         12.1 LANDLORD'S  CONSENT  REQUIRED.   Without  Landlord's prior written
consent, not to be unreasonably withheld,  conditioned or delayed,  Tenant shall
not sell, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate,  encumber or otherwise transfer
this Lease or any interest therein (each of which actions is hereafter  referred
to as a "transfer"), and shall not sublet the Premises or any part thereof.

Standard Office Lease between                               Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and              Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc. Tenant                                                          
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 9                                                      53181002.441        
                                                           
                                                            


         12.2 TENANT'S  APPLICATION.  If Tenant  desires at any time to transfer
this  Lease  (which  transfer  shall in no event  be for  less  than its  entire
interest in this Lease) or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof. Tenant
shall  submit  to  Landlord  at least  sixty  (60)  days  prior to the  proposed
effective  date of the  transfer or sublease  ("Proposed  Effective  Date"),  in
writing:

         (a) A notice of intent  to  transfer  or  sublease,  setting  forth the
Proposed  Effective  Date,  which shall be no less than sixty (60) days nor more
than ninety (90) days after the sending of such notice;

         (b) The name of the proposed transferee or subtenant;

         (c) The nature of the proposed  transferee's or subtenant's business to
be carried on in the Premises;

         (d) The terms and provisions of the proposed transfer or sublease;

         (e) Such  information  as Landlord may request  concerning the proposed
transferee  or  subtenant,   including  recent  financial  statements  and  bank
references; and

         (f) Evidence  satisfactory to Landlord that the proposed transferee (if
the transfer  involves a transfer of possession)  or subtenant will  immediately
occupy and  thereafter  use the affected  portion of the Premises for the entire
term of the transfer or sublease agreement.

         12.3 LANDLORD'S OPTION TO TERMINATE.  Landlord shall have the right, to
be exercised by giving notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of
Tenant's above-described notice and such further financial information as may be
requested by Landlord  together with the fees required under  paragraph 12.7, to
terminate  this Lease and  recapture  the portion of the  Premises  described in
Tenant's notice, but only for such period, including renewals and extensions, as
is set forth in Tenant's Application.  If such notice of termination is given by
Landlord, it shall serve to cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such
portion of the Premises for the period provided above;  provided,  however, that
such  termination  shall be subject to the written  consent of any  mortgagee of
Landlord.  The  effective  date of such  cancellation  shall be as  specified in
Landlord's  notice of  termination.  If this Lease is  canceled  pursuant to the
foregoing  with  respect to only a portion of the  Premises,  the Rent  required
under  this   Lease,   and   including   Tenant's   Share,   shall  be  adjusted
proportionately  based on the square  footage  retained by Tenant and the square
footage  leased by Tenant  hereunder  immediately  prior to such  recapture  and
cancellation,  and Landlord and Tenant shall  thereupon  execute an amendment of
this Lease in accordance  therewith.  If Landlord so recaptures a portion of the
Premises,  it shall  construct and erect as its sole cost such partitions as may
be required to sever the space  retained by Tenant from the space  recaptured by
Landlord. Landlord may, without limitation,  lease the recaptured portion of the
Premises to the proposed subtenant or transferee without liability to Tenant.

         12.4 APPROVAL  PROCEDURE.  If Landlord approves a transfer or sublease.
Tenant  shall,  prior to the  Proposed  Effective  Date,  submit to  Landlord an
executed  original of the  transfer  or  sublease  agreement  for  execution  by
Landlord  on the  signature  page  after  the  words  "the  foregoing  is hereby
consented to." No purported  transfer or sublease  shall be deemed  effective as
against  Landlord and no proposed  transferee or subtenant  shall take occupancy
unless such document is so executed by Landlord.

         12.5 REQUIRED  PROVISIONS.  Any and all transfer or sublease agreements
shall:

         (a)  Contain  such terms as are  described  in  Tenant's  notice  under
Paragraph 12.2 or as otherwise agreed by Landlord;

         (b) Prohibit further transfers or subleases without  Landlord's consent
under this paragraph 12;

         (c) Impose the same  obligations  and  conditions on the  transferee or
subtenant as are imposed on Tenant by this Lease  (except as to Rent and term or
as otherwise agreed by Landlord);

         (d) Be expressly subject and subordinate to each and every provision of
this Lease;

         (e) Have a term that expires on or before the expiration of the term of
this Lease;

         (f) Provide that the Tenant and/or  transferee  or subtenant  shall pay
Landlord the amount of any additional costs or expenses incurred by Landlord for
repairs,  maintenance  or  otherwise  as a result of any change in the nature of
occupancy caused by the transfer or sublease; and

         (g) Contain  Tenant's  acknowledgment  that Tenant remains liable under
this lease notwithstanding the transfer or sublease.

         12.6  TRANSFER OF SUBLEASE  PROFIT.  Fifty percent (50%) of any sums or
other  economic  consideration  received  by Tenant  directly or  indirectly  in
connection  with any transfer or sublease  (except to the extent of  commissions
paid by  Tenant  to a  licensed  real  estate  broker  at  prevailing  rates and
leasehold  improvement  costs  incurred by Tenant) which exceed in the aggregate
the sums which  Tenant is  obligated  to pay  Landlord  hereunder  (prorated  to
reflect  obligations  allocable  to the portion of the Premises  transferred  or
sublet) shall be payable to Landlord as additional Rent under this Lease. Within
fifteen (15) days after written  request by Landlord.  Tenant shall at any time,
and from time to time,  certify to Landlord the amount of all such sums or other
economic consideration received.

Standard Office Lease between                               Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and              Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc. Tenant                                                          
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 10                                                     53181002.441        
                                                           


         12.7 FEES FOR  REVIEW.  Tenant  shall  pay to  Landlord  or  Landlord's
designee,  as Additional  Rent,  together with the notice described in Paragraph
12.2, a non refundable fee as reimbursement for expenses incurred by Landlord in
connection  with reviewing each such  transaction(including  any  administrative
expenses for Landlord's property manger), in the amount of Three Hundred Dollars
($300.00).  In addition to such reimbursement,  if Landlord retains the services
of an  attorney to review the  transaction.  Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  all
attorneys'  fees  incurred by Landlord in  connection  therewith,  not to exceed
$2,000.00.  Tenant shall pay such attorney's fees to Landlord within thirty (30)
days after written request.

         12.8 NO RELEASE OF TENANT.  No consent by Landlord  to any  transfer or
subletting by Tenant shall relieve  Tenant of any  obligation to be performed by
Tenant  under  this  Lease,  whether  occurring  before or after  such  consent,
transfer or subletting.  Landlord's  consent to any transfer or subletting shall
not relieve  Tenant  from the  obligation  to obtain  Landlord's  express  prior
written consent to any other transfer or subletting.  The acceptance by Landlord
of payment  from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord
of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any subsequent  transfer or
sublease, or be a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.

         12.9  ASSUMPTION OF  OBLIGATIONS.  Each  transferee of this Lease shall
assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease and shall be and remain liable
jointly  and  severally  with  Tenant  for  the  payment  of the  Rent  and  the
performance  of all the terms,  covenants,  conditions,  and  agreements  herein
contained  on  Tenant's  part to be  performed  for the term of this  Lease.  No
transfer shall be binding on Landlord  unless the transferee or Tenant  delivers
to  Landlord a  counterpart  of the  instrument  of  transfer  which  contains a
covenant of assumption by the transferee  satisfactory  in substance and form to
Landlord, consistent with the above requirements . The failure or refusal of the
transferee  to  execute  such  instrument  of  assumption  shall not  release or
discharge  the  transferee  from its liability to Landlord  hereunder.  Landlord
shall have no  obligation  whatsoever  to perform  any duty to or respond to any
request from any subtenant,  it being the obligation of Tenant to administer the
terms of its sublease.

         12.10  DEEMED  TRANSFERS.   If  the  Tenant  is  a  nonpublicly  traded
corporation,  or is an unincorporated association or partnership,  the transfer,
assignment or hypothecation,  whether effected  voluntarily,  of by operation of
law, of any stock or interest in such corporation, association or partnership in
the  aggregate in excess of fifty percent (50%) shall be deemed to be a transfer
of this Lease and shall be subject to the provisions of this paragraph 12.

         12.11  ASSIGNMENT  BY  OPERATION  OF LAW. No interest of Tenant in this
Lease shall be assignable by operation of law.

         12.12 ASSIGNMENT OF SUBLEASE RENTS.  Tenant immediately and irrevocably
assigns to Landlord,  as security for Tenant's obligations under this Lease, all
rent from any  subletting of all or any part of the Premises,  and Landlord,  as
assignee and as  attorney-in-fact  for Tenant for purposes hereof, or a receiver
for Tenant appointed on Landlord's application, may collect such rents and apply
same toward  Tenant's  obligations  under this  Lease,  except  that,  until the
occurrence  of an  act  of  default  by  Tenant  (after  the  expiration  of any
applicable notice and cure).  Tenant shall have the right and license to collect
such rents.

13.      DEFAULT; REMEDIES.

         13.1 DEFAULT. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default of this Lease by Tenant:

         (a) Intentionally Omitted.

         (b) The  failure  by  Tenant  to pay  Rent or make  any  other  payment
required to be made by Tenant  hereunder,  as and when due,  which failure shall
continue for five (5) days after written  notice of such  non-payment is sent to
Tenant (provided,  however,  Landlord shall only be obligated to send one notice
of non-payment within any twelve-month period, and only three (3) notices during
the Term,  with any  non-payment  thereafter  being deemed an automatic  Default
without further notice or cure rights required by this Lease).

         (c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform  any of the  covenants,
conditions  or  provisions  of this Lease to be observed or  performed by Tenant
other than those referenced in subparagraphs 13.1 (a) and (b) where such failure
shall  continue for a period of fifteen (15) days after written  notice  thereof
from  Landlord  to Tenant,  provided,  however,  that if the nature of  Tenant's
noncompliance  is such that more than fifteen (15) days are reasonably  required
for its  cure,  then  Tenant  shall not be  deemed  to be in  default  if Tenant
commences  such cure within said  fifteen  (15) days and  thereafter  diligently
pursues such cure to completion, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after
such  original  notice.  To the extent  permitted by law,  such fifteen (15) day
notice shall constitute the sole notice required to be given to Tenant under any
applicable summary eviction statute.

         (d) (i) The making by Tenant of any  arrangement  or assignment for the
benefit  of  creditors;  (ii)  Tenant  becoming  a  "debtor"  as  defined in the
Bankruptcy  Code or any successor  statute,  (unless,  in the case of a petition
filed against Tenant,  the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days);  (iii) the
appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially  all of
Tenant's  assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's  interest in this Lease,
where  possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the
attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant's
assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where such
seizure is not  discharged  within  thirty  (30)  days,  all of which are hereby
deemed  to be  non-curable  defaults  without  the  necessity  of any  notice by
Landlord to Tenant thereof.

Standard Office Lease between                               Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and              Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc. Tenant                                                          
Execution Copy                                                                  
Page 11                                                     53181002.441        
                                                           


         (e) The  existence of  materially  false  information  in any financial
statement given to Landlord by Tenant or its successor in interest, all of which
are hereby deemed to be non-durable defaults without the necessity of any notice
by Landlord to Tenant thereof.

         (f) The default by Tenant under any other lease with Landlord.

         13.2  REMEDIES.  In the event of any material  default of this Lease by
Tenant,  Landlord may at any time  thereafter,  with or without notice or demand
and  without  limiting  Landlord  in the  exercise  of any right or remedy which
Landlord may have by reason of such default:

         (i) No act by Landlord (including without limitation the acts set forth
in the  succeeding  sentence)  shall be deemed  to be a  release  of Tenant or a
waiver of Tenant's  obligation to pay rent or to be an acceptance of abandonment
of the Premises,  unless clearly and affirmatively stated in writing. As long as
Landlord does not in writing  release Tenant,  waive Tenant's  obligation to pay
rent, or accept  abandonment  of the Premises,  Landlord may (1) continued  this
Lease in effect,  (b)  continue  to collect  Rental when due and enforce all the
other  provisions  of this Lease,  (c) enter the Premises and relet them, or any
part of them, to third  parties for Tenant's  account,  for a period  shorter or
longer than the remaining term of this Lease, and (d) have a receiver  appointed
to collect rental and conduct Tenant's business. Tenant shall immediately pay to
Landlord  all costs  Landlord  incurs in such  reletting,  including  ,  without
limitation,  brokers'  commissions,   attorneys'  fees,  advertising  costs  and
expenses of remodeling the Premises for such reletting.

         (ii) If Landlord  elects to relet all or any portion of the Premises as
permitted  above,  rent that  Landlord  receives  from such  reletting  shall be
applied  to the payment  of,  in the  following  order  and  priority,  (a)  any
indebtedness  from Tenant to Landlord  other than Rent due from Tenant,  (b) all
costs incurred by Landlord in such reletting,  to the extent  outstanding  after
application  of any  payment  pursuant  to 13.2(i)  above,  and (c) Rent due and
unpaid under this Lease.  After applying such payments as referred to above, any
sum remaining from the rent Landlord  receives from such reletting shall be held
by  Landlord  and  applied  in  payment  of future  Base Rent or other  items of
additional  rent as becomes  due under this lease.  In no event shall  Tenant be
entitled to any excess rent received by Landlord.

         (iii) If the  rental  agreed to be paid under  this  Lease,  including,
without  limitation,  all other sums of money which under the provisions of this
Lease may be considered as additional  rent,  shall be in arrears in whole or in
part,  Landlord,  after  five (5) days'  notice and an  opportunity  to cure may
destrain  therefore,  but only by judicial process.  If Tenant shall violate any
covenant, including without limitation the covenant to pay rental, made by it in
this Lease and shall fail to comply with such covenant  within any notice period
provided  for in this Lease,  then  Landlord  may,  at its  option,  but only by
judicial process,  re-enter the Premises or notify Tenant in writing and thereby
declare this Lease and the tenancy  hereby created  terminated.  Notwithstanding
any  such  termination,  Landlord  shall  be  entitled  to  the  benefit  of all
provisions of law  respecting  the speedy  recovery of lands and tenements  held
over by tenants or proceedings  in forcible  entry and detainer.  Tenant further
agrees that,  notwithstanding such re-entry,  Tenant shall remain liable for any
rent or damages which may be due or sustained  prior  thereto,  and Tenant shall
further be liable,  at the option and sole  discretion of Landlord,  for sums of
money as liquidated  damages for the breach of any covenant to be calculated one
of  the  following  three  methods  which  may be  designated  by  Landlord,  in
Landlord's sole, absolute and non-reviewable discretion, in or after such notice
of  termination:  (a) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount which, at the time
of such  termination,  is equal to the installments of Rent and the aggregate of
all sums  payable  hereunder as  additional  rental (for such purpose the annual
amount of such  additional  rental to be equal to the amount thereof paid in the
Lease Year or annualized  portion  thereof  immediately  preceding such default)
reserved  hereunder,  for the period which would otherwise have  constituted the
unexpired  portion of the then current term of this Lease,  discounting all such
amounts to present  worth at a discount  rate equal to the Wall  Street  Journal
Prime Rate; (b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between (i) the rent
and  additional  rent reserved  under this Lease for the balance of the Term and
(ii) the fair rental value of the  Premises  for the balance of the Term,  to be
reasonably  determined by Landlord as of the date of reentry (the initial rental
rate set forth in any new lease  executed by Landlord  shall be conclusive as to
the "fair  rental  value");  or (c) Tenant  shall pay the amount of the rent and
additional  rent reserved  under this Lease at the times herein  stipulated  for
payment of such rent and additional  rent for the balance of the Term,  less any
amount  received by Landlord during such period from others to whom the Premises
may be rented on such terms and  conditions and at such rental as Landlord shall
be permitted to recover damages in accordance  with Subsection  (iii)(c) for the
amount of rent due from  Tenant to Landlord  from the date of default  until the
date of the  filing of any  lawsuit by  Landlord  for the  recovery  of rent and
additional  rent,  and the Landlord shall also be permitted to recover all other
sums due  thereafter  in the same  lawsuit  pursuant to the terms of  Subsection
(iii)(a) hereof. By way of example,  if Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises
on January 1, and  Landlord  files suit for unpaid rent and  additional  rent on
June 1 of the same  year,  then,  although  the Lease does not  terminate  until
December 31 of the same year,  the  Landlord  shall be  permitted to recover all
rent  and  additional  rent  due  for  the  period   January-June   pursuant  to
Subsection(iii)(c)  hereof,  and, in the same  lawsuit,  to recover all rent and
additional  rent  due for the  period  July-December  pursuant  to the  terms of
Subsection (iii)(a) hereof.

         (iv) Tenant further agrees that if it shall default in the  performance
of any  covenant  on its part to be  performed  under  this  Lease,  and if,  in
connection with Landlord's enforcement of its rights or remedies, Landlord shall
incur fees and expenses  for services  rendered  (including  without  limitation
reasonable  attorney's  fees and  brokerage  commissions),  then  such  fees and
expenses shall be immediately reimbursed by Tenant on demand as additional rent,
collectible in any summary  ejectment action or in any other proceeding  whereby
Landlord is entitled to collect additional rent from Tenant. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if Landlord shall file any legal action for the collection of rent or
any  eviction  proceeding  for the  non-payment  of rent,  and Tenant shall make
payment of such sum due and payable prior to the rendering of any judgment, then
Landlord shall be entitled to collect and Tenant shall be

Standard Office Lease between                              Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and             Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc. Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                 
Page 12                                                    53181002.441        
                                                          


obligated to pay all court  filing fees,  service  fees,  related  costs and the
reasonable  fees  of  Landlord's  attorneys.   Such  fees  and  costs  shall  be
collectible by Landlord as additional rent.

         (v)  Landlord,  at any time  after  Tenant  commits a default or breach
under this Lease,  may after any applicable  notice and cure as provided  above,
cure such default or breach at Tenant's sole costs.  If Landlord at any time, by
reason of Tenant's default or breach, pays any sum or does any act that requires
the  payment  of any sum,  such sum  shall be due  immediately  from  Tenant  to
Landlord at the time such sum is paid, and shall be deemed additional rent under
this Lease.

         13.3  DEFAULT  BY  LANDLORD.  In the event  Landlord  fails to cure (or
promptly  commence and  diligently  pursue the cure of) any breach or failure by
Landlord to comply with any of Landlord's  obligations under this Lease within a
reasonable period (not to exceed thirty (30) days from receipt of written notice
from Tenant unless such performance shall require a longer period, in which case
Landlord  shall not be deemed in default  if  Landlord  commences  such cure and
diligently pursues such cure to completion (not to exceed sixty (60) days) after
Tenant furnishes  Landlord and Landlord's  mortgagee with written notice of such
failure,  then Tenant shall have the right to pursue all  remedies  available to
Tenant at law and in equity,  together with reasonable attorneys' fees and costs
of collection if Tenant is successful in such action.

         13.4 LATE CHARGES. If any installment of Base Rent or any other sum due
from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord's designee within five
(5) days of when due,  then Tenant  shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to
five  percent (5%) of such  overdue  amount.  Tenant shall pay Landlord the late
charge within ten (10) days of notice by Landlord. The parties hereby agree that
such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord
will incur by reasons of late payments by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge
by  Landlord  shall in no event  constitute  a waiver of  Tenant's  default with
respect to such overdue amount,  nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the
other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

         13.5 INTEREST ON PAST-DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any amount not paid by Tenant to
Landlord  when due  shall  bear  interest  from that date due at the rate of the
prime rate as charged by NationsBank plus two percent (2%), except that interest
shall not be payable on any late charge and  interest on any amount upon which a
late charge is payable shall not commence to accrue until thirty (30) days after
the date due.  Payment  of  interest  shall not  excuse or cure any  default  by
Tenant.

14.      CONDEMNATION.  If the  Premises  or any  portion  thereof or the Office
Building Project are taken under the power of eminent domain,  or sold under the
threat  of  the  exercise  of  said  power  (all  of  which  are  herein  called
"condemnation"),  this Lease shall  terminate  as to the part so taken as of the
date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs,
provided that if so much of the Premises or the Office Building Project is taken
by such  condemnation as would  substantially and adversely affect the operation
and  profitability  of  Tenant's  business  conducted  from  the  Premises,   in
Landlord's  reasonable  opinion.  Tenant shall have the option,  to be exercised
only in writing  within thirty (30) days after the  condemning  authority  shall
have taken  possession,  to terminate  this Lease as of the date the  condemning
authority  takes such  possession.  If Tenant does not  terminate  this Lease in
accordance with the foregoing,  this Lease shall remain in full force and effect
as to the portion of the Premises  remaining,  except that the Rent and Tenant's
Share of Real Estate Tax Escalation  shall be reduced in the proportion that the
floor area of the Premises  taken bears to the total floor area of the Premises.
Common Areas taken shall be excluded  from the Common Areas usable by Tenant and
no reduction of Rent shall occur with respect thereto or by reason  thereof.  In
the event more than fifty percent  (50%) of the Building is condemned,  Landlord
shall have the option in its sole  discretion to terminate  this Lease as of the
taking of possession by the  condemning  authority,  by giving written notice to
Tenant of such  election  within  thirty (30) days after  receipt of notice of a
taking  by  condemnation  of any part of the  Premises  or the  Office  Building
Project.  Any award for the  taking  of all or any part of the  Premises  or the
Office  Building  Project under the power of eminent  domain or any payment made
under  threat of the  exercise of such power shall be the  property of Landlord,
whether such award shall be made as compensation  for diminution in value of the
leasehold  or for the  taking of the fee,  or as  severance  damages;  provided,
however,  that Tenant  shall be entitled  to any  separate  award for loss of or
damage to Tenant's trade fixtures,  removable  personal property and unamortized
tenant  improvements  that have been paid for by Tenant.  For that purpose,  the
cost of such improvements shall be amortized over the original term of the lease
excluding any options.  In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason
of such  condemnation,  Landlord  shall,  to the  extent  of  severance  damages
received by Landlord in connection with such condemnation,  repair any damage to
the Premises  caused by such  condemnation  except to the extent that Tenant has
been  reimbursed  therefor by the  condemning  authority.  Tenant  shall pay any
amount in excess of such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15.      BROKER'S  FEE.  Tenant and Landlord  each  represent and warrant to the
other that neither has had any dealing with any person,  firm,  broker or finder
(other than the person(s), if any, whose name is set forth in paragraph 1.13) in
connection  with  the  negotiation  of this  Lease  or the  consummation  of the
transaction  contemplated  hereby, and no other broker or other person,  firm or
entity is entitled to any  commission  or finder's fee in  connection  with said
transaction and Tenant and Landlord do each hereby  indemnify and hold the other
harmless from and against any costs, expenses,  attorneys' fees or liability for
compensation  or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder
or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the  indemnifying
party.

16.     ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

         (a) Each party (as "responding  party") shall at any time upon not less
than ten (10)  days  prior  written  notice  from the other  party  ("requesting
party") execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a statement in
writing  (i)  certifying  that this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full force and
effect, (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying
that this Lease,

Standard Office Lease between                              Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and             Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc. Tenant                                                         
Execution Copy                                                                 
Page 13                                                    53181002.441        
                                                    

as so modified,  is in full force and effect) and the date to which the rent and
other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are
not, to the responding  party's  knowledge,  any uncured defaults on the part of
the requesting  party, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed.  Any such
statement  may be  conclusively  relied  upon by any  prospective  purchaser  or
encumbrancer of the Office Building Project or of the business of Tenant.

         (b) At the requesting party's option, the responding party's failure to
deliver  such  statement  within  such time shall be a material  default of this
Lease,  without any further  notice to such party,  or after  second  notice and
failure to respond within three (3) business  days, it shall be conclusive  upon
such party that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification
except as may be represented by the requesting  party, (ii) there are no uncured
defaults in the  requesting  party's  performance,  and (iii) if Landlord is the
requesting party, not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance.

         (c) If  Landlord  desires  to  finance,  refinance  or sell the  Office
Building  Project,  or any part thereof,  Tenant hereby agrees to deliver to any
lender or purchaser  designated by Landlord such financial  statements of Tenant
as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser. Such statements shall
include  the past  three (3) years'  financial  statements  of Tenant.  All such
financial  statements shall be received by Landlord and such lender or purchaser
in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17.      LANDLORD'S  LIABILITY.  The term  "Landlord"  as used herein shall mean
only the  owner or  owners,  at the time in  question,  of the fee  title or the
leasehold  interest under a ground lease of the Office Building Project.  In the
event of any transfer of such title or interest.  Landlord  herein named (and in
case of any  subsequent  transfers  then the grantor) shall be relieved from and
after  the  date  of such  transfer  of all  liability  as  respects  Landlord's
obligations thereafter to be performed,  provided that any funds in the hands of
Landlord or the then grantor at the time of such  transfer,  in which Tenant has
an interest, shall be delivered to the grantee,  and so long as such  transferee
assumes in writing such obligation.  The obligations  contained in this Lease to
be performed by Landlord shall be binding on Landlord's  successors and assigns,
only to the extent accruing during their respective periods of ownership.  It is
understood and agreed that the liability of Landlord  hereunder shall be limited
solely to the assets and  property of the Building or Office  Building  Project;
then no  general  or  limited  partner  or  stockholder  of  Landlord  shall  be
personally  liable with  respect to any claim  arising out of or related to this
Lease;  and that a deficit capital account of a partner of Landlord shall not be
deemed an asset or property of the Building or Office Building Project.

18.      SEVERABILITY.  The  invalidity  of  any  provision  of  this  Lease  as
determined  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction  shall in no way  affect  the
validity of any other provision hereof.

19.      FORCE  MAJEURE.  Any  obligation  of  Landlord  which is delayed or not
performed due to an act of God,  strike,  riot,  shortage of labor or materials,
war  (whether  declared  or  undeclared),   laws,  governmental  regulations  or
restrictions or any other governmental action or inaction, or any other cause of
any kind whatsoever which is beyond  Landlord's  reasonable  control,  shall not
constitute a default  hereunder and shall be performed  within a reasonable time
after  the end of the  cause for delay or  non-performance.  Any  obligation  of
Tenant which is delayed or not performed  (other than the obligation to pay Rent
which  shall not be covered  by this  provision)  due to an act of God,  strike,
riot,  shortage of labor or  materials,  war (whether  declared or  undeclared),
laws, governmental  regulations or restrictions or any other governmental action
or inaction,  or any other cause of any kind whatsoever which is beyond Tenant's
reasonable  control,  shall  not  constitute  a default  hereunder  and shall be
performed  within a  reasonable  time  after  the end of the  cause for delay or
non-performance.

20.      TIME  IS OF  ESSENCE.  Time  is of  the  essence  with  respect  to the
obligations to be performed under this Lease.

21.      NOT APPLICABLE.

22.      INCORPORATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENT:  AMENDMENTS.  This Lease contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned  herein. No prior
or  contemporaneous  agreement or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matter
shall be effective . This Lease may be modified in writing  only,  signed by the
parties in interest at the time of the modification.  Except as otherwise stated
in this Lease,  Tenant hereby  acknowledges  that neither the Listing Broker nor
the Cooperating  Broker, if any,  designated in paragraphs 1.13 and 1.14 nor the
Landlord or any  employee  or agent of any of said  persons has made any oral or
written warranties or representations to Tenant relative to the condition or use
by Tenant of the Premises or the Office Building Project and Tenant acknowledges
that Tenant assumes all responsibility  regarding any of the following , as such
applies to the Premises (but does not take responsibility to the extent work may
be required  outside the  Premises):  the  Occupational  Safety  Health Act, the
Americans with  Disabilities Act, the legal use and adaptability of the Premises
and the compliance  thereof with all applicable  laws and  regulations in effect
during the term of this Lease.

23.      NOTICES.  Any notice  required or permitted to be given hereunder shall
be in  writing  and  may be  given  by  personal  delivery  or by  certified  or
registered  mail  (provided  that  notice of  exercise of any option must in all
events be given by certified  or  registered  mail)  addressed to a party at the
address  herein  or such  other  address  for  notice  purposes  as may be later
specified  by notice to the  other  party,  except  that  upon  Tenant's  taking
possession of the Premises,  the Premises shall constitute  Tenant's address for
notice purposes. Mailed notices shall be deemed given upon actual receipt at the
address required,  or forty-eight  hours following deposit in the mail,  postage
prepaid,  whichever first occurs unless otherwise  specifically provided in this
Lease.  A copy of all  notices  required  or  permitted  to be given to Landlord
hereunder  shall be  concurrently  transmitted to such other party or parties at
such  addresses as Landlord  may from to time  hereafter  designate by notice to
Tenant.

Standard Office Lease between                               Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and              Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc. Tenant                                                       
Execution Copy                                                               
Page 14                                                     53181002.441 
                                                                               

                                                              
Notice addresses are as follows:

         LANDLORD:    National Life Insurance Company, a Vermont Corporation
                      c/o Koll Investment Management
                      1101 17th Street, N.W. Suite 610
                      Washington, D.C.  20036
                      Attention:  Barbara E. Gloeckner

Prior to Rent Commencement Date:


         TENANT:      Radio One, Inc.
                      4001 Nebraska Avenue, N.W.
                      Washington, D.C. 20016
                      Attention: Alfred Liggins, President

With a copy to :      Jerry Moore, III, Esq.
                      Arter & Hadden
                      1801 K Street, N.W. Suite 400K
                      Washington, D.C. 20006-1301


After Rent Commencement Date:

         TENANT:      Radio One, Inc.
                      5900 Princess Garden Parkway
                      Suite 800
                      Lanham, Maryland
                      Attention:       Alfred Liggins, President

With a copy to :      Jerry Moore, III, Esq.
                      Arter & Hadden
                      1801 K Street, N.W. Suite 400K
                      Washington, D.C. 20006-1301

24.      WAIVERS.  No waiver by Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed
a waiver of any other  provision  or of any  subsequent  breach by Tenant of the
same or any other  provision.  Landlord's  consent to, or  approval  of, any act
shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord's consent to
or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.  The acceptance of rent by Landlord
shall not be a waiver of any  preceding  breach of this Lease by  Tenant,  other
than  Tenant's  failure to pay the  particular  rent so accepted,  regardless of
Landlord's  knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such
rent.

25.      HOLDING OVER. If Tenant, with Landlord's consent, remains in possession
of all or any part of the  Premises  after  the  expiration  of the term of this
Lease,  such occupancy  shall be a tenancy from  month-to-month  upon all of the
provisions of this Lease  pertaining to the  obligations of Tenant,  except that
the Base Rent payable shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent
payable immediately preceding the expiration of the term.

26.      CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  No  remedy or  election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

27.      COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS.  Each provision of this Lease to be performed
by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

28.      BINDING  EFFECT;  CHOICE  OF  LAW.  Subject  to any  provisions  hereof
restricting  assignment or subletting by Tenant and subject to the provisions of
paragraph 17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives,
successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Maryland,   excluding  principles  of  conflicts  of  law,  and  nay  litigation
concerning  this Lease  between the parties  hereto  shall be  initiated  in the
county in which the Office Building Project is located.

29.      SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT.

         (a)      Landlord  represents  that there  are no existing mortgages on
the Property. This Lease shall be subordinate to any mortgages or deeds of trust
which may  hereafter  be placed upon the  Building or Project and to any and all
advances to be made thereunder,  and to the interest thereon,  and all renewals,
replacements,  and extensions thereof.  This Section shall be self-operative and
no further instrument or subordination shall be required.  Tenant agrees that at
any time and from time to time,  within five (5) days after  written  request of
Landlord, Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord any
written statement confirming such subordination  reasonably required by Landlord
or any of its lenders. As a condition of such subordination, Tenant shall obtain
a  commercially  reasonable  form of  non-disturbance  agreement  from  any such
lenders. In the event of any mortgagee



Standard Office Lease between                             Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and            Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                       
Execution Copy                                                                
Page 15                                                   53181002.441        
                                                         

or trustee  electing to have this Lease be a prior lien to its  mortgage or deed
of trust,  then and in such an event,  upon such mortgagee or trustee  notifying
Tenant to that  effect,  this  Lease  shall be deemed  prior in lien to the said
mortgage  or  trust  deed,  whether  or not  this  Lease  is  dated  prior to or
subsequent to the date of said mortgage or deed of trust.

         (b)      If Landlord  assigns  this Lease  of the  rents hereunder to a
creditor as security for a debt.  Tenant shall,  after notice of such assignment
and upon demand by Landlord or the assignee,  pay all sums  thereafter  becoming
due Landlord hereunder both jointly to Landlord and such assignee.  Tenant shall
also,  upon  receipt of such notice,  have all  policies of  insurance  required
hereunder endorsed so as to protect the assignee's interest as it may appear and
shall deliver such policies,  or certificates  thereof, to the assignee.  In the
event the  Premises are sold at any  foreclosure  sale or sales by virtue of any
judicial  proceedings or otherwise,  this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect  and  Tenant  agrees,  upon  request,  to attorn to and  acknowledge  the
foreclosure purchaser or purchasers at such sale as the Landlord hereunder. As a
condition  to Tenant's  agreement  to attorn as set forth  herein,  Tenant shall
obtain a commercially reasonable form of non-disturbance  agreement on behalf of
Tenant from Landlord's mortgagee.

30.  ATTORNEYS'  FEES.  If either party brings any lawsuit to enforce or declare
rights  under this Lease,  the  prevailing  party in the action,  including  any
appeal, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees paid by the losing party
as fixed by the court in the same or a separate proceeding,  whether or not such
action is pursued to decision or judgement.  The  attorneys' fee award shall not
be computed in accordance  with any court fee schedule,  but shall be such as to
fully  reimburse all  attorneys'  fees  reasonably  incurred in good faith.  Any
attorney's fees due Landlord by Tenant shall be Additional Rent.

31.      LANDLORD'S ACCESS

         31.1 Landlord and  Landlord's  agents shall have the right to enter the
Premises  at  reasonable  times  upon  twenty-four  (24) hours  prior  notice by
telephone  (except  in an  emergency  where a shorter  period  of time  shall be
permitted)  for the purpose of  inspecting  the same,  performing  any  services
required of Landlord,  showing the same to prospective  purchasers,  lenders, or
lessees,  taking such measures,  erecting such  scaffolding  or other  necessary
structures,  making such alterations,  repairs, improvements or additions to the
Premises or to the Office  Building  Project as  Landlord  may  reasonably  deem
necessary or desirable and the  erecting,  using and  maintaining  of utilities,
services,  pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long
as there is no material adverse effect on Tenant's use of the Premises. Landlord
shall make  reasonable  efforts to minimize  disruption  to Tenant's  use of the
Premises,  and Landlord  shall  restore the  Premises to the existing  condition
prior to such access. Landlord may at any time place on or about the Building or
the Office Building Project "For Sale" signs and Landlord may at any time during
the last 120 days of the term place on or about the Premises "For Lease" signs.

         31.2 All  activities  of  Landlord  pursuant to  paragraph  31 shall be
without  abatement of Rent and Landlord  shall not have any  liability to Tenant
for the same, other than as provided in Section 9.5(a) or paragraph 11.5.

         31.3.  Landlord shall have the right to retain keys to the Premises and
to unlock all doors in or upon the Premises other than files,  vaults and safes,
and in the case of emergency to enter the Premises by any reasonably appropriate
means,  and any such entry shall not be deemed a forcible  or unlawful  entry or
detainer of the Premises or an eviction.  Tenant  waives any charges for damages
or injuries or  interference  with  Tenant's  property or business in connection
therewith.

32.      AUCTIONS,  OTHER SALES AND  CESSATION  OF  BUSINESS.  Tenant  shall not
conduct,  nor permit to be conducted,  either voluntarily or involuntarily,  any
auction upon the Premises or the Common Areas without  Landlord's  prior written
consent  which  shall be given  at  Landlord's  sole  discretion  and  judgment.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Lease,  Landlord  shall not be
obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness  in determining  whether to
grant such  consent.  Tenant shall not make a bulk sale of its goods or move, or
attempt  to or  threaten  to move its goods and  equipment  out of the  Premises
(other than in the ordinary  course of  business)  or cease to conduct  business
from the Premises.

33.      SIGNS.  Tenant shall not place any sign upon the Premises or the Office
Building  Project without  Landlord's prior written consent which shall be given
in the Landlord's sole discretion and judgment. For this purpose, but subject to
the rights of RCI as an existing  Tenant,  if any,  Landlord hereby approves the
signage rights (including design, size, location,  materials, etc.) described on
Exhibit G attached  hereto (or to be attached hereto and submitted by Tenant and
signed by  Landlord).  Under no  circumstances  shall Tenant place a sign on any
roof of the Office Building  Project,  other than with Landlord's  prior written
approval,  and  subject  to the  rights of  existing  tenants.  Tenant  shall be
responsible  for obtaining all  necessary  approvals for any permitted  sign, at
Tenant's  sole cost and  expense.  If any sign is displayed  without  Landlord's
prior  consent,  Landlord  shall  have the right to remove  such sign or item at
Tenant's  expense,  or require Tenant to do same.  Landlord hereby agrees not to
(a) grant any signage  rights for tenant  signs to be located on the exterior of
the  Building  after the date  hereof,  or (b) name the  Building,  without  the
consent of Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
or delayed.

34.      MERGER.  The  voluntary or other  surrender or mutual  cancellation  or
termination by Landlord of this Lease shall not work a merger, but shall, at the
option of Landlord,  terminate all or any subtenancies or may , at the option of
Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subtenancies.

35.      CONSENTS.  Except for paragraphs 7.3  (Alterations  and Additions),  12
(Assignment and Subletting) as it relates to any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation
or encumbrance of this Lease or any interest therein, 32 (Auctions,  Other Sales
and Cessation of Business) 33 (Signs), and 48 (Hazardous Material) as it relates
to causing or permitting any Hazardous Material to be brought upon.

Standard Office Lease between                             Initials: _________ 
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and            Initials: _________ 
Radio One, Inc., Tenant                                                       
Execution Copy                                                                
Page 16                                                   53181002.441        
                                                         




kept or used in or about the Premises, wherever in this Lease the consent of one
party is  required  to an act of the  other  party  such  consent  shall  not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

36.      GUARANTOR.  In the event that there is a guarantor  of this Lease,  the
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Tenant under this Lease.

37.      QUIET  POSSESSION.  Upon Tenant  paying the rent for the  Premises  and
observing and  performing  all of the  covenants,  conditions  and provisions on
Tenant's  part to be observed and performed  hereunder.  Tenant shall have quiet
possession of the Premises for the entire term subject to all the  provisions of
this Lease.

38.      LICENSE FOR ANTENNA.  (a) Subject to the rights of other tenants in the
Building  as of the  date  of  this  Lease  and to the  satisfaction  of all the
conditions in this Section 38, provided Tenant is not in default hereunder after
applicable  notice and cure,  Tenant shall have the revocable license to install
in any area  reasonably  designated  by Landlord  on the roof of the  Building a
satellite dish antenna,  together with the cables extending form such antenna to
the Premises,  without rental or charge,  provided however, all attennas located
on the roof by Tenant  shall be  separately  metered at  Tenant's  expense,  and
Tenant shall be responsible  for such portion of utility costs related  thereto,
if any as may be required by Paragraph 11.2 hereof. Tenant shall not be entitled
to install  such an antenna (I) which is greater than one (1) meter in diameter,
(ii)  which is more than  five (5) feet in  height,  (iii) if such  installation
would adversely affect (or in a manner that would adversely affect) any warranty
with respect to the roof,  (iv)(A) if such  installation  would adversely affect
(or in a  manner  that  would  adversely  affect)  the  structure  or any of the
building  systems of the  Building  in which the  Premises  is  located,  or (B)
without   Landlord's   prior  written   consent  (which  consent  shall  not  be
unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned  or delayed),  if such  installation  would
require (or in a manner that would  require) any  structural  alteration  to the
Building,  (v) if such  installation  would  violate  (or in a manner that would
violate) any applicable  federal,  state or local law, rule or regulation,  (vi)
unless  Tenant has  obtained at Tenant's  expense and has  submitted to Landlord
copies  of  all  permits  and  approvals  relating  to  such  antenna  and  such
installation,(vii)  unless such antenna is white or of a beige or lighter  color
and  is  screened  in  accordance  with  Landlord's  reasonable  specifications,
(viii) unless such antenna is installed, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, by a
qualified contractor chosen by Tenant and approved in advance by Landlord, which
approvals shall not be unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned or delayed, and (ix)
unless Tenant obtains Landlord's prior consent (not to be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned  or  delayed)  to the  location  of the antenna and to the manner in
which  such  installation  work is to be  done.  All  plans  and  specifications
concerning such installation  (including any structural alterations required for
such installation) shall be subject to Landlord's prior written approval,  which
approval  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned  or  delayed.  In
addition,  Landlord  shall  engage,  at Tenant's  sole but  reasonable  cost and
expense, a structural engineer to review Tenant's plans and specifications,  and
if requested by Landlord, Tenant's construction. Tenant shall provide Landlord a
copy of the  As-Built  drawings  for the  antenna  within  five  (5) days of the
installation  of the antenna by Tenant in accordance  with this Section.  Tenant
shall not interfere with or otherwise  disturb any existing  antenna,  satellite
dish or other  communications device  located on the roof of the  Building,  and
Landlord  shall  include and use  commercially  reasonable  efforts to enforce a
similar provision in all future antenna leases.

         (b) Tenant shall not have access to any such antenna without Landlord's
prior written consent  (except in an emergency),  which consent shall be granted
to the  extent  necessary  for  Tenant to perform  its  maintenance  obligations
hereunder and only if Tenant is  accompanied  by Landlord's  representative  (if
Landlord so requests).

         (c) At all times during the Term. Tenant shall maintain said antenna in
good  condition and in a manner that avoids  interference  with or disruption to
Landlord  and other  tenants  of the  Building.  At the  expiration  or  earlier
termination of the Term (or if Tenant discontinues use of such antenna),  Tenant
shall remove such antenna and related equipment from the Building.

         (d) Upon ten (10) days' prior written notice to Tenant,  Landlord shall
have the right to require Tenant to relocate the antenna to another  location on
the  roof  reasonably  acceptable  to  Tenant,  if in  Landlord's  opinion  such
relocation is necessary or desirable.  Any such relocation shall be performed by
Tenant at Landlord's expense,  and in accordance with all of the requirements of
this Paragraph.  Nothing in this Paragraph shall be construed as granting Tenant
any  line of  sight  easement  with  respect  to such  satellite  dish  antenna;
provided,  however,  that if Landlord requires that such antenna be relocated in
accordance  with the  preceding  two (2)  sentences,  then  Landlord  shall  use
reasonable efforts to provide either (a) the same line of sight for such antenna
as was  available  prior to such  relocation,  or (b) a line of  sight  for such
antenna  which  is  functionally  equivalent  to that  available  prior  to such
relocation.

         (e)  In  granting  Tenant  the  right  hereunder,   Landlord  makes  no
representation  as to the legality of such antenna or its  installation.  If any
federal, state, county,  regulatory or other authority request the removal of or
relocation  of such  antenna,  Tenant shall  remove or relocate  such antenna at
Tenant's sole cost and expense,  and Landlord  shall under no  circumstances  be
liable to Tenant therefor.

         (f) Tenant shall be responsible for and Tenant shall indemnify and hold
Landlord harmless from and against, all costs, damages, claims,  liabilities and
expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees) suffered by or claimed against
Landlord, directly or indirectly, based on, arising out of or resulting from any
act or omission with respect to the installation,  use, operation,  maintenance,
repair or disassembly of such antenna and related equipment,  including, without
limitation,  any damage that is caused to the roof,  except to the extent caused
by the gross negligence or willing misconduct of Landlord,  agents, employees or
contractors.

Standard Office Lease between                            Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and           Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant
Execution Copy                                           53181002.441
Page 17



         (g) Tenant shall have no right to transfer, assign, mortgage,  encumber
or otherwise  alienate or rent any such  antenna  and/or  equipment  appurtenant
thereto, and such rights granted in this Section 38 shall be personal to Tenant.

         (h) Tenant  acknowledges  that Landlord  may,  without any liability to
Tenant,  at any time allow other  tenants of the  Building or other  persons the
right to use the roof for any purpose, subject to non-interference covenants set
forth herein.

         (i) Landlord  hereby agrees that Landlord  shall not revoke the license
provided  herein,  except  upon  termination  of this  Lease or upon  default of
Tenant's obligations under this Section 38.

39.      SECURITY MEASURES-LANDLORD'S RESERVATIONS.

         39.1 Tenant hereby  acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation
whatsoever to provide guard service or other security measure for the benefit of
the Premises or the Office Building Project,  other than the existing electronic
security  system,  maintained in good working order,  and replaced as necessary.
Tenant  assumes all  responsibility  for the protection of Tenant and its agents
and invitees and the property of Tenant and its agents and invitees from acts of
third parties.  Nothing herein contained shall prevent  Landlord,  at Landlord's
sole option,  from providing security protection for the Office Building Project
or any part thereof.

         39.2 LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING RIGHTS:

                  (a)      To change  the name,  address  or title of the Office
Building  Project  or the  Building  upon not less  than 90 days  prior  written
notice;

                  (b)      To, at Tenant's expense, provide and install Building
standard  graphics  (i.e.,  name of Tenant only) on the door of the Premises and
such portions of the Common Areas as Landlord shall reasonably deem appropriate;

                  (c)      To grant  any lessee of the Office  Building  Project
the exclusive right to conduct any business as long as such exclusive right does
not conflict with any rights expressly given herein:

                  (d)      To place such signs,  notices or displays as Landlord
reasonably deems necessary or advisable upon the roof and exterior of the Office
Building Project or on pole signs in the Common Areas.

         39.3 TENANT SHALL NOT: Suffer or permit anyone, except in emergency, to
go upon the roof of the Building, other than pursuant to Section 38(a).

40.      EASEMENTS.

         40.1 Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to grant easements
and rights,  make  dedications,  agree to restrictions and record maps affecting
the Office Building Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, so long
as  such  easements,   rights,   dedications,   restrictions  and  maps  do  not
unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant. Tenant shall sign
any of the  aforementioned  documents upon request of Landlord and failure to do
so shall  constitute a material default of this Lease by Tenant without the need
for further notice to Tenant.

         40.2 Landlord shall not erect another  building which will obstruct the
view from the seventh and eighth  Floors of the  Premises.  The  obstruction  of
Tenant's  view,  air, or light by any  structure  erected in the vicinity of the
Building by third parties not affiliated  with Landlord,  shall in no way affect
this Lease or impose any liability upon Landlord.

41.      PERFORMANCE.  If at any time a dispute  shall arise as to any amount or
sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the  provisions  hereof,
the party against whom the  obligation  to pay the money is asserted  shall have
the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be regarded
as a voluntary  payment,  and there shall  survive the right on the part of said
party to institute  suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged  that
there was no legal  obligation  on the part of said party to pay such sum or any
part  thereof,  said party  shall be  entitled  to  recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as it was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
Lease.

42.      AUTHORITY.  If Tenant is a  corporation,  trust,  or general or limited
partnership,  Tenant, and each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such
entity  represent and warrant that such individual is duly authorized to execute
and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity.  Landlord,  and each individual
executing  this Lease on behalf of such entity,  represent and warrant that such
individual  is duly  authorized  to execute and deliver  this Lease on behalf of
said entity.

43.      CONFLICT.  Any  conflict  between the printed  provisions,  Exhibits or
Addenda of this Lease and the  typewritten  or handwritten  provisions,  if any,
shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

44.      NO OFFER. Preparation of this Lease by Landlord or Landlord's agent and
submission  of same to  Tenant  shall not be deemed an offer to Tenant to lease.
This Lease  shall  become  binding  upon  Landlord  and  Tenant  only when fully
executed by both parties.

45.      MISCELLANEOUS.  (a)  Landlord  shall  provide  Tenant  and  its  agents
reasonable access to the office Building Project for the purpose of preparing an
ALTA survey, at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

Standard Office Lease between                            Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and           Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant
Execution Copy                                           53181002.441
Page 18




         (b) If Landlord  enters into any lease for space on the second floor of
the Building,  such lease shall (I) provide that the tenant therein may only use
such space for general  office  purposes and (ii) shall provide such space is to
be carpeted with building  grade  carpeting,  except for such areas as kitchens,
bathrooms and pantries,  which are not ordinarily  carpeted.  Landlord shall use
reasonably commercial efforts to enforce such restrictions and requirements.

46.      MULTIPLE PARTIES.  If more than one person or entity is named as either
Landlord or Tenant herein,  except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, the
obligations  of the  Landlord  or Tenant  herein  shall be the joint and several
responsibility  of all  persons or  entities  named  herein as such  Landlord or
Tenant, respectively.

47.      APPLICABLE LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

         (a) The  covenants,  conditions  and  provisions of this Lease shall be
construed  under the laws of the State of Maryland.  If any  provisions  of this
Lease should be held invalid or unenforceable,  the validity and  enforceability
of the remaining provisions of this lease shall not be affected thereby.

         (b) THE  LANDLORD AND THE TENANT WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM,  OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, OR RELATED TO, THE SUBJECT
MATTER OF THIS LEASE.  THIS WAIVER  APPLIES TO ALL CLAIMS AGAINST ALL PARTIES TO
SUCH  ACTIONS  AND  PROCEEDINGS,  INCLUDING  PARTIES WHO ARE NOT PARTIES TO THIS
LEASE.  THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY,  INTENTIONALLY,  AND  VOLUNTARILY  MADE BY THE
TENANT AND THE TENANT  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT NEITHER THE  LANDLORD,  NOR ANY PERSON
ACTING ON BEHALF OF THE LANDLORD, HAS MADE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OF FACT TO INDUCE
THIS WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR IN ANY WAY TO MODIFY OR NULLIFY ITS EFFECT.  THE
TENANT  FURTHER  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  IT HAS  BEEN  REPRESENTED  (OR  HAS HAD THE
OPPORTUNITY TO BE REPRESENTED) IN THE SIGNING OF THIS LEASE AND IN THE MAKING OF
THIS WAIVER BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, SELECTED OF ITS OWN FREE WILL, IN THAT
IT HAS HAD THE  OPPORTUNITY  TO DISCUSS  THIS  WAIVER WITH  COUNSEL.  THE TENANT
FURTHER   ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT  IT  HAS  READ  AND  UNDERSTANDS  THE  MEANING  AND
RAMIFICATIONS  OF THIS WAIVER  PROVISION  AND AS EVIDENCE OF THIS FACT SIGNS ITS
INITIALS.

         ------------------
         Initials of Tenant

48.      HAZARDOUS  MATERIAL.  Tenant  shall not cause or permit  any  Hazardous
Material (as  hereinafter  defined) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about
the Premises by Tenant,  its agents,  employees,  contractors or invitees (other
than customary office products in customary amounts for office use in compliance
with all laws) without the prior written consent of Landlord,  which consent may
be granted or withheld in Landlord's sole  discretion.   For the purpose of this
Lease,  "Hazardous Material" shall include oil, flammable explosives,  asbestos,
urea formaldehyde,  radioactive  materials or waste, or other hazardous,  toxic,
contaminated or polluting materials,  substances or wastes,  including,  without
limitation, any "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes,""hazardous materials"
or "toxic substances" as such terms are defined in the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act and the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation  and
Liability  Act,  and in any other  law,  ordinance,  rule,  regulation  or order
promulgated by the federal or state government, or any other governmental entity
having  jurisdiction  over the Office  Building  Project or the  parties to this
Lease. If Tenant breaches the obligations set forth in this paragraph, or if the
presence of Hazardous Material in the Premises or at the Office Building Project
caused or permitted by Tenant  (whether or not Landlord has given its consent to
the  presence  of  such   Hazardous   Material  in  the  Premises)   results  in
contamination of the Premises or any other part of the Office Building  Project,
or if  contamination  of the  Office  Building  Project  by  Hazardous  Material
otherwise  occurs  for  which  Tenant  is  legally  liable,  then  Tenant  shall
indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, judgments,
damages,  penalties,  fines costs,  liabilities  or losses,  including,  without
limitation,  diminution in value of the Office Building Project, damages for the
loss, or  restriction  on use of rentable or usable space or floor area in or of
any amenity of the Office  Building  Project,  damages  arising from any adverse
impact on leasing space in the Office Building Project,  sums paid in settlement
of claims, and any attorneys' fees,  consultant fees and expert fees which arise
during or after the term of this Lease as a result of such  contamination.  This
indemnification of Landlord by Tenant shall survive expiration or termination of
this Lease includes,  without limitation,  costs incurred in connection with any
investigation  of  site  conditions  or  any  cleanup,   remedial,   removal  or
restoration work required by any federal,  state or local governmental agency or
polictical subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in, on or under the
Premises.  Without  limiting the  foregoing,  if the  presence of any  Hazardous
Material caused or permitted by Tenant or its agents, employees,  contractors or
invitees,  results in any contamination of the Office Building  Project,  Tenant
shall promptly take all actions, at its sole expense, as are necessary to return
the Office Building Project to the condition  existing prior to the introduction
of any such  Hazardous  Material;  provided  that  Landlord's  approval  of such
actions  shall  first be  obtained,  which  approval  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse
long-term or short-term  effects on the Office  Building  Project.  Tenant shall
promptly notify Landlord of any such contamination.

Standard Office Lease between                            Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and           Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant
Execution Copy                                           53181002.441
Page 19




49.      ATTACHMENTS.   Attached  hereto  are  the  following   documents  which
constitute a part of this Lease.

         Exhibit A. Floor Plan

         Exhibit B. Reserved Parking Spaces

         Exhibit C. Rules and Regulations

         Exhibit D. Tenant's Space Plan

         Exhibit E. Tenant Improvement Construction Drawings

         Exhibit F. Cleaning and HVAC Specifications

         Exhibit G. Signage Exhibit

LANDLORD  AND  TENANT  HAVE  CAREFULLY  READ AND  REVIEWED  THIS  LEASE AND EACH
PROVISION IN IT AND BY EXECUTING IT, SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT.
THE  PARTIES  AGREE  THAT,  AT THE TIME THIS  LEASE IS  EXECUTED,  ITS TERMS ARE
COMMERCIALLY  REASONABLE  AND  EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND
TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

This Lease has been prepared for  submission  to your attorney for approval;  no
representations or  recommendation is made as to the  legal  sufficiency,  legal
effect,  or tax consequences of this Lease or the transaction  relating thereto,
the parties  shall rely solely upon the advice of their own legal  counsel as to
the legal and tax consequences of this issue.


LANDLORD                                      TENANT

NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY               RADIO ONE, INC.
By:  Koll Investment Management
       its Authorized Agent

By:                                           By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
    ---------------------------------             -----------------------------
    Barbara E. Gloeckner                            Alfred Liggins
    Its: Vice President                             Its: President
    On                                              On
      -------------------------------                  -------------------------



Standard Office Lease between                            Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and           Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant
Execution Copy                                           53181002.441
Page 20






                                 EXHIBIT A - P.1


                                   FLOOR PLAN



                                 [IMAGE OMITTED]






                                 EXHIBIT A - P.2

                                   FLOOR PLAN


                                 [IMAGE OMITTED]







                                 EXHIBIT A - P.3

                                   FLOOR PLAN


                                 [IMAGE OMITTED]






                                    EXHIBIT B

                             RESERVED PARKING SPACES



                                 [IMAGE OMITTED]






                                    EXHIBIT C
                            RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR
                              STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

Dated :                    __________________, 1997

By and Between: National Life Insurance Company,  Landlord, and Radio One, Inc.,
Tenant

GENERAL RULES

1.   Tenant  shall not suffer or permit  the  obstruction  of any Common  Areas,
     including driveways, walkways and stairways.

2.   Landlord  reserves  the right to refuse  access to any persons  Landlord in
     good faith judges to be a threat to the safety,  reputation, or property of
     the Office Building Project and its occupants.

3.   Tenant  shall not make or permit  any  noise or odors to  emanate  from the
     Premises  that  annoy or  interfere  with other  lessees or persons  having
     business within the Office Building Project.

4.   Tenant  shall not keep animals or birds,  with the  exception of seeing eye
     dogs,  within the Office  Building  Project,  and shall not bring bicycles,
     motorcycles  or other  vehicles into areas not designated as authorized for
     same.

5.   Tenant  shall not  make,  suffer or  permit  litter  except in  appropriate
     receptacles for that purpose.

6.   Tenant  shall not  alter any lock or  install  new or  additional  locks or
     bolts.

7.   Tenant shall be responsible for the  inappropriate use of any toilet rooms,
     plumbing or other utilities by Tenant, its agents or employees.  No foreign
     substances of any kind are to be inserted therein.

8.   Tenant  shall not deface the walls,  partitions  or other  surfaces  of the
     premises or Office Building Project.

9.   Tenant  shall not suffer or permit any thing in or around the  Premises  or
     Building  that causes  excessive  vibration or floor loading in any part of
     the Office Building Project.

10.  Furniture,  significant freight and equipment shall be moved into or out of
     the building only with the Landlord's knowledge and consent, and subject to
     such reasonable limitations,  techniques and timing as may be designated by
     Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the Office Building
     Project arising from any such activity, subject to waiver of subrogation.

11.  Tenant shall not employ any service or  contractor  for services or work to
     be performed in the Building, except as reasonably approved by Landlord.

12.  Landlord  reserves the right to close and lock the  Building on  Saturdays,
     Sundays and legal  holidays so long as Tenant has access at all times,  and
     on other days between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 6:00 A.M. of the following
     day.  If Tenant uses the  Premises  during such  periods,  Tenant  shall be
     responsible for securely locking any doors it may have opened for entry.

13.  Tenant shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and shall be
     responsible for the cost of replacing any keys that are lost.

14.  Neither  Tenant or any employee or invitee of Tenant shall go upon the roof
     of the Building, except in an emergency as provided in Section 38.

15.  Tenant shall not suffer or permit  smoking or carrying of lighted  cigar or
     cigarettes  in areas  reasonably  designated  by Landlord or by  applicable
     governmental agencies as non-smoking areas.

16.  Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air  conditioning  other than
     for a supplemental HVAC as shown on Tenant's Plans and  Specifications,  or
     as otherwise approved by Landlord.

17.  The  Premises  shall not be used for lodging or  manufacturing,  cooking or
     food preparation other than normal office kitchen pantry.

18.  Tenant  shall  comply  with all  safety,  fire  protection  and  evacuation
     regulations established by Landlord or any applicable governmental agency.

Standard Office Lease between                            Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and           Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant
Execution Copy                                           53181002.441
Page 23


19.  Landlord reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or regulations,
     and  or as to  any  particular  lessee,  and  any  such  waiver  shall  not
     constitute  a waiver  of any other  rule or  regulation  or any  subsequent
     application  thereof to such Tenant  provided  Landlord  shall not unfairly
     discriminate against Tenant.

20.  Tenant  assumes all risks from theft or vandalism to Tenant's  property and
     agrees to keep its Premises locked as may be required.

21.  Landlord  reserves  the  right to make  such  other  reasonable  rules  and
     regulations as it may from time to time deem necessary for the  appropriate
     operation  and safety of the Office  Building  Project  and its  occupants.
     Tenant agrees to abide by such rules and regulations as well as these rules
     and regulations.

Standard Office Lease between                            Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and           Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant
Execution Copy                                           53181002.441
Page 24





                                  PARKING RULES


1.   Other  than  Tenant's  right to park up to ten (10) vans in the rear of the
     Building as provided in Section 2.2 of the Lease all parking areas shall be
     used  only  for  parking  vehicles  no  longer  than  full  size  passenger
     automobiles  herein called  "Permitted  Size Vehicles"  Vehicles other than
     Permitted Size Vehicles are herein referred to as "Oversized Vehicles"

2.   Tenant  shall  not  permit  or allow  any  vehicles  that  belong to or are
     controlled by Tenant or Tenant's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers,
     or  invitees  to be loaded,  unloaded,  or parked in areas other than those
     designated by Landlord for such activities.

3.   Users of the parking  area will obey all posted  signs and park only in the
     areas designated for vehicle parking.

4.   Unless  otherwise  instructed,  every  person  using  the  parking  area is
     required to park and lock his own vehicle. Landlord will not be responsible
     for any damage to vehicles,  injury to persons or loss of property,  all of
     which risks are assumed by the party using the parking area,  except to the
     extent caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord

5.   The  maintenance,  washing,  waxing or  cleaning of vehicles on the parking
     surface or Common Areas is prohibited

6.   Tenant shall be responsible  for seeing that all its employees,  agents and
     invitees comply with the applicable  parking rules,  regulations,  laws and
     agreements

7.   Landlord  reserves the right to reasonably  modify these rules and/or adopt
     such other  reasonable and  non-discriminatory  rules and regulations as it
     may deem necessary for the proper operation of the parking area.

8.   Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only
     and no bailment is intended or shall be created hereby.

Standard Office Lease between                            Initials: _________
National Life Insurance Company, Landlord, and           Initials: _________
Radio One, Inc., Tenant
Execution Copy                                           53181002.441
Page 25





                                   FLOOR PLAN


                                 [IMAGE OMITTED]






                                   FLOOR PLAN


                                 [IMAGE OMITTED]






                                    EXHIBIT E
                        ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS


                                    RADIO ONE
                               7TH AND 8TH FLOORS
                          5900 PRINCESS GARDEN PARKWAY
                                LANHAM, MARYLAND

DRAWING                             DATE                        DRAWN BY
- -------                             ----                        --------
A-0                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-1                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-2                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-3                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-4                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-5                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-6                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-7                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-8                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-9                               12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-10                              12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-11                              12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-12                              12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-13                              12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-14                              12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
A-15                              12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TMC-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TM7-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TM8-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TP7-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TP8-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TEC-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TE7-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TE7-2                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TE8-1                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC
TE8-2                             12/12/96                   INTERPLAN, INC

ADDENDEM                            DATE                           BY
- --------                            ----                           --

ADD#1                             12/17/96                   INTERPLAN, INC.
ADD#2                             12/19/96                   INTERPLAN, INC.








                             CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

Base Cleaning by Landlord

Cleaning is to be performed between 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m.

Nightly:

         Empty wastebaskets  Ashtrays emptied and wiped clean Surfaces up to 60"
         dusted All public and traffic areas vacuumed Tile floors dry mopped
         All bathrooms cleaned, disinfected, and stocked
         Any accidental carpet spots, spillage, or unsightly conditions remedied

Weekly:

         All carpeted  areas  vacuumed,  including  beneath desks and conference
         tables Office dusted with cloth,  including  tops of files,  ledges and
         window sills All telephones damp-wiped

Monthly:

         All resilient floor tile surfaces spray-buffed
         All restroom floors machine scrubbed

As Needed:

         Carpet spot cleaned
         Walls spot cleaned,  if possible without damaging finish Interior glass
         (sidelights,  etc.) cleaned All resilient  floor surfaces  stripped and
         refinished

Kitchens and Lunchrooms:

         Floor swept and damp-mopped nightly
         All  cleared  horizontal  surfaces to be dusted or  damp-wiped  nightly
         Chairs dusted; chairs and tables arranged neatly

Exclusions:

         Base  specifications do not include specialty cleaning of wood floor or
         paneling or other floor or furniture finishes.






                                    EXHIBIT F

                               HVAC SPECIFICATIONS

Summer                     outdoor = 95' dry bulb/78' wet bulb
                           Indoor  = 76' dry bulb max tolerence

Winter                     outdoor = 14' dry bulb
                           Indoor  = 74' bulb min tolerence

Relative  humidity  shall not exceed  50%-55% and shall be in a range to provide
reasonable comfort throughout the premises.

The HVAC  performance  specifications  are only  applicable  to standard  office
space;  and in any event (1) the  performance  of Landlord's  HVAC system may be
adversely   impacted   by   Tenant's   construction   and  (2)  no   performance
specifications  are provided with respect to the portion of the Broadcast  Suite
that is not devoted exclusively to office uses.







                                    EXHIBIT G

                                 SIGNAGE EXHIBIT


                                 [IMAGE OMITTED]



Fcbruary 24, 1997

Mr. Alfred Liggins
President
Radio One
4001 Nebraska Avenue N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20016

RE:  MODIFICATIONS  TO STANDARD  OFFICE LEASE  ("LEASE")  DATED FEBRUARY 3, 1997
     BETWEEN  NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE  COMPANY  ("LANDLORD") AND RADIO ONE, INC.
     ("TENANT");  AND  PURCHASE  OPTION  AGREEMENT  ("OPTION  AGREEMENT")  DATED
     FEBRUARY 3, 1997 BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT

Dear Alfred:



  This letter will confirm the Landlord's and Tenant's agreement with respect to
certain modifications of the Lease and Purchase Option described above:

1. Section 3.2 of the Lease is hereby modified to reflect that possession of the
Office Suite will be tendered on the day after the date of your  consent  below,
and that possession of the Broadcast Suite will be tendered on April 25, 1997.



2. Pursuant to the second  sentence of Section 38 of the Lease.  Landlord hereby
consents to the  installation  of the rooftop  antennas in  accordance  with the
plans  previously  submitted to Landlord by Tenant,  and further consents to the
installation of any replacements  thereof if such replacements are substantially
the same size.

3. Landlord hereby agrees that Tenant's pro rata share of the operating expenses
of the Property for purpose of Section 4(a)(ii) of the Purchase Option, shall be
calculated  separately for the Office Suite and the Broadcast Suite,  commencing
in each case on the applicable Rent Commencement Date.

If you agree to these  modifications  to the Lease and Purchase  Option,  please
sign and date the Consent below.

                                        NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                        By:  Koll Investment Management
                                        Its: Authorized Agent

                                        /s/ Barbara E. Gloeckner
                                        --------------------------------
                                        By:   Barbara E. Gloeckner
                                        Its:  Vice President

CONSENT:
RADIO ONE, INC.


/s/ Alfred Liggins                      Dated 2/25/97
- -----------------------------------           -------
By:   Alfred Liggins
Its:  President








                            PURCHASE OPTION AGREEMENT


  THIS PURCHASE  OPTION  AGREEMENT  (this  "Agreement") is made and entered into
this 3rd day of February,  1997, by and between NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
a Vermont  corporation  ("Seller") and RADIO ONE,  INC., a Delaware  corporation
("Purchaser").

                                    RECITALS

  WHEREAS,  on this date,  Purchaser,  as Tenant, and Seller, as Landlord,  have
entered into that certain Standard Office Lease dated of even date herewith (the
"Lease") for certain premises located in the building known by street address as
5900 Princess Avenue, Lanham, Maryland;

  WHEREAS,  as a condition of entering  into the Lease,  Purchaser has requested
that  Landlord  grant to  Purchaser  an option to  purchase  the  improved  real
property described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Property");

  NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  and
conditions  contained  herein,  and other good and valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  the parties  hereto
hereby agree as follows:

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 1













  1. GRANT OF PURCHASE  OPTION.  Seller hereby grants to Purchaser the exclusive
right and option  (the  "Purchase  Option")  to  purchase  the  Property,  which
Property includes the interest of Seller (presently or to be acquired) in and to
(i) any  easements,  covenants,  licenses and other rights  appurtenant  to said
Property,  (ii) any land  lying in the bed of any  street  or alley  (opened  or
closed) in front of or adjoining said Property,  (iii) any and all  feasibility,
engineering, architectural or other studies, reports or drawings, including soil
borings and test  drillings,  which Seller has in its possession with respect to
said Property,  and (iv) any improvements located on said Property.  Purchaser's
right to  exercise  the  Purchase  Option and  Seller's  obligation  to sell the
Property are subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement.

  2. TERM OF PURCHASE  OPTION.  The term of the Purchase  Option  granted herein
during which  Purchaser  shall have the right to exercise said right to purchase
the  Property  shall begin on the date  hereof and shall  expire at 5:00 p.m. on
June 30, 1997,  unless sooner  terminated  in accordance  with the terms of this
Agreement ("Option Expiration Date").

  3. EXERCISE OF PURCHASE  OPTION.  Provided  Tenant is not in default under the
terms of the Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure period), Purchaser may
exercise  its right to  purchase  the  Property  at any time prior to the Option
Expiration Date, by delivering to Seller an unconditional  written notice of its
exercise of the

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 2







Purchase  Option.  Upon  delivery of such notice (the "Option  Exercise  Date"),
Purchaser  shall be deemed to have  exercised the Purchase  Option and Purchaser
shall be unconditionally and irrevocably obligated to purchase, and Seller shall
be unconditionally and irrevocably  obligated to sell, the Property,  subject to
and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

  4. TERMS OF SALE.  The terms of the sale and purchase of the Property shall be
as follows:

  (a) PURCHASE PRICE.  The  aggregate  consideration  to be paid by Purchaser to
Seller for the Property  shall be Three Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand and
00/100  Dollars  ($3,750,000.00),  subject  to  the  adjustments  set  forth  in
subsections  (i), (ii) and (iii) below and the  adjustments  required by Section
13, and said sum (as so adjusted)  shall be defined for all  purposes  hereof as
the "Purchase Price".  The Purchase Price shall be payable to Seller on the date
of Closing (as  hereafter  defined) by wire  transfer of  immediately  available
funds.

  (i) The Purchase  Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the  documented
expenditures  of Tenant for Tenant's  Improvements to the Premises (as such term
is defined in the Lease) in accordance  with Section 7.3 of the Lease, up to $15
per square foot of rentable area in the Premises  (computed in  accordance  with
the Lease),  but in no event shall said adjustment exceed the sum of Two Hundred
Forty Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($240,000.00).

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 3







  (ii) The  Purchase  Price shall be reduced  further by an amount  equal to the
actual  amount of rents  collected  by Seller from  Tenant  prior to the date of
Closing after subtracting  therefrom Tenant's pro rata share (as calculated on a
square foot basis) of all of the operating expenses of the Property allocable to
the period  after the date hereof and prior to Closing  (the  "Option  Period"),
provided  that in no event  shall said  reduction  exceed the sum of Forty-Eight
Thousand  and  no/100  Dollars  ($48,000.00).   For  all  purposes  hereof,  the
"operating  expenses  of the Property"  shall be equal to all of the  costs  and
expenses of any kind or nature  relating to the  Property,  and allocable to the
Option  Period,  in  managing,  operating,   equipping,   policing,  protecting,
lighting,  repairing,  replacing and maintaining the Property,  and any personal
property  therein or  thereon,  including,  but not limited to, any and all real
estate taxes, insurance premiums (whether elective or required), maintenance and
repairs  to the  common  area  utilities,  water  and  sewer,  management  fees,
landscaping,   irrigations  systems,  cleaning,  snow  removal,  lighting,  pest
control, security costs, supplies, trash removal, parking lot sweeping, personal
property taxes, maintenance of and replacement of equipment,  exterior painting,
roof repairs, parking lot repairs, seal coating, striping, plumbing repairs, and
compensation  and benefits of employees of Seller or its agents involved in such
work.  Excluded from such operating  expenses are net income or franchise taxes,
financing costs  (including  interest,  principal,  late payment or other fees),
ground rent, if any, capital expenditures  (including rentals in lieu of capital
expenditures),   leasing   commissions   and  other  costs  of  leasing   space,
depreciation, advertising expenses,

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 4







compensation  of officers and  directors of Seller not directly  relating to the
operation,  management  or repair of the Property,  renovation  of space for new
tenants (including painting and decorating), payments to affiliates of Seller in
excess of arms-length fees, base management fees in excess of three percent (3%)
of the gross rents,  and  renovation  costs as a result of casualty  from causes
against which Seller carries insurance.

  (iii) The Purchase  Price shall be increased by an amount which is  determined
by computing  Purchaser's pro rata share of all costs paid by Seller  subsequent
to the date hereof,  in  connection  with the entering  into of each lease for a
portion of the Property (or the renewal or extension of any existing lease for a
portion of the Property), as approved by Purchaser,  which approval shall not be
unreasonably  withheld or delayed.  The  allowable  "costs for each lease" shall
include but not be limited to broker  commissions and any tenant  improvement or
procurement  costs  incurred in  renovating or improving  leasehold  space for a
tenant,  and in the case of the new  lease  for  TenSalon,  a two  percent  (2%)
construction  management fee.  Purchaser's pro rata share of such costs for each
lease, or the renewal or extension of any existing  lease,  for a portion of the
Property shall be computed by  multiplying  said costs of a lease by a fraction,
the  numerator  of which is the  aggregate  Base Rent due  under  the  Leases to
Purchaser (as the new owner of the Property) after the date of Closing,  and the
denominator  of which is the aggregate  Base Rent due during the entire  initial
term of

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 5




said tenant's lease.  FOR EXAMPLE ONLY: If (i) a new tenant's lease provides for
$1,000,000.00  of Base Rent in the  aggregate,  during the  initial  term,  (ii)
$800,000.00  of such Base Rent is due after the date of  Closing,  and (iii) the
total costs incurred by Seller in connection with said lease is $50,000.00, then
the   Purchase   Price  shall  be   increased  by   $40,000.00   [$50,000.00   x
($800,000.00/$1,000,000.00)].

  (b) CLOSING.  The date upon which the closing of the transaction  contemplated
by this Agreement shall be referred to herein as the "Closing". For all purposes
of this  Agreement,  the  "date  of  Closing"  shall  mean the date and time for
Closing selected by Purchaser, but not later than 5:00 pm on September 30, 1997,
unless extended pursuant to Section 5 below;  provided that Purchaser shall give
Seller not less than five (5) business days prior written notice of the time and
place of  Closing.  The  Closing  shall  be held at the  office  of  Purchaser's
attorneys  or, at  Purchaser's  option,  at the offices of  Purchaser's  lending
institution.  As of the  date of  Closing,  Seller  shall  convey  title  to the
Property to Purchaser or its designee by delivery of a special warranty deed (in
proper  statutory  form for  recording,  duly  executed and  acknowledged),  and
Purchaser  shall deliver the Purchase Price to Seller.  Seller also shall assign
to  Purchaser  its interest in all of the leases set forth on Exhibit B, and any
amendments  or new  leases  entered  into by Seller  pursuant  to Section 6 (the
"Leases"),  and all security  deposits  relating  thereto,  and Purchaser  shall
assume the obligations of Seller thereunder,  all as of the date of Closing.  No
later than thirty (30) days after the Option

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 6








Exercise Date,  Purchaser may deliver  written notice to Seller (the  "Rejection
Notice")  identifying  which of the contracts (other than Leases),  set forth on
Exhibit C, including any amendments or extensions to such contracts, and any new
contracts  entered  into by Seller  after  the date  hereof  (the  "Contracts"),
Purchaser  desires  not  to  assume  as  of  the  Closing  Date  (the  "Rejected
Contracts").  Purchaser  shall assume  Seller's  obligations  accruing under all
Contracts, other than the Rejected Contracts (the "Assumed Contracts"), from and
after Closing  (including  obligations to be performed  after  Closing).  Seller
shall  indemnify  and hold  Purchaser  harmless for any  liability or obligation
under the Rejected Contracts. If Purchaser fails to timely deliver the Rejection
Notice to Seller,  all Contracts shall be deemed to be Rejected  Contracts.  The
delivery to the Settlement  Agent of the Purchase  Price,  the special  warranty
deed, assignments of Seller's interest in the Leases (and all security deposits)
and Assumed  Contracts,  a bill of sale with respect to the personal property of
Seller used in  connection  with the  Property,  the  Seller's  Certificate  (as
hereinafter  defined),  such documents and  instruments as may be reasonably and
customarily  required by  Purchaser's  title  company or  Purchaser's  lender to
consummate  the purchase of the Property and insure title to the Property in the
condition  required by the terms hereof, and all other documents and instruments
required to be delivered by either party to the other by the terms hereof, shall
be deemed to be a good and sufficient tender of performance of the terms hereof.

  5.     EXTENSION OF CLOSING.

Nationai Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 7








  (a) Not later than the tenth (10th)  business day of each full calendar  month
following the date hereof,  Seller shall provide  Purchaser  with a rent roll of
the Property showing the "Building Rents" (as defined below) collected by Seller
for the preceding month. Not later than September 8, 1997,  Seller shall deliver
written  notice to Purchaser  (the "Notice of Rent  Sufficiency"),  which notice
shall certify whether or not the average monthly  "Building  Rents" collected by
Seller for the prior two (2) month period (i.e., July and August, 1997) is equal
to or exceeds the sum of $47,500  [subject to adjustment  pursuant to subsection
(c) below] (the "Minimum Gross Rent Amount").  If the Notice of Rent Sufficiency
certifies  (a) that the Minimum  Gross Rent Amount has been  achieved,  then the
Closing  shall not be  extended  and the  parties  shall  consummate  Closing on
September  30,  1997,  or (b) that the  Minimum  Gross Rent  Amount has not been
achieved, then the Closing shall be postponed as provided in this Section 5. For
all  purposes  hereof,  the term  "Building  Rents"  shall mean the total  rents
collected  (but not  interest,  penalties  or late fees) from all tenants of the
Building  (other than Tenant,  except as hereafter  provided)  with respect to a
particular calendar month; provided,  however, if Tenant leases more than 16,000
square feet of space in the Building during any calendar month of the term, then
the  Building  Rents  shall be  increased  for said month by an amount  which is
calculated  by taking (a) the total rents  payable by Tenant  during said month,
and (b)  deducting  therefrom  the amount  calculated  by taking the total rents
payable by Tenant during said month and  multiplying  such amount by a fraction,
the numerator of which is 16,000 and the  denominator  of which is the number of
square

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 8








feet leased to Tenant. For example,  if Tenant leases 18,000 square feet and the
total  rents  payable  by Tenant  during  said  month are  $16,500.00,  then the
Building  Rents shall be increased by  $1,833.33  [$16,500 - $16,500 x (16,000 -
18,000)].

  (b) If the  Notice of Rent  Sufficiency  issued by  Seller  (the  "Pre-Closing
Notice") does not show that the  average  Building  Rents  collected  during the
applicable  months are equal to or greater  than the Minimum  Gross Rent Amount,
then Purchaser  shall have the right to postpone  Closing,  on a  month-by-month
basis,  by sending  written notice to Seller,  until Purchaser has received from
Seller a Notice of Rent Sufficiency showing that Building Rents collected during
a two (2) month period  subsequent to the  Pre-Closing  Notice equals or exceeds
the Minimum  Gross Rent Amount (a  "Favorable  Notice"),  in which case  Closing
shall be  rescheduled by Seller for any date that is at least three (3) business
days after the Favorable Notice is delivered to Purchaser, but before the end of
the month that the Favorable  Notice is delivered to Purchaser.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary  contained herein,  Purchaser shall have the right, but
not the obligation,  to irrevocably waive the receipt of a Favorable Notice as a
condition precedent to Closing and to proceed to Closing in the manner set forth
in this  Agreement  on or before  thirty (30) days from the date of such waiver,
but in no case shall  Closing  occur  after July 31,  1998.  If Closing  has not
occurred by July 31, 1998, or if Purchaser affirmatively gives written notice to
Seller that it shall not proceed to Closing on or before said date, then (i) the
Purchase Option shall expire and terminate

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 9








on said date,  without  further act being required of either party,  in the same
manner as if Purchaser had not exercised its Purchase Option prior to the Option
Expiration Date, and (ii) Seller shall promptly pay Purchaser an amount equal to
Tenant's actual, documented expenditures for Tenant Improvements,  up to $15 per
square foot of rentable area in the Premises, but in no event shall said payment
from Seller to  Purchaser  exceed the sum of Two Hundred and Forty  Thousand and
No/100  Dollars  ($240,000.00),  which  amount may be reduced by Landlord by any
damages of Landlord resulting from the default by Tenant under the Lease.

  (c) If, at any time prior to the date on which Seller  delivers to Purchaser a
Notice of Rent  Sufficiency  stating that the average  Building Rents  collected
during the  applicable  two (2) month  period are equal to or exceed the Minimum
Gross Rent Amount, Tenant or any other affiliate of Tenant shall execute a lease
for space in the Building,  or renew an existing lease for space in the Building
(other than Tenant's  entering into a new lease for space,  which space has come
available only as a result of the expiration of the term of an existing lease to
the  Building)  which  reduces the Building  Rents  collected by Seller for said
office space to an amount which is less than the Building  Rents  collected  for
said  office  space on the date of  execution  of this Lease  (calculated  on an
accrual basis),  then there shall be a dollar for dollar reduction (but never an
increase) in the Minimum Gross Rent Amount based upon the amount of reduction in
Seller's  collection  of Building  Rents  resulting  from  Tenant's  affiliate's
execution of a lease for said space.

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 10






  6. Seller's Leasing of Property.  From the date hereof until the Closing Date,
Seller  shall  control  the  marketing  and  leasing  of space in the  Building,
provided,  however,  that Seller shall not enter into or  terminate  any Leases,
without   Purchaser's  prior  written  consent,   which  consent  shall  not  be
unreasonably  withheld,  conditioned  or  delayed.  Seller  shall  pay all costs
associated  with the  leasing of the  Property  [subject to  reimbursement  if a
Closing  occurs as more fully  described in subsection  4(a)(iii)  above].  Upon
receipt from Seller of a bona fide  proposal to lease space in the Property to a
prospect (a  "Prospect"),  which  proposal shall set forth a description of said
Prospect's  intended use of the premises,  Purchaser  will have a period of five
(5)  business  days from  receipt of said  proposal in which to deliver  written
notice to Seller stating either its acceptance or rejection of the Prospect.  If
Purchaser's  written  notice to  accept/reject  the  Prospect is not received by
Seller  within said five (5)  business day period,  or Purchaser  fails to elect
either option (i) or (ii) below in said notice,  then Purchaser  shall be deemed
to have  accepted the lease of space on the Property to the Prospect in the same
manner as if Purchaser  had  delivered a written  notice of acceptance to Seller
within the  aforesaid  five (5)  business day period.  If Purchaser  rejects the
Prospect,  then  concurrently  with said  rejection,  Purchaser shall either (i)
effectively  exercise the  Purchase  Option to purchase  the  Property,  and the
Purchaser's  receipt of the Notice of Rent Sufficiency shall be deemed waived by
Purchaser,  and the Closing shall occur within sixty (60) days after Purchaser's
exercise of the  Purchase  Option  (but in no event  sooner  than  fifteen  (15)
business days from said date); or (ii)

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 11







lease the space in the Property which Seller  proposed to lease to the Prospect,
under the same terms and  conditions as Seller was offering to the Prospect,  or
(iii) elect  neither (i) nor (ii), in which event Seller shall have the right to
enter into such lease with such Prospect,  and Purchaser shall be deemed to have
accepted to such lease.

  7. TITLE.  Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a copy of Seller's existing owner's
title  insurance  policy.  At Closing,  title to the  Property  shall be good of
record and in fact, marketable,  insurable at regular rates by a reputable title
insurance  company of Purchaser's  choice,  subject to restrictions of record on
the date of  execution  of this  Agreement,  as shown on Exhibit D,  except that
title to the  Property  shall  be (i) free and  clear of the lien of any deed of
trust, mortgage or other lien or instrument securing the repayment of money, and
(ii)  subject  to any new leases  executed  by Seller in the manner set forth in
Section 6 above. The status of title at the time of Closing shall be the same as
that shown in Seller's  title,  except as provided  below.  In the event any new
title matters arise prior to Closing,  Purchaser shall notify Seller of such new
title defect within five (5) days of Purchaser  becoming aware of such new title
defect. For purposes of this Section,  if any title defect directly results from
Purchaser's  action,  such as the placing of a mechanic's  lien, then such title
defect shall not be deemed to be a new title defect.  Within ten (10) days after
receipt  of  the  Purchaser's  letter  of  new  title  defects  (and  supporting
documentation), Seller shall notify Purchaser in writing as to which, if any, of
the new title  matters  objected to by  Purchaser  Seller is willing to correct,
with the

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 12








correcting  of all such matters  which Seller agrees to correct being a covenant
of Seller and a condition to  Purchaser's  obligation  to settle  hereunder.  If
Seller does not notify  Purchaser  as above,  it shall be deemed that Seller has
elected  not to  correct  all such new  title  matters  to which  Purchaser  has
objected.  Seller agrees that to the extent the new title matters objected to by
Purchaser are of a character that they may be remedied by the payment of sums of
money or by legal  action,  both of  which  shall  not  exceed  $25,000  (in the
aggregate),  Seller shall be obligated to pay such sums of money or undertake in
good faith and diligently prosecute such legal action, at Seller's sole expense,
subject  to the  $25,000  cap.  Purchaser  shall  have until ten (10) days after
receipt of Seller's  response as to which,  if any, new title matters  Seller is
willing to correct,  to terminate  this  Purchase  Option if  Purchaser  remains
unsatisfied  with the new title  defects and in such event  neither  party shall
have any further rights or obligations  under this Purchase  Option,  except for
those obligations which survive termination hereunder.  If any new title defects
to be cured by Seller by Closing  have not been cured as of  Closing,  Purchaser
shall  have the right  upon  written  notice to  Seller to elect  either  (i) to
proceed to Closing and waive such new title  defect,  without  abatement  of the
Purchase Price,  (ii) to terminate this Purchase Option,  in which event neither
party shall  have any further  rights of obligations  under the Purchase  Option
with  respect  to the  Property,  except  for those  obligations  which  survive
termination  hereunder,  or (iii) to postpone Closing to the extent necessary to
enable the new title  matters to be remedied,  but in no event shall  Closing be
extended for such cure for more than two (2) months;

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 13








provided,  however,  that if the time needed to correct the new title  matter is
more than two (2) months,  Purchaser  shall have the right,  at its  option,  to
elect by  written  notice to Seller  prior to the date of  Closing,  either  (a)
proceed to Closing and waive such new title  defect,  without  abatement  of the
Purchase Price or (b) terminate this Purchase  Option,  whereupon  Purchaser and
Seller  shall be relieved  of all  further  liability  or  obligation  under the
Purchase  Option,  except as  otherwise  provided  herein.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  between the date hereof and the date of Closing,  Seller  shall have
the right to execute  and  deliver  such  easements  and rights of way which are
required  of it by local  governmental  entities or public  utilities  (provided
Seller does not seek  rezoning or  subdivision  of the  Property).  Seller shall
notify  Purchaser  promptly upon the demand of any such  governmental  entity or
public utility for such rights in and to the Property,  and Purchaser shall have
the right to participate  in the  negotiation of the form of rights given to any
such third party in the Property. In the event that such rights given to a third
party in the Property shall be reasonably determined to cause a material adverse
effect on  Purchaser's  ability to use the  Property  after the date of Closing,
then  Purchaser's  sole  remedy  shall be to  deliver  written  notice to Seller
stating that it is unilaterally terminating this Purchase Option, in which event
the Purchase  Option shall be deemed  terminated,  except for those  obligations
which survive termination.

  8. STUDY  PERIOD/DISCLAIMERS.  Purchaser may perform (subject to the rights of
other tenants of the Property)  reasonable studies and tests of the Property and
review

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 14








materials to determine  the condition  thereof.  By its exercise of the Purchase
Option,  Purchaser  shall be deemed  to have  certified  to  Seller  that it has
familiarized itself fully with the Property, and that it has had the opportunity
to perform, and has performed,  such inspections,  examinations,  investigations
and studies  thereof as it deemed  appropriate in order to determine  whether to
purchase the Property in its then current condition. Purchaser agrees that it is
relying solely upon its inspections, examinations, investigations and studies in
electing  whether or not to  purchase  the  Property.  Notwithstanding  anything
herein to the contrary, it is expressly understood and agreed that Purchaser, by
exercising  its option, is  purchasing  the Property "as is" and "where is", and
with all faults and defects, latent or otherwise,  and that, except as expressly
provided  herein,  Seller is making no  representations  or  warranties,  either
express or  implied,  by  operation  of law or  otherwise,  with  respect to the
quality, physical condition or value of the property, the presence or absence of
hazardous   substances  in,  on,  under  or  about  the  Property,   the  zoning
classification  of the Property,  the compliance of the Property with applicable
law, or the income or expenses  from or of the  Property.  Without  limiting the
foregoing,  it is  understood  and  agreed  that  Seller  makes no  warranty  to
Purchaser   regarding   the   Property   or   its   habitability,   suitability,
merchantability,  fitness for a  particular  purpose or fitness for any purpose.
With  regard to the studies to be  performed  by  Purchaser  as set forth in the
first sentence of this subsection,  (i) Purchaser shall conduct its studies in a
manner so as not to unreasonably  interfere with the business  operations of any
of the other tenants of the Property, (ii) Purchaser shall repair

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 15








all damage to the  Property  caused by the  studies and  related  activities  of
Purchaser, its agents or employees associated with such studies,  promptly after
the  occurrence of such damage,  and (iii)  Purchaser  shall  indemnify and hold
harmless  Seller  from and against any  claims,  liabilities,  reasonable  costs
(including,  without  1imitation,  reasonable  attorneys  fees)  resulting  from
physical damage to the Property, or from injury to persons or property caused by
the activities of Purchaser, its agents or employees as described above.

  9.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER.  Seller represents and warrants
the following, each of which shall be true on the date hereof.

  (a) Due Authorization.  This Purchase Option is duly authorized,  executed and
delivered  by, and upon  delivery  hereof shall be binding upon and  enforceable
against  Seller in accordance  with its respective  terms.  Seller has the legal
right, power and authority to enter into this Purchase Option and to perform all
of its  obligations  hereunder,  and the execution and delivery of this Purchase
Option and performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder shall not conflict
with or result  in a breach of any law or  regulation,  order,  judgment,  writ,
injunction  or  decree  of any  court  or  governmental  instrumentality  or any
agreement or instrument to which Seller is a part or by which Seller is bound or
to which Seller or any portion of the Property is subject.

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 16










  (b) Moratoria;  Litigation. To Seller's actual knowledge,  without any duty to
investigate,  the Property and the use thereof are free of (i) any sewer, water,
building or other moratoria,  municipal violations, and (ii) existing, or to the
Seller's actual knowledge,  threatened,  litigation or condemnation  proceedings
applicable to the Property.  Seller has received no written  notice of any liens
or special  assessments  to be made  against the  Property  by any  governmental
authority.

  (c) Parties in  Possession.  The  Schedule of Leases is set forth as Exhibit B
hereto.  Except as set forth on the Schedule of Leases,  there are no parties in
possession  of the  Property or any portion  thereof,  whether as tenants  under
leases or licensees  under license  agreements  or under any other  agreement or
arrangement.

  (d) Hazardous Waste. To Seller's actual knowledge,  except as disclosed in any
environmental  reports provided to Purchaser,  during Seller's  ownership of the
Property,  none of the Property has been excavated, no landfill was deposited on
or taken from the Property,  no construction  debris or other debris  (including
without  limitation  rocks,  stumps  or  concrete)  was  buried  upon any of the
Property, and no hazardous materials,  toxic chemicals or similar substances, as
defined in 42 U.S.C.  Section 9601(14) or 33 U.S.C. Section 1317(1) or 15 U.S.C.
Section 2606(f), or any similar provision of applicable state or federal law, or
otherwise,  or  gasoline  or oil  storage  tanks,  were  stored  on or  under or
otherwise were in existence on or under the Property.

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 17








10. SELLERS COVENANTS.

  (a) Seller's  Documents.  Within five (5) business days after the date hereof,
Seller  shall  provide  (or  already  has  provided)  Purchaser,  at no  cost to
Purchaser,  copies of all plans and specifications,  engineering  reports,  soil
tests, wetlands studies, market studies,  surveys, title reports and other tests
and studies  pertaining  to the  Property  which are in Seller's  possession  or
control.

  (b)  Seller's  Actions.  From and after the date hereof  until  Closing or the
termination of this Purchase Option,  Seller shall not take any action to rezone
or resubdivide the Property, other than with Purchaser's prior written approval,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

  (c) Landlord's Actions.  From and after the Effective Date, Landlord shall (i)
refrain from  performing  any material  grading or excavation,  construction  or
removal  of  any  improvement,   or  making  any  other  structural  or  capital
improvement  upon  the  Property,  except  as  may  be  reasonably  approved  by
Purchaser,  (ii) refrain from  committing  any material waste upon the Property,
(iii)  not take any  action to Rezone or  resubdivide  the  Property,  except as
approved  by  Tenant  in its  sole  discretion,  and (iv)  maintain  appropriate
comprehensive hazard and liability insurance.

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 18








  (d) Payment of Charges.  Landlord shall,  prior to Closing,  (i) pay all taxes
and other  public  charges  which  are  properly  due and  payable  against  the
Property, (ii) pay all bills for labor or services for work performed on or with
respect  to the  Property  which are  properly  due and  payable,  except  those
requested by or on behalf of Tenant, (iii) not breach or violate in any material
respect  the  terms of any  covenants,  restrictions,  easements  or  agreements
affecting  the  Property,  or (iv) in any way change the state or  condition  of
title to the Property, except as otherwise provided herein.

  11.  CONDITIONS  TO  SETTLEMENT.  It is an express  condition  to  Purchaser's
obligation to proceed to settlement hereunder that all of the following are true
and  correct  (or  waived  in  writing  by  Purchaser)  on and as of the date of
Closing.

  (a) All of the  representations and warranties set forth in Section 9 are true
and correct in all material  respects,  or as to any or all, waived by Purchaser
in its sole discretion, and Seller has performed in all material respects all of
Seller's covenants and obligations hereunder.

  (b) There  exists  with  respect  to the  Property  no  pending,  existing  or
threatened (i)  condemnation,  or (ii) sewer and water or other  moratoria which
affects  the  ability to develop  the  Property,  or (iii)  change in the zoning
classification of the Property, other than as applied for in accordance with the
provisions of this Purchase Option.

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 19








  (c) Title to the  Property  shall be in the  condition  required by Section 7.
From and after the date  hereof,  Seller  shall not,  without  in each  instance
obtaining the prior written consent of Purchaser, which may be given or withheld
in Purchaser's reasonable discretion,  (i) sell or transfer the Property, unless
such sale is expressly made subject to this  Agreement,  (ii) encumber or pledge
the Property or any portion thereof,  or (iii) grant a lien or security interest
in the Property or any portion thereof.

  (d) Seller will provide reasonable  assurances to Purchaser that Seller is not
a "foreign  person" as defined by Section 1445 of the Internal  Revenue Code and
sign such affidavits to that effect as shall be reasonably required by Purchaser
and the title company insuring title for Purchaser.

  (e)  There  will  not be in  existence  on the  Closing  Date  any  contracts,
agreements,  or understandings binding on Purchaser with respect to the Property
or  the  ownership,   development  or  operation  thereof  which  shall  survive
settlement thereon,  other than the Leases, the Assumed Contracts and such other
matters of record which Purchaser has accepted pursuant to this Agreement.

  In the event of a failure of any of the above  conditions to settlement  which
Purchaser  declines to waive,  Purchaser  may at  Purchaser's  sole  discretion,
terminate this Purchase Option, and this Agreement shall thereby terminate,  and
the parties shall

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 20









thereafter  not have any  obligations  hereunder,  except for those  obligations
which by their terms survive termination.

  12. CLOSING COSTS.  At Closing,  Seller and Purchaser  shall each pay one-half
(1/2) of all  state,  county and local  transfer  and  recordation  taxes due in
connection  with the  transfer of the  Property  from Seller to  Purchaser  (and
Purchaser  shall  solely pay any transfer  and  recordation  taxes due in excess
thereof which are a result of any financing  acquired by Purchaser in connection
with its acquisition of the Property).  Seller shall pay all costs pertaining to
the payoff and release of existing  liens,  and the cost of  preparation  of the
Deed.  All other costs and  expenses  attendant to Closing  (including,  without
limitation,  title company charges, title insurance premiums,  survey costs, and
notary fees) shall be at the cost of Purchaser, except that Seller shall pay the
fees and expenses of its own counsel which are incurred in connection  with said
transaction.

13. CLOSING ADJUSTMENTS.

  (a) The following items of income and expense shall be adjusted as of midnight
of the day immediately preceding the date of Closing:

  (i) Real estate taxes with respect to the Property.  Assessments,  if any, for
improvements to the Property completed prior to the date of Closing, whether

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 21








assessment  therefor has been levied or not, shall be adjusted as of the date of
Closing and thereafter assumed by Purchaser.

  (ii) Fuel,  water and sewer service charges and charges for oil,  electricity,
telephone and all other public utilities.

  (iii)  Rental and all other  income  (including  common area charges and other
"pass-throughs") received from tenants.

  (vi) All charges  payable  pursuant to Assumed  Contracts for the provision of
services to the Property.

  (b) If meters measure the consumption of water, gas and/or electric current at
the  Property by Seller (as  opposed to by tenants  thereof),  Seller  shall use
reasonable  efforts  to  cause  such  meters  to be read on the day  immediately
preceding  the  date of  Closing  and  shall  pay all  utility  bills  resulting
therefrom  promptly  upon  receipt  thereof.  Purchaser  shall have the right to
escrow a reasonable sum to insure payment in full of Seller's  obligation to pay
the water bill  described  above.  In making the  adjustments  required  by this
subsection,  Seller shall  receive  credit for all prepaid  expenses and similar
items that are due on or after the date of Closing,  and Seller shall be charged
with any unpaid charges for the period prior to the date of Closing. No

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 22








adjustment shall be made for rents,  including all items of additional rent such
as common  area  maintenance  charges,  real  estate  taxes  and  other  charges
(collectively and individually, the "Charges"), that are past due as of the date
of Closing,  but Purchaser shall exercise  reasonable efforts following the date
of Closing to  collect  any such  unpaid  rents and  charges.  In the event that
amounts are  collected by Purchaser  (after the date of Closing) from any tenant
of the Property whose lease  obligations are past due as of the date of Closing,
Purchaser  shall first apply such sum(s)  against the amount then  currently due
Purchaser,  and then pay to Seller,  from such collected funds, the balance owed
Seller for the period prior to the date of Closing,  if any. The  obligation  of
the  Purchaser  set forth above to pay any balance of collected  funds to Seller
for the period prior to the date of Closing shall survive Closing.  Seller shall
have the right  after the date of  Closing to  commence  an action  against  any
tenant of the  Property to collect  amounts due Seller from any such tenant with
respect to periods prior to Closing,  provided that Seller shall not be entitled
to dispossess any such tenant as a result of such action.

  (c) Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to deliver to Purchaser,  at least
five (5) business  days prior to the date of Closing,  a schedule  depicting the
adjustments required by this subsection  (including a draft settlement statement
to be  executed by the  parties at  Closing),  and  Purchaser  and Seller  shall
attempt to confirm to their mutual

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 23








satisfaction  all such amounts no later than two (2) business  days prior to the
date of Closing.

  (d) Within sixty (60) days  following  the Closing,  the Seller and  Purchaser
will cooperate in preparing  (including  allowing  Seller or its agent access to
the  Property  and its  records  related  thereto) a final  report to  Purchaser
setting forth the final  determination  of all items  included on the Settlement
Statement.  In the event  that,  at any time  within said sixty (60) day period,
either  party  discovers  any  items  which  should  have been  included  in the
Settlement Statement but were omitted therefrom, such items shall be adjusted in
the  same  manner  as if  their  existence  had  been  known  at the time of the
preparation  of the Settlement  Statement.  The foregoing  limitation  shall not
apply to any item which, by its nature,  cannot be finally determined within the
period  specified.  However,  no further  adjustments shall be made in any event
beyond one (1) year after Closing.

  14.  ADDITIONAL  ESCROW  INSTRUCTIONS.  Purchaser and Seller shall each comply
with  all  ordinary  and  customary  requirements  of the  Settlement  Agent  in
connection with the transaction  contemplated hereby which are consistent with a
transaction of this size and type in Prince George's County, Maryland; provided,
however,  that in the event  that any  portion of such  additional  requirements
shall be inconsistent with the provisions of

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 24







this Agreement,  the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail to the extent of
any inconsistency.

15. DEFAULT; TERMINATION OF PURCHASE OPTION.

  (a) By Purchaser.  If Purchaser shall fail to discharge any of its obligations
hereunder and shall fail to cure the same within fifteen (15) days after written
notice  of  default  from  Seller  (but no  notice  and cure  shall be given for
Purchaser's  obligation to consummate  Closing on the scheduled  Closing  date),
then,  Seller  shall have the right by written  notice to Purchaser to terminate
this Agreement. Thereafter neither Purchaser nor Seller shall have any liability
under this Purchase  Option,  except for those  provisions  which by their terms
survive termination.

  (b) By Seller. If Seller shall default in its obligations hereunder,  or shall
breach a warranty or  representation  made herein,  or shall fail to perform any
covenant  provided  herein,  and such  default,  breach or  failure is not cured
within fifteen (15) days after written notice of the same from Purchaser (except
that no notice  shall be required in  connection  with a failure to timely close
the  transaction  contemplated  herein),  then Purchaser  shall,  at Purchaser's
option,  as  Purchaser's  sole and exclusive  remedy,  (a) waive such default or
breach and proceed to Closing,  (b) pursue  against Seller the right to specific
performance of any and all of Seller's obligations hereunder (including

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 25









obtaining  reimbursement  of Purchaser's  expenses and  attorneys'  fees in such
action),  or (c) terminate this Purchase  Option,  and the parties shall have no
further  liability under this Purchase Option,  except those provisions which by
their terms survive termination.

  (c) By Tenant.  In the event that tenant is in default under the Lease, and as
a result thereof Seller  terminates the Lease,  then at Seller's election in its
sole discretion, Seller's obligation to sell the Property shall terminate and be
of no further  force and effect  (whether or not  Purchaser  has  exercised  the
Purchase Option).

  16. NON-ASSIGNABILITY.  The Purchase Option is personal to Purchaser and shall
not be assignable to any other party,  provided,  however,  Purchaser shall have
the right to assign this Purchase Option to any other entity provided,  however,
that (1) the assignee assumes in writing all of Tenant's  obligations under this
Purchase  Option and (2) Tenant  confirms in writing that it remains  liable for
all  of  its  obligations  under  this  Purchase  Option   notwithstanding  such
assignment and assumption.

  17. FURTHER  ASSURANCES.  Seller and Purchaser each agree that it will, at any
time and from time-to-time after the date of Closing,  upon request of the other
party hereto,  (i) do, execute,  acknowledge or deliver,  all such further acts,
deeds, assignments,  conveyances and assurances as may reasonably be required to
consummate  the   transactions   contemplated   hereby,   and  (ii)  adjust  any
mathematical or

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 26








monetary error in the settlement  sheet(s) executed by the parties in connection
with the Closing, and make any necessary payment resulting from such adjustment.
This obligation shall survive Closing.

18. MUTUAL INDEMNIFICATION.

  (a) By  Purchaser.  Purchaser  hereby  agrees  to  indemnify  and hold  Seller
harmless  from and  against  (i) any and all  debts,  liabilities,  obligations,
claims and expenses  arising from  business  done,  transactions  entered  into,
conditions  existing after or events  occurring after settlement with respect to
the  ownership,  management or operation of the Property by Purchaser,  and (ii)
all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  (including  court  costs  and  reasonable
attorneys'  fees)  incurred  by  Seller in  connection  with any  action,  suit,
proceeding,  demand,  assessment or judgment  incident to any of the matters for
which Purchaser is  indemnifying  Seller pursuant to the terms of this paragraph
(a).

  (b) By Seller.  Seller hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Purchaser  harmless
from and against  (i) any and all debts,  liabilities,  obligations,  claims and
expenses  arising  from  business  done or  transactions  entered  into prior to
settlement  with  respect  to the  ownership,  management  or  operation  of the
Property by Seller or arising from a breach of any  representation,  warranty or
covenant of Seller  contained in this Purchase  Option,  and (ii) all reasonable
costs and expenses (including court costs and

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 27





reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by Purchaser in connection with any action,
suit, proceeding, demand, assessment or judgement incident to any of the matters
for  which  Seller  in  indemnifying  Purchaser  pursuant  to the  terms of this
paragraph (b).

19. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER.

  (a) If Closing has not occurred by July 31, 1998, Purchaser hereby agrees that
it shall, prior to making an offer to sell the Property,  give written notice to
Purchaser  setting forth the minimum gross cash price that it will offer to sell
the Property (the "Minimum Price"). The Seller shall have the option (the "First
Offer Option") to purchase the Property at the Minimum Price,  which First Offer
Option may be exercised by delivering an  irrevocable  and  unqualified  written
notice of acceptance to Seller within thirty (30) days of Purchaser's receipt of
the First Offer Option (the "Acceptance Notice").

  (b) In the event that  Purchaser  timely  exercises  the First  Offer  Option,
settlement  on the Property  shall be made in cash within sixty (60) days of the
date that the Acceptance  Notice is sent, with such closing to occur in a manner
and  subject to the  conditions  that is  similar  to the manner and  conditions
relating to a Closing under the Purchase Option.

  (c) in the  event  that  Purchaser  does not send a timely  Acceptance  Notice
following receipt of a First Offer Option,  Seller shall have the right (but not
the obligation) to offer the Property for sale and to sell the Property, so long
as the gross sale price is

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 28









greater than or equal to the Minimum Price. Upon such sale, this Agreement shall
terminate  without any further  obligation of either party hereto.  In the event
that the Property is not sold during the one (1) year period  following the last
day that the  Acceptance  can be sent  (i.e.,  thirty (30) days from the date of
Purchaser's  notice of the Minimum Price), the provisions of Section 19(a) shall
apply to any offer to sell the Property  made after the end of such one (1) year
period.

  20.  NOTICES.  Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be
in writing and may be given by personal  delivery or by certified or  registered
mail (provided that notice of exercise of any option must in all events be given
by certified or registered  mail)  addressed to a party at the address herein or
such other  address for notice  purposes as may be later  specified by notice to
the other party. Mailed notices shall be deemed given upon actual receipt at the
address required,  or forty-eight  hours following deposit in the mail,  postage
prepaid,  whichever first occurs unless otherwise  specifically provided in this
Lease.  A copy of all  notices  required  or  permitted  to be given  to  Seller
hereunder  shall be  concurrently  transmitted to such other party or parties at
such addresses as Seller may from time to time hereafter  designate by notice to
Purchaser.

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agrcemcat
Execution Copy
Page 29






Notice addresses are as follows:

  Seller               National Life Insurance Company, a Vermont corporation
                       c/o Koll Investment Management
                       1101 17th Street, N.W., Suite 610
                       Washington, D.C. 20036
                       Attention: Barbara E. Gloeckner

  with a copy to:      Shulman, Rogers, Gandal, Pordy & Ecker, P.A.
                       11921 Rockville Pike, Third Floor
                       Rockville, Maryland 20852-2743
                       Attn: Richard J. Melnick, Esquire

  Purchaser:           Prior to April 1, 1997:

                       Radio One, Inc.
                       4001 Nebraska Avenue, N.W.
                       Washington, D.C. 20016
                       Attn: Alfred Liggins, President

                       After April 1, 1997:

                       Radio One, Inc.
                       5900 Princess Garden Parkway
                       Suite 800
                       Lanham, Maryland
                       Attn: Alfred Liggins, President

  with a copy to:      Jerry Moore, III, Esq.
                       Arter & Hadden
                       1801 K Street, N.W., Suite 400K
                       Washington, D.C. 20006-1301

  21. PERFORMANCE. Time is of the essence in the performance and satisfaction of
each and every  obligation  and  condition  of this  Agreement  and the Purchase
Option,  including but not limited to, the date by which  Purchaser is obligated
to exercise the

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 30








Purchase Option, and the date by which the parties are to close the purchase and
sale of the Property in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

  22. BINDING EFFECT This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit  of  each  of the  parties  hereto,  their  respective  successors,  and
permitted assigns.

  23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the Exhibits constitute the sole and
entire agreement between  Purchaser and Seller and no modification  hereof shall
be binding unless signed by both Purchaser and Seller.

  24. GOVERNING LAW. The validity, construction,  interpretation and performance
of this  Agreement  shall in all ways be governed and  determined  in accordance
with the laws of the  State of  Maryland.  The  parties  hereby  consent  to the
non-exclusive  jurisdiction  of any state or federal court for the  geographical
area  which  includes  Prince  George's  County,  Maryland,  in any  proceedings
hereunder  and waive any  objection  to any such  proceedings  based on improper
venue or forum non conveniens.

  25. CAPTIONS.  The captions used in this Agreement have been inserted only for
purposes of convenience and the same shall not be construed or interpreted so as
to limit or define the intent or the scope of any part of this Agreement.

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy

Page 31








  26.  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in  counterparts  by the
parties hereto and each shall be considered an original.

  27.  INTERPRETATION.  For  purposes  of  construing  the  provisions  of  this
Agreement, the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa and
the use of any gender shall include the use of any other gender,  as the context
may require.  Any reference to a number of "days" herein shall be a reference to
"calendar  days"  unless  an  express  reference  in said  provision  is made to
"business  days". If the date on which either Seller or Purchaser is required to
take action hereunder is not a business day (as defined below), the action shall
be taken on the next  succeeding  business day. For purposes  hereof,  "business
day"  means  any day  other  than a  Saturday,  Sunday,  or  other  day on which
commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of the State
of Maryland.

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of
the day and year first above written.

                                          SELLER:                           
                                                                            
                                          NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY   
                                                                            
                                          By: /s/ Thomas E. Murphy          
                                              ---------------------------------
                                          Name: Thomas E. Murphy            
                                                -------------------------------
                                          Title: Director of Equity Real Estate 
                                                 ------------------------------
                                          On:    February 10, 1997          
                                                 ------------------------------
                                             
National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 32






                                      PURCHASER:                                
                                                                                
                                      RADIO ONE, INC., a Delaware corporation   
                                                                                
                                      By: /s/ Alfred Liggins                    
                                          -----------------------------------   
                                           Alfred Liggins                       
                                      Its: President                            
                                                                                
                                      On:                                       
                                           ----------------------------------   
                                      




List of Exhibits

Exhibit A - Legal Description
Exhibit B - List of Leases
Exhibit C - List of Contracts
Exhibit D - Existing Title Policy

National Life Insurance Company
Radio One, Inc.
Purchase Option Agreement
Execution Copy
Page 33






                                   EXHIBIT A
                                   ---------

                                LEGAL DESCRIPTION

  ALL that parcel or parcels of real property located in Prince George's County,
Maryland  known as  Parcels C & E in a  subdivision  known as Lanham  Associates
Property,  as shown on a Plat recorded among the Plat Records of Prince George's
County,  Maryland  in Plat Book NLP No. 99,  plat 13, the land and  improvements
thereon being also known as the Lanham Office Building.

  TOGETHER WITH the rights  described in a Declaration of Easement dated June 7,
1973 and  recorded  among the Land  Records of Prince  George's  County in Liber
4366,  folio 813 and the rights  described in  Declaration  of  Covenants  dated
November 8, 1977 and recorded  among the  aforesaid  Land Records in Liber 4845,
folio 792.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      by and between
                     JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC.
                                           and
                                     RADIO ONE, INC.
                               for the sale and purchase of
                                     Station WDRE(FM)

                               Dated as of December 6, 1996

 .








1.   RULES OF CONSTRUCTION ............................................  1
     1.1  Defined Terms ...............................................  1
     1.2  Other Definitions ...........................................  5
     1.3  Number and Gender ...........................................  5
     1.4  Headings and Cross-References ...............................  5
     1.5  Computation of Time .........................................  5

2.   ASSETS TO BE CONVEYED ............................................  5
     2.1  Purchased Assets ............................................  5
          (a) Licenses.................................................  5
          (b) Equipment ...............................................  5
          (c) Contracts and Agreements ................................  5
          (d) Programming Materials ...................................  7
          (e) Intellectual Property ...................................  7
          (f) Intangible Property .....................................  7
          (g) Business Records ........................................  7
          (h) Station Records .........................................  7
     2.2  Excluded Assets .............................................  7
          (a) Receivables .............................................  7
          (b) Cash and Investments  ...................................  7
          (c) Disposed Personal Property ..............................  7
          (d) Insurance ...............................................  7
          (e) Employee Benefit Assets .................................  7
          (f) Contracts ...............................................  8
          (g) Tax items ...............................................  8
          (h) Corporate Records .......................................  8
          (i) Call Letters ............................................  8

3.   ESCROW DEPOSIT ...................................................  8

4.   PURCHASE PRICE AND METHOD OF PAYMENT .............................  8
     4.1    Consideration .............................................  8
     4.2    Payment at Closing ........................................  8

                                        i


     4.3    Allocation  ...............................................  9
     4.4    Seller's Liabilities ......................................  9

5.   HART-SCOTT-RODINO ................................................  9

6.   SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS ...............  9
     6.1    Existence, Power and Identity .............................  9
     6.2    Binding Effect ............................................ 10
     6.3    No Violation .............................................. 10
     6.4    Conveyance of Assets ...................................... 10
     6.5    Governmental Authorizations................................ 10
     6.6    Equipment ................................................. 11
     6.7    Contracts ................................................. 11
     6.8    Promotional Rights ........................................ 12
     6.9    Insurance ................................................. 12
     6.10   Financial Statements ...................................... 12
     6.11   Employees ................................................. 13
     6.12   Employee Benefit Plans .................................... 13
     6.13   Environmental Protection .................................. 14
     6.14   Compliance with Law ....................................... 15
     6.15   Litigation ................................................ 15
     6.16   Insolvency Proceedings .................................... 16
     6.17   Sales Agreements .......................................... 16
     6.18   Sufficiency of Assets ..................................... 16
     6.19   Related Parties ........................................... 16
     6.20   Taxes ..................................................... 16
     6.21   No Misleading Statements .................................. 16

7.   BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS ................ 17
     7.1.   Existence and Power ....................................... 17
     7.2.   Binding Effect ............................................ 17
     7.3.   No Violation .............................................. 17
     7.4.   Litigation ................................................ 17
     7.5.   Licensee Qualifications ................................... 18
     7.6.   Financial Qualifications .................................. 18
     7.7.   No Misleading Statements .................................. 18

8.   PRE-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS .......................................... 18
     8.1.   Application for Commission Consent ........................ 18
     8.2.   Access .................................................... 18
     8.3.   Operations Prior to Closing ............................... 19

                                       ii


     8.4.   Damage .................................................... 20
            (a) Risk of Loss .......................................... 20
            (b) Failure of Broadcast Transmissions .................... 21
            (c) Resolution of Disagreements ........................... 21
     8.5.   Administrative Violations ................................. 21
     8.6.   Bulk Sales Act ............................................ 21
     8.7.   Control of Station ........................................ 22
     8.8.   Audit ..................................................... 22
     8.9.   Time Brokerage and Operating Agreement .................... 22
     8.10.  Closing Obligations ....................................... 22

9.   STATUS OF EMPLOYEES .............................................. 22
     9.1.   Employment Relationship ................................... 22
     9.2.   Buyer's Right to Employ ................................... 22

10.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT ............................................. 23
     10.1.  Mutual Conditions ......................................... 23
            (a) Approval of Assignment Application .................... 23
            (b) Absence of Litigation ................................. 23
            (c) Hart-Scott-Rodino ..................................... 23
            (d) Noncompetition Agreement .............................. 23
     10.2.  Additional Conditions to Buyer's Obligation ............... 23
            (a) Representations and Warranties ........................ 23
            (b) Compliance with Conditions ............................ 23
            (c) Discharge of Liens .................................... 24
            (d) Third-Party Consents .................................. 24
            (e) Estoppel Certificates ................................. 24
            (f) Opinion of Seller's Counsel ........................... 24
            (g) Final  Order .......................................... 25
            (h) Closing Documents ..................................... 25
     10.3.  Additional Conditions to Seller's Obligation .............. 26
            (a) Representations and Warranties ........................ 26
            (b) Compliance with Conditions ............................ 26
            (c) Opinion of Buyer's Counsel ............................ 26
            (d) Assumption of Liabilities ............................. 27

                                       iii


            (e) Payment ............................................... 27
            (f) Closing Documents ..................................... 27

11.  CLOSING .......................................................... 27

12.  PRORATIONS ....................................................... 27
     12.1.  Apportionment of Expenses ................................. 27
     12.2.  Determination and Payment ................................. 27

13.  POST-CLOSING OBLIGATIONS ......................................... 28
     13.1.  Collection of Accounts Receivable ......................... 28
     13.2.  Indemnification ........................................... 28
            (a) Buyer's Right to Indemnification ...................... 28
            (b) Seller's Right to Indemnification ..................... 29
            (c) Procedure for Indemnification ......................... 29
            (d) Assignment of Claims .................................. 30
            (e) Indemnification Sole Remedy ........................... 30
            (f) De minimis Amount ..................................... 30
     13.3.  Liabilities ............................................... 30

14.  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES ............................................. 30
     14.1.  Opportunity to Cure ....................................... 30
     14.2.  Seller's Remedies ......................................... 31
     14.3.  Buyer's Remedies .......................................... 31

15.  TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT ......................................... 31
     15.1.  Failure to Close .......................................... 31
     15.2.  Designation for Hearing ................................... 32

16.  GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................................... 32
     16.1.  Brokerage ................................................. 32
     16.2.  Fees ...................................................... 32
     16.3.  Notices ................................................... 32
     16.4.  Assignment ................................................ 33
     16.5.  Exclusive Dealings ........................................ 34
     16.6.  Third Parties ............................................. 34
     16.7.  Indulgences ............................................... 34

                                       iv


     16.8.  Survival of Representations and Warranties ................ 34
     16.9.  Prior Negotiations ........................................ 34
     16.10. Exhibits and Appendices ................................... 34
     16.11. Entire Agreement; Amendment ............................... 35
     16.12. Counsel ................................................... 35
     16.13. Governing Law, Jurisdiction ............................... 35
     16.14. Severability .............................................. 35
     16.15. Counterparts .............................................. 35
     16.16. Further Assurances ........................................ 35
     16.17. Tax Free Exchange ......................................... 36
     16.18. No Disclosure ............................................. 36


                                        v







TABLE OF EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT 1 -- Form of Escrow Agreement
EXHIBIT 2 -- Form of Noncompetition Agreement



                                       vi







TABLE OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX A                    FCC Licenses

APPENDIX B                    Equipment

APPENDIX C                    Contracts

APPENDIX D                    Intellectual Property

APPENDIX E                    Seller's Places of Business

APPENDIX F                    Permitted Encumbrances

APPENDIX G                    Insurance

APPENDIX H                    Employees

APPENDIX I                    Employment and Benefits Agreements

APPENDIX J                    Environmental

APPENDIX K                    Litigation













                                       vii








                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

     This Agreement, made and entered into as of this 6th day of December, 1996,
by and between Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania,  Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation ("Seller"), and Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Buyer").

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

     WHEREAS, Seller is the licensee of Station WDRE(FM), 103.9 MHz, Jenkintown,
Pennsylvania (the "Station"); and

     WHEREAS, the parties desire that Buyer purchase certain assets used or held
for use in the operation of the Station and acquire the authorizations issued by
the Federal  Communications  Commission (the  "Commission") for the operation of
the Station; and

     WHEREAS, the authorizations issued by the Commission may not be assigned to
Buyer without the Commission's prior consent.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein
contained, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

     1.1.  DEFINED TERMS.  As used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

     "ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE" means the cash accounts receivable of Seller arising
from Seller's operation of the Station prior to Closing.

     "ADMINISTRATIVE  VIOLATION" means those violations described in Section 8.5
hereof.

     "ASSIGNMENT  APPLICATION" means the application on FCC Form 314 that Seller
and Buyer shall join in and file with the  Commission  requesting its consent to
the  assignment  of the FCC Licenses  (as  hereinafter  defined)  from Seller to
Buyer.

     "BUSINESS  RECORDS" means all business  records of Seller  (including logs,
public  file  materials  and  engineering  records)  relating  to or used in the
operation of the Station and not relating solely to Seller's internal  corporate
affairs.

     "BUYER" means Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

     "BUYER  DOCUMENTS" means those documents,  agreements and instruments to be
executed and delivered by Buyer in connection  with this  Agreement as described
in Section 7.2.

     "CLOSING"  means  the  consummation  of  the  Transaction  (as  hereinafter
defined).










     "CLOSING  DATE"  means  the date on  which  the  Closing  takes  place,  as
determined pursuant to Section 11.

     "CODE" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "COLLECTION  PERIOD"  means the 180-day  period  following the Closing Date
during which Buyer shall collect the Accounts  Receivable of Seller,  subject to
the provisions of Section 13.1.

     "COMMISSION" means the Federal Communications Commission.

     "COMMUNICATIONS ACT" shall mean the Communications Act of 1934, as amended.

     "CONTRACTS"  means those contracts,  leases and other agreements  listed or
described  in  Appendix C which are in effect on the date hereof and which Buyer
has agreed to assume,  but not including Sales  Agreements and Trade  Agreements
(as hereinafter defined).

     "ENVIRONMENTAL LAW" means any law, rule, order, decree or regulation of any
Governmental  Authority  relating to pollution or protection of the environment,
including any law or regulation relating to emissions,  discharges,  releases or
threatened  releases of  Hazardous  Substances  (as  hereinafter  defined)  into
ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land or other environmental media.

     "EQUIPMENT"  means all tangible  personal  property  and  fixtures  used or
useful in the operation of the Station as described in Section 2.1(b).

     "EXCLUDED ASSETS" means those assets excluded from the Purchased Assets and
retained by the Seller,  to the extent in  existence  on the  Closing  Date,  as
specifically described in Section 2.2.

     "FCC LICENSES" means all licenses, pending applications,  permits and other
authorizations  issued by the Commission for the operation of the Station listed
on Appendix A.

     "FINAL ORDER" means any action that shall have been taken by the Commission
(including  action duly taken by the Commission's  staff,  pursuant to delegated
authority)  which shall not have been  reversed,  stayed,  enjoined,  set aside,
annulled  or  suspended;  with  respect  to which no  timely  request  for stay,
petition  for  rehearing,  appeal  or  certiorari  or sua  sponte  action of the
Commission with comparable effect shall be pending; and as to which the time for
filing any such request,  petition,  appeal, certiorari or for the taking of any
such sua  sponte  action by the  Commission  shall  have  expired  or  otherwise
terminated.

     "FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS" means Seller's unaudited  financial  statements and
balance sheets as described in Section 6.10.





                                       2




     "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or government, any state or other
political  subdivision  thereof,  and any  agency,  court or other  entity  that
exercises  executive,   legislative,   judicial,  regulatory  or  administrative
functions of or pertaining to government.

     "HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCES"  means any  hazardous or toxic waste,  substance or
material,  as those or  similar  terms are  defined  in or for  purposes  of any
applicable  federal,  state or local  Environmental  Law, and including  without
limitation any asbestos or asbestos-related  products, oils or petroleum-derived
compounds, CFCS, or PCBS.

     "ESCROW AGENT" means Roberts & Eckard, P.C.

     "ESCROW  AGREEMENT" means the escrow agreement  described in Section 3, the
form of which is attached as Exhibit 1.

     "ESCROW DEPOSIT" means the monies deposited with the Escrow Agent described
in Section 3.

     "INTANGIBLE  PROPERTY" means all of Seller's  right,  title and interest in
and to the  goodwill  and other  intangible  assets used or useful in or arising
from the business of the Station as described in Section 2.1(f).

     "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" means all Seller's right, title and interest in and
to the trademarks,  tradenames, service marks, patents, franchises,  copyrights,
including  registrations  and  applications  for  registration  of any of  them,
slogans,  jingles,  logos,  computer  programs and  software,  trade secrets and
similar materials and rights relating to the Station as listed on Appendix D.

     "KNOWLEDGE OF BUYER" means the actual knowledge,  after reasonable  inquiry
of Buyer's senior management, and the books and records of Buyer.

     "KNOWLEDGE OF SELLER" means the actual knowledge,  after reasonable inquiry
of Station  management,  the books and  records of the  Station,  and the actual
knowledge of Ronald J. Morey.

     "MATERIAL   CONTRACTS"   means  those  leases,   contracts  and  agreements
specifically designated in Appendix C as being "Material Contracts."

     "NONCOMPETITION  AGREEMENT" means the agreement between Buyer, Ronald Morey
and Jed Morey the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.

     "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" means those liens or encumbrances to the Purchased
Assets described in Section 6.4 and set forth on Appendix F.




                                       3





     "PURCHASE  PRICE"  shall  mean the total  consideration  for the  Purchased
Assets, the Noncompetition  Agreements and the Consulting Agreement as described
in Section 4.1.

     "PURCHASED  ASSETS" means those assets which are the subject matter of this
Agreement that Seller shall sell, assign, transfer,  convey and deliver to Buyer
as described in Section 2.1.

     "SALES  AGREEMENTS" means agreements entered into by Seller for the sale of
time on the Station for cash, as described in Section 2.1(c)(2).

     "SELLER"  means  Jarad  Broadcasting  Company  of  Pennsylvania,   Inc.,  a
Pennsylvania corporation.

     "SELLER DOCUMENTS" means those documents,  agreements and instruments to be
executed and delivered by Seller in connection  with this Agreement as described
in Section 6.1.

     "SPECIFIED EVENT" means those broadcast  transmission failures described in
Section 8.4(b).

     "STUDIO  SITE" means the real estate  located at  Jenkintown,  Pennsylvania
that is currently used as the Station's studio and office facilities.

     "TRADE  AGREEMENTS" means agreements entered into by Seller for the sale of
time on the  Station in  exchange  for  programming,  merchandise  or  services,
including those listed on Appendix C.

     "TRADE  BALANCE" means the difference  between the aggregate  value of time
owed  pursuant  to the Trade  Agreements  and the  aggregate  value of goods and
services  to be  received  pursuant  to the Trade  Agreements,  as  computed  in
accordance with the Station's customary bookkeeping practices. The Trade Balance
is  "negative" if the value of time owed exceeds the value of goods and services
to be  received  after  Closing  by  more  than  Twenty  Five  Thousand  Dollars
($25,000).  The Trade  Balance is  "positive"  if the value of time owed is less
than the value of goods and services to be received  after  Closing by more than
Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000).

     "TRANSACTION"  means the sale and purchase and  assignments and assumptions
contemplated  by this  Agreement and the  respective  obligations  of Seller and
Buyer set forth herein.

     "TRANSMITTER   SITE"  means  the  real  estate  located  in   Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania that is currently used as the Station's transmitter site.

     "TRANSMITTER  TOWER"  means the  broadcast  tower used by the  Station  and
located on the Transmitter Site.




                                       4





     1.2.  OTHER  DEFINITIONS . Other  capitalized  terms used in this Agreement
shall have the meanings ascribed to them herein.

     1.3. NUMBER AND GENDER. Whenever the context so requires, words used in the
singular  shall be construed  to mean or include the plural and vice versa,  and
pronouns of any gender shall be construed to mean or include any other gender or
genders.

     1.4.  HEADINGS  AND  CROSS-REFERENCES.  The  headings of the  Sections  and
Paragraphs hereof, the Table of Contents,  the Table of Exhibits,  and the Table
of Appendices have been included for convenience of reference only, and shall in
no way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of the specific  provisions
of this Agreement.  All  cross-references to Sections or Paragraphs herein shall
mean the Sections or Paragraphs of this  Agreement  unless  otherwise  stated or
clearly required by the context.  All references to Appendices herein shall mean
the Appendices to this  Agreement.  Words such as "herein" and "hereof" shall be
deemed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision
of this Agreement  unless  otherwise  stated or clearly required by the context.
The term "including" means "including without limitation."

     1.5.  COMPUTATION  OF TIME.  Whenever any time period  provided for in this
Agreement is measured in "business  days" there shall be excluded from such time
period each day that is a Saturday, Sunday, recognized federal legal holiday, or
other day on which the  Commission's  offices  are closed  and are not  reopened
prior to 5:30 p.m.  Washington,  D.C. time. In all other cases all days shall be
counted.

2. ASSETS TO BE CONVEYED.

     2.1.  Purchased  Assets.  On the Closing Date,  Seller shall sell,  assign,
transfer,  convey  and  deliver  to  Buyer  free  of  all  liens,  encumbrances,
mortgages,  security  interests of any kind or type whatsoever,  all of Seller's
assets  used in the  conduct  of the  business  and  operations  of the  Station
(collectively referred to as the "Purchased Assets"), including, but not limited
to, the following;

          (a) LICENSES. The FCC Licenses, and all other transferrable  licenses,
permits and authorizations issued by any Governmental Authority that are used in
or necessary  for the lawful  operation of the Station as currently  operated by
Seller.

          (b)  EQUIPMENT.  All tangible  personal  property and fixtures used or
held for use in the operation of the Station,  including the property and assets
listed or described in Appendix B,  together  with  supplies,  inventory,  spare
parts and  replacements  thereof and  improvements  and  additions  thereto made
between the date hereof and the Closing Date (the "Equipment").

          (c) CONTRACTS AND  AGREEMENTS.  The  Contracts,  Sales  Agreements and
Trade Agreements, subject to the following:



                                       5





               (1) Buyer shall be obligated  to assume only (i) those  Contracts
that are listed in Appendix C and (ii) those contracts and other agreements that
have been or will have been entered into in the ordinary course of the Station's
business,  between the date hereof and the Closing Date,  provided that,  unless
otherwise  approved in writing by Buyer, the obligations of the Station or Buyer
under those latter contracts and agreements  entered into in the ordinary course
of business  between the date hereof and the Closing do not exceed Five Thousand
Dollars ($5,000) per annum per Contract or Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($50,000) per
annum in the aggregate or are terminable on not more than 30 days' notice.

               (2)  Buyer  shall  be   obligated  to  assume  only  those  Sales
Agreements  that have been or will have been entered into in the ordinary course
of business at rates consistent with Seller's usual past practices.

               (3)  Buyer  shall  be   obligated  to  assume  only  those  Trade
Agreements  that have been or will have been entered into in the ordinary course
of  business,  between  the  date  hereof  and  the  Closing  Date,  and (i) are
immediately preemptible for cash time sales trade; (ii) require the provision of
air time only on a "run of  schedule"  basis;  and (iii)  provide  for goods and
services used in the operation of the Station.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Buyer shall not be obligated to assume Trade  Agreements  that have an aggregate
negative Trade Balance exceeding Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000).

               (4)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  this  Agreement  shall not  constitute  an  agreement  to assign  any
Contract or other  agreement,  undertaking  or  obligation  if (i) an  attempted
assignment,  without the consent required for such assignment,  may constitute a
breach  thereof or may in any way have a  material  adverse  effect on  Seller's
rights  thereunder  prior to Closing or Buyer's rights  thereunder after Closing
and (ii) such  consent is not  obtained by Seller  prior to  Closing,  provided,
however,  that Seller will use its best efforts at its own expense to obtain all
such consents prior to Closing. If any such required consent is not obtained, or
if an  attempted  assignment  would be  ineffective  or would  adversely  affect
Seller's  rights  thereunder so that Buyer would not receive all such rights and
benefits  after  Closing,  Seller shall  arrange to provide Buyer to the fullest
extent  possible  with  Seller's  rights and benefits  under any such  Contract,
agreement,  undertaking or obligation  including  enforcement for the benefit of
Buyer of any rights of Seller against any other party thereto arising out of the
breach or cancellation thereof by such party or otherwise.

               (5) With respect to any Contracts,  agreements,  undertakings  or
obligations  that require the consent of third parties for  assignment,  but for
which the consent of such third  parties has not been obtained as of the Closing
Date,  Buyer shall  assume  Seller's  obligations  to be  performed  under those
Contracts,  agreements,  undertakings  or obligations  only for the period after
Closing during which, and only to the extent that,  Buyer actually  receives the
benefits that Seller was entitled to receive thereunder as of the Closing Date.




                                       6







          (d) PROGRAMMING MATERIALS.  All programs,  programming  material,  and
music  libraries in whatever form or nature owned by Seller and used or intended
for use in the operation of the Station.

          (e) INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  All Seller's right, title and interest in
and to the Intellectual Property.

          (f) INTANGIBLE PROPERTY.  All of Seller's right, title and interest in
and to the  goodwill  and other  intangible  assets used or useful in or arising
from the business of the Station,  including all customer lists, and sales plans
(the "Intangible Property").

          (g) BUSINESS RECORDS.  All business records of Seller (including logs,
public  file  materials  and  engineering  records)  relating  to or used in the
operation of the Station and not relating solely to Seller's internal  corporate
affairs.

          (h) STATION  RECORDS.  All of the Station's  proprietary  information,
technical  information  and data,  machinery  and equipment  warranties  (to the
extent such  warranties are  assignable),  maps,  plans,  diagrams,  blueprints,
schematics,  files, records,  studies,  data, lists, general accounting records,
books of account,  in whatever  form,  used or held for use for the  business or
operation  of the  Station,  including  filings with the FCC which relate to the
Station.

     2.2. EXCLUDED ASSETS. There shall be excluded from the Purchased Assets and
retained by the Seller,  to the extent in  existence  on the Closing  Date,  the
following assets (the "Excluded Assets"):

          (a) RECEIVABLES. All Accounts Receivable.

          (b) CASH AND INVESTMENTS.  All cash and cash equivalents on hand or in
bank  accounts and other cash items and  investment  securities of Seller on the
Closing Date.

          (c)  DISPOSED  PERSONAL  PROPERTY.   All  tangible  personal  property
consumed or disposed of in the ordinary  course of the Station's  business after
the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date.

          (d)  INSURANCE.   All  contracts  of  insurance  (including  any  cash
surrender value thereof) and all insurance  proceeds of settlement and insurance
claims made by Seller on or before the Closing Date.

          (e) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT ASSETS.  All pension,  profit sharing and savings
plans and  trusts,  and any assets  thereof,  except that any  employee  account
balances  under any plan  qualified  under  Section  401(k) of the Code shall be
promptly  transferred to a plan  qualified  under Section 401(k) and, at Buyer's
request,  made  available by or on behalf of Buyer if such  employee is hired by
Buyer, to the extent allowed under each such plan and applicable law.




                                       7





          (f)  CONTRACTS.  All  contracts  that will have  terminated or expired
prior to  Closing by their  terms and all  contracts,  agreements,  instruments,
undertakings and obligations not expressly assumed by Buyer hereunder.

          (g) TAX ITEMS.  All claims,  rights and interest in and to any refunds
for federal, state or local taxes for periods prior to the Closing Date.

          (h) CORPORATE RECORDS. Seller's corporate minute books and other books
and records relating to internal corporate minutes and the sales and expenses of
Station and any other books and records not related to the operation of Station.

          (i) CALL LETTERS. The call letters WDRE(FM).

3. ESCROW DEPOSIT. Buyer has already deposited Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in
escrow with  Seller.  Simultaneously  with the  execution  and  delivery of this
Agreement,  the Seller shall deliver that sum to Roberts & Eckard, P.C. ("Escrow
Agent").  Simultaneously  with the execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by
both parties,  Buyer has deposited with Escrow Agent an additional  Nine Hundred
Ninety  Thousand  Dollars  ($990,000).  The total cash  deposit  of One  Million
Dollars  ($1,000,000)  shall be referred to as the "Escrow Deposit".  The Escrow
Deposit shall be held in an  interest-bearing  account with a federally  insured
financial  institution and disbursed by Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of an
escrow  agreement  in the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  1  (the  "Escrow
Agreement"),  which Escrow Agreement has been entered into by Seller,  Buyer and
Escrow Agent simultaneously herewith.

4. PURCHASE PRICE AND METHOD OF PAYMENT.

          4.1. CONSIDERATION.   The total consideration for the Purchased Assets
and the Noncompetition  Agreement (the "Purchase Price") shall be Twenty Million
Dollars ($20,000,000), payable as set forth in this Section 4.

          4.2. PAYMENT AT CLOSING. At Closing, Buyer shall pay:

               (a) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000)(as adjusted pursuant to
Sections  8.4 and 12.1) to Seller  by check or wire  transfer  of same day funds
pursuant to wire  transfer  instructions  which shall be  delivered by Seller to
Buyer at least five business days prior to Closing.

               (b) One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  to Seller by causing the
Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Deposit to Seller,  with all interest  earned
on the Escrow Deposit remitted to Buyer.

               (c) Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) to Ronald J. Morey for the
Noncompetition Agreement.



                                       8








               (d)  One  Million  Dollars  ($1,000,000)  to Jed R. Morey for the
Noncompetition Agreement.

          4.3.  ALLOCATION.  The sum of Sixteen  Million  Dollars  ($16,000,000)
shall be allocated to the  Purchased  Assets in  accordance  with an  allocation
schedule  prepared by Buyer  pursuant to Section  1060 of the Code and  mutually
agreed to by Seller and Buyer.  Seller and Buyer shall use such  allocation  for
tax accounting (including preparation of IRS Form 8594), and all other purposes.
If Seller and Buyer have not agreed upon the allocation for the Purchased Assets
prior to the Closing Date, Closing shall take place as scheduled and any dispute
shall be resolved by a qualified media appraiser  mutually  acceptable to Seller
and Buyer,  whose  decision  shall be final and whose fees and expenses shall be
paid  one-half  by Seller  and  one-half  by Buyer.  If the  allocation  must be
determined  by a media  appraiser,  Seller and Buyer agree to  cooperate in good
faith so that such appraisal may be completed expeditiously.

          4.4. SELLER'S  LIABILITIES.  Buyer does not and shall not assume or be
deemed to assume,  pursuant to this  Agreement  or  otherwise,  any  agreements,
liabilities,  undertakings,  obligations or commitments of Seller or the Station
of any nature whatsoever  except:  (i) those expressly assumed by Buyer pursuant
to this  Agreement,  provided,  that,  Buyer shall not assume  liability for any
breaches, violations or defaults under the Contracts, Sales Agreements and Trade
Agreements  that occurred prior to Closing;  and (ii) prorated items that are to
be paid by Buyer after Closing pursuant to Section 12.l.

5.  HART-SCOTT-RODINO As promptly as practicable and no later than ten (10) days
following the execution of this  Agreement,  Seller and Buyer shall complete any
filing  that  may  be  required  pursuant  to  the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust
Improvements  Act of 1976,  as amended,  (with Buyer paying any fees required in
conjunction  with the  filing) or shall  mutually  agree that no such  filing is
required.  Seller and Buyer shall diligently take all necessary and proper steps
and provide any additional  information  reasonably requested in order to comply
with the requirements of such Act.

6. SELLER'S  REPRESENTATIONS;  WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS.  Seller hereby makes to
and for the benefit of Buyer,  the  following  representations,  warranties  and
covenants:

          6.1.  EXISTENCE;  POWER AND  IDENTITY.  Seller is a  corporation  duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania  with
full  corporate  power and  authority  (a) to own,  lease and use the  Purchased
Assets as  currently  owned,  leased and used,  (b) to conduct the  business and
operation of the Station as currently  conducted  and (c) to execute and deliver
this Agreement and each other document,  agreement and instrument to be executed
and delivered by Seller in connection  with this  Agreement  (collectively,  the
"Seller  Documents"),  and  to  perform  and  comply  with  all  of  the  terms,
obligations and covenants to be performed and complied with by Seller  hereunder
and  thereunder.  The addresses of Seller's  chief  executive  office and all of
Seller's  additional  places of  business,  and of all  places  where any of the
tangible personal  property included in the Purchased Assets is now located,  or
has


                                       9







been  located  during the past 180 days,  are  correctly  listed in  Appendix E.
Except as set forth in Appendix  E,  during the past five years,  Seller has not
been known by or used, any corporate,  partnership,  fictitious or other name in
the conduct of the Station's  business or in connection with the ownership,  use
or operation of the Purchased Assets.

          6.2. BINDING EFFECT. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller
of this Agreement has been and the Seller  Documents will be duly  authorized by
all necessary  corporate action,  and copies of those  authorizing  resolutions,
certified by Seller's Secretary shall be delivered to Buyer at Closing. No other
corporate  action by Seller is required  for  Seller's  execution,  delivery and
performance of this Agreement or any of the Seller Documents. This Agreement has
been duly and validly  executed and delivered by Seller to Buyer and constitutes
a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller,  enforceable  against Seller in
accordance  with its terms,  subject to bankruptcy,  reorganization,  fraudulent
conveyance,  insolvency,  moratorium  and similar laws  relating to or affecting
creditors,  and other  obligees'  rights  generally and the exercise of judicial
discretion in accordance with general equitable principles.

          6.3. NO  VIOLATION.  Except as set forth on Exhibit K, none of (i) the
execution,  delivery and  performance  by Seller of this Agreement or any of the
Seller  Documents,  (ii) the consummation of the Transaction,  or (iii) Seller's
compliance with the terms or conditions  hereof will, with or without the giving
of notice  or the  lapse of time or both,  conflict  with,  breach  the terms or
conditions of,  constitute a default under, or violate (x) Seller's  articles of
incorporation or bylaws, (y) any judgment,  decree, order,  consent,  agreement,
lease or other  instrument  (including  any Contract,  Sales  Agreement or Trade
Agreement)  to which  Seller is a party or by which  Seller or any of its assets
(including  the  Purchased  Assets) or the Station is or may be legally bound or
affected,  or (z) any law,  rule,  regulation  or ordinance of any  Governmental
Authority  applicable  to Seller or any of its assets  (including  the Purchased
Assets) or the operation of the Station.

          6.4.  CONVEYANCE OF ASSETS.  At Closing,  Seller shall convey to Buyer
good and  marketable  title to all the Purchased  Assets,  free and clear of all
liens, pledges, collateral assignments, security interests, capital or financing
leases, easements, covenants,  restrictions and encumbrances or other defects of
title  except:  (i) the inchoate  lien for current  taxes or other  governmental
charges not yet due and payable  and that will be  prorated  between  Seller and
Buyer  pursuant to Section 12.1; and (ii) the permitted  encumbrances  listed in
Appendix F (the "Permitted Encumbrances").

          6.5.  GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATIONS.  Except  for the FCC  Licenses,  no
licenses,  permits,  or  authorizations  from  any  Governmental  Authority  are
required to own, use or operate the Purchased  Assets, to operate the Station or
to conduct Seller's business as currently  operated and conducted by Seller. The
FCC Licenses are all the Commission  authorizations  held by Seller with respect
to the Station,  and are all the Commission  authorizations used in or necessary
for the lawful operation of the Station as currently operated by Seller. The FCC
Licenses  are in  full  force  and  effect,  are  subject  to no  conditions  or
restrictions  other than those which appear on their face and are  unimpaired by
any acts or omissions of Seller, Seller's officers, employees


                                       10




or agents.  Seller has delivered true and complete copies of all FCC Licenses to
Buyer.  There is not pending or, to the  Knowledge  of Seller,  threatened,  any
action by or  before  the  Commission  or any other  Governmental  Authority  to
revoke,  cancel,  rescind  or  modify  any  of  the  FCC  Licenses  (other  than
proceedings  to amend  Commission  rules of general  applicability  or otherwise
affecting  the  broadcast  industry  generally),  and  there is not now  issued,
outstanding or pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller,  threatened, by or before
the  Commission or any other  Governmental  Authority,  any order to show cause,
notice of violation,  notice of apparent  liability,  or notice of forfeiture or
complaint  against Seller or otherwise with respect to the Station.  The Station
is operating in material  compliance with all FCC Licenses,  the  Communications
Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Communications  Act"), and the current  published
rules,  regulations and policies of the  Commission.  Seller has no knowledge of
any facts  relating  to it that,  under the  Communications  Act or the  current
published  rules,  regulations  and  policies  of the  Commission  may cause the
Commission  to deny  Commission  renewal of the FCC Licenses or deny  Commission
consent to the Transaction.

          6.6.  EQUIPMENT.  Seller has good and marketable title, both legal and
equitable, to the Equipment.  The Equipment,  together with any improvements and
additions  thereto  and  replacements  thereof  less  any  retirements  or other
dispositions  as  permitted  by this  Agreement  between the date hereof and the
Closing Date, will, at Closing,  be all the tangible  personal  property used or
useful in the lawful  operation of the Station as currently  operated by Seller.
Except as specifically indicated to the contrary in Appendix B, all Equipment is
serviceable,  in good operating  condition  (reasonable wear and tear excepted),
and is not in imminent need of repair or replacement.  All items of transmitting
and studio  equipment  included in the Equipment  (i) have been  maintained in a
manner consistent with generally accepted standards of good engineering practice
and (ii) will permit the Station to operate in accordance  with the terms of the
FCC Licenses.

          6.7.   CONTRACTS.   Seller  has  made   available   to  Buyer  or  its
representatives  complete  and  correct  copies of all  Contracts  on Appendix C
hereto. Except for Sales Agreements,  Trade Agreements and employment agreements
with the Station's employees, Appendix C includes all the contracts, leases, and
agreements  to which  Seller is a party and which  Buyer has  agreed to  assume,
other than those  contracts that will be performed in full prior to the Closing,
or by which Seller or the Station is or may be legally  bound or affected  which
have been  entered  into in  connection  with the  ownership or operation of the
Station,  other than those contracts that will be performed in full prior to the
Closing.  To the Knowledge of Seller,  each Contract is in full force and effect
and is  unimpaired  by any acts or  omissions of Seller,  Seller's  employees or
agents, or Seller's  officers.  Except as set forth on Appendix C, there has not
occurred  as to any  Contract  any event of default by Seller or any event that,
with notice, the lapse of time or otherwise, could become an event of default by
Seller.  To the  Knowledge of Seller,  there has not occurred as to any Contract
any default by any other party thereto or any event that, with notice, the lapse
of time or otherwise,  or at the election of any person other than Seller, could
become an event of default by such party.  Those Contracts whose stated duration
extends beyond the Closing Date will, at Closing, to the Knowledge of Seller, be
in full force and effect,


                                       11





unimpaired by any acts or omissions of Seller,  Seller's employees or agents, or
Seller's  officers.  If any Contract  requires the consent of any third party in
order for Seller to assign that Contract to Buyer,  Seller shall use  reasonable
efforts to obtain at its own expense such consent prior to Closing.

          6.8.  PROMOTIONAL  RIGHTS.  The  Intellectual  Property  set  forth on
Appendix D includes all trademarks that Seller is transferring to Buyer, used to
promote or identify the Station,  provided that the  Intellectual  Property does
not  include  the  call  sign  WDRE.  Except  as set  forth on  Appendix  D, the
Intellectual  Property is in good standing and  uncontested  by any third party.
Except as set  forth on  Appendix  D, to the  Knowledge  of  Seller  there is no
infringement  or  unlawful  or  unauthorized  use of those  promotional  rights,
including the use of any slogan or logo by any broadcast or cable station in the
Philadelphia  metropolitan  area  that  may  be  confusingly  similar  to  those
currently  used by the  Station.  Except  as set  forth  on  Appendix  D, to the
Knowledge of Seller,  the operations of the Station do not infringe,  and no one
has asserted to Seller that such operations infringe, any copyright,  trademark,
tradename, service mark or other similar right of any other party.

          6.9. INSURANCE. Appendix G lists all insurance policies held by Seller
with  respect to the  Purchased  Assets and the  business  and  operation of the
Station. Such insurance policies are in full force and effect, all premiums with
respect  thereto are currently  paid and Seller is in compliance  with the terms
thereof. Seller has not received any notice from any issuer of any such policies
of its intention to cancel,  terminate,  or refuse to renew any policy issued by
it.  Seller will maintain the  insurance  policies  listed on Appendix G in full
force and effect through the Closing Date.

          6.10. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

               (a)  Seller  has  furnished   Buyer  with   unaudited   Financial
Statements  for the  calendar  years 1993,  1994 and 1995 and the nine (9) month
period  ending  September  30, 1996.  The Financial  Statements  fairly  present
Seller's financial income,  expenses,  assets,  liabilities,  and the results of
operations  of the  Station as of the dates and for the  periods  indicated.  No
event has occurred and, prior to Closing, no event will have occurred that would
make such Financial Statement misleading in any material respect.

               (b) Except as reflected in the balance sheets as of September 30,
1996,  including  the notes  thereto  and  except  for the  current  liabilities
incurred in the ordinary  course of business of the Station since  September 30,
1996,  there exist no material  liabilities  of Seller,  contingent or absolute,
matured or unmatured, known or unknown. Since September 30, 1996, (i) Seller has
not incurred any obligation or liability  (contingent  or otherwise),  except in
the ordinary  course of business and  consistent  with past business  practices,
(ii) there has not been any  discharge  or  satisfaction  of any  obligation  or
liability  owed to Seller which is not in the ordinary  course of business or is
inconsistent with past business  practices,  or (iii) there has not occurred any
sale of or  loss  or  material  injury  to the  Purchased  Assets  except  those
non-material assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business.  The balance
sheets fairly present Seller's



                                       12





financial position,  assets,  liabilities,  and the results of operations of the
Station  as of the  dates and for the  periods  indicated,  subject  to year end
adjustments.

          6.11.  EMPLOYEES.  Except as  otherwise  listed in  Appendix H. (i) no
employee of the Station is represented by a union or other collective bargaining
unit, no application  for  recognition as a collective  bargaining unit has been
filed with the National Labor Relations Board,  and, to the Knowledge of Seller,
there has been no concerted  effort to unionize any of the  Station's  employees
and (ii) Seller has no other written  employment  agreement or arrangement  with
any Station employee,  and no written agreement  concerning bonus,  termination,
hospitalization  or  vacation.  Included  in Appendix H is a list of all persons
currently  employed at the Station together with an accurate  description of the
compensation for their  respective  employment as of the date of this Agreement.
Seller will  promptly  advise  Buyer of any changes  that occur prior to Closing
with respect to such information.

          6.12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

               (a) Except as  described  in Appendix I,  neither  Seller nor any
Affiliates  (as  defined  below)  have  at  any  time  established,   sponsored,
maintained,  or made any  contributions  to, or been  parties to any contract or
other  arrangement  or been  subject to any  statute or rule  requiring  them to
establish,  maintain,  sponsor,  or make any  contribution to, (i) any "employee
pension  benefit  plan" (as defined in Section 3(2) of the  Employee  Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,  and regulations  thereunder  (PERISH))
(pension Plans); (ii) any "employee welfare benefit plan" (as defined in Section
3(1) of ERISA)  ("Welfare  Plans);  or (iii) any deferred  compensation,  bonus,
stock  option,  stock  purchase,  or other  employee  benefit  plan,  agreement,
commitment,  or arrangement  (bother  Plans).  Seller and the Affiliates have no
obligations  or  liabilities   (whether  accrued,   absolute,   contingent,   or
unliquidated,  whether  or not known,  and  whether  due or to become  due) with
respect to any "employee benefit plan" (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), or
Other Plan that is not listed in Appendix I. For purposes of this Section  6.12,
the term "Affiliate"  shall include all persons under common control with Seller
within the meaning of Sections 4001(a)(14) or (b)(1) of ERISA or any regulations
promulgated  thereunder,  or Sections  414(b),  (c),  (m) or (o) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Recodes).

               (b)  Each  plan or  arrangement  listed  in  Appendix  I (and any
related trust or insurance  contract pursuant to which benefits under such plans
or  arrangements  are  funded or paid)  has been  administered  in all  material
respects  in  compliance  with its terms and in both  form and  operation  is in
compliance  with  applicable  provisions of ERISA,  the Code,  the  Consolidated
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 and regulations thereunder,  and other
applicable  law.  Each Pension Plan listed in Appendic I has been  determined by
the  Internal  Revenue  Service to be  qualified  under  Section  401(a) and, if
applicable, Section 401(k) of the Code, and nothing has occurred or been omitted
since the date of the last such  determination  that resulted or could result in
the revocation of such  determination.  Seller and the Affiliates  have made all
required  contributions or payments to or under each plan or arrangement  listed
in Appendix I on a timely basis and have made adequate provision for reserves to
meet



                                       13





contributions  and payments under such plans or arrangements  that have not been
made because they are not yet due.

               (c) The  consummation  of this  Agreement  (and the employment by
Buyer of former employees of Seller or any employees of an Affiliate) not result
in any carryover liability to Buyer for taxes, penalties,  interest or any other
claims  resulting from any employee  benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA) or Other Plan. In addition,  Seller and each Affiliate make the following
representations (i) as to all of their Pension Plans: (A) neither Seller nor any
Affiliate  has become  liable to the PBGC under  ERISA  under which a lien could
attach to the assets of Seller or an  Affiliate;  (B) Seller and each  Affiliate
has  not  ceased  operations  at a  facility  so as to  become  subject  to  the
provisions of Section  4062(e) of ERISA;  and (C) Seller and each  Affiliate has
not made a complete or partial  withdrawal from a multiemployer plan (as defined
in Section  3(37) of ERISA) so as to incur  withdrawal  liability  as defined in
Section 4201 of ERISA,  and (ii) all group health plans maintained by the Seller
and each  Affiliate  have been  operated in  material  compliance  with  Section
4980B(f) of the Code.

               (d) The parties agree that Buyer does not and will not assume the
sponsorship of, or the  responsibility for contributions to, or any liability in
connection with, any Pension Plan, any Welfare Plan, or Other Plan maintained by
Seller or an Affiliate for its  employees,  former  employees,  retirees,  their
beneficiaries  or any other  person.  In addition and not as a limitation of the
foregoing,  the parties agree that Seller and such Affiliate shall be liable for
any  continuation  coverage  (including  any penaldes,  excise taxes or interest
resulting from the failure to provide continuation coverage) required by Section
4980B of the Code due to  qualifying  events that occur  after the Closing  Date
resulting Tom the Transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

          6.13. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION.  Except as set forth on Appendix J. to
the Knowledge of Seller (i) no Hazardous  Substances have been treated,  stored,
used,  released or disposed  of on the Studio  Site or  Transmitter  Site in any
manner  that  would  cause  Buyer  to  incur   materiel   liability   under  any
Environmental Laws; (ii) Seller is not liable for cleanup or response costs with
respect to any present or past emission,  discharge, or release of any Hazardous
Substances;  (iii) no  Underground  storage  table (as that term is  defined  in
regulations promulgated by the federal Environmental  Protection Agency) is used
in the  operation  of the  Station  or is  located  on the  Studio  Site  or the
Transmitter  Site;  (iv)  there are no pending  actions,  suits,  claims,  legal
proceedings  or any  other  proceedings  based on  environmental  conditions  or
noncompliance  at the Studio Site or Transmitter  Site, or any part thereof,  or
otherwise arising Tom Seller's activities  involving Hazardous  Substances;  (v)
there  are  no  conditions,   facilities,  procedures  or  any  other  facts  or
circumstances   at  the  Studio  Site  or  Transmitter   Site  which  constitute
noncompliance  with  environmental  laws or  regulations;  and (vi) there are no
structures,  improvements,  equipment, activities, fixtures or facilities at the
Studio Site or  Transmitter  Site which are  constructed  with, use or otherwise
contain Hazardous  Substances,  including,  but without limitation,  asbestos or
polychlorinated biphenyls.

                                       14







          6.14.  COMPLIANCE  WITH  LAW.  There  is  no  outstanding   complaint,
citation,  or notice issued by any Governmental  Authority asserting that Seller
is in violation of any material law, regulation,  rule, ordinance, order, decree
or other  material  requirement  of any  Governmental  Authority  (including any
applicable statutes, ordinances or codes relating to zoning and land use, health
and sanitation,  environmental  protection,  occupational  safety and the use of
electric power)  affecting the Purchased Assets or the business or operations of
the  Station,  and  Seller  is  in  material  compliance  with  all  such  laws,
regulations,  rules,  ordinances,  decrees,  orders  and  requirements.  Without
limiting the foregoing:

               (a)  The  Station's  transmitting  and  studio  equipment  is  in
material  respects  operating in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
FCC Licenses,  all underlying  construction  permits,  and the published  rules,
regulations,  and  policies  of  the  Commission,   including  all  requirements
concerning  equipment  authorization  and  human  exposure  to  radio  frequency
radiation.

               (b)  Seller  has,  in  the  conduct  of the  Station's  business,
materially complied with all applicable laws, rules and regulations  relating to
the  employment  of  labor,  including  those  concerning  wages,  hours,  equal
employment  opportunity,  collective  bargaining,  pension and  welfare  benefit
plans,  and the payment of Social Security and similar taxes,  and Seller is not
liable  for any  arrears  of wages or any tax  penalties  due to any  failure to
comply with any of the foregoing.

               (c)  Seller's  affirmative  action  program  for the  Station and
Seller's other  employment  practices  materially  comply with the  Commission's
published rules, regulations and policies.

               (d) All ownership reports,  employment  reports,  tax returns and
other material  documents  required to be filed by Seller with the Commission or
other  Governmental  Authority  have been fled;  such  reports  and  filings are
accurate and complete in all material respects; such items as are required to be
placed in the  Stadon's  local public  inspection  file have been placed in such
file; all proofs of performance and measurements that are required to be made by
Seller with respect to the Stadon's transmission  facilities have been completed
and  filed  at the  Station;  and all  information  contained  in the  foregoing
documents is true, complete and accurate.

               (e) Seller has paid to the Commission the regulatory fees due for
the Station for the years 1994 96.

          6.15. LITIGATION.  Except for proceedings affecting radio broadcasters
generally  and  except  as set  forth on  Appendix  K,  there is no  litigation,
complaint,  investigation,  suit, claim, action or proceeding pending, or to the
Knowledge  of  Seller,  threatened  before  or  by  the  Commission,  any  other
Governmental  Authority, or any arbitrator or other person or entity relating to
the business or operations of the Station or to the Purchased Assets.  Except as
set forth on Appendix K, there is no other litigation,  action, suit, complaint,
claim,  investigation  or  proceeding  pending,  or to the  Knowledge of Seller,
threatened that may give rise to any claim



                                       15





against any of the  Purchased  Assets or adversely  affect  Seller's  ability to
consummate  the  Transaction  as provided  herein.  To the  Knowledge of Seller,
Seller has not consulted with counsel concerning any facts that could reasonably
result in any such proceedings.

          6.16.  INSOLVENCY  PROCEEDINGS.   No  insolvency  proceedings  of  any
character, including bankruptcy,  receivership,  reorganization,  composition or
arrangement  with creditors,  voluntary or involuntary,  affecting  Seller,  the
Station  Assets or the  Purchased  Assets are  pending or, to the  Knowledge  of
Seller,  threatened.  Seller  has not  made an  assignment  for the  benefit  of
creditors.

          6.17. SALES AGREEMENTS.  The Sales Agreements in existence on the date
hereof have been entered into in the ordinary course of the Station's  business,
at rates consistent with Seller's usual past practices.

          6.18.  SUFFICIENCY  OF ASSETS.  The  Purchased  Assets are and, on the
Closing Date will be,  sufficient  to conduct the  operation and business of the
Station in the manner in which it is currently being conducted.

          6.19.  RELATED  PARTIES.  Except as  disclosed  in  Appendix L neither
Seller nor any  shareholder,  officer  or  director  of Seller has any  interest
whatsoever in any corporation,  firm,  partnership or other business  enterprise
which has had any business  transactions  with Seller  relating to the Purchased
Assets or the  Station,  and no  shareholder  of  Seller  has  entered  into any
transactions with Seller relating to the Purchased Assets or the Station.

          6.20.  TAXES.  The  Seller  has  timely  filed  with  all  appropriate
Governmental Authority all federal, state, commonwealth, local, and other tax or
information returns and tax reports  (including,  but not limited to, all income
tax, unemployment compensation, social security, payroll, sales and use, profit,
excise, privilege,  occupation, property, ad valorem, franchise, license, school
and any other tax  under  the laws of the  United  States or of any state or any
commonwealth or any municipal entity or of any political  subdivision with valid
taxing authority) due for all periods ended on or before the date hereof. Seller
has paid in full all  federal,  state,  commonwealth,  foreign,  local and other
governmental  taxes,  estimated  taxes,  interest,  penalties,  assessments  and
deficiencies  (collectively,  Taxes)  which  have  become due  pursuant  to such
returns or without returns or pursuant to any assessments received by Seller. To
the Knowledge of Seller,  such returns and forms are true,  correct and complete
in all material respects, and to the Knowledge of Seller, Seller has w liability
for any Taxa in excess of the Taxes shown on such returns. Seller is wit a party
to any pending action or proceeding and, to the Knowledge of Seller,  there is w
action or proceeding threatened by any Governmental Authority against Seller for
assessment or collection of any Taxes, and no unresolved claim for assessment or
collection of any Taxes has been asserted against Seller.

          6.21.  NO  MISLEADING  STATEMENTS.  No  provision  of  this  Agreement
relating to Seller,  the Station or the Purchased  Assets or any other document,
Appendix,  Exhibit  or  other  information  furnished  by  Seller  to  Buyer  in
connection with the execution, delivery and


                                       16






performance  of  this  Agreement,   or  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated hereby, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omits or will omit to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated in
order to make the statement,  in light of the circumstances in which it is made,
not  misleading.  All Exhibits and  Appendices  attached  hereto are  materially
accurate  and complete as of the date hereof.  Seller,  prior to Closing,  shall
update the Appendices to assure their continued  accuracy and shall advise Buyer
upon receipt of any notice,  document or  occurrence of an event that would make
any representation or warranty contained in this Section 6 untrue.

7.        BUYER'S REPRESENTATIONS.  WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. Buyer hereby makes
to and for the benefit of Seller, the following representations,  warranties and
covenants:

          7.1.  EXISTENCE  AND POWER.  Buyer is a  corporation  duly  organized,
validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware,
with full corporate power and authority to assume and perform this Agreement.

          7.2. BINDING EFFECT. The execution,  delivery and performance by Buyer
of this  Agreement,  and each other  document,  agreement  and  instrument to be
executed and delivered by Buyer in connection with this Agreement (collectively,
the "Buyer  Documents~)  has been or will be duly  authorized  by all  necessary
corporate  action,  and copies of those  authorizing  resolutions,  certified by
Buyer's  Secretary  shall be delivered to Seller at Closing.  No other corporate
action by Buyer is required for Buyer's  execution,  delivery and performance of
this Agreement or any of the Buyer Documents.  This Agreement has been, and each
of the Buyer Documents will be, duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer
to Seller  and  constitutes  a legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of Buyer,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, reorganization,
fraudulent  conveyance,  insolvency,  moratorium and similar laws relating to or
affecting  creditors' and other obligees'  rights  generally and the exercise of
judicial discretion in accordance with general equitable principles.

          7.3. NO VIOLATION. None of (i) the execution, delivery and performance
by Buyer of this Agreement or any of the Buyer Documents,  (ii) the consummation
of the  Transaction,  or (iii) Buyer's  compliance with the terms and conditions
hereof will,  with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both,
conflict with,  breach the terms or conditions of, constitute . a default under,
or violate (x) Buyer's articles of incorporation or by-laws or (y) any judgment,
decree, order, consent agreement,  lease or other instrument to which Buyer is a
party or by which Buyer is legally bound.

          7.4.  LITIGATION.  There is no litigation,  action,  suit,  complaint,
proceeding or investigation,  pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer,  threatened
that may adversely  affect  Buyer's  ability to consummate  the  Transaction  as
provided herein. Buyer is not aware of any facts that could reasonably result in
any such proceedings.

                                       17







          7.5.  LICENSEE  QUALIFICATIONS.  To  the  Knowledge  of  Buyer,  after
consultation  with counsel  familiar with the published  rules,  regulations and
policies of the  Commission,  there is no fact that would,  under the  published
rules,  regulations and policies of the Commission,  or the  Communications  Act
disqualify  Buyer from being the  assignee of the FCC  Licenses or the owner and
operator of the Station.  Should Buyer become aware of any such fact, it will so
inform  Seller,  and  Buyer  will use  reasonable  efforts  to  remove  any such
disqualification. Buyer will not take any action that Buyer knows, or has reason
to believe, would result in such disqualification.

          7.6. FINANCIAL QUALIFICATIONS.  At Closing, Buyer will have sufficient
funds on hand or from committed sources to pay the Purchase Price.

          7.7. NO MISLEADING STATEMENTS. No provision of this Agreement relating
to Buyer or other  information  furnished by Buyer to Seller in connection  with
the execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement,  or the consummation
of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  contains or will contain any untrue
statement  of a  material  fact or omits or will omit to state a  material  fact
required  to be  stated  in  order  to  make  the  statement,  in  light  of the
circumstances in which it is made, not misleading.

8.        PRE-CLOSING  OBLIGATIONS.  The parties  covenant  and agree as follows
with respect to the period prior to Closing:

          8.1. APPLICATION FOR COMMISSION CONSENT. Within five (5) business days
from the date of this  Agreement,  Seller  and Buyer  shall join in and file the
Assignment  Application,  and they shall  diligently take all steps necessary or
desirable and proper  expeditiously to prosecute the Assignment  Application and
to  obtain  the  Commission's   determination   that  grant  of  the  Assignment
Application  will serve the public  interest,  convenience  and necessity.  Each
party shall  promptly  provide the other with a copy of any  pleading,  order or
other document sewed on the other relating to the Assignment Application. In the
event that Closing occurs prior to a Final Order, then each party's  obligations
hereunder shall survive the Closing.

          8.2.  ACCESS.  Between the date hereof and the  Closing  Date,  Seller
shall give Buyer and representatives of Buyer reasonable access to the Purchased
Assets,  the Station,  the employees of Seller and the Station and the books and
records of Seller  relating  to the  business  and  operations  of the  Station;
provided, that, Buyer shall provide Seller with at least three (3) business days
advance notice of: (i) the names of those employees who Buyer intends to contact
and (ii) the dates-of Buyer's visits to the Station's studio; provided that such
contacts  and  visits  will be made in a manner  that is not  disruptive  to the
Station's  operations.  During such visits Seller will  cooperate  with Buyer in
meeting  with  employees.  It is  expressly  understood  that,  pursuant to this
Section,  Buyer, at its expense,  shall be entitled to conduct such  engineering
inspections of the Station,  such  environmental  assessments and surveys of the
Studio Site and the Transmitter  Site (subject to the landlord's prior approval,
which Seller will cooperate in obtaining, and provided Buyer restores such sites
after such assessments),  and such reviews of the Station's financial records as
Buyer may desire, so long as the same do not unreasonably

                                       18



interfere with Seller's operation of the Station. No inspection or investigation
made by or on behalf of Buyer,  or  Buyer's  failure to make any  inspection  or
investigation,  shall affect Seller's representations,  warranties and covenants
hereunder or be deemed to  constitute a waiver of any of those  representations,
warranties and covenants.

          8.3.  OPERATIONS PRIOR TO CLOSING.  Between the date of this Agreement
and the Closing Date and subject to any Time Brokerage Agreement entered into by
the parties:

               (a) Seller shall operate the Station in a manner  consistent with
Seller's and the  Station's  past practice and in material  compliance  with all
applicable  laws,   regulations,   rules,   decrees,   ordinances,   orders  and
requirements  of the Commission  and all other  Governmental  Authority.  Seller
shall  promptly  notify Buyer of any actions or  proceedings  that from the date
hereof are  commenced  against  Seller or the  Station or, to the  Knowledge  of
Seller,  against any officer,  director,  employee,  consultant,  agent or other
representative  of Seller  with  respect to the  business  of the Station or the
Purchased Assets.

               (b)  Seller  shall:  (i) use the  Purchased  Assets  only for the
operation of the Station;  (ii) maintain the Purchased  Assets in  substantially
their present  condition  (reasonable wear and tear in normal use and damage due
to  unavoidable  casualty  excepted);  (iii) replace and/or repair the Purchased
Assets as  necessary  in the  ordinary  course of  business;  (iv)  maintain all
inventories of supplies,  tubes and spare parts at levels at least equivalent to
those  existing  on the date of this  Agreement;  and (v)  promptly  give  Buyer
written  notice of any  materially  adverse  developments  with  respect  to the
Purchased Assets or the business or operations of the Station.

               (c) Seller shall maintain the Station's  Business  Records in the
usual, regular and ordinary manner, on a basis consistent with prior periods.

               (d) Seller  shall not:  (i) sell,  lease,  encumber or  otherwise
dispose of any Purchased  Assets or any interest  therein except in the ordinary
course of business and only if any  Purchased  Asset  disposed of is replaced by
property of like or better  value,  quality and utility  prior to Closing;  (ii)
cancel,  terminate,  modify, amend or renew any of the Contracts without Buyer's
express  prior  written  consent  except  in  accordance  with the terms of such
Contracts;  (iii) increase the compensation  payable or to become payable to any
employee of the  Station  except in the  ordinary  course of  business;  or (iv)
except to the  extent  expressly  permitted  in Section  2.1(c),  enter into any
Contract  or other  agreement  (other  than Sales  Agreements),  undertaking  or
obligation or assume any liability that may impose any obligation on Buyer after
Closing and which is not subject to  termination  upon thirty (30) days  notice,
whether  Seller  is acting  within  or  outside  of the  ordinary  course of the
Station's business, without Buyer's prior written consent.

               (e) Seller and the Station will enter into Sales  Agreements only
in the ordinary  course of the  Station's  business,  at rates  consistent  with
Seller's usual past practices.

                                       19







               (f) Seller and the Station will enter into Trade  Agreements only
in the  ordinary  course  of the  Station's  business  and  only if  such  Trade
Agreements  (i) are  immediately  preemptible  for cash time sales  trade;  (ii)
require the provision of air time only on a "run of schedule"  basis;  and (iii)
provide for goods and services used in the operation of the Station.

               (g)  Seller  shall  use   reasonable   efforts  to  preserve  the
operations,  organization and reputation of the Station intact, by continuing to
make  expenditures and engage in activities  designed to promote the Station and
encourage the purchase of advertising time on the Station in a manner consistent
with Seller's past practices.  Seller shall use reasonable efforts in accordance
with past  practice to  preserve  the  goodwill  and  business of the  Station's
advertisers,  suppliers and others having  business  relations with the Station,
and continue to conduct  financial  operations of the Station,  including credit
and  collection  policies,  with no less  effort as in the prior  conduct of the
business of the Station.

               (h) Seller shall furnish Buyer with monthly financial  statements
that are in a form consistent  with what has been  previously  provided to Buyer
within  thirty  (30) days after the end of each  calendar  month,  and with such
additional data concerning the Station's  financial condition as are prepared by
Seller in the ordinary course of business and requested by Buyer.

               (i) Seller  shall not issue,  sell or deliver any shares of stock
of Seller that would  result in a transfer of control  under the  Communications
Act.

          8.4. DAMAGE.

               (a) RISK OF LOSS . The risk of loss or  damage,  confiscation  or
condemnation of the Purchased Assets shall be borne by Seller at all times prior
to  Closing.  In the event of material  loss or damage,  Seller  shall  promptly
notify  Buyer  thereof  and use its  reasonable  efforts to  repair,  replace or
restore  the  lost  or  damaged  property  to its  former  condition  as soon as
possible.  If the cost of repairing,  replacing or restoring any lost or damaged
property  is Twenty  Thousand  Dollars  ($20,000)  or less,  and  Seller has not
repaired,  replaced or restored such property prior to the Closing Date, Closing
shall occur as scheduled  and Buyer may deduct from the  Purchase  Price paid at
Closing  the amount  necessary  to restore  the lost or damaged  property to its
former  condition  or  replace  it,  whichever  is less.  If the cost to repair,
replace,  or  restore  the lost or damaged  property  exceeds  Twenty  Thousands
Dollars  ($20,000),  and Seller has not  repaired,  replaced  or  restored  such
property prior to the Closing Date but is making reasonable and diligent efforts
to complete such repair,  replacement  or  restoration,  then, in that event the
Closing,  with prior consent of the Commission if necessary,  shall be postponed
for such  reasonable  period  of time  (not to exceed  ninety  (90)  days) as is
necessary for Seller to repair,  replace or restore the lost or damaged property
to its former  condition or replace it, whichever is less. In the event that the
repair,  replacement  or  restoration  is not  completed  within  that period of
postponement,  then the  Closing  shall  proceed  and Buyer may deduct  from the
Purchase  Price paid at  Closing  the amount  necessary  to restore  the lost or
damaged  property  to its  former  condition,  in which  event  Seller  shall be
entitled to all proceeds under any applicable insurance policies with respect to
such claim; provided, that, if, after the expiration of the period of

                                       20





postponement  the lost or damaged  property has not been  repaired,  replaced or
restored in a manner that would  permit  operation  of the Station with at least
eighty  percent  (80%) of its  licensed  effective  radiated  power,  Buyer  may
terminate  this  Agreement,  in which event the Escrow  Deposit and all interest
earned  thereon shall be returned to Buyer and the parties shall be released and
discharged from any further obligation hereunder.

               (b) FAILURE OF BROADCAST TRANSMISSIONS.  Seller shall give prompt
written  notice to Buyer if any of the  following (a  "Specified  Event")  shall
occur  and  continue  for a  period  of  more  than  four  (4)  hours:  (i)  the
transmission of the regular  broadcast  programming of the Station in the normal
and usual manner is interrupted or discontinued; or (ii) the Station is operated
at less than its licensed  antenna height above average  terrain or at less than
eighty  percent (80%) of its licensed  effective  radiated  power.  If, prior to
Closing,  the Station has not operated at its licensed operating  parameters for
more than  forty-eight  (48) hours (or, in the event of force majeure or utility
failure  affecting  generally the market served by the Station,  ninety-six (96)
hours), whether or not consecutive, during any period of thirty (30) consecutive
days, or if there are three (3) or more Specified  Events each lasting more than
four (4) consecutive  hours,  then Buyer may, at its option:  (i) terminate this
Agreement,  or (ii) proceed in the manner set forth in Paragraph  8.4(a). In the
event of termination  of this  Agreement by Buyer pursuant to this Section,  the
Escrow Deposit  together with all interest  accrued thereon shall be returned to
Buyer  and the  parties  shall be  released  and  discharged  from  any  further
obligation hereunder.

               (c)  RESOLUTION  OF  DISAGREEMENTS.  If the parties are unable to
agree  upon the extent of any loss or  damage,  the cost to  repair,  replace or
restore any lost or damaged property,  the adequacy of any repair,  replacement,
or  restoration  of any lost or damaged  property,  or any other matter  arising
under this Section,  the disagreement  shall be referred promptly to a qualified
consulting  communications  engineer mutually acceptable to Seller and Buyer who
is a member of the Association of Federal  Communications  Consulting Engineers,
whose  decision  shall be  final,  and  whose  fees and  expenses  shall be paid
one-half each by Seller and Buyer.

          8.5. ADMINISTRATIVE VIOLATIONS. If Seller receives any finding, order,
complaint,  citation or notice prior to Closing  which states that any aspect of
the Station's operation violates or may violate any rule, regulation or order of
the  Commission  or of any  other  Governmental  Authority  (an  "Administrative
Violation"),  including,  any rule, regulation or order concerning environmental
protection,  the  employment of labor or equal  employment  opportunity,  Seller
shall  promptly  notify Buyer of the  Administrative  Violation,  use reasonable
efforts to remove or correct the  Administrative  Violation,  and be responsible
prior to Closing for the payment of all costs  associated  therewith,  including
any fines or back pay that may be assessed.

          8.6. BULK SALES ACT.  Seller shall be responsible  for compliance with
the  provisions of any bulk sales statute  applicable  to the  Transaction,  and
shall  indemnify and hold Buyer  harmless from and against any claims,  actions,
liabilities  and all  costs  and  expenses,  including  reasonable  legal  fees,
incurred or suffered by Buyer as a result of the failure to comply with any such
statute.



                                       21





          8.7.  CONTROL OF STATION.  The  Transaction  shall not be  consummated
until after the Commission has given its written consent thereto and between the
date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, Seller shall control, supervise and
direct the operation of the Station.

          8.8. AUDIT.  Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Seller, its
shareholders, officers, directors and employees shall cooperate and Seller shall
cause its independent accounting firm to cooperate with Buyer for the purpose of
preparing,  at  Buyer's  sole  expense,   audited  Financial  Statements.   Such
cooperation  shall include,  but not be limited to, Buyer's access to and use of
information relied upon by the Seller's independent accounting firm in preparing
the unaudited Financial Statements.

          8.9. TIME BROKERAGE AND OPERATING  AGREEMENT.  After execution of this
Agreement,  Seller and Buyer shall  cooperate  in good faith and use  reasonable
efforts to enter into a Time Brokerage Agreement ("TBA") that would be effective
at Buyer's option on or after January 1, 1997, and would permit Buyer to program
up to 24 hours per day, 7 days per week of the Station's  programming subject to
Seller's obligation to provide programming  responsive to the community's needs.
Such agreement would contain terms and conditions  standard in the  broadcasting
industry  for  these  types of  arrangements  including  Buyer's  obligation  to
reimburse Seller for all operating  expenses of the Station.  Buyer would pay to
Seller the sum of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) for the months of January and
February, Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) for the month of March and One
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000)  for  each  month  thereafter.   Seller's
obligation  to  enter  into  the TBA is  subject  to  Buyer  providing  evidence
satisfactory  to  Seller  of  a  financing  commitment  from  a  duly  qualified
institution agreeing to provide Buyer with sufficient monies to pay the Purchase
Price at Closing.

          8.10.  CLOSING  OBLIGATIONS.  Seller and Buyer shall make commercially
reasonable efforts to satisfy the conditions precedent to Closing.

9.        STATUS OF EMPLOYEES.

          9.1.  EMPLOYMENT  RELATIONSHIP.  All  Station  employees  shall be and
remain  Seller's  employees,  with Seller having full authority and control over
their  actions,  and Buyer shall not assume the status of an employer or a joint
employer  of,  or incur or be  subject  to any  liability  or  obligation  of an
employer with respect to, any such employees  unless and until actually hired by
Buyer.  Seller  shall be  solely  responsible  for any and all  liabilities  and
obligations Seller may have to its employees, including, compensation, severance
pay and accrued vacation time and sick leave. Seller shall be solely responsible
for any and all  liabilities,  penalties,  fines or other  sanctions that may be
assessed or otherwise due under such laws on account of the  Transaction and the
dismissal or termination of any of Seller's employees.

          9.2. BUYER'S RIGHT TO EMPLOY. Seller consents to Buyer discussing with
the Station's  employees,  at any time after five (5) days from the execution of
this Agreement the  possibility of their  employment by Buyer;  provided,  that,
Buyer shall  provide three (3) business  days'  advance  notice to Seller of the
names of those employees who Buyer intends to contact. Seller


                                       22




agrees and  acknowledges,  however,  that Buyer is under no  obligation to offer
employment  to any of those  employees.  Buyer has no  obligation  to assume the
contract between Seller and the current Program Director.  Should Buyer agree to
assume the existing contract of the Station's  Program Director,  that shall not
preclude Seller from hiring the Program Director as a consultant with respect to
broadcast stations located outside the greater Philadelphia market.

10.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

          10.1. MUTUAL CONDITIONS.  The respective obligations of both Buyer and
Seller to consummate the Transaction are subject to the  satisfaction of each of
the following conditions:

               (a) APPROVAL OF ASSIGNMENT APPLICATION. The Commission shall have
granted the  Assignment  Application,  and such grant shall be in full force and
effect on the Closing Date.

               (b) ABSENCE OF LITIGATION. As of the Closing Date, no litigation,
action,   suit  or  proceeding   enjoining,   restraining  or  prohibiting   the
consummation  of  the  Transaction  shall  be  pending  before  any  court,  the
Commission or any other Governmental Authority or arbitrator; provided, however,
that  this  Paragraph  may not be  invoked  by a party if any  such  litigation,
action,  suit or proceeding  was solicited or encouraged  by, or instituted as a
result of any act or omission of, such party.

               (c)  HART-SCOTT-RODINO.  If  required  by this  Transaction,  all
applicable waiting periods under the  Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust  Improvements
Act of 1976, as amended, shall have expired.

               (d)  NONCOMPETITION  AGREEMENT.  Ronald J. Morey,  Jed Morey, and
Buyer shall have executed and delivered a  Noncompetition  Agreement,  dated the
Closing Date, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.

          10.2. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATION.

          In addition to the satisfaction of the mutual conditions  contained in
Section 10.1, the obligation of Buyer to consummate the  Transaction is subject,
at  Buyer's  option,  to the  satisfaction  or  waiver  by  Buyer of each of the
following conditions:

               (a)  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  The  representations  and
warranties  of Seller  to Buyer  shall be true,  complete,  and  correct  in all
material  respects as of the  Closing  Date with the same force and effect as if
then made.

               (b) COMPLIANCE WITH CONDITIONS.  All of the terms, conditions and
covenants  to be complied  with or  performed by Seller on or before the Closing
Date under this Agreement and the Seller Documents shall have been duly complied
with and performed in all material respects.




                                       23





               (c)  DISCHARGE  OF LIENS.  Buyer  shall have  obtained at Buyer's
expense,  at  least  10  days  prior  to  Closing,  a  report  prepared  by C.T.
Corporation System (or similar firm reasonably  acceptable to Buyer) showing the
results of searches of lien, tax, judgment and litigation records, demonstrating
that the  Purchased  Assets  are being  conveyed  to Buyer free and clear of all
liens, security interests and encumbrances except as expressly permitted by this
Agreement,  otherwise  consented to by Buyer in writing or to be  discharged  at
Closing.  The record  searches shall have taken place no more than 15 days prior
to the Closing Date.

               (d)  THIRD-PARTY  CONSENTS.  Seller  shall have  obtained (i) all
required  third-party  consents to Buyer's assumption of the Material Contracts,
such that Buyer will,  after  Closing,  enjoy all the rights and  privileges  of
Seller under the Material  Contracts subject only to the same obligations as are
binding on Seller pursuant to the Material  Contracts'  current terms;  and (ii)
all other requisite third-party consents and approvals which may be necessary to
consummate the Transaction.

               (e) ESTOPPEL  CERTIFICATES.  At Closing,  Seller shall deliver to
Buyer a  certificate  executed  by the other  party to each  Material  Contract,
including the landlord under the leases for the Studio Site and the  Transmitter
Site,  dated no more than 15 days prior to the  Closing  Date,  stating (i) that
such  Contract is in full force and effect and has not been amended or modified;
(ii) the date to which all rent and/or other payments due  thereunder  have been
paid;  and (iii)  that  Seller is not in breach or default  under such  Material
Contract.  Seller  shall use  reasonable  efforts  to  include  in the  Estoppel
Certificate  a Statement  that no event has  occurred  that,  with notice or the
passage of time or both,  would  constitute  a breach or default  thereunder  by
Seller.

               (f) OPINION OF SELLER'S COUNSEL. At Closing, Seller shall deliver
to Buyer the written opinion or opinions of Seller's counsel,  dated the Closing
Date, in scope and form satisfactory to Buyer, to the following effect:

                    (1) Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good  standing  under  the laws of the  State of  Pennsylvania,  with all
requisite  corporate  power  and  authority  to  enter  into  and  perform  this
Agreement.

                    (2) This  Agreement  has been duly executed and delivered by
Seller  and such  action has been duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate
action.  This Agreement  constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of
Seller,  enforceable  against  Seller in  accordance  with its terms  subject to
bankruptcy,  reorganization,  fraudulent conveyance,  insolvency, moratorium and
similar laws  relating to or affecting  creditors'  and other  obligees'  rights
generally and the exercise of judicial  discretion  in  accordance  with general
equitable principles.

                    (3)  None  of  (i)  the   execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement,  (ii) the consummation of the  Transaction,  or (iii) compliance with
the terms and conditions of this Agreement  will,  with or without the giving of
notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with,


                                       24






breach the terms and  conditions  of,  constitute  a default  under,  or violate
Seller's  articles of incorporation or bylaws,  or to counsel's  knowledge,  any
judgment,  decree, or order, by which Seller, the Station or any of the Seller's
assets,  including the Purchased Assets,  may be bound or affected,  as to which
counsel is representing or advising Seller.

                    (4) To counsel's  knowledge,  counsel is not representing or
advising  Seller  as to  any  pending  or  threatened  suit,  action,  claim  or
proceeding  that  questions or may affect the validity of any action to be taken
by Seller  pursuant  to this  Agreement  or that  seeks to enjoin,  restrain  or
prohibit Seller from carrying out the Transaction.

                    (5) To counsel's  knowledge,  counsel is not representing or
advising  Seller as to any  outstanding  judgment,  or any pending or threatened
suit,  action,  claim or  proceeding  (other than  proceedings  affecting  radio
broadcasters  generally)  that could  reasonably  be expected to have an adverse
effect  upon the  Purchased  Assets or upon the  business or  operations  of the
Station after Closing.

                    (6)  Seller  is the  authorized  legal  holder  of  the  FCC
Licenses,  the FCC Licenses  are in full force and effect,  and the FCC Licenses
are not the subject of any pending license renewal application. The FCC Licenses
set forth on Appendix A constitute all FCC licenses and authorizations issued in
connection with the operation of the Station.  There are no applications pending
before the Commission with respect to the Station.

                    (7) The  Commission  has consented to the  assignment of the
FCC  Licenses  to Buyer and that  consent has become a Final  Order,  unless the
requirement for a Final Order is waived by Buyer.

                    (8) To the  best of such  Counsel's  knowledge,  there is no
Commission  investigation,  notice of apparent liability or order of forfeiture,
pending or outstanding against the Station,  or any complaint,  petition to deny
or proceeding against or involving the Station pending before the Commission.

                    The foregoing  opinions  shall be for the benefit of and may
be relied on by Buyer and Buyer's lenders (identified at Closing).  In rendering
such opinions,  Seller's counsel may rely upon such corporate records of Seller,
such  certificates  of public  officials  and  officers of Seller and such other
documents or assumptions as may be deemed appropriate or necessary.  Any opinion
concerning the  enforceability of this Agreement may be based on the laws of the
District of Columbia applicable to transactions in that jurisdiction.

               (g) FINAL ORDER. The Commission's  action granting the Assignment
Application shall have become a Final Order.

               (h) CLOSING  DOCUMENTS.  At the Closing  Seller shall  deliver to
Buyer (i) such assignments, bills of sale and other instruments of conveyance as
are  necessary  to vest in Buyer  title to the  Purchased  Assets,  all of which
documents shall be dated as of the Closing Date, duly



                                       25






executed  by  Seller  and  in  form  reasonably  acceptable  to  Buyer;  (ii)  a
certificate,  dated the Closing Date, executed by Seller's President  certifying
as to those  matters set forth in Section  10.2(a) and (b);  and (iii) copies of
Seller's corporate resolutions authorizing the Transaction, each certified as to
accuracy and completeness by Seller's Secretary.

          10.3.  ADDITIONAL  CONDITIONS TO SELLER'S  OBLIGATION.  In addition to
satisfaction of the mutual conditions  contained in Section 10.1, the obligation
of Seller to consummate the Transaction is subject,  at Seller's option,  to the
satisfaction or waiver by Seller of each of the following conditions:

               (a)  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  The  representations  and
warranties  of  Buyer to  Seller  shall be true,  complete  and  correct  in all
material  respects as of the  Closing  Date with the same force and effect as if
then made.

               (b) COMPLIANCE WITH CONDITIONS.  All of the terms, conditions and
covenants  to be complied  with or  performed  by Buyer on or before the Closing
Date under this  Agreement  shall have been duly  complied with and performed in
all material respects.

               (c) OPINION OF BUYER'S COUNSEL.  At Closing,  Buyer shall deliver
to Seller the written  opinion of Buyer's  counsel,  dated the Closing  Date, in
scope and form reasonably satisfactory to Seller, to the following effect:

                    (1)  Buyer  is  a  corporation  duly  incorporated,  validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware,  with all
requisite  corporate  power  and  authority  to  enter  into  and  perform  this
Agreement.

                    (2) This Agreement has been duly executed by Buyer, and such
action  has  been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  action.  This
Agreement  constitutes  the  legal,  valid,  and  binding  obligation  of Buyer,
enforceable  against Buyer in accordance with its terms,  subject to bankruptcy,
reorganization,  fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, moratorium, and similar laws
relating to or affecting creditors' and other obligees' rights generally and the
exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general equitable principles.

                    (3)  None  of  (i)  the   execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement,  (ii) the consummation of the  Transaction,  or (iii) compliance with
the terms and conditions of this Agreement  will,  with or without the giving of
notice,  lapse of time or both,  conflict with,  breach the terms and conditions
of,  constitute a default under or violate Buyer's  articles of incorporation or
by-laws, or to counsel's knowledge, any judgment, decree or order to which Buyer
is a  party  or by  which  Buyer  may  be  bound  and  as to  which  counsel  is
representing or advising Buyer.

                    (4) To the knowledge of counsel, counsel is not representing
or advising  Buyer as to any pending or  threatened  suit,  action or proceeding
that  questions  or may affect the  validity  of any action to be taken by Buyer
pursuant to this Agreement,  or that seeks to enjoin, restrain or prohibit Buyer
from carrying out the Transaction.


                                       26







                    The foregoing  opinions  shall be for the benefit of and may
be relied on by Seller.  In rendering  such opinions,  Buyer's  counsel may rely
upon such corporate  records of Buyer, such certificates of public officials and
officers  of Buyer and such  other  documents  or  assumptions  as may be deemed
appropriate  or necessary.  Any opinion  concerning the  enforceability  of this
Agreement  may be based on the laws of the  District of Columbia  applicable  to
transactions in that jurisdiction.

               (d)  ASSUMPTION OF  LIABILITIES.  Buyer shall assume and agree to
pay,  perform and discharge  Seller's  obligations  under the  Contracts,  Sales
Agreements  and Trade  Agreements  to the extent Buyer has  expressly  agreed to
assume such obligations pursuant to Section 4.4.

               (e)  PAYMENT.  Buyer shall pay Seller the portion of the Purchase
Price due at Closing, as provided in Section 4.2.

               (f)  CLOSING  DOCUMENTS.  Buyer  shall  deliver  to Seller at the
Closing (i) copies of Buyer's corporate resolutions  authorizing the Transaction
certified  as to accuracy  and  completeness  by Buyer's  Secretary;  and (ii) a
certificate, dated the Closing Date, executed by Buyer's President certifying as
to those matters set forth in Section 10.3(a) and (b).

11.       CLOSING.  The  Closing  Date  shall be the tenth day after the date on
which the Commission grant of the Assignment  Application becomes a Final Order,
or, at Buyer's  option,  if finality is waived,  within  fifteen (15) days after
grant of the Assignment Application or such other time as Seller and Buyer shall
mutually  agree.  Closing  shall take place at 10:00 a.m. on the Closing Date at
the offices of Buyer's counsel, Roberts & Eckard, P.C., 1150 Connecticut Avenue,
N.W., Suite 1100, Washington D.C. 20036.

12.       PRORATIONS.


          12.1.  APPORTIONMENT OF EXPENSES.  Seller shall be responsible for all
expenses  arising out of the  business  of the  Station  until 11:59 p.m. on the
Closing Date, and Buyer shall be responsible for all expenses arising out of the
business of the Station  after 11:59 p.m. on the Closing Date to the extent such
expenses  relate to  liabilities  assumed by Buyer  pursuant to Section 4.4. All
overlapping expenses shall be prorated or reimbursed,  as the case may be, as of
11:59 p.m. on the Closing Date.


          12.2. DETERMINATION AND PAYMENT.  Prorations shall be made, insofar as
feasible,  at Closing  and shall be paid by way of  adjustment  to the  Purchase
Price. As to the prorations  that cannot be made at Closing,  the parties shall,
within  ninety  (90)  days  after  the  Closing  Date,  make  and pay  all  such
prorations. If the parties are unable to agree upon all such prorations prior to
the expiration of that 90-day period,  then any disputed items shall be referred
to a firm of independent  certified public  accountants,  mutually acceptable to
Seller and Buyer,  whose  decision  shall be final,  and whose fees and expenses
shall be allocated  between and paid by Seller and Buyer,  respectively,  to the
extent that such party does not prevail on the disputed  matters  decided by the
accountants.



                                       27






13.       POST-CLOSING  OBLIGATIONS.  The parties  covenant and agree as follows
with respect to the period subsequent to Closing:

          13.1.  COLLECTION  OF ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE.  At Closing,  Seller shall
assign to Buyer, for purposes of collection only, all of the Accounts Receivable
that are outstanding  and unpaid on the Closing Date,  except for those Accounts
Receivable  which Seller has instituted  litigation to collect as of the date of
this  Agreement  and which are  identified  on  Appendix K. Buyer shall use such
efforts  as are  reasonable  and in the  ordinary  course of  business  to those
Accounts  Receivable for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the
Closing Date (the  "Collection  Period").  This obligation,  however,  shall not
extend to the  institution  of  litigation,  employment  of counsel or any other
extraordinary  means of collection.  So long as those Accounts Receivable are in
Buyer's possession, neither Seller nor its agents shall make any solicitation of
them for collection  purposes or institute  litigation for the collection of any
amounts due  thereunder.  All payments  received by Buyer during the  Collection
Period from any person  obligated with respect to any Accounts  Receivable shall
be applied first to Seller's account, and only after full satisfaction  thereof,
to Buyer's account;  provided,  however, that if the customer instructs Buyer to
apply such payment to amounts owed by such customer to Buyer,  then that account
shall be deemed a contested  account  governed by the  following  sentence.  If,
during the Collection  Period,  any account debtor  contests the validity of its
obligation with respect to any Account Receivable,  then Buyer shall return that
Account  Receivable to Seller after which Seller shall be solely responsible for
the collection thereof. Buyer shall not have the right to compromise, settle, or
adjust the amounts of any of the  Accounts  Receivable  without  Seller's  prior
written  consent.  Forty five (45) days after the  Closing  Date and then on the
fifteenth  (l5th)  day after  the close of each  preceding  month,  Buyer  shall
furnish  Seller  with  a  list  of  Accounts  Receivable  collected  during  the
applicable  period  accompanied  by a  payment  equal  to  the  amount  of  such
collections,  less any salesperson's,  agency,  and  representative  commissions
applicable thereto that are deducted and paid by Buyer from the proceeds of such
collections.   Any  Accounts  Receivable  that  are  not  collected  during  the
Collection  Period shall be reassigned to Seller after which Buyer shall have no
further obligation to Seller with respect to the Accounts Receivable;  provided,
however, that all funds subsequently received by Buyer (without time limitation)
that  can  be  specifically  identified,  whether  by  accompanying  invoice  or
otherwise,  as a  payment  on the  Accounts  Receivable  shall  be paid  over or
forwarded to Seller.

          13.2. INDEMNIFICATION.

               (a) BUYER'S RIGHT TO  INDEMNIFICATION.  Seller hereby indemnifies
and holds  Buyer and its  assigns  harmless  from and  against  (i) any  breach,
misrepresentation, or violation of any of Seller's representations,  warranties,
covenants,  or other  obligations  contained in this  Agreement or in any Seller
Document;  (ii) all obligations and liabilities of Seller and/or the Station not
expressly  assumed by Buyer  pursuant  to Section  4.4;  and (iii) all claims by
third parties against Buyer  attributable to the operation of the Station and/or
the use or ownership of the Purchased Assets prior to Closing. This indemnity is
intended by Seller to cover all actions,  suits,  proceedings,  claims, demands,
assessments, adjustments, interest, penalties, costs and

                                       28





expenses (including,  reasonable fees and expenses of counsel),  whether suit is
instituted or not and, if instituted,  whether at the trial or appellate  level,
with respect to any and all of the specific matters set forth in this indemnity.

               (b) SELLER'S RIGHT TO  INDEMNIFICATION.  Buyer hereby indemnifies
and holds  Seller and its  assigns  harmless  from and  against  (i) any breach,
misrepresentation  or violation of any of Buyer's  representations,  warranties,
covenants or obligations  contained in this Agreement;  (ii) all obligations and
liabilities  expressly  assumed by Buyer hereunder  pursuant to Section 4.4; and
(iii)  all  claims by third  parties  against  Seller  attributable  to  Buyer's
operation of the Station after  Closing.  This indemnity is intended by Buyer to
cover  all  actions,   suits,   proceedings,   claims,   demands,   assessments,
adjustments,  interest, penalties, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel),  whether suit is instituted or not and, if instituted,
whether  at the trial or  appellate  level,  with  respect to any and all of the
specific matters set forth in this indemnity.

               (c)   PROCEDURE   FOR   INDEMNIFICATION.    The   procedure   for
indemnification shall be as follows:

                    (1) The  party  claiming  indemnification  (the  "Claimant")
shall give written notice to the party from which indemnification is sought (the
"Indemnitor")  promptly  after the  Claimant  learns of any claim or  proceeding
covered by the foregoing  agreements to indemnify and hold harmless.  Failure to
provide  prompt  notice shall not be deemed to  jeopardize  Claimant's  right to
demand  indemnification,  provided,  that,  Indemnitor is not  prejudiced by the
delay in receiving notice.

                    (2) With respect to claims  between the  parties,  following
receipt of notice from the  Claimant of a claim,  the  Indemnitor  shall have 15
days to make any  investigation of the claim that the Indemnitor deems necessary
or desirable, or such lesser time if a 15-day period would jeopardize any rights
of  Claimant  to  oppose  or  protest  the  claim.   For  the  purpose  of  this
investigation,  the Claimant  agrees to make available to the Indemnitor and its
authorized  representatives  the  information  relied  upon by the  Claimant  to
substantiate  the claim.  If the Claimant and the Indemnitor  cannot agree as to
the validity and amount of the claim within the l5-day period,  or lesser period
if required by this Section (or any mutually  agreed upon extension  hereof) the
Claimant may seek appropriate legal remedies.

                    (3) The  Indemnitor  shall have the right to  undertake,  by
counsel or other representatives of its own choosing, the defense of such claim,
provided,  that, Indemnitor  acknowledges in writing to Claimant that Indemnitor
would  assume  responsibility  for and  demonstrates  its  financial  ability to
satisfy the claim should the party  asserting  the claim  prevail.  In the event
that the Indemnitor shall not satisfy the requirements of the preceding sentence
or shall elect not to undertake such defense,  or within 15 days after notice of
any such claim from the Claimant  shall fail to defend,  the Claimant shall have
the right to undertake the defense,  compromise or settlement of such claim,  by
counsel or other  representatives of its own choosing,  on behalf of and for the
account and risk of the Indemnitor. Anything in this Section 13.2(c)(3)




                                       29





to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) if there is a reasonable probability that a
claim may materially and adversely affect the Claimant other than as a result of
money damages or other money payments, the Claimant shall have the right, at its
own cost and expense, to participate in the defense, compromise or settlement of
the  claim,  (ii) the  Indemnitor  shall not,  without  the  Claimant's  written
consent,  settle or  compromise  any claim or consent  to entry of any  judgment
which  does not  include  as an  unconditional  term  thereof  the giving by the
plaintiff  to the  Claimant of a release  from all  liability in respect of such
claim,  and (iii) in the event  that the  Indemnitor  undertakes  defense of any
claim  consistent  with  this  Section,  the  Claimant,   by  counsel  or  other
representative of its own choosing and at its sole cost and expense,  shall have
the  right  to  consult   with  the   Indemnitor   and  its   counsel  or  other
representatives  concerning  such claim and the  Indemnitor and the Claimant and
their respective counsel or other  representatives  shall cooperate with respect
to such claim.

               (d) ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS. If any payment is made pursuant to this
Section 13.2, the  Indemnitor  shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment
to all of the rights of recovery  of  Claimant,  and  Claimant  shall  assign to
Indemnitor,  for its use and benefit, any and all claims, causes of actions, and
demands of whatever  kind and nature that  Claimant may have against the person,
firm,  corporation or entity giving rise to the loss for which payment was made.
Claimant agrees to reasonably  cooperate in any efforts by Indemnitor to recover
such loss from any person, firm, corporation or entity.

               (e)  INDEMNIFICATION  SOLE REMEDY.  The right to  indemnification
provided for in this Section shall be the exclusive remedy of either party after
Closing in connection with any breach by the other party of its representations,
warranties, covenants or other obligations hereunder

               (f) DE MINIMS AMOUNT.  Neither party shall be liable to the other
for  indemnification  hereunder,  exclusive of  indemnification  for liabilities
retained by Seller or assumed by Buyer,  until such amount  claimed  exceeds One
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($100,000)  in the aggregate and then from the first
dollar thereof.

          13.3.  LIABILITIES.  Following  the  Closing  Date,  Seller  shall pay
promptly  when due all of the debts and  liabilities  of Seller  relating to the
Station,  other  than  liabilities  specifically  assumed  by  Buyer  hereunder.
Promptly shall be defined as no later than thirty (30) days after the due date.

14.       DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

          14.1.  OPPORTUNITY TO CURE.  Except as provided in Section 8.4(a),  if
either  party  believes  the other to be in breach  hereunder,  the former party
shall provide the other with written notice  specifying in reasonable detail the
nature of such  breach.  If the breach has not been cured by the earlier of: (i)
the Closing Date, or (ii) within 10 days after  delivery of that notice (or such
additional  reasonable time as the  circumstances may warrant provided the party
in breach undertakes diligent, good faith efforts to cure the breach within such
10 day period

                                       30







and continues  such efforts  thereafter),  then the party giving such notice may
consider the other party to be in default and exercise the remedies available to
such party pursuant to this Section,  subject to the right of the other party to
contest the alleged breach through appropriate proceedings.

          14.2.  SELLER'S REMEDIES.  Buyer recognizes that if the Transaction is
not  consummated  as a result of Buyer's  default,  Seller  would be entitled to
compensation,  the extent of which is extremely  difficult  and  impractical  to
ascertain.  To avoid this problem,  the parties agree that if the Transaction is
not consummated due to the default of Buyer, Seller, provided that Seller is not
in default and has otherwise complied with its obligations under this Agreement,
shall be entitled to the Escrow  Deposit,  with  interest  earned  thereon.  The
parties agree that this sum shall constitute  liquidated damages and shall be in
lieu of any other  relief to which  Seller  might  otherwise  be entitled due to
Buyer's failure to consummate the Transaction as a result of a default by Buyer.

          14.3.  BUYER'S  REMEDIES.  Seller  agrees  that the  Purchased  Assets
include unique  property that cannot be readily  obtained on the open market and
that Buyer will be  irreparably  injured if this  Agreement is not  specifically
enforced. Therefore, Buyer shall have the right specifically to enforce Seller's
performance under this Agreement,  and Seller agrees (i) to waive the defense in
any such suit that Buyer has an adequate  remedy at law and (ii) to interpose no
opposition, legal or otherwise, as to the propriety of specific performance as a
remedy.  If Buyer  elects to  terminate  this  Agreement as a result of Seller's
default instead of seeking specific performance,  Buyer shall be entitled to the
return of the Escrow Deposit  together with all interest  earned thereon and any
other remedies to which Buyer may be entitled under law and equity.

15.       TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

          15.1. FAILURE TO CLOSE. This Agreement may be terminated at the option
of either party upon written  notice to the other if (x) the  Commission has not
granted the Assignment  Application  within nine (9) months after the Commission
accepts the Assignment  Application  for filing or (y) the  Commission's  action
granting the Assignment  Application  has not become a Final Order within twelve
(12) months after the Commission accepts the Assignment  Application for filing;
provided,  however,  that a party may not terminate this Agreement if such party
is in default  hereunder,  or if a delay in any decision or determination by the
Commission  respecting the Assignment  Application has been caused or materially
contributed  to (i) by any  failure  of  such  party  to  furnish,  file or make
available to the Commission  information within its control; (ii) by the willful
furnishing by such party of incorrect,  inaccurate or incomplete  information to
the Commission; or (iii) by any other action taken by such party for the purpose
of delaying the Commission's decision or determination respecting the Assignment
Application.  This Agreement may also be terminated upon the mutual agreement of
Buyer and Seller.  In the event of  termination  pursuant to this  Section,  the
Escrow Deposit,  together with all interest earned thereon, shall be returned to
Buyer  and the  parties  shall be  released  and  discharged  from  any  further
obligation hereunder unless: (x) the failure to consummate the Transaction is



                                       31






attributable to Buyer's default,  and Seller is not in default and has otherwise
complied with its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  in which case the Escrow
Deposit plus interest  earned  thereon shall be released to Seller as liquidated
damages   pursuant  to  Section  14.2;  or  (y)the  failure  to  consummate  the
Transaction is attributable to Seller's default, and Buyer is not in default and
has otherwise complied with its obligations under this Agreement,  in which case
Buyer  shall be entitled  to the return of the Escrow  Deposit and all  interest
earned thereon as  contemplated by this Section 15.1, and to such other remedies
as are referred to in Section 14.3.

          15.2.  DESIGNATION  FOR  HEARING.  The time for  approval  provided in
Section 15.1  notwithstanding,  either party may terminate  this  Agreement upon
written notice to the other, if, for any reason,  the Assignment  Application is
designated for hearing by the Commission, provided, however, that written notice
of  termination  must be given  within  10 days  after the  release  date of the
hearing  designation  order  and that the  party  giving  such  notice is not in
default and has otherwise  complied with its  obligations  under this Agreement.
Upon termination  pursuant to this Section, the Escrow Deposit together with all
interest  earned  thereon  shall be returned  to Buyer and the parties  shall be
released  and  discharged  from  any  further  obligation  hereunder,  provided,
however, that if the designation for hearing is predicated upon breach by either
party of a representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, the
non-breaching  party may,  in  addition  to  termination,  pursue  the  remedies
available to such non-breaching party under Sections 14.2 and 14.3.

16.       GENERAL PROVISIONS.

          16.1. BROKERAGE. Seller and Buyer represent to each other that neither
party has dealt with a broker in  connection  with the  Transaction  and that no
finders fee is due to any person or entity in connection  with the  Transaction,
except  for a  possible  fee to be paid by  Buyer  at  Closing  or  later to The
Zitelman Group, Inc.

          16.2. FEES. All Commission filing fees for the Assignment Application,
shall be paid  one-half  by Seller and  one-half by Buyer.  Except as  otherwise
provided herein,  all other expenses  incurred in connection with this Agreement
or the Transaction  shall be paid by the party incurring those expenses  whether
or not the Transaction is consummated.

          16.3. NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
pertaining to this Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given
when (i) delivered  personally  (which shall include delivery by Federal Express
or other  recognized  overnight  courier  service that issues a receipt or other
confirmation of delivery) to the party for whom such  communication is intended,
(ii) delivered by facsimile transmission with confirmation of receipt thereof or
(iii)  three  business  days after the date  mailed by  certified  mail,  return
receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:



                                       32






               (a)  If to Seller:

                    Mr. Ronald J. Morey
                    Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc.
                    1103 Stewart Avenue
                    Garden City, New York 11530
                    Fax: (516) 228-9133

                    with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                    Lewis J. Paper, Esquire
                    Dickstein Shapiro Morin and Oshinsky, LLP
                    2101 L Street, N.W.
                    Washington, D.C. 20037
                    Fax: (202) 887-0689

               (b)  If to Buyer:

                    Mr. Alfred C. Liggins, President
                    Radio One, Inc.
                    4001 Nebraska Avenue
                    Washington, D.C. 20016
                    Fax: (202) 686-2762

                    with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

                    Linda J. Eckard, Esquire
                    Roberts & Eckard, P.C.
                    ll50 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
                    Suite 1100
                    Washington, D.C. 20036
                    Fax: (202) 296 0464

Either  party may change its address for notices by written  notice to the other
given pursuant to this Section.  Any notice  purportedly  given by a means other
than as set forth in this Section shall be deemed ineffective.

          16.4. ASSIGNMENT.  Neither party may assign its rights and obligations
under this Agreement  without the other party's  express prior written  consent,
provided,  however, Buyer may assign its rights and obligations pursuant to this
Agreement  without Seller's consent prior to Closing to (i) an entity which is a
subsidiary  or parent of Buyer or to an entity owned or  controlled  by Buyer or
its principals or (ii) to Buyer's lenders as collateral for any indebtedness



                                       33





incurred by Buyer and only if, such  assignment  will not require the initiation
of  another  statutory  30-day  public  notice  period  under  the  Commission's
published rules,  regulations or policies;  and subsequent to Closing to (x) any
entity which acquires all or substantially all of the Purchased Assets or (y) to
Buyer's lenders as collateral for any indebtedness incurred by Buyer. Subject to
the foregoing,  this Agreement shall be binding on, inure to the benefit of, and
be enforceable by the original  parties hereto and their  respective  successors
and permitted assignees.

          16.5.  EXCLUSIVE  DEALINGS.  For so long as this Agreement  remains in
effect,  neither Seller nor any person acting on Seller's behalf shall, directly
or indirectly,  solicit or initiate any offer from, or conduct any  negotiations
with, any person or entity  concerning the acquisition of all or any interest in
any of the  Purchased  Assets  or the  Station,  other  than  Buyer  or  Buyer's
permitted assignees.

          16.6.  THIRD PARTIES.  Nothing in this  Agreement,  whether express or
implied,  is intended  to: (i) confer any rights or remedies on any person other
than Seller, Buyer and their respective successors and permitted assignees; (ii)
relieve or discharge the  obligations or liability of any third party;  or (iii)
give any third party any right of subrogation or action against either Seller or
Buyer.

          16.7. INDULGENCES.  Unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing to
the contrary: (i) the failure of either party at any time to require performance
by the other of any  provision of this  Agreement  shall not affect such party's
right  thereafter  to enforce  the same;  (ii) no waiver by either  party of any
default by the other  shall be taken or held to be a waiver by such party of any
other preceding or subsequent default; and (iii) no extension of time granted by
either party for the  performance  of any  obligation  or act by the other party
shall be  deemed to be an  extension  of time for the  performance  of any other
obligation or act hereunder.

          16.8.  SURVIVAL  OF  REPRESENTATIONS   AND  WARRANTIES.   The  several
representations,  warranties,  and  indemnification  obligations  of the parties
contained  herein shall survive for fifteen months after the Closing Date except
that claims  properly  asserted  within the fifteen  month period shall  survive
until   finally   and  fully   resolved;   provided,   however,   that   Buyer's
indemnification  rights with respect to those  obligations  and  liabilities  of
Seller  and/or the Station  not  expressly  assumed by Buyer  shall  survive the
Closing until such liabilities and obligations are discharged in full. Likewise,
Seller's   indemnification   rights  with  respect  to  those   liabilities  and
obligations  expressly  assumed by Buyer shall  survive  the Closing  until such
liabilities and obligations are discharged in full.

          16.9. PRIOR  NEGOTIATIONS.  This Agreement  supersedes in all respects
all prior and contemporaneous oral and written negotiations,  understandings and
agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. All of
such prior and contemporaneous  negotiations,  understandings and agreements are
merged herein and superseded hereby.

          16.10.  EXHIBITS AND APPENDICES.  The Exhibits and Appendices attached
hereto or referred to herein are a material  part of this  Agreement,  as if set
forth in full herein.




                                       34





          16.11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT;  AMENDMENT.  This Agreement, the Exhibits and
Appendices  to this  Agreement  set forth the entire  understanding  between the
parties in connection with the Transaction,  and there are no terms, conditions,
warranties  or  representations  other  than  those  contained,  referred  to or
provided  for  herein  and  therein.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor any  term or
provision hereof may be altered or amended in any manner except by an instrument
in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

          16.12.  COUNSEL. Each party has been represented by its own counsel in
connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement.

          16.13. GOVERNING LAW,  JURISDICTION.  This Agreement shall be governed
by, and construed  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of the State of New
York without  regard to the choice of law rules  utilized in that  jurisdiction.
Buyer and Seller each (a) hereby  irrevocably  submit to the jurisdiction of the
courts of that state and  (b)hereby  waive,  and agree not to assert,  by way of
motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding,  any
claim that it is not subject  personally to the  jurisdiction of the above-named
courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that
the suit,  action or proceeding is brought in an  inconvenient  forum,  that the
venue of the suit,  action or proceeding  is improper or that this  Agreement or
the subject  matter  hereof may not be  enforced in or by such court.  Buyer and
Seller  each  hereby  consent to service  of process by  registered  mail at the
address to which  notices are to be given.  Each of Buyer and Seller agrees that
its submission to jurisdiction  and its consent to service of process by mail is
made for the express benefit of the other party hereto.  Final judgment  against
Buyer or Seller in any such action,  suit or proceeding may be enforced in other
jurisdictions  by suit,  action or proceeding  on the judgment,  or in any other
manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction; provided,
however,  that any  party may at its  option  bring  suit,  or  institute  other
judicial  proceedings,  in any state or federal court of the United States or of
any country or place where the other party or its assets, may be found.

          16.14.  SEVERABILITY.  If any term of this  Agreement  is  illegal  or
unenforceable at law or in equity, the validity,  legality and enforceability of
the remaining  provisions  contained  herein shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.  Any illegal or unenforceable  term shall be deemed to be void
and of no force and effect only to the minimum  extent  necessary  to bring such
term within the provisions of applicable law and such term, as so modified,  and
the balance of this Agreement shall then be fully enforceable.

          16.15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be signed in any number of
counterparts  with the same effect as if the signature on each such  counterpart
were on the same  instrument.  Each fully executed set of counterparts  shall be
deemed to be an original,  and all of the signed counterparts  together shall be
deemed to be one and the same instrument.

          16.16. FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party shall at any time and from time
to time after the Closing  execute  and deliver to the other party such  further
conveyances,  assignments  and other  written  assurances as may be requested to
vest and confirm in Buyer (or its assignee) the



                                       35





title and rights to and in all the  Purchased  Assets to be and  intended  to be
transferred,  assigned and conveyed  hereunder and to reflect Buyer's assumption
of the liabilities and obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

          16.17.  TAX FREE EXCHANGE.  Seller has advised Buyer that it may elect
to structure this transaction as a tax-deferred  like-kind  exchange pursuant to
Internal  Revenue Code Section 1031.  Buyer will cooperate with such an exchange
provided,  that, such  tax-deferred,  like-kind exchange shall (i) not delay the
Closing of this Transaction by the initiation of another statutory 30-day public
notice period under the Commission's published rules, regulations or policies or
otherwise  delay the Closing,  (ii) not result in any additional cost or expense
to Buyer,  (iii) not result in any tax consequences to Buyer and (iv) not affect
Seller's  liability for any of the  representations,  warranties,  covenants and
obligations  of Seller  pursuant  to this  Agreement.  At Closing  Seller  shall
execute a document  which will  provide  that Seller  indemnifies  Buyer for any
claims that the intermediate  party  participating in the like-kind exchange may
have against Buyer.

          16.18. NO DISCLOSURE.  The parties agree that no public  disclosure of
the  contents  of this  Agreement  will be  made  prior  to the  date  that  the
Assignment  Application is filed absent prior  approval from the  non-disclosing
party.




                                       36





          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  and to evidence  their assent to the  foregoing,
Seller and Buyer have executed this Asset  Purchase  Agreement  under seal as of
the date first written above.



                            SELLER:                                             
                                                                                
                            JARAD BROADCASTING COMPANY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC.    
                                                                                
                              By: /s/ Ronald J. Morey                           
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Ronald J. Morey,                           
                                     President                                  
                                                                                
                            BUYER:                                              
                                                                                
                            RADIO ONE, INC.                                     
                                                                                
                            By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins                           
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                 Alfred C. Liggins                              
                                 President                                      
                            



                                  OFFICE LEASE
                                     BETWEEN
                          CHALREP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                    Landlord

                                       and

                                RADIO ONE, INC.,
                                     Tenant









                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

1. Reference Data .......................................................   6

2. Demised Premises .....................................................   7

3. Term .................................................................   7

4. Base Rent ............................................................   8

5. Payment of Share of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Costs.............   8

6. Separate Metering for Electricity ....................................  11

7. Use of Demised Premises ..............................................  11

8. Assignment and Subletting. ...........................................  11

9. Maintenance ..........................................................  12

10. Alterations .........................................................  12

11. Signs; Furnishings ..................................................  13

12. Inspection ..........................................................  13

13. Insurance Rating ....................................................  13

14. Tenant's Equipment. .................................................  14

15. Indemnity ...........................................................  14

16. Services and Utilities ..............................................  14

17. Liability of Landlord ...............................................  15

18. Damage by Fire or Casualty ..........................................  16

19. Damage Caused by Tenant .............................................  17

20. Default of Tenant ...................................................  17

21. Waiver ..............................................................  18

22. Attornment ..........................................................  18

23. Condemnation ........................................................  19

                                     - i -


24. Rules and Regulations ...............................................  19

25. Covenants of Landlord ...............................................  20

26. No Partnership ......................................................  20

27. No Representations by Landlord ......................................  20

28. Brokers .............................................................  20

29. Notices .............................................................  20

30. Estoppel Certificates ...............................................  21

31. Holding Over ........................................................  21

32. Right of Landlord to Cure Tenant's Default...........................  21

33. Benefit and Burden ..................................................  22

34. [Intentionally Omitted.] ............................................  22

35. Landlord as an Individual or Partnership.............................  22

36. Ground Lease ........................................................  23

37. Additional Rights ...................................................  23

38. Financial Statements ................................................  24

39. Insolvency or Bankruptcy of Tenant ..................................  24

40. Mortgagee Protection ................................................  24

41. Waiver of Jury Trial ................................................  24

42. Gender and Number ...................................................  24

43. Entire Agreement ....................................................  24

44. Invalidity of Particular Provisions .................................  25

45. Joint and Several Liability .........................................  25


                                     - ii -






               TABLE OF EXHIBITS AND RIDERS


Exhibit A      -    Floor Plan Showing Demised Premises

Exhibit B      -    Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit C      -    Rules and Regulations




Rider 1        -    Renewal Option









                                 - iii -










                                  OFFICE LEASE

  THIS  LEASE is made as of the  _____ day of  ____________,  1993,  by  CHALREP
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (hereinafter referred to as "Landlord") and the Tenant named
in Section 1 (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

   1.  Reference  Data.  Each  reference  in this Lease to any of the  following
subjects shall incorporate the data stated for that subject in this Section 1:


Landlord: CHALREP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
          c/o WOL Radio
          400 H Street, N.E.
          Washington, D.C. 20002

Tenant:   RADIO ONE, INC., a District of Columbia corporation

Tenant's Address:  400 H Street, N.E.
                   Washington, D.C. 20002

Demised Premises:
                    The demised premises located on the third, fourth, fifth and
                    sixth  floors of the  Building,  as more fully described  in
                    Section 2 of this Lease and shown in the floor plan attached
                    as Exhibit A to this Lease,  known as Suite Numbers 300, 40,
                    800 and 600.


Tenant's Use of the Demised Premises: General Office Use

Lease Commencement Date: November 1, 1993

Lease Expiration Date: October 31, 2003

Term: 10 years

Option to Renew Term: As set forth in Rider 1

Base Rent:

  Lease Years                   Annual Base Rent          Monthly Base Rent


  1-5                             $ 96,000.00               $ 8,000.00
  6-10                             120,000.00                10,000.00
  11-15*                           144,000.00                12,000.00
- ----------
* (if renewal option is exercised)









Rent Commencement Date:  December 1, 1993

Tenants Expense Share Percentage: 34.78%

Commencement Date for Tenant's Paying Tenant's Expense Share Share:  December 1,
1993

Gross Rentable Area of demised premises:  8,000 square feet (the "Gross Rentable
Area")

Total Gross Rentable Area of the Building: 23,000 square feet

Security Deposit: None.

Brokers: None.


  2. Demised  Premises.  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant,  and Tenant  hereby
leases from Landlord,  for the term and upon the conditions  hereafter provided,
the demised premises described in Section 1, in the office building (hereinafter
referred  to as the  "Building")  situated at 100 St.  Paul  Street,  Baltimore,
Maryland. The demised premises are as indicated on Exhibit A attached hereto and
made a part  hereof.  Tenant  shall  accept the  demised  premises  on the Lease
Commencement  Date in their "as is" condition.  Any Alterations which Tenant may
thereafter wish to make in the demised  premises shall be governed by Section 10
of this Lease.  It is understood  and agreed that Landlord will not make, and is
under no obligation to make, any structural or other  alterations,  decorations,
additions, or improvements in or to the demised premises.

3. Term.

  (a) The term of this Lease shall commence on the Lease  Commencement  Date and
continue  for the  period  indicated  in  Section  1. In the event  the  demised
premises  are  occupied by Tenant  prior to the Lease  Commencement  Date,  such
tenancy  shall be deemed to be by the day and Tenant  shall be  responsible  for
payment of Base  Rent,  in  advance,  at a rate of  one-thirtieth  (1/30) of the
monthly  Base  Rent,  for  each  day  of  such  occupancy  prior  to  the  Lease
Commencement  Date and for all  additional  rent  which  arises  hereunder  with
respect to such period.

  (b) For purposes of this Lease, the term "Lease Year" shall mean any period of
twelve (12)  consecutive  months during the term of the Lease  commencing on the
Lease Commencement Date or an anniversary thereof.

                                      - 2 -












4. Base Rent.

  (a) Beginning with the Rent  Commencement  Date,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord
monthly,  in advance,  without demand, as base rent (herein referred to as "Base
Rent") for the demised premises the amount as defined in Section 1.

  (b)  The  first  monthly  payment  of Base  Rent  shall  be  made on the  Rent
Commencement  Date, and the second and each subsequent  monthly payment shall be
made on the first day of each and every  calendar  month  thereafter  during the
term hereof commencing with the first day of the first month following the month
within which the Rent Commencement  Date occurs.  Such payments shall be made to
Landlord  at the  address  shown in Section 1 or to such other  party or to such
other address as Landlord may designate  from time to time by written  notice to
Tenant. Such payments shall be made when due without demand,  notice, or invoice
and without deduction,  set-off, or counterclaim;  provided,  however,  that any
payment  made by check  shall be  deemed  received  subject  to  collection.  If
Landlord  shall at any time or times  accept said Base Rent or  additional  rent
after it shall become due and payable,  such  acceptance  shall not excuse delay
upon subsequent occasion, or constitute,  or be construed as, a waiver of any or
all of Landlord's rights  hereunder.  Base Rent and all additional rent shall be
made payable to Landlord,  or such other  person,  firm, or  corporation  as the
Landlord may designate in writing.  If the Rent  Commencement Date of this Lease
begins on a date  other  than on the first day of a  calendar  month,  Base Rent
which  arises  hereunder  from  such date  until the first day of the  following
calendar month shall be prorated at the rate of one-thirtieth  (1/30) of monthly
Base Rent for each day,  payable in advance,  and Tenant shall also pay Landlord
all additional rent which arises hereunder with respect to such period.

5. Payment of Share of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Costs.

  (a)  Tenant  shall,  commencing  with  the  calendar  year in  which  the Rent
Commencement  Date occurs,  for each calendar year (the  "Adjustment  Year") any
portion of which occurs during the term hereof,  pay to Landlord,  as additional
rent, an amount (herein  referred to as "Tenant's  Expense  Share") equal to the
percentage  specified in Section 1 (being the approximate  proportion  which the
Gross  Rentable Area of the demised  premised  bears to the total gross rentable
area of the Building) of the total of Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined)
and Operating Costs (as hereinafter defined) for the Adjustment Year.

  (b) "Real  Estate  Taxes"  are  hereby  defined  as the total of all taxes and
assessments  (including  payments  "in lieu of"  taxes),  general  and  special,
ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, assessed, levied, or imposed
upon the Building and

                                      - 3 -









the land known as Lots 7 and 8 Ward 4 Section 1 Block 623 (the  "Land")  for any
Adjustment  Year without regard to whether the same are actually paid or payable
during such year.  Real Estate  Taxes shall also  include  legal costs and other
costs and expenses incurred in appeal of the tax assessment upon which such Real
Estate  Taxes are based,  whether or not such appeal is  successful.  Such costs
shall be included in Real Estate  Taxes for the fiscal year for which  appeal is
made without regard to the date such costs are actually incurred. If Real Estate
Taxes are not assessed,  levied,  or imposed on the basis of an Adjustment Year,
the Real Estate Taxes assessed, levied, or imposed for any Adjustment Year shall
be determined by adding the portions of Real Estate Taxes assessed,  levied,  or
imposed within a given Adjustment Year.

  (c)  "Operating  Costs"  shall mean  costs,  actual and  accrued,  incurred in
connection with the management, operation,  maintenance,  repair,  preservation,
and protection of the Building, the Land, and adjacent areas, including, without
limitation,  (i) cost of air  conditioning,  ventilating,  heating,  mechanical,
security,  protection,  and elevator systems, and all other utilities (excluding
electricity);   (ii)  cost  of  water,  supplies,  equipment,  and  maintenance,
security, and service contracts; (iii) cost of repairs, general maintenance, and
cleaning;  (iv) cost of fire,  extended  coverage,  boiler,  sprinklers,  public
liability,  property damage, rent, umbrella coverage,  and other insurance;  (v)
wages, salaries, accident insurance, and retirement, medical, and other employee
benefits and other labor costs;  (vi) fees,  charges,  and other costs including
management  fees,  consultant  fees,  legal  fees,  and  accounting  fees of all
independent contractors engaged by Landlord or reasonably charged by Landlord to
perform services in connection with the operation of the Building; (vii) cost of
maintaining  common areas,  public areas,  lobbies,  parking areas,  and similar
areas adjacent to the Building;  (viii)  amortized  costs of improvements to the
Building or the Land which are required by governmental law or regulations;  and
(ix) such  other  items as are  customarily  included  in the cost of  managing,
operating,  and  maintaining  the  Building,  the Land,  and  adjacent  areas in
accordance with accepted accounting or management principles or practice.

  (d) At any time or times prior to or during an Adjustment  Year,  Landlord may
submit to Tenant a statement of  Landlord's  estimate of Tenant's  expense Share
for such  Adjustment  Year. If such estimate is submitted prior to an Adjustment
Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (l/12) of the amount so estimated
on the  first  day of each  month in  advance,  commencing  on  January 1 of the
Adjustment  Year. In case such estimate is submitted  during an Adjustment Year,
Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after the delivery of such statement, (i)
make a lump sum payment to Landlord equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of Tenant's

                                      - 4 -










Expense  Share for such  Adjustment  Year  multiplied by the number of months in
such  Adjustment  Year that will have elapsed prior to the first monthly payment
required by clause (ii) hereof, and (ii) begin paying to Landlord, as additional
monthly rent, due and payable on the first day of each month, an amount equal to
one-twelfth  (1/12) of Tenant's  Expense  Share.  After the  expiration  of each
Adjustment Year and the preparation of the annual statement of Real Estate Taxes
and Operating Costs for such Adjustment Year,  Landlord shall submit to Tenant a
statement showing the determination of Tenant's Expense Share. If such statement
shows that the total of  Tenant's  monthly  payments  for such  Adjustment  Year
pursuant to this Section 5 exceed  Tenant's  Expense  Share for such  Adjustment
Year, then Tenant may deduct such  overpayment from its next payment or payments
of Base Rent.  If such  statement  shows that  Tenant's  Expense  Share for such
Adjustment  Year  exceeded the aggregate of Tenant's  monthly  payments for such
Adjustment  Year  pursuant to this Section 5, then Tenant  shall,  within thirty
(30) days after receiving the statement, pay such deficiency to Landlord. In the
event that the number of days of the term which occur within the last Adjustment
Year is less than 365,  then the  amount  payable  by  Tenant  pursuant  to this
Section 5 for such Adjustment Year shall be determined by multiplying the amount
of  Tenant's  Expense  Share for the full  period of such  Adjustment  Year by a
fraction with the number of days of the term  occurring  during such  Adjustment
Year as the numerator and with 365 as the  denominator.  For calendar year 1993,
the amount  payable by Tenant  pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by
multiplying the amount Tenant's  Expense Share for the full 12 months of 1993 by
1/12  (representing the portion of calendar year 1993 occurring on and after the
Rent Commencement Date).

  (e)  Notwithstanding  the  provision of Section 5(c) to the  contrary,  in the
event  Landlord,   at  any  time  or  times,   makes  a  capital  investment  in
energy-saving  equipment and thereby  reduces the  consumption of electricity in
the Building while  maintaining the level of services required to be provided in
Section 16 hereof, the cost of such energy-saving  equipment shall  be amortized
over the  useful  life  thereof  and such  annual  amortization  (as well as all
payments of interest thereon) shall be included in Operating Costs.

  (f) If during all or part of any Adjustment  Year,  Landlord shall not furnish
any  particular  item of work or service  (that would be  included in  Operating
Costs) to one hundred  percent (100%) of the gross rentable area of the Building
because  less  than all of the  Building  is  occupied  or any  tenant is itself
obtaining and providing such item of work or service,  then an adjustment  shall
be made in the Operating  Costs for such  Adjustment  Year so that the Operating
Costs for such  Adjustment  Year shall be increased for such  Adjustment Year to
the amount that Landlord determines would have been reasonably incurred had

                                      - 5 -






Landlord  provided such item of work or service to one hundred percent (100%) of
the gross rentable area of the Building for the entire Adjustment Year.

   6. Separate Metering for Electricity. Landlord shall furnish a separate meter
or submeter for measuring electricity  consumption in the demised premises, and,
throughout  the term of this Lease,  Tenant  shall pay  directly to the electric
utility all amounts payable to the utility, as measured by the meter.

   7. Use of Demised  Premises.  Tenant will use and occupy the demised premises
solely for general  office  purposes and in  accordance  with the use  permitted
under  applicable  zoning  regulations.  Without  the prior  written  consent of
Landlord,  the demised premises will not be used for any other purposes.  Tenant
will not use or occupy the demised premises for any unlawful  purpose,  and will
comply with, and make any alteration to the demised premises as may be necessary
to effect  compliance  with,  all  present  and future  laws  applicable  to the
jurisdiction in which the Building is located.

   8. Assignment and Subletting.

   (a) Tenant will not assign,  transfer,  mortgage,  or encumber  this Lease or
sublet or rent (or permit occupancy or use of) the demised premises, or any part
thereof, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord (which Landlord
shall not unreasonably withhold,  delay or condition),  nor shall any assignment
or transfer  of this Lease be  effectuated  by  operation  of law or  otherwise,
without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Landlord  (which  Landlord  shall not
unreasonably withhold, delay or condition). Without limitation of the foregoing,
Landlord  shall have the right,  in its  absolute  discretion,  to withhold  its
consent to any assignment,  transfer,  or sublet to, or to any other transaction
with, any  governmental  authority or agency,  to any tenant having sovereign or
diplomatic  immunity,  to any medical,  dental, or clinical practice,  or to any
school or user for classroom purposes. Landlord may require Tenant to obtain and
submit current financial  statements of any proposed subtenant or assignee prior
to granting its consent. In the event of any assignment hereunder,  Tenant shall
pay to Landlord a fee to cover accounting costs, plus any legal fees incurred by
Landlord  as a  result  of  the  assignment.  The  consent  by  Landlord  to any
assignment or subletting shall not be construed as a waiver or release of Tenant
from the terms of any  covenant or  obligation  under this Lease,  nor shall the
collection or acceptance of rent from any such assignee,  subtenant, or occupant
constitute a waiver or release of Tenant of any covenant or obligation contained
in this Lease,  nor shall any such  assignment  or  subletting  be  construed to
relieve  Tenant from obtaining the consent in writing of Landlord to any further
assignment or subletting. In the event that Tenant defaults hereunder, Tenant

                                      - 6 -










hereby assigns to Landlord the rent due from any subtenant and hereby authorizes
each such subtenant to pay said rent directly to Landlord.

   (b) If Landlord  consents to an  assignment  of the Lease or to a sublease of
all or any portion of the demised premises,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord,  upon
receipt  thereof  from the  assignee  or  subtenant,  as the case may be,  fifty
percent (50%) of any "Profit" (as hereinafter  defined) collected by Tenant from
the assignee or subtenant,  as the case may be. "Profit" means the excess of (i)
all sums payable by the assignee or subtenant as rent or other consideration for
the  assignment  or sublease over (ii) all sums payable to Landlord as Base Rent
and  additional  rent  hereunder  plus costs  reasonably  incurred  by Tenant in
assigning or subleasing the space,  including,  without limitation,  advertising
costs, brokerage commissions, and legal fees and expenses.

   9.  Maintenance.  Tenant  will keep the demised  premises  and  fixtures  and
equipment therein in clean,  safe, and sanitary  condition,  will take good care
thereof,  will suffer no waste or injury thereto, and will, at the expiration or
other termination of the term of this Lease, surrender the same, broom clean, in
the same order and condition in which they are on the Lease  Commencement  Date,
ordinary wear and tear and damage by the elements excepted.

   10.  Alterations.  Tenant  will  not  make  or  permit  anyone  to  make  any
alterations,  decorations, additions, or improvements,  structural or otherwise,
in or to the demised premises or the Building  ("Alterations") without the prior
written consent of Landlord;  provided,  however,  that Landlord's consent shall
not be required for  non-structural  Alterations which cost less than $25,000 to
perform.  All  Alterations  permitted  by  Landlord  must  conform to all rules,
regulations,  and requirements of the federal, state, and municipal governments,
and conform  harmoniously  with the Building's  design and interior  decoration.
Tenant  shall and does hereby  indemnify  and hold  Landlord  harmless  from and
against any and all expenses,  liens,  claims,  or damages to person or property
which  may or might  arise by reason of the  making of any  Alterations.  If any
Alteration is made without the prior written  consent of Landlord,  Landlord may
correct or remove the same,  and Tenant shall be liable for any and all expenses
incurred by Landlord in the  performance of this work. All  Alterations  made by
either party shall, at Landlord's  election,  immediately become the property of
Landlord and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises as a
part thereof at the end of the term hereof without disturbance,  molestation, or
injury.  Should  Landlord  elect  that any  Alterations  installed  by Tenant be
removed upon the expiration or  termination  of this Lease,  Tenant shall remove
the same at Tenant's  sole cost and  expense  and if Tenant  fails to remove the
same, Landlord may

                                      - 7 -








remove the same at Tenant's expense and Tenant shall reimburse  Landlord for the
cost of such  removal  together  with any and all  damages  which  Landlord  may
sustain by reason of such default by Tenant.

   11. Signs: Furnishings. No sign, advertisement, or notice shall be inscribed,
painted,  affixed,  or  displayed  by Tenant on any part of the  outside  or the
inside  of the  Building,  and if any such  sign,  advertisement,  or  notice is
nevertheless  exhibited by Tenant,  Landlord  shall have the right to remove the
same and Tenant shall be liable for any and all  expenses  incurred by Landlord.
At Tenant's sole cost and expense, nameplates identifying Tenant shall be posted
on the  Building  directory  and on the doors of the  offices,  in such  places,
number, size, color, and style as are approved by Landlord.  Landlord shall have
the right to  prescribe  the  weight  and  position  of safes  and  other  heavy
equipment or fixtures,  which shall,  if  considered  necessary by the Landlord,
stand on plank strips to distribute the weight.  Any and all damage or injury to
the demised  premises or the  Building  caused by moving the  property of Tenant
into,  in,  or out of the  demised  premises,  or due to the  same  being on the
demised  premises,  shall be repaired by, and at the sole cost of,  Tenant.  All
moving of furniture,  equipment, and other material within the public area shall
be at such times and conducted in such manner as Landlord may reasonably require
in the interest of all tenants within the Building.

   12. Inspection. Tenant will permit Landlord, or its representative,  to enter
the demised premises at any time and from time to time,  without charge therefor
to Landlord and without  diminution  of the rent payable by Tenant,  to examine,
inspect, and protect the same, and to make such alterations and/or repairs as in
the  judgment of  Landlord  may be deemed  necessary,  or to exhibit the same to
prospective tenants, lenders, or purchasers.

   13. Insurance Rating.

   (a) Tenant will not conduct or permit to be conducted any activity,  or place
any equipment in or about the demised premises, which will, in any way, increase
the rate of fire insurance or other insurance on the Building.

   (b) Tenant shall carry comprehensive general liability insurance in a company
or  companies  licensed to do business in the State of Maryland  and approved by
Landlord. Tenant shall carry property damage insurance for all of its equipment,
other personal property and trade fixtures,  located or installed in the demised
premises.  Landlord shall carry property  insurance on all other  Alterations in
the demised premises and on the Building, in such amounts as its first Mortgagee
may  require  (or, if there is no first  Mortgage,  in  commercially  reasonable
amounts). All of

                                     - 8 -









the  insurance  required  under  this  Subsection  shall be in  minimum  amounts
approved  by  Landlord  from  time to  time  (but,  with  respect  to  liability
insurance,  in limits of not less than  $1,000,000  combined single limit annual
aggregate  for  bodily  injury,  death and  property  damage),  and  shall  name
Landlord,  Landlord's managing agent and any Mortgagee,  as hereinafter defined,
as additional insureds, as their interests may appear. Landlord and Tenant agree
that in the event the demised  premises or the  contents  thereof are damaged or
destroyed by fire or other casualty, the rights, if any, of either party against
the other with respect to such damage or  destruction  are waived,  and that all
policies  of fire  and/or  extended  coverage or other  insurance  covering  the
demised  premises or the contents  thereof shall contain a waiver of subrogation
clause or  endorsement  in form  acceptable  to  Landlord.  Landlord  and Tenant
further agree to provide  endorsements for said insurance  policies  agreeing to
the waiver of  subrogation  as  required.  If  required  by  Landlord,  receipts
evidencing  payment for said  insurance  shall be delivered to Landlord at least
annually  by Tenant  and each  policy  shall  contain an  endorsement  that will
prohibit  its  cancellation  prior to the  expiration  of thirty (30) days after
notice of such proposed cancellation to Landlord.

   14.  Tenant's  Equipment.  Tenant  will not install or operate in the demised
premises any  electrically  operated  equipment or other  machinery,  other than
desk-top computers, electric typewriters,  adding machines, radios, televisions,
telex machines,  clocks, and table top copying machines, without first obtaining
the prior  written  consent of  Landlord.  Tenant  shall not  install  any other
equipment  of any kind or  nature  whatsoever  (including,  without  limitation,
electric space heaters and supplementary  air-conditioning  units) which will or
may  necessitate any changes,  replacements,  or additions to, or in the use of,
the water system,  heating system,  plumbing system, air conditioning system, or
electrical  system  of the  demised  premises  or  the  Building  without  first
obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord.

   15.  Indemnity.  Tenant shall,  and does hereby,  indemnify and hold harmless
Landlord  from and  against  any  loss,  damage,  liability,  cost,  or  expense
occasioned  by or in any way related to or connected  with the use and occupancy
of the demised premises by Tenant, its agents,  employees,  invitees, or persons
permitted in the demised premises by Tenant.

   16.  Services  and  Utilities.  It is agreed that  Landlord  will furnish air
conditioning  and heating to the demised premises between the hours of 8:00 a.m.
and 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday (except Holidays,  as hereinafter defined),
and  9:00  a.m.  and  3:00  p.m.  on  Saturdays  (except  Holidays)  during  the
appropriate  seasons of the year.  Landlord's  provision of air conditioning and
heating shall be based upon standard electrical

                                      - 9 -










energy  requirements  of not more than an  average  of five (5) watts per square
foot of the demised  premises and a human  occupancy of not more than one person
for each one hundred twenty (120) square feet of the demised premises.  Landlord
shall have the right to operate the heating,  ventilating,  and air-conditioning
("HVAC") system in the most  energy-efficient  manner possible,  consistent with
maintenance of temperatures  within legally mandated limits or within the limits
established  in  the  building  design.  Landlord  may  install  a  computerized
energy-management  system  that  operates  the HVAC  system in on-off  cycles to
control  electrical  demand  and energy  consumption.  Extra  hours of  heating,
ventilating,  and air  conditioning  will be provided  to Tenant  upon  Tenant's
request,  and at Landlord's option, upon at least twenty-four (24) hours advance
notice to Landlord.  Tenant will be charged  Landlord's cost therefor based upon
Landlord's  estimate of additional utility consumption and employee overtime and
any other cost  whatsoever  associated  with such extra  service.  It is further
agreed that Landlord will provide such reasonably adequate  electricity,  water,
lavatory supplies for public restrooms,  exterior window cleaning service,  and,
Monday through Friday only (except Holidays),  char and janitorial service as is
normal and customary in comparable  office buildings in the Baltimore,  Maryland
Metropolitan  area in office  areas  finished  in building  standard  materials.
Landlord will also provide elevator  service by means of  automatically-operated
elevators on all regular elevators between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.,
Monday  through  Friday  (except  Holidays),  and 9:00 a.m.  and 3:00  p.m.,  on
Saturdays (except  Holidays);  provided,  however,  that Landlord shall have the
right to remove  elevators from service as the same shall be required for moving
freight or for  servicing or  maintaining  the  elevators  and/or the  Building;
provided,  further,  that Landlord  shall  maintain at least one (1) elevator in
service on a  twenty-four  (24) hour basis at all times.  It is  understood  and
agreed that Landlord shall not be liable for failure to furnish, or for delay or
suspension  in  furnishing,  any of the  services  required to be  performed  by
Landlord caused by breakdown,  maintenance,  repairs, strikes, scarcity of labor
and/or  materials,  acts of God,  or  from  any  other  cause.  If the  Building
equipment  should  cease to function  properly,  Landlord  shall use  reasonable
diligence to repair the same  promptly.  Building  Holidays  shall be New Year's
Day, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day,  Christmas Day,
and any  other  federally  designated  holidays  which  Landlord  may  choose to
acknowledge.

   17.  Liability  of  Landlord.  Except for  damages  arising  from  Landlord's
negligence,  Landlord  shall not be liable to  Tenant,  its  employees,  agents,
business invitees,  licensees,  customers,  clients, family members,  guests, or
trespassers  for  any  damage,  compensation,  or  claim  arising  from  (i) the
necessity of repairing any portion of the Building, (ii) any interruption in the
use of the demised premises, (iii) any accident or damage

                                     - 10 -










resulting from the use or operation (by Landlord, Tenant, or any other person or
persons whatsoever) of elevators, or heating,  cooling,  electrical, or plumbing
equipment  or  apparatus,  (iv) the  termination  of this Lease by reason of the
destruction of the demised premises, (v) any fire, robbery, theft, criminal act,
and/or any other casualty,  (vi) any leakage in any part of the demised premises
or the Building,  or from water, rain, or snow that may leak into, or flow from,
any part of the demised  premises or the  Building,  or from drains,  pipes,  or
plumbing work in the Building,  or (vii) any other cause  whatsoever.  Except as
and to the extent set forth in Section 18 hereof,  Tenant  shall not be entitled
to any abatement or  diminution  of ease Rent or additional  rent as a result of
any of the  foregoing  occurrences,  nor shall the same release  Tenant from its
obligation hereunder or constitute an eviction. Any goods, property, or personal
effects stored or placed by Tenant in or about the demised  premises or Building
shall be at the sole risk of Tenant.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Landlord
shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage to  personal  property,  or
injury to  person,  whether or not the result of  Landlord's negligence,  to the
extent that Tenant is compensated therefor by Tenant's insurance.  The employees
of Landlord  are  prohibited  from  receiving  any  packages  or other  articles
delivered to the Building for Tenant, and if any such employee receives any such
package  or  articles,  such  employee  shall be the agent of Tenant  and not of
Landlord.  Landlord  shall not be  obligated to provide or maintain any security
patrol or security system. However, if Landlord elects to provide such patrol or
system,  the cost  thereof  shall be included in  Operating  Costa as defined in
Section 5(c) hereof.  Landlord shall not be  responsible  for the quality of any
such patrol or system which may be provided hereunder or for damage or injury to
Tenant,  its  employees,  invitees,  or others due to the  failure,  action,  or
inaction of such patrol or system.

   18. Damage by Fire or Casualty.  In the event of damage to or  destruction of
the demised premises by fire or any other casualty,  if the demised premises are
not made  untenantable  this  Lease  shall not be  terminated,  but the  demised
premises shall, subject to the provisions of this Section, be promptly and fully
repaired  and  restored  as the  case  may be by  Landlord  at its own  cost and
expense. Due allowance, however, shall be given for reasonable time required for
adjustment and settlement of insurance claims,  and for such other delays beyond
Landlord's  control. If during the term of this Lease the demised premises shall
be so damaged by fire or other casualty as to be  untenantable,  and if Landlord
reasonably  determines  that the demised  premises cannot be repaired within two
hundred  seventy  (270)  days  after  the date of the  fire or  other  casualty,
Landlord shall so certify to Tenant and either party hereto, upon written notice
to the other party  given  within  thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord's
certification, may terminate this Lease, in

                                     - 11 -









which  case the rent shall be  apportioned  and paid to the date of said fire or
other  casualty.  In the event the Landlord  elects to repair and/or restore the
damaged  demised  premises,  said  repairs  and  restoration  shall  be  pursued
diligently by the Landlord.  No compensation,  claim, or diminution of rent will
be allowed or paid by Landlord by reason of inconvenience,  annoyance, or injury
to business  arising from the necessity of repairing the demised premises or any
portion of the Building, however the necessity may occur.

   19. Damage Caused by Tenant.  All injury or damage to the demised premises or
the Building  caused by Tenant or its agents,  employees,  and invitees shall be
repaired by Tenant at Tenant's sole expense.

   20. Default of Tenant. If Tenant shall (a) fail to pay when due in the manner
provided  in Section  4(b) hereof any  monthly  installment  of Base Rent or any
other charge or payment required of Tenant hereunder (any such charge or payment
being  conclusively  deemed to be additional rent payable  hereunder),  and such
default continues for ten (10) days after Landlord gives Tenant a written notice
specifying  the  failure,  or (b)  violate or fail to  perform  any of the other
conditions,  covenants,  or agreements herein made by Tenant, and such violation
or failure shall  continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice
thereof to Tenant by  Landlord,  plus such  additional  period of time as may be
reasonably  necessary  to  cure  such  violation  or  failure,  provided  Tenant
commences  the  cure  within  the  30-day  period  and  prosecutes  the  same to
completion  with due diligence,  or (c) vacate or abandon the demised  premises,
then in any of said events this Lease shall,  at the option of  Landlord,  cease
and  terminate  and shall  operate as a notice to quit (any notice to quit or of
Landlord's intention to re-enter being hereby expressly waived) and Landlord may
proceed to recover  possession under and by virtue of the provisions of the laws
of the State of Maryland,  or by such other proceedings,  including re-entry and
possession,  as may be applicable.  If Landlord  elects to terminate this Lease,
the obligations  herein  contained on the part of Landlord to be performed shall
cease without prejudice; provided, however, that Landlord shall retain the right
to recover  from Tenant all rental and other  charges  accrued up to the time of
such  termination,  or recovery of possession  by Landlord,  whichever is later.
Should this Lease be terminated  before the expiration of the term of this Lease
by reason of  Tenant's  default  as  hereinabove  provided,  or if Tenant  shall
abandon or vacate the demised  premises  before the expiration or termination of
the term of this Lease, the demised premises may be relet by Landlord,  for such
rent and upon such terms as Landlord is able to obtain,  and, if the full rental
hereinabove  provided shall not be realized by Landlord,  Tenant shall be liable
for all damages sustained by Landlord, including, without limitation, deficiency
in rent and all other charges due hereunder, reasonable

                                     - 12 -










attorneys'  fees, other collection  costs, and all expenses  (including  leasing
fees) of  placing  the  demised  premises  in  first-class  rentable  condition.
Landlord shall have no duty to mitigate damages. Any damage or loss sustained by
Landlord may be recovered by Landlord,  at Landlord's option, at the time of the
reletting,  or in separate actions, from time to time, as said damage shall have
been made more easily ascertainable by successive relettings,  or, at Landlord's
option, may be deferred until the expiration of the term of this Lease, in which
event the cause of action shall not be deemed to have accrued  until the date of
expiration of said term.  The  provisions  contained in this Section shall be in
addition to and shall not prevent the enforcement of any claim Landlord may have
against  Tenant for  anticipatory  breach of the  unexpired  term of this Lease.
Without  limitation  of the  foregoing,  in the event  that  Tenant  shall be in
default  under this  Lease,  Tenant  shall be liable to  Landlord  for all court
costs,  if any, and for  Landlord's  reasonable  costs and  expenses,  including
attorneys'  fees and  expenses,  which in any way are  connected  with  Tenant's
default.  All  rights  and  remedies  of  Landlord  under  this  Lease  shall be
cumulative and shall not be exclusive of any other rights and remedies  provided
to Landlord under applicable law.

   21.  Waiver.   If  under  the  provisions  hereof  Landlord  shall  institute
proceedings and a compromise or settlement thereof shall be made, the same shall
not  constitute  a  waiver  of  any  covenant  herein  contained  nor  of any of
Landlord's  rights  hereunder.  No  waiver  by  Landlord  of any  breach  of any
covenant,  condition, or agreement herein contained shall operate as a waiver of
such covenant,  condition,  or agreement  itself,  or nor any subsequent  breach
thereof. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the
monthly  installment  of Base Rent or other charges herein  stipulated  shall be
deemed to be other  than on  account of the  earliest  stipulated  Base Rent and
other  charges,  nor shall any  endorsement  or statement on any check or letter
accompanying  a check  for  payment  of Base  Rent or other  charge be deemed an
accord and  satisfaction,  and Landlord may accept such check or payment without
prejudice to Landlord's  right to recover the balance of such Base Rent or other
charge or to pursue any other  remedy  provided  in this  Lease.  No re-entry by
Landlord, and no acceptance by Landlord of keys from Tenant, shall be considered
an acceptance of a surrender of this Lease.

   22. Attornment.  This Lease is subject and subordinate to the lien of all and
any first Mortgages  ("Mortgages"  shall include both construction and permanent
financing and shall include deeds of trust and similar security instruments, and
"Mortgagee"  shall  include the holder or holders (or,  with respect to deeds of
trust,  the  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries)  of any such Mortgage or Mortgages)
which  may now or  hereafter  encumber  or  otherwise  affect  the  real  estate
(including  the  Building)  of  which  the  demised  premises  form a  part,  or
Landlord's interest

                                     - 13 -










therein, and to all and any renewals, extensions, modifications,  recastings, or
refinancings thereof; provided, however, that this Lease shall not be subject or
subordinate  to the lien of any future  first  Mortgage  unless the Tenant first
receives a nondisturbance  agreement from the Mortgagee in form  satisfactory to
Tenant.  In  confirmation  of such  subordination,  Tenant shall,  at Landlord's
request,  promptly  execute any requisite or appropriate  certificates  or other
documents.   Tenant  hereby   constitutes  and  appoints  Landlord  as  Tenant's
attorney-in-fact  to execute any such  certificates  for or on behalf of Tenant.
Tenant  agrees  that in the  event  that any  proceedings  are  brought  for the
foreclosure  of any  Mortgage,  Tenant  shall  attorn to the  purchaser  at such
foreclosure sale if requested to do so by such purchaser,  and to recognize such
purchaser as the Landlord  under this Lease,  and Tenant waives the provision of
any  statute  or rule of law,  now or  hereafter  in  effect,  which may give or
purport to give Tenant any right to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this
Lease  and the  obligations  of  Tenant  hereunder  in the  event  that any such
foreclosure   proceeding  is  prosecuted  or  completed.   Notwithstanding   the
foregoing,  Tenant agrees that the holder of any first  Mortgage  shall have the
right to make this Lease  superior  to the lien of such first  Mortgage,  by the
filing of subordination  statements or otherwise,  and Tenant hereby consents to
any such filing.

   23.  Condemnation.  If all or substantially all of the demised premises shall
be  taken  or  condemned  by  any  governmental  authority  for  any  public  or
quasi-public use or purpose (including sale under threat of such a taking), then
the term of this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date when title vests
in such governmental  authority.  If less than  substantially all of the demised
premises is taken or condemned by any  governmental  authority for any public or
quasi-public  use or purpose,  the rent and other charges due hereunder shall be
equitably  adjusted  as of the date  when the title  vests in such  governmental
authority.  Tenant shall have no claim against  Landlord (or  otherwise) for any
portion  of the  amount  that may be  awarded  as  damages  as a  result  of any
governmental  taking or  condemnation  (or sale under  threat of such  taking or
condemnation)  or for the value of any  unexpired  term of the Lease;  provided,
however,  that  Tenant  may  assert  any  claim  that it may  have  against  the
condemning  authority for  compensation for any fixtures owned by Tenant and for
any relocation expense  compensable by statute,  and receive such award therefor
as may be allowed in the condemnation  proceedings,  if such award shall be made
in  addition to and stated  separately  from the award made for the land and the
Building or the part thereof so taken.

   24. Rules and Regulations. Tenant and its agents and employees shall abide by
and observe  the rules and  regulations  attached  hereto as Exhibit C, and such
other rules or regulations as may be promulgated  from time to time by Landlord,
with a copy

                                     - 14 -






sent to Tenant, for the operation and maintenance of the Building.

   25. Covenants of Landlord.  Landlord  covenants that it has the right to make
this Lease for the term  aforesaid,  and that if Tenant shall pay the rental and
perform  all of the  covenants,  terms,  and  conditions  of  this  Lease  to be
performed  by Tenant,  Tenant  shall,  during the term hereby  created,  freely,
peaceably,  and  quietly  occupy and enjoy the full  possession  of the  demised
premises  without  molestation  or hindrance  by Landlord or any party  claiming
through  or under  Landlord.  In the event of any sale or  transfer  by the then
Landlord hereunder of the Building,  the Landlord whose interest is thus sold or
transferred  shall be and hereby is completely  released and forever  discharged
from and in respect of all  covenants,  obligations,  and  liability as Landlord
hereunder accruing after the date of such sale or transfer.

   26.  No  Partnership.  Nothing  contained  in this  Lease  shall be deemed or
construed to create a partnership  or joint  venture of or between  Landlord and
Tenant or to create any other relationship between the parties hereto other than
that of landlord and tenant.

   27.  No  Representations  by  Landlord.  Neither  Landlord  nor any  agent or
employee of Landlord has made any  representations  or promises  with respect to
the demised  premises or the Building except as herein  expressly set forth, and
no rights,  privileges,  easements, or licenses are acquired by Tenant except as
herein  expressly  set forth.  The Tenant,  by taking  possession of the demised
premises,  shall accept the same "as is", and such taking of possession shall be
conclusive  evidence that the demised  premises and the Building are in good and
satisfactory condition at the time of such taking of possession.

   28. Brokers.  Each party hereto  represents and warrants to the other that it
has employed no brokers, finders, or consultants in respect of this Lease, other
than the Broker or Brokers  identified in Section 1 hereof,  and each such party
shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party hereto from loss, liability or
expense,  including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising by reason of a breach of
such  representation  and  warranty.  Landlord  shall  pay  to the  Brokers  any
commission  or  compensation  payable  to such  Brokers  pursuant  to a separate
written agreement executed by Landlord and the Brokers.

   29.  Notices.  All  notices  or other  communications  hereunder  shall be in
writing and shall be deemed duly given if delivered  in person,  or by certified
or registered  mail,  return receipt  requested,  first-class,  postage prepaid,
addressed  to the  parties  hereto at their  respective  addresses  set forth in
Section 1,

                                     - 15 -









unless notice of a change of address is given  pursuant to the provision of this
Section 29.

   30. Estoppel Certificates.  Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to time,
upon not less than five (5) days' prior written notice by Landlord,  to execute,
acknowledge,  and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing  certifying to such
information  relating to Tenant and this Lease as Landlord may request. Any such
statement  delivered  pursuant  hereto  may be  relied  upon by any owner of the
Building,   any  prospective  purchaser  of  the  Building,   any  Mortgagee  or
prospective  Mortgagee  of  the  Building  or  of  Landlords  interest,  or  any
prospective assignee of any such Mortgage.

   31.  Holding Over. In the event that Tenant shall not  immediately  surrender
the demised  premises on the date of expiration  of the term hereof,  and Tenant
shall hold over with the consent of  Landlord,  Tenant  shall,  by virtue of the
provisions hereof, become a tenant by the month at 150% of the monthly rental in
effect during the last month of the term of this Lease  (including any increases
in such monthly rental  pursuant to the provisions  hereof),  which said monthly
tenancy shall  commence with the first day next after the expiration of the term
of this  Lease.  Tenant,  as a monthly  tenant,  shall be  subject to all of the
conditions and covenants of this Lease, including any additional rent provisions
hereof,  and Tenant  shall give to Landlord at least  thirty (30) days'  written
notice of any  intention  to quit the  demised  premises,  and  Tenant  shall be
entitled  to thirty  (30)  days'  written  notice to quit.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing  provisions  of this  Section 31, in the event that Tenant  shall hold
over after the  expiration  of the term hereby  created,  and if Landlord  shall
desire to regain  possession of the demised premises  promptly at the expiration
of the term of this Lease,  then at any time prior to  Landlord's  acceptance of
rent from Tenant as a monthly tenant  hereunder,  Landlord,  at its option,  may
forthwith  reenter and take possession of the demised  premises without process,
or by any  legal  process  in  force  at such  time in the  State  of  Maryland.
Furthermore,  in the event Tenant continues to occupy the demised premises after
the date of expiration of the term of this Lease or any extension period, Tenant
hereby  agrees to pay to Landlord,  upon demand by  Landlord,  for each month or
part  of a  month  Tenant  occupies  the  demised  premises  after  the  date of
expiration of the term of this Lease or any extension period thereof,  an amount
determined  by  multiplying  the amount  equal to the  monthly  rental in effect
during the last month of the term of this Lease (including any increases in such
monthly rental pursuant to the provisions hereof) by one and one-half (1 1/2).

   32. Right of Landlord to Cure  Tenant's  Default.  If Tenant  defaults in the
making of any  payment or in the doing of any act herein  required to be made or
done by Tenant, then Landlord may,

                                     - 16 -








but shall not be  required  to,  make such  payment  or do such act on behalf of
Tenant, and the amount of the expense thereof, if made or done by Landlord, with
interest  thereon at a rate equal to the lower of (i) the prime rate of interest
designated  by  Maryland  National  Bank,  or any  successor  bank  thereto,  as
announced  from  time to time,  plus two  percent  (2%) per  annum,  or (ii) the
maximum rate  permitted by applicable law from the date any such payment is paid
by Landlord, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord and shall constitute additional
rent hereunder,  due and payable with the next monthly installment of Base Rent;
but the making of such  payment or the doing of such act by  Landlord  shall not
operate to cure such default or to estop Landlord from the pursuit of any remedy
to which  Landlord  would  otherwise be entitled.  If Tenant fails to pay in the
manner  provided in Section 4(b) hereof any  installment  of rent or  additional
rent on or  before  the date the  same  becomes  due and  payable,  such  unpaid
installment  shall bear  interest  at a rate equal to the lower of (i) the prime
rate of interest  designated by  Manufacturer's  Hanover Trust  Company,  or any
successor bank thereto,  as announced from time to time,  plus five percent (5%)
per annum or (ii) the maximum  rate  permitted by  applicable  law from the date
such  installment  became  due and  payable  to the date of  payment  thereof by
Tenant.  In  addition,  if  Tenant  fails  to pay  any  installment  of  rent or
additional  rent  within five (5) days after the same  becomes due and  payable,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge of five percent (5%) of the amount of
such  installment.  Any  such  interest  and/or  late  charge  shall  constitute
additional rent hereunder,  due and payable with the next monthly installment of
Base Rent.  A failure by Landlord  to bill Tenant for either of such  charges at
the time of their  accrual shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of its right
to accumulate such charges or to collect from Tenant for such accrued charges on
a  periodic  basis.  Tenant  shall  perform  all  obligations  on its part to be
performed  hereunder promptly and in a timely fashion and shall promptly pay all
bills sent by Landlord.

   33. Benefit and Burden.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 8 hereof,  the
provisions of this Lease shall be binding  upon,  and shall inure to the benefit
of, the parties hereto and each of their respective representatives,  successors
and assigns. Landlord may freely and fully assign its interest hereunder.

   34. [Intentionally Omitted.]

   35. Landlord as an Individual or Partnership. If Landlord or any successor in
interest to Landlord shall be an individual,  joint venture, firm,  corporation,
limited liability company, or partnership, general or limited, there shall be no
personal  liability on such  individual,  the  shareholders  or directors of the
corporation,  the members of the limited liability  company,  or the partners of
such firm, partnership, or joint venture with

                                     - 17 -






respect to any of the provisions of this Lease, any obligation arising therefrom
or in  connection  therewith.  In such  event,  Tenant  shall look solely to the
equity  of the then  owner in the  demised  premises  and the  Building  for the
satisfaction  of any remedies of Tenant in the event of a breach by the Landlord
of any of its obligations hereunder.

   36.  Ground  Lease.  In the event  that at any time the Land  upon  which the
Building is constructed is leased by Landlord  pursuant to a lease  (hereinafter
referred to as the "Ground  Lease") from the owner of such Land,  as lessor,  to
Landlord, as lessee, then no termination of the Ground Lease nor the institution
of any suit,  action, or proceeding by the lessor under the Ground Lease seeking
to terminate the Ground Lease shall result in a  cancellation  or termination of
this Lease or Tenant's obligations  hereunder.  Tenant covenants and agrees that
if by reason of a default  under the  Ground  Lease,  the  Ground  Lease and the
leasehold estate in the demised premises are terminated,  the Tenant will attorn
to the then holder of the  reversionary  interest in the demised  premises or to
anyone who shall succeed to the interest of Landlord,  or to the lessee of a new
underlying  lease  entered into pursuant to the  provisions  of such  underlying
lease,  and will  recognize  such holder,  and/or such  successor in interest to
Landlord and/or such lessee, as Tenants Landlord under this Lease. Tenant agrees
to execute and deliver,  at any time and from time to time,  upon the request of
Landlord or of the lessor under any such underlying  lease any instrument  which
may be necessary or  appropriate  to evidence such  attornment.  Tenant  further
waives the  provision  of any statute or rule of law now or  hereafter in effect
which may give or purport to give Tenant any right of election to terminate this
Lease or to  surrender  possession  of the  demised  premises  in the  event any
proceeding is brought by the lessor under any underlying  lease to terminate the
same,  and agrees that this Lease shall not be affected in any way whatsoever by
any such proceeding.

   37.  Additional  Rights.  Landlord  shall have the right to change,  alter or
renovate  the  Building,  without  liability  to Tenant  for damage or injury to
property,  person,  or business,  all claims for damage being hereby released by
Tenant,  and without  effecting an eviction or  disturbance  of Tenant's use  or
possession  or giving rise to any claim for  setoffs or  abatement  of rent.  In
performance of the renovation program, Landlord, its agents, contractors,  etc.,
shall have the right to enter Tenant's  demised  premises to perform  renovation
work during and after building hours, upon at least one (1) day's notice. Tenant
shall  cooperate with Landlord in temporarily  relocating  furniture,  fixtures,
personal property,  and personnel as required to complete the renovation work in
the Building.

                                     - 18 -









   38. Financial  Statements.  Tenant, upon its execution hereof, and thereafter
upon written  request by  Landlord,  will  provide  Landlord  with a copy of its
financial  statements,  and may  provide  copies of the  statements  to existing
Mortgagees and potential lenders or purchasers.

   39.  Insolvency  or  Bankruptcy  of  Tenant.  In the  event  Tenant  makes an
assignment for the benefit of  creditors,  or a receiver  of Tenant's  assets is
appointed,  or Tenant files a voluntary petition in any bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding,   or  an  involuntary  petition  in  any  bankruptcy  or  insolvency
proceeding is filed against Tenant and the same is not  discharged  within sixty
(60) days, or Tenant is adjudicated as bankrupt,  Landlord shall have the option
of  terminating  this  Lease  by  sending  written  notice  to  Tenant  of  such
termination and, upon such written notice being given by Landlord to Tenant, the
term of this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord,  end, and Landlord shall be
entitled to immediate  possession of the demised premises and to recover damages
from Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 20 hereof.

   40.  Mortgagee  Protection.  Tenant  agrees  to  give  any  Mortgagee(s),  by
certified or  registered  mail, a copy of any notice of default  served upon the
Landlord by Tenant,  provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified
in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of
the addresses of such Mortgagee(s). Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall
have failed to cure such default within a reasonable time, then the Mortgagee(s)
shall  have a  reasonable  time  thereafter  within  which to cure such  default
(including  such additional time as may be necessary for the Mortgagee to obtain
possession of the Building and to be able to take action to cure such default).

   41.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  Landlord and Tenant hereby waive their right to a
trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the
parties hereto against the other in respect of any matter whatsoever arising out
of or in any way connected  with this Lease,  the  relationship  of Landlord and
Tenant hereunder,  Tenant's use of or occupancy of the demised premises, and any
claim or  counterclaim  of injury,  damage or  otherwise  by Landlord and Tenant
against or with respect to each other.

   42. Gender and Number.  Feminine or neuter  pronouns shall be substituted for
those  of the  masculine  form,  and the  plural  shall be  substituted  for the
singular number, in any place or places therein in which the context may require
such substitution.

   43. Entire Agreement.  This Lease, together with the Exhibits and any Addenda
attached hereto, contains and embodies

                                     - 19 -









the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and no representations, inducements,
or  agreements,  oral or  otherwise,  between the parties not  contained in this
Lease, Riders, and Exhibits, shall be of any force or effect. This Lease may not
be modified, changed, or terminated in whole or in part in any manner other than
by an agreement in writing duly signed by both parties hereto.

   44.  Invalidity of Particular  Provisions.  If any provision of this Lease or
the application  thereof to any person or  circumstances  shall to any extent be
invalid or  unenforceable,  the remainder of this Lease,  or the  application of
such  provision to persons or  circumstances  other than those as to which it is
invalid or unenforceable,  shall not be affected thereby,  and each provision of
this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
law.

   45. Joint and Several Liability.  All persons and entities  comprising Tenant
under this Lease shall be jointly and  severally  liable to Landlord  for all of
the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.



                                      - 20 -











   IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Landlord and Tenant have each executed this Lease under
seal as of the day and year hereinabove written

                                        LANDLORD

                                        CHALREP LIMITED PARTNERSHIP         
WITNESS:                                

/s/ David London                        By: /s/ Alfred Liggins              
- ---------------------------------          -------------------------------  
Name: David  London                     Name:  Alfred Liggins               
      ---------------------------            -----------------------------  
Title:                                  Title: President of Chalrep, Inc.   
       --------------------------              General Partner
                                              ----------------------------  

                                        TENANT

                                        RADIO ONE, INC.        
WITNESS/ATTEST                                                 
/s/ Catherine L. Hughes                 By: /s/ Alfred Liggins 
- ----------------------------------          -----------------------------
Name:  Catherine L. Hughes              Name: Alfred Liggins   
     -----------------------------            ---------------------------
Title:  Secretary                       Title: President
      ----------------------------             --------------------------
                                     






EXHIBIT A




                                   FLOOR PLAN

                                [IMAGE OMITTED]



                                   FLOOR PLAN

                                [IMAGE OMITTED]



                                   FLOOR PLAN

                                [IMAGE OMITTED]






                                    EXHIBIT B
                            [Intentionally Omitted.]




























                                      - 1 -






                                   EXHIBIT C

                              RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.   No part or the whole of the sidewalks,  plaza areas,  entrances,  passages,
     courts,  elevators,  vestibules,  stairways,  corridors,  or  halls  of the
     Building or the Land shall be  obstructed  or  encumbered  by any tenant or
     used for any  purpose  other than  ingress and egress to and from the space
     demised to such tenant.

2.   No awnings or other  projections  shall be attached to the outside walls or
     windows of the Building.  No curtains,  blinds,  shades,  or screens (other
     than those  furnished  by  Landlord  as part of  Landlords  work)  shall be
     attached to or hung in, or used in connection  with,  any window or door of
     the space demised to any tenant, without the written consent of Landlord.

3.   No  sign,  advertisement,  object,  notice,  or  other  lettering  shall be
     exhibited,  inscribed,  painted,  or affixed on any part of the  outside or
     inside of the space demised to any tenant or of the Building or the Land.

4.   No show cases or other  articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any
     part of the exterior of the Building,  nor placed in the halls,  corridors,
     vestibules, or other public parts of the Building.

5.   The water and wash closets and other  plumbing  fixtures  shall not be used
     for any purposes other than those for which they were  constructed,  and no
     sweepings,   rubbish,  rags,  or  other  substances   (including,   without
     limitation, coffee grounds) shall be thrown therein.

6.   No  tenant  shall  bring or keep,  or  permit to be  brought  or kept,  any
     inflammable,  combustible,  or  explosive  fluid,  material,  chemical,  or
     substance in or about the space demised to such tenant.

7.   No tenant shall mark, paint,  drill into, or in any way deface, any part of
     the Building or the space demised to such tenant. No bonding,  cutting,  or
     stringing of wires will be permitted.

8.   No cooking  shall be done or permitted  in the  Building by any tenant.  No
     tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable  odors to emanate
     from the space demised to such tenant.

9.   Neither the whole nor any part of the space  demised to any tenant shall be
     used for manufacturing, for the storage of

                                      - 1 -






     merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods, or property.

10.  No tenant  shall make,  or permit to be made,  any  unseemly or  disturbing
     noises or  disturb or  interfere  with other  tenants or  occupants  of the
     Building or  neighboring  buildings  or premises  whether by the use of any
     musical instrument, radio, television set, or other audio device, unmusical
     noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way. Nothing shall be thrown out
     of any doors, windows, or skylights or down any passageways.

11.  No  additional  locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed  upon any of the
     doors or windows in the space demised to any tenant,  nor shall any changes
     be made in locks or the  mechanism  thereof.  Each  tenant  must,  upon the
     termination  of its  tenancy,  return to  Landlord  all keys to offices and
     toilet rooms,  either furnished to, or otherwise  procured by, such tenant,
     and in the  event of the loss of any  such  keys,  such  tenant  shall  pay
     Landlord the reasonable cost of replacement keys.

12.  All removals from the  Building,  or the carrying in or out of the Building
     or the space  demised to any tenant of any safes,  freight,  furniture,  or
     bulky  matter of any  description  must take place during such hours and in
     such  manner as Landlord  or its agents may  determine,  from time to time.
     Landlord  reserves the right to inspect all freight for violation of any of
     these rules and regulations or the provisions of such tenant's lease.

13.  No tenant shall use or occupy or permit any portion of the space demised to
     such  tenant  to be used or  occupied  as an  employment  bureau or for the
     storage,  manufacture,  or sale of liquor,  narcotics  or drugs.  No tenant
     shall engage or pay any  employees in the Building,  except those  actually
     working for such tenant in the Building, nor advertise for  laborers giving
     an address at the Building.

14.  Landlord  shall have the right to prohibit  any  advertising  by any tenant
     which,  in  Landlord's  opinion,  tends to  impair  the  reputation  of the
     Building or its  desirability  as a building for  offices,  and upon notice
     from  Landlord,   such  tenant  shall  refrain  from  or  discontinue  such
     advertising.

15.  Landlord  reserves the right to control and operate the public  portions of
     the Building and the public facilities, as well as facilities furnished for
     the  common  use of the  tenants,  in such  manner as it deems best for the
     benefit of the tenants generally,  including, without limitation, the right
     to exclude  from the  Building,  between the hours of 6 P.M.  and 8 A.M. on
     business days and at all hours on

                                      - 2 -






     Saturdays,  except  between  the  hours of 8 A.M.  to 1 P.M.,  Sundays  and
     Holidays,  all persons who do not present a pass to the Building  signed by
     Landlord or other suitable identification satisfactory to Landlord.

16.  Each tenant, before closing and leaving the space demised to such tenant at
     any time, shall see that all entrance doors are locked.

17.  No space demised to any tenant shall be used, or permitted to be used,  for
     lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

18.  The  requirements  of tenants will be attended to only upon  application at
     the  office  of  Landlord.  Building  employees  shall not be  required  to
     perform,  and shall not be  requested  by any tenant to  perform,  any work
     outside of their regular duties,  unless under specific  instructions  from
     the office of Landlord.

19.  Canvassing,  soliciting,  and peddling in the Building are prohibited,  and
     each tenant shall cooperate in seeking the prevention of such.

20.  There  shall not be used in the  Building,  either by any  Tenant or by its
     agents or contractors, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise,  freight,
     or other matter,  any hand trucks or other means of conveyance except those
     equipped with rubber tires,  rubber side guards,  and such other safeguards
     as Landlord may require.

21.  No animals of any kind shall be brought  into or kept about the Building by
     any tenant.

22.  No tenant shall place, or permit to be placed,  on any part of the floor or
     floors of the space demised to such tenant a load  exceeding the floor load
     per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed
     by law.

23.  Landlord  reserves the right to specify  where in the space  demised to any
     tenant  business  machines  and  mechanical  equipment  shall be  placed or
     maintained,  in  order,  in  Landlord's  judgment,  to absorb  and  prevent
     vibration, noise, and annoyance to other tenants of the Building.

24.  No vending  machines  shall be  permitted  to be placed or installed in any
     part of the Building by any tenant. Landlord reserves the right to place or
     install vending machines in any of the common areas of the Building.

25.  Tenant shall not: do or permit  anything to be done in or about the demised
     premises which will in any way obstruct or

                                     - 3 -







     interfere  with the rights of other tenants of the  Building,  or injure or
     annoy them; use or allow the demised  premises to be used for any improper,
     immoral, or objectionable  purpose;  cause, maintain or permit any nuisance
     in, on, or about the demised  premises  or commit or allow to be  committed
     any waste in,  on, or about the  demised  premises.  Tenant  shall keep all
     doors leading from the demised  premises to the rest of the Building closed
     at all times; provided,  however, that such doors may be opened for ingress
     or egress at the time of such ingress or egress.

26.  Landlord reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to rescind,
     alter, or waive, in whole or in part, any of the Rules and Regulations when
     it is deemed necessary,  desirable,  or proper, in Landlord's judgment, for
     its best interests or for the best interests of the tenants.

     The foregoing  rules and  regulations  are hereby agreed to by Landlord and
Tenant.


                                      - 4 -










                                    RIDER 1

                                 OPTION TO RENEW

  A. Provided  that Tenant (i) has not  defaulted  under the terms of this Lease
and (ii) is in  possession  and occupancy of at least fifty percent (50%) of the
demised  premises,  then  Tenant  shall have one (1) option to renew the term of
this Lease for a period of five (5) consecutive years.  Tenant's option to renew
the term of this Lease shall be exercisable as hereinafter set forth.

  B. Tenant shall send Landlord written notice of Tenants desire to exercise the
lease option not less than 180 days prior to the expiration of the current Lease
term.  The Base Rent for the renewal term (Lease Years 11-15) shall  increase to
the amount set forth in Section 1 of the Lease.

  C. All of the other terms and  conditions of this Lease shall apply during the
renewal term except that there shall be no additional option to renew under this
Rider 1 or otherwise;  and there shall be no  interruption in the calculation of
Tenant's Expense Share during the renewal term.

  D. In the event that Tenant does not fulfill  any  requirement  of notice,  or
comply with the schedule  requirements as set forth herein, this option to renew
the term of this Lease shall become null and void.
                                 RADIO ONE, INC.



                        PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT





                                  May 14, 1997









"This  instrument/agreement is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated as of the
Closing Date among RADIO ONE,  INC.,  the  Subsidiaries  of Radio One, Inc. from
time to time, the Investors (as defined therein), the Senior Lenders (as defined
therein) and  NationsBank  of Texas,  N.A.,  as Agent to the Senior  Lenders (as
defined therein) and  individually as a Lender,  and United States Trust Company
of New York,  as Trustee  for the Senior  Subordinated  Noteholders  (as defined
therein).  By its  acceptance  of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof
agrees to be bound by the  provisions of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same
extent that each Investor is bound.  In the event of any  inconsistency  between
the  terms  of this  instrument/agreement  and  the  terms  of  such  Standstill
Agreement,   the  terms  of  the  Standstill   Agreement  shall  govern  and  be
controlling."



Radio One, Inc. Preferred Stockholders' Agreement INDEX Page SECTION 1. ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK IN EXCHANGE FOR SUBORDINATED NOTES............................................................................3 1.1 Issuance of Securities........................................................................3 1.2 Exchange of Subordinated Notes for Preferred Shares...........................................3 1.3 Closing.......................................................................................3 SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.................................................4 2.1 Organization and Power........................................................................4 2.2 Authorization and No Contravention............................................................4 2.3 Capitalization; Stockholders; Subsidiaries....................................................5 2.4 Other Investments.............................................................................6 2.5 Financial Statements; Projections.............................................................6 2.6 Licenses, Permits, Copyrights, etc............................................................7 2.7 FCC Licenses..................................................................................7 2.8 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities............................................................8 2.9 Absence of Certain Developments...............................................................9 2.10 Employee Relations............................................................................9 2.11 Title to Properties..........................................................................10 2.12 Tax Matters..................................................................................10 2.13 Contracts and Commitments....................................................................11 2.14 Litigation and Compliance with Laws..........................................................11 2.15 Securities Law Filings.......................................................................12 2.16 Environmental Matters........................................................................12 2.17 Investment Company...........................................................................14 2.18 Margin Securities............................................................................14 2.19 ERISA Compliance.............................................................................14 2.20 Solvency.....................................................................................14 2.21 No Material Misstatement or Omission.........................................................15 2.22 Broker's Fee.................................................................................15 2.23 Acquisition Compliance and Delivery of Documents.............................................15 SECTION 3. CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE...................................................................16 3.1 Conditions of the Investors..................................................................16 3.2 Conditions of the Company....................................................................19 (i) Page SECTION 4. FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY...........................................................20 4.1 Minimum Broadcast Cash Flow..................................................................20 4.2 Maximum Corporate Overhead Expense...........................................................21 4.3 Capital Expenditures.........................................................................21 SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.........................................................21 5.1 Financial Statements.........................................................................21 5.2 Budget and Operating Forecast................................................................23 5.3 Maintenance of Properties....................................................................23 5.4 Inspection...................................................................................23 5.5 Tax Matters..................................................................................23 5.6 Compliance with Laws.........................................................................24 5.7 Insurance....................................................................................24 5.8 Key Man Insurance............................................................................24 5.9 Board of Directors Meetings; Management Rights...............................................24 SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY............................................................25 6.1 Indebtedness.................................................................................25 6.2 Liens........................................................................................26 6.3 Sale of Assets...............................................................................27 6.4 Fundamental Changes..........................................................................28 6.5 Guaranties...................................................................................28 6.6 No Sale and Leaseback........................................................................28 6.7 No Amendments to Charter or By-laws..........................................................28 6.8 No Change in Accounting Policies.............................................................28 6.9 Restrictions on Other Agreements.............................................................28 6.10 Affiliated Transactions......................................................................29 6.11 Distributions, Redemptions or Issuances of Capital Stock.....................................29 6.12 Senior Loan Agreement Consent Right..........................................................29 SECTION 7. SPECIAL COVENANTS............................................................................29 SECTION 8. REDEMPTION EVENTS............................................................................31 8.1 Redemption Events............................................................................31 8.2 Remedies on Default, etc.....................................................................33 SECTION 9. STANDSTILL AGREEMENT.........................................................................33 SECTION 10. SALE OR REFINANCING COVENANT.................................................................33 SECTION 11. DEFINITIONS..................................................................................35 (ii) Page SECTION 12. GENERAL......................................................................................41 12.1 Amendments, Waivers and Consents.............................................................41 12.2 Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties; Assignability of Rights.......................................................................................42 12.3 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue...........................................................42 12.4 Section Headings.............................................................................43 12.5 Representations and Covenants of the Investors...............................................43 12.6 Notices and Demands..........................................................................44 12.7 Counterparts.................................................................................46 12.8 Severability.................................................................................46 12.9 Expenses.....................................................................................46 12.10 Confidentiality..............................................................................47 12.11 Regulation and Civil Rights..................................................................47 12.12 Termination..................................................................................48 (iii) EXHIBITS Exhibit A - Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws Exhibit B - Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (as in effect on the date hereof) Exhibit C - Form of First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement Exhibit D - Form of Opinion of the Company's Counsel Exhibit E - Form of Opinion of the Company's FCC Counsel Exhibit F - Form of Standstill Agreement APPENDIX A - Additional Permitted Capital Expenditures (iv) SCHEDULES Schedule A - Investors/Shares of Preferred Stock Schedule 2.1 - Violations of Corporate Documents, Agreements, Etc. Schedule 2.2 - Notices, Filings and Consents Schedule 2.3 - Capitalization; Stockholders Schedule 2.3(b) - Subsidiaries Schedule 2.4 - Other Investments Schedule 2.6 - Licenses, Permits, Etc. Schedule 2.7 - FCC Licenses Schedule 2.8 - Liabilities Schedule 2.9 - Material Changes Schedule 2.10 - Employee Relations Schedule 2.11 - Title to Properties Schedule 2.12 - Tax Matters Schedule 2.13 - Contracts Schedule 2.14 - Litigation Schedule 2.16 - Environmental Matters Schedule 2.19 - Employee Benefit Plans Schedule 2.22 - Broker's Fee Schedule 6.1(c) - Indebtedness Schedule 6.2 - Liens Schedule 6.5 - Guaranties Schedule 6.10 - Affiliated Transactions (v)
PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT This Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of this 14th day of May, 1997 by and among the investors listed as Series A Preferred Investors on Schedule A hereto (the "Series A Preferred Investors"), the investors listed as Series B Preferred Investors on Schedule A hereto (the "Series B Preferred Investors," and together with the Series A Preferred Investors, the "Investors," and each individually an "Investor"), RADIO ONE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Radio One Licenses, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the surviving corporation of the merger with Radio One License LLC ("ROL"), and Alfred C. Liggins ("Liggins"), Catherine L. Hughes ("Hughes") and Jerry A. Moore, III ("Moore") (Liggins, Hughes and Moore are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Management Stockholders," and together with the Company and ROL as the "Interested Parties," and each an "Interested Party"). W I T N E S S E T H : WHEREAS, the Company, the Investors, certain subsidiaries of the Company then existing, and the Management Stockholders entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995 (the "Securities Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which: (i) the Company sold and the Investors purchased from the Company subordinated promissory notes due from the Company in the year 2003 in the aggregate original principal amount of $17,000,000 (the "Subordinated Notes"); and (ii) the Company sold and the Series B Preferred Investors purchased from the Company warrants (the "Original Warrants") for an aggregate of 50.93 shares of the Common Equity of the Company; WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Series A Preferred Investors entered into an Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement"), pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Investors exchanged all of their then existing warrants for $6,251,094 in cash and new warrants (the "Exchange Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of up to 96.11 shares of the Common Equity of the Company; WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, the Company, the Investors, certain subsidiaries of the Company then existing, and the Management Stockholders entered into a Warrantholders' Agreement (the "Warrantholders' Agreement"), to govern the rights of each under the Original Warrants and the Exchange Warrants; WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore entered into: (i) an asset purchase agreement with Jarad Broadcasting Company of Pennsylvania, Inc., dated December 6, 1996, as amended through the date hereof (the "WPHI-FM Purchase Agreement"), which provides for the purchase of certain assets used or held for use in the operation of Radio Station WPHI-FM, Jenkintown, Pennsylvania ("WPHI-FM"), and (ii) a binding letter of intent dated March 12, 1997 and accepted March 13, 1997, as amended through the date hereof (the "WYCB-AM Letter of Intent") to acquire the stock of the corporation holding 1 Radio Sation WYCB-AM, Washington, D.C. ("WYCB-AM," and together with WPHI-FM, the "New Stations"); WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing (as defined in Section 1.3 hereof), the Company will issue 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") to certain investors pursuant to an offering under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (as defined in Section 11 below), the gross proceeds of which will be approximately $75,000,000 (the "Senior Subordinated Debt Financing") for the purpose of: (i) funding the balance of the purchase prices for WPHI-FM (the "WPHI-FM Acquisition") and WYCB-AM (the "WYCB-AM Acquisition," and together with the WPHI-FM Acquisition, the "Acquisitions"), (ii) repaying all of the outstanding indebtedness due under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company then existing, NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as agent and lender, and the other lenders named therein, as amended (the "Existing Senior Credit Facility"); (iii) paying for the leasehold improvements, new equipment and other amounts associated with moving the Company's Washington, D.C. offices and studios in April 1997 to an office building located in Lanham, Maryland; (iv) providing funding for other general purposes, including working capital; and (v) paying the related fees and expenses of the offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the exchange of Preferred Stock (as defined herein) for the Subordinated Notes and the Acquisitions; WHEREAS, on April 29, 1997 NationsBank of Texas, N.A. (together with any other lender, a "Senior Lender") and the Company agreed to a Commitment Letter, dated as of April 25, 1997 (the "Commitment Letter"), pursuant to which the Senior Lender, subject to appropriate documentation and certain conditions, will enter into an amended and restated credit agreement (the "Senior Loan Agreement"); WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement, the Senior Lender will make available to the Company up to $7,500,000 of secured senior debt together with interest thereon, and all other amounts due and payable thereunder or under any Loan Document (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement) (the "Senior Debt") in the form of a line of credit for working capital and certain other needs; WHEREAS, in connection with the Exchange (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof), (i) the Company will replace the certificates held by the Series B Preferred Investors representing all of their Original Warrants with amended and restated warrant certificates (the "Series B Amended and Restated Warrants") in order to conform the Original Warrants to reflect the transactions contemplated herein, and (ii) the Company will similarly replace the certificates held by the Series A Preferred Investors representing all of their Exchange Warrants with amended and restated warrant certificates (the "Series A Amended and Restated Warrants," and, collectively with the Series B Amended and Restated Warrants, the "Warrants") in order to conform such Exchange Warrants to reflect the transactions contemplated herein; and 2 WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and as a necessary condition to the Senior Subordinated Debt Financing, (i) the Series A Preferred Investors will exchange all of their Subordinated Notes (including all accrued but unpaid interest thereon) for the number of shares of Series A 15% Senior Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock of the Company (the "Series A Preferred Stock") set forth opposite their names on Schedule A hereto, and (ii) the Series B Preferred Investors will exchange all of their Subordinated Notes (including all accrued but unpaid interest thereon) for the number of shares of Series B 15% Senior Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock of the Company (the "Series B Preferred Stock," and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock") set forth opposite their names on Schedule A hereto. NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: SECTION 1. ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK IN EXCHANGE FOR SUBORDINATED NOTES 1.1 Issuance of Securities. The Company represents and warrants that prior to or simultaneously with the Closing (as hereinafter defined) it will have authorized the issuance and delivery of: (i) the aggregate number of shares of its authorized but unissued Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, listed on Schedule A hereto (the "Series A Preferred Shares") to the Series A Preferred Investors; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of its authorized but unissued Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, listed on Schedule A hereto (the "Series B Preferred Shares," and together with the Series A Preferred Shares, the "Preferred Shares") to the Series B Preferred Investors. The Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences and other terms set forth in the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Certificate"). 1.2 Exchange of Subordinated Notes for Preferred Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions herein, and in reliance on the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined) the Company shall deliver to each of the Investors, and each of the Investors agrees to accept from the Company, the number and series of Preferred Shares set forth opposite the name of each such Investor on Schedule A hereto in exchange for the Subordinated Notes held by each of the Investors (the "Exchange"). Each Investor shall deliver the Subordinated Note that is held by such Investor to the Company at the Closing for cancellation, and, upon receipt thereof, the Company will mark each such Subordinated Note canceled. 1.3 Closing. The Exchange shall take place simultaneously with the closing of the Senior Subordinated Debt Financing and the WPHI-FM Purchase Agreement (the "Issuance Date" or the "Closing Date") at the offices of Kirkland & Ellis, Citicorp Center, 153 East 53rd Street, New York, New York 10022-4675, or at such other place as shall be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Investors (the "Closing"). 3 SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY In order to induce the Investors to enter into this Agreement and agree to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company hereby represents and warrants as follows: 2.1 Organization and Power. The Company (i) is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) except as provided in Schedule 2.1, is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required except where failure to be so duly qualified and in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or financial condition of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, and (iii) has all required power and authority to own its property and to carry on its business as presently conducted or contemplated. The Company has all required power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and the agreements related hereto and contemplated hereby, to issue and deliver the Preferred Shares and generally to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. The copies of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of the Company, as amended to date, attached hereto as Exhibit B, are correct and complete at the date hereof. Except as provided in Schedule 2.1, the Company is not in violation of any term of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or any material agreement, or any instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or government regulation applicable to the Company except where such violation could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or financial condition of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. 2.2 Authorization and No Contravention. The execution and delivery of, and performance by the Company and ROL of their obligations under, this Agreement and the agreements related hereto and contemplated hereby and the issuance and delivery of the Preferred Shares have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of the Company and ROL, and except as may otherwise be specifically provided herein, this Agreement, the agreements related hereto and contemplated hereby constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and ROL, enforceable in accordance with their terms. The Company's and ROL's execution and delivery of this Agreement and the agreements related hereto and contemplated hereby and their performance of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the issuance and delivery of the Preferred Shares will not: (i) except as set forth in Schedule 2.1, violate, conflict with or result in a default under any contract, instrument, agreement, indenture, obligation or commitment to which the Company or ROL is a party or by which the Company or ROL or their assets are bound, or any charter provision, by-law or similar governing document of the Company or ROL, or the creation of any Lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or ROL, except where such violation, conflict or default would not have a material adverse effect on (a) the consummation of the Acquisitions, (b) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (c) the assets, business or financial condition of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, or (d) the rights and privileges of the Investors hereunder and under the agreements related hereto; (ii) violate or result in a violation of, or constitute a default under, any material provision of any law, 4 statute, ordinance, regulation or rule, or any decree, judgment or order of, or any material restriction imposed by, any court or other federal, state or local governmental agency; or (iii) except as set forth in Schedule 2.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, require any notice to, filing with, or consent or approval of any governmental authority or other third party which will not, prior to the Closing, have been duly and properly given, made or obtained, except where failure to provide any such notice or make any such filing or receive any such consent or approval will not have a material adverse effect on (a) the consummation of the Acquisitions, (b) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (c) the assets, business or financial condition of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, or (d) the rights and privileges of the Investors hereunder and under the agreements related hereto and contemplated hereby. 2.3 Capitalization; Stockholders; Subsidiaries. (a) After giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the duly authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 2,000 authorized shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, which consist of: (a) 1,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of which 138.45 shares will be outstanding and fully-paid and non-assessable as of the Closing, and (b) 1,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of which no shares will be outstanding as of the Closing, and (ii) 250,000 authorized shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share, which consist of: (a) 100,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of which the aggregate number of shares that will be outstanding and fully-paid and non-assessable as of the Closing is listed on Schedule A hereto, and (b) 150,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock of which the aggregate number of shares that will be outstanding and fully-paid and non-assessable as of the Closing is listed on Schedule A hereto. Except for the Warrants, the Exchange Warrants, as provided in the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment to the Warrantholders Agreement (as defined in Section 3.1(e) herein), and as provided above or in Schedule 2.3, the Company has not issued any other shares of its capital stock and there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire any of such shares, nor are there any outstanding securities convertible into such shares or outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire any such convertible securities. Except as provided in the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended by the First Amendment to the Warrantholders Agreement, there are no preemptive rights with respect to the issuance or sale by the Company of the Company's capital stock. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.3 or in the Senior Loan Agreement, there are no restrictions on the transfer of the Company's capital stock other than those arising from federal and state securities laws, the Communications Act (as defined in Section 2.7 herein) or the FCC (as defined herein) regulations promulgated thereunder or under this Agreement or the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended. Immediately prior to the Closing, the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are held of record and beneficially by the persons identified in Schedule 2.3 in the amounts indicated therein. (b) All the Subsidiaries of the Company are listed on Schedule 2.3(b). The Company or ROL is the owner, free and clear of all Liens and encumbrances, except for Permitted Liens or those arising under Section 10 of this Agreement and Article VI of the 5 Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended through the Closing Date, of all of the issued and outstanding stock of each Subsidiary and all shares of such stock have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and no rights to subscribe to any additional shares have been granted, and no options, warrants or similar rights are outstanding. ROL is duly organized in its state of organization, duly qualified, licensed and authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or company or otherwise) in each jurisdiction where its ownership or leasing of properties or the conduct of its business requires it to be qualified, licensed and authorized except where the failure to be so qualified, licensed and authorized or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its assets, business or financial condition. 2.4 Other Investments. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.4 or Schedule 2.3(b) and except for investments, loans or advances made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, the Company does not own, or have any direct or indirect investments or interests in, loans or advances to or control over any corporation, trust, partnership, joint venture or other entity of any kind. 2.5 Financial Statements; Projections. The Company has heretofore furnished to each Investor consolidated audited statements of operation and the related balance sheets for the fiscal years ended December 25, 1994, December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996 and unaudited consolidated statements of operation and the related balance sheet for the three months ended March 30, 1997 (the December 31, 1996 balance sheet shall hereinafter be referred to as the "Base Balance Sheet"), and the Company will, on or prior to the Closing, furnish to each Investor the pro forma unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 1996 for the Company and management's five year projections for the Company, after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition. The Company has heretofore also furnished to each Investor audited consolidated statements of operation and the related balance sheet for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and unaudited consolidated statements of operation and the related balance sheet for the three months ended March 31, 1997 for WPHI-FM. To the best knowledge of the Company, the above referenced financial statements of WPHI-FM (other than projections) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis, except that interim financial statements and pro forma statements have been prepared without footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments, which will not, to management's best knowledge, be material. Such financial statements of the Company (other than projections) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except that interim financial statements and pro forma statements have been prepared without footnote disclosures and are subject to year-end audit adjustments, which adjustments will not, to management's best knowledge, be material. To the best knowledge of the Company, the above-referenced financial statements of WPHI-FM contain notations for all significant accruals or contingencies and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of WPHI-FM as of the date thereof. Such financial statements of the Company (other than interim financial statements, pro forma financial statements and projections) contain notations for all significant accruals or contingencies and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the date thereof. Nothing has come to the attention of the senior management of the Company since 6 such dates which would indicate that such financial statements do not fairly present the financial condition of the Company in all material respects as of the respective dates thereof. Such projections referenced above delivered to the Investors represent management's good faith estimates of the Company's future performance based upon assumptions which are set forth therein and which management in good faith believe were reasonable when made and continue to believe to be reasonable as of the date hereof. 2.6 Licenses, Permits, Copyrights, etc. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.6, after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, each of the Company and ROL has ownership or license to use all material franchises, permits, licenses (other than FCC Licenses (as defined in and covered by Section 2.7 herein)) and all patent, copyright or trademark rights and privileges used or to be used in its business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted or necessary to permit it to own its properties and to conduct its business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted and its present activities do not infringe, to the best knowledge of the Company or ROL, any patent, copyright, trademark or other proprietary rights of others. Schedule 2.6 provides a list that is accurate in all material respects of all the material permits and licenses (other than the FCC Licenses which are listed in Schedule 2.7) which are held by the Company and ROL, after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition (the "Licenses"), and the issuer and termination date of each License. Each License was duly and validly issued by the issuer thereof pursuant to procedures which complied in all material respects with all requirements of applicable law. After giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, the Company or ROL is the licensee of the Licenses and owns all of the assets of WPHI-FM, as well as stations WMMJ-FM/WOL-AM (Washington), WKYS-FM (Washington), WWIN-AM/FM (Baltimore), and WERQ-FM/WOLB-AM (Baltimore) (collectively with WPHI-FM, the "Stations"), free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens (as defined in Section 6.2). Each License or other right held by the Company or ROL is in compliance with the terms thereof in all material respects with no known conflict with the valid rights of others which could affect or impair materially in any manner the business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and ROL. No event has occurred which permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would permit, the revocation or termination of any License prior to its stated term or other right so as to adversely affect in any material respect the business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 2.6. To the best knowledge of the Company and ROL, the Company, ROL and each of the Stations are in compliance with all state and federal laws relating to copyright, including the Copyright Revision Act of 1976, 17 U.S.C. Section 101 et. seq., except for such noncompliance as would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, and have all material performing arts licenses which are necessary or appropriate for the conduct of their business. 2.7 FCC Licenses. After giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, the Company and ROL hold all material licenses, permits and authorizations required for and/or used in the ownership and operation of the Stations as presently operated or as presently anticipated to be operated (other than licenses, permits and authorizations covered by Section 2.6), including all material commercial broadcast station and auxiliary licenses, 7 permits, authorizations and other certificates required by (a) the FCC, (b) the Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. Section 151 et. seq., as amended (the "Communications Act"), (c) 47 C.F.R. Part 73 or (d) any other governmental entity (such material licenses, permits, authorizations, and certificates, collectively, the "FCC Licenses"). Schedule 2.7 provides a list that is accurate in all material respects of the FCC Licenses, including the termination date of such FCC Licenses. Except for the possible need to request the FCC to grant an extension of time to consummate the WPHI-FM Acquisition, FCC approval has been granted for the WPHI-FM Acquisition, such approval has not lapsed and the period for seeking reconsideration, review or appeal of such FCC approval has expired and no such reconsideration, review or appeal has been sought by any party. The FCC Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, and are unimpaired by any act, omission or condition which could have any material adverse effect on the operation of the Stations. After giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, to the extent necessary, the Company or, if applicable, ROL, has timely filed all applications for renewal or extension of all of its or their FCC Licenses and, except as otherwise indicated in Schedule 2.7, all such applications have been granted without conditions. Except as indicated on Schedule 2.7, and except for actions or proceedings affecting the broadcasting industry generally, no petition, action, investigation, notice of violation or apparent liability, notice of forfeiture, orders to show cause, complaint or proceeding is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened before the FCC or any other forum or agency with respect to the Company or any of the Stations. The Company, ROL and each of the Stations are in material compliance with the terms of the FCC Licenses and all applicable filing and operating requirements of 47 C.F.R. Part 73 and all other applicable regulations and policies of the FCC and the Communications Act. Except as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement, no prior FCC consent is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as stated in Schedule 2.7 hereto, there are no applications presently pending before the FCC with respect to any of the Stations. The Company does not know of any fact that should reasonably be anticipated to result in the denial of an application for renewal, or the revocation, modification, nonrenewal or suspension of any of the FCC Licenses, or the issuance of a cease-and-desist order, or the imposition of any administrative or judicial sanction with respect to any of the Stations, which may materially adversely affect the rights under any of the FCC Licenses or which may have a materially adverse effect on the Stations, the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. 2.8 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as otherwise specifically disclosed in the Base Balance Sheet (as defined in Section 2.5) or as set forth in Schedule 2.8 and except for the expenses and costs incurred in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated herein, neither the Company nor ROL has any accrued or contingent liability or liabilities (including any liability for unpaid Taxes) accrued, to become due, contingent, known, unknown or otherwise, other than liabilities arising out of the Stations' ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, or which in the aggregate do not exceed $150,000. 8 2.9 Absence of Certain Developments. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 2.9, since the date of the Base Balance Sheet, there has been (i) no material adverse change in the assets, liabilities, properties, business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, (ii) no declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend or other distribution with respect to, or any direct or indirect redemption or acquisition of, any of the capital stock of the Company or ROL, (iii) no waiver of any valuable right of the Company or ROL without adequate consideration or the cancellation of any debt or claim held by the Company or ROL without adequate consideration, (iv) no loan by the Company or ROL to any officer, director, employee or stockholder thereof, or any of their respective affiliates, or any agreement or commitment therefor, (v) no increase, direct or indirect, in the compensation paid or payable to any officer, director, employee or agent of the Company (other than immaterial increases made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices), (vi) no uninsured material loss, destruction or damage to any property of the Company or ROL, (vii) no strikes, work stoppages, union organizing or recognition efforts involving the Company or ROL and no material change in the personnel of the Company or the terms and conditions of any employment contracts to which the Company or ROL is a party, and (viii) other than in the Acquisitions, no material acquisition or disposition of any assets (or any contract or arrangement therefor) nor any other material transaction by the Company or ROL otherwise than for fair value in the ordinary course of business. 2.10 Employee Relations. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.10, after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition: (a) No labor dispute, strike, work stoppage or organizational activity which materially affects or could be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the results of operations of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, has occurred and is continuing, or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is threatened, and no material labor grievance or union representation questions exist in respect of the employees of the Company or ROL. None of the Company's employees are represented by a union. (b) There are no charges of unfair labor practices or of discrimination (relating to sex, age, race, national origin, handicap or veteran status) pending or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened before any government or regulatory agency or authority involving employees of the Company or ROL which could have a materially adverse effect on the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. To the best of the Company's knowledge, no customer or supplier of the Company or ROL is involved in, threatened with, or affected by any labor dispute or other proceeding or order which would be reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect the business of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. (c) Neither the Company nor ROL has engaged in any plant closing, work force reduction, or other action which has resulted or could result in liability under the Federal Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (or any state or other law or 9 ordinance of similar import), or issued any notice that any such action is to occur in the future. 2.11 Title to Properties. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 2.11 or as permitted by Section 6.2 hereof and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, each of the Company and ROL has good title to all of its respective material owned properties and assets, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. All owned or leased real estate of the Company, ROL and WPHI-FM is listed on Schedule 2.11. Each material real property lease to which the Company or ROL is a party or which relates to WPHI-FM is in full force and effect. No material default or event of default on the part of the Company, ROL or, to the best knowledge of the Company, the lessee under any material leases related to WPHI-FM or, to the best knowledge of the Company, on the part of the lessor, exists under any such lease, and neither the Company nor ROL has received any notice of default under any such lease or any indication that the owner of the leased property intends to terminate such lease. To the best of the Company's knowledge and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, neither the Company nor ROL is in violation of any material zoning, land-use, aeronautical or FAA, building or safety law, ordinance, regulation or requirement or other law or regulation applicable to the operation of its owned or leased properties, nor has either received any notice of violation with which it has not complied, in any case in which the consequences of such violation if asserted by the applicable regulatory authority would have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. After giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, all real property occupied (or which will be occupied) by the Company (including all fixtures related thereto) and substantially all tangible personal property owned or leased (or which will be owned or leased) by the Company is in good operating condition and repair (reasonable wear and tear excepted), has been well maintained, conforms in all material respects with all applicable ordinances, regulations and other laws and, since the date of the Base Balance Sheet, no material portion of any such real or personal property has suffered any damage by fire or other casualty which has not heretofore been completely repaired and restored to its original condition if and to the extent necessary in the continued operation of its business. 2.12 Tax Matters. Each of the Company and ROL has filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and all such Tax Returns were correct and complete in all material respects. Each of the Company and ROL has paid all Taxes owed by it (whether or not shown on any Tax Return), except Taxes which have not yet accrued or otherwise become due or Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings to the extent the Company has set aside appropriate reserves. All Taxes and other assessments and levies which the Company or any Subsidiary was or is required to withhold or collect have been withheld and collected and have been paid over when due to the proper governmental authorities. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.12, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has ever received notice of any audit or of any proposed deficiency from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or any other taxing authority (other than routine audits undertaken in the ordinary course and which have been resolved on or prior to the date hereof without a material adverse effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their 10 respective financial conditions), (ii) there are in effect no waivers of applicable statutes of limitations with respect to any Taxes owed by the Company or ROL for any year and (iii) neither the IRS nor any other taxing authority is now asserting or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatening to assert against the Company or ROL any deficiency or claim for additional Taxes or interest thereon or penalties in connection therewith. Neither the Company nor ROL is a party to any Tax allocation or sharing arrangement. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and the regulations promulgated thereunder. There are no Liens on any of the assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Taxes. 2.13 Contracts and Commitments. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.13 and in any other schedule hereto and except for contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, neither the Company nor ROL (a) is a party to any contract, obligation or commitment which involves a potential commitment by it in excess of $50,000 or which is otherwise material and not entered into in the ordinary course of business, or (b) has an employment contract, stock redemption or purchase agreement, financing agreement, local marketing or time brokerage agreement or any other agreement with any officer, director, employee, shareholder or Affiliate. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.13, and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, neither the Company nor ROL is in default under any material contract, obligation or commitment, and, to the best knowledge of the Company, there is no state of facts which upon notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such a default, the consequences of which default if asserted by the other contracting party would have a materially adverse effect on the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. Neither the Company nor ROL has entered into any single government contract or subcontract, the recurring monthly revenue of which exceeds $50,000. 2.14 Litigation and Compliance with Laws. (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14 and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, there is no investigation, action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity or by or before any governmental instrumentality or other agency now pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, overtly threatened against the Company, ROL, any of the Stations or any officer or director of the Company, which has a reasonable possibility of calling into question the validity, or hindering the enforceability or performance, of this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or by any of the other agreements and transactions contemplated hereby; nor, to the best knowledge of the Company, has there occurred any event or does there exist any condition on the basis of which any such litigation, proceeding or investigation should reasonably be anticipated to be instituted which would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company, ROL and the Stations, taken as a whole. (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14 and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, each of the Company and ROL is in material compliance with all 11 laws and governmental rules and regulations, domestic or foreign (including, without limitation, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA")), except where non-compliance therewith, in any individual instance or any series of related instances, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14 and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, neither the Company nor ROL is in default in any respect with respect to any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree, demand or assessment issued by any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental or self-regulatory agency, organization, board, commission, bureau, instrumentality or department, domestic or foreign, relating to any aspect of its business, affairs, properties or assets, except where non-compliance therewith, in any individual instance or any series of related instances, would not have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or financial condition of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14 and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is charged or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened with, or under investigation with respect to, any material violation of material federal, foreign, state, municipal or other law or any administrative rule or regulation, domestic or foreign (including, without limitation, ERISA) in any matter directly relating to or affecting its business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company and ROL, taken as a whole. 2.15 Securities Law Filings. The Company has complied with, in all material respects, the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws in connection with the issuance and sale of its capital stock, and other securities heretofore issued. 2.16 Environmental Matters. (a) Except as would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, or as set forth in Schedule 2.16, and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, (i) neither the Company nor ROL has ever generated, transported, used, stored, treated, disposed of, or managed a material amount of Hazardous Waste (as defined in Section 2.16(d) below), nor has the Company or ROL contracted with any party for the generation, transportation, use, storage, treatment, disposal or management of any material amount of Hazardous Waste; (ii) no material amount of Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 2.16(d) below) has ever been or is threatened to be spilled, released, or disposed of by the Company or ROL or, to the best knowledge of the Company, any third parties, at any site presently or formerly owned, operated, leased, or used by the Company or ROL nor, to the best knowledge of the Company, has any material amount of Hazardous Material ever come to be located in the soil or groundwater at any such site; (iii) no material amount of Hazardous Material has ever been transported by the Company or ROL or, to the best knowledge of the Company, by any third parties, from any site presently or formerly owned, operated, leased, or used by the Company or ROL for treatment, storage, or disposal at any other place; (iv) neither the Company nor ROL presently owns, operates, leases, or uses, nor, to the best knowledge of the Company, has the Company or ROL previously owned, operated, leased, or used any site on which underground storage tanks are or were located or which contain or contained any asbestos or 12 asbestos-containing material, any polychlorinated byphenyls ("PCBs") or equipment containing PCBs, or any urea formaldehyde foam insulation; and (v) no lien has ever been imposed by any governmental agency on any property, facility, machinery, or equipment owned, operated, leased, or used by the Company or ROL in connection with, or as a result of, the presence of any Hazardous Material, which could result in a material liability to the Company or ROL. (b) Except as would not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, or as set forth in Schedule 2.16, and after giving effect to the WPHI-FM Acquisition, (i) to the best of the Company's actual knowledge, neither the Company nor ROL has any liability under, nor has it ever violated, any Environmental Law (as defined in Section 2.16(d) below); (ii) the Company, the operations of its businesses, and any property owned, operated, leased, or used by the Company or ROL, and any facilities and operations thereon, to the best of the Company's knowledge, are presently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and any and all orders or directives of any governmental authorities having jurisdiction under such Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, any orders or directives with respect to any clean-up or remediation of any release or threat of release of any Hazardous Material; (iii) neither the Company nor ROL has ever entered into or been subject to any judgment, consent decree, compliance order, or administrative order with respect to any environmental or health and safety matter or received any request for information, demand or other letter, administrative inquiry, citation, formal or informal complaint or claim, notice of any proceeding, claim or lawsuit, or other communication with respect to any environmental or health and safety matter or the enforcement of any Environmental Law; and (iv) the Company does not have knowledge or reason to know that any of the items enumerated in clause (iii) of this Section 2.16(b) will be forthcoming nor is the Company aware of any basis therefore which has not been disclosed to the Investors. (c) The Company has provided to the Investors copies of all documents, records, and information reasonably available to the Company concerning any environmental or health and safety matter which could result in any material liability to the Company or ROL, whether generated by the Company or ROL or others, including, without limitation, environmental or health and safety audits, environmental or health and safety risk assessments, site assessments, documentation regarding off-site treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, spill control plans, discharge monitoring reports, hazardous waste manifests, community right-to-know filings, insurance policies, and reports, correspondence, permits, licenses, approvals, consents, registrations and other authorizations related to or filed with environmental or health and safety matters issued by or filed with any governmental agency with respect to such matters. (d) For purposes of this Section 2.16, (i) "Hazardous Material" shall mean and include any hazardous waste, hazardous material, hazardous substance, petroleum product, oil, asbestos, polychlorinated byphenyls, urea formaldehyde, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminant, or other substance which may pose a threat to the environment or to human health or safety, as defined or regulated under any Environmental Law; (ii) 13 "Hazardous Waste" shall mean and include any hazardous waste as defined or regulated under any Environmental Law; (iii) "Environmental Law" shall mean any environmental or health and safety-related law, regulation, rule, ordinance, or by-law at the federal, state, or local level existing as of the date hereof or previously enforced; and (iv) the "Company" shall mean and include the Company and all other entities for whose conduct the Company is or may be held responsible under any Environmental Law. 2.17 Investment Company. The Company is not an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and will not be an "investment company" under the 1940 Act after giving effect to the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes. 2.18 Margin Securities. The Company does not now own, nor does it have any present intention of acquiring, any "margin security" within the meaning of Regulation G (12 C.F.R. Part 207), or any "margin stock" within the meaning of Regulation U (12 C.F.R. Part 221), of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (herein respectively referred to as "margin security" and "margin stock"). None of the proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes will be used, directly or indirectly, by the Company for the purpose of purchasing or carrying, or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry, any margin security or margin stock or for any other purpose which would be reasonably likely to cause the transactions contemplated hereby to constitute a "purpose credit" within the meaning of said Regulation G or Regulation U, or cause this Agreement to violate any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any rule or regulation promulgated under any of such statutes. 2.19 ERISA Compliance. Schedule 2.19 sets forth a list of every Pension Plan (as hereinafter defined) that has been maintained by the Company or, to the Company's knowledge, WPHI-FM at any time during the twelve-month period ending on the Closing Date. The Company has not incurred, and as a result of the WPHI-FM Acquisition will not incur (a) any material accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of ERISA, or (b) any material liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established under ERISA (or any successor thereto under ERISA) in connection with any Pension Plan established or maintained by it. The Company has not had, and as a result of the WPHI-FM Acquisition will not have, any tax assessed against it by the IRS for any alleged violation under Section 4975 of the Code. The Company does not, and as a result of the WPHI-FM Acquisition will not be required to or assume any liability with respect to any obligation of WPHI-FM to contribute to or maintain any Pension Plan with an unfunded aggregate "amount of benefit liabilities" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) and the Company has never participated in or contributed to a "multiemployer plan" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA). 2.20 Solvency. Neither the Company nor ROL has (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the 14 filing of any involuntary petition by its creditors, (iii) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of its assets, (iv) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all, or substantially all, of its assets, (v) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (vi) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally. After giving effect to the transactions provided for herein, neither the Company nor ROL will (i) have liabilities which exceed the present fair saleable value of its assets; (ii) be left with unreasonably small capital with which to engage in its business for the foreseeable future; or (iii) have incurred, or anticipate or should reasonably anticipate incurring, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. 2.21 No Material Misstatement or Omission. Neither this Agreement nor any agreement, financial statement, instrument, document, certificate, projection, business proposal, acquisition plan or other written information furnished to the Investors by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, when taken together, omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact known to the Company and not disclosed to the Investors which materially and adversely affects, or in the future may (insofar as the Company can reasonably foresee) materially and adversely affect, the business, assets or liabilities, financial condition or results of operation of the Company or any Subsidiary other than matters generally affecting the radio broadcast industry. 2.22 Broker's Fee. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.22, neither the Company nor ROL or any of their Affiliates have incurred or will become liable for any brokerage commission or finder's fee relating to or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and the Company agrees to indemnify the Investors against any claims for brokerage fees or commissions payable to any broker or finder claiming through the Company, ROL or any of their Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to pay all expenses incurred by an Investor in connection with the defense of any action brought against such Investor to collect any brokerage fees or commissions by any such broker or finder. 2.23 Acquisition Compliance and Delivery of Documents. The consummation of the WPHI-FM Acquisition will not (a) violate, conflict with or result in a material default under any material contract, instrument, agreement, indenture, obligation or commitment of the Company except where consents or waivers have been obtained or (b) violate or result in a violation of, or constitute a default under, any material provision of any law, statute, ordinance, regulation or rule, or any decree, judgment or order of, or any material restriction imposed by, any court or other federal, state or local governmental agency which such violation or default could have a material adverse effect on the Company and ROL, taken as a whole, or their assets, business or financial condition. 15 SECTION 3. CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE 3.1 Conditions of the Investors. The Investors' obligations to exchange their Subordinated Notes for Preferred Stock and consent to the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to compliance by the Company and ROL (and for the purposes of Section 3.1(f) hereof, the Management Stockholders) with their agreements herein contained and to the fulfillment, to the Investors' satisfaction, of the following conditions: (a) Certificate of the Company. The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, including but not limited to the representations and warranties made in Section 2, shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date, each of the conditions hereafter specified in this Section 3.1 shall have been satisfied in all material respects, there shall be no Redemption Event (as defined in Section 8.1 herein) or any event or condition which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a Redemption Event, and on the Closing Date one or more certificates to such effect, executed by the President and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, shall be delivered to the Investors. (b) Issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company shall have completed the offering of its Senior Subordinated Notes on substantially the same terms set forth in the preliminary offering circular, dated March 26, 1997 (the "Offering Memorandum"), distributed in connection with the Senior Subordinated Debt Financing. (c) Repayment of Outstanding Indebtedness. Prior to or concurrently with the Closing, the Company shall have repaid or otherwise satisfied in full the whole principal amount, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, of the Existing Senior Credit Facility outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date. (d) Acquisition of WPHI-FM. Concurrently with the Closing, the Company shall consummate and close the WPHI-FM Acquisition pursuant to the terms of the WPHI-FM Purchase Agreement without amendment, modification, waiver or imposition of adverse conditions and pursuant to other terms that are acceptable to the Investors. (e) Warrantholders' Agreement. The Company, ROL, the Investors and the Management Stockholders shall have executed and delivered a First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement (the "First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement"), amending the Warrantholders' Agreement as of the Closing Date, in the form of Exhibit C hereto. (f) FCC Consents. The Company shall have received all of the necessary and appropriate FCC consents, if any, for the consummation of the WPHI-FM Acquisition, any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement and any related agreements or documents, and the period for 16 seeking reconsideration, review or appeal of such FCC consents shall have expired and no such reconsideration, review or appeal shall have been sought by any party. (g) Delivery of Documents. Concurrently with the Closing, the Company or ROL, as the case may be, shall have executed and delivered to the Investors the following: (i) Certificates representing the Preferred Shares; (ii) Certified copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors (and if necessary, the stockholders) of the Company and ROL, authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Senior Loan Agreement (on terms consistent with the Commitment Letter), the Standstill Agreement and the First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement and authorizing the WPHI-FM Acquisition and the Senior Subordinated Debt Financing; (iii) A copy of the Company's and ROL's corporate charter or similar organizational document, as amended, certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary of State of Delaware and the secretary of the Company; (iv) A copy of the bylaws or similar governing document of the Company and ROL, as amended through the Closing Date, in each case certified by its respective secretary, with such bylaws of the Company in substantially the form of the Amended and Restated Bylaws attached hereto as Exhibit A; (v) A certificate issued by the Secretary of State of Delaware certifying that the Company and ROL are in valid existence in Delaware and certifying as to the Company's and ROL's payment of all taxes; (vi) A certificate issued by the Secretary of State of each state or other equivalent jurisdiction in which the Company and ROL each does business, certifying that the Company and ROL, as the case may be, is a foreign corporation or other entity in good standing in such state or other jurisdiction; (vii) True and correct copies of the Commitment Letter; (viii) True and correct copies of the WPHI-FM Purchase Agreement and all of the documents and instruments evidencing the transactions consummated in connection therewith; (ix) A certificate signed by each of the President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company to the effect that, after the transactions contemplated hereby have been consummated: (a) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Company and ROL on a consolidated basis exceeds its liabilities on a consolidated basis; (b) the Company and ROL have not been left with unreasonably small capital with which to engage in their 17 business for the foreseeable future; and (c) the Company and ROL on a consolidated basis have not incurred, and do not and should not anticipate incurring, debts beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature; (x) Pro forma annual budgets for the Company's fiscal years ending December 31, 1997 through December 31, 2002; (xi) Pro forma monthly budgets for fiscal year 1997; and (xii) Such other supporting documents and certificates as the Investors may reasonably request. (h) No Violation or Injunction. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not be in violation of any law or regulation, and shall not be subject to any injunction, stay or restraining order. (i) No Litigation. No litigation, suit, action, claim or investigation shall be pending, or threatened, which might impair or prevent the performance of any Interested Party hereunder or the transactions contemplated herein. (j) No Adverse Change. Between the date of the Base Balance Sheet and the Closing Date, there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial conditions, prospects, properties, assets, liabilities, business or operations of the Company or ROL, whether or not in the ordinary course of business. (k) Opinions of Counsel. The Investors shall have received the favorable written opinion of each of: (i) counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D; and (ii) special FCC counsel for the Company, dated as of the date of the Closing, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. (l) Compliance with Agreements. The Company, ROL and Interested Parties shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, covenants and conditions contained herein, and in any other document contemplated hereby, which are required to be performed or complied with by the Company, ROL and the Interested Parties on or before the Closing Date. (m) All Documents Satisfactory. The Investors shall receive all documents related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other materials (certified, if requested) as they may reasonably request in connection therewith. The issuance of the Preferred Shares to the Investors shall be made in conformity with all applicable state and federal securities laws. (n) Standstill Agreement. Concurrently with the Closing, the Standstill Agreement, in a form substantially similar to Exhibit F, shall have been executed by all 18 parties thereto; provided, however, such agreement may be executed by the Senior Lender at a later date upon consummation of the Senior Loan Agreement. (o) Payment of Investors' Legal Fees. All reasonable legal fees of the Investors shall, pursuant to Section 12.9 of this Agreement, be paid prior to or at the Closing; provided that the Company has been provided with a bill in reasonable detail at least 24 hours prior to the Closing. 3.2 Conditions of the Company. The Company's obligation to exchange the Subordinated Notes for Preferred Stock shall be subject to the fulfillment, to the Company's satisfaction, of the following conditions: (a) Certificate of the Company. The representations and warranties of the Investors contained in Section 12.5 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date, and each of the conditions hereafter specified in this Section 3.2 shall have been satisfied in all material respects. (b) Issuance of Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company shall have completed the offering of its Senior Subordinated Notes on substantially the same terms set forth in the Offering Memorandum. (c) Repayment of Outstanding Indebtedness. Prior to or concurrently with the Closing, the Company shall have repaid or otherwise satisfied in full the whole principal amount, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, of the Existing Senior Credit Facility outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date. (d) Acquisition of WPHI-FM. Concurrently with the Closing, the Company shall consummate and close the WPHI-FM Acquisition pursuant to the terms of the WPHI-FM Purchase Agreement without amendment, modification, waiver or imposition of adverse conditions and pursuant to terms that are acceptable to the Company. (e) Warrantholders' Agreement. The Company, ROL, the Investors and the Management Stockholders shall have executed and delivered the First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement as of the Closing Date. (f) FCC Consents. The Company shall have received all of the necessary and appropriate FCC consents, if any, for the consummation of the WPHI-FM Acquisition, any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement and any related agreements or documents, and the period of seeking reconsideration, review or appeal of such FCC consents shall have expired and no such reconsideration, review or appeal shall have been sought by any party. (g) Delivery of Subordinated Notes. Concurrently with the Closing, the Investors shall have delivered the Subordinated Notes to the Company. 19 (h) No Violation or Injunction. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not be in violation of any law or regulation, and shall not be subject to any injunction, stay or restraining order. (i) No Litigation. No litigation, suit, claim or investigation shall be pending, or threatened, which might impair or prevent the performance of any Interested Party hereunder or the transactions contemplated herein. (j) Release of Security Interests. All of the Investors' security interests relating to the Subordinated Notes issued under the Securities Purchase Agreement shall be released by the Investors. SECTION 4. FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY So long as the Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Company (for purposes of this Section 4 the term "Company" shall include any and all Subsidiaries) shall comply with the following covenants: 4.1 Minimum Broadcast Cash Flow. At the end of each fiscal quarter indicated below, the Company will not permit the Broadcast Cash Flow for the prior twelve (12) month period to be less than the following: Minimum Broadcast Quarter End Date Cash Flow ($000) 6/30/97 10,027 9/30/97 10,245 12/31/97 10,492 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/98 10,602 6/30/98 10,755 9/30/98 10,913 12/31/98 12,718 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/99 12,981 6/30/99 13,343 9/30/99 13,719 12/31/99 14,150 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/2000 14,364 6/30/2000 14,658 9/30/2000 14,964 12/31/2000 15,313 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/2001 15,566 6/30/2001 15,914 9/30/2001 16,277 12/31/2001 16,690 ------------------------------------------------ 20 3/31/2002 16,820 6/30/2002 16,998 9/30/2002 17,183 12/31/2002 17,395 ------------------------------------------------- 3/31/2003 17,530 6/30/2003 17,715 9/30/2003 17,909 12/31/2003 18,129 ------------------------------------------------- 3/31/2004 18,296 6/30/2004 18,525 9/30/2004 18,763 12/31/2004 19,035 ------------------------------------------------- 3/31/2005 19,211 6/30/2005 19,451 9/30/2005 19,702 12/31/2005 19,987 ------------------------------------------------- 4.2 Maximum Corporate Overhead Expense. The Company will not incur or pay any Corporate Overhead Expense in excess of $1,800,000 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997 and $1,935,000 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1998 or any fiscal year thereafter; provided, however, that such amount may be increased each year thereafter by up to 5% over the maximum permitted amount for the immediately preceding fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 1999) so long as the Company has not breached any quarterly minimum Broadcast Cash Flow requirement set forth in Section 4.1 above during such preceding fiscal year and no other Redemption Events shall have occurred and be continuing. 4.3 Capital Expenditures. Except for those capital expenditures described on Appendix A hereto, the Company will not make, incur, assume or otherwise become liable for Capital Expenditures in excess of $300,000 for any fiscal year period; provided, however, that if the Company does not incur Capital Expenditures in an aggregate amount of $300,000 during any fiscal year period, the Company may add such unused portion of permitted Capital Expenditures to the amount of the Capital Expenditure allotment for the following fiscal year period. SECTION 5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY For so long as any of the Preferred Shares or Warrants are outstanding, the Company shall comply with the following covenants: 5.1 Financial Statements. The Company will maintain a system of accounts sufficient to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP, keep full and complete, in all material respects, financial records and furnish to each Investor the following reports: 21 (a) on or before April 1 of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the preceding fiscal year, together with related audited consolidated statements of operations (including cash flows) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year, and (ii) an audited consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the preceding fiscal year, together with related audited consolidating statements of operations (including cash flows) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such year, in each case examined and reported upon by Arthur Andersen LLP or another firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants reasonably satisfactory to the Investors, prepared in accordance with GAAP and practices consistently applied, together with a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and a written discussion and analysis by management of such financial statements, including a comparison of the results versus budget for the preceding fiscal year and an explanation for any variances therein; (b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, (i) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations (including cash flows) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) unaudited consolidating balance sheets and statements of operations (including cash flows) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case such balance sheets to be as of the end of such quarter and such statements of operations to be both for the year-to-date period as of the end of such quarter and for the quarter, certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, together with comparisons of actual results versus the budgeted results and the results for the comparable periods in the preceding fiscal year and a brief written discussion and analysis by management of such financial statements and an explanation for any variances therein; (c) within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first two months for each quarter (i) statements of operation comparing such results to (A) the budget for that period and (B) the results of the statements of operation for the prior year, and (ii) a balance sheet for such month, and (iii) a brief written discussion and analysis by management of such statements, including a comparison of the results versus the budgeted results and results for comparable periods in the preceding fiscal year and an explanation for any variances therein; (d) copies of all other documents, statements and reports as and when delivered by the Company to any of its lenders or stockholders and notices of any material adverse changes to the business, financial condition, prospects or assets of the Company; and (e) such other financial information as the Investors may reasonably request. The certifications required from the Chief Financial Officer of the Company under Sections 5.1(a) and (b) above shall include a certification that, to the best of his or her actual knowledge after due inquiry and reasonable investigation, (i) there does not exist any Event of Noncompliance (as defined in Section 8.1 hereof) under this Agreement, or any set of facts or circumstances which, with the giving of notice and/or the passage of time, could constitute an Event of Noncompliance, or (ii) if any such Event of Noncompliance or 22 circumstances exist, stating the relevant facts and what actions the Company proposes to remedy them. In connection with the annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a) above, the Company's independent public accountants shall certify to the Investors that in the course of conducting their audit they have reviewed this Agreement, and either (i) that they are not aware of any breaches, Events of Noncompliance or facts or circumstances of the kind described above, or (ii) set forth such breaches, Events of Noncompliance or facts as they have become aware of such. The Investors or their authorized representatives shall have the right to meet with the Company's public accountants from time to time to discuss the financial condition and results of operation of the Company, its financial controls and the accounting principles applied in the preparation of its financial statements. 5.2 Budget and Operating Forecast. Not later than thirty (30) days after the beginning of each fiscal year, senior management will prepare and submit to the Board of Directors of the Company, with a copy to each of the Investors, (a) a monthly budget for such fiscal year of the Company, together with management's written discussion and analysis of such budget and (b) five (5) year projections in similar form to the projections delivered to each of the Investors prior to the date hereof. The Company shall review its budget periodically and shall advise the Investors of all material changes therein and all material deviations therefrom. 5.3 Maintenance of Properties. The Company will maintain all properties used in the conduct of its business in good repair, working order and condition as necessary to permit such business to be conducted as presently conducted. 5.4 Inspection. Upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, the Company will permit authorized representatives of the Investors to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company, including its books of account (and to make copies thereof and take extracts therefrom), and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with the principal officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested so long as such visits, inspections and discussions do not unduly interfere with the conduct of the Company's business. 5.5 Tax Matters. The Company and each Subsidiary shall pay and discharge all lawful Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it with respect to its income or property before the same shall become in default, as well as all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if not paid when due, would reasonably be expected to become a Lien or charge upon its property or any part thereof; provided, however, that the Company and each Subsidiary shall not be required to pay and discharge any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the validity thereof is being contested by it in good faith by appropriate proceedings and an adequate reserve therefor has been established. The Company and each Subsidiary will file all necessary Tax Returns. In addition, the Company and the Investors agree to file all Tax Returns consistently with the treatment of the Exchange as a non-reportable non-taxable event. 23 5.6 Compliance with Laws. The Company and each Subsidiary will comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes, rules and regulations of the United States (including, without limitation, the Communications Act and all applicable regulations and policies of the FCC), of the states thereof and their counties, municipalities and other subdivisions and of any other jurisdiction applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except where (i) compliance therewith shall at the time be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) compliance is not required or (iii) the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, business or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Company and each Subsidiary shall timely and properly file all regular and periodic reports and materials which the Company and each Subsidiary are required to file with any federal or state regulatory agency or governmental authority (including without limitation the FCC) and shall upon request provide each Investor with copies of all such reports and materials. In the event the Company learns of any material petition, action, investigation, notice of violation or apparent liability, notice of forfeiture, order to show cause, complaint, proceeding or the threat thereof before the FCC, the Company shall promptly notify the Investors of the same in writing and shall take all reasonable measures to contest the same in good faith or seek removal or rescission thereof. 5.7 Insurance. The Company and the Subsidiaries will keep their insurable properties insured, upon reasonable business terms, by financially sound and reputable insurers against liability, and the perils of casualty, fire and extended coverage in amounts of coverage at least equal to those customarily maintained by companies in the same or similar business, and of similar size, as the Company and the Subsidiaries. The Company and the Subsidiaries will also maintain with such insurers insurance against other hazards and risks and liability to persons and property to the extent and in the manner customary for companies engaged in the same or similar business, and of similar size. 5.8 Key Man Insurance. The Company shall maintain in full force and effect at all times policies of insurance in such form and issued by such insurers as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Investors insuring the lives of Liggins and Hughes, each in the amount of $1,000,000 ("Key Man Life Insurance"), and shall deliver to the Investors from time to time evidence of compliance with this Section 5.8. 5.9 Board of Directors Meetings; Management Rights. The Company shall: (a) ensure that meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company are held at least four (4) times each year at intervals of not more than four (4) months and that annual meetings (the "Annual Meetings") of the stockholders of the Company be held each year within 180 days of the Company's fiscal year end; (b) ensure that the Board of Directors maintains a Compensation Committee and create and maintain an Audit Committee within six months of the Closing Date or at the next Board of Directors meeting, which shall each meet at least once a year and be comprised of at least two (2) Independent Directors; (c) provide each Investor with all notices of such meetings; (d) allow a designated representative of each Investor holding any Preferred Shares to attend as an observer all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of committees of the Board of Directors, and allow a designated 24 representative of each of the Investors to attend the Annual Meetings; and (e) provide the representatives of the Investors with all materials delivered to the Directors or stockholders of the Company, as the case may be, as and when such materials are delivered to the Directors or stockholders, and prior written notice of all such meetings, which shall be delivered simultaneously with delivery of such notice to the Directors or stockholders and at least five (5) days prior to all such meetings; provided, however, that in extraordinary circumstances, such Board of Directors may call meetings of Directors on less than five (5) days' prior written notice (but in no event less than two (2) business days). The Company shall permit its Board of Directors to act by meetings only and only if the meetings are held in accordance with Sections (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 5.9. SECTION 6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY The Company covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and for so long as any of the Preferred Shares or Warrants are outstanding, the Company shall comply with the following covenants, unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 12.1 (which consent may be withheld by the Investors in their sole discretion). 6.1 Indebtedness. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur, create, assume, become or be liable in any manner with respect to, or permit to exist, any Indebtedness or liability, except: (a) Indebtedness under the Senior Subordinated Notes; (b) Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Loan Agreement and any refinancing of the Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Agreement on terms substantially similar or more favorable to the Company than the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement, provided that such refinancing shall not (i) increase the interest rates to a rate greater than the rate provided for under the terms of the Senior Loan Agreement, (ii) materially change the rate of amortization of the Senior Loan Agreement, (iii) extend the maturity of the Senior Debt beyond its current maturity or (iv) increase the principal amount of the Senior Debt in an amount in excess of $2,500,000; (c) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness owed to Affiliates of the Company) as described in Schedule 6.1(c); (d) Indebtedness with respect to unaffiliated, bona fide trade and other similar obligations and other normal accruals, including Taxes, assessments, and other governmental charges, arising in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and which is either: (i) no more than 60 days past due or (ii) is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings ("Good Faith Contested Trade Debt"), and then only to the extent the amount thereof has been set aside on the Company's books, so long as such 25 Good Faith Contested Trade Debt, in the aggregate, does not exceed $125,000 at any one time; (e) Indebtedness incurred for purchase money obligations and Capital Leases, so long as (i) the pertinent assets are acquired in the ordinary course of the Company's business, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the fair market value of such assets, and (iii) the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed $1,500,000 at any one time; (f) Intercompany Indebtedness; (g) Indebtedness in respect of guaranties by the Company or any Subsidiary to a third party, to the extent that any such guarantee secures Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary which is specifically permitted to be incurred or to remain outstanding under the provisions of this Section 6.1; and (h) Other Indebtedness which (i) is not for money borrowed, (ii) is not related to any Capital Leases or purchase money indebtedness, (iii) is not owed to any Affiliate of the Company and (iv) is incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary consistent with past practices and on reasonable terms, so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 6.2 Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any of its assets (including any leasehold interests in property used by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) or ownership interests now or hereafter owned, other than (the following are referred to herein collectively as "Permitted Liens"): (a) Liens securing the payment of Taxes, and other government charges, either not yet due or the validity of which is being contested in good faith before appropriate proceedings, and as to which it shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves to the extent required by GAAP and provided that, in any event, payment of any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim shall be made before any of the Company's property shall be seized and sold in satisfaction thereof; (b) Deposits under worker's compensation, unemployment insurance and social security laws; (c) Restrictions, easements, and minor irregularities in title which do not and will not interfere with the occupation, use and enjoyment of the properties of the Company in the normal course of business as presently conducted or materially impair the value of such assets for the purpose of such business; (d) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(a), (b) or (c); 26 (e) Liens imposed by law, such as mechanics', materialmen's, landlords', warehousemen's, and carriers' Liens and other similar Liens, securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not past due for more than sixty (60) days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established; (f) Liens, deposits or pledges to secure the performance of bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness), leases (to the extent permitted under the terms of this Agreement), public or statutory obligations, surety, stay, appeal, indemnity, performance or other similar bonds, or other similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business; (g) Judgments and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings, provided the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and the claims secured thereby are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (h) Liens against the fee interest in real property leased by the Company which are securing obligations of the owner of such property; (i) Liens on assets acquired with purchase money Indebtedness or as a result of Capital Leases permitted by Section 6.1(e) and so long as the obligation secured by a Lien so created, assumed, or existing shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the lesser of cost or fair market value as of the time of acquisition of the property covered thereby and each such Lien shall attach only to the property so acquired and fixed improvements thereon; and (j) Liens set forth on Schedule 6.2 attached hereto. 6.3 Sale of Assets. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Stations or FCC Licenses or any other material licenses or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any material portion of its properties, assets, rights or licenses; provided, however, that (a) the Company may sell assets that are obsolete or are not required for its business, or individual assets without the Investors' prior written consent so long as the Company replaces if needed the sold property within a reasonable period of time with property of equal or greater utility to the conduct of the Company's business and so long as such sales or other dispositions of assets do not, in the aggregate, amount to a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, (b) the Company may sell assets which are not necessary for the operation of the Stations in any single transaction or series of related transactions involving the same buyer or its Affiliates so long as the aggregate sales value of such assets does not exceed $250,000, (c) the Company may sell radio air time and other assets in the normal course of the Company's business, and (d) the Company and ROL may transfer assets to and among themselves. 27 6.4 Fundamental Changes. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to (a) form any additional direct or indirect Subsidiary, (b) terminate, liquidate, consolidate, or merge with another Person or otherwise acquire any additional business unit, except that (i) any Subsidiary (other than a License Subsidiary) may be merged or consolidated into the Company (provided that the Company shall be the surviving corporation), and (ii) any Subsidiary (other than a License Subsidiary) may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Company, (c) make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (including without limitation any employees (except loans to employees in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of $20,000 at any one time) or Affiliates of the Company) or entity, except for (i) capital expenditures as and to the extent specifically permitted hereunder, (ii) cash and cash equivalents, (iii) Permitted Investments (as defined in the Indenture) and (iv) intercompany Indebtedness, or (d) enter into any local marketing or time brokerage arrangements. 6.5 Guaranties. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, guarantee, endorse or otherwise in any way become or be responsible for obligations of any other Person, except (a) endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; (b) guaranties to the Senior Lender permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(f) hereof, (c) guaranties of obligations of any Affiliate to the extent such obligations are permitted under Section 6.1; or (d) guaranties of obligations as more fully set forth in Schedule 6.5. 6.6 No Sale and Leaseback. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property, real, personal or mixed, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property. 6.7 No Amendments to Charter or By-laws. The Company and Management Stockholders will not agree to any amendment to its charter or its by-laws without the approval of the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. 6.8 No Change in Accounting Policies. Except as required by GAAP, the Company will not, and it will not permit any Subsidiary to, change or introduce any new method of accounting which differs in any substantive respect from the accounting as reflected in the audited financial statements delivered to the Investors hereunder. 6.9 Restrictions on Other Agreements. The Company will not, and it will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any agreement with any party which would restrict payments due to the Investors in respect of their Preferred Shares other than to the extent such payments are specifically restricted by the provisions of the Standstill Agreement, as in effect on the Closing Date and to be executed by the Senior Lender upon consummation of the Senior Loan Agreement, the Indenture, and the Senior Loan Agreement. 28 6.10 Affiliated Transactions. Other than those transactions, agreements or arrangements set forth in Schedule 6.10, all transactions, agreements or arrangements by and between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any director, officer, key employee or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or persons controlled by or affiliated with such director, officer, key employee or stockholder, shall require prior approval of the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. 6.11 Distributions, Redemptions or Issuances of Capital Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement and Exhibit A hereto, the Company will not: (a) declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company with respect to any shares of its Common Equity, any other class of its stock or warrants or options to purchase any class of its stock, make any payments to, or for the benefit of, the Management Stockholders (other than in compliance with Section 4.2) or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire for any consideration any shares of its Common Equity, any other class of its stock or warrants or options to purchase any class of its stock (other than pursuant to a put or call of the Warrants under Article V of the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended); or (b) issue, sell or grant any shares of capital stock of the Company, except on exercise by any Investor of Warrants or ROFR Warrants (as defined in the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended), or bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company or options, warrants or rights carrying any rights to purchase capital stock or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company, except for Common Equity issued upon exercise of the Warrants or Exchange Warrants by the Investors. 6.12 Senior Loan Agreement Consent Right. The Company will not enter into the Senior Loan Agreement without obtaining the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares. SECTION 7. SPECIAL COVENANTS So long as the Preferred Shares are outstanding, but subject in all cases to the Standstill Agreement: (a) each of the Interested Parties will take any action which the Investors may reasonably request in order that the Investors obtain and enjoy the full rights and benefits granted to the Investors under this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the use of his, her or its best efforts (provided, however, that in the case of the Management Stockholders, best efforts shall not include or require the payment of money or the incurrence of any other personal expense), consistent with the rules, regulations and policies of the FCC and any other Regulatory Agencies, to obtain any necessary approvals for any action or transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby for which such approval is then required or prudent, including, without limitation, preparing, signing and filing, with the FCC or any other pertinent Regulatory Agency or authority, any applications, notices, filings or reports necessary or prudent for approval of any such actions or transactions; (b) none of the Interested Parties will: (i) take any action to obstruct, impede or infringe upon the Investors' 29 enforcement of their rights, benefits and remedies under this Agreement and any agreement contemplated hereby or (ii) enter into any amendments to the Senior Loan Agreement or any other agreements with the Senior Lender which are not permitted by the Standstill Agreement or Section 6.1(b) hereof; (c) each of the Interested Parties agrees to cooperate fully with any and all actions taken by the Investors, including, without limitation, the full and complete cooperation and assistance in all proceedings, correspondence and other communications before or with the FCC, and any other state, local or other authority in connection with obtaining the approvals referred to above, in each such instance using its best efforts (provided, however, that in the case of Management Stockholders, best efforts shall not include or require the payment of money or the incurrence of any other personal expense); and (d) each of the Interested Parties agrees to exercise its voting and consent rights with respect to its shares of capital stock or partnership interests in the Company and the Subsidiaries, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, to (i) comply with their respective covenants and other obligations under this Agreement and any agreement contemplated hereby and to not otherwise take any action that would or could conflict with or impair the rights and benefits of the Investors under this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby; and (ii) cooperate with, and use their respective best efforts (provided, however, that in the case of Management Stockholders, best efforts shall not include or require the payment of money or the incurrence of any other personal expense), to help effectuate, any actions taken by the Investors to enforce their rights, benefits and remedies hereunder and under any agreement contemplated hereby. The Interested Parties hereto acknowledge that the foregoing provisions are, inter alia, intended to ensure that, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Redemption Event, the Investors shall receive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and governmental policy (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the FCC), all rights necessary or desirable to obtain and/or sell the Stations and all of the Company's and Subsidiaries' properties and assets related thereto (including, without limitation, the FCC Licenses), and to exercise all remedies available to them under this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereunder or applicable law. The Interested Parties also acknowledge and agree that the Investors have the right under Section 10 of this Agreement and Article VI of the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, to seek appointment of a receiver, trustee, transferee or similar official to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation, to seek from the FCC an involuntary transfer of control of each FCC License held by the Company or the Subsidiaries for the purpose of seeking a bona fide purchaser to whom control will ultimately be transferred, and that the Investors are entitled to seek such relief and the Interested Parties agree not to object thereto on any grounds. The Interested Parties further acknowledge and agree that, in the event of changes in law or governmental policy occurring subsequent to the date hereof that affect in any manner the Investors' rights of access to, or use or sale of, the Stations or any of the Company's and Subsidiaries' properties and assets related thereto (including, without limitation, the FCC Licenses), or the procedures necessary to enable the Investors to obtain such rights of access, use or sale, the parties hereto shall amend, subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereunder, in such manner as the Investors 30 shall reasonably request, in order to provide such rights to the greatest extent possible, consistent with this Section 7 and then applicable law and governmental policy. SECTION 8. REDEMPTION EVENTS 8.1 Redemption Events. Each of the following events is herein referred to as an "Event of Noncompliance": (a) if any representation or warranty made herein or in any agreement executed in connection with, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with, this Agreement shall prove to have been false or misleading when made in any material respect; (b) if a breach occurs in the payment of any funds due to the Investors in connection with the Preferred Shares, and such breach continues for more than ten (10) days after the due date; (c) if a breach occurs in the due observance or performance of any covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Company to be observed or performed pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4, 6.1, 6.2, 6.4 or 6.5 of this Agreement and such breach remains uncured for ten (10) days after the earlier to occur of (i) senior management's actual knowledge of such breach or (ii) written notice thereof from the Investors to the Company; provided, however, that if such breach cannot be remedied, then such breach shall be deemed to be an Event of Noncompliance as of the date of the occurrence thereof provided further, in the case of an Event of Noncompliance with respect to Section 4 of this Agreement, such Event of Noncompliance shall be deemed to be cured upon the Company's first compliance with the applicable financial performance target for a subsequent period of time; (d) if a breach occurs in the due observance or performance of any covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Company to be observed or performed pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement not referenced in clauses (b) or (c) above or any other agreement contemplated hereby and such breach remains uncured for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Investors to the Company; provided, however, that if such breach cannot be remedied, then such breach shall be deemed to be an Event of Noncompliance as of the date of the occurrence thereof; (e) if the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for borrowed money in amounts greater than $250,000 in the aggregate (including any Senior Debt) is accelerated prior to the stated maturity thereof; (f) if the Company shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of it or any of its property, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of 31 creditors, or (iv) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors, or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation laws or statutes, or an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding under any such law, or if corporate action shall be taken for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; (g) if there shall be filed against the Company an involuntary petition seeking reorganization of the Company or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of the Company or a substantial part of its assets, or an involuntary petition under any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect (any of the foregoing petitions being hereinafter referred to as an "Involuntary Petition"); (h) if final judgment(s) for the payment of money in excess of an aggregate of $250,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any Subsidiary and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days, during which time execution shall not be effectively stayed; (i) if there occurs any attachment of any deposits or other property of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any attachment of any other property of the Company or any Subsidiary in an amount exceeding $250,000, which shall not be discharged or effectively stayed within thirty (30) days of the date of such attachment; provided, however, that if the attachment subsequently becomes unstayed, the attachment will again become an Event of Noncompliance; or (j) the Company or any Subsidiary shall lose, fail to keep in force, suffer the termination, suspension or revocation of or terminate, forfeit or suffer an amendment to any FCC License or other material license at any time held by it, the loss, termination, amendment, suspension or revocation of which would have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Company's or any Subsidiary's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or under the Certificate. If an Event of Noncompliance shall exist and be continuing and if and only if all indebtedness for money borrowed, including but not limited to the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Standstill Agreement), has been indefeasibly repaid in full in cash and all obligations of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Agreement to advance further funds shall have terminated, a "Redemption Event" shall have occurred, and upon each and every such Redemption Event and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Redemption Event, at the election of the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Company shall be required to redeem any or all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, together with any and all accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon (such redemptions to take place on a pro rata basis among all holders of shares of Preferred Stock), anything contained herein or in the Certificate to the contrary notwithstanding (except in the case of an Event of Noncompliance under clauses (i) 32 through (iv) of paragraph (f) or paragraph (g) of this Section 8.1, in which event such Preferred Shares shall automatically become redeemable, provided that the holders of Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any distribution of the Company's assets or funds until such time as the then outstanding Indebtedness has been paid in full). In the event of a redemption of the Preferred Stock as a result of the filing of an Involuntary Petition as specified in paragraph (g) of this Section 8.1, such right of redemption shall be rescinded, and the Company's rights hereunder reinstated, if, within sixty (60) days following the filing of such Involuntary Petition, such Involuntary Petition shall have been dismissed, and there shall exist no other Redemption Event under this Agreement. 8.2 Remedies on Default, etc. In case any one or more Redemption Events shall occur and be continuing and the Investors' right to redeem the Preferred Shares shall have been triggered, the Investors, subject to the rights and preferences of the Senior Debt and Senior Subordinated Notes, may proceed to protect and enforce their rights by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or in and of the exercise of any power granted hereby or by law. No right conferred upon the Investors hereby or by the Preferred Shares shall be exclusive of any other right referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. SECTION 9. STANDSTILL AGREEMENT In the event of any conflict between any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document and any term or provision of the Standstill Agreement, the term or provision of the Standstill Agreement will control and govern. SECTION 10. SALE OR REFINANCING COVENANT Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and without limiting any rights that the Investors may have under this Agreement, the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended, or any other agreements or documents related hereto or under applicable law, the Company shall, at the election of Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, within four (4) months after the occurrence of any of the events set forth below, enter into a signed purchase and sale agreement for the sale of the Company and the Subsidiaries or the assets thereof or a signed financing commitment letter with an institutional lender, in each case providing for sufficient funds to repay all indebtedness for money borrowed, including, but not limited to, the Senior Indebtedness, redeem the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, pay the holders of the Warrants the value of the Warrants and close on such sale or financing and repay all indebtedness for money borrowed, including, but not limited to, the Senior Indebtedness, the amounts due to the holders of the Preferred Shares and the value of the Warrants to the holders of the Warrants promptly after any 33 required FCC approval is obtained and, in any event, within four (4) months after execution of the applicable purchase and sale agreement or financing commitment: (a) the Company fails to redeem shares of Preferred Stock as required pursuant to the terms of the Certificate and such failure to redeem continues for more than five (5) days; (b) the Company, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, (i) breaches the covenants set forth in Section 4.2 by more than $250,000 annually or Section 6.11 by more than $250,000, breaches the covenants set forth in Section 6.1 by more than $2,000,000, breaches any of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.2, 6.3 or 6.5 hereof and the value or amount of the assets, transactions or liabilities involved exceeds $2,000,000, or breaches the covenant set forth in Section 6.4 in any material manner, and (ii) such breach is not cured within any applicable cure period; or (c) the Company fails to meet the minimum trailing twelve month Broadcast Cash Flow amount set forth below for two (2) consecutive quarter end dates. Minimum Broadcast Quarter End Date Cash Flow ($000) 6/30/97 9,397 9/30/97 9,598 12/31/97 9,828 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/98 9,931 6/30/98 10,073 9/30/98 10,222 12/31/98 11,908 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/99 12,155 6/30/99 12,495 9/30/99 12,851 12/31/99 13,256 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/2000 13,456 6/30/2000 13,731 9/30/2000 14,019 12/31/2000 14,347 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/2001 14,582 6/30/2001 14,909 9/30/2001 15,250 12/31/2001 15,636 ------------------------------------------------ 34 3/31/2002 15,758 6/30/2002 15,925 9/30/2002 16,099 12/31/2002 16,296 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/2003 16,422 6/30/2003 16,597 9/30/2003 16,778 12/31/2003 16,984 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/2004 17,147 6/30/2004 17,374 9/30/2004 17,610 12/31/2004 17,845 ------------------------------------------------ 3/31/2005 18,017 6/30/2005 18,255 9/30/2005 18,503 12/31/2005 18,738 ------------------------------------------------ In the event that the Company fails to enter into a signed purchase and sale agreement or a signed financing commitment letter within four (4) months or fails to close on such sale or financing and repay all indebtedness for money borrowed, including but not limited to, the Senior Indebtedness, redeem the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and pay the holders of the Warrants the value of the Warrants within four (4) months after execution of the applicable purchase and sale agreement or financing commitment letter as required under this Section 10, the Investors shall have those rights described in Article VI of the Warrantholders' Agreement, as amended, including, but not limited to, the right to expand the Board of Directors of the Company and each Subsidiary up to nine (9) directors to ensure that the Investors control a majority of each such Board of Directors and appoint individuals to the vacancies created by such expansions. Any actions by the Investors under the provisions of this Section 10 and any redemption of shares of Preferred Stock as a result of any occurrence of the events set forth herein shall be subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement and shall not be deemed to be a de facto transfer of control for FCC purposes and shall be subject to the requirements that the Company and each Subsidiary obtain any necessary FCC approvals for the actions taken hereunder. SECTION 11. DEFINITIONS Unless the context specifically requires otherwise, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified below: "Affiliate" of any Person means (a) any Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, or (b) any Person who is a director or officer (i) of such Person, (ii) of any subsidiary of such Person or (iii) of any Person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, control of a 35 Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, (i) to vote 5% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. "Broadcast Cash Flow" means, with respect to any fiscal period, Operating Cash Flow for such period increased by Corporate Overhead Expense and cash Taxes paid; provided however that such Corporate Overhead amount shall not exceed the maximum permitted under Section 4.2 hereof. "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or Massachusetts or federal holiday. "Capital Expenditure" means with respect to any Person any liabilities incurred or expenditures made (net of any casualty insurance proceeds or condemnation awards used to replace fixed assets following a casualty event or condemnation with respect thereto) by such Person that, in conformity with GAAP is required to be accounted for as a capital expenditure on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person. "Capital Lease" means with respect to any Person any obligation in respect of any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) that, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person or for which the amount of the asset and liability thereunder should be disclosed in a note to such balance sheet as if so capitalized. "Cash Flow Period" means, as a separate period, each calendar year occurring during the term of this Agreement; provided, however, that the first Cash Flow Period shall commence on December 31, 1996 and end on December 31, 1997. "Common Equity" means the Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock of the Company, collectively. "Common Stock" means the voting class A common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. "Corporate Overhead Expense" means all general and administrative expenses incurred during any fiscal period which are not associated with, or attributable to, the particular operations of one or more of the Stations and which are properly classified as general and administrative expenses on the Company's financial statements, including compensation paid to senior management, insurance, rent, professional fees, travel and entertainment; notwithstanding any GAAP to the contrary, Corporate Overhead Expense shall include all compensation and distributions paid by the Company or the Subsidiary to or for the benefit of the Management Stockholders or any of their Affiliates. 36 "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission (or any successor agency, commission, bureau, department or other political subdivision of the United States of America). "Indebtedness" means with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i) any liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (A) for borrowed money (whether or not recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), (B) evidenced by a note, debenture or similar instrument (including a purchase money obligation) given in connection with the acquisition of any property or assets, (C) for any letter of credit or performance bond in favor of such Person, (D) for the payment of money relating to a capitalized lease obligation, or (E) any liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person to any other Person for any purchase price associated with any acquisition of assets, business or otherwise (including any deferred purchase price, assumption of Indebtedness, noncompetition payments or other forms of consideration); (ii) any liability of others of the kind described in the preceding clause (i), which the Person has guaranteed or which is otherwise its legal liability, contingent or otherwise; (iii) any obligation secured by a Lien to which the property or assets of such Person are subject, whether or not the obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed by or shall otherwise be such Person's legal liability; (iv) all other items (except items of capital stock, capital or paid-in surplus or of retaining earnings) which in accordance with GAAP, would be included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person on the date of determination; and (v) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions or refinancing of, or amendments, modifications of supplements to, any liability of the kind described in any of the preceding clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv). "Indenture" means the Indenture, to be dated as of May 15, 1997, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and the Trustee, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. "Independent Director" means any member of the Company's or any Subsidiary's Board of Directors who is not an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, it being understood and agreed that Brian McNeill and Terry Jones constitute "Independent Directors" hereunder; provided, however, that in no event shall Liggins or Hughes be considered an Independent Director. "License Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company organized by the Company for the sole purpose of holding FCC Licenses. "Lien" means any interest in, or claim against, property relating to an obligation owed to, or claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on the common law, statute or contract, and including but not limited to any security interest lien arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes, any rights of first refusal, charges, claims, liabilities, limitations, conditions, restrictions or other adverse claims. 37 "Net Operating Income" means for any fiscal period, the net income (or loss) for such period, (a) excluding any net extraordinary income (or loss), and income (or loss) arising from barter or trade transactions for such period, and (b) after deducting all taxes accrued during such period and reserves for amounts then due and payable by the Company. "Net Revenues" means gross revenues less agency commissions, after all property charges and reserves, as determined in accordance with GAAP. "Non-Voting Common Stock" means the non-voting class B common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. "Operating Cash Flow" means for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the period involved, Net Revenues for such period, minus (a) operating expenses (including, without limitation, costs and expenses associated with format changes) for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP (exclusive of depreciation, amortization and barter expenses) incurred or paid during such period, (b) cash Taxes paid during such period and (c) Corporate Overhead Expense. Operating Cash Flow shall not include the effect of non-cash income or expense (including the effect of any exchange of advertising time for non-cash consideration such as merchandise, services or program material), non-cash losses from Subsidiaries and any write-up or write-down of assets or write-down of liabilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP. Expense addbacks relating to the Acquisitions shall be added to Operating Cash Flow for the purposes of calculating minimum Broadcast Cash Flow in Sections 4.1 and 10 for the period following January 1, 1997 through the Closing in an amount not to exceed $100,000. For purposes of calculating Operating Cash Flow with respect to assets not owned at all times during the period involved in determining Operating Cash Flow, there shall be (a) included the Operating Cash Flow of any assets acquired during the period involved in such determination and (b) excluded the Operating Cash Flow of any assets disposed of during the period involved in such determination, assuming in each such case that such assets are acquired or disposed of, as the case may be, on the first day of such period. "Pension Plan" shall mean an employee benefit plan or other plan maintained for the employees of the Company or WPHI-FM as described in Section 4021(a) of ERISA. "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust or unincorporated organization or any government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. "Regulatory Agency" means the FCC or any other federal, state or local agency which has jurisdiction to regulate the provision of radio broadcast services by the Company. "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 38 "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, each as amended from time to time. "Senior Debt" means the $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount available under the Senior Loan Agreement and renewals, extensions, and refinancings thereof, in accordance with the terms hereof and of the Standstill Agreement. "Standstill Agreement" means the Standstill Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Trustee, the Company, ROL and the Investors, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, which agreement shall be executed by the Senior Lender upon the consummation of the Senior Loan Agreement. "Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries" means, collectively, ROL and any other corporation or partnership or other entity of whose shares of stock or partnership interests or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation, or other Persons performing similar functions for such entity, are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. "Tax" means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts, capital stock, franchise, profits, windfall profits, withholding, payroll, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, stamp, excise, occupation, sales, use, transfer, value added, alternative minimum, environmental, customs, duties, estimated or other tax, including any interest, penalty or addition thereto, whether disputed or not. "Tax Returns" means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto and including any amendment thereof. "Trustee" means United States Trust Company of New York, the trustee under the Indenture. The following terms shall have the meanings assigned to them in the provisions of this Agreement referred to below: Acquisitions - Preamble Annual Meetings - Section 5.9 Base Balance Sheet - Section 2.5 Certificate - Section 1.1 Closing - Section 1.3 Closing Date - Section 1.3 Code - Section 2.12 Communications Act - Section 2.7 Company - Preamble Environmental Law - Section 2.16(d) 39 ERISA - Section 2.14(b) Event of Noncompliance - Section 8.1 Exchange - Section 1.2 Exchange Act - Section 2.18 Exchange Agreement - Preamble Exchange Warrants - Preamble Existing Senior Credit Facility - Preamble FCC Licenses - Section 2.7 First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement - Section 3.1(f) Hazardous Material - Section 2.16(d) Hazardous Waste - Section 2.16(d) Hughes - Preamble GAAP - Section 2.5 Good Faith Contested Trade Debt - Section 6.1(d) Interested Parties - Preamble Investors - Preamble Involuntary Petition - Section 8.1(g) IRS - Section 2.12 Issuance Date - Section 1.3 Key Man Life Insurance - Section 5.8 Licenses - Section 2.6 Liggins - Preamble Loan Documents - Preamble Management Stockholders - Preamble Margin Security - Section 2.18 Margin Stock - Section 2.18 Moore - Preamble New Stations - Preamble Original Warrants - Preamble PCBs - Section 2.16(a) Permitted Investments - Section 6.4 Permitted Liens - Section 6.2 Preferred Shares - Section 1.1 Preferred Stock - Preamble Redemption Event - Section 8.1 SBIA Act - Section 12.11 SBIA Rules - Section 12.11 Securities Purchase Agreement - Preamble Senior Indebtedness - Section 8.1 Senior Lender - Preamble Senior Subordinated Debt Financing - Preamble Senior Subordinated Notes - Preamble Series A Amended and Restated Warrants - Preamble Series A Preferred Investors - Preamble Series A Preferred Shares - Section 1.1 40 Series A Preferred Stock - Preamble Series B Amended and Restated Warrants - Preamble Series B Preferred Investors - Preamble Series B Preferred Shares - Section 1.1 Series B Preferred Stock - Preamble Stations - Section 2.6 Subordinated Notes - Preamble Warrantholders' Agreement - Preamble Warrants - Preamble WPHI-FM - Preamble WPHI-FM Acquisition - Preamble WPHI-FM Purchase Agreement - Preamble WYCB-AM - Preamble WYCB-AM Acquisition - Preamble 1940 Act - Section 2.17 SECTION 12. GENERAL 12.1 Amendments, Waivers and Consents. For the purposes of this Agreement and all agreements, documents and instruments executed pursuant hereto, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein or therein, no course of dealing between any Interested Party and the Investors and no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any rights hereunder or thereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights hereof and thereof. No covenant or other provision hereof or thereof may be waived otherwise than by a written instrument signed by the party so waiving such covenant or other provision; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein or therein, changes in or additions to, and any consents required by this Agreement may be made, and compliance with any term, covenant, condition or provision set forth herein may be omitted or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a consent or consents in writing signed by Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the Company. Unless otherwise specifically stated herein, any action by the Investors hereunder shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any action that would result in any Investor receiving a benefit or payment disproportionate to their interest in the Preferred Stock or Warrants, respectively, shall require the consent of the other Investor or Investors, and any action that would result in any Investor or Investors receiving a burden or liability disproportionate to their interest in the Preferred Stock or the Warrants shall require the consent of such disproportionately burdened Investor or Investors (in each case with such benefits, burdens and liabilities being determined without regard to the individual tax or financial position of each of the Investors); and provided further, that any amendment that would change or alter the mandatory redemption date, the dividend rate, the dividend rate in event of a breach, or the redemption terms of the Preferred Stock shall require the unanimous consent of the Investors; and provided further, that any amendment to Sections 6.4 or 6.11 shall require the consent of Investors holding eighty percent (80%) of the 41 outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and provided further, that any amendment requiring the consent of the Senior Lender or the Trustee under the Indenture under the Standstill Agreement shall not be effective unless such consent has been obtained. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon the Investors, all other holders of any securities governed by this Agreement at the time outstanding (including securities into which such securities have been converted) and each future holder of all such securities and the Interested Parties. With respect to any action hereunder requiring the consent or approval of the Investors, if the Preferred Stock has been redeemed in full for any reason, such action shall then require the consent or approval of Investors that held, immediately prior to such redemption, at least that percentage of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock that would otherwise have been required to secure the consent or approval of such action under the terms of this Agreement. 12.2 Survival of Covenants, Representations and Warranties; Assignability of Rights. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of the Interested Parties made herein and in the certificates, exhibits or schedules delivered or furnished to the Investors in connection herewith shall be deemed material and to have been relied upon by the Investors and, except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of the Preferred Shares and shall bind the Interested Parties' successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not, and, except as provided otherwise in this Agreement, all such covenants, agreements, representations and warranties shall inure to the benefit of the Investors' successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. Any representation or warranty that is qualified by the knowledge of the Company or ROL shall mean that no member of senior management of the Company or ROL, as appropriate, has actual knowledge that the representation or warranty that is so qualified is untrue. 12.3 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. EACH OF THE INVESTORS AND THE INTERESTED PARTIES HEREBY REPRESENTS, WARRANTS AND AGREES THAT THE NEGOTIATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE EXCHANGE OF THE PREFERRED SHARES HEREUNDER AND ALL OTHER PRINCIPAL TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE INVESTORS AND THE INTERESTED PARTIES HAVE TAKEN PLACE IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. EACH OF THE INTERESTED PARTIES HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS CAREFULLY REVIEWED AND UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PREFERRED SHARES, HAS OBTAINED AND CONSIDERED THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TERMS AND HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO FULLY NEGOTIATE SUCH TERMS. Each Interested Party hereby agrees that the state and federal courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or, at the option of the Investors, as appropriate, any other court in which the Investors, as appropriate, shall initiate legal or equitable proceedings, to the extent such court 42 otherwise has jurisdiction, shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any claims or disputes between the Investors, as appropriate, and any Interested Party pertaining directly or indirectly to this agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements executed pursuant hereto, or to any matter arising therefrom (unless otherwise expressly provided for therein). To the extent permitted by law, each Interested Party hereby expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or proceeding commenced by the Investors in any of such courts, and agrees that service of such summons and complaint or other process or papers may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such Interested Party at the address to which notices are to be sent pursuant to this Agreement. Each Interested Party waives any claim that Boston, Massachusetts is an inconvenient forum or an improper forum based on lack of venue. To the extent permitted by law, should any Interested Party, after being so served fail to appear or answer to any summons, complaint, or process or papers so served within 30 days after the mailing thereof, such Interested Party shall be deemed in default and an order and/or judgment may be entered by the Investors, as appropriate, against such Interested Party as demanded or prayed for in such summons, complaint, process or papers. The exclusive choice of forum set forth in this Section 12.3 shall not be deemed to preclude the enforcement of any judgment obtained in such forum or the taking of any action to enforce the same in any other appropriate jurisdiction. 12.4 Section Headings. The descriptive headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provision hereof. 12.5 Representations and Covenants of the Investors. The Investors represent that they are acquiring the Preferred Shares for their own account for investment only and not with a view to, or the intention of, distributing or reselling such Preferred Shares or any part thereof other than pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption thereunder, without prejudice, however, to their right (subject to the terms of the Preferred Stock and this Agreement) at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Preferred Shares pursuant to a registration under the Securities Act, or an exemption from such registration. The Investors have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that they are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Preferred Shares and making an informed investment decision with respect thereto. The Investors have had the opportunity to ask questions and receive written answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Preferred Shares purchased hereunder, as well as the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of information furnished in connection with such offering which the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense. Each Investor is either: (i) a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, (ii) a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, (iii) a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small 43 Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, (iv) a corporation, Massachusetts or similar business Trust, or partnership not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Preferred Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, (v) a natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person's spouse, at the time of his or her purchase exceeds $1,000,000, or (vi) a natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person's spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year. Each Investor hereby agrees to execute and deliver the Standstill Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto at the Closing. 12.6 Notices and Demands. Any notice or demand which, by any provision of this Agreement or any agreement, document or instrument executed pursuant hereto or thereto, except as otherwise provided therein, is required or provided to be given shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served and received for all purposes three days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage and charges prepaid, return receipt requested, or by express delivery providing receipt of delivery, to the following addresses: If to the Company or ROL to: Radio One, Inc. 4001 Nebraska Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20016 Attention: Alfred C. Liggins With a copy to: Kirkland & Ellis 655 Fifteenth Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20005 Attention: Richard L. Perkal, Esq. If to the Series B Preferred Investors to: Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. c/o Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co. One Post Office Square Boston, MA 02109 Attention: Brian W. McNeill 44 BancBoston Investments Inc. 175 Federal Street 10th Floor Boston, MA 02110 Attention: Sanford Anstey Grant M. Wilson 201 Concord Street Carlisle, MA 01741 With copies to: Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP Exchange Place Boston, MA 02109 Attention: John J. Egan III, Esq. Ropes & Gray One International Place Boston, MA 02110 Attention: Winthrop G. Minot, Esq. If to the Series A Preferred Investors: Syncom Capital Corporation 8401 Colesville Road, Suite 300 Silver Spring, MD 20910 Attention: Terry L. Jones Alliance Enterprise Corporation 12655 N. Central Expwy. Suite 700 Dallas, TX 75243 Attention: Davakar Kamath Greater Philadelphia Venture Capital Corporation, Inc. 351 E. Connestoga Road Wayne, PA 19087 Attention: Fred Choate Opportunity Capital Corporation 2201 Walnut Avenue, Suite 210 Freemont, CA 94538 Attention: J. Peter Thompson 45 Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc. 2 Appletree Square #335-T Minneapolis, MN 55425-1637 Attention: Dean Pickerell TSG Ventures Inc. 177 Broad Street, 12th Floor Stamford, CT 06901 Attention: Duane Hill Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation 300 Corporate Point Suite 380 Culver City, CA 90230 Attention: Brian E. Argrett or at any other address designated by any party to this Agreement to each of the other parties in writing; and if to an assignee of an Investor, to its address as designated to the Company in writing. 12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be taken to be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same document. 12.8 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed prohibited or invalid under such applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, and such prohibition or invalidity shall not invalidate the remainder of such provision or the other provisions or this Agreement. 12.9 Expenses. (a) The Company shall pay all costs and expenses, including without limitation accounting fees, due diligence costs and reasonable legal fees, expenses, and disbursements of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP (special counsel for the Investors), Ropes & Gray (special counsel for BancBoston Investments Inc.) and the special Small Business Investment Company counsel to the Series A Preferred Investors, if any, that the Investors and the Company incur in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. The Company and ROL shall indemnify and hold the Investors (on an after-Tax basis) (including their Affiliates, partners, employees and controlling persons) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses which may be or have been incurred by them (including the fees of counsel) to the extent that such claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses relate to, arise out of, or 46 result from the negotiations relating to, or transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, including without limitation the Senior Subordinated Debt Financing. (b) The Company and the Investors have agreed to treat the Exchange as a non-reportable, non-taxable transaction. The Company and the Investors agree that the fair market value of the Preferred Stock on the date of the Exchange will be equal to the face amount of such Preferred Stock. The Company and ROL shall indemnify and hold the Investors (on an after-Tax basis) (including their Affiliates, partners, employees and controlling persons) harmless from and against any and all Tax liabilities that arise as a result of: (i) the Exchange or from any other transaction contemplated herein; (ii) an adverse determination by a taxing authority that the fair market value of the Preferred Stock on the date of the Exchange was less than the face amount of such Preferred Stock; or (iii) an adverse determination by a taxing authority that a redemption of the principal amount of such Preferred Stock was a dividend for tax purposes. In the event: (i) the Company and ROL are required to make a payment under the provisions of this Section 12.9(b) (a "Tax Indemnification Payment"), (ii) such Investor or Affiliate later sells, exchanges or otherwise disposes of Preferred Stock (or any securities that may be issued in respect of or in exchange therefor) in a taxable transaction and (iii) the Taxes payable by such seller with respect to such sale, exchange or disposition are less than the Taxes that would have been payable had no Tax Indemnification Payment ever been required (the difference between the Taxes payable and those that would have been payable in the absence of a previous Tax Indemnification Payment, "Tax Savings"); then the Investor or Affiliate, as the case may be, shall pay to the Company and ROL, as the case may be, the amount of such Tax Savings; provided, however, that the amount of Tax Savings required to be paid by any Investor and its Affiliates pursuant to this sentence shall not exceed the amount of Tax Indemnification Payments previously received by such Investor and its Affiliates. 12.10 Confidentiality. The Investors agree not to disclose to third parties any confidential or proprietary information furnished to them by the Company under this Agreement, except for information which (a) is in the public domain, or enters the public domain other than by such party's breach of this Agreement, (b) was known to such party prior to its disclosure by the Company, (c) is required to be disclosed by applicable laws or regulations or by order of any governmental agency or authority having competent jurisdiction, or (d) constitutes summary financial or descriptive business information disclosed by such party which is an investment fund as part of its regular reports to its partners. 12.11 Regulation and Civil Rights. (a) The Series A Preferred Investors are Specialized Small Business Investment Companies and are regulated by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (the "SBIA Act") and the various regulations promulgated pursuant to the SBIA Act (together with the SBIA Act, the "SBIA Rules"). With respect to the Series A Preferred Investors, this Agreement and the Preferred Shares issued hereunder shall be interpreted in conformity with the SBIA Rules and any provision or term of this Agreement or the 47 Preferred Shares which may be deemed to conflict with any of the provisions of the SBIA Rules shall be construed so as to not conflict therewith and shall be subject to any limitations or requirements of such SBIA Rules. (b) The Company shall comply with the provisions of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and file with or make available to each Investor such information as may be necessary to enable such Investor to meet its reporting requirements to the Small Business Administration. 12.12 Termination. As of the Closing Date, the Securities Purchase Agreement (other than Sections 1.3(b), 12.2 (with respect to representations and warranties only), 12.3 and 12.9 and for definitional purposes with respect to the Warrantholders' Agreement and the Amended and Restated Warrant Certificates) and all related security interests and agreements related thereto (including, without limitation, the Guaranty, dated as of June 6, 1995, by the subsidiaries of the Company then existing in favor of the Investors and the Shareholder Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, by the Management Stockholders in favor of the Investors) are hereby terminated, and of no further force and effect, and each of the parties thereto hereby forever releases each of the other parties from any liability arising thereunder (other than with respect to Sections 1.3(b), 12.2 (with respect to representations and warranties only), 12.3 and 12.9 of the Securities Purchase Agreement), under the Subordinated Notes, or under any security interest or agreement related thereto. In addition, the Investors agree to execute such other instruments and documents and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the Management Stockholders to evidence the release of such security interests. [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 48 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Preferred Stockholders' Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the day and year first above written. COMPANY: RADIO ONE, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins ------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins Title: President SUBSIDIARY: RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins ------------------------------ Name: Alfred C. Liggins Title: President [Signature Page to Preferred Stockholders' Agreement] [Signature Pages Continue] S-1 SERIES B PREFERRED INVESTORS: ALTA SUBORDINATED DEBT PARTNERS III, L.P. By: Alta Subordinated Debt Management III, L.P., its General Partner By: /s/ Eileen McCarthy ----------------------------- Name: Eileen McCarthy Title: BANCBOSTON INVESTMENTS INC. By: /s/ Lars A. Swanson ---------------------------- Name: Lars A. Swanson Title: Vice President /s/ Grant M. Wilson -------------------------------- Grant M. Wilson, individually [Signature Page to Preferred Stockholders' Agreement] [Signature Pages Continue] S-2 SERIES A PREFERRED INVESTORS: SYNCOM CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ Terry L. Jones -------------------------------- Name: Terry L. Jones Title: President ALLIANCE ENTERPRISE CORPORATION By: /s/ Divakar Kamath ------------------------------- Name: Divakar Kamath Title: Executive Vice President GREATER PHILADELPHIA VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION, INC. By: /s/ Fred G. Choate ------------------------------- Name: Fred G. Choate Title: Manager OPPORTUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ J.P. Thompson ------------------------------- Name: J. Peter Thompson Title: President [Signature Page to Preferred Stockholders' Agreement] [Signature Pages Continue] S-3 CAPITAL DIMENSIONS VENTURE FUND, INC. By: /s/ Dean Pickerell --------------------------------- Name: Dean Pickerell Title: President TSG VENTURES INC. By: /s/ Duane E. Hill --------------------------------- Name: Duane E. Hill Title: Principal FULCRUM VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ Brian Argrett --------------------------------- Name: Brian Argrett Title: President [Signature Page to Preferred Stockholders' Agreement] [Signature Pages Continue] S-4 MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins -------------------------------- Alfred C. Liggins, individually /s/ Catherine L. Hughes -------------------------------- Catherine L. Hughes, individually /s/ Jerry A. Moore -------------------------------- Jerry A. Moore III, individually [Signature Page to Preferred Stockholders' Agreement] S-5 APPENDIX A ADDITIONAL PERMITTED CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Schedule A Number of Shares of Series A Preferred Stock (if the Closing Series A Preferred Investors occurs on 5/19/97) Syncom Capital Corporation 13,595.69 Alliance Enterprise Corporation 9,126.55 Greater Philadelphia Venture Capital Corporation, Inc. 2,359.67 Opportunity Capital Corporation 4,872.30 Capital Dimensions Venture Fund, Inc. 37,258.14 TSG Ventures Inc. 7,980.59 Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation 9,650.09 Total: 84,843.03 Number of Shares of Series B Preferred Stock (if the Closing Series B Preferred Investors occurs on 5/19/97) Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. 72,139.57 BancBoston Investments Inc. 49,249.44 Grant M. Wilson 3,078.09 Total: 124,467.10 Number of Shares of Preferred Stock Per Diem if the Closing occurs after 5/19/97 77.20 --------------
B-1



================================================================================





                            WARRANTHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

                                  By and Among

                                Radio One, Inc.,

                          Radio One of Maryland, Inc.,

                            Radio One License, Inc.,

                       Radio One of Maryland License, Inc.

                              Catherine L. Hughes,

                               Alfred C. Liggins,

                               Jerry A. Moore, III

                                       and

                            The New Investors and the
               Original Investors as defined and set forth herein
                        and on the signature pages hereto

                            Dated as of June 6, 1995

    This agreement is subject to an Intercreditor  and  Subordination  Agreement
    dated as of the date hereof among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
    One, Inc. from time to time, the Subordinated  Lenders (as defined therein),
    the Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent to
    the  Lenders (as  defined  therein)  and  individually  as a Lender.  By its
    acceptance  of this  agreement,  each party hereto agrees to be bound by the
    provisions of such  Intercreditor  and  Subordination  Agreement to the same
    extent  that  each  Subordinated  Lender  is  bound.  In  the  event  of any
    inconsistency  between  the  terms of this  agreement  and the terms of such
    Intercreditor  and Subordination  Agreement,  the terms of the Intercreditor
    and Subordination Agreement shall govern and be controlling.

================================================================================







TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE I. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES............................................................. 2 Section 1.01. Representations and Warranties of the Original Investors...............................2 Section 1.02. Representations and Warranties of the Management Stockholders...........................................................................4 ARTICLE II. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.........................................................................6 Section 2.01. "Piggy-Back" Registration Rights.......................................................6 Section 2.02. Required Registration Rights...........................................................7 Section 2.03. Form S-3...............................................................................8 Section 2.04. Registrable Securities.................................................................9 Section 2.05. Further Obligations of the Company.....................................................9 Section 2.06. Indemnification; Contribution.........................................................10 Section 2.07. Rule 144 Requirements.................................................................12 Section 2.08. Market Stand-Off......................................................................12 Section 2.09. Transfer of Registration Rights.......................................................12 ARTICLE III. MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AND INVESTOR COVENANTS..................................................................................12 Section 3.01. Prohibited and Permitted Transfers; Definitions.......................................13 Section 3.02. Right of First Refusal................................................................14 Section 3.03. Right of Participation in Sales.......................................................15 ARTICLE IV. RIGHT TO PARTICIPATE IN SALES BY COMPANY OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES......................................................................17 Section 4.01. Offer to Investors....................................................................17 Section 4.02. Sale to Offeror.......................................................................18 Section 4.03. Right to Participate Inapplicable.....................................................18 ARTICLE V. PUT AND CALL RIGHTS........................................................................18 Section 5.01. Investors' Put Right..................................................................18 Section 5.02. Company Call Right....................................................................19 Section 5.03. Put/Call Price........................................................................19 Section 5.04. Put/Call Closing......................................................................21 ARTICLE VI. INVESTORS GO-ALONG RIGHT...................................................................21 ARTICLE VII. SPECIAL COVENANTS..........................................................................23 (i) ARTICLE VIII. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY.......................................................24 8.01. Election of Directors of the Company and the Subsidiaries.............................24 8.02. Vacancies.............................................................................25 ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS...................................................................25 Section 9.01. Survival of Representations and Covenants; No Third Party Beneficiaries.........................................................................25 Section 9.02. Indemnification.......................................................................25 Section 9.03. Amendment and Waiver..................................................................27 Section 9.04. Intercreditor Matters.................................................................27 Section 9.05. Notices...............................................................................29 Section 9.06. Headings..............................................................................29 Section 9.07. Gender................................................................................29 Section 9.08. Counterparts..........................................................................29 Section 9.09. Remedies; Severability................................................................29 Section 9.10. Entire Agreement......................................................................29 Section 9.11. Government Law; Jurisdiction; Venue...................................................30 Section 9.12. Term..................................................................................30 SCHEDULES Schedule A New Investors Schedule B Original Investors Schedule 1.02(a) Capital Stock Held By Management Stockholders Schedule 1.02(c) Claims
EXHIBITS Exhibit A Form of Promissory Note for ROFR Notes Exhibit B Form of Irrevocable Proxy (ii) WARRANTHOLDERS' AGREEMENT ------------------------- This Warrantholders' Agreement is made as of this 6th day of June, 1995, by and among Radio One, Inc., a District of Columbia corporation (the "Company"), Radio One of Maryland, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Radio One License, Inc., a District of Columbia corporation, Radio One of Maryland License, Inc., a District of Columbia corporation (collectively, the "Subsidiaries"), Catherine L. Hughes, Alfred C. Liggins and Jerry A. Moore, III (collectively, the "Management Stockholders"), the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (the "New Investors"), and the additional investors listed on Schedule B hereto (the "Original Investors") (the New Investors and the Original Investors being referred to herein collectively as the "Investors" and individually as an "Investor," and the Investors and the Management Stockholders being referred to herein collectively as the "Securityholders" and individually as a "Securityholder"). The capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement (the "Securities Purchase Agreement"), dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Company, the Subsidiaries and the Securityholders. W I T N E S S E T H ------------------- WHEREAS, reference is made to the Securities Purchase Agreement, whereby the Investors will, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement, acquire an aggregate principal amount of $17,000,000 of Subordinated Promissory Notes of the Company (the "Notes") and the New Investors will acquire warrants (the "New Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of up to 17.84% of the fully-diluted Common Equity (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) of the Company; WHEREAS, reference is made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Company and the Original Investors, pursuant to which the Original Investors will exchange their outstanding warrants (the "Old Warrants") to purchase 50.39% of the Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis for new warrants (the "Exchange Warrants," and together with the New Warrants, the "Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of up to 33.66% of the fully diluted Common Equity and $6,251,094 in cash, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Exchange Agreement; WHEREAS, the effectiveness of this Agreement is a condition to the consummation of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Exchange Agreement; and WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the orderly management of the Company and the Subsidiaries and the ownership of outstanding securities of the Company and the Subsidiaries following the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows: ARTICLE I. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section l.01. Representations and Warranties of the Original Investors. Each Original Investor hereby makes the following representations and warranties and covenants to the Company and each New Investor: (a) Such Original Investor, by reason of its business and financial experience, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Notes and Warrants, and is purchasing the Notes and Warrants being acquired by it for its own account, for investment only and not with a view to, or any present intention of, distributing or reselling such securities or any part thereof. Each of the Original Investors acknowledges that its respective Notes and Warrants have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Securities Act"), or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction and cannot be disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state laws or an exemption from such registration is available. (b) Such Original Investor has full authority and power under its governing charter or comparable document to enter into this Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Original Investor pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by such Original Investor pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement constitute, or when executed and delivered by such Original Investor will constitute, valid and binding obligations of such Original Investor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. The execution, delivery and performance by such Original Investor of this Agreement and each such agreement, document and instrument: (i) do not and will not violate any laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction applicable to such Original Investor, or require such Original Investor to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any Person that has not been obtained or made; and (ii) do not and will not result in a breach of, constitute a default under, accelerate any obligation under or give rise to a right of termination of any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, contract, instrument, mortgage, lien, lease, permit, authorization, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or arbitration award to which such Original Investor, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the property of such Original Investor, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is bound or affected, or result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance on any of the assets or properties of such Original Investor or of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries. 2 (c) Such Original Investor hereby acknowledges that, except for the Notes and Warrants issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Exchange Agreement and its rights under this Agreement, it has no claims against the Company or the Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and such Original Investor hereby agrees on behalf of itself and its agents, representatives, successors, and assigns to remise, release and forever discharge the Company, the Subsidiaries, their respective affiliates, and the present and future agents, representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of the Company and the Subsidiaries of and from all actions, causes of action, contributions, indemnities, apportionments, duties, debts, sums, sums of money, suits, omissions, bonds, bond specialties, covenants, contracts, controversies, restitutions, understandings, agreements, promises, commitments, damages, responsibilities and any and all claims, demands, executions, liabilities and accounts of whatsoever kind, nature or description, direct or indirect, oral or written, known or unknown, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected at the present time, in law or in equity (including, without limitation, those in contract or in tort or otherwise, or under the laws and regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction or public administrative board or agency), and which may be based upon, result from, relate to or arise out of the existing state of things, or matters arising prior to the date of execution and delivery hereof, which such Original Investor ever had, now has or ever has from time to time to the date hereof. Such Original Investor further represents and agrees that the representations in this Section l.0l.(c) are freely and voluntarily given by it without reliance on any inducements, promises or representations which are not described herein and after the receipt of advice from its legal counsel as to the meaning and consequences of such representations and acknowledges its understanding of the terms contained herein and the consequences thereof. (d) Each Original Investor hereby acknowledges that it is a sophisticated investor accustomed to making valuations of investments such as the Old Warrants, the Exchange Warrants and the Notes and agrees that, in entering into this Agreement, the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and any other agreement contemplated hereby or thereby, each Original Investor has relied upon its own valuation of the Old Warrants held, and Exchange Warrants to be received, by such Original Investor and not upon a valuation provided by the Company or any other party hereto. In this regard, each Original Investor also acknowledges that (i) it has had complete opportunity to ask such questions, and receive such information and material, regarding the Company's business, assets, condition and prospects as it has deemed relevant to its determination of the value of the Old Warrants, the Exchange Warrants and the Notes and (ii) it has had an opportunity to consult with its own counsel regarding the terms of the transactions contemplated hereby and is not relying upon the Company, the New Investors or any of the respective agents or affiliates with respect to the terms of such transactions, or the impact of any statutes, regulations or policies applicable to it as a Specialized Small Business Investment Company licensed by the Small Business Administration under ss.30l(d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended. Further, each Original Investor acknowledges that the terms of the exchange of such Original Investor's Old Warrants for Exchange Warrants and (if applicable) cash pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement and the purchase and sale of Notes pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement were negotiated in arm's length transactions and that such Original Investor is aware of the terms of each other Original 3 Investor's exchange of Old Warrants for Exchange Warrants pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and purchase of Notes pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement. (e) Each Original Investor hereby acknowledges that the transactions contemplated hereby, by the Securities Purchase Agreement, by the Exchange Agreement and by any other agreement contemplated hereby or thereby may involve state, Federal or other tax implications, and that such implications may not be the same for all of the Original Investors. In this regard, each Original Investor also acknowledges that it has relied upon its own evaluation of such tax implications or it has consulted its own tax adviser(s) regarding such tax implications, and that such Original Investor has not relied upon the Company or any other party hereto in evaluating such tax implications. Section 1.02. Representations and Warranties of the Management Stockholders. Each of Liggins and Hughes hereby makes the following representations, warranties and covenants to each Investor, and Jerry A. Moore, III hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the best of his knowledge and covenants to each Investor: (a) Such Management Stockholder owns beneficially and of record the number of shares of, or options or warrants to purchase shares of, capital stock ("Management Shares") of the Company and the subsidiaries set forth opposite such Management Stockholder's name on Schedule 1.02(a) attached hereto, free and clear of any and all liens, claims, options, charges, encumbrances, rights or restrictions of any nature, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents (as defined in both the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Senior Loan Agreement). (b) Such Management Stockholder has full authority, power and capacity to enter into this Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Management Stockholder pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by such Management Stockholder pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement constitute, or when executed and delivered by such Management Stockholder will constitute, valid and binding obligations of such Management Stockholder enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. The execution, delivery and performance by such Management Stockholder of this Agreement and each such agreement, document and instrument: (i) do not and will not violate any laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction applicable to such Management Stockholder, which such violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, prospects, business or financial condition of the Management Stockholders, the Company or the Subsidiaries, or require such Management Stockholder to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any Person that has not been obtained or made, except where the failure to make any such filing or obtain any such consent or approval could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or on the assets, prospects, business or 4 financial condition of the Management Stockholders, the Company or the Subsidiaries; and (ii) do not and will not result in a material breach of, constitute a default under, accelerate any material obligation under or give rise to a right of termination of any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, contract, instrument, mortgage, lien, lease, permit, authorization, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or arbitration award to which such Management Stockholder, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the property of such Management Stockholder, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is bound or affected, or result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance on any of the assets or properties of such Management Stockholder or of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, except for those under the Pledge Agreements (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement and the Senior Loan Agreement, respectively). (c) Such Management Stockholder hereby acknowledges that, except as described on Schedule 1.02(c) hereof and except for the Management Shares and its rights under this Agreement, it has no claims against the Company or the Subsidiaries and their respective affiliates and such Management Stockholder hereby agrees on behalf of itself and its agents, representatives, successors, and assigns to remise, release and forever discharge the Company, the Subsidiaries, their respective affiliates, and the present and future agents, representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of the Company and the Subsidiaries of and from all actions, causes of action, contributions, indemnities, apportionments, duties, debts, sums, sums of money, suits, omissions, bonds, bond specialties, covenants, contracts, controversies, restitutions, understandings, agreements, promises, commitments, damages, responsibilities and any and all claims, demands, executions, liabilities and accounts of whatsoever kind, nature or description, direct or indirect, oral or written, known or unknown, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected at the present time, in law or in equity (including, without limitation, those in contract or in tort or otherwise, or under the laws and regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction or public administrative board or agency), and which may be based upon, result from, relate to or arise out of the existing state of things, or matters arising prior to the date of execution and delivery hereof, which such Management Stockholder ever had, now has or ever has from time to time to the date hereof. Such Management Stockholder further represents and agrees that the representations in this Section 1.02(c) are freely and voluntarily given by it without reliance on any inducements, promises or representations which are not herein andafter the receipt of advice from its legal counsel as to the meaning and consequences of such representations and acknowledges its understanding of the terms contained herein and the consequences thereof. 5 ARTICLE II. REGISTRATION RIGHTS Section 2.01. "Piggy-Back" Registration Rights. If at any time or times after the date hereof, the Company shall determine or be required to register any shares of its Common Stock for sale under the Securities Act (whether in connection with a public offering of securities by the Company (a "primary offering"), a public offering of securities by stockholders of the Company (a "secondary offering"), or both, but not in connection with a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 or any other similar rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act is applicable, the Company will promptly give written notice thereof to the Investors that hold Registrable Securities or Non-Voting Common Stock at that time. In connection with any such registration, if within 30 days after the receipt of such notice, one or more Investors request the inclusion of some or all of the Registrable Securities (but not any other shares) held by them in such registration, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which such Investors request to be registered. In the case of the registration of shares of Common Stock by the Company in connection with an underwritten public offering, (i) the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Securities in such underwriting which are held by an Investor that does not accept the terms of the underwriting as reasonably agreed upon between the Company and the managing underwriter(s) for such offering, and (ii) if the managing underwriter(s) reasonably determine(s) in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities to be offered, the Company shall not be required to register Registrable Securities in excess of the amount, if any, of shares of capital stock which the managing underwriter(s) for such offering shall reasonably and in good faith agree to include in such offering in excess of any amount to be registered for the Company; provided, however, that: (a) any Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by any persons other than the Investors shall be the first securities to be so excluded from such offering; (b) other than with respect to the initial public offering of the Company, the Registrable Securities to be registered in such offering may not be reduced below the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount which the Investors have requested to register in such offering; or (ii) an amount representing 30% of the aggregate number of shares to be registered in such offering; and (b) in the event that the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities that the Investors have requested to be registered hereunder exceeds the amount which may be registered hereunder, each Investor shall be entitled to register up to the lesser of (i) the amount of Registrable Securities for which it requested registration; or (ii) its pro rata share of the Registrable Securities which may be registered hereunder (based upon the number of Warrants or Registrable Securities issued upon exercise of the Warrants held by each Investor). All expenses relating to the registration and offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to this-Section 2.01 (including the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one independent counsel for the Investors) shall be borne by the Company, except that the Investors shall bear underwriting and selling commissions attributable to their Registrable Securities being registered and any transfer taxes on shares being sold by such Investors. Without in any way limiting the types of registrations to which this Section 2.01 shall apply, in the event that the Company shall effect a "shelf registration" under Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, or any other similar rule or regulation ("Rule 415") (other than a 6 shelf registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 or any other similar rule of the Commission under the Securities Act is applicable), the Company shall take all necessary action, including, without limitation, the filing of post-effective amendments, to permit the Investors to include their shares in such registration in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.01. Section 2.02. Required Registration Rights. If on any two (2) occasions after the earlier of (a) 180 days after the initial public offering of the Company and (b) the third anniversary of the date hereof, Investors holding at least 66 2/3% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes (the "Initiating Investors") notify the Company in writing that they intend to offer or cause to be offered for public sale all or any portion of their Registrable Securities, the Company shall immediately notify in writing all of the Investors that hold Registrable Securities or Non-Voting Common Stock at that time of its receipt of such notification from such Initiating Investors. Within 30 days after receipt from the Company of the notification from the Initiating Investors, the Company will either (i) elect to make a primary offering, in which case the rights of such Investors shall be as set forth in Section 2.01 above (except that any Common Stock or other securities to be issued by the Company in such offering shall, in the event of any limitation in the amount of securities to be registered, be excluded from such offering prior to any of the Registrable Securities being so excluded), or (ii) use its best efforts to cause such of the Registrable Securities as may be requested in a written notice delivered by any Investors (including the Initiating Investors) to the Company within 30 days after its receipt of the initial demand notice to be registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.02. If so requested by the Initiating Investors, the Company shall take such steps as are required to register the relevant Registrable Securities for sale on a delayed or continuous basis under Rule 415, and to keep such registration effective for 180 days or until all of such Registrable Securities registered thereunder are sold, whichever is shorter. All expenses of such registrations and offerings (other than underwriting and selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities) and the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one independent counsel for the Investors in connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 2.02 shall be borne by the Company. The Company may postpone the filing of any registration statement required under this Section 2.02 for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days during any twelve-month period, if the Company has been advised by legal counsel that such filing would require disclosure of a material impending transaction or other matter and the Company determines reasonably in good faith that such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company shall not be required to cause a registration statement requested pursuant to this Section 2.02 to become effective prior to 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement initiated by the Company if the request for registration has been received by the Company subsequent to the giving of written notice by the Company, made in good faith, to the Investors to the effect that the Company is commencing to prepare a Company-initiated registration statement (other than a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 or any other similar rule of the Commission under the Securities Act is applicable); provided, however, that the Company shall use its best efforts to achieve such effectiveness promptly following such 180-day period if the request pursuant to this Section 2.02 has been made prior to the expiration of such 18O-day period. Any registration effected pursuant to this 7 Section 2.02 and so designated by the Investors shall be subject to this Section 2.02, regardless of the form in which such registration is effected. In the event that the offering requested by the Investors shall be the initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock, the closing of such initial public offering and the transactions related thereto shall be conditioned upon the Senior Debt being paid in full or the consent of the Senior Lender. Section 2.03. Form S-3. If the Company becomes eligible to use Form S-3 under the Securities Act or a comparable successor form, the Company shall use its best efforts to continue to qualify at all times for registration of its capital stock on Form S-3 or such successor form. In addition to their rights under Section 2.02 hereof, one or more of the Investors shall have the right to request and have effected registrations of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or such successor form for a public offering of shares of Registrable Securities having an aggregate proposed offering price of not less than $1,000,000 (such requests shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended method of disposition of such shares by such Investors). The Company shall give notice to all of the Investors that hold Registrable Securities or Non-Voting Common Stock at that time of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 2.03 and upon the written request of any such Investor delivered to the Company within 30 days after receipt from the Company, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such of the Registrable Securities as may be requested by any Investor to be registered under the Securities Act on Form S-3 (or any successor form). If so requested by Investors holding a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities to be registered under this Section 2.03, the Company shall take such steps as are required to register such Registrable Securities for sale on a delayed or continuous basis under Rule 415, and to keep such registration effective for 180 days or until all of such Registrable Securities registered thereunder are sold, whichever is shorter. All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.03 (other than underwriting and selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities) and the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one independent counsel for the Investors shall be borne by the Company. The Company may postpone the filing of any registration statement required hereunder for a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days during any twelve-month period, if the Company has been advised by legal counsel that such filing would require disclosure of a material impending transaction or other matter and the Company determines reasonably in good faith that such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company shall not be required to cause more than two registration statements requested pursuant to this Section 2.03 to become effective in any twelve-month period. The Company shall not be required to cause a registration statement requested pursuant to this Section 2.03 to become effective prior to 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement initiated by the Company, if the request for registration has been received by the Company subsequent to the giving of written notice by the Company, made in good faith, to the Investors initiating a demand under this Section 2.03 to the effect that the Company is commencing to prepare a Company-initiated registration statement (other than a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 or any other similar rule of the Commission under the Securities Act is applicable); provided, however, that the Company shall use its best efforts to achieve such effectiveness promptly 8 following such 180-day period if the request pursuant to this Section 2.03 has been made prior to the expiration of such 180-day period. Section 2.04. Registrable Securities. For the purposes of this Article II, the term "Registrable Securities" shall mean (i) any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon exercise of any of the Warrants or ROFR Warrants (as defined in section 3.02(b) hereof), (ii) any Common Stock issued or issuable with respect to any of the shares of Common Stock referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of any shares of Non-Voting Common Stock held by the Investors, and (iv) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of any of the Warrants. In no event shall Non-Voting Common Stock be considered Registrable Securities hereunder. Section 2.05. Further obligations of the Companv. Whenever under the preceding Sections of this Article II the Company is required hereunder to register any Registrable Securities, it agrees that it shall also do the following: (a) Use its best efforts (with due regard to the management of the ongoing business of the Company) to diligently prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement and such amendments and supplements to said registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep said registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale of securities covered by said registration statement for the lesser of: (i) 180 days or (ii) the period necessary to complete the proposed public offering; (b) Furnish to each selling Investor such copies of each preliminary and final prospectus and such other documents as such Investor may reasonably request to facilitate the public offering of its Registrable Securities; (c) Enter into any reasonable underwriting agreement required by the proposed underwriter for the selling Investors, if any; (d) Use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by said registration statement under the securities or "blue-sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any selling Investors may reasonably request, provided that the Company shall not be required to register or qualify the Registrable Securities in any jurisdictions which require it to qualify to do business or subject itself to general service of process therein; (e) Immediately notify each selling Investor, at any time when a prospectus relating to its or his Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such selling Investor, prepare a supplement 9 or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (f) Cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or quoted in each quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or quoted; and (g) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to each selling Investor, in each case as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the close of the period covered thereby (or 90 days in case the period covered corresponds to a fiscal year of the Company), an earnings statement of the Company which will satisfy the provisions of Section ll(a) of the Securities Act. Section 2.06. Indemnification: Contribution. (a) Incident to any registration statement referred to in this Article II, and subject to applicable law, the Company will, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless each underwriter, each Investor who holds any Registrable Securities (including its respective directors or partners, officers, employees and agents) so registered, and each person who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Exchange Act"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities, joint or several (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based on (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement (including any related preliminary or definitive prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus), (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state in such document a material fact required to be stated in it or necessary to make the statements in it not misleading, or (iii) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities or "blue sky" laws or any rule or regulation thereunder in connection with such registration, provided, however, that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability arises from and is based on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such underwriter, Investor or controlling person expressly for use in such registration statement. With respect to such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission in the information furnished in writing to the Company by such Investor expressly for use in such registration statement, such Investor will indemnify and hold harmless each underwriter, the Company (including its directors, officers, employees and agents), each other Investor 10 holding Registrable Securities (including its respective directors or partners, officers, employees and agents) so registered, and each person who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities, joint or several, to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise to the same extent provided in the immediately preceding sentence. In no event, however, shall the liability of an Investor for indemnification under this Section 2.06(a) exceed the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total Registrable Securities sold under such registration statement which is being sold by such Investor or (ii) the proceeds received by such Investor from its sale of Registrable Securities under such registration statement. (b) If the indemnification provided for in Section 2.06(a) above for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under this Section 2.06, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall, subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the other selling Investors and the underwriters from the offering of the Registrable Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, the other selling Investors and the underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, the selling Investors and the underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the selling Investors and the underwriting discount received by the underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Registrable Securities. The relative fault of the Company, the selling Investors and the underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the selling Investors or the underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Investors, and the underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.06(b) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. In no event, however, shall an Investor be required to contribute any amount under this Section 2.06(b) in excess of the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total Registrable Securities sold under such registration statement which is being sold by such Investor or (ii) the proceeds received by such Investor from its sale of Registrable Securities under such registration statement. No 11 person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 9(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. (c) The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in this Section 2.06 shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Section 2.06 will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified parties or any director or partner, officer, employee, agent or controlling person of the indemnified parties. Section 2.07. Rule 144 Requirements. If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the Commission such information as the Commission may require under either of said Sections; and in such event, the Company shall use its best efforts to take all action as may be required as a condition to the availability of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor or similar exemptive rules hereafter in effect). The Company shall furnish to any Investor upon request a written statement executed by the Company as to the steps it has taken to comply with the current public information requirement of Rule 144 or such successor rules. Section 2.08. Market Stand-off. Each Investor and Management Stockholder: (a) agrees, if requested by the Company and the managing underwriter(s) for the Company's initial public offering or any offering in which Registrable Securities are permitted to be included hereunder, not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities held by it for up to 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering; and (b) acknowledges that the Company may impose stop transfer restrictions on any such Registrable Securities held by such Investor or Management Stockholder as a means of enforcing the provisions hereof regardless of whether such Person executes a "lock-up" agreement reflecting the terms hereof. Section 2.09. Transfer of Registration Rights. The registration rights and related obligations under this Article II of the Investors with respect to their Registrable Securities may only be assigned to an affiliate or a transferee of all of the Warrants and Registrable Securities held by the transferring Investor and upon such transfer the relevant transferee shall be deemed to be included within the definition of an "Investor" for purposes of this Article II. Any transferring Investor shall notify the Company at the time of such transfer. ARTICLE III. MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AND INVESTOR COVENANTS. Until the Company shall successfully complete a Qualified Public Offering (defined below), each of the Management Stockholders shall comply with the covenants described in Sections 3.01, 3.02 and 3.03 and each of the Investors shall comply with the covenants 12 described in Section 3.04 during the period that any of the Notes, Warrants or Registrable Securities remain outstanding. The Company shall ensure that the stock certificates held by the Management Stockholders and their Permitted Transferees and the Warrant certificates and any stock certificates held by the Investors (as defined below) are properly legended to reference these restrictions on transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Qualified Public Offering" shall mean the closing of the first underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public in which the proceeds received by the Company, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, equal or exceed $15,000,000 at a per share sale price to the public which reflects a market capitalization of no less than $100 million on a fully-diluted basis. Section 3.01. Prohibited and Permitted Transfers;Definitions. (a) From and after the date hereof, none of the Management Stockholders shall sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or dispose of all or any of his or her Shares (as defined below) except to the Senior Lender pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement) or in compliance with the terms of this Article III. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Shares may be transferred without complying with Section 3.02 and 3.03 hereof as set forth in the following clauses (individuals receiving Shares from the Management Stockholders pursuant to any of the following permitted transfers are collectively referred to as the "Permitted Transferees"): (i) by way of gift to their respective spouses or to their siblings or lineal descendants or ancestors or to any qualified trust under Code Section 1361(c)(2) for the benefit of any one or more of the foregoing or to an unleveraged partnership, limited liability company or corporation in which all of the equity interests are beneficially owned by any one or more of the foregoing; provided, that any such Permitted Transferee shall agree in writing with the Investors, as a condition to such transfer, to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Shares to the same extent as the Management Stockholders and provided, further, that such transfers in the aggregate represent less than 5% of the Shares held by the applicable Management Stockholder; (ii) by any sale or disposition of Shares pursuant to a registered public offering in which the Investors have rights to participate under Article II hereof; (iii) any transfer, disposition, assignment, sale or hypothecation of Management Shares pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Company which is permitted under the Securities Purchase Agreement; (iv) any transfer by will or laws of descent upon the death of a Management Stockholder; provided, that any such Permitted Transferee shall agree in writing with the Investors, as a condition to such transfer, to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Shares to the same extent as the Management Stockholders; (v) by any sale or disposition of Shares in connection with the exercise of the Senior Lender's remedies under the Senior Loan Agreement (including sales or dispositions of the Shares to third parties or subsequent sales by such third parties); or (vi) by any sale, disposition or other transfer of Shares from Hughes to Liggins, provided, that Liggins shall agree in writing with the Investors as a condition to such transfer, to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement with respect to such Shares to the same extent as Hughes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is required to continue to qualify as an S corporation under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the transferee (excluding however 13 transferees from the sale or disposition of the Shares pursuant to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Agreement and the Subordination Agreement) must be a permitted stockholder in an S corporation and the transfer must not otherwise disqualify the Company as an S corporation under Code Sections 1361 et seq. (b) "Shares" shall mean and include: (i) with respect to the Investors, all Warrants, ROFR Warrants, if any, and all shares of Registrable Securities or Non-Voting Common Stock for which the Warrants and ROFR Warrants, if any, are ultimately exercisable; and (ii) with respect to the Management Stockholders (which term, for the purpose of this Article III shall be deemed to include all Permitted Transferees of the Management Stockholders), all shares of Common Stock and any option or other securities exercisable or convertible into Common Stock and/or other capital stock of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired by any of the Management Stockholders or their Permitted Transferees and, in each case together with any securities acquired as a result of any conversion, stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or the like. For all purposes of this Article III, options and other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock shall be deemed to be equivalent to the number of shares of capital stock which they may be exercised for or converted into, as of the applicable date, with appropriate adjustments to reflect applicable exercise prices, if any. Section 3.02. Right of First Refusal. (a) If at any time any of the Management Stockholders desires to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of his or her Shares pursuant to a bona fide offer from a third party (the "Proposed Transferee") such Management Stockholders shall submit a written offer (the "offer") to sell such Shares (the "offered Shares") to the Investors on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable than those on which such Management Stockholders proposed to sell such offered Shares to the Proposed Transferee; provided, however, that the Management Stockholder(s) shall not, so long as the Company is required to qualify as an S corporation under the Securities Purchase Agreement, be permitted to accept or entertain any offer from a Person that is not a permitted stockholder of an S corporation or if the proposed transfer would otherwise disqualify the Company as an S corporation for federal income tax purposes. The offer shall be submitted to the Investors at least 45 days prior to the proposed transfer and shall disclose the identity of the Proposed Transferee, the number of offered Shares proposed to be sold, the total number of Shares owned by such Management Stockholder(s), the terms and conditions, including price, of the proposed sale, and any other material facts relating to the proposed sale. The offer shall further state that the Investors may purchase all, but not less than all, of the offered Shares for the price and upon the other terms and conditions, including deferred payment (if applicable), set forth therein and shall also advise the Investors of their co-sale rights pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof; each Investor who desires to purchase any of the offered Shares shall communicate in writing its election to purchase to the applicable Management Stockholder(s), which communication shall state the number of offered Shares that such Investor desires to purchase, and shall be given within 30 days of the date on which notice of the offer is given. In the event that the Investors elect to purchase an aggregate number of offered Shares that is greater than the number of offered Shares, then each Investor will be 14 deemed to have elected to purchase that number of offered Shares that is equal to the total number of offered Shares multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of offered Shares that such Investor elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the total number of offered Shares that all of the Investors electing to purchase offered Shares elected to purchase. (b) Any communication of acceptance from the Investors shall, when taken in conjunction with the offer and except as provided in Section 3.02(c) hereof, be deemed to constitute a valid, legally binding and enforceable agreement for the sale and purchase of such offered Shares. Sales of the offered Shares to be sold to the Investors shall be made at the offices of the Company within 60 days after the offer was first made. Such sale shall be effected by the applicable Management Stockholder's delivery of a certificate or certificates evidencing the offered Shares to be sold, duly endorsed for transfer against payment of the purchase price therefor; provided, however, that if (i) the Company is a duly qualified Subchapter S corporation for federal income tax purposes at the time of such transfer and (ii) Investors holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes do not in writing expressly allow such Subchapter S election to be terminated, the Management Stockholder(s) shall endorse the certificate(s) evidencing the offered Shares to the Company in exchange for (i) promissory notes in the form of Exhibit A hereof and in a principal amount equal to the purchase price for the offered Shares (the "ROFR Notes"), and (ii) warrants ("ROFR Warrants") exercisable for Common Stock equal in amount to the number of offered Shares and having a per share exercise price equal to the purchase price of the offered Shares, which such ROFR Notes and ROFR Warrants, upon payment by the Investors to the applicable Management Stockholder(s) of the purchase price therefor, shall then be delivered to the Investors in lieu of the Offered Shares. (c) If the Investors collectively do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, none of the Offered Shares shall be sold to or purchased by the Investors, and the Offered Shares may be sold by the applicable Management Stockholder(s) at any time within the 90-day period after the expiration of all applicable periods referred to in Section 3.03(b) hereof. Any such sale shall be to the Proposed Transferee(s), on terms and conditions, including price, not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee(s) than those specified in the offer and shall, in any event, be subject to Section 3.03 hereof. Any Offered Shares not sold within such 90-day period shall continue to be subject to the requirements of this Section 3.02 and Section 3.03 hereof. If offered Shares are sold pursuant to this Section 3.02 to any person who is not a party to this Agreement, the offered Shares so sold shall no longer be subject to the restrictions or benefits imposed by this Section 3.02. Section 3.03. Right of Participation in Sales. (a) If at any time any Management Stockholder(s) or his, her or their Permitted Transferees desire to sell all or any part of the Shares owned by them to any person other than to a Permitted Transferee or to the Investors pursuant to Section 3.02 (such person or entity referred to herein as a "Third Party Purchaser"), each Investor shall have the right to sell to the Third Party Purchaser, as a condition to such sale by the applicable Management Stockholder(s), at the same price per share and otherwise upon other terms and 15 conditions that are in the aggregate the same as involved in such sale by such Management Stockholder(s), up to such Investor's Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of the total number of Shares proposed to be sold by such Management Stockholder(s) and/or his, her or their Permitted Transferees (subject to subsection (b) below). For purposes of this Section 3.03, the term "Pro Rata Share" shall mean the percentage of all Common Equity that the Shares held by an Investor then represent on a fully-diluted basis. (b) At the time of the initial notice described in Section 3.02(a) above, any transferring Management Stockholder(s) shall also provide each Investor with a calculation as to the number of Shares that may be sold by them to the Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this Section 3.03. Each Investor wishing to participate in any sale under this Section 3.03 shall notify the transferring Management Stockholder(s) in writing within 30 days after the giving of the notice described in Section 3.02(a). Except as provided in Section 3.03(d) below, no Shares may be purchased by the Third Party Purchaser from the transferring Management Stockholder(s) unless the Third Party Purchaser simultaneously purchases from the Investors all Shares which they have elected to sell pursuant to this Section 3.03, with the sales to such Third Party Purchaser to be consummated not prior to the expiration of all notice periods described in this Section 3.03(b) and (in the case of the transferring Management Stockholder(s)) not after the expiration of the 90-day period described in Section 3.02(c). (c) Any Shares sold to a Third Party Purchaser pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall no longer be subject to the restrictions or benefits imposed by this Section 3.03. (d) If the Investors do not hold securities of the type being offered under this Section 3.03 by the transferring Management Stockholder(s), (i) the Investor shall have the right to sell such portion of either their Warrants, their ROFR Warrants and ROFR Notes as a unit and/or Non-Voting Common Stock as is equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock (or equivalent securities) which the Investors would otherwise have been entitled to sell under this Section 3.03 to the Third Party Purchaser (with appropriate adjustments to reflect the exercise price of such Warrants or ROFR Warrants, as the case may be). Section 3.04. New Investor Tag-Along Right. In the event that any of the New Investors receives or makes a bona fide offer upon specific terms and conditions for the transfer of any Notes, Warrants and/or Shares (the "Co-Sale Securities") held by it or him to a third party which is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and which is not made in connection with an offering subject to Article II hereof (a "Transaction offer"), the New Investor may, subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, transfer such Co-Sale Securities pursuant to and in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 3.04. (a) Such New Investor shall cause the Transaction Offer to be reduced to writing and shall notify the other New Investors in writing of its wish to accept or effect the Transaction Offer and otherwise comply with the provisions of this Section 3.04. 16 (b) Each of the other New Investors shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the selling New Investor within ten (10) days after receipt of the notice referred to in clause (a) above, to participate in the Transaction offer on the terms and conditions herein stated. (c) Each of the other New Investors may sell all or any portion of its applicable Co-Sale Securities as is equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate amount of Co-Sale Securities covered by the Transaction offer by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of applicable Co-Sale Securities owned by such other New Investor and the denominator of which is the amount of applicable Co-Sale Securities owned by all of the New Investors. (d) Each of the other New Investors may effect its participation in any Transaction offer hereunder by delivery of title to the relevant purchaser, or to the selling New Investor for transfer to the relevant purchaser, of one or more certificates or promissory notes, as the case may be, properly endorsed for transfer, representing the applicable Co-Sale Securities it elects to sell therein; provided, however, that such relevant purchaser shall not take possession of Co-Sale Securities which shall be subject to a Pledge Agreement (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement) until such Pledge Agreement has been terminated or the Senior Lenders otherwise consent. At the time of consummation of the Transaction offer, the relevant purchaser shall remit directly to the other New Investors that portion of the sale proceeds to which the other New Investors are entitled by reason of their participation therein. ARTICLE IV. RIGHT TO PARTICIPATE IN SALES BY COMPANY OF ADDITIONAL SECURITIES. Section 4.01. Offer to Investors. The Company covenants and agrees that it will not, except as contemplated by this Agreement or the Securities Purchase Agreement, sell or issue any shares of capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, or bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, or options, warrants or rights carrying any rights to purchase capital stock or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company or any Subsidiary or any other equity interests in the Company or any Subsidiary, other than in connection with an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock, unless (i) the Company shall have received a bona fide arm's-length offer to purchase such stock, bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures, securities, options, warrants, rights or other equity interests from a third party, and (ii) the Company first submits a written offer to the Investors identifying the third party to whom such stock, bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures, securities, options, warrants, rights or other equity interests are proposed to be sold and the terms of the proposed sale, and offering to the Investors the opportunity to purchase their proportionate share of such securities on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable to the Investors than those on which the Company proposes to sell such securities to the third party. Each Investor shall have the right to purchase its Pro Rata Share (as defined in Section 3.03(a)) of such securities. The Company's offer to the 17 Investors shall remain open and irrevocable for a period of at least 45 days. Any Investor may only transfer its right of participation under this Section 4.01 to a transferee of its Shares who (A) is an affiliate of such Investor (including a partner of an Investor or a stockholder, partner or other investor in such Investor which is an investment fund and who receives Investor Shares as a distribution from such Investor) or (B) receives all of the Shares held by the transferring Investor. Section 4.02. Sale to Offeror. Any securities so offered to the Investors which are not purchased pursuant to such offer may be sold by the Company to the third party originally named in the offer to the Investors on terms and conditions, including price, not more favorable to the third party than those set forth in such offer at any time within 60 days following the date of such offer, but may not be sold to any other person or after such 60-day period without renewed compliance with this Article IV. Section 4.03. Right to Participate Inapplicable. The right of participation granted in this Article IV shall not apply to: (i) issuances of options or Common Stock to employees of the Company which are permitted under the Securities Purchase Agreement; (ii) the issuance of Registrable Securities or Non-Voting Common Stock upon the exercise of any Warrants or ROFR Warrants held by the Investors, the issuance of Common Stock upon any conversion of Non-Voting Common Stock and the issuance of Non-Voting Common Stock upon any conversion of Common Stock; (iii) issuances of securities in a registered public offering; (iv) issuances of securities upon a stock split or stock dividend with respect to the Common Equity; and (v) sales or transfers of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or options, warrants, rights or other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Senior Lender (or any transferee, assignee or purchaser of or from the Senior Lender) pursuant to the exercise of its remedies in connection with a foreclosure under the Loan Documents (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement). ARTICLE V. PUT AND CALL RIGHTS. Section 5.01. Investors' Put Right. Subject to the provisions of the Subordination Agreement, Investors holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes may elect, upon 120 days prior written notice, to require the Company to purchase (subject to the provisions of the Subordination Agreement) all outstanding Warrants, Registrable Securities, Non-Voting Common Stock, ROFR Warrants and ROFR Notes held by all of the Investors (collectively, "Put/Call Securities") pursuant to this Article V (the "Put") at any time on or after (i) the payment in full or acceleration of the Notes, (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company (other than with a Subsidiary or as permitted under the Securities Purchase Agreement), or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than to a Subsidiary or as permitted under the Securities Purchase Agreement). The Company agrees to give the Investors at least 180 days' prior written notice of any of the foregoing events. Each Investor may also elect to Put their Put/Call securities to the Company on the Maturity Date upon 120 days prior written notice to the Company. Investors whose Put/Call Securities are subject to a Put hereunder shall be referred to as the "Put Investors." In connection with any Put, all Put Investors shall be 18 obligated to sell their Put/Call Securities to the Company on the terms set forth in this Article V and, upon tender by the Company of the applicable Put/Call Price (as defined in Section 5.04)(subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement) to each Put Investor, such Put Investor's Put/Call Securities shall be deemed to no longer be outstanding and such Put Investor's only right shall be to receive the Put/Call Price in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, however, that the failure of any Put Investor(s) to transfer its or their Put/Call Securities in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.01 shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to purchase the Put/Call Securities tendered by all other Put Investors hereunder. Section 5.02. Company Call Right. (a) Exercise of Call Right. At the election of the Company, the Company may repurchase all, but not less than all, of the Put/Call Securities then outstanding at any time after the Maturity Date (a "Call"), so long as: (i) the Investors do not have outstanding a request for a demand registration under Section 2.02 hereof; and (ii) the Senior Debt and the Notes shall have been repaid in full, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on or prior to the Put/Call Closing (as defined below). If the Company elects to repurchase the Put/Call Securities, it shall give written notice of such election at least 90 days prior to the Put/Call Closing and all Put/Call Securities shall be repurchased on the Put/Call Closing date specified in the Company's notice for an aggregate cash purchase price equal to the Put/Call Price. Each Investor shall receive at the Put/Call Closing the Put/Call Price for their Put/Call Securities, taking into account the exercise price of any Warrants held by such Investor. (b) Recapture. From and after the Put/Call Closing, unless there shall have been a default in payment or tender by the Company of the Put/Call Price, all rights of the holders with respect to such repurchased Put/Call Securities (except the right to receive the Put/Call Price in accordance with the terms hereof upon surrender of their certificates) shall cease and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Company or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever; provided, however, that, with respect to this Section 5.02, each Investor shall, in the event of an offering by the Company of equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, a sale of all or any substantial portion of the assets or outstanding capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or a merger or consolidation of the Company or any Subsidiary with or into another corporation or entity, in any such case occurring within two years of the Put/Call Closing, be entitled upon the consummation of such transaction to receive the excess of: (i) the consideration which such Investor would have been entitled to receive on his, her or its Put/Call Securities had they been outstanding on such date or, in the event of a securities offering, been sold in such offering; over (ii) that portion of the Put/Call Price previously received by such Investor. Section 5.03. Put/Call Price. The purchase price for any Put/Call Securities hereunder (the "Put/Call Price") shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of Shares represented by such Put/Call Securities (with each unit of ROFR Warrants and the corresponding principal amount of ROFR Notes constituting one Share), multiplied by (y) the 19 Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company reduced, in the case of the Warrants and ROFR Warrants, by the per share exercise price therefor. The "Per Share Net Equity Value" of the Company shall be the quotient of (a) the Net Equity Value of the Company (as determined below) divided by (b) the total number of outstanding shares of Common Equity (determined on a fully-diluted basis and after giving effect to the exercise of any Warrants, ROFR Warrants or other options for Common Equity and the conversion and exchange of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity). "Net Equity Value" of the Company shall mean the aggregate of: (A) the fair market value of the Company as determined below; plus (B) all accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents held by the Company as of the date of determination and the aggregate exercise price of all outstanding Warrants, ROFR Warrants or options for Common Equity; reduced by (C) the aggregate of all Indebtedness for borrowed money and current liabilities of the Company required to be included on a balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (excluding the current maturities of Indebtedness). In connection with a Put or Call occurring in connection with a sale or transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the Common Equity in, or the assets of, the Company and the Subsidiaries, the fair market value of the Company shall be the aggregate amount of consideration paid to the Company, the Management Stockholders and any other holders of outstanding capital stock of the Company, including any payments made to the Management Stockholders under any consulting, noncompetition or employment agreements. Otherwise, the applicable Investors as a group (with decision-making power belonging to Investors holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by all Investors, in the case of a Call, and the Put Investors in the case of a Put) and the Company shall in good faith seek to reach agreement as to the fair market value of the Company at least sixty (60) days prior to any Put/Call Closing. If the applicable Investors and the Company are unable to reach agreement within such time frame, the fair market value of the Company shall be determined by an appraisal process and the Company and the applicable Investors as a group (with decision-making power belonging to Investors holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes held by all Investors, in the case of a Call, and the Put Investors in the case of a Put) shall, within seven (7) days thereafter, each select an independent, non-affiliated investment banking firm of recognized national standing or a brokerage firm having not less than five (5) years of experience in the radio broadcasting industry (each an "Independent Appraiser"). Within twenty (20) days after selection, each Independent Appraiser shall prepare and deliver to the Company and the applicable Investors an appraisal of the fair market value of the Company in accordance with the terms set forth below and, in the absence of manifest error or fraud and so long as the lower appraisal is no less than 90% of the higher appraisal, the two appraisals shall be averaged and the result shall be the fair market value of the Company. If the lower appraisal is less than 90% of the higher appraisal, the two Independent Appraisers shall, within seven (7) days thereafter, choose a third Independent Appraiser who shall deliver its own appraisal of the fair market value of the Company within twenty (20) days thereafter. The two appraisals that are closest in value shall then be averaged and the result shall, in the absence of manifest error or fraud, be the fair market value of the Company (unless the third appraisal is equal to the average of the first two appraisals, in which case it shall be the fair market value of the Company). All appraisals hereunder will appraise the fair market value of the Company (i) as a going concern and valued as if debt-free and without regard to the illiquidity of the Company's 20 capital stock or to any discount attributable to the minority interest represented by the Put/Call Securities, if applicable, or other considerations relating to the nonpublic status of the Company's securities, (ii) on the basis of what a willing buyer, with recourse to any necessary financing, would pay to a willing seller who is under no compunction to sell, (iii) assuming a form of transaction which will maximize such value and (iv) without diminution for any taxes that might otherwise be viewed by the Company or any Securityholder in connection with any hypothetical sale of the Common Equity in, or the assets of, the Company and the Subsidiaries. All costs of any appraisals shall be borne by the Company. If the appraisal process has not been completed by the Put/Call Closing date or the Company otherwise fails to meet its Put or Call obligations by such date, the applicable Investors shall continue to have all of the rights and benefits of this Agreement until the Net Equity Value has been determined and the Put/Call Securities have been redeemed in full; provided, however, that the applicable Investors shall be entitled to receive interest on the Put/Call Price that is ultimately determined hereunder from the Put/Call Closing date at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, compounded annually. Section 5.04. Put/Call Closing. The closing for a Put or a Call (the "Put/Call Closing") shall take place on the date set for such Put or Call in the notice referred to in Section 5.01 or 5.02 above, as the case may be, at the offices of the Company or on such other date and at such other place as the parties shall mutually agree. At the Put/Call Closing, the Company shall pay to each Investor (or, in the case of a Put, each Put Investor) the Put/Call Price for its Put/Call Securities by wire transfer or in other immediately available funds upon delivery by such Investor of the certificates representing the Put/Call Securities held by it, or, in lieu thereof, an indemnification and loss certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company. In connection with a Put or Call, each Investor (or, in the case of a Put, each Put Investor) shall transfer its Put/Call Securities to the Company without representation or recourse other than as to its title to such Put/Call Securities, which title shall be free and clear of any and all claims, liens and encumbrances created or incurred by such Investor. Prior to any Put/Call Closing, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to obtain any financing approvals, consents or waivers necessary or desirable for the consummation of such Put or Call and shall provide the applicable Investors with evidence that any such financing approvals, consents or waivers have been obtained. ARTICLE VI. INVESTORS GO-ALONG RIGHT. Investors holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes shall have the option, exercisable upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Company and all the other Securityholders and subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, to cause the sale or refinancing of either the entire business and assets of the Company or all of the Common Stock, Warrants and other equity interests in the Company, upon the first to occur of the following: (i) a breach by the Company of its obligations under Article V with respect to a Put which has not been cured within 30 days after written notice thereof; (ii) a breach by the Company of Section 10 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, and (iii) any breach by the Company of its obligations under Section 2.O2 hereof (the "Go-Along Right"); provided, however, that any sale of either the entire business and assets of the Company or all of the 21 Common Stock, Warrants and other equity interests in the Company to an Affiliate of Investors holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes or a majority in interest of the Warrants shall not be for less than ninety percent (90%) of the Fair Market Value of the Company (as determined below). The Go-Along Right granted hereunder includes the power and authority to negotiate and consummate the sale of all or any substantial part of the assets of or capital stock, partnership interests and/or other equity interests in the Company and its Subsidiaries. By their execution hereof, each of the parties to this Agreement hereby consents to the taking of any action by the Investors exercising the Go-Along Right, including without limitation, the right to seek to take control, or appoint a receiver, trustee, transferee or other official to take control, of the Company and each Subsidiary (and/or the right to expand the Board of Directors of the Company and each Subsidiary to up to nine (9) Directors and appoint individuals to the vacancies created by such expansions) solely for the purpose of effecting the Go-Along Right and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, subject to necessary FCC approval, and agrees to cooperate fully in the taking of any such action (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of agreements, assignments and other instruments relating to such action and full cooperation and assistance in obtaining third-party consents), and using its best efforts in connection therewith, and hereby irrevocably appoints the Investors who exercise the Go-Along Right and each of them as proxies and attorneys-in-fact with full power and substitution, in order to accomplish such action, which power-of-attorney shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. The Go-Along Right shall not be deemed to constitute a de facto transfer of control for FCC purposes and shall be subject to the requirements that (i) the Company and/or its Subsidiaries obtain any necessary FCC approvals for the actions taken hereunder and (ii) prior to or upon consummation of any sale or refinancing hereunder the Company and its Subsidiaries repay in full the Senior Debt and the Notes and that the Senior Loan Agreement shall have terminated prior to the transfer of any assets of, or equity interest in, the Company and its Subsidiaries, and shall be subject to the requirement that all express terms of any such sale be equivalent with respect to all Securityholders (other than differences reflecting the exercise price of the Warrants and the ROFR Warrants and the fact that the Management Stockholders may be required to enter into a reasonable noncompetition agreement subject to the payment of reasonable compensation to them in exchange therefor). For purposes of this Article VI, the Fair Market Value of the Company shall be determined as follows: Within ten (10) days of the delivery of the written notice to the Company of the exercise of the Go-Along Right, Investors holding a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes shall select an independent, non-affiliated investment banking firm of recognized national standing or a brokerage firm having not less than five (5) years of experience in the radio broadcasting industry (the "Appraiser"). Within twenty (20) days after selection, the Appraiser shall prepare and deliver to the Company and the Investors an appraisal of the Fair Market Value of the Company in accordance with the terms set forth below and, in the absence of manifest error or fraud, the appraisal shall be the Fair Market Value of the Company. Any appraisal hereunder will appraise the Fair Market Value of the Company as a going concern 22 and valued as if debt-free on the basis of what a willing buyer, with recourse to any necessary financing, would pay to a willing seller who is under no compunction to sell. All costs of any appraisals shall be borne by the Company. ARTICLE VII. SPECIAL COVENANTS So long as the Notes, Warrants or Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants are outstanding and subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement: (a) each of the Interested Parties (as such term is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) will take any action which the Investors may reasonably request in order to obtain and enjoy the full rights and benefits granted to the Investors under this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the use of his, her or its best efforts, consistent with the rules, regulations and policies of the FCC and any other Regulatory Agencies, to obtain any necessary approvals for any action or transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby, for which such approval is then required or prudent, including, without limitation, preparing, signing and filing, with the FCC or any other pertinent Regulatory Agency or authority, any applications, notices, filings or reports necessary or prudent for approval of any such actions or transactions; (b) none of the Interested Parties will take any action to obstruct, impede or infringe upon the Investors' enforcement of their rights, benefits and remedies under this Agreement and any agreement contemplated hereby; (c) each of the Interested Parties agrees to cooperate fully with any and all actions taken by the Investors, including without limitation the full and complete cooperation and assistance in all proceedings, correspondence and other communications before or with the FCC, and any other state, local or other authority in connection with obtaining the approvals referred to above, all using its best efforts; and (d) each of the Interested Parties agrees to exercise its voting and consent rights with respect to its shares of capital stock or partnership interests in the Company and the Subsidiaries (i) to comply with their respective representations, warranties, covenants and other obligations under this Agreement and any agreement contemplated hereby and to not otherwise take any action that would or could conflict with or impair the rights and benefits of the Investors under this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby; and (ii) to cooperate with, and use their respective best efforts to help effectuate, any actions taken by the Investors to enforce their rights, benefits and remedies hereunder, and under this Agreement and any agreement contemplated hereby. The Interested Parties hereto acknowledge that the foregoing provisions are, inter alia, intended to ensure that, subject to the terms and provisions of the Subordination Agreement, upon the occurrence of one of the events specified in Article VI hereof, the Investors receive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and governmental policy (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the FCC), all rights necessary or desirable to sell either the entire business and assets of the Company or all of the Common Stock, Warrants and other equity interests in the Company as described in Article VI hereof (including, without limitation, the FCC Licenses), and to exercise all remedies available to them under this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereunder, the Uniform Commercial Code of Massachusetts or other applicable law. The Interested Parties also 23 acknowledge and agree that the Investors have the right under this Agreement, subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, to seek appointment of a receiver, trustee, transferee or similar official to effect the transactions contemplated by Article IV of this Agreement, including without limitation, the transfer of the FCC Licenses, in connection with foreclosure or enforcement proceedings, subject to necessary FCC approval, and that the Investors are entitled to seek such relief and the Interested Parties agree not to object thereto on any grounds other than that such action is expressly prohibited under the Subordination Agreement. The Interested Parties further acknowledge and agree that, in the event of changes in law or governmental policy occurring subsequent to the date hereof that affect in any manner the Investors' rights as described in Article VI, or the procedures necessary to enable the Investors to obtain such rights, the parties hereto shall amend this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereunder, in such manner as the Investors shall reasonably request, in order to provide such rights to the greatest extent possible, consistent with then-applicable law and governmental policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Investors will not take any action pursuant to this Warrantholders' Agreement or the Warrants which would constitute or result in any change of control of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if such change of control would require, under then existing law, the prior approval of any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory authority (the "Authority") without first obtaining such approval of such Authority. ARTICLE VIII. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY. Section 8.01. Election of Directors of the Company and the Subsidiaries. (a) With respect to each election or removal of members of the Board of Directors of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries which is a corporation (including, without limitation, any replacement members), whether at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of stockholders, each of the parties to this Agreement (to the extent they have voting rights at any time) and all transferees of their shares agrees to vote his, her or its shares of capital stock of the Company ("Capital Stock") or shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries ("Subsidiary Capital Stock"), as the case may be (and any shares of Capital Stock or Subsidiary Capital Stock, as the case may be, over which he, she or it exercises voting control), and to take such other action necessary so as to fix the number of members of the Boards of Directors of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries at five (5) members and to elect and thereafter continue in office as Directors of the Company and the Subsidiaries one (1) individual designated for such directorship by ASDP (the "ASDP Designee"), one (1) individual designated for such directorship by the Original Investors holding a majority in interest of the Exchange Warrants (the "Original Investor Designee") and three (3) individuals designated for such directorships by a majority in interest of the Management Stockholders (the "Management Designees"). Each of the parties hereto and/or their transferees, if any, further agrees to vote such shares of Capital Stock or Subsidiary Capital Stock for the removal of any such designee upon the request of the investor group entitled to designate him or her and for the election of a substitute designee 24 nominated by such investor group. The parties hereto acknowledge that the initial ASDP Designee shall be Brian McNeill, the initial Original Investor Designee shall be Terry Jones and the initial Management Designees shall be Catherine L. Hughes, Alfred C. Liggins and an individual to be nominated later. (b) In connection with the foregoing, the Management Stockholders and the Company shall each grant to ASDP and the Original Investors an irrevocable proxy in the form of Exhibit B hereto. Section 8.02. Vacancies. Each of the parties to this Agreement and all transferees of their shares agrees to vote the shares of Capital Stock or Subsidiary Capital Stock described in Section 8.01 in such manner as shall be necessary or appropriate so as to ensure that any vacancy occurring for any reason in any one of the board positions held by designees of an investor group as contemplated by Section 8.01 shall be filled only by an individual who (a) is nominated directly or indirectly by such investor group and (b) causes the requirements described in Section 8.01 relating to the composition of the Company's and Subsidiaries' Boards of Directors to be satisfied. ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. Section 9.01. Survival of Representations and Covenants; No Third Party Beneficiaries. Each of the parties hereto agree that each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement made by each of them in this Agreement or in any certificate, instrument or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement is material, shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the other parties, shall remain operative and in full force and effect after the date hereof regardless of any investigation or the acceptance of securities hereunder and payment therefor. All such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements shall be binding upon any successors and assigns of the relevant parties. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns to the extent contemplated herein. Section 9.02. Indemnification (a) The Company shall, subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, to the full extent permitted by law, and in addition to any such rights which any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have pursuant to statute, the Company's charter, the Company's by-laws, or otherwise, indemnify and hold harmless each Investor (including its respective directors, officers, partners, employees and agents, an "Indemnified Investor") and each person (a "Controlling Person" and collectively with Indemnified Investors, the "Indemnified Parties") who controls any of them within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, expenses and liabilities, joint or several, including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim 25 asserted ("Losses" or "Loss"), to which they, or any of them, may become subject by reason of their status as a securityholder, creditor, director, agent, representative or controlling person of the Company, (including, without limitation, any and all Losses under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, which relates directly or indirectly to the registration, purchase, sale or ownership of any securities of the Company or to any fiduciary obligation owed with respect thereto); provided, however, that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such Loss arises from and is based on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission in a registration statement or prospectus which is made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company in an instrument duly executed by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof. The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Section 9.02 will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Indemnified Parties or any officer, director, employee, agent or Controlling Person of the Indemnified Parties. (b) If the indemnification provided for in Section 9.02(a) above for any reason is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the Company, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall, subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Investors, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Investors in connection with the action or inaction which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with the registration of the Company's securities, the relative benefits received by the Company and the Investors shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions that the net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Investors, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the applicable prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the securities so offered. The relative fault of the Company and the Investors shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Investors and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Investors agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9.02(b) were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. In connection with the registration of the Company's securities, in no event shall an Investor be required to contribute any amount under this Section 9.02(b) in excess of the lesser of (i) that proportion of the total of such Losses indemnified against equal to the proportion of the total securities sold under such registration statement which is being sold by such Investor or (ii) the 26 proceeds received by such Investor from its sale of securities under such registration statement. No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section ll(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Section 9.03. Amendment and Waiver. Any party may waive any provision hereof intended for its benefit in writing. No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to any party hereto at law or in equity or otherwise. Subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, this Agreement may be amended with the prior written consent of the Company, and if required pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, the Senior Lender (until payment in full of the Senior Debt and termination of the Senior Loan Agreement), a majority in interest of the Management Stockholders and the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Notes, in which event such amendment shall be binding on all parties hereto; provided, however, that if such amendment would amend any provision requiring a consent or approval of the Investors, such amendment shall require the consent of Investors holding that percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Notes required pursuant to the provision to be amended; and provided further, that if such amendment would have a disproportionately negative impact on any party hereto, such amendment shall require the consent of such party. With respect to any action hereunder requiring the consent or approval of the Investors, if the outstanding principal amount of the Notes has been paid in full, such action shall then require the consent or approval of Investors that held, immediately prior to such payment, at least that percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes that is otherwise required to secure the consent or approval of such action under the terms of this Agreement. Section 9.04. Intercreditor Matters. The Investors hereby acknowledge that their rights to receive any payments hereunder are, pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, subordinate in right of payment to the Indebtedness of the Company to the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Agreement. In addition, in the event of any conflict between any term or provision of this Agreement and any term or provision of the Subordination Agreement, the term or provision of the Subordination Agreement will control and govern. Section 9.05. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered personally or (b) if sent by telex or telecopier, registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) with postage prepaid, or by courier guaranteeing next day delivery, in each case to the party to whom it is directed at the following addresses (or at such other address for any party as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with the provisions hereof, provided that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof). Notices delivered personally shall be effective on the day so delivered, notices sent by registered or certified mail shall be effective three days after mailing, notices sent by telex shall be effective when 27 answered back, notices sent by telecopier shall be effective when receipt is acknowledged and notices sent by courier guaranteeing next day delivery shall be effective on the earlier of the second business day after timely delivery to the courier or the day of actual delivery by the courier: (a) if to the New Investors, at the following address: (i) Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co. One Post office Square Suite 3800 Boston, MA 02109 Attn: Brian McNeill (ii) BancBoston Investments Inc. 100 Federal Street 32nd Floor Boston, MA 02110 Attn: Sanford Anstey (iii) Grant M. Wilson 201 Concord Street Carlisle, MA 01741 with a copy to: (i) Goodwin, Procter & Hoar Exchange Place Boston, Massachusetts 02109 Attention: John J. Egan, Esq. (ii) Ropes & Gray One International Place Boston, MA 02110 Attn: Winthrop G. Minot (b) if to the Management Stockholders, the Company or the Subsidiaries, at the following address: Radio One, Inc. 100 St. Paul Street Baltimore, Maryland 21202 Attn: Alfred C. Liggins and Catherine L. Hughes 28 with a copy to: Arent Fox Kintner Plotkin & Kahn 1050 Connecticut Avenue Washington, DC 20006 Attention: James Parker, Esq. (iii) if to the Original Investors, to the address set forth next to their respective names on Schedule B hereto. Section 9.06. Headings. The Article and Section headings used or contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement. Section 9.07. Gender. As used herein, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, and the singular or plural number, shall be deemed to be or to include the other genders or number, as the case may be, whenever the context so indicates or requires. Section 9.08. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement. Section 9.09. Remedies: Severability. It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any Person subject hereto will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which they may have, such other parties may enforce their respective rights by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law). In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Section 9.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Subordination Agreement and the Exchange Agreement and other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. This Agreement, the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Subordination Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (including the exhibits hereto and thereto) supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation those 29 agreements listed on Appendix B to the Securities Purchase Agreement, all related agreements and any other agreement entered into among (i) any of the Company, the Subsidiaries or the Managing Stockholders and (ii) the Original Investors or any original Investor. Section 9.11. Governing Law: Jurisdiction: Venue. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY REPRESENTS, WARRANTS AND AGREES THAT THE NEGOTIATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL OTHER PRINCIPAL TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE TAKEN PLACE IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE, SHE OR IT HAS CAREFULLY REVIEWED AND UNDERSTANDS THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, HAS OBTAINED AND CONSIDERED THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TERMS AND HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO FULLY NEGOTIATE SUCH TERMS. Each party hereto hereby agrees that the state and federal courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or, at the option of the Investors, as appropriate, any other court in which the Investors, as appropriate, shall initiate legal or equitable proceedings, to the extent such court otherwise has jurisdiction, shall have jurisdiction to hear and determine any claims or disputes between any of the parties hereto pertaining directly or indirectly to this agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements executed pursuant hereto, or to any matter arising therefrom (unless otherwise expressly provided for therein). To the extent permitted by law, each party hereto hereby expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or proceeding commenced by any party hereto in any of such courts, and agrees that service of such summons and complaint or other process or papers may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such other party or parties hereto at the address to which notices are to be sent pursuant to this agreement. Each party hereto waives any claim that Boston, Massachusetts is an inconvenient forum or an improper forum based on lack of venue. To the extent permitted by law, should any party hereto, after being so served, fail to appear or answer to any summons, complaint, or process or papers so served within 30 days after the mailing thereof, such party shall be deemed in default and an order and/or judgment may be entered by the other party or parties to such actions, as appropriate, against such party, as demanded or prayed for in such summons, complaint, process or papers. The exclusive choice of forum set forth in this Section 9.11 shall not be deemed to preclude the enforcement of any judgment obtained in such forum or the taking of any action to enforce the same in any other appropriate jurisdiction. Section 9.12. Term. This Agreement shall remain in effect so long as any of the Investors hold Warrants or Registrable Securities; provided, however, that the provisions of Articles III, IV and VIII shall terminate upon the closing of a Qualified Public offering by the Company; and, provided, further, that the provisions of Articles VIII hereof shall, in any event, terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date hereof. 30 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written. COMPANY: -------- RADIO ONE, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins ---------------------------------------- Name: Alfred C Liggins Title: President SUBSIDIARIES: ------------- RADIO ONE OF MARYLAND, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins ---------------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins Title: President RADIO ONE LICENSE, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins ---------------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins Title: President RADIO ONE OF MARYLAND LICENSE, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins ---------------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins Title: President S-1 MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS: ------------------------ /s/ Alfred C. Liggins --------------------------------------------- Alfred C. Liggins, individually /s/ Catherine L. Hughes --------------------------------------------- Catherine L. Hughes, individually Jerry A. Moore III --------------------------------------------- Jerry A. Moore III, individually NEW INVESTORS: -------------- ALTA SUBORDINATED DEBT PARTNERS III, L.P. By: Alta Subordinated Debt Management III, L.P., its General Partner By: /s/ Brian W. McNeill ---------------------------------------- Name: Brian W. McNeill Title: General Partner BANCBOSTON INVESTMENTS INC. By: /s/ Lars A. Swanson ---------------------------------------- Name: Lars A. Swanson Title: Assistant Vice President /s/ Grant M. Wilson --------------------------------------------- Grant M. Wilson, individually S-2 ORIGINAL INVESTORS: ------------------- SYNCOM CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ Terry L. Jones ---------------------------------------- Name: Terry L. Jones Title: President ALLIANCE ENTERPRISE CORPORATION By: /s/ Divakar R. Kamath ---------------------------------------- Name: Divakar R. Kamath Title: Exec. V.P. GREATER PHILADELPHIA VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION, INC. By: /s/ Fred G. Choate ---------------------------------------- Name: Fred G. Choate Title: Manager OPPORTUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ J. Peter Thompson ---------------------------------------- Name: J. Peter Thompson Title: President CAPITAL DIMENSIONS VENTURE FUND, INC. By: /s/ Dean Pickerell ---------------------------------------- Name: Dean Pickerell Title: President S-3 TSG VENTURES INC. By: /s/ Scott R. Royster ---------------------------------------- Name: Scott R. Royster Title: Principal FULCRUM VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ Brian Argrett ---------------------------------------- Name: Brian Argrett Title: President S-4 Schedule A New Investors ------------- New Investors ------------- Alta Subordinated Debt III, L.P. BancBoston Investments Inc. Grant M. Wilson SS-1 Schedule B Original Investors Address ------------------ ------- Syncom Capital Corporation 8401 Colesville Road #300 Silver Spring, MD 20910 Attention: Terry L. Jones Alliance Enterprise Corporation 12655 N. Central Expwy. Suite 700 Dallas, TX 75243 Attention: Divakar Kamath Greater Philadelphia Venture 351 E. Connestoga Road Capital Corporation, Inc. Wayne, PA 19087 Attention: Fred Choate Opportunity Capital Corporation 2201 Walnut Avenue, Suite 210 Freemont, CA 94538 Attention: J. Peter Thompson Capital Dimensions Venture 2 Appletree Square #335 Fund, Inc. Minneapolis, MN 55425-1637 Attention: Dean Pickerell TSG Ventures Inc. 1055 Washington Blvd., 10th Floor Stamford, CT 06901 Attention: Scott R. Royster Fulcrum Venture Capital Corporation 300 Corporate Point Suite 380 Culver City, CA 90230 Attention: Brian E. Argrett SS-2 Schedule 1.02(a) Capital Stock Held by Management Stockholders --------------------------------------------- Preferred Stock Common Stock Options Warrants --------------- ------------ ------- -------- Catherine L. Hughes -0- 75 -0- -0- Alfred C. Liggins -0- 5 57.45/1/ -0- Jerry A. Moore, III -0- 1 -0- -0- - -------------------------------------- 1 This does not include an option or restricted stock grant for up to 5.71 shares of Common Stock which may become exercisable or vested in the future. SS-3 Schedule l.02(c) NONE. ----- SS-4 FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE WARRANTHOLDERS' AGREEMENT This First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement (this "Amendment") is made as of this 19th day of May, 1997, by and among Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Radio One Licenses, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the surviving corporation of the merger with Radio One License LLC ("ROL"), Catherine L. Hughes, Alfred C. Liggins and Jerry A. Moore, III (collectively, the "Management Stockholders"), the investors listed on the signature pages hereto as Series B Preferred Investors (the "Series B Preferred Investors"), and the investors listed on the signature pages hereto as Series A Preferred Investors (the "Series A Preferred Investors") (the Series B Preferred Investors and the Series A Preferred Investors being collectively referred to herein as the "Investors" and each individually as an "Investor," and the Investors and the Management Stockholders being collectively referred to herein as the "Securityholders" and each individually as a "Securityholder"). W I T N E S S E T H WHEREAS, the Company, the subsidiaries of the Company then existing, the Management Stockholders and the Investors entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of June 6, 1995 (the "Securities Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which (i) the Company sold and the Investors purchased from the Company subordinated promissory notes due in the year 2003 in an aggregate principal amount of $17,000,000 (the "Subordinated Notes"), and (ii) the Company sold and the Series B Preferred Investors purchased from the Company warrants (the "Original Warrants") for an aggregate of 50.93 shares of the Common Equity of the Company on a fully-diluted basis; WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Series A Preferred Investors entered into an Exchange Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Investors exchanged all of their then existing warrants for $6,251,094 in cash and new warrants (the "Exchange Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of up to 96.11 shares of the Common Equity of the Company on a fully-diluted basis; WHEREAS, simultaneously with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company, the subsidiaries of the Company then existing, the Management Stockholders and the Investors entered into a Warrantholders' Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995 (the "Warrantholders' Agreement"), to govern the rights connected to the Original Warrants and Exchange Warrants; WHEREAS, simultaneously with the Closing, the Company will issue 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") to certain investors pursuant to an offering under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, the gross proceeds of which will be approximately $75,000,000 (the "Senior Subordinated Debt Financing"); 1 WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Company, ROL, the Management Stockholders and the Investors have entered into a Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (the "Preferred Stockholders' Agreement"), pursuant to which, and as a necessary condition to the Senior Subordinated Debt Financing: (i) the Series A Preferred Investors will exchange all of their Subordinated Notes (including all accrued but unpaid interest thereon) for the number of shares of Series A 15% Senior Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock of the Company (the "Series A Preferred Stock") listed on Schedule A to the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement; and (ii) the Series B Preferred Investors will exchange all of their Subordinated Notes (including all accrued but unpaid interest thereon) for the number of shares of Series B 15% Senior Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock of the Company (the "Series B Preferred Stock," and together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the "Preferred Stock") listed on Schedule A to the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (the exchanges of Subordinated Notes for Preferred Stock referred to in (i) and (ii) of this paragraph are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Exchanges"). The Preferred Stockholders' Agreement generally provides for representations and warranties, covenants and rights relating to all parties thereto which are substantially similar to those provided for in the Securities Purchase Agreement; WHEREAS, in connection with the Exchanges, (i) the Company will replace the certificates held by the Series B Preferred Investors representing all of their Original Warrants with amended and restated warrant certificates (the "Series B Amended and Restated Warrants") in order to conform the Original Warrants to reflect the transactions contemplated herein, and (ii) the Company will similarly replace the certificates held by the Series A Preferred Investors representing all of their Exchange Warrants with amended and restated warrant certificates (the "Series A Amended and Restated Warrants," and, collectively with the Series B Amended and Restated Warrants, the "Warrants") in order to conform such Exchange Warrants to reflect the transactions contemplated herein; and WHEREAS, in connection with the Senior Subordinated Debt Financing and the related Exchanges, the Company, ROL, the Management Stockholders and the Investors now desire to amend the Warrantholders' Agreement as set forth herein, and each party hereto agrees and is willing to amend the Warrantholders' Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to amend the Warrantholders' Agreement as follows: 1. Amendment to Certain Terms of the Warrantholders' Agreement. The Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended as follows: (i) each reference therein to the terms "Original Investor" and "Original Investors" shall be deleted, and in their place shall be inserted the terms "Series A Preferred Investor" and "Series A Preferred Investors," respectively; (ii) each reference therein to the terms "New Investor" and "New Investors" 2 shall be deleted, and in their place shall be inserted the terms "Series B Preferred Investor" and "Series B Preferred Investors," respectively; (iii) each reference therein to the term "Notes" shall be deleted, and in its place shall be inserted the term "Preferred Stock;" (iv) each reference therein to the term "Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement" or to the term "Subordination Agreement" shall be deleted, and in its place shall be inserted the term "Standstill Agreement;" and (v) each reference to the term "Securities Purchase Agreement" in Articles II through VIII shall be deleted, and in its place shall be inserted the term "Preferred Stockholders' Agreement." 2. Amendment to the Legend on the Warrantholders' Agreement. The legend on the cover page to the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing legend in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: This instrument/agreement is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio One, Inc. from time to time, the Investors (as defined therein), the Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and individually as a Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance of this instrument/agreement, the holder hereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of such Standstill Agreement to the same extent that each Investor is bound. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this instrument/agreement and the terms of such Standstill Agreement, the terms of the Standstill Agreement shall govern and be controlling. 3. Amendment to the Preamble of the Warrantholders' Agreement. The Preamble of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing second paragraph of the Preamble in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: The capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of May 14, 1997, by and among the Company, ROL and the Securityholders (the "Preferred Stockholders' Agreement"), shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement. Any capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein which is not defined in the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement but which is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Company, the subsidiaries of the Company then existing and the Securityholders (the "Securities Purchase Agreement"), shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Securities Purchase Agreement. 4. Amendment to Section 2.02 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 2.02 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing first sentence of Section 2.02 in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: 3 If on any two (2) occasions after the earlier of (a) 180 days after the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company and (b) the third anniversary of the date hereof, Investors holding at least 662/3 of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (the "Initiating Investors") notify the Company in writing that they intend to offer or cause to be offered for public sale all or any portion of their Registrable Securities, the Company shall immediately notify in writing all of the Investors that hold Registrable Securities or Non-Voting Common Stock at the time of its receipt of such notification from such Initiating Investors. 5. Amendment to Section 5.01 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 5.01 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing Section 5.01 in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: Section 5.01. Investors' Put Right. Subject to the provisions of the Standstill Agreement, dated as of May 19, 1997, by and among the Company, ROL, the Investors, the Senior Lender and the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Standstill Agreement"), Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock may elect, upon 120 days prior written notice, to require the Company to purchase (subject to the provisions of the Standstill Agreement) all outstanding Warrants, Registrable Securities, Non-Voting Common Stock, ROFR Warrants and ROFR Notes held by all of the Investors (collectively, "Put/Call Securities") pursuant to this Article V (the "Put") at any time on or after (i) the redemption in full of all of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, together with all accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) the merger or consolidation of the Company (other than with a Subsidiary or as permitted under the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement), or (iii) the sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than to a Subsidiary or as permitted under the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement). The Company agrees to give the Investors at least 150 days' prior written notice of any of the foregoing events. Each Investor may also elect to Put their Put/Call Securities to the Company on the tenth day after the eighth anniversary of the date of the original issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock issuable under the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement (the "Mandatory Redemption Date"), upon 120 days prior written notice to the Company. Investors whose Put/Call Securities are subject to a Put hereunder shall be referred to as the "Put Investors." In connection with any Put, all Put Investors shall be obligated to sell their Put/Call Securities to the Company on the terms set forth in this Article V and, upon tender by the Company of the applicable Put/Call Price (as defined in Section 5.03) (subject to the provisions of the Standstill Agreement) to each Put Investor, such Put Investor's Put/Call Securities shall be deemed to no longer be outstanding and such Put Investor's only right shall be to receive the Put/Call Price in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, however, that the failure of any Put Investor(s) to transfer its or their Put/Call Securities in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.01 shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to purchase the Put/Call Securities tendered by all other Put Investors hereunder. 4 6. Amendment to Section 5.02(a) of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 5.02(a) of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing Section 5.02(a) in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: (a) Exercise of Call Right. At the election of the Company, the Company may repurchase all, but not less than all, of the Put/Call Securities then outstanding at any time after the Mandatory Redemption Date (a "Call"), so long as: (i) the Investors do not have outstanding a request for a demand registration under Section 2.02 hereof; and (ii) the Senior Debt shall have been paid in full, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, and all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed in full, together with all accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon, on or prior to the Put/Call Closing (as defined below). If the Company elects to repurchase the Put/Call Securities, it shall give written notice of such election at least 90 days prior to the Put/Call Closing and all Put/Call Securities shall be repurchased on the Put/Call Closing date specified in the Company's notice for an aggregate cash purchase price equal to the Put/Call Price. Each Investor shall receive at the Put/Call Closing the Put/Call Price for their Put/Call Securities. 7. Amendment to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing Section 5.03 in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: Section 5.03. Put/Call Price. The purchase price for any Put/Call Securities hereunder (the "Put/Call Price") shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of Shares represented by such Put/Call Securities (with each unit of ROFR Warrants and the corresponding principal amount of ROFR Notes constituting one Share), multiplied by (y) the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company reduced, in the case of the Warrants and ROFR Warrants, by the per share exercise price therefor. The "Per Share Net Equity Value" of the Company shall be the quotient of (a) the Net Equity Value of the Company (as determined below) divided by (b) the total number of outstanding shares of Common Equity (determined on a fully-diluted basis and after giving effect to the exercise of any Warrants, ROFR Warrants or other options for Common Equity and the conversion and exchange of any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity). "Net Equity Value" of the Company shall mean the aggregate of: (A) the fair market value of the Company as determined below; plus (B) all accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents held by the Company as of the date of determination and the aggregate exercise price of all outstanding Warrants, ROFR Warrants or options for Common Equity; reduced by (C) the aggregate of all Indebtedness for borrowed money and current liabilities of the Company required to be included on a balance sheet in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (excluding the current maturities of Indebtedness). In connection with a Put or Call occurring in connection with a sale or transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the Common Equity in, or the assets of, the 5 Company or any Subsidiary, the fair market value of the Company shall be the aggregate amount of consideration paid to the Company, the Management Stockholders and any other holders of outstanding capital stock of the Company, including any payments made to the Management Stockholders under any consulting, noncompetition or employment agreements. Otherwise, the applicable Investors as a group (with decision-making power belonging to Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock held by all Investors, in the case of a Call, and the Put Investors in the case of a Put) and the Company shall in good faith seek to reach agreement as to the fair market value of the Company at least sixty (60) days prior to any Put/Call Closing. If the applicable Investors and the Company are unable to reach agreement within such time frame, the fair market value of the Company shall be determined by an appraisal process and the Company and the applicable Investors as a group (with decision-making power belonging to Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock held by all Investors, in the case of a Call, and the Put Investors in the case of a Put) shall, within seven (7) days thereafter, each select an independent, non-affiliated investment banking firm of recognized national standing or a brokerage firm having not less than five (5) years of experience in the radio broadcasting industry (each an "Independent Appraiser"). Within twenty (20) days after selection, each Independent Appraiser shall prepare and deliver to the Company and the applicable Investors an appraisal of the fair market value of the Company in accordance with the terms set forth below and, in the absence of manifest error or fraud and so long as the lower appraisal is no less than 90% of the higher appraisal, the two appraisals shall be averaged and the result shall be the fair market value of the Company. If the lower appraisal is less than 90% of the higher appraisal, the two Independent Appraisers shall, within seven (7) days thereafter, choose a third Independent Appraiser who shall deliver its own appraisal of the fair market value of the Company within twenty (20) days thereafter. The two appraisals that are closest in value shall then be averaged and the result shall, in the absence of manifest error or fraud, be the fair market value of the Company (unless the third appraisal is equal to the average of the first two appraisals, in which case it shall be the fair market value of the Company). All appraisals hereunder will appraise the fair market value of the Company (i) as a going concern and valued as if debt-free, without including the Company's cash balances and without regard to accounts receivable or the illiquidity of the Company's capital stock or to any discount attributable to the minority interest represented by the Put/Call Securities, if applicable, or other considerations relating to the nonpublic status of the Company's securities, (ii) on the basis of what a willing buyer, with recourse to any necessary financing, would pay to a willing seller who is under no compunction to sell, (iii) assuming a form of transaction which will maximize such value to the extent such form could be realistically and reasonably achieved, and (iv) without diminution for any taxes that might otherwise be incurred by the Company or any Securityholder in connection with any hypothetical sale of the Common Equity in, or the assets of, the Company or any Subsidiary. All costs of any appraisals shall be borne by the Company. If the appraisal process has not been completed by the Put/Call Closing 6 date or the Company otherwise fails to meet its Put or Call obligations by such date, the applicable Investors shall continue to have all of the rights and benefits of this Agreement until the Net Equity Value has been determined and the Put/Call Securities have been redeemed in full; provided, however, that the applicable Investors shall be entitled to receive interest on the Put/Call Price that is ultimately determined hereunder from the Put/Call Closing date at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, compounded annually. 8. Amendment to Article VI of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Article VI of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing Article VI in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: ARTICLE VI. INVESTORS GO-ALONG RIGHT. Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall have the option (the "Go-Along Right"), exercisable upon 30 days' prior written notice to the Company and all the other Securityholders and subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, to cause the sale or refinancing of either the entire business and assets of the Company or all of the Common Stock, Warrants and other equity interests in the Company, upon the first to occur of the following: (i) a breach by the Company of its obligations under Article V with respect to a Put which has not been cured within 30 days after written notice thereof; (ii) a breach by the Company of Section 10 of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement, and (iii) any breach by the Company of its obligations under Section 2.02 hereof; provided, however, that any sale of either the entire business and assets of the Company or all of the Common Stock, Warrants and other equity interests in the Company to an Affiliate of the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a majority in interest of the Warrants shall not be for less than ninety percent (90%) of the Fair Market Value of the Company (as determined below). The Go-Along Right granted hereunder includes the power and authority to negotiate and consummate the sale of all or any substantial part of the assets of or capital stock, partnership interests and/or other equity interests in the Company and its Subsidiaries. By their execution hereof, each of the parties to this Agreement hereby consents to the taking of any action by the Investors exercising the Go-Along Right, including without limitation, the right to seek to take control, or appoint a receiver, trustee, transferee or other official to take control, of the Company and each Subsidiary (and/or the right to expand the Board of Directors of the Company and each to up to nine (9) Directors and appoint individuals to the vacancies created by such expansions) solely for the purpose of effecting the Go-Along Right and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, subject to necessary FCC approval, and agrees to cooperate fully in the taking of any such action (including, without limitation, the execution and delivery of agreements, assignments and other instruments relating to such action and full cooperation and assistance in obtaining third-party consents), and using its best efforts in connection therewith (provided, however, that in the case of the Management Stockholders, "best 7 efforts" shall not include or require the payment of money), and hereby irrevocably appoints the Investors who exercise the Go-Along Right and each of them as proxies and attorneys-in-fact with full power and substitution, in order to accomplish such action, which power-of-attorney shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. The Go-Along Right shall not be deemed to constitute a de facto transfer of control for FCC purposes and shall be subject to the requirements that (i) the Company and/or its Subsidiaries obtain any necessary FCC approvals for the actions taken hereunder and (ii) prior to or upon consummation of any sale or refinancing hereunder the Company and its Subsidiaries repay in full all indebtedness for money borrowed including, but not limited to, the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Standstill Agreement) and that the Senior Loan Agreement and the Indenture shall have terminated prior to the transfer of any assets of, or equity interest in, the Company and its Subsidiaries, and shall be subject to the requirement that all express terms of any such sale be equivalent with respect to all Securityholders (other than differences reflecting the exercise price of the Warrants and the ROFR Warrants and the fact that the Management Stockholders may be required to enter into a reasonable noncompetition agreement subject to the payment of reasonable compensation to them in exchange therefor). For purposes of this Article VI, the Fair Market Value of the Company shall be determined as follows: Within ten (10) days of the delivery of the written notice to the Company of the exercise of the Go-Along Right, Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall select an independent, non-affiliated investment banking firm of recognized national standing or a brokerage firm having not less than five (5) years of experience in the radio broadcasting industry (the "Appraiser"). Within twenty (20) days after selection, the Appraiser shall prepare and deliver to the Company and the Investors an appraisal of the Fair Market Value of the Company in accordance with the terms set forth below and, in the absence of manifest error or fraud, the appraisal shall be the Fair Market Value of the Company. Any appraisal hereunder will appraise the Fair Market Value of the Company as a going concern and valued as if debt-free on the basis of what a willing buyer, with recourse to any necessary financing, would pay to a willing seller who is under no compunction to sell. All costs of any appraisals shall be borne by the Company. 9. Amendment to Article VII of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Article VII of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended to insert the following clause after the words "best efforts" each time such words are used in such Article VII: (provided, however, that in the case of the Management Stockholders, "best efforts" shall not include or require the payment of money) 8 10. Amendment to Section 8.01(a) of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 8.01(a) of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence as the last sentence of such Section 8.01(a): Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8.01(a), the Board of Directors may be expanded to up to nine (9) members in a manner consistent with Article VI hereof, Section 10 of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement, and the Company's Bylaws. 11. Amendment to Section 8.02 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 8.02 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended to add the following sentence as the last sentence of such Section 8.02: Vacancies created or occurring as a result of the exercise of the rights granted to the Investors under Article VI of this Agreement or under Section 10 of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement shall be filled as provided in such Article VI or Section 10, as applicable. 12. Amendment to Section 9.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 9.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing Section 9.03 in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: Section 9.03. Amendment and Waiver. Any party may waive any provision hereof intended for its benefit in writing. No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to any party hereto at law or in equity or otherwise. Subject to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, this Agreement may be amended with the prior written consent of the Company, and if required pursuant to the terms of the Standstill Agreement, the Senior Lender and the Trustee, on behalf of the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes (until payment in full of the Senior Debt and the Senior Subordinated Notes and termination of the Senior Loan Agreement and the Indenture), a majority in interest of the Management Stockholders and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, in which event such amendment shall be binding on all parties hereto; provided, however, that if such amendment would amend any provision requiring a consent or approval of the Investors, such amendment shall require the consent of Investors holding that percentage of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock required pursuant to the provision to be amended; and provided further, that if such amendment would have a disproportionately negative impact on any party hereto, such amendment shall require the consent of such party. 9 With respect to any action hereunder requiring the consent or approval of the Investors, if all of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, together with all accumulated and accrued but unpaid dividends thereon, have been redeemed in full for any reason, such action shall then require the consent or approval of Investors that held, immediately prior to such redemption, at least that percentage of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock that would otherwise have been required to secure the consent or approval of such action under the terms of this Agreement. 13. Amendment to Section 9.04 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 9.04 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended to add the following clause at the end of the first sentence of such Section 9.04: and the Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Indenture. 14. Amendment to Section 9.05 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 9.05 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing Section 9.05 in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: Section 9.05. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered personally or (b) if sent by telex or telecopier, registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) with postage prepaid, or by courier guaranteeing next day delivery, in each case to the party to whom it is directed at the following addresses (or at such other address for any party as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with the provisions hereof, provided that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof). Notices delivered personally shall be effective on the day so delivered, notices sent by registered or certified mail shall be effective three days after mailing, notices sent by telex shall be effective when answered back, notices sent by telecopier shall be effective when receipt is acknowledged, and notices sent by courier guaranteeing next day delivery shall be effective on the earlier of the second business day after timely delivery to the courier or the day of actual delivery by the courier: (a) if to the Series B Preferred Investors, at the following address: (i) Alta Subordinated Debt Partners III, L.P. c/o Burr, Egan, Deleage & Co. One Post Office Square Suite 3800 Boston, MA 02109 Attention: Brian McNeill 10 (ii) BancBoston Investments Inc. 175 Federal Street 10th Floor Boston, MA 02110 Attention: Sanford Anstey (iii) Grant M. Wilson 201 Concord Street Carlisle, MA 01741 with a copy to: (i) Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP Exchange Place Boston, Massachusetts 02109 Attention: John J. Egan III, Esq. (ii) Ropes & Gray One International Place Boston, MA 02110 Attention: Winthrop G. Minot, Esq. (b) if to the Management Stockholders, the Company or ROL, at the following address: Radio One, Inc. 4001 Nebraska Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20016 Attention: Alfred C. Liggins and Catherine L. Hughes with a copy to: Kirkland & Ellis 655 Fifteenth Street N.W. Washington, D.C. 20005 Attention: Richard L. Perkal, Esq. (c) if to the Series A Preferred Investors, to the address set forth next to their respective names on Schedule B hereto. 15. Amendment to Section 9.10 of the Warrantholders' Agreement. Section 9.10 of the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing Section 9.10 in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: 11 Section 9.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement, the Standstill Agreement, and the Exchange Agreement and other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. This Agreement, the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement, the Standstill Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (including the exhibits hereto and thereto) supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation those agreements listed on Appendix B to the Securities Purchase Agreement and Appendix B to the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement, all related agreements and any other agreement entered into among (i) any of the Company, the Subsidiaries or the Managing Stockholders and (ii) the Series A Preferred Investors or any Series A Preferred Investor. 16. Amendment to Schedule B to the Warrantholders' Agreement. Schedule B to the Warrantholders' Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the existing address given for TSG Ventures Inc. in its entirety, and replacing it with the following: 177 Broad Street, 12th Floor Stamford, Connecticut 06901 Attention: Duane Hill 17. Documents Otherwise Unchanged. Except as provided herein, the Warrantholders' Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. 18. Waiver of Preemptive Rights. The Investors hereby waive the requirements of and any rights they may have under Article IV of the Warrantholders' Agreement with respect to the issuance by the Company of the Preferred Stock. 19. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be identical and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart. 20. Binding Effect. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and any respective successors and assigns. [REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to the Warrantholders' Agreement as of the date first above written. COMPANY: RADIO ONE, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins -------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins Title: President SUBSIDIARY: RADIO ONE LICENSES, INC. By: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins -------------------------------- Name: Alfred C. Liggins Title: President MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS: /s/ Alfred C. Liggins --------------------------------- Alfred C. Liggins, individually Catherine L. Hughes --------------------------------- Catherine L. Hughes, individually /s/ Jerry A. Moore --------------------------------- Jerry A. Moore III, individually [Signature Pages Continue] S-1 SERIES B PREFERRED INVESTORS: ALTA SUBORDINATED DEBT PARTNERS III, L.P. By: Alta Subordinated Debt Management III, L.P., its General Partner By: /s/ Eileen McCarthy -------------------------------- Name: Eileen McCarthy Title: BANCBOSTON INVESTMENTS INC. By: /s/ Lars A. Swanson -------------------------------- Name: Lars A. Swanson Title:Vice President /s/ Grant M. Wilson ------------------------------------ Grant M. Wilson, individually SERIES A PREFERRED INVESTORS: SYNCOM CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ Terry L. Jones -------------------------------- Name: Terry L. Jones Title: President ALLIANCE ENTERPRISE CORPORATION By: /s/ Divakar Kamath -------------------------------- Name: Divakar Kamath Title: Executive Vice President [Signature Page to First Amendment to Warrantholders' Agreement] [Signature Pages Continue] S-2 GREATER PHILADELPHIA VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION, INC. By: /s/ Fred G. Choate -------------------------------- Name: Fred G. Choate Title: Manager OPPORTUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ J.P. Thompson -------------------------------- Name: J. Peter Thompson Title: President CAPITAL DIMENSIONS VENTURE FUND, INC. By: /s/ Dean Pickerell -------------------------------- Name: Dean Pickerell Title: President TSG VENTURES INC. By: /s/ Duane E. Hill -------------------------------- Name: Duane E. Hill Title: Principal FULCRUM VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION By: /s/ Brian Argrett -------------------------------- Name: Brian Argrett Title: President [Signature Page to First Amendment to Warrantholders' Agreement] S-3




WARRANT NO.     2                                               36.12  WARRANTS
            ----------                                         -------


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value  received,  SYNCOM  CAPITAL  CORPORATION  or registered  assigns under
Section 8 hereof (the  "Holder") is the owner of THIRTY-SIX  AND 12/100  (36.12)
WARRANTS  specified  above (the  "Warrants")  each of which  entitles the Holder
thereof to purchase one (1) fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of Radio One, Inc., a corporation  organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other number of shares as
may be determined pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof,
at the price per share set forth in Section 4 hereof, subject to adjustment from
time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the  "Warrant  Price") and subject to
the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.






         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of

                                        2





the Warrants  represented by this Warrant  Certificate have been fully exercised
or have  expired  pursuant  to  Section  1  hereof,  a new  Warrant  Certificate
representing  the  shares of Common  Stock,  if any,  with  respect to which the
Warrants  represented  by this  Warrant  Certificate  shall  not then  have been
exercised, shall also be issued to the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.       Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.     Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in,

                                        3





or make any other  distribution  with respect to its Common Stock consisting of,
shares of Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after
the date of determination  of shareholders  entitled to receive such dividend or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the rights and

                                        4





subject to the terms and conditions of the Preferred Stockholders' Agreement and
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary

                                        5





notwithstanding,  unless  and until such  Holder  seeks to  transfer  registered
ownership  of the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company  and such  transfer is
effected.

         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                         (i)  the  Company   shall   declare  any   dividend  or
          distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                         (ii)  there  shall  be any  capital  reorganization  or
          reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation or
          merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its
          assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                         (iii)  there  shall  be  a  voluntary  or   involuntary
         dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                         (iv) the Company  shall  propose to commence an initial
          public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant Certificate has  been executed as of this 19th day of May,
1997.

                                      RADIO ONE, INC.



                                      By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         ------------------------------------
                                      Name: Alfred Liggins
                                      Title: President



                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
of _____________ Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of ___________ 
Common  Stock  are  being  acquired  for  the  account  of the  undersigned  for
investment  and not  with a view to,  or for  resale  in  connection  with,  the
distribution  thereof  and that the  undersigned  has no  present  intention  of
distributing or reselling such shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated: __________________________

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9





WARRANT NO.     5                                                18.70  WARRANTS
            ---------                                           -------


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value received,  ALLIANCE ENTERPRISE CORPORATION or registered assigns under
Section 8 hereof  (the  "Holder")  is the owner of EIGHTEEN  AND 70/100  (18.70)
WARRANTS  specified  above (the  "Warrants")  each of which  entitles the Holder
thereof to purchase one (1) fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of Radio One, Inc., a corporation  organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other number of shares as
may be determined pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof,
at the price per share set forth in Section 4 hereof, subject to adjustment from
time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the  "Warrant  Price") and subject to
the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.






         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of

                                        2





the Warrants  represented by this Warrant  Certificate have been fully exercised
or have  expired  pursuant  to  Section  1  hereof,  a new  Warrant  Certificate
representing  the  shares of Common  Stock,  if any,  with  respect to which the
Warrants  represented  by this  Warrant  Certificate  shall  not then  have been
exercised, shall also be issued to the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.       Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.     Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each adjustment in the  Warrant  Price  pursuant  to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                         (i)  the  Company   shall   declare  any   dividend  or
          distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                         (ii)  there  shall  be any  capital  reorganization  or
          reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation or
          merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its
          assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                         (iii)  there  shall  be  a  voluntary  or   involuntary
          dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                         (iv) the Company  shall  propose to commence an initial
          public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant Certificate has been  executed as of this 19th day of May,
1997.

                                      RADIO ONE, INC.



                                      By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         ------------------------------------
                                      Name: Alfred Liggins
                                      Title: President



                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
____________  of Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9

                          AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT


WARRANT NO.      4                                                0.97  WARRANTS
            -----------                                          -----


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value received,  GREATER PHILADELPHIA  VENTURE CAPITAL CORPORATION,  INC. or
registered  assigns under Section 8 hereof (the "Holder") is the owner of 97/100
(0.97)  WARRANTS  specified  above (the  "Warrants")  each of which entitles the
Holder thereof to purchase one (1) fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common
Stock,  par value $.01 per share,  of Radio One,  Inc., a corporation  organized
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other number of
shares as may be determined pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section
4 hereof,  at the price per  share  set forth in  Section 4 hereof,  subject  to
adjustment from time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the "Warrant  Price")
and  subject  to the  provisions  and upon the  terms and  conditions  set forth
herein.






         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised  or  have  expired  pursuant  to  Section  1  hereof,  a  new  Warrant
Certificate representing the

                                        2





shares of Common Stock,  if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented
by this Warrant  Certificate  shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be
issued to the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.       Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.    Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock  consisting  of,  shares of Common  Stock,  then the Warrant
Price  shall  be  adjusted,   from  and  after  the  date  of  determination  of
shareholders  entitled to receive such dividend or  distribution,  to that price
determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect  immediately prior to such
date of

                                        3





determination by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number
of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or
distribution  and (ii) the  denominator  of which  shall be the total  number of
shares  of  Common  Stock   outstanding   immediately  after  such  dividend  or
distribution.

                  Upon  each  adjustment in  the Warrant Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any
inconsistency   between  the  terms  hereof  and  the  terms  of  the  Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case may be,
the  terms  of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the  Warrantholders'
Agreement shall control. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  this
Warrant Certificate and the Warrants represented hereby are subject to the "put"
and

                                        4





"call"  provisions  of  Article  V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are
incorporated herein by reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant Certificate and, in the

                                        5





case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on delivery of an indemnity  agreement or
bond  reasonably  satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case
of mutilation,  on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant  Certificate,  the
Company,  at its  expense,  will  execute and  deliver,  in lieu of this Warrant
Certificate, a new warrant certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                         (i)  the  Company   shall   declare  any   dividend  or
          distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                         (ii)  there  shall  be any  capital  reorganization  or

          reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation or
          merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its
          assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                         (iii)  there  shall  be  a  voluntary  or   involuntary
          dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                         (iv) the Company  shall  propose to commence an initial
          public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder



                                        6


by the  Company,  but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out
of all the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant Certificate  has been executed as of this 19th day of May,
1997.

                                      RADIO ONE, INC.



                                      By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         ------------------------------------
                                      Name: Alfred Liggins
                                      Title: President



                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
____________  of Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9




WARRANT NO.     7                                              6.20    WARRANTS
             ------                                         ---------


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value received,  OPPORTUNITY CAPITAL CORPORATION or registered assigns under
Section 8 hereof (the  "Holder") is the owner of SIX AND 20/100 (6.20)  WARRANTS
specified  above (the  "Warrants")  each of which entitles the Holder thereof to
purchase one (1) fully paid and  nonassessable  share of Common Stock, par value
$.01 per share,  of Radio One, Inc., a corporation  organized  under the laws of
the State of Delaware (the "Company"),  or such other number of shares as may be
determined pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof, at the
price per share set forth in Section 4 hereof,  subject to adjustment  from time
to time  pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the  "Warrant  Price") and subject to the
provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.





         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised or have expired

                                        2





pursuant to Section 1 hereof, a new Warrant Certificate  representing the shares
of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented by this
Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be issued to
the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.     Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.     Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                           (i)  the  Company   shall  declare  any  dividend  or
         distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                           (ii) there  shall be any  capital  reorganization  or
         reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation  or
         merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially  all of its
         assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                           (iii)  there  shall  be a  voluntary  or  involuntary
         dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                           (iv) the Company shall propose to commence an initial
         public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant  Certificate has been executed as of this 19th day of May,
1997.


                                     RADIO ONE, INC.



                                     By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         -------------------------
                                     Name:  Alfred Liggins
                                     Title: President








                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
____________  of Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:


                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT


         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9




WARRANT NO.     1                                               15.24  WARRANTS
            ----------                                         -------


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value received,  CAPITAL DIMENSIONS VENTURE FUND, INC. or registered assigns
under Section 8 hereof (the "Holder") is the owner of FIFTEEN AND 24/100 (15.24)
WARRANTS  specified  above (the  "Warrants")  each of which  entitles the Holder
thereof to purchase one (1) fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of Radio One, Inc., a corporation  organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other number of shares as
may be determined pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof,
at the price per share set forth in Section 4 hereof, subject to adjustment from
time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the  "Warrant  Price") and subject to
the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.






         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised or have expired

                                        2






pursuant to Section 1 hereof, a new Warrant Certificate  representing the shares
of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented by this
Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be issued to
the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.     Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.     Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                           (i)  the  Company   shall  declare  any  dividend  or
         distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                           (ii) there  shall be any  capital  reorganization  or
         reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation  or
         merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially  all of its
         assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                           (iii)  there  shall  be a  voluntary  or  involuntary
         dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                           (iv) the Company shall propose to commence an initial
         public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant Certificate has been executed as of this 19th  day of May,
1997.


                                     RADIO ONE, INC.



                                     By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         -------------------------
                                     Name:  Alfred Liggins
                                     Title: President








                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
____________  of Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT


         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9



WARRANT NO.     6                                               3.27    WARRANTS
             -------                                          --------

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value  received,  TSG VENTURES  INC. or  registered  assigns under Section 8
hereof (the "Holder") is the owner of THREE AND 27/100 (3.27) WARRANTS specified
above (the "Warrants") each of which entitles the Holder thereof to purchase one
(1) fully  paid and  nonassessable  share of Common  Stock,  par value  $.01 per
share,  of Radio One, Inc., a corporation  organized under the laws of the State
of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other number of shares as may be determined
pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof,  at the price per
share set forth in  Section 4 hereof,  subject to  adjustment  from time to time
pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the "Warrant Price") and subject to the provisions
and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.






         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised or have expired


                                        2






pursuant to Section 1 hereof, a new Warrant Certificate  representing the shares
of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented by this
Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be issued to
the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.    Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.    Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                           (i)  the  Company   shall  declare  any  dividend  or
         distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                           (ii) there  shall be any  capital  reorganization  or
         reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation  or
         merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially  all of its
         assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                           (iii)  there  shall  be a  voluntary  or  involuntary
         dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                           (iv) the Company shall propose to commence an initial
         public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant Certificate has been executed as of this  19th day of May,
1997.


                                     RADIO ONE, INC.



                                     By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         -------------------------
                                     Name:  Alfred Liggins
                                     Title: President








                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
____________  of Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:


                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT


         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9




WARRANT NO.     3                                                 15.61 WARRANTS
            ----------                                            -----


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value received,  FULCRUM VENTURE CAPITAL  CORPORATION or registered  assigns
under Section 8 hereof (the "Holder") is the owner of FIFTEEN AND 61/100 (15.61)
WARRANTS  specified  above (the  "Warrants")  each of which  entitles the Holder
thereof to purchase one (1) fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of Radio One, Inc., a corporation  organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other number of shares as
may be determined pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof,
at the price per share set forth in Section 4 hereof, subject to adjustment from
time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the  "Warrant  Price") and subject to
the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.





         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised or have expired

                                        2





pursuant to Section 1 hereof, a new Warrant Certificate  representing the shares
of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented by this
Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be issued to
the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.    Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.    Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                           (i)  the  Company   shall  declare  any  dividend  or
         distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                           (ii) there  shall be any  capital  reorganization  or
         reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation  or
         merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially  all of its
         assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                           (iii)  there  shall  be a  voluntary  or  involuntary
         dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                           (iv) the Company shall propose to commence an initial
         public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant Certificate has been executed as of this 19th  day of May,
1997.


                                     RADIO ONE, INC.



                                     By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         -------------------------
                                     Name:  Alfred Liggins
                                     Title: President








                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
____________  of Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9




WARRANT NO.     8                                                29.52  WARRANTS
            ----------                                           ------


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value  received,  ALTA  SUBORDINATED  DEBT  PARTNERS III, L.P. or registered
assigns under Section 8 hereof (the  "Holder") is the owner of  TWENTY-NINE  AND
52/100 (29.52) WARRANTS  specified above (the "Warrants") each of which entitles
the Holder  thereof to purchase  one (1) fully paid and  nonassessable  share of
Common  Stock,  par value $.01 per  share,  of Radio One,  Inc.,  a  corporation
organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other
number of shares as may be  determined  pursuant to an  adjustment in accordance
with  Section  4 hereof,  at the price per share set forth in  Section 4 hereof,
subject  to  adjustment  from time to time  pursuant  to  Section 4 hereof  (the
"Warrant Price") and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions
set forth herein.







         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised or have expired

                                        2





pursuant to Section 1 hereof, a new Warrant Certificate  representing the shares
of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented by this
Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be issued to
the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.    Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.    Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                         (i)  the  Company   shall   declare  any   dividend  or
          distribution payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                         (ii)  there  shall  be any  capital  reorganization  or
          reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation or
          merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its
          assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                         (iii)  there  shall  be  a  voluntary  or   involuntary
          dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                         (iv) the Company  shall  propose to commence an initial
          public offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant  Certificate has been executed as of this 19th day of May,
1997.

                                      RADIO ONE, INC.



                                      By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         ------------------------------------
                                      Name: Alfred Liggins
                                      Title: President



                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
____________  of Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock
are being  acquired for the account of the  undersigned  for  investment and not
with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the  distribution  thereof and
that the undersigned has no present  intention of distributing or reselling such
shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature








                                       9




WARRANT NO.      9                                            20.15 WARRANTS
            ----------                                        -----


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value  received,  BANCBOSTON  INVESTMENTS  INC. or registered  assigns under
Section  8 hereof  (the  "Holder")  is the owner of TWENTY  AND  15/100  (20.15)
WARRANTS  specified  above (the  "Warrants")  each of which  entitles the Holder
thereof to purchase one (1) fully paid and nonassessable  share of Common Stock,
par value $.01 per share, of Radio One, Inc., a corporation  organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), or such other number of shares as
may be determined pursuant to an adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof,
at the price per share set forth in Section 4 hereof, subject to adjustment from
time to time pursuant to Section 4 hereof (the  "Warrant  Price") and subject to
the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.







         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised or have expired

                                        2





pursuant to Section 1 hereof, a new Warrant Certificate  representing the shares
of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented by this
Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be issued to
the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.     Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.     Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                    (i) the Company shall  declare any dividend or  distribution
          payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                    (ii)  there   shall  be  any   capital   reorganization   or
          reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation or
          merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its
          assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                    (iii) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
          liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                    (iv) the Company shall propose to commence an initial public
          offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

         This Warrant Certificate has been executed as of this 19th  day of May,
1997.


                                     RADIO ONE, INC.



                                     By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         -------------------------
                                     Name:  Alfred Liggins
                                     Title: President








                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
of ____________  Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of ____________
Common  Stock  are  being  acquired  for  the  account  of the  undersigned  for
investment  and not  with a view to,  or for  resale  in  connection  with,  the
distribution  thereof  and that the  undersigned  has no  present  intention  of
distributing or reselling such shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

______________________________                    ______________________________
                                                           Signature








                                       9
 




WARRANT NO.     10                                              1.26  WARRANTS
            ----------                                        -------


         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED  EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         UPON FIRST FURNISHING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY
         TO  THE  COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  TRANSFER  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE
         REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
         LAW.


         "This  instrument/agreement  is subject to a Standstill Agreement dated
         as of the Closing Date among RADIO ONE, INC., the Subsidiaries of Radio
         One, Inc. from time to time,  the Investors (as defined  therein),  the
         Senior Lenders (as defined therein) and NationsBank of Texas,  N.A., as
         Agent to the Senior Lenders (as defined  therein) and individually as a
         Lender, and United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee for the
         Senior Subordinated Noteholders (as defined therein). By its acceptance
         of this  instrument/agreement,  the holder hereof agrees to be bound by
         the  provisions  of such  Standstill  Agreement to the same extent that
         each Investor is bound. In the event of any  inconsistency  between the
         terms of this  instrument/agreement  and the  terms of such  Standstill
         Agreement,  the terms of the Standstill  Agreement  shall govern and be
         controlling."


                                 RADIO ONE, INC.


         This warrant  certificate (the "Warrant  Certificate")  certifies that,
for value received, GRANT M. WILSON or registered assigns under Section 8 hereof
(the "Holder") is the owner of ONE AND 26/100 (1.26)  WARRANTS  specified  above
(the  "Warrants")  each of which entitles the Holder thereof to purchase one (1)
fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of
Radio One, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware
(the "Company"), or such other number of shares as may be determined pursuant to
an adjustment in  accordance  with Section 4 hereof,  at the price per share set
forth in Section 4 hereof,  subject to adjustment  from time to time pursuant to
Section 4 hereof (the "Warrant  Price") and subject to the  provisions  and upon
the terms and conditions set forth herein.






         1.       Term of Warrant.

         Each  Warrant is  exercisable  (i) at any time after the date hereof by
Investors  holding a majority of the outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock (or,
if the  Preferred  Stock  has  been  redeemed  in full  prior to such  date,  by
Investors  holding a  majority  of the  outstanding  shares of  Preferred  Stock
immediately prior to such redemption) (the "Requisite Holders"),  or (ii) at any
time after the Preferred Stock has been paid in full at the option of the Holder
hereof;  provided,  however, that if the Holder is a "Specialized Small Business
Investment  Company"  (as  defined in the 26 U.S.C.  Section  1044(c)(3)),  this
Warrant may not in any event be exercised  after the sixth (6th)  anniversary of
the  redemption  in full of all  Preferred  Stock held by the  Holder.  Upon the
consummation by the Company of a Qualified Public  Offering,  this Warrant shall
be subject to automatic  exercise,  on a net basis,  as provided in Section 2(a)
hereof.

         2.       Method of Exercise and Payment; Issuance of New Warrant
                  Certificate; Contingent Exercise.

                  (a) In  connection  with any  exercise  pursuant  to Section 1
hereof,  this  Warrant  Certificate  shall be  surrendered  (with the  notice of
exercise  form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1 duly  executed)  at the  principal
office of the Company  together with the payment to the Company of (i) cash or a
certified  check or a wire  transfer in an amount  equal to the then  applicable
Warrant  Price  multiplied  by the  number of shares of Common  Stock then being
purchased or (ii) that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company  having a
fair market value (as defined below) equal to the then applicable  Warrant Price
multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock then being purchased.  In the
alternative, the Holder hereof may exercise its right to purchase some or all of
the shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Warrant  Certificate on a net basis,
such that,  without the exchange of any funds,  the Holder hereof  receives that
number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  subscribed  to  pursuant  to this  Warrant
Certificate  less that number of shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair
market value (as defined  below) at the time of exercise  equal to the aggregate
Warrant Price that would  otherwise  have been paid by the Holder for the number
of shares of Common Stock  subscribed  to under this Warrant  Certificate.  Fair
market  value,  on a  per-share  basis,  shall be deemed  to be (i) the  initial
offering price of the Common Stock to the public in a Qualified Public Offering;
and (ii) if the Common Stock is not publicly held or traded, "fair market value"
shall mean the Per Share Net Equity Value of the Company as determined  pursuant
to Section 5.03 of the Warrantholders' Agreement.

                  (b) The  Company  agrees  that the  shares of Common  Stock so
purchased  shall be deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner
of such  shares as of the close of  business  on the date on which this  Warrant
Certificate  shall have been  surrendered  and  payment  made for such shares as
aforesaid.  In the  event of any  exercise  of the  rights  represented  by this
Warrant  Certificate,  certificates  for the shares of Common Stock so purchased
shall be delivered to the Holder hereof within 15 days  thereafter  and,  unless
all of the  Warrants  represented  by this Warrant  Certificate  have been fully
exercised or have expired

                                        2





pursuant to Section 1 hereof, a new Warrant Certificate  representing the shares
of Common Stock, if any, with respect to which the Warrants  represented by this
Warrant Certificate shall not then have been exercised,  shall also be issued to
the Holder hereof within such 15 day period.

         3.    Common Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares.

         All Common  Stock which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
will, upon issuance,  be fully paid and nonassessable,  and free from all taxes,
liens and charges with respect to the issue  thereof.  During the period  within
which the rights represented by this Warrant  Certificate may be exercised,  the
Company will at all times have  authorized,  and reserved for the purpose of the
issuance  upon  exercise  of the  purchase  rights  evidenced  by  this  Warrant
Certificate,  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for
the exercise of the Warrants.

         4.    Warrant Price; Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares.

         The Warrant Price shall be $100.00 per share of Common  Stock,  and the
Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise
of the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

                  (a) Reclassification,  Consolidation or Merger. In case of any
reclassification or change of outstanding  securities of the class issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants,  or in case of any  consolidation  or  merger of the
Company with or into another  corporation or entity,  other than a consolidation
or merger  with  another  corporation  or entity  in which  the  Company  is the
continuing  corporation  and  which  does not  result  in any  reclassification,
conversion  or change of  outstanding  securities  issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants,  or in case of any sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Company,  the Company, or such successor or purchasing  corporation,  as the
case  may  be,  shall  execute  a new  warrant  certificate  (the  "New  Warrant
Certificate"),  providing that the Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall have
the right to exercise such new warrants and procure upon such exercise,  in lieu
of each  share  of  Common  Stock  theretofore  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants,  the kind and amount of shares of stock,  other securities,  money and
property   receivable   upon   such   reclassification,    conversion,   change,
consolidation,  or merger by a holder  of one  share of Common  Stock.  Such New
Warrant  Certificate  shall  provide  for  adjustments  which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section
4. The  provisions  of this Section  4(a) shall  similarly  apply to  successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers and transfers.

                  (b)  Subdivisions,  Combinations and Stock  Dividends.  If the
Company at any time while this Warrant  Certificate is outstanding and unexpired
shall  subdivide  or combine  its  Common  Stock,  or shall pay a dividend  with
respect to Common Stock payable in, or make any other  distribution with respect
to its Common Stock consisting of, shares of

                                        3





Common Stock, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted,  from and after the date
of  determination   of  shareholders   entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or
distribution,  to that price  determined  by  multiplying  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately  prior to such date of  determination  by a fraction (i) the
numerator  of which  shall  be the  total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  dividend or  distribution  and (ii) the
denominator  of which  shall be the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution.

                  Upon each  adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to this
Section 4(b), the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder shall
be  adjusted  to the  product  obtained  by  multiplying  the  number  of shares
purchasable  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  in the  Warrant  Price by a
fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior
to such  adjustment and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price
immediately thereafter.

                  (c)      [Intentionally Omitted.]

         5.       Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever any adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the
Company  shall  prepare a  certificate  signed by its  chief  financial  officer
setting forth, in reasonable  detail,  the event  requiring the adjustment,  the
amount of the  adjustment,  the method by which such  adjustment was calculated,
the  Warrant  Price after  giving  effect to such  adjustment  and the number of
shares of Common Stock then purchasable upon exercise of the Warrants, and shall
cause  copies  of such  certificate  to be mailed  to the  Holder  hereof at the
address  specified in Section 9(d)  hereof,  or at such other  address as may be
provided to the Company in writing by the Holder hereof.

         6.       Other Agreements; Definitions; Put and Call Rights.

         For purposes of this Warrant  Certificate,  all capitalized  terms that
are used herein without  definition shall have the respective  meanings ascribed
thereto  in  either  the  Preferred   Stockholders'  Agreement  (the  "Preferred
Stockholders'  Agreement"),  dated as of May 14, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company  and certain  other  parties  named  therein,  the  Warrantholders'
Agreement,  dated as of June 6, 1995,  as amended by the First  Amendment to the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  dated as of May 19, 1997,  by and among the Holder,
the  Company and certain  other  parties  named  therein  (the  "Warrantholders'
Agreement")  or, in the  event  that a  capitalized  term  used  herein  without
definition  is not  defined  in the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement, but is defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement,
dated as of June 6, 1995, by and among the Holder, the Company and certain other
parties named therein (the  "Securities  Purchase  Agreement"),  the  Securities
Purchase Agreement.  The Holder of this Warrant Certificate shall be entitled to
the  rights  and  subject  to  the  terms  and   conditions   of  the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement and

                                        4





Warrantholders'  Agreement,  and in the event of any  inconsistency  between the
terms  hereof  and the terms of the  Preferred  Stockholders'  Agreement  or the
Warrantholders'  Agreement,  as the case  may be,  the  terms  of the  Preferred
Stockholders' Agreement or the Warrantholders'  Agreement shall control. Without
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  this Warrant  Certificate  and the
Warrants  represented  hereby are subject to the "put" and "call"  provisions of
Article V of the  Warrantholders'  Agreement  which are  incorporated  herein by
reference.

         7.       Compliance with Securities Act.

         The Holder of this Warrant  Certificate,  by acceptance hereof,  agrees
that the  Warrants  and the shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise
thereof are being acquired for  investment  and that it will not offer,  sell or
otherwise  dispose of the  Warrants  or any shares of Common  Stock to be issued
upon  exercise  thereof  except under  circumstances  which will not result in a
violation of the Act. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the Holder hereof shall, if
requested by the Company,  confirm in writing that the shares of Common Stock so
purchased  are  being  acquired  for  investment  and  not  with a  view  toward
distribution or resale.  This Warrant Certificate and all shares of Common Stock
issued upon exercise of the Warrants (unless  registered under the Act) shall be
stamped or imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

         THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE
         NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") OR ANY
         APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (i)
         PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR (ii)
         IN A  TRANSACTION  WHICH  IS  NOT  IN  VIOLATION  OF  THE  REGISTRATION
         REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW.

         8.       Transfer.

         Subject to compliance  with the terms of Section 7 above,  the Warrants
and all rights under this Warrant  Certificate are transferable,  in whole or in
part, at the principal office of the Company by the Holder hereof,  in person or
by its duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender of this Warrant  Certificate
properly  endorsed  (with the  instrument of transfer  form  attached  hereto as
Exhibit 2 duly executed). Each Holder of this Warrant Certificate,  by taking or
holding  the same,  consents  and agrees  that this  Warrant  Certificate,  when
endorsed in blank, shall be deemed negotiable;  provided, however, that the last
Holder of this Warrant Certificate as registered on the books of the Company may
be  treated by the  Company  and all other  persons  dealing  with this  Warrant
Certificate  as the  absolute  owner of the Warrants for any purposes and as the
person entitled to exercise the rights  represented by this Warrant  Certificate
or to  transfer  the  Warrants  on the books of the  Company,  any notice to the
contrary  notwithstanding,  unless  and  until  such  Holder  seeks to  transfer
registered  ownership  of the  Warrants  on the  books of the  Company  and such
transfer is effected.

                                        5





         9.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a)   Replacement.   On   receipt   of   evidence   reasonably
satisfactory  to the Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or mutilation of
this Warrant  Certificate  and, in the case of loss,  theft or  destruction,  on
delivery of an indemnity  agreement or bond reasonably  satisfactory in form and
amount  to  the  Company  or,  in the  case  of  mutilation,  on  surrender  and
cancellation  of this Warrant  Certificate,  the Company,  at its expense,  will
execute  and  deliver,  in lieu  of  this  Warrant  Certificate,  a new  warrant
certificate of like tenor.

                  (b)      Notice of Capital Changes.  In case:

                    (i) the Company shall  declare any dividend or  distribution
          payable to the holders of shares of Common Stock;

                    (ii)  there   shall  be  any   capital   reorganization   or
          reclassification  of the capital of the Company,  or  consolidation or
          merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its
          assets to, another corporation or business organization;

                    (iii) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
          liquidation or winding up of the Company; or

                    (iv) the Company shall propose to commence an initial public
          offering;

then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give the Holder hereof
written notice of such event,  in the manner set forth in Section 9(d) below, at
least  90 days  prior to the  date on  which a  record  shall be taken  for such
dividend or distribution or for determining  shareholders  entitled to vote upon
such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution,
liquidation,  winding up or the date when any such transaction shall take place,
as the case may be.

                  (d) Notice.  Any notice to be given to either party under this
Warrant  Certificate  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given
to the Company or the Holder hereof,  as the case may be, when delivered in hand
or when sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Company,
at its  principal  office  and, if to the Holder  hereof,  at its address as set
forth in the Company's  books and records or at such other address as the Holder
hereof may have provided to the Company in writing.

                  (e) No  Impairment.  The Company will not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the

                                        6





Company,  but will at all times in good faith  assist in the carrying out of all
the provisions of this Warrant Certificate.

                  (f) Governing Law. This Warrant  Certificate shall be governed
by  and  construed  in  accordance   with  the  laws  of  the   Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.
         This Warrant Certificate has been executed as of this 19th  day of May,
1997.


                                     RADIO ONE, INC.



                                     By: /s/ Alfred Liggins
                                         -------------------------
                                     Name:  Alfred Liggins
                                     Title: President








                                        7





                                    EXHIBIT 1


                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE


TO: _____________

                              [Collective Exercise]

         The undersigned,  constituting the Requisite  Holders,  hereby elect to
exercise all of the Warrants contemplated by a certain Warrantholders' Agreement
dated as of June 6, 1995, as amended.

                              [Individual Exercise]

         1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase  ___________ shares of the
__________  Common  Stock of  ___________________  pursuant  to the terms of the
attached Warrant.

         2. Please issue a certificate or certificates  representing said shares
of _____________ Common  Stock in the name of the  undersigned  or in such other
name as is specified below:

                    _____________________________________________
                                     (Name)



                    _____________________________________________

                    _____________________________________________
                                    (Address)


         3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares of ____________
Common  Stock  are  being  acquired  for  the  account  of the  undersigned  for
investment  and not  with a view to,  or for  resale  in  connection  with,  the
distribution  thereof  and that the  undersigned  has no  present  intention  of
distributing or reselling such shares.


Dated:


                                                  ______________________________
                                                              Signature



                                        8




                                    EXHIBIT 2


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto   ___________________   the  rights   represented  by  the  within  Warrant
Certificate  to purchase  [_____________]  shares of Common  Stock of Radio One,
Inc.   to  which  the  within   Warrant   Certificate   relates   and   appoints
_______________________  to transfer such rights on the books of Radio One, Inc.
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:

_________________________________               ______________________________
                                                            Signature








                                       9


                              MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

  MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated  and effective as of August 1, 1996 by and between
Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation  ("Manager"),  and Radio One of Atlanta,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

  WHEREAS,  the Company desires to engage Manager to provide certain  management
services with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and to
provide other  services and advice more fully set forth  herein,  and Manager is
willing to undertake  these  responsibilities  on the terms and  conditions  set
forth herein;

  NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable
consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

  1.      Services  of  Manager.  Subject  to the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement,   Manager  will  provide  the  following   services  to  the  Company
(collectively, the "Basic Management Services"):

          (a) provide  advice and  consultation  to  management  concerning  the
     business,  financial  and  strategic  development  and  performance  of the
     Company and its subsidiaries; and

          (b)  provide  general  services,   including   corporate   secretarial
     services; maintenance of corporate records; tax counsel, employee benefits,
     insurance  and risk  management  services  and such other  services of such
     nature as the Company and Manager may reasonably agree upon; and










          (c) In addition to the services of its own staff, Manager shall select
     and,  with the consent of the Company,  engage on behalf of the Company the
     services of other  professionals  and  consultants  in connection  with the
     provision  of  the  services   set  forth   above,   including   management
     consultants,   bankers,  investment  bankers,  underwriters,   accountants,
     actuaries,  insurance brokers,  tax advisors,  appraisers,  risk management
     consultants and employee benefits consultants and attorneys.

   2.  Strategic  Guidance by Manager.  In connection  with the planning for, or
consummation  of, any transaction  proposed to be entered into by the Company or
any  subsidiary  of the  Company  outside of the  ordinary  course of  business,
including  any   acquisition,   disposition,   merger,   business   combination,
dissolution, liquidation, securities offering, recapitalization,  restructuring,
leasing or financing  (equity,  debt,  lease or  otherwise)  of or involving the
business and assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, Manager will provide to
the Company, or procure on behalf of the Company and its  subsidiaries (and will
promptly  notify  the  Company  of  such  procurement),  the following  services
(collectively, the "Specialized Services"):

          (a) management consulting,  banking, investment banking, underwriting,
     brokerage, tax, custodial,  accounting, data processing, employee relations
     and   appraisal  and  recommend  for  retention  by  the  Company  and  its
     subsidiaries the services of attorneys; and











          (b) such other services outside the ordinary course of business of, an
     administrative or managerial nature as the Company may reasonably request.

   3.  Limitations  on Manager's  Authority.  Manager will not be authorized to
manage the affairs of, act in the name of, direct the actions of employees of or
in any  way  bind  the  Company  or any of its  subsidiaries  (unless  otherwise
authorized  in writing by the company to do so).  The  management,  policies and
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries will be the responsibility of the
directors and officers of the Company and its  subsidiaries  acting  pursuant to
and in  accordance  with the relevant  corporate  charter and  by-laws,  and all
decisions  relating  to  corporate  matters  will be made by the  directors  and
officers  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  acting  pursuant  to  and in
accordance with the relevant corporate charter and by-laws.

   4.  Independent  Contractor  Status.  Manager  will  render and  perform  the
services under this Agreement as an  independent  contractor in accordance  with
its own  standards,  subject  to its  compliance  with  the  provisions  of this
Agreement and with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations.

   5. Availability of Employees.  Manager will make available to the Company the
services of such of its  employees  and  consultants  as are  necessary,  in the
reasonable  judgment of the Manager, to the performance from time to time of the
services  described  in  Sections 1 and 2 of this  Agreement,  provided that the
inability of the Manager to make available to the Company a specific employee or
consultant of the Manager for any reason, including without limitation the death
or disability of such employee or consultant,  the  termination of an employment
or consulting  agreement with any such person or the assignment of such employee
or consultant to other duties, shall not constitute a default hereunder.









   6. Limited Liability of Manager.

          (a) Neither Manager nor any director, officer,  stockholder,  employee
     or agent of Manager makes any express or implied representation,  warranty,
     or  guarantee  to the Company,  to any of its  subsidiaries,  to any of its
     stockholders or to any third party relating to the services to be performed
     by Manager  pursuant  to this  Agreement  or the quality or results of such
     services.

          (b)  Manager  shall  not  be  liable  to  the  Company,  to any of its
     subsidiaries,  to any of its  stockholders  or to any  third  party for any
     expense, claim, loss or damage,  including,  without limitation,  indirect,
     special,  consequential or exemplary  damages suffered other than by reason
     of Manager's intentional failure to perform the services to be performed by
     Manager pursuant to this Agreement, or by reason of action taken by Manager
     which was in bad faith and in a manner not  reasonably  believed by Manager
     to be in the best interests of the Company.

          (c)  Manager  shall  not  be  liable  to  the  Company,  to any of its
     subsidiaries,  to any of its  stockholders  or to any  third  party for the
     consequences  of any failure to perform or delay in  performing  any of its
     obligations  under this Agreement if that failure shall be caused by events
     or  circumstances  beyond its control  including,  without  limitation,  by
     strikes or labor disputes; provided, that Manager shall reasonably  provide
     prompt notice to the Company or its  subsidiaries of such inability and the
     reasons therefor.









   7.  Indemnification.  The Company will  indemnify  Manager and each director,
officer, stockholder,  employee and agent of Manager against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities  (including legal or other expenses  reasonably  incurred
investigating  or  defending  against  any  such  losses,   claims,  damages  or
liabilities), joint or several ("Liabilities"), to which any of such persons may
become subject by reason of being a director, officer, stockholder,  employee or
agent of Manager (but only to the extent that such  Liabilities  arise out of or
relate to and with  respect to the  services  performed  by  Manager  under this
Agreement); provided that the party to be indemnified acted in good faith and in
a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the Company,  and,  with respect to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

   The Company may pay expenses (including  attorneys' fees) incurred by Manager
and any  director,  officer,  stockholder,  employee  and  agent of  Manager  in
defending any civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative action, suit or
proceedings,  in  advance  of the  final disposition  of  such  action,  suit or
proceeding,  upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of a party which may
be entitled to  indemnification  to repay such amount if it shall be  ultimately
determined  that  he is  not  entitled  to be  indemnified  by  the  Company  as
authorized in this Agreement.

   8. Fee For  Services;  Expenses.  Commencing  on the  effective  date of this
Agreement and throughout the Term (as hereinafter defined), the Company will pay
to  Manager a fixed  fee,  payable  monthly,  of $8,333  per month  (subject  to
periodic adjustments upwards or downwards, to be negotiated by the parties, such
adjustments  to take into  account  the extent of services  to be  performed  by
Manager in the future and to be effective prospectively,  provided that such fee
shall not be reduced below $2,500 per month) for providing the Basic  Management
Services. Such fees will be due and payable monthly in advance by the Company











on the first  business  day of each  calendar  month  during the period in which
services are being provided unless the parties agree that the amount due will be
deferred  and become due and payable at such time in the future that the parties
agree to. In addition to the management fee referred to above,  the Company will
pay or reimburse  Manager for all  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses incurred in
fulfilling its  obligations as they relate to the Company under this  Agreement,
including  any  expenses  of third  parties  engaged by Manager;  provided  that
Manager will not be entitled to reimbursement  for compensation of its officers,
directors,  employees,  consultants or stockholders  who provide  services under
this Agreement. The Company shall also pay to Manager such additional fees in an
amount to be agreed to by the  parties  from time to time,  based upon fees that
would be charged for  comparable  services  by  similarly  situated  third party
providers,  for any Specialized  Services provided by Manager. The Company shall
pay or reimburse  Manager for all  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses incurred in
providing  any  Specialized  Services,  including  any expenses of third parties
engaged by Manager, provided that Manager shall not be entitled to reimbursement
for  compensation of its employees,  officers,  directors,  or stockholders  who
provide services hereunder.

   9. Other Relationships.  Nothing contained in this Agreement will, or will be
deemed to, prohibit,  restrict or limit in any manner any business or investment
activities  of Manager or the  directors,  officers,  employees or affiliates of
Manager.

   10.  Assignment.  This Agreement and all the provisions of it will be binding
on and  inure  to the  benefit  of the  parties  to  this  Agreement  and  their
respective  successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any
of the rights, interests and obligations under this Agreement may be assigned by
either  party  without  the prior  written  consent  of the other  party to this
Agreement,









which consent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Nothing in this  Agreement,
whether expressed or implied, may be construed to give any person other than the
parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
in respect of this Agreement.

   11. Term; Effect of Termination.

          (a) This  Agreement  will be effective on the date first written above
     and will  continue for a term ending on December 31, 2001 (the "Term") only
     upon the written  agreement of the parties.  If the parties do not agree to
     terminate the Agreement,  the Agreement  will renew for an additional  five
     years.

          (b) This Agreement may not be terminated for any reason, except by the
     express written consent of the parties.

          (c) At the end of the  Term of this  Agreement,  or in the  event  the
     parties agree to an earlier  termination  of this  Agreement (in each case,
     the "Termination Date"), each party will perform its obligations under this
     Agreement accrued to the Termination Date, and the Company (i) will assume,
     pay and honor all  obligations  to third  parties  engaged  by  Manager  in
     connection  with its services  hereunder and (ii) will promptly pay Manager
     all accrued  fees and expenses  and honor all  indemnification  obligations
     arising hereunder.  On termination,  Manager will return to the Company any
     corporate records of the Company and its subsidiaries.









   12. Alternate Dispute Resolution/Arbitration

          (a) Dispute Resolution. Any claim, dispute,  difference or controversy
     between the parties  hereto  arising out of, or relative to, this Agreement
     which cannot be settled by reference to other terms of this Agreement or by
     mutual understanding  between the parties shall be submitted to alternative
     dispute resolution as described in this Section 12.

          (b) Pre-Arbitration Referral to Representatives.

               (i)  The  dispute,  claim  or  controversy  arising  out of or in
          relation to this  Agreement or the  interpretation  or breach  thereof
          shall be resolved in accordance  with this Section 12, being subjected
          first  to  the  procedure  in  this  subsection  (b)  then,  if  still
          unresolved,  to binding  arbitration in accordance with subsection (c)
          below.  Any party may cause a  proceeding  to be  commenced  by giving
          written  notice to the other  party that it desires to do so (the date
          of such notice is hereinafter  referred to as the "Notice Date"). Each
          party shall thereupon  prepare a written  statement (the  "Statement")
          briefly describing such party's position on the matter in dispute. For
          purposes  hereof,  the Company  designates  Mary  Catherine  Sneed and
          Manager    designates   Alfred   C.   Liggins    (collectively,    the
          "Representatives")   as  the  individuals  who  shall  represent  such
          parties.  The Statement  shall be prepared within fifteen (15) days of
          the Notice Date and given to all parties.










               (ii) The  Representatives  shall,  during  the  fifteen  (15) day
          period commencing on the fifteenth day after the Notice Date, meet and
          negotiate  in good  faith in an  attempt  to  resolve  the  matter  in
          dispute.  If such attempt proves  unsuccessful  in the judgment of any
          party,  such  party may  cause  all  parties  involved  to pursue  the
          procedure set forth below by delivering written notice to them of such
          party's  desire  to do so within  five (5) days  after the end of such
          negotiation period.

          (c)  Arbitration.  Any  dispute  arising  out of or  relating  to this
     Agreement  or the  breach,  termination  or validity  hereof  which are not
     resolved by the foregoing procedure shall be finally settled by arbitration
     conducted  expeditiously in accordance with the Center for Public Resources
     Rules  for  Nonadministered  Arbitration  of  Business  Disputes  (the "CPR
     Rules").  The Center for Public  Resources  shall appoint a neutral advisor
     from its  National  CPR Panel.  The  arbitration  shall be  governed by the
     United States  Arbitration Act, 9  U.S.C.  Sections 1-16, and judgment upon
     the award  rendered by the  arbitrators  may be entered by any court having
     jurisdiction  thereof. The place of arbitration shall be Washington,  DC or
     any other location as agreed to by the parties.

          Such  proceedings  shall be  administered  by the  neutral  advisor in
     accordance with the CPR Rules as he/she deems  appropriate,  however,  such
     proceedings shall be guided by the following agreed upon procedures:











               (i)  mandatory  exchange  of  all  relevant   documents,   to  be
          accomplished  within  forty-five  (45) days of the  initiation  of the
          procedure;

               (ii) no other discovery;

               (iii) hearings  before the neutral advisor which shall consist of
          a summary presentation by each side of not more than three hours; such
          hearings to take place on one or two days at a maximum; and

               (iv)  decision  to be  rendered  not  more  than  ten  (10)  days
          following such hearings.

          Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary  contained  herein,  the
     provisions  of this  subsection  (c)  shall not  apply  with  regard to any
     equitable remedies to which any party may be entitled hereunder.

          The parties hereto (i) hereby  irrevocably  submit to the jurisdiction
     of the  United  States  District  Court for the  District  agreed to by the
     parties,  for the  purpose of  enforcing  the award or decision in any such
     proceeding  and (ii)  hereby  waive,  and  agree not to  assert,  by way of
     motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding,
     any claim that it is not  subject  personally  to the  jurisdiction  of the
     above-named  courts,  that its property is exempt or immune from attachment
     or  execution,  that the  suit,  action  or  proceeding  is  brought  in an
     inconvenient  forum,  that the venue of the suit,  action or  proceeding is
     improper or that this  Agreement  or the subject  matter  hereof may not be
     enforced in or by such court, and









     (iii)  hereby  waive and  agree not to seek any  review by any court of any
     other  jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an enforcement of the
     judgment of any such court. The parties hereto hereby consent to service of
     process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given.
     Each of the Company and Manager agrees that its submission to  jurisdiction
     and its  consent to  service  of  process  by mail is made for the  express
     benefit of the other parties hereto.  Final judgment against the Company or
     Manager in any such  action,  suit or  proceeding  may be enforced in other
     jurisdictions  by suit,  action or proceeding  on the  judgment,  or in any
     other   manner   provided  by  or  pursuant  to  the  laws  of  such  other
     jurisdiction;  provided,  however,  that any party may at its option  bring
     suit,  or institute  other  judicial  proceedings,  in any state or federal
     court of the  United  States  or of any  country  or place  where the other
     parties or their assets, may be found.

          The losing  party  shall  bear all of the  expenses  incurred  by both
     parties  in  connection  with any  arbitration,  including  legal and other
     expenses,  unless the neutral advisor determines that it is appropriate for
     the parties to share all or any part of the expenses incurred in connection
     with the arbitration  and the legal and other  expenses,  provided that any
     costs  incurred  by a party to  enforce  an award  of the  neutral  advisor
     pursuant to the foregoing  terms of this  subsection  (c) shall be borne by
     the party resisting enforcement.






   13. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided
for by this  Agreement  must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given
at the time when hand delivered or mailed in any general or branch United States
post office enclosed in a registered or certified post-paid envelope,  addressed
to the following  addresses of the parties to this  Agreement or to such changed
address as such party may have given the other party  notice as provided in this
Agreement:

          The Company:
                      Radio One of Atlanta, Inc.               
                      5526 B&C Old National Highway, Suite 200 
                      College Park, GA 30349                   
                      (404) 765-9750                           
                      Attn: Mary Catherine Sneed               
                      
          Manager:
                      Radio One, Inc.         
                      4001 Nebraska Avenue, NW
                      Washington, DC 20016    
                      (202) 686-9300          
                      Attn: Alfred C. Liggins 
                      

   14. Miscellaneous.

          (a)  This  Agreement,  or any  term or  provision  of it,  may only be
     amended, modified or waived by an instrument in writing signed by the party
     against  whom  such  amendment,  modification  or  waiver  is  sought to be
     enforced.

          (b) The  provisions of this  Agreement will be construed in accordance
     with and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.

          (c) This  Agreement  may be  executed in  counterparts,  each of which
     shall  be  deemed  to be an  original,  but  all of  which  together  shall
     constitute one and the same instrument.










          (d) This Agreement is complete,  reflects the entire  agreement of the
     parties with respect to its subject  matter,  and  supersedes  all previous
     written or oral negotiations, commitments or writings.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                 Radio One, Inc.


                                 By: /s/ Scott R. Royster
                                     ----------------------------------
                                 Name: Scott R. Royster
                                       --------------------------------
                                 Title: Chief Financial Officer
                                        -------------------------------


                                 Radio One of Atlanta, Inc.


                                 By:  /s/ Mary Catherine Sneed
                                      ---------------------------------
                                 Name: Mary Catherine Sneed
                                       --------------------------------
                                 Title: Vice President/ General Manager
                                        -------------------------------
RADIO
     ONE

               12 March 1997

WASHINGTON, DC
WMMJ-FM        Mr. Carr T. Preston
WKYS-FM        Senior Vice President
WOL-AM         Allied Capital
               1666 K Street N.W.    
BALTIMORE, MD  9th Floor                    
WERQ-FM        Washington, D.C. 20008       
WWIN-FM               
WWIN-AM                                     
WOLB-AM        By Telecopier (202) 858-2053
               
ATLANTA, GA                                
WNTA-FM        Dear Mr. Preston:           
               
               This Letter of Intent (the "LOI")  outlines the  principal  terms
               whereby  Radio One Inc., a Delaware  corporation  ("Radio One" or
               the "Buyer"),  or any entity controled by the same principals who
               control  Buyer,  will  purchase  from  Allied  Capital  Financial
               Corporation  ("Allied"  or the  "Seller")  in a warrant and stock
               transaction (the "Transaction"),  a warrant for all of the issued
               and outstanding capital stock of Broadcast Holdings, Inc. ("BHI")
               which owns radio station WYCB (AM), licensed to Washington,  D.C.
               (the "Station").

               The  consummation of the transaction  contemplated by this LOI is
               conditioned upon: Buyer's  satisfaction,  in its sole discretion,
               with the  results of its due  diligence  review of the Company as
               further  set  forth  below  and  the   approval  of  the  Federal
               Communications  Commission  (the "FCC") and the  negotiation  and
               execution of a definitive,  mutually  acceptable  stock  purchase
               agreement (the "Definitive Agreement"). The parties hereto intend
               this LOI to set forth the fundamental  points of agreement and it
               shall constitute a legally binding document,  subject only to the
               occurrence of such future events.

               Buyer and  Seller  expect to enter into a  Definitive  Agreement,
               within  sixty (60) days of both Buyer and Seller  executing  this
               LOI, subject solely to Buyer's  reasonable  satisfaction with its
               due  diligence  investigation  for a period of two weeks from the
               date of execution of this LOI,  after which,  unless Buyer has so
               notified   Seller,   the  Buyer  and  Seller  shall  negotiate  a
               Definitive Agreement which shall be conditioned upon FCC approval
               of the  Transaction.  Seller shall give Buyer and its  authorized
               representatives  reasonable  access  at  reasonable  times to the
               Station and shall  furnish all  information  relating  thereto as
               they may request to enable  Buyer to make such  examinations  and
               investigations thereof as Buyer shall reasonably deem necessary.

               We are prepared to move forward  expeditously  with the following
               offer.




               Mr. Carr T. Preston
               12 March 1997

               Page 2

               1. Consideration to be Paid by Buyer. On the date of closing, the
               warrant shall be exercised by Buyer for $1.00 to purchase the BHI
               stock.  The  consideration  paid to  Seller  for the  sale of the
               warrant for the stock of BHI shall be $4,000,000  (the  "Purchase
               Price")  of which  $2,800,000  shall be used by Seller and BHI to
               satisfy  certain   existing   obligations  of  BHI;   subject  to
               adjustment for any prorations and contingent liabilities, payable
               as follows:

                    On the date of closing,  by wire  transfer to bank  accounts
               designated  by  Seller,  the  sum  of  $4,000,00  in  immediately
               available funds.

               2. Escrow Closing.

                         (a) The  date of  closing  for  the  transaction  being
               proposed herein shall occur no later than ten (10) days after the
               consent of the FCC to the  transfer  of  control of the  licenses
               shall have become a Final Order (the "Closing Date").  If the FCC
               has not granted a transfer of control of the  Station's  licenses
               within nine months after the FCC's  acceptance  for filing of the
               application  for  transfer of control of such  licenses,  each of
               Seller and Buyer shall have the right to rescind its  obligations
               under the Definitive  Agreement,  provided that such  terminating
               party is not then in breach of the  terms and  conditions  of the
               Definitive Agreement.

                         (b)  If  Buyer   materially   breaches  the  Definitive
               Agreement  or  defaults  in the  performance  of its  obligations
               thereunder,  the sum of  $100,000  shall  be paid  to  Seller  as
               liquidated damages.

                         (c)  If  Seller  materially   breaches  the  Definitive
               Agreement, Buyer shall have the right of specific performance.

               3. Definitive Agreement.  Radio One and Allied shall negotiate in
               good  faith the terms of the  Definitive  Agreement  which  shall
               contain representations,  warranties, covenants and conditions by
               such parties as are usual and customary in  transactions  of this
               kind, including provisions regarding (i) Indemnification of Radio
               One and Allied;  (ii)  representations by the sole shareholder of
               BHI as to the validity of the warrant and shares of stock;  (iii)
               Seller's  responsibility  for payment of all payables of BHI that
               exist  at  closing  and   Seller's   right  to  all   pre-closing
               receivables  and  cash;  (iv)  Seller's  responsibility  for  all
               obligations and  liabilities  that BHI may have for the employees
               that Buyer does not assume. Buyer and Seller will jointly file an
               application




               Mr. Carr T. Preston
               12 March 1997

               Page 3


               requesting  FCC  approval  of  the  transfer  of  control  of the
               Station's licenses to Buyer as contemplated  herein no later than
               five  (5)  business  days  after   execution  of  the  Definitive
               Agreement.

               4. Agreement to Negotiate Confidentiality. Buyer and Seller agree
               to  proceed  diligently,  expeditiously,  and in good  faith,  to
               execute the Definitive Agreement and the Transaction contemplated
               herein in  accordance  with the terms set forth in this Letter of
               Intent.  Until the  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of this
               Letter of Intent,  Seller shall not solicit,  or negotiate with ,
               any other prospective purchaser of the Station.

               This Letter of Intent  shall expire and be null and void upon the
               earlier of (1) the  expiration  of the 60th day after the date of
               acceptance  of this  Letter of Intent  (subject  to a  reasonable
               extension  if  the  drafting  of  the  Definitive   Agreement  is
               proceeding  diligently,  (ii) the  execution  and delivery of the
               Definitive Agreement).

               We look forward to working with you to consummate the Transaction
               proposed   herein.   Please  do  not   hesitate  to  call  me  at
               202-885-4567 with any questions or comments you may have relative
               to anything contained herein.


               Very truly yours,

               RADIO ONE, INC.

               By:  /s/ Scott R. Royster
                    -----------------------------------------
                    Scott R. Royster, Chief Financial Officer



               Agreed:   /s/ Carr T. Preston
                         ------------------------------------

               By:       Carr T. Preston
                         ------------------------------------
                         Name

                         SVP
                         ------------------------------------
                         Title
          
                         3/13/97
                         ------------------------------------
                         Date of Acceptance


July 1, 1997

Mr. Carr T. Preston
Senior Vice President
Allied Capital
1666 K Street, NW
Washington, D.C. 20006


Dear Mr. Preston:


Reference is made to that certain Letter of Intent dated as of March 12, 1997 by
and  between  Radio One,  Inc.  ("Radio  One" or  "Buyer")  and  Allied  Capital
Financial Corporation ("Allied" or "Seller") pursuant to which Radio One, or any
entity  controlled by the same  principals  who control Radio One, will purchase
from Allied, in a warrant and stock transaction, a warrant for all of the issued
and  outstanding  capital stock of BHI, as such Letter of Intent was extended by
that  certain  First  Amendment  dated as of May 6, 1997,  that  certain  Second
Amendment  dated as of May 30, 1997 and that certain Third Amendment dated as of
June 5, 1997,  which Letter of Intent,  as so amended,  lapsed on June 18, 1997.
Capitalized  terms  used  herein  without  definition  shall  have the  meanings
assigned  such terms in the Letter of Intent.  Radio One and Allied hereby agree
to  reinstate  the  provisions  of the  Letter  of  Intent,  as  amended  by the
following:

1. The final sentence of the second  paragraph of the Letter of Intent is hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

"The  parties  hereto  intend  this LOI to set forth the  fundamental  points of
agreement. However, this LOI shall not constitute a legally binding document."

2. The first  sentence of the third  paragraph of the Letter of Intent is hereby
deleted in its entirety.

3.  Numbered  Paragraph  1 of the  Letter of Intent  is  hereby  deleted  in its
entirety and replaced with the following:

"Consideration  to Paid by Buyer.  On the date of closing,  the warrant shall be
exercised by Buyer for $1.00 to purchase the BHI stock. The  consideration  paid
to Seller for the sale of the warrant for the stock of BHI,  assuming BHI has no
debt at  closing,  shall  be  $4,000,000  (the  "Purchase  Price"),  subject  to
adjustment for any prorations and contingent liabilities. The form of payment of
the  Purchase  Price  (i.e.,  cash,  notes or a  combination  thereof)  shall be
mutually agreed upon by Buyer and Seller."

4. The first sentence of numbered  Paragraph 4 of the Letter of Intent is hereby
deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

"Buyer and Seller agree to proceed diligently,  expeditiously, and in good faith
to reach agreement on the form of payment of the Purchase Price,  and thereafter
to execute the Definitive Agreement and consummate the Transaction  contemplated
herein in  accordance  with the terms set  forth in this  Letter of  Intent,  as
amended;  provided,  however,  that nothing in this letter shall be construed to
create a duty of exclusive dealings between the parties."

5. The final sentence of numbered  Paragraph 4 of the Letter of Intent is hereby
deleted in its entirety.

4. The  penultimate  paragraph of the Letter of Intent is hereby  deleted in its
entirety and replaced with the following:

"This Letter of Intent shall expire and be null and void upon the earlier of (i)
July  31,  1997  (subject  to a  reasonable  extension  if the  drafting  of the
Definitive  Agreement  is  proceeding  diligently)  and (ii) the  execution  and
delivery of the Definitive Agreement."



We look forward to working with you to consummate the transactions  contemplated
by the Letter of Intent as modified hereby. Please do not hesitate to call me at
301/429-2642  with any  questions or comments you may have  relative to anything
contained herein.


Very truly yours,

RADIO ONE, INC.

By:  /s/ Scott R. Royster
     -------------------------------
     Scott R. Royster
     Chief Financial Officer



Agreed:

ALLIED CAPITAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION

By:  /s/ Carr T. Preston
     -------------------------------
     Carr T. Preston
     Senior Vice President





          FIRST AMENDMENT TO LETTER OF INTENT TO ENTER INTO OPTION AND
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LETTER OF INTENT TO ENTER INTO OPTION AND STOCK
PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  is dated this 6th day of May,  1997,  and is made  between
RADIO ONE, INC., and ALLIED CAPITAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION.

         Radio One, Inc.  ("Buyer")  and Allied  Capital  Financial  Corporation
("Seller")  have  executed a letter of intent  dated March 12,  1997,  which was
accepted by Seller on March 13, 1997 ("Letter").  The Letter describes the terms
upon which the parties would enter into an Option and Stock  Purchase  Agreement
("Agreement")  whereby Buyer would acquire from Seller its option to acquire the
stock of Broadcast  Holdings,  Inc.,  licensee of Station WYCB(AM),  Washington,
D.C.

         Buyer and Seller  agree that it would be mutually  beneficial  to amend
the provision contained in the Letter which requires that the parties enter into
an Agreement on or before May 12, 1997.

         In  consideration  of the parties' mutual agreement to continue in good
faith  to  finalize  the  Agreement,   which  the  parties  hereby   acknowledge
constitutes  good and valuable  consideration,  Buyer and Seller agree to extend
the time  period  to May 30,  1997,  in which to  negotiate  and  enter  into an
Agreement.

         Except as described above, the terms and conditions of the Letter shall
not be modified.

         This amendment may be signed in counterparts,  facsimile  signatures to
be binding upon receipt by facsimile transmission.

AGREED TO:                         AGREED TO:
/s/ Alfred C. Liggins, III         /s/ Carr T. Preston
- ---------------------------        ---------------------------
Alfred C. Liggins, III             Carr T. Preston
Radio One, Inc.                    Allied Capital Financial
                                   Corporation







          SECOND AMENDMENT TO LETTER OF INTENT TO ENTER INTO OPTION AND
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         THIS  SECOND  AMENDMENT  TO LETTER OF INTENT TO ENTER  INTO  OPTION AND
STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  is dated  this 30th day of May,  1997,  and is made
between RADIO ONE, INC., and ALLIED CAPITAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION.

         Radio One, Inc.  ("Buyer")  and Allied  Capital  Financial  Corporation
("Seller")  have  executed a letter of intent  dated March 12,  1997,  which was
accepted by Seller on March 13, 1997 ("Letter").  The Letter describes the terms
upon which the parties would enter into an Option and Stock  Purchase  Agreement
("Agreement")  whereby Buyer would acquire from Seller its option to acquire the
stock of Broadcast  Holdings,  Inc.,  licensee of Station WYCB(AM),  Washington,
D.C.

         Buyer and Seller  agree that it would be mutually  beneficial  to amend
the provision contained in the Letter which requires that the parties enter into
an Agreement on or before May 30, 1997.

         In  consideration  of the parties' mutual agreement to continue in good
faith  to  finalize  the  Agreement,   which  the  parties  hereby   acknowledge
constitutes  good and valuable  consideration,  Buyer and Seller agree to extend
the time  period  to June 6,  1997,  in which to  negotiate  and  enter  into an
Agreement.

         Except as described above,  the terms and conditions of the Letter,  as
amended on May 6, 1997, shall not be modified.

         This amendment may be signed in counterparts,  facsimile  signatures to
be binding upon receipt by facsimile transmission.

AGREED TO:                         AGREED TO:
/s/ Alfred C. Liggins, III         /s/ Carr T. Preston
- ---------------------------        ---------------------------
Alfred C. Liggins, III             Carr T. Preston
Radio One, Inc.                    Allied Capital Financial
                                   Corporation




          THIRD AMENDMENT TO LETTER OF INTENT TO ENTER INTO OPTION AND
                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LETTER OF INTENT TO ENTER INTO OPTION AND STOCK
PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  is dated this 5th day of June,  1997,  and is made between
RADIO ONE, INC., and ALLIED CAPITAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION.

         Radio One, Inc.  ("Buyer")  and Allied  Capital  Financial  Corporation
("Seller")  have  executed a letter of intent  dated March 12,  1997,  which was
accepted by Seller on March 13, 1997 ("Letter").  The Letter describes the terms
upon which the parties would enter into an Option and Stock  Purchase  Agreement
("Agreement")  whereby Buyer would acquire from Seller its option to acquire the
stock of Broadcast  Holdings,  Inc.,  licensee of Station WYCB(AM),  Washington,
D.C.

         Buyer and Seller  agree that it would be mutually  beneficial  to amend
the provision contained in the Letter which requires that the parties enter into
an Agreement on or before June 6, 1997.

         In  consideration  of the parties' mutual agreement to continue in good
faith  to  finalize  the  Agreement,   which  the  parties  hereby   acknowledge
constitutes  good and valuable  consideration,  Buyer and Seller agree to extend
the time  period to June 18,  1997,  in which to  negotiate  and  enter  into an
Agreement.

         Except as described above,  the terms and conditions of the Letter,  as
amended on May 6, 1997, and May 30, 1997, shall not be modified.

         This amendment may be signed in counterparts,  facsimile  signatures to
be binding upon receipt by facsimile transmission.

AGREED TO:                         AGREED TO:
/s/ Alfred C. Liggins, III         /s/ Carr T. Preston
- ---------------------------        ---------------------------
Alfred C. Liggins, III             Carr T. Preston
Radio One, Inc.                    Allied Capital Financial
                                   Corporation


                         RADIO ONE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                         ------------------------------

                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                       ----------------------------------

            FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 27, 1992, DECEMBER 26, 1993
            --------------------------------------------------------

                 DECEMBER 25, 1994, DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
                 ---------------------------------------------

        AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND MARCH 30, 1997
        ----------------------------------------------------------------

DECEMBER -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- (Dollars in Thousands) Earnings Net income (loss) $ 127,000 $ 14,000 $ 1,223,000 $ (1,856,000) $ (3,609,000) Add: Provision for income taxes - 92,000 30,000 - - Extraordinary item - 138,000 - 468,000 - Fixed charges (1) 1,198,000 2,086,000 2,783,000 5,588,000 7,762,000 -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- Total earnings $ 2,108,000 $ 2,330,000 $ 4,036,000 $ 4,200,000 $ 4,153,000 ============== ============== ============== ============== ============== Fixed charges(1) $ 1,981,000 $ 2,086,000 $ 2,783,000 $ 5,588,000 $ 7,762,000 ============== ============== ============== ============== ============== Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 1.06 1.12 1.45 0.75 0.54 ============== ============== ============== ============== ==============
MARCH -------------------------------- 1996 1997 -------------- -------------- Earnings (UNAUDITED) Net income (loss) $ (1,926,000) $ (1,960,000) Add: Provision for income taxes - - Extraordinary item - - Fixed charges (1) 1,856,000 1,842,000 -------------- -------------- Total earnings $ (70,000) $ (118,000) ============== ============== Fixed charges(1) $ 1,856,000 $ 1,842,000 ============== ============== Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 0.04 0.06 ============== ============== (1) Fixed charges represented interest expense, including amortization of discounts and the component of rent expense believed by management to be representative of the interest factor (one-third of rent expense).
                                  Exhibit 21.1
                                  ------------
                                  Subsidiaries
                                  ------------


Radio One  Licenses,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  is the only  subsidiary of
Radio One, Inc., and does business under the following call letters:

         WKYS-FM
         WMMJ-FM
         WOL-AM
         WYCB-AM
         WERQ-FM
         WOLB-AM
         WWIN-FM
         WWIN-AM
         WPHI-FM



                              ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the use of our reports
and  to  all  references  to our  Firm  included  in or  made  a  part  of  this
Registration Statement.




Baltimore, Maryland
  June 27, 1997




                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



We consent to the  inclusion in this  registration  statement on Form S-4 of our
report dated  February 3, 1995,  on our audits of the  financial  statements  of
WKYS-FM,  Inc. We also  consent to the  reference  to our firm under the caption
"Experts".




Coopers & Lybrand LLP
Denver, Colorado
June 27, 1997
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549
                            _______________________


                                   FORM T- 1

                           STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                   UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF               
                  A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
                             ______________________



                      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                      ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                             SECTION 305(b)(2)_________
                             ___________________________




                     UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
              (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


                   New York                            13-3818954
     (Jurisdiction of Incorporation or            (I.R.S. Employer 
   organization if not a U.S. national bank)      Identification Number)

                 114 West 47th Street                  10036-1532
                 New York,  New York                    (Zip Code)
                 (Address of principal
                   executive offices)

                          ______________________________     

                                RADIO ONE, INC.
              (Exact name of OBLIGOR as specified in its charter)


                 Delaware                            52-1166660
     (State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S. Employer
      incorporation or organization                Identification No.)

      5900 Princess Garden Parkway, 7th Floor           20706
                 Lanham, Maryland                    (Zip code)
     (Address of principal executive offices)


                         _______________________________

                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
                       (Title of the indenture securities)

================================================================================

















                                      -2-


                                           

                                     GENERAL

  1.    General Information
        -------------------

        Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

       (a)    Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to
              which it is subject.

              Federal Reserve Bank of New York (2nd District), New York, New
                  York (Board of Governors of the Fecleral Reserve System).
              Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D. C.
              New York State Banking Department, Albany, New York

       (b)    Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                  The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

  2.     Affiliations with the Obligor
         -----------------------------
         If the obliger is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
         affiliation.

         None.

         3,4,5.6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14 and 15. 

         
         The obliger is currently  not in default  under any of its  outstanding
         securities  for  which  United  States  Trust  Company  of New  York is
         Trustee.  Accordingly,  responses to Items 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
         12,  13,  14  and  15 of  Form  T-1  ARE  not  required  under  General
         Instruction B.

  16.    List of Exhibit

         T-1.1 --   Organization Certificate, as amended, issued by the State of
                    New York Banking  Department to transact business as a Trust
                    Company,  is  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit T-1.1 to
                    Form T-1 filed on September 15, 1995 with the the Commission
                    pursuant to the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939, as amended by
                    the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990 of 1990 (Registration
                    No. 33-97056).

         T-1.2  --  Included in Exhibit T-1.1.

         T-1.3 --   Included in Exhibit T-1.1.






                                     - 3 -

  16.    List of Exhibits (continued)

         T-1.4 --  The By-laws of the United  States Trust Company of New York,
                    as amended, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit T-1.4 to
                    Form T-1 filed on  September  15,  1995 with the  Commission
                    pursuant to the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939, as amended by
                    the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-
                    97056).
            
         T-1.6 --   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the
                    Trust  Indenture  Act of  1939,  as  amended  by  the  Trust
                    Indenture Reform Act of 1990.

         T-1.7 --   A copy of the  latest  report of  condition  of the  trustee
                    pursuant to law or the  requirements  of its  supervising or
                    examining authority.

                                                     NOTE

                    As of June 13,  1997,  the trustee had  2,999,020  shares of
                    Common  Stock  outstanding,  all of which  are  owned by its
                    parent company, U. S. Trust Corporation.  The term "trustee"
                    in Item 2, refers to each of United  States Trust Company of
                    New York and its parent company, U. S. Trust Corporation.

                    In answering Item 2 in this statement of eligibility,  as to
                    matters  peculiarly  within the  knowledge of the obliger or
                    its  directors,  the  trustee  has relied  upon  information
                    furnished to it by the obligor and will rely on  information
                    to be  furnished  by the obliger  and the trustee  disclaims
                    responsibility  for the  accuracy  or  completeness  of such
                    information.

                    Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Trust Indenture Act of
                    1939, the trustee,  United States Trust Company of New York,
                    a corporation  organized and existing  under the laws of the
                    State  of New  York,  has  duly  caused  this  statement  of
                    eligibility  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
                    "hereunto duly authorized,  all in the city of New York, and
                    state of New York, on the 13th day of June, 1997.

                    UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
                        NEW YORK, Trustee

 


                    By: /s/ Patricia Stermer
                        ---------------------   
                        Assistant Vice President





                                                       EXHIBIT T-1.6

        The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

                     United States Trust Company of New York
                              114 West 47th Street
                               New York, NY 10036

September 1, 1995

Securities and Exchange Commission 
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20549

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,

as  amended  by the Trust  Indenture  Reform  Act of 1990,  and  subject  to the

limitations  set forth  therein,  United States Trust Company of New York ("U.S.

Trust") hereby  consents that reports of  examinations of U.S. Trust by Federal,

State,  Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities

to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.



Very truly yours,

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
  OF NEW YORK

  By: /s/ Gerard F. Ganey  
      -----------------------
     Senior Vice President 



                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION
                                DECEMBER 31. 1996
                       _____________________________________
                                  (IN THOUSANDS)

          ASSETS
          -------
         Cash and Due from Banks                           $   75,754       

         Short-Term Investments                               276,399

         Securities, Available For Sale                       925,886

         Loans                                              1,638,516
         Less: Allowance for Credit Losses                     13,168
                                                           ---------- 
              Net Loans                                     1,625,348

         Premises and Equipment                                61,278

         Other Assets                                         120,903
                                                           ----------
              TOTAL ASSETS                                $ 3,085,568       
                                                          ===========

        LIABILITIES
        ------------
        Deposits:  
            Non-Interest Bearing                         $    645,424       
            Interest Bearing                                1,694,581
                                                          ===========  
                Total Deposits                              2,340,005

       Short-Term Credit Facilities                           449,183

       Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities               139,261
                                                          ------------  
               TOTAL LIABILITIES                            2,928,449   
                                                          ------------ 
      STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

      Common Stock                                             14,995  

      Capital Surplus                                          42,394

      Retained Earnings                                        98,926

      Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities
         Available for Sale, Net of Taxes                         804  
                                                        -------------
      TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                              157,119  
          TOTAL LIABILITIES AND                         -------------
             STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                     $     3,085,568
                                                      ===============

I, Richard E.  Brinkmann,  Senior Vice President & Comptroller of the named bank
do  hereby  declare  that this  Statement  of  Condition  has been  prepared  in
conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate regulatory authority
and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.



/s/  Richard E. Brinkmann
- --------------------------------------
Signature of Officer

  April 9, 1997
- --------------------------------------
Date


 


5 This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the three fiscal years ended December 25, 1995, December 31,1995 and December 31, 1996, and for the the three months ended March 31, 1996 and March 30, 1997, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements. 1 US DOLLARS YEAR YEAR YEAR 3-MOS 3-MOS DEC-25-1994 DEC-31-1995 DEC-31-1996 DEC-31-1996 DEC-31-1997 JAN-01-1994 JAN-01-1995 JAN-01-1996 JAN-01-1996 JAN-01-1997 DEC-25-1994 DEC-31-1995 DEC-31-1996 MAR-31-1996 MAR-30-1997 1 1 1 1 1 0 2,702,868 1,708,295 0 3,293,452 0 0 0 0 0 0 6,433,086 7,184,295 0 6,334,541 0 (669,400) (765,200) 0 (865,500) 0 0 0 0 0 0 8,697,341 8,244,788 0 9,097,121 0 5,635,604 5,647,831 0 5,767,064 0 (2,008,173) (2,640,827) 0 (2,809,921) 0 55,893,572 51,776,780 0 51,481,426 0 4,805,085 7,474,311 0 8,477,056 0 64,585,264 64,936,511 0 65,600,459 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 (11,393,514) (15,002,757) 0 (16,962,804) 0 55,893,572 51,776,780 0 51,481,426 17,856,242 24,625,834 27,026,888 5,274,761 6,298,351 17,856,242 24,625,834 27,026,888 5,274,761 6,298,351 (2,314,825) (3,171,059) (3,325,063) (604,802) (765,804) (2,314,825) (3,171,059) (3,325,063) (604,802) (765,804) 11,661,785 17,642,338 19,982,036 4,803,737 5,748,629 619,841 544,904 1,105,329 140,128 206,806 2,664,873 5,289,054 7,252,377 1,791,834 1,765,328 1,253,134 (1,387,370) (3,609,243) (1,925,612) (1,960,047) 30,500 0 0 0 0 1,222,634 (1,387,370) (3,609,243) (1,925,612) (1,960,047) 0 0 0 0 0 0 (468,233) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1,222,634 (1,855,603) (3,609,243) (1,925,612) (1,960,047) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
                              LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

                             To Tender for Exchange
                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
                                       of
                                 RADIO ONE, INC.

               Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated ____________, 1997


THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00
P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON _______________, 1997 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE
"EXPIRATION DATE").
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             PLEASE READ CAREFULLY THE ATTACHED INSTRUCTIONS
If you desire to accept the Exchange Offer, this Letter of Transmittal should be completed, signed, and submitted to the Exchange Agent: By Overnight Courier: By Hand: By Registered or Certified Mail: United States Trust Company United States Trust Company United States Trust Company of New York of New York of New York 770 Broadway, 13th Floor 111 Broadway P.O. Box 844 New York, New York 10003 Lower Level Attn: Corporate Trust Services Attn: Corporate Trust Services Attn: Corporate Trust Services Cooper Station New York, New York 10006 New York, New York 10276- 0844
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EXCHANGE AGENT BY TELEPHONE AT 800-548-6565, OR BY FACSIMILE AT 212-420-6152. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated ___________, 1997 (the "Prospectus") of Radio One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Issuer"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), that together constitute the Issuer's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of its Series B 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement, for each $1,000 in principal amount of its outstanding 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Notes"), of which $85,478,000 aggregate principal amount is outstanding. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus. The undersigned hereby tenders the Notes described in Box 1 below (the "Tendered Notes") pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered owner of all the Tendered Notes and the undersigned represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of the Tendered Notes ("Beneficial Owners") a duly completed and executed form of "Instruction to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner" accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Tendered Notes, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns, and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer, all right, title, and interest in, to, and under the Tendered Notes. Please issue the Exchange Notes exchanged for Tendered Notes in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions" below (Box 3), please send or cause to be sent the certificates for the Exchange Notes (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below in Box 1. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the true and lawful agent and attorney in fact of the undersigned with respect to the Tendered Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to (i) deliver the Tendered Notes to the Issuer or cause ownership of the Tendered Notes to be transferred to, or upon the order of, the Issuer, on the books of the registrar for the Notes and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Issuer upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned's agent, of the Exchange Notes to which the undersigned is entitled upon acceptance by the Issuer of the Tendered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and (ii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of the Tendered Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The undersigned understands that tenders of Notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, subject only to withdrawal of such tenders on the terms set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer-Withdrawal of Tenders." All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s), and every obligation of the undersigned or any Beneficial Owners hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, representatives, successors, and assigns of the undersigned and such Beneficial Owner(s). The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign, and transfer the Tendered Notes and that the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, encumbrances, and adverse claims when the Tendered Notes are acquired by the Issuer as contemplated herein. The undersigned and each Beneficial Owner will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents reasonably requested by the Issuer or the Exchange Agent as necessary or desirable to complete and give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in Box 2 is true and correct. By accepting the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired by the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) in connection with the Exchange Offer are being acquired by the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s) in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned and any Beneficial Owner(s), (ii) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner that are not Participating Broker-Dealers, are not engaged in and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) except as otherwise disclosed in writing herewith, neither the undersigned nor any Beneficial Owner is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Issuer, and (iv) the undersigned and each Beneficial Owner acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the "Securities Act"), in connection with a secondary resale of the 2 Exchange Notes acquired by such person and cannot rely on the position of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the no-action letters that are discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer." In addition, by accepting the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby (i) represents and warrants that, if the undersigned or any Beneficial Owner of the Notes is a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Participating Broker-Dealer acquired the Notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with the Company or any affiliate of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer, and (ii) acknowledges that, by receiving Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, such Participating Broker-Dealer will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. [ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED HEREWITH. [ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE "Use of Guaranteed Delivery" BELOW (Box 4). [ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOKENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE "Use of Book-Entry Transfer" BELOW (Box 5). PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING THE BOXES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX 1 DESCRIPTION OF NOTES TENDERED (Attach additional signed pages, if necessary) - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aggregate Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Note Holder(s), Certificate Principal Amount Aggregate exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Note Certificate(s) Number(s) of Represented by Principal Amount (Please fill in, if blank) Notes* Certificate(s) Tendered** - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- * Need not be completed by persons tendering by book-entry transfer. ** The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Notes. All other tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the principal amount of all Note Certificates identified in this Box 1 or delivered to the Exchange Agent herewith shall be deemed tendered. See Instruction 4. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX 2 BENEFICIAL OWNER(S) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- State of Principal Residence of Principal Amount of Tendered Notes Beneficial Owner of Tendered Notes Held for Account of Beneficial Owner - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX 3 SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 5, 6 and 7) TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF EXCHANGE NOTES EXCHANGED FOR NOTES AND UNTENDERED NOTES ARE TO BE SENT TO SOMEONE OTHER THAN THE UNDERSIGNED, OR TO THE UNDERSIGNED AT AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN THAT SHOWN ABOVE. Mail Exchange Note(s) and any untendered Notes to: Name(s): - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (please print) Address: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (include Zip Code) Tax Identification or Social Security No.: - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX 4 USE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY (See Instruction 2) TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF NOTES ARE BEING TENDERED BY MEANS OF A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. Name(s) of Registered Holder(s): - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: ----------------------------- Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery: ---------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX 5 USE OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER (See Instruction 1) TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF DELIVERY OF TENDERED NOTES IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER. Name of Tendering Institution: -------------------------------------------------- Account Number: ----------------------------------------------------------------- Transaction Code Number: -------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX 6 TENDERING HOLDER SIGNATURE (See Instructions 1 and 5) In Addition, Complete Substitute Form W-9 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- X Signature-Guarantee ------------------------------------- (If required by Instruction 5) X ------------------------------------ (Signature of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized-Signature Authorized Signatory) Note: The above lines must be X ---------------------------------- signed by the registered holder(s) of Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on Name:------------------------------- the Notes or by persons(s) authorized (please print) to become registered holder(s) (evidence of which authorization must be transmitted with this Letter of Title: ----------------------------- Transmittal). If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, Name of Firm: ---------------------- guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer, (Must be an Eligible Institution or other person acting in a fiduciary as-defined in Instruction 2) or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full Address: ---------------------------- title below. See Instruction 5. ---------------------------- Name(s):------------------------------- ---------------------------- ------------------------------ (include Zip Code) Capacity:----------------------------- Area Code and Telephone Number: ------------------------------ ---------------------------- Street Address: ---------------------- Dated: ---------------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------ (include Zip Code) Area-Code-and-Telephone Number: ------------------------------ Tax Identification or Social Security Number: ------------------------------------ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BOX 7 BROKER-DEALER STATUS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |_| Check this box if the Beneficial Owner of the Notes is a Participating Broker-Dealer and such Participating Broker-Dealer acquired the Notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |_| Check here if you are a Participating Broker-Dealer and wish to receive 10 additional copies of the prospectus and 10 copies of any amendments or supplements thereto. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAYOR'S NAME: RADIO ONE, INC. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Name (if joint names, list first and circle the name of the person or entity whose number you enter in SUBSTITUTE Part 1 below. See instructions if your name has changed.) FORM W-9 ---------------------------------------------------- Address: Department of the Treasury ---------------------------------------------------- Internal Revenue Service City, State and ZIP Code: ---------------------------------------------------- List account number(s) here (optional) ---------------------------------------------------- PART 1--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION Social Security NUMBER ("TIN") IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY Number or TIN SIGNING AND DATING BELOW -------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART 2--Check the box if you are NOT subject to backup withholding under the provisions of section 3406(a)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code because (1) you have not been notified that you are subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (2) the Internal Revenue Service has notified you that you are no longer subject to backup withholding. [ ] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CERTIFICATION--UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I Part 3-- CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ON THIS FORM Awaiting TIN [ ] IS TRUE, CORRECT AND COMPLETE. SIGNATURE _________________ DATE ____________________ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP - ---- WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 7 INSTRUCTIONS TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER 1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND NOTES. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal, including Substitute Form W-9, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein, and either certificates for Tendered Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein or such Tendered Notes must be transferred pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described in the Prospectus under the caption "Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" (and a confirmation of such transfer received by the Exchange Agent), in each case prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of certificates for Tendered Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the tendering holder and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Notes should be sent to the Company. Neither the Issuer nor the registrar is under any obligation to notify any tendering holder of the Issuer's acceptance of Tendered Notes prior to the closing of the Exchange Offer. 2. GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. Holders who wish to tender their Notes but whose Notes are not immediately available, and who cannot deliver their Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below, including completion of Box 4. Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through a firm which is a member of a recognized Medallion Program approved by the Securities Transfer Association Inc. (an "Eligible Institution") and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder; (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from the holder and the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder, the certificate number(s) of the Tendered Notes and the principal amount of Tendered Notes, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal together with the certificate(s) representing the Notes and any other required documents will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, as well as all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the certificate(s) representing all Tendered Notes in proper form for transfer, must be received by the Exchange Agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. Any holder who wishes to tender Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Notes prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by an Eligible Holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery process. 3. BENEFICIAL OWNER INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDERS. Only a holder in whose name Tendered Notes are registered on the books of the registrar (or the legal representative or attorney-in-fact of such registered holder) may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any Beneficial Owner of Tendered Notes who is not the registered holder must arrange promptly with the registered holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the registered holder of the Instructions to Registered Holder and/or Book-Entry Transfer Facility Participant from Beneficial Owner form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal. 4. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount. If less than the entire principal amount of Notes held by the holder is tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the column labeled "Aggregate Principal Amount Tendered" of 8 the box entitled "Description of Notes Tendered" (Box 1) above. The entire principal amount of Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Notes held by the holder is not tendered, then Notes for the principal amount of Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued in exchange for any Notes tendered and accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her registered address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date. 5. SIGNATURES ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Tendered Notes, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Tendered Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If any of the Tendered Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If any Tendered Notes are held in different names, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of the Letter of Transmittal as there are different names in which Tendered Notes are held. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Tendered Notes, and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are to be issued (and any untendered principal amount of Notes is to be reissued) in the name of the registered holder(s), then such registered holder(s) need not and should not endorse any Tendered Notes, nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such registered holder(s) must either properly endorse the Tendered Notes or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter of Transmittal, with the signature(s) on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Tendered Notes, such Tendered Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case, signed as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Tendered Notes, with the signature(s) on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If this Letter of Transmittal or any Tendered Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuer, evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal. Endorsements on Tendered Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 5 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Tendered Notes are tendered (i) by a registered holder who has not completed the box set forth herein entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" (Box 3) or (ii) by an Eligible Institution. 6. SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable box (Box 3), the name and address to which the Exchange Notes and/or substitute Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. 7. TRANSFER TAXES. The Issuer will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Tendered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Tendered Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or on any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder. Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Tendered Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal. 9 8. TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. Federal income tax law requires that the holder(s) of any Tendered Notes which are accepted for exchange must provide the Issuer (as payor) with its correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN"), which, in the case of a holder who is an individual, is his or her social security number. If the Issuer is not provided with the correct TIN, the Holder may be subject to backup withholding and a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. (If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.) Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional instructions. To prevent backup withholding, each holder of Tendered Notes must provide such holder's correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth herein, certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a TIN), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup withholding. If the Tendered Notes are registered in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for information on which TIN to report. The Issuer reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever steps are necessary to comply with the Issuer's obligation regarding backup withholding. 9. VALIDITY OF TENDERS. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Tendered Notes will be determined by the Issuer in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the right to reject any and all Notes not validly tendered or any Notes the Issuer's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Issuer or their counsel, be unlawful. The Issuer also reserves the right to waive any conditions of the Exchange Offer or defects or irregularities in tenders of Notes as to any ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Notes in the Exchange Offer. The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto) by the Issuer shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Notes must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine. Neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Notes, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date. 10. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the absolute right to amend, waive or modify any of the conditions in the Exchange Offer in the case of any Tendered Notes. 11. NO CONDITIONAL TENDER. No alternative, conditional, irregular, or contingent tender of Notes or transmittal of this Letter of Transmittal will be accepted. 12. MUTILATED, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Notes. Any tendering Holder whose Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further instructions. 13. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer. 14. ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERED NOTES AND ISSUANCE OF NOTES; RETURN OF NOTES. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer will accept for exchange all validly tendered Notes as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date and will issue Exchange Notes therefor as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date and will issue Exchange Notes therefor as soon as practicable thereafter. 10 For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have accepted tendered Notes when, as and if the Issuer has given written or oral notice (immediately followed in writing) thereof to the Exchange Agent. If any Tendered Notes are not exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any reason, such unexchanged Notes will be returned, without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown in Box 1 or at a different address as may be indicated herein under "Special Delivery Instructions" (Box 3). 15. WITHDRAWAL. Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer." 11
                          NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

                                 With Respect to
                     12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004
                                       of

                                 RADIO ONE, INC.

                          Pursuant to the Prospectus Dated _______________, 1997

     This  form must be used by a holder of 12%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes due
2004 (the "Notes") of Radio One, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),
who wishes to tender  Notes to the  Exchange  Agent  pursuant to the  guaranteed
delivery  procedures  described in "The  Exchange  Offer -  Guaranteed  Delivery
Procedures"  of  the  Company's  Prospectus,   dated  ____________,   1997  (the
"Prospectus")  and in  Instruction 2 to the related Letter of  Transmittal.  Any
holder  who  wishes  to  tender  Notes  pursuant  to  such  guaranteed  delivery
procedures  must  ensure  that  the  Exchange  Agent  receives  this  Notice  of
Guaranteed  Delivery  prior  to  the  Expiration  Date  of the  Exchange  Offer.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them
in the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal.

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON ________________, 1997 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- United States Trust Company of New York (the "Exchange Agent") By Overnight Courier: By Hand: By Registered or Certified Mail: United States Trust Company United States Trust Company United States Trust Company of New York of New York of New York 770 Broadway, 13th Floor 111 Broadway P.O. Box 844 New York, New York 10003 Lower Level Attn: Corporate Trust Services Attn: Corporate Trust Services Attn: Corporate Trust Services Cooper Station New York, New York 10006 New York, New York 10276-0844
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal. Ladies and Gentlemen: The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned hereby tenders the Notes listed below:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CERTIFICATE NUMBER(S) (IF KNOWN) OF NOTES OR AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT NUMBER AT THE BOOK-ENTRY FACILITY AMOUNT REPRESENTED AMOUNT TENDERED - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signatures of Registered Holder(s) or Authorized Signatory:______________________ Date: ___________________, 1996 ________________________________________ Address:_________________________________ - ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------ Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):_____________ Area Code and Telephone No._______________ - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the Holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear on certificates for Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become Holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information. Please print name(s) and address(es) Name(s): _______________________________________________________________________ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Capacity: ______________________________________________________________________ Address(es):____________________________________________________________________ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 GUARANTEE (Not to be used for signature guarantee) The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or is a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or is otherwise an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility described in the prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" and in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth New York Stock Exchange trading day following the Expiration Date.
Name of firm_____________________________ ________________________________________ (Authorized Signature) Address__________________________________ Name____________________________________ (Please Print) ________________________________________ Title_____________________________________ (Include Zip Code) Area Code and Tel. No. ___________________ Dated______________________________, 1996
- ------------ DO NOT SEND SECURITIES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF SECURITIES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 4 INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY 1. Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal. 2. Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Notes referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Notes without alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Notes, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Notes. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Notes listed or a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the Notes or signed as the name of the participant shown on the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's security position listing. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit with the Letter of Transmittal evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person's authority to so act. 3. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer. 5
                    INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED HOLDER AND/OR
         BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY PARTICIPANT FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

                                       OF

                                 RADIO ONE, INC.

                     12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004

  To Registered Holder and/or Participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility:

     The  undersigned  hereby  acknowledges  receipt  of the  Prospectus,  dated
_____________,   1997  (the   "Prospectus")  of  Radio  One,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  (the "Company"),  and the  accompanying  Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter of  Transmittal"),  that together  constitute  the Company's  offer (the
"Exchange  Offer").  Capitalized  terms  used but not  defined  herein  have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

     This will instruct you, the registered  holder and/or  book-entry  transfer
facility  participant,  as to action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange
Offer with respect to the 12% Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2004 (the "Notes")
held by you for the account of the undersigned.

     The  aggregate  face amount of the Notes held by you for the account of the
undersigned is (fill in amount):

     $                          of the 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004

     With respect to the Exchange Offer,  the undersigned  hereby  instructs you
(CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX):

    [ ]  TO TENDER the following Notes held by you for the account of the
         undersigned (INSERT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES TO BE TENDERED, IF 
         ANY):   $

    [ ]  NOT TO TENDER any Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

     If the  undersigned  instructs  you to tender the Notes held by you for the
account of the  undersigned,  it is understood  that you are  authorized  (a) to
make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below,
hereby makes to you), the representation and warranties  contained in the Letter
of  Transmittal  that  are to be  made  with  respect  to the  undersigned  as a
beneficial owner,  including but not limited to the representations that (i) the
undersigned's  principal residence is in the state of (fill in state) , (ii) the
undersigned is acquiring the Exchange  Notes in the ordinary  course of business
of the  undersigned,  (iii)  the  undersigned  is not  participating,  does  not
participate,  and  has no  arrangement  or  understanding  with  any  person  to
participate in the  distribution  of the Exchange  Notes,  (iv) the  undersigned
acknowledges that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose
of  distributing  the  Exchange  Notes must  comply  with the  registration  and
prospectus delivery  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), in connection with a secondary resale  transaction of the Exchange Notes
acquired  by such  person and cannot  rely on the  position  of the Staff of the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  set forth in  no-action  letters that are
discussed in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The Exchange Offer--Resales
of the  Exchange  Notes,"  and (v) the  undersigned  is not an  "affiliate,"  as
defined in Rule 405 under the Act, of the  Company;  (b) to agree,  on behalf of
the undersigned, as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal; and (c) to take such
other action as necessary  under the  Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal to
effect the valid tender of such Notes.


                                                     SIGN HERE

Name of beneficial owner(s): ---------------------------------------------------


Signature(s):-------------------------------------------------------------------


Name (please print):------------------------------------------------------------


Address:     -------------------------------------------------------------------


             -------------------------------------------------------------------


             -------------------------------------------------------------------


Telephone number:   ------------------------------------------------------------


Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number: -----------------------------


Date: --------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------